USU General Catalog 1974-1976

Page 1


Abbreviations Used in Catalog Acctg l - Accounting AE - Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering Ag Ec - Agricultural Economics (Eco nomics Department) Ag Ed - Agricultural Education AnSci - Animal Science Anthr - Anthropology (Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology Department) APS - Applied Statistics (Applied Statistics and Computer Science Department) Art-Art AS - Aerospace Studies BA - Business Administration Bact - Bacteriology (Biology Department) BE - Business Education and Office Administration Bimet - Biometeorology (Soil Science and Biometeo rology Department) BioI - Biology Bot - Botany (Biology Department) CEE - Civil and Environmental Engineering Chern - Chemistry and Biochemistry Com D - Communicative Disorders Comm - Communication (Speech and Journalism) CS - Computer Science (Applied Statistics and Computer Science Department) DySci - Dairy Science Econ - Economics Ed Ad - Educational Administration EE - Electrical Engineering EI Ed - Elem entary Education Engl - English Ent - Entomology (Biology Department) FCD - Family a nd Child Development FL - Family Life (College of Family Life) FR - Forestry (Fo restry and Outdoor Recreation Department) Engr - General Engineering Geog - Geography (History and Geography Department) Geol - Geology HASS - College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences HE - Health Education (Health, Physical Education and R ecreation Department) HE CE - Home Economics and Consumer Education Hist - History (History and Geography Department) HU2 - Humanities 1M - Instructional Media Abbreviations represent departmental names unless noted otherwise. designated by the State Board of Rege nts for courses which a re interchangeab le among un iversities in Uta h. I

~ Prefix

IT - Industrial Technology Division (Industrial and Technical Education Department) ITE - Industrial and Technical Teacher Education Division (Industrial and Technical Education Department) LAEP - Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning L Fr - Languages (French) L Gr - Languages (German) L Sp - Languages (Spanish) LS" - Life Science Math - Mathematics ME - Mechanical Engineering (Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering Department) Med T - Medical Technology (Biology Department) Mfg E - Manufacturing Engineering (Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering Department) MS - Military Science Music - Music NFS - Nutrition and Food Sciences NR - College of Natural Resources OR - Outdoor Recreation (Forestry and Outdoor Recreation Department) PE - Physical Education (Health, Physical Education and R ecreation Department) Phil - Philosophy (Languages and Philosophy Department) Physl- Physiology (Biology Department) Phyx - Physics PISci - Plant Science PS - Political Science Psy - Psychology Pub H - Public Health (Biology Department) RE - Recrea tion Education (Health, Physical Education and Recreation Department) RS - Range Science SecEd - Secondary Education Soc - Sociology (Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology Department) Sp Ed - Special Education SS - Soil Science (Soil Science and Biometeorology Department) SW - Social Work (Socio logy, Social Work and Anthropology Department) ThArt - Theatre Arts V Sci - Veterinary Science WLS - Wildlife Science WS - Watershed Science (Range Science Department and Forest R eso urces and Outdoor Recreation Department) Zool- Zoology (Biology Department)

Utah State University Bulletin, Volume 74, Number 6, June 1974. Issued monthly at Logan, Utah 84322. Second class postage paid at Logan, Utah GHH120M/ SP

I

-


I I ,I I ,I I, I I

,I. I I ,I I I 'I I I I I

UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY ,

LOGAN,UTAH 1974-76

CATALOG

\

\


I

Utah State The importance of the individual is emphasized at Utah State University as symbolized on the cover of this catalog. As this publication goes to press, additional impetus is being given to individualizing the baccalaureate degree. This is a system by which the individual can pattern his/ her program within University policy and progress at his/ her own speed. Further information on individualizing the baccalaureate degree can be found on page 11. Utah State University has a three-fold purpose: teaching, research, and extension. USU also cooperates with various agencies on a national and international level to help promote understanding and share knowledge. With a student body of 9,000, Utah State has advantages of both the large and small schools, with such features as a spacious library, excellent laboratories, and top-rated cultural attractions, including world-famous symphonies, ballets, pianists, sin~ers, and lecturers. These advantages are combined with individualized programs characterized by close personal attention. This University was founded in 1888 as a part of the public educational system of Utah and operates under the constitution and laws of the state. It belongs to a great family of institutions known as land-grant universities, which had their origin in 1862. A rich curriculum is offered in the arts and sciences, in both undergraduate and graduate programs. Degrees granted include the Bachelor of Arts (BA), Bachelor of Science (BS), Master of Arts (MA), Master of Science (MS), several other Bachelor's and Master's degrees, Doctor of Education (EdD), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD). USU includes eight resident colleges with 47 departments, a School of Graduate Studies, University

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

University Extension, and several research programs. There are also current programs in educational aid to several foreign countries. USU is accredited by the Northwest Association of Secondary and Higher Schools, and is on tlie accepted list of the Association of American Universities, and of the American Association of University Women. It is a member of the American Council on Education and is listed by other accrediting agencies. A fifteen¡member State Board of Regents governs the Utah state system of higher education. This board has the responsibility for state-wide master planning for higher education, assignment of roles to the several institutions in the state system, and control of operating and capital budgets for the institutions. USU has a nine-member Institutional Council. This council has the rel!lPonsibility of implementing the assigned roles, including the appointment of personnel and the enactment of rules and governing regulations. Logan, Utah, home of Utah , State University, is a town of 25,000 population located in northern Utah, 80 miles north of Salt Lake City. Utah State University is an Equal Opportunity Employer and it is the University policy to provide employees with compensation, promotion and other related conditions of employment without regard to race, color, creed, national origin, sex, or age except where sex and age are beneficial requirements of the respective position. It is the University's policy to provide equal pay for equal work and avoid dis¡ crimination in all phases of employment. This same policy, of course, pertains to th~ admission of stu. dents.


4

Calendar Summer Quarter, 1974 June 10 June 17 June 18 July 4 July 24 August 9 August 23

Monday Monday Tuesday Thursday Wednesday Friday Friday

Pre-session Registration Classes begin Independence Day (Holiday) Pioneer Day (Holiday) Session ends Post-session ends

Fall Quarter, 1974 September 19-20 September 23 September 24 October 21 November 27-28-29 December 2-3-4-5-6 December 6 December 9-10-11

Th-F Monday Tuesday Monday W-Th-F M-T-W-Th-F Friday M-T-W

Freshmen, new students register Registration Classes begin Veterans Day (Holiday) Thanksgiving (Holiday) No-test week Class work ends Test days

Winter Quarter, 1975 January 3 January 6 February 17 March 10-11-12-13-14 March 14 March 17-18-19

Friday Monday Monday M-T-W-Th-F Friday M-T-W

Registration Classes begin Washington's Birthday (Holiday) No-test week Class work ends Test days

Spring Quarter, 1975 March 25 March 26 May 26 May 27-28-29-30 May 30 June 2-3-4 June 5

Tuesday Wednesday Monday T-W-Th-F Friday M-T-W Th

Registration Classes begin Memorial Day (Holiday) No-test days Class work ends Test days Commencement

Summer Quarter, 1975 June 9 June 16 June 17 July 4 July 24 August 8 August 22

Monday Monday Tuesday Friday Thursday Friday Friday

Pre-session Registration Classes begin Independence Day (Holiday) Pioneer Day (Holiday) Session ends Post-session ends

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Calendar

Fall Quarter, 1975 September 18-19 September 22 September 23 October 27 November 26-27-28 December 1-2-3-4-5 December 5 December 8-9-10

Th-F Monday Tuesday Monday W-Th-F M-T-W-Th-F Friday M-T-W

Freshmen, new students register Registration Classes begin Veterans Day (Holiday) Thanksgiving (Holiday) No-test week Class work ends Test days

Winter Quarter, 1976 January 5 January 6 February 16 March 9-10-11-12-15 March 15 March 16-17-18

Monday Tuesday Monday T-W-Th-F-M Thursday T-W-Th

Registration Classes begin Washington's Birlhday (Holiday) No-test week Class work ends Test days

Spring Quarter, 1976 March 23 March 24 May 31 May 25-26-27-28 June 1 June 1 June 2-3-4 June 5

Tuesday Wednesday Monday T-W-Th-F-M Tuesday W-Th-F Saturday

Registration Classes begin Memorial Day (Holiday) No-test week Class work ends Test days Commencement

Summer Quarter, 1976 June 7 June 14 June 15 July 5 August 6 August 20

Monday Monday Tuesday Monday Friday Friday

Pre-session Registration Classes begin Independence Day (Holiday) Session ends Post-session ends

5


6

Catalog Contents Utah State University .................. ... . .. . .... 2 Calendar .......................................... 4 EDUCATIONAL POUCIES AND PRACTICES .. 7 Entering Utah State University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Office of Admission and Records .. . ......... .. .. 8 Admission Requirements ... .... . .. ...... . . .. ... 8 Individualizing the Baccalaureate Degree ........ 11 Tuition and Other Fees .. . ....... . . .... .. ........ 13 Registration and Credits ............ ............ 14 Course Numbering System ... . ... ...... ....... .. 16 Grading Policy ....... .. .. .......... .... ...... .. 17 University Smoking Policy . ........ ......... . . .. 17 Undergraduate Requirements . . ... . . ........ .. ..... 18 General Education .............................. 18 Upper Division Requirements .. ... ... . . . .. . . . ... 20 Graduation Requirements ........................ . . 21 Special Programs . ..... . ....... . . ... . .............. 23 Honors Program ................. ............. .. 23 Division of General Registration ........ ....... . 24 Area Studies . . .... . . .. ...... ............ . . .. . ... 24 SILEX Program ................................ 24 Cultural Exchange .............. .... .. ... .... .. 24 COLLEGES AND DEPARTMENTS .. . . ..... ..... 25 College of Agriculture ................. . ....... . . ... 26 College of Business .. ........................ . .. . . . 28 College of Education ............................... 29 College of Engineering ............................. 31 College of Family Life ............. ... ... . . . .. ..... . 35 College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences ..... 36 College of Natural Resources ............. .......... 38 College of Science . . ................ .. .. ....... ..... 40 Departments ofInstruction ... .... . ..... . . .. .... .. .41 Accounting .. ............... . .... . ... .. ......... 42 Aerospace Studies ......... : ................... .43 Agricultural Education ......................... 45 Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering ......... 48 Animal Science ............ . .. . . . . . ... ... . ...... 49 Applied Statistics - Computer Science ............ 52 Art ............................................. 56 Biology ........................... .......... . .. 62 Business Administration ........................ 67 Business Education and Office Administration . . 71 Chemistry and Biochemistry .................... 74 Civil and Environmental Engineering ........... 77 Communication ... .... . ... . ........ . .. .. . .. .... 81 Communicative Disorders ....................... 83 Dairy Science .... .. ............... . .. .... .. ..... 85 Economics ............ .. ...... . ..... .... ....... 86 Electrical Engineering ... . ... ..... .. . .. . . ....... 90

Elementary Education .......................... 92 English ............. ..... .. ........ .. ...... .... 96 Family and Child Development ................ 100 Forestry and Outdoor Recreation . .... . . ..... ... 103 Geology ..... ... . ...... .. . . .. .... ... .. ...... . .. 107 Health, Physical Education and Recreation ... .. 108 History and Geography .. . . ......... ... ... .. ... 115 Home Economics and Consumer Education ..... 119 Industrial and Technical Education .. ...... .. . . 121 Instructional Media .. .... ...... ... . ..... .. .. .. 129 Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning .. ..... .. ... ..... . . ... ... .. .... ... . 132 Languag s and Philosophy .: ........ . . ........ 135 Mathematics .. .......... . ... .. ... . .. ... ....... 140 Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering ... 143 Military Science ........ ..... . ............. .... 146 Music ....... . ................... . ......... .... 149 Nursing Program .. .. ... . ..... . . ... .. ...... .... 152 Nutrition and Food Sciences ................... 153 Physics ....................................... 157 Plant Science .................................. 160 Political Science ........... .................... 163 Psychology .................................... 165 Range Science ................................. 168 Secondary Education .......................... 171 Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology ...... 173 Soil Science and Biometeorology ........ ...... . 178 Special Education ............................. 180 Theatre Arts ........ .. . ........ .... .. ..... .... 183 Veterinary Science .. ..... .. ... . ........ ...... . 185 Wildlife Science .... .... ........ .. ........ ..... 187

OTHER UNIVERSITY COMPONENTS ...... ... 189 School of Graduate Studies .... .... .... . . ... . .... .. 191 University Library and Learning Resources Program ...................................... 193 Summer Quarter .................................. 195 Student Services and Programs ................... 197 Intercollegiate Athletics ........... ...... .... . . . . . 205 Research Programs ...................... .- ........ 207 University Extension ............................. 215 International Programs and Studies ............... 219 University Development Programs . ..... .. ....... . 223 University Relations and Alumni Affairs ..... .. ... 225 University Publications Editors .................. ,. 227 Affirmative Action Program .... . ..... .......... .. 228 Utah State Board of Regents .... ... ........... .... 229 USU Institutional Council ............... . ........ 229 Administration ............. .. .... ... .... .. ....... 230 Faculty ... ... ...... ........... .. ...... .. ......... 231 Index ............................................ 253

I I I I I I I I

1 1

I I¡ I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

7

----


8

Entering Utah State University Admissions and Records Dean: L. Mark Neuberger Office in Main 104 Director of Admissions: Evan J. Sorenson Registrar: G. Karl Lambert Graduation and Veterans' Affairs Officer: NormanO. Wahlstrom Executive Secretary: Deborah S. Webb Supervisor of Records: Pauline L. Clawson Admissions Supervisor: Mary L. Hansen The Office of Admissions and Records performs the following academic services: 1) Admission of Students: interviewing prospective students; evaluation of credentials; processing records.

2) Registration: preparing registration material; conducting registration procedures. 3) Records and Reports: processing course changes; issuing scholarship reports and records for graduation; processing transcripts, maintaining index df approved courses; and preparing reports for local, state, and national agencies. 5) Scheduling: preparation of class schedule bulletins; assignment of classes to classrooms and laboratories.

6) Veterans ' Affairs: certifying, reporting, and advising U.S. veterans relative to training and educational benefits.

Admission Requirements Utah State University accepts for admission, without regard to race, color, creed, sex, or national origin, students of good moral character who satisfy the admission standards. A student is admitted to the University on the basis of an official application (which includes transcripts of credit from each school previously attended), a $10 nonrefundable application fee, and ACT scores where applicable. A student entering for the first time may be admitted by the above procedure or by requesting that the ACT Corporation send his/ her scores to USU. (See Freshman Admission.) Applications for admission and credentials from schools previously attended should be received not later than one month before the beginning of a quarter.

The standard minimum requirement for admission to any college of the University is graduation from an accredited high school in the United States or equivalent training in any country whose education systems differ from that in the United States. Testing. All Freshmen, including transfer students with less than 45 quarter hours of credit, should present the results of the American College Testing Program Examination (ACT) as part of their application for admission to the University. ACT scores are used to assist deans, heads of departments, and advisers in placing students in appropriate class sections, advising them concerning course loads, and in helping them with other similar academic decisions. Therefore, ACT results should be part of the students' application record. The test scores must be sent directly to the University through the Records Department, The American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 451, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. Testing dates and general information about the ACT examination may be obtained from high school counselors or by writing to the American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 451, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. In addition to the ACT examination, new students may be required to complete other types of testing after they arrive on campus. Notification of such specialized tests will be given at Freshman orientation.

Freshman Admission A student (entering college for the first time) may apply for admission by requesting that the ACT Corporation send his/ her scores to USU or by completing an application for admission. Since the ACT is required for admission to most academic programs, the easiest way to apply is to request that the ACT record be sent to USu. The procedure is as follows: 1. A student takes the ACT preferably late in the

junior year or early in the senior year of high school and requests that his/ her scores be sent toUSU. 2. Upon receipt of the ACT scores, the record is examined and an admission decision is made according to the following criteria:

a. Graduates of Utah high schools are admitted to an academic college if their ' predicted college g.p.a. is satisfactory or to General Registration if it is determined that they may benefit from additional help and advising. b. Records of graduates of non-Utah high schools whose predicted g.p.a. is less than

I I I I I I I I I~

I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I

Admission satisfactory will be referred to the admissions committee who may request additional information upon which an admission decision will be based. When the admission decision is made, a permit to register and a preprinted verification will be sent to the student. 3. When the student receives his/her permit to register, he/she will verify his/her intent to register by returning the verification form and a $10 application fee. This fee is nonrefundable and should be submitted by personal check or money order. Early Admission. A high school student who has completed his Junior year and maintained a superior scholastic record may be granted special consideration for admission. An applicant will be required to satisfy the following requirements: 1) Submit an official application and the creden: tials required of entering Freshmen. . 2) Submit letters of approval and recommendationfrom: a) Superintendent or principal b) Parent or guardian 3) Present a transcript which shows high school g.p.a. 4) Must be considered and approved by the University Admissions Committee.

Even though a student is not a high school graduate, if his high school class has graduated or he is over the age of 18, he may be admitted by presenting satisfactory evidence of ability to do university work. This evidence may be demonstrated by scores on the American College Testing Program (ACT) and the General Education Development Test (GED).

I I I I I

Division of General Registration. General Registration is the division into which students may be admitted who do not qualify for enrollment into one of the academic colleges. These include Utah residents who have graduated from high school with less than a satisfactory predicted g.p.a., non-Utah residents who have graduated from high school with less than a satisfactory predicted g.p.a., and transfer students from other institutions of higher learning with less than a 2.2. g.p.a., and former USU students seeking readmission with less than a 2.0 g.p.a. Except for Utah residents seeking admission for the first time, admission into General Registration is by permission of the Admissions Committee. A noncredit remedial course of mathematics may be required of students whose American College Test scores show a deficiency in this subject. (See Low Scholarship and Probation, page 15.) When a student has demonstrated academic proficiency, application may be made for admission

9

to a college through the director of the Division of General Education. Advanced Placement. USU participates in a program of advanced placement with students who graduate from high school and present Advanced Placement Examinations under the following conditions: 1) Students may receive 12 credits and advanced placement for a composite score of 5, 4, or 3 on any Advanced Placement Examination taken at the completion of a full-year course, with class meetings held each day of the school year, organized according to- the description published by the Committee on Advanced Placement of the College Entrance Examination Board. 2) Students who present a composite score of 2 on both parts of an Advanced Placement Examination taken at the completion of a full-year course, with class meetings held each day of the school year, organized according to the description published by the Committee on Advanced Placement of the College Entrance Examination Board, may be given consideration for advanced placement with credit, advanced placement without credit, or neither of the above. 3) USU will recognize advanced placement with cre<lit only for those areas which have been established by the College Entrance Examination ¡Board. The basis of consideration shall be the Standardized College Entrance Examination Board Advanced Placement Test. Credit by Special Examination. In special cases, students may be permitted to obtain university credit by passing examinations in subjects not taken in classes. Credit for a subject taken in a course for which a grade other than passing has been received cannot be acquired by means of special examination. This privilege does not permit the combination of "visiting" or "auditing" a class with a request for a special examination as a means of acquiring credit. Neither does it contemplate outside assignments or outlines on the part of the instructor being combined with an examination to acquire credit. This privilege is intended to measure information and training gained from practical experience that may be considered the equivalent of the experience and training received by students in an organized course given in the University. . Up to 46 credits may be acquired through CLEP examinations, and in addition special examinations in foreign languages may be taken for a maximum of 25 credits in each foreign language. Unless the examination is taken prior to the close of the second week of any quarter for which a student enrolls, the credits gained will be included as part of the load for the quarter. Credits earned by special examination cannot be used for satisfying the requirements for a graduate degree nor used to meet the resident requirement for


10

Admission

graduation. See General Education, CLEP examination for an exception to this. Application forms for permission to take special examinations are available in the Office of Admissions and Records. Credit for Military Service and USAFI Courses. The University may grant credit to a student currently enrolled at the University who has served in the Armed Forces. Application for credit is made by submitting his DD214 form to the Office of Admissions. College level courses taken through the United States Armed Forces Institute may be accepted for credit. Transfers from other Colleges. The University does not grant collegiate credit for high school work in excess of graduation requirements. Transcripts of credit must accompany applications for admission when submitted by students who have attended other collegiate institutions. Transcripts submitted for admission becpme the property of the University, and are not returned. Transcripts from all institutions previously attended are required. Credit will be granted for work completed, with satisfactory grades, in other accredited institutions except for credit earned by special examination. Transferred credit may be accepted for filling specific requirements if satisfactory evidence is presented that the work completed is equivalent to the work to be substituted. The University accepts transfer credit from accredited junior and community colleges. A transfer student who presents an Associate degree from an accredited Utah junior college will be considered to have fulfilled the University General Education requirements. He must still comply with the specific requirements of the college and major department in which he expects to earn his Bachelor's degree and must complete not fewer than 60 credits of upper division work. Students who transfer to USU after having had one or more quarters of college work at another accredited institution will be accepted in good standing if they have a cumulative grade point average of 2.2 or better. Students who have a cumuiative grade point average between 2.0 and 2.2 will be referred to the dean of the college of their choice for admission to that college. If unacceptable to the dean of the college, such students may be admitted to the Division of General Registration if they have earned fewer than 135 credits. Transfer students who have a grade point average below 2.0 may be admitted to the Division of General

Registration. After a transfer student is admitted to USU, only grades earned at USU will be used in computing the USU grade point average. International Student Admission. The following information should be submitted to the Admissions Office three months prior to the beginning of the quarter for which an international student wishes to be considered for admission: 1) Utah State University application for admission for students outside the United States. 2) One copy of official transcripts and certificates or certified true copies for each secondary school, college, and university attended with official translation of all documents not in English. 3) Financial statement indicating the student has $200 or more per month as long as he is a studentatUSU. 4) The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) scores from countries in which English is not the official language or verifying of English language proficiency by the U.S. Embassy. Students admitted to the University will be required to take an English examination when they arrive on campus to aid in advisement and English placement. Graduate Admission. Any student who has been graduated from USU or any other university must apply to the School of Graduate Studies for admission and present two copies of an official transcript. Readmission. Former students of the University returning after an absence of one or more quarters are required to file applications for readmission. Students who were in attendance the previous Spring quarter are not required to reapply for Fall quarter, unless they have been suspended, or have gone through commencement. Admission of Undergraduate Students on a Nonmatriculated Status. Students who are not planning to earn a degree or who do not meet admission requirements may be admitted to the University on a nonmatriculated basis. The following persons are not eligible for admission under the nonmatriculated policy: former USU students, students currently enrolled in high school, applicants whose high school class has not yet graduated, and international students. Credit earned by a nonmatriculated student will not count toward a degree unless helshe does matriculate, and no more than 90 credits earned before matriculation can be counted toward a degree. A nonmatriculated student may request matriculation by applying for admission to the University and satisfying current admission procedures and policies.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

11

Individualizing the Baccaluaureate Degree The aim of Utah State University is to admit a student at a level reflecting his/her preparation and competencies, enabling the student to make progress at a level at which he/ she is prepared. Three entry points are being established which will offer distinct educational programs geared to the predicted level of performance, and variable options will be provided for students within each level.

Entry Point A A first entry point is established for students whose ACT scores indicate that they would benefit from additional courses in one or more subjects before enrolling in college level courses in that subject(s). At present time, s~udents entering at Point A are best served by General Registration and Special ServIces.

Entry Point B The second entry point or developmental level is for students whose ACT scores indicate adequate collegiate performance as defined by a predicted g.p.a. of 2.00 or above. Students in this category will be expected to complete up to 45 credits in developmental courses. The object of the developmental level is to provide a foundation of learning in each of the major subject areas. This will give the student 1) broad developmental experience and 2) assist him/ her in exploring for a major. The recommended distribution of credit in the developmental courses is: Minimum Course Subject Area Credit Required Physical Sciences 18 credits in 3 ofthese areas, Natural Sciences excluding the area ofthe Humanities student's major, a minimum Social Sciences of 5 hours in each area. Composition Skills 6 credits Development courses 6 credits related to major Electives 15 credits Total 45 credits Students may meet the requirements of the developmentallevel by earning up to 45 credits through CLEP (College Level Examination Program), AP (Advanced Placement), or other approved standardized tests. Credit so earned will apply in the category in which it is earned. Twenty-four credits .may be assigned in the subject areas and composition skills where they apply. Six of the remaining credits may be allocated by the student's major department. The remaining 15 credits may be electives. Some students may remain at this entry level for a year, others may need only a single course or one quarter to achieve the desired performance level or

to satisfy their interests. The intent is to provide the flexibility desired by each individual student. An important function of the development courses is to allow students to identify their major. The elective portion of the developmental level is designed for this objective.

Entry Point C Entry Point C is defined as a performance level equivalent to one year of collegiate work. Students whose competencies are adequately demonstrated by performance in CLEP and other standardized tests may be directly admitted to Entry Point C. Others may reach Entry Point C by completing course work at the developmental level or by a combination of course work and standardized tests. After arriving at Entry Point C, the student is ready for the core of the degree program, which entails 140 credits divided into two basic segments: 1. The professional component of 116 credits which includes the major, certification requirements, and all ancillary course work. 2. The enrichment and integrative component consisting of 24 credits to be taken from approved General Education courses numbered 200 and above. From Entry Point C, students should be able to complete graduation requirements in nine qu'arters.

Options Available for Individualizing the Baccalaureate A review of innovative proposals around the nation indicates that USU already has a substantial list of practices which conform to the spirit of individualizing the baccalaureate program. Students may find the following options useful in their progress toward a degree. 1. The stop-out. USU has been entirely flexible in permitting students to break the continuity of their training for experiences outside the classroom. 2. Year-round registration. By registering for summer quarter, students may complete their degrees faster. 3. Over-load registration. This is widely adopted at USU. Students may register for 19 credits without payment of extra fees and for more than 19 with the approval of their dean. 4. Credit by examination. USU has long permitted challenge credit in foreign languages and some selected courses. More recently the University has incorporated Advance Placement and CLEP credit. USU accepts 46 credits in CLEP general field exams, and a maximum of 25 credits in each foreign language. Challenge credit for specific courses is not limited by the University, and the student should consult his/her major department to determine which courses are available for challenge. 5. Concurrent enrollment with high schools during a student's senior year there. 6. Concurrent registration with graduate school during the senior year of the baccalaureate.


12

Individualizing the Baccalaureate Degree

7. Interdisciplinary degree options, for example, Ecology. 8. Student-initiated proposal options in General Education (see further information on page 18). 9. Special programs which enrich the course offerings. Examples include Honors Program, SILEX courses, and cultural exchange tours. 10. Late entry with different admissions requirements. This option permits people to enter or reenter the University at a later age than normal with credentials other than a high school diploma. USU permits students to enter on the basis of standardized tests. 11. Continuing education for career and recrea¡ tionalobjectives. 12. Cooperative education and/ or internships. Cooperative education involves faculty and employers in a partnership to provide a student with a blend of academic and on-the-job experiences. Intern-

type training¡ is also available through some departments.

Implications A student at Utah State University can work out a degree program appropriate to his/ her preparation level and to his/ her commitment to a professional goal. Basic programs of three, four, and five years duration are established and flexibility is provided to enable individual students to accelerate even more their baccalaureate experience. Inasmuch as the proposal for individualizing the baccalaureate degree passed the University Senate, Administrative Council, and Institutional Council after some of this catalog was on the press, it was not possible for the departments to consider the implications of this proposal at the time the catalog copy was prepared. Therefore, students should consult their major departments concerning the implementation of this policy at the departmental level.

I I I I I I I I I I I~

I I

I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

13 Student Teaching Fee . . ...... . ... . . ..... .... . ......... $36

Tuition and Other Fees

Teacher Placement Re-registration . . .. ... .. ........ . . $5

The University reserves the right to alter any of these charges without notice.

Transcript of Credits: $1 per copy, 25¢ for additional copies on the same order. Transcripts will not be issued unless the money accompanies the order.

Fees Per Quarter

Progress Report: 50¢ per copy, 2M for additional copies on the same order.

ISummer, Fall, Winter, and Spring Quarters Resident Nonresident Students Students

Note fee: Amount of note up to $100 - $1; $101-$300 ....;, $2; above $300 - $3. Additional note fee of 8% per annum assessed from date of delinquency until date paid.

Tuition and Registration .. . ........ . Other Fees .. . ....... . . . ... . ... . ... .

$117.50 $ 33.50

$302.50 $ 33.50

TotaL ............... . . . . . .. .. . . ... .

$151.00

$336.00

Bachelor of Science or Arts . ..... .. . . . ... . . . . . . . .. .. . $3.50

Special Students . . ............ . ... . . . . . . $10 plus $8 per credit (limit of 6 credits)

Master of Science or Arts ..... .. ... . . . . . ... . .. ... . . . . $6.50

Cap and Gown Rentals:

College of Business and Social Sciences: Students using business machines will be required to pay a fee of $2 per quarter.

Visitor Fee (Audit) . . .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . ........ . .. $12 per clas!? 2General Registration Fee . . . . ... . . . .. .. . ..... $10 per quarter

College ofN atural Resources:

2Remedial Course Fee (N ongeneral Registration) ... . . ........ ... ... $5 per course

Senior Field Problems: Range 496 . : .. . . .. . .. . . .. . .... .. . .... . . . . . . .. . .. . . .. '.. $50

Other Fees, Costs

Language Laboratory: Students using the language laboratory equipment are required to pay a fee of $5 per , quarter.

Application and Evaluation Fee (nonrefundable): $10 Excess Registration Fee: Students may register for a maximum of 19 credits per quarter (exclusive of two credits for First Year Basic Military Science or Aerospace Studies or one credit of lower division Physical Education or such other activity courses as approved by the Provost). For each credit a bo've this, limit, students must pay $10 for each excess credit. Automobile Parking Permit: $10.00 per year. Out-of-State Student Auto Permit: Parking Permit of $10.00).

5()¢

(in addition to

Late Registration Fee: $10 beginning fourth day after specified Registration Days, and $20.00 beginning the ninth day. Change in ,Course of Study List: No charge for the first week of the quarter. $-1 for each change made thereafter. Special Examination Fee: Per examination .......... .. $15 Graduation Fee: Bachelor's Degree .............. . ..... . . .. . ..... . .. .. $5 Advanced Degree .. . .................... . ... ... ; .. . $10 Late fee of $2 after January 15 for Bachelor's diploma. Continuing Graduate Advisement ... . ... . . . . . ... .. .. $34

I I

Locker Rental: Fall, Winter, and Spring $1.50. Fifty cents of this fee is refunded to students upon returning the key, accompanied by the receipts, prior to the first Friday following Commencement exercises.

Health and Accident Insurance is available to all students for nominal cost at the time of registration. Additional insurance may be purchased for spouse and children. 'Nonresident (non·Utah) students pay the Resident Schedule Summer quarter. For a detailed list of Summer quarter fees, consult' Summer Quarter Catalog. 'These fees are in addition to regular Tuition and Registration fees.

A maximum fee of $5 per quarter may be charged in any course requiring use of the computer. A minimum excess breakage fee of $5 may be required for laboratory classes. M1ilitary Activity Fee .. .. . .. ... . . . ...... . . . . . . . . .... ... $10 \,

M'u sic: Individual instruction with members of the college staff: Nine lessons per quarter (1 credit) ... . . . .. . .... . . ... . .. $30 Music 101 Laboratory Fee . . ..... . .... ....... ....... . .. $1 Fees must be paid at 'beginning of quarter before instructionbegins. Individual instruction with additional authorized teachers is registered for at the college and given like credit, but paid for by private arrangement with the teacher concerned. Practice Fees: Practice room with, piano, ,one hour per day per quarter . . ...... . ..... .. . . . . ........ .. .... .. ... .. . . . . $.3.50 Organ, one hour per day per quarter . . ......... . .. ... . . . $5 Speech: The fee .forSpeech 392 is $20 per credit'per quarter, consisting 'of 10 private lessons. Registration is not complete until students have presented the fee card at the cashier's window, office of the controller (Main 120), and have paid fees, and filed the registration cards with the Admissions and Records Office. Refund of Registration Fees: Withdrawal from the University: When a student withdraws from the University not later than the end of the fifth week of the quarter,


14 he is entitled to a refund of registration fees according to the following conditions:

Registration and Credits

1. Ten dollars of every registration fee is nonrefundable.

2. After $10 is deducted from the registration fee paid, refunds are calculated as follows:

Credits., A "credit" is given for one hour of lecture or three hours of laboratory work each week for 12 weeks. In the past, credits have sometimes been referred to as credit hours or quarter hours.

Percent of remainder Week of quarter when withdrawal is effective to be effective First . .. ... ...... . .... . .. . .. . ....... ... .... . ... .. 100% Second ... .. . . ..... . ... . . ....... . . .. .. . . . ... . . .. . 80 Third . .. . . ... . .... . .... . ..... ... ..... ... . .. . . . ... 60 Fourth . .. . .... . ... . ...... . .... .. .... . .. . . .. ..... 40 Fifth ... .. .. , . ... .. ... . .... . . ..... .. .. . . .. .. ... .. 20 Sixth and later. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0

Class Standing. Forty-five credits of approved college work in addition to the prescribed ' entrance requirements are required for Sophomore rank; 90 credits for Junior and upper division rank; and 135 credits for Senior rank. These figures include credits in Physical Education, Military Science, or Aerospace Studies.

3. No refund will be made unless the student's official receipt and activity card for current registration fees are surrendered to the Cashier's Office at the time of withdrawal.

Assignment of Adviser. When students have been admitted to USU and have indicated their proposed major field of study, their names are forwarded to the dean of the college concerned. He will assign advisers who will assist in registration and vocational planning. Students renuiin with the same adviser throughout their University program unless in consultation with thei!dean a new adviser is assigned or unless their ~aJ(jr field is changed.

4. Special provisions apply to students who are required to withdraw during the quarter for active duty in the military forces. .

Activity Card: According to the constitution of the Associated Students, a regularly enrolled student must obtain, at t~e ?f registration: ~. studentbody card which. will __ Registration. On each registration day, students admIt him to ~l actiVItIes controlled by AssocIau:d ~;'aie permitted to register according to an alphabetical Students: athletIc eve~ts - footbal~, basketbal~, tenm!!-~(-- schedule to be announced later. and track - dramatICS and mUSIcal entertammen~,­ socials, lectures, etc. . Registration is not complete until the fees have been paid and registration materials turned in at the Information on Scholarships, Fellewships, and Assistcashier's window. antships can be found in the section on Student Services and Activities in this catalog. The program of courses listed on the registration form, approved by the adviser arid filed in the Office For Housing Fees write for Housing Bulletin; send request to Housing Office, UMC 86, USU, Logan, Utah 84322. of Admissions and Records, is the official registration for the quarter. Students are held responsible for the University Publications: General Catalog $1.25; Class satisfactory completion of the entire program unless Schedule Bulletin 3M. Send request and money to Disan official change-of-registration form (USU Drop tribution Office, UMC 100, USU, Logan, Utah and Add form) is filed with the Office of Admissions 84322. and Records. TYPICAL EXPENSE SHEET FOR STUDENTS

Registration Procedure. See quarterly Schedule of Classes for steps to follow in registration.

(For the School Year 1974-75) Resident Student (Minimum)

Penalties for Late Registration and Late Nonresident Registration Fee. A $10 late registration fee is Student charged beginning the fourth day after specified (Minimum) registration days and $20 beginning the ninth day.

Tuition and General Fees .... ..... . $453 lRoom (efficiency apartments) and estimated food costs .... . .. . $600 1Room and board .. . ... . . . . .... . .. . $1 ,044 Personal Expenses .. .. .. .... . . ... . $ 250 Books and supplies . . . . . .... .. . ... . $ 150

$ 600 $1,044 $ 250 $ 150

Totals ....... . . . .......... ... . . .. . . 2$1,897

2$2,452

$1,008

' Only one of the two housing alternatives is used for the computation of the total expenses_ This schedule uses the .$1,044 figure. 'Transportation costs should be added to these figures.

The amount of work for which students are allowed to register will be reduced by one-and-one-half credits for each week, or fraction thereof, that they are late in registering. Changes in Registration. Any changes, deletions, or additions in the original registration must be recorded and appropriately approved on the Utah ¡ State University Registration form or Drop and Add form. Adding Courses. Courses may be added for credit after the tenth day of instruction with the approval of the instructor. Deadline for adding courses is the end

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Registration and Credits of third week of the quarter without the written approval of the student's academic dean. Dropping Courses. Drop and Add Cards will be issued by the Office of Admissions and Records beginning on the sixth day of instruction of the quarter. Through the tenth day of instruction a student may be permitted to drop classes without notation on his transcript. Beginning on the sixteenth day courses dropped will be entered on the transcript and refle~t withdrawal. eN). Withdrawals shall be permitted on the students' initiative through the twenty-fifth day of the quarter. It is the obligation of instructors to provide evaluation on material that will determine 30 percent of the final grade prior to the twenty-fifth day. Withdrawals from courses beyond the twentyfifth day of instruction of a quarter must be for unusual circumstances and be approved by the Vice President for Student Affairs. Change-of-Registration Fee. There is no late charge for the first five days (after changes are permitted); $1 is charged for each change card filed thereafter. Withdrawal from the University. After the twenty-fifth day of instruction, withdrawal from the University will be permitted only for unusual circumstances and with approval of the Vice President of Student Affairs. Complete Withdrawal Procedure. Students withdrawing from USU should: 1) Obtain withdrawal forms from the Office of Admissions and Records. 2) Report to the Office of Student Services fortermination interview. 3) Obtain the following signatures on Withdrawal Interview Record card: a) faculty adviser, b) each instructor, c) dean of college. 4) Take Withdrawal Permits and Withdrawal Notice to the Office of Admissions and Records. 5) Take Withdrawal Notice to Controller's Office for refund. Visitor's (Auditor's) Permit. If students wish to attend regularly any class for which they are not registered, they must obtain a visitor's permit from the Office of Admissions and Records. No credit will be allowed for such attendance, but a fee of $12 per class is charged. The official forms, properly executed, must be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records before attendance at a class is permitted. . Normal Registration. Fifteen credits, exclusive of two credits in basic Military Science or Aerospace Studies or one credit in Physical Education, is the normal registration for any quarter. Maximum Registration. The college dean must approve all credits over 19. For each credit above this limit, students must pay $10. Registration is construed to include any extension, correspondence, institute, or other work carried for credit. Minimum Registration for a Full-time Student. The minimum registration for a full-time student load is considered to be 12 credits. To be eligible for studentbody offices, students are required to be registered for 12 credits or more. Veterans are re-

15

quired to be registered for 12 credits or more to qualify for full subsistence. Note: Students who take more than six credits will be charged full fees for the quarter. (See page 13 and on Special Fees.) No-test Week. A five-day period, sometimes referred to as "dead week," precedes the three days of final examinations customarily scheduled at the . close of each quarter of class work. During "dead week" neither final examinations nor testing of any kind will be given in order that students may concentrate upon classwork, the completion of special assignment, writing projects, and otherwise prepare for duly scheduled final examinations. Incomplete Work. Students are required to com, plete by the end of the quarter all courses for which they have registered. This includes correspondence courses (Independent Study) for which a student may be concurrently registered. Incomplete grades can be granted by an instructor under certain conditions. All "Incompletes" for undergraduate students must be made up within a period of 15 months. If this is not done, the "Incompletes" will be frozen on the permanent academic records. Low Scholarship and Probation. A student shall be placed on warned status at the end of the quarter in which his cumulative grade point average is 4 points less than would be required for a 2.0 grade point average. He shall remain on warned status until his cumulative grade point average is raised to or exceeds 2.0.

A student shall be placed on probation at the end of the quarter in which his/her cumulative grade point average is 12 or more points less than would be required for a 2.0 grade point average. A student shall remain on probation until his/her cumulative grade point average is raised to or exceeds 2.0. Following the quarter for which a student is placed on pro. bation, he/she shall be notified of his/her status by a letter from his/her academic dean in which he/she shall be instructed to visit his/her adviser before the end of the fifth week to sign a statement by which the student acknowledges the terms of the probation. The signed statements shall be collected in the academic dean's office. A student on probation shall be suspended at the end of the quarter in which his grade point average for the quarter is less than 2.0. A suspended student may be considered for retention by the Appeals Committee at the recommendation of the student's academic dean. After a student has been dropped for low scholarship and has been out of the institution for one quarter or more, he may apply for readmission. Such application is made to the Admissions Committee. If permitted .to register, he may enroll in the Division of General Registration on probationary status. Students in the low scholarship group may not register for more than 15 credits per quarter exclusive of one credit of Physical Education, or two credits of Military Science or Aerospace Studies.


,\

16

\

Course Numbering System

680-689 780-789

USU operates on a quarterly system - four quarters or periods of classwork: Fall, Winter, Spring, and Summer. Each quarter is of 10 to 12 weeks duration. Summer quarter is eight weeks · with a oneweek Pre-session and a two-week Post-session.

"H" following regular course designation indicates Honors Program courses.

Most classes give either one, two, three, four, or five credits for successful completion of the course. As a general rule a class is attended the same number of times per week as the credits offered. For example, a three-credit class generally meets three times a week; a five-credit class, five times a week. Each course listed in the catalog has a number, given immediately before the name of the course. For example in the English Department there appears: 109. Elements of Grammar.

This means the course, Elements of Grammar, is English 109. The numbers are useful for reference and records. Course Numbering Code. A standard code employed by all institutions in the State System of Higher Education was adopted by USU in 1970, changing all previously used numbers. The present numbering system is as follows: 050-099 Terminal Courses; would not ordinarily satisfy baccalaureate requirements; nontransferable 100-279

Lower division (Freshman and Sophomore courses)

280-299

Lower division independent study designation (directed reading, individual projects, etc.)

300-479 Upper division (Junior and Senior courses) 480-499 Upper division independent study designations (directed reading, individual projects, festivals, institutes, workshops, etc.) 500-599 Advanced upper division (graduate credit allowed for departmental majors or by permission of student's department chairman) 600-799

Graduate courses (students without baccalaureate degrees must obtain special permission to enroll.)

590-599 Independent study designations (directed 690-699 reading, individual projects, thesis, disserta790-799 tions, etc.) Master's Thesis (697) Thesis research (699) Continuing Graduate Advisement Doctor's Dissertation (797) Dissertation research (799) Continuing Graduate Advisement

Graduate seminars (includes methodology and research seminars)

A Freshman or Sophomore may take any lower division course. If there is a prerequisite for a particular course, it will be so stated in the course description. He/she may take an upper division course if he/she obtains in advance the consent of the instructor and his adviser. A Junior or Senior may take any lower or upper division course. Any prerequisites to a course will be mentioned in the course description. He/she may take certain graduate courses if the consent of the instructor and the adviser is obtained in advance. A Graduate student may take any course, but only graduate courses and individually approved undergraduate courses yield graduate credit. At the end of each course description are listed the number of credits given for the course and the quarter/s it will likely be taught. The credits and the quarter/s it will be taught are indicated in abbreviated form in parentheses. For example: (3F) indicates that the course offers three credits and will likely be taught Fall quarter. The designation (5F, W, Sp, Su) indicates that the course offers five credits and will likely be taught all four quarters: Fall, Winter, Spring, and Summer. It does not mean that a student has to. take the class all four quarters, but rather that he has his choice of any quarter. In some cases, such as (5F,-W, Sp) even though more than one quarter is indicated, the course will not be given each quarter, but only one of these quarters, the exact one yet to be decided.

For more definite, up-to-date information one should refer to the Schedule Bulletin published prior to the beginning of each quarter: Summer, Fall, Winter, and Spring. All catalog listings are subject to change. The Schedule Bulletins also update policies and practices of the University as changes occur. Occasionally two or more closely related courses will be listed under one entry, such as Chemistry 306, 307, 308. ·Physical Chemistry. The credit entry will read: (3F, 3W, 3Sp). That means that each of the three courses, 306, 307, and 308, offers three credits. Where a single course, for example Music 326. University Chorale, has such an entry: (2F, .2W, 2Sp) it indicates that the same course may be taken for credit more than just one quarter. Chorale, for example, could be taken all three quarters, giving two credits each quarter. Such courses, however are the exception. The great majority of courses can be taken only once for credit. In some classes the amount of credit for which students register c.an be individually arranged. One student may ·take two credits, another student three credits, etc. The numbers in parentheses at the end of

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


Grading Policy

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

the description (eg. 1-3) show the minimum and maximum credits which may be taken. Preceding the number of some courses will be either a single asterisk (*) or a double asterisk (**). Such courses are taught only on alternate years. Those with a single asterisk are taught during the current catalog year; those with a double asterisk are taught the following year. Again, it should be remembered that this may only be tentative; it is well to check the class schedule or to consult the course instructor or department head for verification.

Grading Policy For work in graded courses, "A" shall denote exceptional performance, "C" satisfactory performance, "D" poor performance, and "F" failing performance. The permanently recorded grades used for course work shall include, but are not limited to, A, . B, C, D, and F. An option of P-D-F is available. A grade of pass (P) indicates academic achievement of not less than C. All students including freshmen may take courses on a P-D-F basis. A minimum of 115 of the 186 credits required for the baccalaureate degree shall carry the A-B-C-D designation, unless the major department and college change this limitation. Students exercise the P-D-F option by submitting a card to Admissions and Records by the twenty-fifth day of the quarter in which the class is taken. The P shall also be used to record on the Permanent Academic Record all special credit in which other grades are inappropriate.

17

sions and Records shall assign the student an "N." The student is responsible for resolving any question concerning the appearance of an "N" on his grade report within two academic quarters. An "N" does not have grade point value and will not be recorded on the student's permanent academic record. Transfer Students. The grades which may be transferred and recorded for transfer students shall include but not be limited to A, B, C, D, and F. Only grades earned at USU will be used in computing USU grade point averages. Decisions concerning academic standing, once the student is admitted to USU, will be based solely on USU grades.

University Smoking Policy Utah State University has established a policy regarding smoking which equitably recognizes the rights of smokers and nonsmokers alike. This policy is designed to comply with the State of Utah statutory provisions regarding smoking in public buildings, storage areas, etc., as well as adhere to State Fire and Safety Codes. The central theme of the policy is based on mutual respect for the rights and interests of others, and is implemented on the basis that smoking is prohibited in areas where students, staff, and visitors are required to be in attendance in the normal pursuit of their University endeavors. Accordingly, smoking in some areas is specifically prohibited. Lounge areas have ' been identified in strategic areas around the campus where individuals can go to smoke if they so choose.

When an instructor determines that a student needs further time, due to extenuating circumstances, to complete satisfactorily a given course, this may be indicated with an "1." The course must be completed within five quarters following the one in which the "I" was given, as evidenced by the instructor's submission of a change of grade card. In courses where the "I" has been made up, all reference to the "I" will be removed from the permanent record by request of the student. If the "I" has not been made up, it will remain on the permanent record.

Areas where smoking is prohibited include all classrooms, conference or meeting rooms unless specifically identified for smoking, graduate study rooms and offices where multiple occupancy occurs, seminar rooms, laboratories, hallways, restrooms, elevators, teaching and 'research laboratories, ' auditoriums, theaters, projection booths, cafeterias, workshops, or other public areas used under circumstances where students, staff, and visitors have no choice but to be present. Smoking in some campus buildings is prohibited because of fire hazard or particular building use.

On grade reports, an instructor shall assign the letter "N" to indicate no credit granted to a student enrolled in his course for whom he has no basis to assign a grade. In cases where the instructor does not submit a grade for the course, the Office of Admis-

It is the responsibility of all staff and students to adhere to this policy and to appropriately inform campus visitors of its provisions. Deans, department heads, and other supervisory personnel are responsible for the enforcement of the policy. '


18

Undergraduate Requirements General Education Coordinator: W. Farrell Edwards Office in Main 130 The purpose of the University is to help students learn information, skills, and attitudes that prepare them for their vocations and for the broader aspects of their lives .. Majoring in a specific discipline helps students in their job preparation; General Education helps them in their broader life goals. Other purposes of General Education are to help students learn how to discover new information on their own, and to foster understanding of their major cultural traditions.

The Requirement To graduate from Utah State University, a student must accumulate 55 credit hours of approved General Education courses; of these, nine must be in Com¡ munication Skills. Communication Skills. Students entering the University after July I, 1973 are required to take nine credits in Communication Skills, six of which must be in written communication (English lOOG), and the other three in course work approved by the General Education Council. A current listing of approved Communication Skills courses appears on page 19. All students must have completed the six¡credit written communication requirement as part of the first 90 credits earned at the University unless the requirement is waived through petition to the University Committee on Written Communication. The six credits of written communication 'may be granted through equivalency testing, either the Advanced Placement test (AP), the College Level Examination Program (CLEP), the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL, available only to international students), or the English Department Composition Examination (EDCE). For more information concerning the EDCE, see page 98.

either by the Advanced Placement (AP) program or by passing the appropriate portions of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP). This will provide an opportunity to obtain a degree in less than four years. Contact the University Testing Service for further information. The Proposal Option. General Education courses are designed to have a broad appeal and to satisfy the needs of most students. It may be, however, that other learning experiences such as work, travel, or university courses not on the General Education approved list may better satisfy a student's particular needs. A student may design his/her own unique program, and file a proposal with the General Education Office. Approval will be granted if this program satisfies the goals of General Education for this individual. Further informatio~ concerning the Proposal Option and help in developing a proposal may be obtained from the General Education Office (Main 130). If a program consists only of approved General Education courses, this procedure will not be necessary.

Students Transferring to or from USU. General Education courses completed at any institution within the Utah State System of Higher Education will fill General Education requirements at other member institutions. For courses having the same content, common numbers will appear in all institutional catalogs. Where the designations are appropriate, courses are identified with the following prefixes: SS, Social Sciences; LS, Life Sciences; PS, Physical Sciences; HU, Humanities. Students planning to transfer to another institution should be aware that many of them require a certain number of courses within areas which usually correspond to the above categories. A safe rule is to distribute credits somewhat evenly among them.

Planning Your Program American Institutions Requirement (see Summary of Graduation Requirements, page 21). The State of Utah requires of all students the successful passage of a test or completion of a course on American Institutions. Anyone of the following courses, in addition to satisfying this requiremeht, also applies toward General Education: Economics 200 G History 170 G Political Science 110 G Credit by Examination. A student may receive General Education credit by examination

The faculty adviser is the key person to assist students in planning programs. Consult with him as early as possible. Since the purpose of General Education is to provide opportunities of a nonvocational nature, to integrate knowledge, and to broaden perspectives, students should select from the approved courses those that will serve these functions. If a student has special interests outside his/ her major, l here is the chance to expand understanding of them. If a student has not yet chosen a major, 'courses may be selected in the fields he/she is considering.

I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I

'I I I

I I

Undergraduate Requirements

General Education Prefixes Courses in the General Education listing are identified with prefixes indicating the general subject area of the course. These will aid in planning a well-balanced program. They will also aid students transferring to an institution that has a general education subject area requirement.

Approved List of Courses The following courses are approved through Spring quarter, 1975: (Some colleges and departments have additions to this basic list of approved courses. Contact the college or department office for this information.)

19

English HU 117 G (3), HU 118 G (3), HU 119 G (3), HU 120 G (3), HU 121 G (3), HU 122 G (3), HU 124 G (3), HU 126 G (3), HU 301 G (3) Family and Child Development HU 120 G (3), HU 150 G (5) General Education SS 115 G (3), SS 116 G (3), SS 118 G (3), SS 119 G (3), SS 120 G (3), PS 210 G (3), SS320G(3) Geography SS 101 G (3), SS 371 G (5) Geology PS 101 G (5) Health Education SS 300 G (3) Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences (HASS) SS 205G(5)

Communication Skills. The following courses will fulfill the nine-credit Communication Skills requirement:

Home Economics and Consumer Education HU 105 G (3), HU 349 G (3) HU 355 G (3), HU 375 G (3)

English HU 100 G (6) - written communication

History SS 101 G (3), SS 102 G (3), SS 103 G (3), SS 104 G (5), SS 104 G (5) SS 170 G (5)

English HU 301 G (3) - written communication Philosophy HU 210 G (5) Communications HU 101 G (5), HU 105 G (3), HU 130 G (3), HU 140 G (5), HU 160 G (3) Language - Any language course pumber HU 101, HU 102, HU 103, HU 201, or HU 202 will have one credit each applicable to communication skills, with a maximum of five credits. American Institutions. The following five-credit courses fulfill the State American Institutions requirement as well as apply toward General Education: Political Science SS 110 (5)

/

Languages - See Communication Skills Landscape Architecture and Planning (LAEP) HU 103 G (3)

Environmental

Mathematics PS 130 G (5) Military Science and Aerospace Studies credits may apply to General Education

Music HU 101 G (3), HU 401 G (3), HU 402 G (3), HU 403 G (3) Nutrition and Food Sciences HU 122 G (3) Philosophy HU 101 G (5), HU 210 G (5) Physical Education SS G. All activity courses except Water Safety Instruction, Freshman Football, and Varsity Sports Physics PS 100 G (3), PS 101 G (5), PS 108 G (3), PS 380 G (2)

History SS 170 (5) Economics SS 200 (5) General Listing. Additional courses approved for General Education include: Anthropology SS 101 (5), SS 150 (3) Art HU 101 (3), HU 165 G (3), HU 177 G (3)

Physiology LS 130 G (5) Plant Science LS 250 G (3) Political Science SS 110 G (5), SS 111 G (3), SS 210 G (3), SS 220 G (4) Psychology SS 101 G (5), SS 175 G (2)

Bacteriology LS 111 G (4)

Range Science LS 384 G (5)

Biology LS 101 G (5), LS 105 G (2), LS 308 G (4), LS384G(5)

' Sociology SS 101 G (5), SS 240 G (3)

Biometeorology Ps 117 G (3)

Theatre Arts HU 101 G (3), HU 102 G (3)

Botany LS 110 G (5)

Wildlife Science LS 384 G (5), LS 414 G (3)

Chemistry PS 105 G (3), PS 142 G (4)

Zoology LS 251 G (3)

Communications HU 101 G (5), HU 105 G (3), HU 130 G (3), HU 140 G (5), HU 160 G (3), Computer Science PS 150 G (3), PS 340 G (3) Economics SS 100 G (4), (5), SS 515 G (3)

3

ss 200

G (5), SS 511 G

Interdisciplinary Courses Several interdisciplinary General Education courses are offered through the cooperation of several departments. All of these courses will apply toward the General Education requirement.


20

I

Undergraduate Requirements

115. Values and the Future. An introduction to methods, skills, and techniques used in predicting and controlling the future_ Decision making techniques, the importance of value systems in making decisions, and individual and societal reactions to rapid change will be studied_ (3W) 116. Energy and Man. A study of energy resources, utilization, conversion, and conservation_ Social impacts of energy resource development, including public pol,cy and planning. (3F, Sp) 118. The City and Man - The Pre-Industrial City. The historical development of cities up to the late nineteenth century in cross-cultural and crosstemporal terms. Impact of various cities on their environments, the city itself, and the society of that time period. (3F) 119. The City and Man - The Industrial City. The historical development of the contemporary city, focusing on the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Interaction between the urban community, physical and social environments. Urban problems and their solutions, value structures and their relation to the urban environment. (3W) 120. The City and Man - The Post-Industrial City. Various social and technological trends in the contemporary urban environment, especially with regard to solving problems arising from human needs of human beings in the urban environment. Conceptualization of desirable and probable urban futures. (3Sp) 210. Population and Your Environment. Interdisciplinary aspects of population growth and its environmental implications. Emphasis on the effect of expanding populations on the individual and his environment, society, culture, and upon domestic and foreign political institutions. (3W) 316. Strategic Arms Limitation. Some of the scientific and technological background of strategic arms limitation. Nuclear test ban, SALT, chemical and biological weapons, the strategic balance are some of the subjects covered. (1) 320. TechnololY and Human Values. An examination of the often misunderstood relationships between technological advancement and social change. The role of technology in current affairs, its effects on the quality of life, and man's response to rapid scientific change. (3W) 499. Independent Projects. (1-6)

Upper Division Requirements Sixty credits of upper division work are required for graduation. The completion of the group requirements in any accredited collegiate institution having a similar pattern of general education will substitute for the completion of the group requirements at this institution, as prescribed in the section General Education. This does not apply to students who have been pursuing prescribed courses which do not include the group requirements. If they change from a prescribed course to a major under the group elective system, they must complete the basic requirements as specified in the section on the lower division. Transfer students who continue in a prescribed course will be held for the completion of the lower division courses as prescribed at USU, except as equivalent

courses may be accepted as substitutes for our own courses. A Freshman or Sophomore may register for upper division classes and receive credit toward senior college requirements, if such courses are recommended by his adviser and approved by the instructor. Courses so taken will count in the 60 credits of upper division required for graduation.

Major Subject. Students should select a major subject upon entering the University or early the first year, but not later than entrance in the upper division. As soon as the major subject has been selected, he should consult the head of the department in which he has decided to major. The head of the department will assign an adviser. Registration in each succeeding quarter should be carefully checked and approved by the adviser (called the major professor) to assure proper selection and sequence of courses for satisfying institutional and departmental requirements. Major departments have the authority to prescribe not fewer than 30 and not more than 50 credits in the major subject (exclusive of any courses which may have been used to satisfy lower division requirements in any of the groups). Major departments and the deans of the colleges shall also prescribe such other ~elated courses as may be considered desirable, provided that free electives are not reduced below 36 credits. Special consideration is granted students who pursue prescribed pre-medical, pre-dental, preveterinary, pre-osteopathy, and pre-legal programs for three years at this University. If students successfully pursue further prescribed work in one of these fields for an additional year at an approved institution, they may be granted a Bachelor of Science degree by this University. These students need not comply with general major requirements as previously outlined.

Minor. University policy does not require that all students prepare themselves in a minor field. However,certain departmeilts and/or programs do require the completion of a minor which is described in the catalog statement of the department or program. In the event a student elects to complete a minor not required by the student's major department or program, the student may develop a minor from an approved major in another department. In such cases the elective minor will consist of not less than 18 credits, and the program taken must be approved by both the major departments.

I I I I I I

I I I I I I

I I I I


J

21

I Graduation Requirements I I I Bachelor Degrees I I I

'I I

I I I I I I I, I I

The University offers Certificates of Completion for two years of study in certain departments; the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Landscape Architecture, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Accounting, Master of Business Administration, Master of Education, Master of Engineering, Master of Engineering Science, Master of Fine Arts, Master of Forestry, Master of Industrial Education, Master of Landscape Architecture, Master of Mathematics, Civil Engineer, Irrigation Engineer, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy; and gives work to fulfill the requirements for all professional certificates issued by the State Board of Public Instruction. The University reserves the right to change at any time the requirements for graduation. Candidates for a certificate or degree should complete the graduation requirements for the year in which they are graduating. However, if students prefer to graduate under a curriculum or major in which they have formally entered, they may be permitted to do so with the approval of the department head.

Students are expected to familiarize themselves with institutional rules and regulations. The responsibility for satisfying the requirements for graduation rests upon them. If students do not graduate in the class with which they entered, they are held to the requirements, including entrance, of the class with which they do graduate.

Two-Year Certificates The Colleges of Agriculture, Business, and Engineering offer tWb-year courses in practical studies leading to a Certificate of Completion for those who are not interested in the regular four-year course leading to the bachelor's degree. In most cases the courses are arranged so that, at a later date, the four-year course can be completed with a minimum loss of time. Requirements: 1) Complete 96 credits. 2) Complete a major of 30 credits in one or more closely related departments of the college in which the certificate is granted. 3) Complete 29 credits in the basic groups, as follows: Humanities, five; Communication Skills, nine; Physical Science, five; Life Science, five; and Social Science, five. 4) Complete 21 credits of elective work. For additional information, see description of work in the college concerned.

In the College of Engineering definite programs of study are prescribed leading to Certificates of Completion within definite fields of applied industrial work. These curricula -may be found in the catalog section on College of Engineering.

Note: A "curriculum" is a specific course of study, such as the Science curriculum in the College of Agriculture.

The University confers the baccalaureate degree upon students who meet the specified requirements of any of the eight resident colleges.

Graduates of the Colleges of Agriculture, Engineering, and Natural Resources are awarded the Bachelor of Science degree.

Graduates of the Colleges of Business, Education, Family Life, and Science may be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree or the Bachelor of Arts degree as recommended by the student's individual department and approved by the dean of the college. Graduates of the College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences may be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Arts degree, the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, the Bachelor of Landscape Architecture, or the Bachelor of Music degree, as recommended by the student's individual department and approved by the dean of the college.

All graduates, regardless of the type of degree, must satisfy University requirements in General Education, Americanization and Communication Skills. All students who receive the Bachelor of Arts degree must have completed two years' training or equivalent in a foreign language approved by the Language Department. One year or equivalent in each of two foreign languages may also satisfy the language requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree. If a student is planning to graduate at the next commencement, he should consult his major professor and jointly prepare the Admission to Candidacy form not later than two quarters before he is scheduled to complete requirements for graduation. He is admitted to candidacy when the plan of course work presented is found to fulfill all remaining requirements for graduation.

Summary of

Graduation Requirements General Requirements 1) Americanization Requirement. All graduates of the state universities of Utah are required to have an understanding of the fundamentals of the history,


. 22

Graduation Requirements

principles, fonn of government, and economic system of the United States. Students may meet this requirement in anyone of the following ways: a) a passing grade in a special examination such as CLEP; b) a passing grade in the Advanced Placement Examination in American History; c) the satisfactory completion of a major or minor in Economics, History, Political Science, or American Studies; d) the satisfactory completion of one of the following courses: History 170, History of American Civilization (5 credits); Political Science 110, American National Government (5 credits); Economics 200, General Economics (5 credits); e) five-credit-hour courses completed in other schools equivalent to anyone of the above. 2) Total Credits. A minimum of 186 credits of acceptable collegiate work with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 and a minimum of 150 credits with "C" grade or better. 3) Upper Division Credit. A minimum of 60 credits

of upper division work. 4) Specialization. The completion of a major, and related work as outlined under Upper Division.

5) General Education. The completion of the General Education requirements (see page 18).

Restrictions and Interpretations 1) Independent Study Credits. The maximum amount of correspondence (Independent Study) credit which can be applied toward a bachelor's degree is 45 credits. 2) Extension and Independent Study. Applicants for degrees who have taken courses for credit through extension class work or Independent Study courses are subject to the regular University admission requirements and must file transcripts of credit with the office of Admissions and Records.

3) Junior College Credit. No more than 120 credits

of transfer credit from junior colleges will be accepted toward graduation, grade points, and credit. 4) Grades. Five passing grades, "A", "B", "C", "D", and "P" are employed in reporting credit. No credit with a grade lower than "D" can count toward satisfying credit requirements. Grade points are assigned and a grade point average computed to show a student's overall grade standing. For each of the following grades the student receives the indicated number of grade points: A-4, B-3, C-2, D-l, and F-O. Credits of "P" grade are disregarded in computing grade point averages. The grade point average (g.p.a.) is calculated by dividing the total grade points by the total credits taken for which grades are reported (credit is not given for F grades). For graduation one must have a 2.0 grade point average.

5) Residency. Candidates for a bachelor's degree must complete at least 45 credits in residence at USU, 15 of which must be included within the last 60 credits presented for the degree. With the approval of the dean of the college from which the student graduates, 15 credits in courses approved for this purpose, taken in designated centers, may be counted toward the residence requirements for the bachelor's degree. For the master's degree, at least 27 credits taken in residence are required; thesis credit counts toward the residence requirement. For the master's degree not requiring a thesis, nine credits in course work approved for this purpose taken in designated centers may be counted toward the residence requirement.

Applying for Graduation The candidate should file an application for graduation with his academic dean. This application must sho,:" the course of study which will be followed in order to complete all requirements for graduation and must be approved by: a) the professor in charge of the major subject, and b) the dean of the college in which the major work is done. 1) Deadlines. Graduation deadlines include the following: a) The candidate should file with his academic dean at least two quarters before he is scheduled to complete his graduation requirements, b) Application for graduation must be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records and the graduation fee ($5) paid before January 15. After that date a late fee of $2 will be added. c) All correspondence courses to be used toward graduation must be completed before May. d) All candidates for graduation must be cleared or removed from the list by May 15 by their Academic Deans. e) Names of the candidates should appear on graduation lists and diplomas as they are on the University records. Name changes because of marriage, divorce, etc., can be shown on the diploma. 2) Commencement. Attendance at commencement exercises is expected of all cl';lndidates. If unable to attend, the student must notify the dean of his college and be officially excused in advance.

Second Bachelor's Degree A student who wishes to qualify for a second bachelor's degree must complete a minimum of 45 credits beyond those that were required for his first standard four-year degree. A student cannot work on two undergraduate degrees concurrently. The candidate for a second bachelor's degree must file an application with the Office of Admissions ilnd Records and must obtain the recommendation of his academic dean. He must also meet the requirements of the major department.

Note: The first bachelor's degree must represent a standard four-year program and must have been awarded by an accredited college or university.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I ,I I I


I

23

I Special Programs I, Honors Program I I I

I I I

I

The Honors Program, which was initiated in 1965, offers a variety of Honors courses at both the lower and upper division levels. Enrollment is limited. Students are admitted on invitation of the program director, by application to the Honors Program, or by recommendation of a faculty member of the University who has had the student in one or more classes. The program is University-wide and has students in all colleges. Upper division courses are ordinarily taught by two or more instructors representing different academic fields.

The aim is to give superior students of the University an opportunity to read, discuss, and write about significant facts and ideas, approached from a broader viewpoint than is ordinarily possible in' departmental work. The program is administered by a Universitywide faculty committee representative of the different colleges and by a student committee. These committees consider such matters as curriculum development, graduation requirements, and the special activities of the program itself. Students in the program who accumulate 45 credits of honors work and submit an acceptable senior thesis are eligible for graduation from the program.

I I I I

I I I

The Honors Program is housed in the M.R. Merrill Library. The main office is located here as well as the Honors Center, a large reading lounge limited to the use of Honors students. Special Honors seminars are also held in the center.

302. Far Eastern Thought. Oriental philosophy and literature dealing with Confucian, Taoist, and Buddhist thought. Chinese art, poetry, and history are studied from ancient times to the present. (2) 303. Utopia: The Ideal and Its History. A history of the utopian ideal from Plato on. Particular attention is given to twentieth-century dysutopias. (2) 304. Frontiers of Biology. Individualized reading course designed to acquaint students with current ideas in one or more areas of biological thought. Open to all Honors students. (2) 305. Aggression. Readings and discussions on aggression in man and lower animals and the means whereby aggression may be modified. Some biological training helpful but not essential. (2) 306. World Population and Resource Perspectives. A socioeconomic consideration of the distribution of natural resource~ and the relationship to world populations. (2) 308. Indian in American Literature. The Indian through American literature from colonial times to the present. Attitudes of American culture toward nature, toward primitive societies, and toward different races of people. (2) 309. Science and Values. A critical examination of the humanism found in science. (2) 311. Classical Mythology in Western Art. An examination of certain myths of the Greeks and Romans as artistically employed or recreated in selected paintings. sculpture, music, and literary works produced in western civilization. (Engl 126 is recommended). (2) 312. Of Men and Machines. An investigation of a variety of aspects of the complex relationship between men and machines, with a continuing emphasis on the impact upon western culture of the technological society in the areas of values, environment, and art. (2) 313. Latin America Seminar. An introductory approach to Latin American cultural, historical, and political problems. Multiple disciplinary approach with staff from different departments participating in the teaching. (2) 314. Love Seminar. Reading and discussion of the different aspects of love as found in the classic, Christian, romantic, Freudian, and humanistic tradi¡ tions. (2) 315. Russian Literature Colloquium. A study of Russian novelists: Pushkin, Gogol, Dostoevsky, Tolstoi, Pasternak, Turgenev, and Solzhenitsyn. (2)

In addition to special Honors sections of many lower division courses, the following courses are taught in the program.

316. Theory of Tragedy. Survey of the history of tragedy in western culture from the classical Greek to the present. Emphasis will be placed on drama. (2)

Honors Courses

317. Ecology and Culture. An examination with as much precision as possible of the effects and implication of the full use of ecological theory in human affairs. (2)

101. Literary Experience. Close reading of selected works of literature; extensive discussion; regular papers expected to demonstrate critical insight and sound composition. (3F) 102. Philosophical Perspectives. Close reading and critical discussion of writings of philosophers; regular papers expected to demonstrate student's posi¡ tion on selected philosophical problems. Emphasis placed on consistency and rigor of argument. (3W) 103. Historical Perspectives. An examination of the manner in which man has met and responded to the circumstances of the world in which h~ lives. Examples derive from all human cultures and various time periods. Regular papers testing the validity of concepts explored are expected. (3Sp) 300. Perspectives of Contemporary Thought. A review of systems of philosophies of recent origin as to their influence on the current world. (2) 301. Roots of Modern Educational Thought. An interpretation of what constitutes the educated man, conducted as an individualized course, based on the history and philosophy of educational theory with a speculative projection into the future. (2)

318. Humanistic Traditions. This course deals with the various traditions of humanism in western civilization. The focus will change from time to time depending on the particular aspect of humanist thoughi 'to be emphasized. (2) 390. Independent Study. A student registering for independent study is expected to work in a one to one relationship with a faculty member, studying material of the student's own choosing with a minimum of supervision. 390H is not to be used as readings and conference or for obtaining honors credit for organized courses. Independent research, both library and laboratory, as well as other forms of creative effort qualify for this credit. All Honor students are required to take a minimum of six credits (up to a maximum of 22 credits) of 390. Independent study proposal forms are available in the Honors Program Office. (1-3) 490. Senior Thesis. All Honors students are required to submit a Senior thesis for graduation from the Honors Program. The thesis, which is due during the Winter quarter of the Senior year, may be in any area of the student's choice, written in cooperation with a thesis adviser drawn from the faculty at large. A maximum of five credits of 490 may apply to the 45 credit requirement for graduation from the program. Registration forms are available in the Honors Pro. gram Office. (1¡5)


24

Special Programs

Division of

more than half credited from anyone discipline. The grade average on the 36 credits must be at least 3.00.

General Registration

The program is designed to augment the usual degree requirements. Some of the courses taken to apply to the major might also apply to the area studies program; other courses will be taken as electives. A student might expect to complete all the requirements for his/ her degree and the area studies program within the normal graduation requirements of the University (186 credits).

Director: Lewis A. Civille Offices in Main 12 The Division of General Registration is an administrative-academic element maintained at USU for the enrollment of students who for various reasons are not admitted into one of the eight academic colleges. While the division performs many of the administrative ¡ tasks of an academic college, the primary function of the division is to assist and encourage students in the improvement of their academic status so they may transfer into a college of their choice. To accomplish this purpose, participants are urged to limit their course loads each quarter, satisfy remedial requirements when indicated, and meet frequently with an adviser or the director. The facilities of the University Counseling and Testing Center are available to assist such students with career and aptitude counseling. The student retention policies of the University apply in the Division of General Registration and, when a student has demonstrated academic proficiency, application may be made for admission to a college through the director of the division. Individuals from any geographical area who do not meet admission requirements of any college of the University, may be considered for admission to the division.

Area Studies Area studies is an interdisciplinary approach to the study of a geographical or thematic subject, for example, Latin American Studies, Black Studies, Environmental Studies. A student takes courses relating to his/ her interest in several fields such as Economics, Political Science, Literature, History, Geography, Philosophy, rather than concentrate his/ her study in a single field. A student must complete a minimum of 36 credits in the subject of his/ her area study. These courses must be from a minimum of three disciplines, no

A student completing the area studies program will be granted a certificate with his/ her graduation diploma and an area studies notation will be entered on his/ her transcript. Further information may be obtained from the area studies coordinator, Dr. William F. Lye, or from the student's adviser.

SILEX Program The SILEX Program (Student Initiated ~arning Experiences) was begun in 1970 to encourage .student concern and interest in the content of his university education. Through SILEX, students may propose and establish courses not presently offered. SILEX will provide for 1) investigation of subject matter not available in the existing curriculum, 2) investigation of new problems emerging in the world, and 3) encouragement of student initiative in learning. SILEX courses count as electives. The number of credits offered will depend upon the nature of the course proposed. The program is presently administered through the General Education Office, Main 130. Any interested student or faculty member should contact this office for necessary forms and additional information.

Cultural Exchange Several cultural exchange programs are available to USU students, some with university credit. These include a quarter in Mexico and tours of Mexico, Europe, and other areas. Further information can be obtained from the Coordinator of Tours and Study Groups in the Office of International Programs and Studies.

I I I I I I I I I I

'I I I I I

I I I


I I

I I I I

Colleges and Departments

I


26

College of

Agriculture Dean: Doyle J. Matthews Office in Agricultural Science 223 Associate Dean for Resident Instruction: Paul R. Grimshaw Associate Dean for Extel1sion: C. Dennis Funk The College of Agriculture has the following departments: Agricultural Education Animal Science

Curricula in Agriculture

Dairy Science

Students may work toward the Bachelor of Science degree in all of the departments of the College Agriculture. Pre-veterinary training is given in the Veterinary Science Department.

Economics l Nutrition and Food Sciences2 Plant Science Soil Science and Biometeorology Veterinary Science A list of degrees and areas of emphasis can be found with each department. The coliege also has two interdepartmental programs: a BS degree in International Agriculture and an interdepartmental curriculum in Toxicology for both MS and PhD degrees. Agriculture today is a dynamic, rapidly changing industry. Agriculture includes more than farming or producing food and fiber. It embodies all the occupations connected with the production, processing, and distribution of farm products. Agriculture is the nation's largest industry. Of the 65 million people employed in the United States, about 26 million (40 percent) work in agriculture. This includes about half a million scientists who serve agriculture directly or indirectly. The agricultural industry is the biggest buyer, seller, and borrower in the United States, and it has the biggest investment.

,

Extension as well as the Departments of Animal Science, Plant Science, Agricultural Education, and Soil Science and Biometeorology.

Today's agriculture offers students challenging opportunities. But it is highly competitive, and to be fully successful one must be well trained. The value of the various curricula of the College of Agriculture is shown by the records of graduates who have gone back to the farm, or have become specialists and teachers or investigators, and have become leaders in their chosen work.

Facilities and Equipment The Agricultural Science Building houses the administrative offices of the College of Agriculture, the Agricultural Experiment Station, and University 'Jointly administered with the College of Business. ' Jointly administered with the College of Family Life.

There are three basic curricula offered by most departments, viz: 1) science, 2) general or production, 3) business. Departmental listings detail the requirements for these curricula. Science. Students who choose the science curriculum are taught the fundamentals of physical and biological sciences that are significant to agriculture. They gain a solid base of science courses that prepares them for graduate work and eventually research and teaching careers in the natural sciences. Graduates in this curriculum are also prepared to do research or technical work in agriculturally oriented fields such as the chemical industry, livestock health, feed industry, crop breeding, water use, and technical aspects of food processing. A science curriculum is offered in the Departments of Animal Science, Dairy Science, Nutrition and Food Sciences, Plant Science, Soil Science and Biometeorology, and Veterinary Science. General or Production. This curriculum is designed to educate young people to meet the special demands of today's agriculture. Successful modern agricultural production requires an understanding of the latest scientific knowledge and an ability to apply the information in the field. A student who plans to farm, to be a farm manager, to work directly with farm operators as a businessman, or as a government or farm organization employee, will probably satisfy his needs by taking the production curriculum. This curriculum is offered in the Departments of Agricultural Education, Animal Science, Dairy Science, Plant Science, and Soil Science and Biometerology. Business. The businesses and industries that buy from and sell to farm people are expanding and need men and women trained in agriculture. These enterprises include feed, fertilizer, machinery, and chemical firms that supply the farmer's needs, as well as mar-

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

College of Agriculture keting finns that assemble, process, ship, and merchandise his products. Managers of large-scale fann enterprises also profit from the kind of education provided by the business curriculum. Students who want to capitalize on their agricultural background while pursuing a business or industrial career should choose the business option. This curriculum is offered in the Departments of Economics, Animal Science, Dairy Science, Nutrition and Food Sciences, and Plant Science. For detailed curriculum requirements see the departmental listings in this catalog. Interdepartmental and intercollegiate cooperation has and will continue to facilitate the development of various other curricula. Students should not hesitate to inquire about the possibilities of following a curriculum that would allow for certain special needs.

Interdepartmental Majorin International Agriculture There is a great opportunity today for professiol}al agriculturists to serve in foreign countries. There are nearly 100 undeveloped countries in the world who welcome help. The interdepartmental major in International Agriculture was designed to prepare dedicated students for service abroad. Students choosing international agriculture as a major may specialize in 1) Animal Science, 2) Agricultural Economics, 3) Plant Science, or 4) Soil Science. To assure that all candidates for a degree m International Agriculture acquire the essential social

27

and cultural background, a core curriculum of courses is required of all students regardless of technical option. This curriculum and the specific requirements for each technical option are given below:

CORE CURRICUI,UM Courses

Credits

General Education Communi cation Skills ............ ........... . . .. . .. . Agriculture a nd Agriculture Related ........... . . ... . Must include: An Sci 240 or equivalent .. 5 PI Sci 100 or eq uiva lent . .... 4 SS358 ... . .... ..• ••• • .. .. • , ••........ 4 Ag Ed 351 a nd 301 or 303 .............•• .8 V Sci 300 ... . . ......... .. ... . . •...... . . . •. ....... 4 . ... 5 Economic Entomology 539 .................. .

46 9 33

Specialization~

Animal Science An Sci 101,102,261 , 262,440,441,442,450,470,520,560,561, a nd 562 .. NFS160 .............................. . D Sci 120, 211,540,54 1 ... .. .. . Additional Biology V Sci 520 ............ . AE310 .... . . ........... ..... .. .. ...... .. .... . .. .... . PI Sci 432 .. .. ...

35

5 11 10

3 3 3

Plant or Soil Science Bimet 117 ............ . SS 470, 555, and 556 .. SS 514, or 565, and 566 . . ............... .. ... ... . . PI Sci 350, 432, 433, 440, 450, 555, 565 ........ , . .. . .

3 4-5 24

Agricultural Economics Econ 500, 501, 515, 540, 560 ....................... .. Hist 104, 105. . . .............. .. ... . ... .. . .. . Ag Ec 510, 515, 520, 532, 550, 560, 580 ... . . ... .. . .. .. ... .. . .. .. . . ... . . . ... . .

18 10

21


28

College of

Business Dean: Robert P. Collier Offices in Business 202-210 A(,lsistant Dean for Administration: William V. Tezak Assistant Dean for Business Extension: Calvin D. Lowe Assistant Dean for Research: Bartell C. Jensen

The College of Business has the following departments:

Business Education and Office Administration

broad and varied background. To guarantee the desired amount of specialization, all majors in this college are required to complete core curriculum and at least 40 percent of their total program within the college in Business and Economics. This is intended to provide a balance between general education and the specialization required for success in the business world.

Economics 1

Graduation Requirements

Military Science

To graduate in the College of Business, a grade point slightly higher than the University minimum is required - with 2.2 being required ¡of majors in Accounting and Business Administration, and 2.5 for Business Education majors. To insure that the specialized work taken during the senior year is fully acceptable to the departments, the College of Business has the additional requirement that the Senior year must be taken in residence at USU.

Accounting Aerospace Studies Business Administration

A list of degrees and areas of emphasis can be found in the section for each department.

Objectives The purpose of the College of Business is to provide each individual with an opportunity to develop his or her talents to the fullest extent possible. Our training program is broadly based, including liberal arts and an appreciation for social responsibilities, together with the practical application of theory in the solution of management and economic problems. Our students are preparing to take an active part in the administration of our society and to provide the badly needed business leadership which guides a relatively free economy. All Business majors are required to take at least 40 percent of their course work outside of this college in areas such as social science, psychology, mathematics, physical sciences, humanities, etc., to insure a 'Jointly administered with College of Agriculture

The College of Business is a member of the American assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business, and our program is accredited by that association. Graduate work is available in all departments in the college.

Minor in Business In addition to a wide range of formal majors, a minimal training in Business is popular with students majoring in other colleges such as Agriculture, Natural Resources, Science, and Engineering. The Business Administration Department will be happy to assist in planning such a program.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Education I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

29

College of

Dean: Oral L. Ballam Office in Education 201

Associate Dean for Continuing Education and Field Services: Terrance E. Hatch

The College of Education has the following departments: Communicative Disorders Elementary Education

Health, Physical Education and Recreation

Instructional Media Psychology

Secondary Education Special Education

fields are offered in the following departments in other colleges: Agricultural Education, Business Education, Industrial and Technical Education, and Home Economics Education. Teacher Education. The University offers complete programs of teacher education in all phases of public school work. Cooperative programs with other departments of the institution provide for teaching majors and minors required of all prospective secondary school teachers. Similarly, general areas of concentration in subject matter are required of all elementary teachers.

Degrees offered and areas . of specialization are listed in the section for each department.

Careful attention is given to education. Specially selected personnel at all training levels give students individual guidance.

The College of Education, in cooperation with other colleges of the University and the School of Graduate Studies, provides preparation programs for prospective teachers and other professional personnel in education.

Facilities include the nursery school, operated on campus by the Department of Family and Child Development in the College of Family Life. Here teacher education focuses on the preschool child.

-

In this regard" the principal functions of the college are: 1) To prepare teachers for certification in elementary and secondary education for the public schools. 2) To prepare administrators, and other professional personnel for the public schools.

3) To prepare university teachers in education through graduate programs. 4) To prepare professional specialists in the following fields: Psychology, Counseling and Guidance, Health, Physical Education and Recreation. Instructional Media, Communicative Disorders, Special Education, and Curriculum Development and Supervision.

The College of Education is a member of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, and is accredited through the doctoral degree by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The student is urged to refer in this catalog to the more detailed descriptions of programs, and majors offered by the eight departments, listed in the first paragraph, that comprise the College of Education. In addition, programs in education related to specific

The Edith Bowen Teacher Education Laboratory School is a functioning elementary school on the University campus, serving as a research and demonstration center in Elementary and Special Education. The teachers of the school are members of the University faculty. Scheduled observations of classroom activities by college students are part of the requirements of related courses sU,c h as Child Psychology, Curriculum Development, Principles of Teaching in the Elementary School, Educational Psychology, and Library Science. The University Affiliated Exceptional Child Center is a multi-discipline training, research, and service center. Within the center eight demonstration classrooms - are provided for exceptional children. Students from the College of Education participate through observation, tutorial, student teaching, and working individually with materials designed especially for exceptional children. Practicums and internships at research facilities are available at the Center. Admission Requirements to Teacher Education. Admission to the professional education curricula requires formal action by a faculty committee on admission to teacher education. The latter procedure applies to all curricula leading to graduation from any department and college in the University, wherein recommendations for professional certification in education are concerned.


30

College qf Education

A student is not permitted to enroll in professional courses in Education unless he has been admitted to the Teacher Education program. This requires a demonstration of proficiency in the areas of speech, hearing, and general communication, as well as a minimum grade point average of 2.35. The same grade point average must be maintained for admission to student teaching and for certificatIon. Application for admission to professional curricula should be made before the end of the Sophomore year. Transfer students who have had one year of collegiate work may apply during the first quarter at USU. Teacher Certification. The College of Education is designated by the Utah State Department of Public Instruction as the official representative of USU in administering certification requirements for students.

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Elementary or Secondary Education is designed for the student preparing to teach in either of these fields. Students majoring in other departments of the University who wish to prepare for teaching are admitted to teacher education curricula as heretofore described. Application must be made to the Teacher Certification Office of the University to obtain a teaching certificate.

Dual Certification. A student desiring to obtain both the elementary and the secondary certificates should consult with an adviser in the Education departments early in his/her program. Ordinarily, dual certification will require at least one additional quarter of work.

Specific requirements for each certificate may be obtained from the office of the dean of the College of Education or from the department in which the major work is offered.

Teacher Placement Service. The University is interested in placing its graduates in professional positions. To accomplish this purpose in the College of Education; the Teacher Placement Service functions as an integral part of the University Placement Center. If students qualify for a teaching or other professional certificate, they may register with the service as a help in compiling the proper credentials to be used in placement. Application for membership should be made prior to student teaching whenever possible. No fee is charged for membership in the center.

As a valuable and integral part of Teacher Education for the elementary or secondary certificate, a closely supervised program of student teaching is conducted, Student teaching is done in selected public schools throughout the state. The student should be financially prepared to stay off campus during the quarter which he has selected as his professional quarter of student teaching.

Graduate Study. Programs at the graduate level are offered for students who desire to meet requirements for administrative, supervisory, teaching, or other advanced professional certificates. The MEd, MS, MA, EdD, and PhD degrees are offered. More detailed information concerning graduate work is found in the Graduate Catalog.

The University provides training to prepare students for all the professional certificates issued by the Utah State Department of Public Instruction. Teaching specialties for which certificates may be issued are listed within the departmental information sections.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I Engineering

31

College of

Dean: E. Joe Middlebrooks

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Office in Engineering C-110 Associate Dean: Irving S. Dunn Associate Dean: Gary Z. Watters Director, Engineering Experiment Station: Clayton Clark Director, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories: Doran J. Baker Director, Space Science Laboratory: Kay D. Baker Director, Utah Water Research Laboratory: Jay M. Bagley Controller's Representative: Ray Larsen The College of Engineering includes the following academic departments: Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering Civil and Environmental Engineering Electrical Engineering Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering Industrial and Technical Education (a) Industrial and Technical Teacher Education Division (b) Industrial Technology Division All departments offer the BS and MS degree with specific majors. Within Industrial Education and Technology, two-year certificates of completion are also available. The College offers the Master of Engineering (ME) and the Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in engineering. The Industrial and Technical Teacher Education division offers the Master of Industrial Education (MIE) and the Doctor of Education (EdD) degrees. The Industrial Technology Division offers the BS degree with options in Aeronautics, AutomotiveDiesel, Welding, and Occupational Safety and Health. For details of the various majors and specialities offered by the above departments, see the respective department sections of the (;atalog.

The college emphasizes progress, and its program is under constant review and improvement in order for its graduates to become leaders in a society which is rapidly changing technologically and socially. Emphasis is also placed on research and innovation. A large and versatile faculty, most of whom have doctoral degrees, has been chosen on the basis of teaching and research competence, and professional reputation. In Engineering, degrees lead to employment as professional engineers in such fields as aeronautics, agriculture, astronautics, communications, electronics, energy generation, highways, hydraulics, industrial engineering, manufacturing and production, instrumentation, irrigation, municipal engineering, power systems, soil mechanics, structures, transportation, water supply, and water quality. Industrial and Technical Teacher Education prepares and qualifies graduates to teach industrial and technical education in the secondary schools and to teach vocational subjects in the high school. In addition, a highly specialized program prepares teachers for post-high school technical college teaching. The Industrial Technology program provides both general education and specialized training to qualify graduates for high-level technical and supervisory positions in industry.

Objectives

In Engineering, the course of study includes Mathematics and Basic Science, Engineering Science, Engineering Analysis and Design, English, Humanities, and Social Studies. A reasonable choice of electi~ subjects is provided.

Briefly, the purposes of the college are: 1) to provide students with a professional competence which will enable them to enter and progress rapidly in their professional careers; 2) to¡ provide an understanding of the physical and social world in which they live; and 3) to provide a basis for continued intellectual growth, socially and professionally.

The objectives of the undergraduate engineering curricula are to provide thorough, fundamental, technical education necessary for professional Engineering work of the highest grade, and to assure the development of those physical, intellectual, moral, and social qualities essential to high professional achievement. The recommendations of the


32

College of Engineering

Engineers' Council for Professional Development have been carefully considered in planning the Engineering curricula, and the curricula in Civil and Environmental, Electrical, and Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering are accredited by that agency. For Engineering, it is advantageous to have completed two years of algebra, one year of geometry and one-half year of trigonometry in high school. Four years of English and courses in chemistry, physics, and mechanical drawing are also recommended. If the above mathematics courses are not taken in high school, then they must be taken in college prior to starting the math sequence shown under General Engineering. This additional work need not cause a delay in graduation as necessary credits in English, social science, and humanities may be earned by examination on the Advanced Placement (AP) or College Level Examination Program (CLEP). Also Summer quarter enrollment can be used to make up additional course requirements.

General Engineering

Winter Quarter

C redits

Ma th 220 (Anal. & Cal.) . . Chern 121 (Princ. & Qual. Ana l.)· Engl HU 100 G (Writing Lab)' ME 120 (Engrg. Meas.) ........... .

5 5 3 4

Spring Quarter

17

Math 221 (Anal. & Cal.) Phyx 221 (Gen. Phyx.). Chem 122 (Princ. & Qual. Anal.) ..... .. , , . . • . Chern 124 (Prin. & Q. Anal. La b)

• 5 5 4

15 Sophomore Fall Quarter Math 222 (Anal. & Cal.) .. . ..... ... ... . . . .. ... .. . . ....... .. .. ..... .. . Phyx 222 (Gen. Phyx.). . ..... .. .. .. ... . ...... . . . .. . ME 170 (Engrg. Graphics) . . ... .. . . .... .... ... . Humanities 1 Soc. Sci..

5 5 3 3 16

Winter Quarter Math 223 (Anal. & Cal.) ........ . _.. . Phyx 223 (Gen. Phyx.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .. ... . . .. . .. .. .. CEE 200 (Engrg. Mech.) . . . .. . . . .. ... .. . . . . . . . ...... . .... . Econ SS 200 G (Income, Empl., Prices)

5 5 3 5 18

Spring Quarter Math 324 (Diff. Eqs.) EE 271 (Fund. of EE) .... . ...... . . . CEE 202 (Engrg. Mech.) . CEE 204 (Mech. of Solids) .... . .... ... . .. .. _.. ... .. _.. . . .... ... . GE 103 (Dig. CompoUtil.).

3 5 3 2 2

15

Students in the Agricultural and Irrigation, Civil and Environmental, Electrical, and Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering curricula take the same courses during their Freshman and Sophomore years. However, the curriculum is sufficiently flexible so that transfer students are readily accommodated. Junior and Senior year courses of study are listed under the major departments. Most of the core courses are available every quarter during the academic year.

General Engineering Courses

Acadeptics. An average of "C" (2.0 g.p.a .) or higher is required to remain in good standing and to be eligible for graduation. In addition, a grade of " C" or better is required in all courses which are prerequisites to subsequent courses in both the student's major field and in the supporting science -courses in Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry. Graduation. Candidates for graduation in Engineering satisfy the 55 credit University General Education requirement, the ECPD5 socio-humanistic requirement, and 'the American Institutions requirement by taki;;'g courses or earning credits by examination in the following areas:

101. Introduction to E n gin e erin g. A study of basic engineerin g problems and their solutions; design procedures; experimental techniques and meas urements. (2F, W) 102. Slide Rule Ins tructio n. Practice in the use of th e Log-Log slide rule. Prerequisite or concurrently; Trigonometry. (I F, W, S p) 103. Digital Computer U tilizatio n for Engineering Students_ Introd uction to com puter programmi ng and the use of digital computers in en gineerin g problem solving a nd data processing. Prerequisite; Math 105. (2F, W, Sp)

ENGINEERING COMMON CORE CURRICULU M Freshma n

Fall Quarte r Ma th 105 (Coli. Algebra)'. Huma nities / Soc. Sci.:.! .

Engl HU 100 G (Writi ng La b)' .. GE 101 (Intro. To Engrg.) .............. .

Credits 5 6 3

' See the a pproved list of General Education courses to determine which courses are accepta ble. Students passing English, Huma nities, a nd/or Social Science a nd History sections of the CLEP tests may a pply earned credits toward these group requirements. Not a ll of 12 credits passed may necessarily be a warded. Check with Admissions a nd Records to see h ow ma n y credits have been awarded. ' Six credits of Communications Skills must be earned by exa mina tion. T hey may be earned without taking Engl HU 100 G by earning a suitably high score on the Advanced Placement (AP) or College Level Exa mination Program (CLEP) exa m or by passing the English Department Composition Exam (EDCE). In this case the student ma y move other desirable courses into these vacancies. The student wishing to improve his skills in preparation for the exam may register for Engl HU 100 G for up to two quarters. The student must register for 6 credits the first time a nd he receives a grade of "incomplete" until he passes the EDCE. The course will be ta ught as a three-credit course even though the student is enrolled for six credits. As soon as he passes the EDCE exa m, h e receives six credits in communications. NOTE; Engl 301 is to be ta ken in the Junior year.

2

16

'Qualified students, based on high school math grades, ACT scores, a nd special permission from the Math Department may start with Math 220 (Analytic Geometry a nd Calculus). Also students without trigonometry must enroll in Math 106.

' On advice of adviser a nd department head, Chern 121/ 122, 124 may be taken F a ll a nd Winter, s ubstituting a huma nities/ socia l science course Spring quarter. ' ECPD is the Engineers Council for Professional Development. This council eva luates a nd accredits acceptable engi neerin g programs at colleges a nd universities in the U.S.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


1 I I I I I I

'I I 1 I I I I I I I I

College of Engineering A . Communications Skills (9 credits) Engl HU 100 G (6 credits) These credits may be obtained through the CLEP or AP exams or the English Department Composition Exam. Engl HU 301 G (3 credits) B. Humanities and Social Sciences (24 credits) This ECPD requirement is met by completing 24 credits of acceptable general education courses from the list below. The required course Econ SS 200 G satisfies 5 credits of this requirement as well as the American Institutions requirement. Students desiring to substitute courses may petition the General Education office after obtaining the approval of their adviser and dean. Anthr 101 G, 150 G Art 101 G, 165 G, 167 G Econ 100 G, 200 G, 511 G, 515 G Engl 117 G, 118 G, 119 G, 120 G, 121 G, 122 G, 124G,126G Gen Ed 110 G, 111 G, 115 G, 118 G, 119 G, 120 G,320G Geo 101 G, 371 G Hist 101 G, 102 G, 103 G, 104 G, 105 G, 170 G Music 101 G, 401 G, 402 G, 403 G Phil 101 G PS 110 G, 111 G, 210 G, 220 G Psy 101 G Soc 101 G, 240 G ThArt 101 G, 102 G C. Extended General Education List (22 Credits Maximum) In addition to those courses on the approved general education list, 22 credits from the following courses apply toward the general education requirement for engineering and technology students in the College of Engineering: Math 105 (5 credits) Math 220 (5 credits) Math 106 (5 credits) Math 221 (5 credits) Phyx 111 (5 credits) Phyx 221 (5 credits) Phyx 112 (5 credits) Phyx 222 (5 credits) Chem 111 (5 credits) Chem 121 (5 credits) Chem 141 (4 credits) Chem 122 (4 credits) Chem 144 (1 credit) Chem 124 (1 credit) Candidates for graduation in the Industrial Technology Division may use a maximum of 22 credits from the above Extended General Education list to satisfy the University General Education and American Institutions requirements. Candidates in the Industrial and Technical Teacher Education Division must satisfy the University General Education and American Institutions requirements.

33

Three-Year BS Program. Students passing the CLEP tests (College Level Examination Program) may satisfy all General Education requirements and complete requirements for the BS degree in three years, including one or two summer quarters. For details, contact the appropriate department head. Graduate Study. The college offers graduate study programs leading to the MS, ME, MIE, EdD, and PhD degrees. For further information and details, see the Graduate Catalog. Professional Societies. The college holds institutional memberships in: American Society for Engineering Education, American Society for Testing Materials, American Concrete Institute, Society of Manufacturing Engineers, and Highway Research Board. USU holds membership in the Universities Council on Water Resources. Student chapters or societies include American Society of Civil Engineers, Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Society of Manufacturing Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Sigma Tau, Vocational Industrial '::;lubs of America, Society of Automotive Engineers, American Welding Society, Alpha Eta Rho, American Society of Safety Engineers, and Society of Women Engineers. Students are encouraged to affiliate with appropriate student societies. The Engineering Council is comprised of a student and a staff member from each department and the dean's office. The college senator is chairman. The council meets regularly to provide effective student-staff-administration liaison. ROTC. Many Engineering students find satisfaction in serving their country in the Reserve Officers Training Program and as reserve officers after graduation. Junior and Senior ROTC students receive compensation equivalent to a substantial scholarship. See Military Science and Aerospace Studies. Professor William L. Jones, Engineering Building, is the faculty adviser to assist Engineering students desiring to take ROTC. Master of Engineering Science. USU cooperates with the University of Utah and Brigham Young University in offering a program leading to the degree of Master of Engineering Science. See the Graduate Catalog. Courses are accepted by all three cooperating universities for this degree, without restriction. Candidates must satisfy the admission requirements, examination procedure, and all other regulations of the Graduate School except as above amended. The thesis must satisfy the requirements of the student's committee and his thesis director. Scholarships, Fellowships, a,n d Assistantships. A number of scholarships and assistantships are available to Engineering College students. Interested high school seniors are encouraged to write to the dean regarding these. See Awards, Honors, Scholarships, and Grants-in-Aid. There are also opportunities for employment on research projects and other activities.


34

College of Engineering

Graduate Assistantships and Fellowships. A few excellent graduate assistantships, fellowships and scholarships are available in all departments. Assistantships are available both for teaching and research. Application should be made directly to the department concerned. Interdepartmental Curriculum in Environmental Engineering. The Environmental Engineering Program at Utah State University is basically a graduate program; however, an undergraduate student who has decided upon an Environmental Engineering career can, and is encouraged to, enroll in the Environmental Engineering Program. This early enrollment provides the student with an opportunity to complete many of the prerequisites that are normally omitted in undergraduate engineering education that are required for environmental engineers. The first two years of all Engineering programs are based upon a common core curriculum and allow very little opportunity for specialization; however, the opportunity to take background courses such as chemistry and biology do exist even this early in the program. A student who has decided upon a career in Environmental Engineering will find it advantageous to contact the Environmental Engineering Division at the earliest opportunity to plan a program that will prepare him to enter the graduate program for the fifth year of his engineering education. Research. The College of Engineering maintains an extensive program of research through the Engineering Experiment Station and the various

departments and laboratories. There are opportunities for graduate students to participate, and many undergraduates can find employment in research programs. Electro-Dynamics Laboratories. These laboratories, which include the Stewart Radiance Laboratory located in Bedford, Massachusetts, are conducting research programs in electro-optics, cryogenic infrared measurements, aerospace instruments, and data communications. The laboratories employ faculty, graduate students, and undergraduate students, primarily from the Colleges of Engineering, Science, Business, and Education. Studies of the atmospheric environment are performed in concert with the Center for Research in Aeronomy. Space Science Laboratory. Functioning under the Center for Research in Aeronomy, this group conducts research in the areas of atmospheric and space science. Studies are conducted in conjunction with atmospheric disturbances such as auroral events, polar cap absorption, solar eclipses, and sudden ionospheric disturbances. Excellent opportunities are available for students and staff to participate in this area of research. ' Utah Water Research Laboratory is devoted to research in all areas of water resources, quality, and weather modification, in close cooperation with the Departments of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering, and related departments in other colleges.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I Family Life I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

35 ways in which individuals live, eat, spend money, and raise their children determine not only the individual and family well-being but the welfare and stability of society as well.

College of

Dean: Phyllis R. Snow

Associate Dean for Extension: Margaret B. Merkley Assistant to the Dean: Francis G. Taylor Office in Family Life 201

The College of Family Life has the following departments and areas of specialization: Family and Child Deyelopment Family and Child Development, with emphasis in Child Development Marriage and Family Relations Early Childhood Education l

Three strong departments provide the foundation for the college. All are rooted in basic academic disciplines and have a problem-solving orientation. Departments complement each other in developing the over-all program which is academically strong and professionally oriented. College of Family Life programs are designed to achieve four objectives: • to provide outstanding preparation for professional careers in the family life field, • to improve community services to families, • to help students prepare for responsible leadership in home and community life, • to provide relevant family life education for all university students.

General Family Life

Home Economics and Consumer Education Clothing and Textiles Home Economics Education Household Economics and Management, with emphasis in Management and Finance Housing and Equipment 2

Nutrition and Food Sciences Nutrition and Food Sciences, with emphasis in Food Science~Industrial or Consumer options Medical Dietetics Double major in Nutrition and Food Sciences and Business Administration, with options

In

Food Science Food Service Administration

Meat Service (Vocational Program)

Objectives

The basic mission of the College is to improve the quality of human life in the context of family living. Programs focus on problems of human welfare that are of compelling significance in today's society: nutrition and health, the family in poverty, housing and environmental design, the consumer in the marketplace, the stability of the family, and the effects of technology on food, clothing, shelter, and interpersonal relationships. The subject matter is commonplace but of great social concern, for the

'Jointly administered with the Department of Elementary Education in the College of Education. ' Jointly administered with the College of Agriculture.

General Major in Family Life This program is designed for the person who does not wish to specialize but wants to study in all areas of the family life field - in other words, to be a generalist. Fifty credits - with not less than nine in each of the family life subject matter areas - are required to complete the major. In addition students may supplement the basic program with coursework in other areas such as journalism, sociaL work, business, and special education. Graduates should seek positions for which a general background is required such as for homemaking, journalism, government service (Headstart, public welfare, Vista, etc.), international service (Peace Corps), and business. It may be necessary to be creative in seeking job opportunities. As soon as possible after choosing this major, the student should consult with the Dean for an adviser.

Coursework for this major is selected from that found in the individual departmental write-ups.

Nondepartmental Family Life Courses Undergraduate FL 397. Honors Studies. Special projects initiated by the student, or ad· vanced study in connection with an established departmental course. (1·3 W, Sp)

Graduate FL 680. Research Methods. Application to professional problems in Family Life. A research report in the student's major field is required. (3F)

Graduate Study All departments within the College of Family Life offer the master's degree, and the PhD is offered in Nutrition and Food Sciences. See the Graduate Catalog. .


36

College of

Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences Dean: M. Judd Harmon Associate Dean and Coordinator of FineArts: MarIan D. Nelson Associate Dean for Research: JeDon A. Emenhiser Assistant to the Dean: Richard C. Haycock Assistant to the Dean for Extension: Glen.n R. Wilde Offices in Main 129,131, and 133

The College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences has the following departments: Art Communication English History and Geography Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning Languages and Philosophy Music

•

Political Science Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology Theatre Arts A listing of majors and degrees can be found under each department. Within the College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences are found those departments which provide career preparation in some of the most interesting and vital academic fields. The study of society, the governing of society and its history, communication in a number of langu.a ges, the various aspects of culture - all these appeal to an increasing number of undergrad!.late and graduate students, Many train for careers in these fields; more - scientists, engineers, etc. - ta.ke courses to broaden their horizons and add interest to their lives. It is probably fair to say that the social trend is toward an awareness that while material things are important they are not enough for a full life. For this, the individual may turn to literature, art, music, theatre. Concern with environmental problems may lead him/ her to an investigation of landscape architecture. The complexities of modern life necessitate an under.s tanding of the social sciences and history. It is within the College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences that these needs may be fulfilled.

Liberal Arts Adviser: Marlan D. Nelson Office in Main 133C The Liberal Arts program, a course of study combining social sc::iences, humanities and the sciences, leads to a BA degree in Liberal Arts. The goal is substantial, orderly, weU-balanced mental development of a broad type, with a field of concentration in either the sciences or the humanities.

Curricula in Liberal Arts Three courses of study are available in Liberal Arts. No minor is required and the upper division requirement is 50 credits. I. Main Currents in Western Civilization. Two years of a foreign language; a concentration of 40 credits in either History or Ljterature and 15 credits in the one not chosen for concentration; 14 credits in Philosophy; 15 credits in one of the sciences or in Mathematics.

A) Literature. 1) FoOr concentration: Engl 216, 217, 531, 532, and 533; and 15 credits selected from Eng} 525, 541, 544, 548, 552, 565, 566, and cl.a sses in the literature of a foreign country. 2) For the 15credit requirement for thoOse concentrating in History: any 15 credits from the above courses.

a) History. 1) For concentriition: Hist 104, 105; and 30 credits in History, chiefly upper divisioOn, chosen in consultation with a member of the HistoOry faculty. 2) For the 15-credit r~quireIl).ent for those concentrating in literature: Hist 104, 105, 170. C) Philosophy. Fourteen credits from the following: Phil 101, 111, 112, 325, 350, 370, 411, 522; PS 534, 535,536.

D) Mathematics and Science. Complete one of the foll9W;'ng series: 1) Biological Science: BioI 120 or B.a ct 111 and 112; Zoo! 251 and 553; Pub H 455: 2) Chemistry: Chern 121, 122, 123, Of 111, 141, 142. 3)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences Mathematics: Math 105, 106, 220. 4) Physics: Phyx 111, 112, 113, or 221, 222, 223.

II. Languages and World Literature. Forty credits (or equivalent) in foreign languages; 40 credits in Literature; 30 credits in Philosophy. A) Languages. Two years in one foreign language; one year in a second foreign language. B) Literature (40 credits). 1) At least 25 credits selected from Eng 216, 217, 525, 531, 532, 533, 541, 544. 2) At least nine credits in the literature of one or more foreign languages. C) Philosophy. Phil 101, 111, 112, 210, 215, or upper division work; Hist 104 and 105; any two (six credits) of PS 534, 535, 536.

III. Science and Philosophy. Two years of a foreign language; a concentration in either mathematics and physical science, or in biological sciences as specified below; 30 credits in History, Philosophy, and Literature. A) Science. Complete one Of the following programs: 1) Physical Science and Mathematics: Math 105, 106, 220, 221, 222, 223, and either "a" or "b": a) Chern 121, 122, 123, or 111, 141, 142; Phyx 111, 112, 113, or 221, 222, 223; 341, 342, 343, or 461, 462, 463. b) Phyx 111, 112, 113 or ~21, 222, 223; Chern 121, 122, 123, or 111, 141, 142; 306, 307, 308, or 331, 332, 333. 2) Biological Sciences: BioI 120, 384; Zool 160, 251, 353; Bot 110, 420, 532; Bact 111, 112, 301; Pub H 455. B) History, Literature, Philosophy. Thirty credits from among the following, shared among at least three departments: English, American, or Comparative Literature, or the literature of a foreign language; Phil 101, 111, 112, 210, 215, 325, 350, 370, 411, 522; History; PS 534, 535, 536; Soc i01; Econ 200,201.

upon a major subject or area of specialization. The Liberal Studies coordinator finds a suitable adviser for each of these students. With the aid of this adviser he looks after the student's academic interests, encouraging him to pursue a general Liberal Studies program while he explores his own aptitudes and various career' opportunities so that he can choose Ii major field. Students who are enrolled in another department but believe they have chosen their major unwisely may transfer to the Liberal Studies program upon receiving permission from the dean of the College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences. No degree is offered through the Liberal Studies program; therefore, students should plan to transfer into an academic field offering a degree. This transfer should be accomplished by the end of the Sophomore year. The College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences offers a series of interdisciplinary courses which combine the humanities, arts, and social sciences and which are team taught drawing faculty from among the departments of the college.

Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences Courses 205G. Clash of Cultures. An interdisciplinary course to develop an appreciation of other societies, their values, institutions, and behavioral patterns. (5) 225. Introduction to Latin America. An interdisciplinary study of the cultures and societies of Latin America. The interrelationships between man, his environment, his history, culture, language, and political systems. (3) 261. East Asian Civilization: Economic and Social. (4) 262. East Asian Civilization: Political Institutions and Political Values. (4)

263. East Asian Civilization: Philosophy, Arts, and Literature. (4) American Foreign Policy and the Pacific. An analysis of the development of the contemporary foreign policies of the major countries surrounding the North Pacific. (4)

447.

Liberal Studies Coordinator: Richard C. Haycock Office in Main 133A The chief function of the Liberal Studies program is the advisement of students who have not decided

37


I

38

College of

Natural Resources

I

Dean: Thadis W. Box Office in Biology - Natural Resources 101 Associate Dean: Frederic H. Wagner Assistant Dean: John D. Hunt

The College of Natural Resources has the following departments: Forestry and Outdoor Recreation Range Science Wildlife Science A list of degrees and areas of emphasis can be found in the section for each department. The College also has two interdisciplinary programs: a BS degree in Environmental Studies and a program in Watershed Science leading to BS, MS, and PhD degrees. The College of Natural Resources provides programs of study and professional training in the use and management of natural resources. Natural resources deals with renewable land and water resources and their management for food, fiber, and recreation in a relatively natural setting. The forests, range lands, wildlife resources, watersheds, and recreation resources comprise the natural resources in which the College has developed professional competence. Used in this context, natural resources do not refer to minerals and cultivated land. The favorable geographical location of the College provides ex~eptional facilities for field experience. Forest and range lands in Utah comprise more than 90 percent of the total state area. The Wasatch National Forest within two miles of the school, the Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge within 40 miles, and vast areas of natural lands provide forest, range, soil conservation, and wildlife problems and offer unlimited study projects and opportunities for demonstration. Herds of elk and deer can be studied close to the campus during the winter. Primitive areas, Yellowstone Park, and other national parks are within one day's driving distance. Career Opportunities. The curricula of the College prepare men and women for positions with federal or state agencies and for private work in natural resources management and administration. A forestry student may choose from three majors: one designed to train for general forest management work typified by that in public land management agencies, one in forest watershed management, and one in watershed science. An outdoor recreation student may specialize in forest recreation or outdoor recreation.

A range science student may specialize in general range management, forest-range management, range economics, or watershed management. A wildlife science student may select a curriculum to train for either game management or fishery management. A student will make more satisfactory progress if he has had two years of high school algebra, geometry, and also chemistry, physics, typing, and biology. Four years of English are also desirable. An interest in and an aptitude for studying natural science are important. Mere field ability is not sufficient. A prospective student should realize that forestry and related fields are highly technical professions. They require high aptitude for scholarship and technical development. Success is correlated also with an ability to deal well with people. . Application forms may be obtained from the Admissions Office. Transfer students should send their college transcript, together with their application for admission, to the Office of Admissions and Records. Summer Camp. Successful completion of field instruction at the college operated Summer Camp is required of students who plan to major in the forestry curricula in the Forest Resources and Outdoor Recreation Department or the Forest-Range Management option offered by the Range Science Department. Any properly qualified student in the college may attend if he desires and if he makes suitable arrangements prior to the Gamp period. The camp opens soon (usually the first Monday) after the end of Spring quarter, and continues for six weeks. Nine credits are allowed for' the complete program. In addition to the regular Summer quarter fees, a $5 fee is charged for each of the four courses. Board is provided on a cost basis; lodging is without cost. Transfer students should note that: 1) completion of the camp program is required in the abovenamed courses of study; 2) it is a prerequisite to some professional Forest Resources course work in the junior year; and 3) in addition to completion of two years of college work, the pattern of courses taken at another college should essentially' duplicate that required of Freshmen and Sophomores in this college. Field Trips are planned each year as part of regular class instruction. Besides short trips scheduled for individual courses, departments conduct an extensive field-problems trip in the Spring quarter of

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I

1 I I

1 1 I I 1 1 11 1 1 1 I 1

College of Natural Resources the Junior year or the Fall quarter of the Senior year. The trip for Range Science Seniors is taken just before Fall quarter starts. A fee of about $50 is charged each student to defray the transportation expenses of the trip. Loan Funds. Five sources of funds are available on a loan basis to worthy, deserving upper division students in the College of Natural Resources. These are the W.E. Rice Memorial Loan Fund, the Turner Memorial Fund, the Arthur Prisko Loan Fund, the Natural Resources Alumni Loan Fund, and the Bureau of Land Management Fund. Loans are made for short periods. Application should be made through • the dean's office. Scholarships and Assistantships. A number of scholarships and assistantships are available to students in the college. Interested high school seniors and transfer students are encouraged to write to the dean regarding these. See also "Awards, Honors, Scholarships, and Grants·in-Aid." Graduation Requirements. The following generalrequirements must be met for graduation from the College of Natural Resources: 1) 195 credits in the Department of Forest Resources and Outdoor Recreation depe~ding on major and 186 credits in the Department of. Wildlife Science and the Department of Range Science; 2) all courses prescribed under the study program of one's chosen field; 3) fulfillment of the General Education requirement of the University; 4) proficiency in written and spoken English; if deficient in English, a student is required to pass certain supplementary or corrective courses in addition to regular requirements; 5) a grade average in professional courses of 2.2. A deficiency in grade point may be remedied by taking additional professional courses or by repeating professional courses for which a low grade was received. Environmental Studies. A Bachelor of Science degree is offered in Environmental Studies. The program uses the resources of the entire University in a broad and flexible curriculum and is administered by the College of Natural Resources. Environmental Studies is designed to serve the needs of both the student who wishes a liberal studies degree with an environmental emphasis and the student who wishes to broaden his professional specialty by incorporating Environmental Studies with it as a second major.

39

courses specifically identified for their ability to aid students in analyzing and evaluating key environmental issues and alternative approaches to environmental problem solving; 2) 40 credits distributed in discipline areas of humanities, social science, natural science, and applied science; and 3) electives comprising 113 credits. The core curriculum is based on the premise that a grasp of .environmental problems and their solutions depends on a knowledge of: 1) principles of environmental sciences, especially ecology, 2) applied environmental problems, especially natural resources availability and management, and pollution, 3) population growth and distribution and related social issues, 4) human ethics and values, 5) environmental economics and planning, and 6) principles of the political process through which solutions must be achieved in the democratic system. The required core curriculum for Environmental Studies includes General Ecology 384, Fundamentals of Ecology (5 credits); BioI 308, Evolution, Ecology, and Man (4 credits); Outdoor Recreation 546, World Population and Resource Perspectives (3 credits); Phil 410, Philosophy and Contemporary Social Problems (3 credits); LAEP 580, Regional Resource . Planning (4 credits); Ag Ec 550, Land Economics · (3 credits); PS 561, Organization and Management of Public Administration Agencies (3 credits); and Contemporary Environmental Problems (5 credits).

Specific group electives totaling 40 credits and distributed more or less equally include courses in Art, Communication, Landscape Architecture, and Philosophy in the Humanities; courses in Anthropology, Economics, Family and Child Development, Geography, History and Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology in the Social Sciences; courses in Ecology, Biology, Geology, Physics, Soils and Meteorology, Bacteriology, Wildlife, Forest and Range Science, and Statistics in the Natural Sciences; and courses in Agriculture, Engineering, Food Science, Recreation, and Natural Resource Management including Forest Science, Range Science, and Wildlife and Watershed Sciences in the Applied Sciences. . Courses to be chosen as free electives (122 credits) are to provide 1) specialization in Environmental Studies, a minor, or a second major; 2) increased breadth in learning; and 3) prerequisite and General Education courses.

A major emphasis of the program is on an open and flexible arrangement, planned to foster individualized, self-designed educational ' :programs and student-initiated investigations of environmental issues.

Interdepartmental Study. As a base upon which natural resource Freshmen may build their study, the college offers the following course (required) tying together basic concepts, problems, and purposes in the various natural resource fields:

The general curriculum is designed in three parts: 1) a required core of 33 upper division credits in

NR 10l. Natural Resources and Man's Future. Relationship of resource availability, population levels, policy decisions, and life styles to carrying capac, ity. Manipulation of natural resources to reach given objectives,


I I I I

40

College of

Science Dean: Ralph M. Johnson Office in Biology - Natural Resources 101 Assistant Dean: Donald V. Sisson The College of Science has the following departments: Applied Statistics-Computer Science Biology Chemistry and Biochemistry Geology Mathematics Physics Degrees and areas of specialization are listed with the departments. A Cooperative Nursing Program is offered in cooperation with Weber State College and leads to the Associate of Science degree (AS). The College of Science also cooperates in an interdepartmental program in toxicology leading to MS and PhD degrees.

Objectives USU has always given a high place to the sciences. Our twentieth century civilization is based on science, and every facet of this great area is fundamental in a land grant university such as ours. Opportunities for rewarding careers are excellent in all science fields. Opportunities exist in education, research, conservation, service, sales, hospitals, industry and engineering concerns, just to name a few. The curricula of the science departments are designed to achieve four purposes: First, they serve all students, because no college graduate today can be considered educated without an appreciation of scientific principles. The sciences are truly liberal. They contribute to the general education as surely and as importantly as the humanities, arts, and the social sciences. The second purpose of the college is to train teachers of science. This is an increasingly significant responsibility. America cannot move forward unless it has competent, well-trained teachers of science on every level of education. Third, the health professions are properly grounded on science. The University has an excellent record in providing pre-dental and pre-medical training. Students in these programs move directly into the professional dental and medical schools of other universities. The basic training of these people will continue to be an important part of the program in the College of Science.

Finally, the College of Science trains research scholars in the various areas of science. To become a competent chemist, physicist, geologist, or scientist in any other area, the student must have a sound undergraduate major in the subject, followed by years of graduate specialization in his field. The production of able research scientists is of prime importance and is a major function of the departments in the college. Students planning to enter the sciences are urged to discuss their plans and goals early with their ad-

visers, department heads, and dean. Basic course work in Mathematics, Chemistry, and Physics is essential to most areas of science. Several scholarships are available to science students. Teaching and research assistantships are available through the science departments.

Science Majors A lower division student who wishes to major in Science, but who has ¡ not selected a specific major, may register in the college as a Science major. During the Freshman year, he will take a course of study that will prepare him for further study in any of the departments within the college. At the end of the first year of study, he may enter one of the departments or he may continue for one more year as a Science major. His course of study for the second year will be designed to permit as much flexibility for future years as is consistent with his objectives. The student should select his major subject by the end of his fifth quarter of study. The Freshman course of study for a Science major is as follows: Courses F Chem 121, 122,1 23 .. ............ . • ... .. . . .. . ... 5 Math 105, 106, 220' 5 Electives' . .. ....... . ... . . . . .. . .. ... .............. . . . .. 60r7 Tota ls..

.............

W 5 5 60r7

Credits Sp 5 5 60r7

160r17"160r17160r17

The course of study for the second year will depend on the student's specific aptitudes and interests. It will be arranged with the assistance of one or more advisers who are familiar with the preparation required for further study in each of the majors the student may wish to consider. 'The exact ma th sequence will be determined for each student using his previo us experience in mathematics and his scores on the math placement tests as guides. Students with adequate preparation in a lgebra and/ or trigonometry may be excused from Math 105 .and/ or 106. Such students would t hen be able to proceed further with the introductory calculus sequence (Math 220, 221, 222, 223) during the Freshman year. <!Electives include nine credits of Communication Skills.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Departments of Instruction I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Department Accounting Aerospace Studies Agricultural Education Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering Animal Science Applied Statistics and Computer Science Art Biology Business Administration Business Education and Office Administration Chemistry and Biochemistry Civil and Environmental Engineering Communication Communicative Disorders Dairy Science Economics Electrical Engineering Elementary Education English Family and Child Development Forestry and Outdoor Recreation Geology Health, Physical Education and Recreation History and Geography Home Economics and Consumer Education Industrial and Technical Education Instructional Media Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning Languages and Philosophy Mathematics Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering Military Science Music Nursing Program Nutrition and Food Sciences Physics Plant Science Political Science Psychology Range Science Secondary Education Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology Soil Science and Biometeorology Special Education Theatre Arts Veterinary Science Wildlife Science

41

Head Norman S. Cannon Ralph L. Kitchens Gilbert A. Long

Office Building Business 509 Military Science 107 Ag. Science 252

A. Alvin Bishop James A. Bennett

Engineering C-213 Ag. Science 232

RexL. Hurst Ray W. Hellberg Gene W. Miller Howard Carlisle

Computer Science 134 Main 305 Biology - Natural Resources 119 Business 811

Theodore W. I varie GarthL. Lee

Business 711 Maeser Laboratory 106

Elliot Rich MarIan D. Nelson, acting Jay R. Jensen George E. Stoddard B. Delworth Gardner KayD.Baker Ronald G. Petrie Reed C. Stock Jay O. Schvaneveldt, acting

Engineering L-162 Main 248 Mechanic Arts 202 Animal Industry 201 Business 611 Engineering L-148 Education 206 Library 420 Family Life 116C

Lawrence S. Davis Clyde T. Hardy

Biology - Natural Resources 155 Main 258

Dale O. Nelson William F. Lye

PE122 Main 317

Marie M. Krueger

F"mily Life 318D

Neill C. Slack Don C. Smellie

Industrial Science 110 Library 216A

Richard E. Toth L. Grant Reese Lawrence O. Cannon

Technical Services 201 Main 210 Engineering C-325

Russell M. Holdredge Joseph A. Gappa, Jr. Irving Wassermann Marjorie P. Somers C. A. Ernstrom Eastman N. Hatch K. W. Hill H. Preston Thomas Michael R. Bertoch DonD.Dwyer Kenneth C. Farrer

Engineering L-180 Military Science 104 Fine Arts 107 Mechanic Arts 121F Animal Industry 212 Engineering L-152 Ag. Science 322 C Main 318 Education 303 Biology - Natural Resources 181 Education 104

YunKim R. L. Smith Donald F. Kline Floyd T. Morgan James L. Shupe John A. Kadlec

Main 220 Ag. Science 148 Richards Hall 514G Fine Arts 232 Veterinary Science 204 Biology - Natural Resources 165


42

*Department of

Accounting .Head: Professor Norman S. Cannon Office in Business 509 Professor Hale; Associate Professors Condie, Tezak, Cherrington; Assistant Professors Piercel , Simkins Degrees offered: BS and BA in Accounting; Master of Accounting (MAc)

Objectives The Department of Accounting offers a program of courses designed to prepare the students for responsible and imaginative citizenship and leadership in industry, public accounting, and government service. The department also provides courses for students in other areas.

Economics One of the following: Econ 500, 501, 532, or 560. Accounting Acctg 411, 412 Intermediate Accounting' Acctg 431 Cost Accounting . Acctg 541 Income Tax Accounting Acctg 551 Auditing Three of the following: Acctg 521 , 522, 542, 581 Computer Science CS 350 Programming Business Problems'

Requirements The curriculum for students in the Accounting Department is designed to prepare the student to meet the changing patterns in social, economic, and tech~ nological development. To achieve these goals there are two major sets of requirements: General Education of 55 credits (see page 18) and professional. Thirty-six credits may be taken in electives to broaden the student's program. The following outline may be used as a guide. FRESHMAN YEAR Communications Skills' ... . .. .. . .. . . . . .. . . Math 105 . . . . ... . ... . . . .. . .. ... . . . . . . .. . .. . . . ... .. . . N1W. ... . . . .... . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . .. . Natural Science (Biology, Physiology, Physics, Chemistry, Geology,

6 5 5 10 W 10

etc.)

Social Scien ce . . Approved Electives . .. . .. . . SOPHOMORE YEAR Acctg 201 , 202, 203 . Econ 200, 201 Math 245', 248. BE 131 . .. . .. . CSl50 Huma nities . . .. ..... . .. .. .. . ... . .. . Approved Electives

9 10 6 3 2

10 4

During the last two years, all Accounting majors should take the following core and supporting courses: JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS Business Administration BA 301 , 302 Commercial Law' BA 306, 307 Business Statistics' BA 311 Ma n agement Concepts' BA 350 Ma rketing' BA 340 Corpora tion Fin a nce BA 309 Qua ntitative Methods BA 489 Busin ess Policy

"In College of Busin ess ' On leave 1974¡75 ' Nine credits required. See General Education requiremen ts. ' To be taken if student is to take Econ 501. ' To be taken during J unior year.

SUGGESTED PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES Busines 8 Administration BA 570 Production Ma nagement BA 560 Personnel Administration BA 446 Investments BA 488 Security Analysis BA 449 Problems in Fina nce Accounting Acctg 571 , 572, 573 CPA Review Acctg 471 Governmental Accounting Computer Science CS 340 Fortra n CS 515 Systems Analysis CS 516 Informa tion Systems - Design CS 517 Informa tion Systems - Im plementation CS 450 File a nd Input¡Output Ma nagement CS 430 Computer Structure CS 431 Computer Opera tions

Selection of a Minor. The student may select a .l minor in any area as long as the program meets university requirements and is approved by the minor department and the student's adviser. In the past the normal minor for Accounting majors has been Economics, but Computer Science and Business Administration are increasingly popular.

Graduate Program In. this day of specialization, the value of a good broad educational base from which to start the specialization is obvious. Most of the professional accounting associations (AI CPA, AAA, etc.) favor a fifth year in which to provide time to fully develop breadth in general education as well a~ depth in professional specialization. The Acco'u nting Department offers two approaches to these goals. The Master of Accounting (MAc) degree is offered to students with an undergraduate specialization in Accounting in a three-quarter program .. There is also a five-quarter program available for students with nonaccounting undergraduate specialization. Details of these programs are available in the Graduate Catalog or at the office of the head of the Accounting Department.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Accounting Courses I I I I I I I *Department of I Aerospace Studies I I Objectives I I I I I Requirements I I 201,202. Introductory Accounting. (3F, 3W, 38p, 38u) 203. Managerial Accounting. (3F, 3W, 38p, 3Su)

Aerospace Studies

43

571. CPA Law Review. (3F) 572, 573. CPA exam. (3W, Sp)

Review. Stresses

practice

and

theory.

Sections

of

581. Accounting Systems and Automation. (3W)

3011. Survey of Accounting Principles. (4F, 4W, 4Sp, 4Su)

411, 412. Intermediate Accounting Principles. Prerequisites: Acctg 201,202,203. (4F, W), (4W, Sp)

Graduate 611, 612. Intermediate Accounting Practice. Prerequisites: Acct 501, 502, or 201 , 202, 203. (4F, W)

431. Industrial Cost Accounting. (4W, Sp)

621. Advanced Accounting Practice. (4Sp)

432. Advanced Cost Accounting. (3Sp)

631. Cases in Cost Accounting. Prerequisite: Acct 541. (3)

471. Governmental Accounting. (3W)

479. Internship in Accounting. Experience with public accounting firms and approved business concerns in the intermountain and Pacific coast regions. (1.7F, W, Sp, Su) 1101, 1102. Accounting for Management Control. An introduction to accounting at the graduate level. (3F, W, Su)

635. Seminar in Controllership. Prerequisite: Intermediate Accounting. (3F) 641. Tax Planning and Reserach. Prerequisite: Acct 541. (3) 6111. Seminar in Auditing. (3Sp) 661. Seminar in Theory. (3W)

1121,1122. Advanced-Accounting. (4F, Sp), (4F, W)

6611. Seminar in Problems. (3Sp)

1141,1142. Income Tax Accounting. (4F, Sp), (4W, Su)

690. Independent Research and Reading. (1·5)

11111. Auditing Theory and Practice. Prerequisites: Acctg 411, 412, 431, (4W, Sp,Su)

697. Thesis. (1·12F, W, Sp, Su)

1161. Accounting Theory. Prerequisites: Acctg 411 , 412, 431. (4F, W, Su)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisem~nt. (1·3F, W, Sp, Su)

University ROTC Coordinator: Professor Edwin L. Peterson

Head: Professor of Aerospace Studies, Colonel Ralph L. Kitchens Assistant Professors: Lieutenant Colonel Glover, Major Tribo, Captain Jacobs, Captain Kissinger

Air Force ROTC provides education that will develop skills and attitudes vital to the career of a professional Air Force Officer. The purpose of the course is to give an understanding of the mission and the global responsibilities of the United States Air Force. The academic phase develops backgiound in national and international affairs to help interpret and evaluate world events. In addition, the curriculum includes: experiences designed to stimulate and develop a growing interest in the Air Force flight training program (e.g., orientation flights and visits to Air Force bases); opportunities to apply the principles of leadership, human relations, management and staff work in practical situations, and other related experiences.

Physical Requirements. All cadets must meet the physical standards for general military service. °In College of Business

Age Limitations. To qualify as a pilot or navigator, cadets must be able to finish the Aerospace program and graduate from the University before age 261f2 years. Other cadets must complete the military program and graduate from the University prior to reaching the age of 30. Academic Requirements. Once a student enters the last two years of AFROTC, successful completion of the course becomes a requirement for commissioning. In addition, when entering the final two years, a student must agree to accept an Air Force commission if it is offered and to serve on active duty if directed to do so. Upon initial enrollment at the University, Aerospace classes should be scheduled to be completed simultaneously with requirements for a degree. . Although the AFROTC program is designed primarily for the student to ' complete in four years, all requirements for commissioning may be completed in two years. Students interested in applying for the two-year program should apply prior to the February which precedes their final two years of college. Screen-


44

Aerospace Studies

ing of candidates for the two-year program will conform to the same requirements for selecting advanced students in the four-year program. Prior to formal enrollment in the two-year program, each student must successfully complete six weeks of field training. The course of instruction is the same required of the four-year program, which includes four-week summer field training session, with the classwork being covered in two additional weeks of field training. Veterans. A veteran may apply for the AFROTC program if he can complete the program prior to reaching age 30. Parts of the General Military course may be waived in lieu of prior military service. If accepted as a pilot candidate, he can participate in the flight instruction program in the Senior year, provided he will be commissioned before age 271f2 years. Veterans normally will be entered in the twoyear program. Women. Female students are eligible to participate in both the two-year and four-year programs.

Scholarships and Financial Aid Financial Aid. All AFROTC cadets are entitled to receive the $100 per month allowance during their last two years of AFROTC. Also, all cadets are paid approximately $350 per month and are provided free room, board, and transportation during the summer field training sessions. Scholarships. AFROTC college scholarship program grants are available on a competitive basis. These scholarships pay all tuition and fees, provide textbook allowances, and $100 per month nontaxable. Eligible Freshmen and Sophomores apply directly to the head of Aerospace Studies. High school Seniors will normally apply for four-year scholarships during the fall of their Senior year. Uniforms and Texts. All Air Force texts and uniforms are furnished at no expense to the student. Instructors may require the student to purchase additional texts.

Miscellaneous Information Flight Training. Cadets designated potential pilots register for the AFROTC Flight Instruction Program (FIP) during their Senior year. Successful completion of 36 1/2 hours of flight instruction and an FAA examination should be adequate to qualify for a private pilot's license. The entire cost of this training is paid for by the Air Force. Nonflying Cadets. To meet the challenge of the aerospace age, its technological advances, and its ever-broadening horizons, officers possessing a variety of skills are required within the Air Force. These skills cover the exact sciences and soCial sciences, but are not limited to these study areas. Mter being called to active duty, cadets will serve four years. Interested students may contact the AFROTC Department for information on the Air Force specialist fields related to their academic major.

Delay of Entry on Active Duty. If cadets complete the AFROTC program and receive commissions, they may request a delay in call to active duty if they desire to continue studies toward a graduate degree. The length of the delay depends upon current AFROTC regulations and directives. Students who are slated for flight training, however, must enter such training before reaching 261f2 years of age. Summer Training. a) Field Training (six weeks) is a prerequisite for cadets entering the AFROTC twoyear program. Training will be given at an Air Force base and will last for six weeks. Ten university credits are granted for this training. b) Field Training (four weeks). All advanced fouryear program cadets will attend one four-week summer training camp. Attendance at this camp is between the Sophomore and Junior years at selected Air Force base. Six university credits are granted for this training.

a

Leadership Laboratory. One hour of Corps Training is required each week during the Fall, Winter, and Spring quarters for each year of Aerospace Studies. This is held at 11:30 on Thursdays. Air Force Angel Flight. The Angel Flight is an AFROTC-sponsored organization of approximately 30 university women chosen by a composite board of judges. Former members of Angel Flights recognized by National Headquarters may transfer upon application. Applications for membership may be made by university women, except second and third quarter Seniors. The purpose of the Angel Flight is to provide the University with an AFROTC women's social' and service auxiliary, and to further the cause of the U.S. Air Force by promoting the interest of college students in the AFROTC program.

Aerospace Courses 101. Background of the United States Air Force. ganization of the U.S. Air Force. (2F)

Doctrine. mission. or路

102. Strategic and General Purpose Forces. Functions of strategic offensive forces . strategic defensive forces . a nd general purpose forces. (2W) 103. United States Air Force Support Forces. support forces. (2Sp)

Functions of U.S. aerospace

201. Development of Air Power. Historical study of the development of air power from the flight experiments of the eighteenth century through the pre-World War II years. (2F) 202. Development of Air Power. Historical study of the development of air power from World War II through the Korean War and air power effects on cold war strategy in the Berlin Airlift. (2W) 203. Development of Air Power. Study of air power in the Israel vs. Egypt six路day War. the Cuban missile crisis of 1962. Southeast Asia. and nonmilitary operations. (2Sp) 301. Civil-Military Interaction. Compares the traditionalist image of the military with more contemporary views. Outlines trends in professional development with emphasis on current socialization facoors. Includes treatment of civil action programs; public opinion and the defense budget, military路industrial relationships; and racial relations in the Armed Forces. (3F) 302. Formulation of Defense Strategy. Includes the study of formulation of deferise strategy and how it evolves. Shows how technological change. bureau路 cracies. and other factors interact in formulating strategy. (3W)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I

Agricultural Education

45

303. Implementation of Defense Policy. A study of the interplay of organizational and bureaucratic factors that combine to implement policies. Includes study of the Department of Defense, National Security Council, the Congress, and the Presidency. Includes selecte!i case studies. (3Sp)

402. Management Theory. Includes the study of theoretical and practical management as applied in the Air Force. Introduces information systems, quantitative approaches to decision making and resource control techniques. Includes problem solving exercises, field trips, oral and written reports. (3W)

340. Field Training (four weeks). Four·year program. Consists of four weeks of practical training at a selected Air Force base in the United States. Field Training is normally taken during the summer following the Sophomore year. Two Field Training sessions per summer are offered; each cadet selected for entry into the last two years of AFROTC must attend one of the sessions. Included are lectures in electronic communications, navigation, supply, metero· logy, air traffic control, first aid, and sanit!ltion. Pressure and altitude chamber experience complete with orientation lectures permits the cadet to ride in j~t aircraft. Cadets participate in pre- and post· flight briefings, and receive emergency equipment indoctrination. Practical leadership training is provided through group calisthenics, individual and group sports, familiarization firing of pistol and carbine, and directing cadet operations. Pay is approximately $300 plus travel pay and room and board. (6Su)

403. Defense Management. A study of the execution phase of management in the Air Force. Primary emphasis on management methods used in the Air Force for management and control of personnel, material, and monetary resources. (3Sp)

I I Angel Flight Courses I I I I I Agricultural Education I I Objectives I I I I I Requirements I I 360. Field Training (Six weeks) Two·year program. Consists of six weeks of practical and academic training at a selected Air Force base in the United States. Practical training is essentially the same as explained above in Field Train· ing 340. In addition, two weeks of classroom activity covers all of the curriculum taught in AS 100 and AS 200. Pay is approximately $460 plus travel pay and room and board. (lOSu)

411. Flight Instruction Program. Covers instruction in ground school which includes civil air regulations. weather and navigation. radio and a irways procedures, and general service and operation of aircraft. Also includes 36 112 hours of flying in light aircraft including pre-flight checks, solos, cross country flights, and FAA flight examinations. Instruction arranged not to interfere with regular academic schedule. Ground school taught on campus. (3F, W, Sp)

131,132, 133. Angel Flight, Freshmen. Emphasizes development of leader ship characteristics for University women selected for membership. Includes classroom activities, social, and service projects. (IF, IW, 1Sp) 231,232,233. Angel Flight, Sophomores. (IF, 1W, 1Sp)

401. Leadership Theory. Includes the study and application of concepts of human behavior and human relations to organizational situations. Discusses the need and means for m~intaining individual and organizational discipline. Reviews the military justice system. (3F)

331,332,333. Angel Flight, Juniors. (IF,lW,lSp) 431,432,433. Angel Flighi, Seniors. (IF, tW, 1Sp)

*Department of

Head: Associate Professor Gilbert A. Long Office in Agricultural Science 252

Associate Professor Jarrett; Assistant Professor Hatch; Lecturer Jolley

Degrees offered: BS and MS in Agricultural Education; Certificate in Agricultural Machinery Technology

The programs offered in Agricultural Education are for students who are preparing for positions in teaching vocational agriculture, agricultural extension, agricultural mechanization, and other agricultural careers. The curriculum is designed to prepare teachers, county agents, and agricultural workers.

Students interested in teaching natural resources, agricultural production, agricultural business, agricultural mechanics, or other phases of agriculture will be guided into areas of their major interest. Agricultural backgrounds or agricultural experiences are necessary for teacher certification.

The facilities for this program include laboratories with specially designed equipment for practical instruction in agricultural mechanization, which includes diesel engines, electricity, farmstead mechanization, agricultural buildings, mechanic skills, hydraulics, machinery, and metallurgy.

An "application for admission to teacher education" should ordinarily be completed before the Junior year (see College of Education requirements). Approval for admission to teacher education is a prerequisite to certification candidacy and to enrollment in Education and Psychology courses. FRESHMAN YEAR

Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Education. Preparation in agricultural education includes technical agriculture as well as principles and techniques of teaching.

°In College of Agriculture

Courses

Communication skills' ... Math WI , 105, or Phyx 120 BioI 120, 121,122 . . . Animal Production ............................. . Plant Science. AgEd 101 . .... .. General Education.

Credits ~

8·10 10 6-8 4·5 5 5·10


46

Agricultural Education

••

-

.

'.

r.

,

"

i/

-

; ~

I I I I I I .1 I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Agricultural Education SOPHOMORE YEAR Courses

Credits

Communication skills ' ... . . . . ... .. ... . 9 Chem 111,141, Geol111 . . 15 AgEc200 ..... .... ......... . 3 HistI70. . .. . ........ .. . . .... . .......... . ........... .. ....... . ..... .. .. . 5 Econ200 ................. ..... . .. . .. . .. . .. . ~ .... . . ... .. .... .. ... .... . .. . 5 Animal Production ..... . . 3 Plant or Soil Science . . .... . ... .... . .. . ... .. .... .. . .. ..... . . . ....... . . . . .. . 3-5 . ....... .... ..... ... . . . 5·10 General Education.. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .

Communication skills ' ..... ... . .. . . ... .. .. . . ..... .. . ........... .. . . .. . .. .. 9 Ag Ed 301, 302, 303, 304 . . .................... .. 18 Ecology or elective in Natural Resources .... .. ......... ... ... ..... ........ . 5 Psy366 .... . ... . . .. .......................... .. ..... .. ...... ... .. . ....... . 3 SecEd301 .. ... . .... .. .. . ...... . . .... .. ..... . •. .. ... . . .. . . ...... . .. . .... . 5 IM551 .. ... .. .. .. . ............ .. .................. . ... .. 3 Animal Science ..... . 3-4 Ornamental Horticulture . ... .. .. .. .. .. . .... .. .. .. .. .... .. . .. .... ... . ... .. . 3-5 General Education. 5-10 SENIOR YEAR Communication skills ' . ....... . . ......................... ..... . . Ag Ed 324,325,450,460, 512 ........ . ... ........ .. .. ........... ... ........ . SecEd604...... . .... .... . . . ....... . ..... ... ..... .... .. .. . Animal Science. Plant Science ... .... .. .. . ...... ..... .... ...... ... .. . . . ... ..... . General Education .. .. .. .. ..... . .. .... . ...... .. .......... .. . ... .

9 26 3

1·5 3-5 5-10

Agricultural Machinery Technology Certificate. The two-year agricultural technology program was developed to meet the needs of persons interested in employment opportunities with agricultural dealerships and companies, farm suppliers, feed and fertilizer agencies, or other nonfarm marketing, parts, or sales and service occupations. The vocational agricultural technology program includes a cooperative occupational experience placement between the first and second year of instruction. This placement with the agricultural implement dealership occurs in the spring of the first year of instruction. FIRST YEAR Credits

Ag Ed 61, 62, 64, 65, 66, 75, 163 ............. . ...... .. . ... .. .. ......... . . . . . . ITE 101 . . .... . .... . ... . ..................... .. ........ .. . .. .. . ... .. .. ... .

29 3

SECOND' YEAR Ag Ed 57, 83,181,182,183, 193, 196 .... .... . ... ... .. . . . . .. ... . . ... .. ...... . 23·28 BA 201, 202, 203,135,151 ... . .. .. . . .. . ... . ...... . . .• ....... .•. ..... . . . ..... 10 ITE446 . .. . .. ..... . ... . . . .... .. ..... .. .. .............. ... . ... . 3 Electives ....... . .. .. .. . ... .. . .. ..... . ............. . . . . . . 13 (Two-year certificate is earned upon completion of requirements.)

Graduate Study The department offers the Master of Science degree. See Graduate School Catalog for more information.

Agricultural Education Courses 057. Special Problems in Agricultural Mechanization. Basic skill preparation for employment in agricultural industry. (2·5F, W, Sp, Su)

1

Nine credits required. See General Education requirements.

061. Agricultural Power Units Overhaul. Principles involved in over· hauling and reconditioning agricultural power units including engines and subassemblies. (5F) 062. Introductory Agricultural Mechanization. Basic skills in the safe application of power tools, shop equipment, and hardware items in the assem· bly, maintenance and repair of agricultural equipment. (5F) 064. Specialized Forage Equipment. Application of fundamental princi· pIes in purchasing, repairing, and maintaining forage equipment. (5W) 065. Agricultural Machinery Power Lifts. Principles utilized in the hy· draulic load and draft control systems as related to agricultural equipment (3Sp)

JUNIOR YEAR

Courses

47

066. Agricultural Planting and Tillage Eqnipment. Application of fundamental principles in the operation. adjustment, maintenance, and repair of agricultural planting and tillage equipment. (3Sp) 075. Agricultural Electrical Components. The various types of electrical components are studied as they are applied on agricultural equipment and power units. (3F) 083. Fundamentals of Motorized Lawn, Garden, and Recreation Equipment. Principles involved in the adjustment, operation, and maintenance of lawn and garden equipment. (5W) 101. Agricultural Mechanics. Selection, care and use of tools and equipment used in technical metals with the application of mechanical drawings related to agricultural mechanics. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) 163. Agricultural Power Trains. The fundamental principles in the transmittal of power from the tractor power unit to the implement. (5W) 181. Agricultural Equipment Testing and Diagnosing I. Techniques in diagnosing malfunctions and the effect that a malfunction of one system may have on an interrelated component. (5F) 182. Agricultural Equipment Shop Procedures. Procedures and tech· niques utilized in developing, maintaining, and managing agricultural implement repair shops. (3F) 183. Retailing of Agricultural Equipment Parts. The operation of an agricultural machinery parts department. (3W) 185. Agricultural Equipment Testing and Diagnosing n. Testing and diagnosis of both gas and diesel tractor engines. Simple and complex testing devices are used in diagnosing problems. (5Sp) 193. Occupational Experience in Agriculture. Supervised occupational experien";'s for technical vocational preparation. (1·5F, W, Sp, Su) 196. Agricultural Equipment Technology Seminar. Advanced readings, discussion, and planned panel reports concerning job opportunities and practices in the agricultural equipment field. Problems typically encountered by those working in this field. (2Sp) 301. Agricultural Construction. Planning, estimating, layout, construc· tion materials, painting, wiring, plumbing, concrete, and masonry. Three lec· tures, two labs. (5Sp) 302. Tractor Power. Design, operation, adjustment, maintenance, capacity, and care of tractors and internal combustion engines. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) 303. Agricultural Machinery. Selection, operation, adjustment, maintenance, repair, and management of farm machinery. Includes materials of construction, arc welding, mig, tig, brazing, and hard facing. Three lectures, two labs. (5F) 304. Senior Project. Involves scaled drawing, cost estimating, machine shop practices, construction, small engines, and formal report on studentselected project. (3F) 324. Methods of Teaching Agricultural Mechanics. Developing an under· ....tanding of the organization and management of a school shop. Lesson plan· ning, shop equipment, and supplies skill requirements and supervised practice. (3W) 325. Methods of Teaching Agriculture. Principles and practices for cooperative occupational experience, curriculum development a nd teaching methods, testing and evaluating as they relate to education in agriculture. (5F) 351. Extension Methods. History, objectives, organization, and methods used in extension work in the United States. (3Sp) 450. Secondary Curriculum Seminar. Studies and reports on research and new developments. One quarter required for all majors in Agricultural Education. (3Wl


48

Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering

460. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools. Students will leave the campus for six to eleven weeks. (12W) 512. Vocational Technical Program Planning. Program planning and evaluation strategies are studied. Local manpower surveys and evaluation questionnaries are designed. Job analysis a8 a basis for curriculum planning. (3Sp)

Graduate

680_ Research and Thesis. Credit arranged. (1-9F, W, Sp, Su) 690. Special Problems. For teachers of vocational agriculture who desire to develop a more practical program for young, adult, and other post-high school programs. (3Su) . 691. Special Problems for Vocational Teachers. For teachers who participate in Annual Summer Conference Workshops. (2-5Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3)

625. Special Problems in Agricultural Education. A consideration of needs and special types of service in FFA, young farmers, and adult programs. (1-5F,Sp)

*Department of

Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering Head: Professor A. Alvin Bishop Office in Engineering C213 Professors Anderson, Bagley, Clyde, Dunn, Keller, Middlebrooks, Milligan, Peterson, Riley; Professor Emeritus Christiansen; Associate Professors Alfaro, Daines, Gearheart, Griffin, King, Olsen, Palmer, Stringham, Unhanand; Assistant Professor Hill; Research Engineer Hargreaves Degrees offered: BS and MS in Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering; MS in Irrigation Science; ME in Engineering; PhD in Engineering

Objectives Agricultural Engineering applies the art and science of engineering principles to the solution of agricultural problems. Basic knowledge from almost all fields of Engineering is utilized. The Agricultural Engineering curriculum at USU emphasizes irrigation and drainage engineering, irrigation project planning and water resources planning, and draws freely from hydrology and hydraulic engineering. The curriculum is designed to prepare students for the wide variety of professional jobs related to management and utilization of the water resource in agriculture.

Requirements Students who complete the Engineering common core courses for the Freshman and Sophomore years meet the requirements for upper division study in the department. The Irrigation Engineering major is offered as an option in Civil Engineering. The following courses from this department taken as a part of the Civil Engineering program are required to satisfy this option: AE 308, 498, 543, 545, 546, 547, 548, and 549. These courses are normally taken in the Junior and Senior years. The academic work is supplemented by field trips which are required as part of the course work. A suggested course of study for the 'In College of Engineering

Junior and Senior years. is shown below. Modifications in the program to meet the student's priorities may be obtained with the approval of the adviser. JUNIOR YEAR W

F

Sp

CEE303-2 CEE305-3 CEE328-3 CEE350-3 Engl301-3 Humanities 3

CEE 306-4 CEE351-3 CEE343-4 ME 330-3. Humanities 3

AE308-4 EE 305-3 or ME 331-3 CEE224-3 CEE308-3 CEE 352-4

17

17

17

SENIOR YEAR F

W

Sp

AE543-3 AE.549-3 CEE360-3 CEE 420-3 CEE430-3

AE 498-3 AE547-3 CEE531-3 Humanities-3 SS470-3

15

15

AE545-4 AE546-4 AE 548-3 CEE425-3 14

Students receiving credit from the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) may complete a BS degree program in less than four years. This department cooperates with the Department of Soil Science and Biometeorology to offer a BS degree program with a major in Irrigation and Soils. The course program includes some of the applied Irrigation Engineering courses, as well as basic courses in ' Mathematics, Science, and Soils. A complete outline of the program in Irrigation and Soils can be found under the Soil Science and Biometeorology Department.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I

Animal Science

Graduate Study The Department of Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering offers three graduate degrees: Master of Science, Master of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy. See the Graduate Catalog for prerequisites and further information concerning procedures and course descriptions.

Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering Courses

I I I I I I I I I *Department of I Animal Science I I I I I

49

548. Farm Irrigation Systems Design. Includes open ditch and pipeline distribution systems for application of water by surface methods. Prerequisites: AE 543 and CEE 553 or 442. (3Sp) 549. Water Law and Institutions. Acquisition, adjudication and administration of water rights, state, interstate, and international water laws; irrigation, water pollution control districts, state and local organizations. Three lectures. (3F) 560. Water Management. Organization and administration of water distribution institutions. Financing for construction and operation, maintenance of canals, flumes, pipelines, dams, regulating reservoirs, and other water facilities. Three lectures. (3W)

Graduate 645. Drainage Principles. Treatment of topics in drainage. (3F)

308. Engineering Aspects of Soil and Water Conservation. Extent and kinds of erosion, a nd soil erosibility. Erosion control structures, surveys for hydraulic designs for terraces, terrace outlets, soil saving dams, and cultural practices. Tillage and farming methods, strip-cropping, erosion, and alkali problems on irrigated land. Three lectures; one lab. (4Sp)

673. Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering. Independent study of problems in Agricultural Engineering. (I-5F, W, Sp, Su)

310. Irrigation Principles. For students in colleges other than Engineering: surveying, water measurement, conveyance, application. consumptive use, and requirements; consumptive use, pumping, drainage, and Boil·water relationships. Prerequisite: Math 101. Two lectures, one lab. (3F)

680. Seminar. (IF, W, Sp)

498. Senior Problems. Independent study of a selected theoretical problem laboratory analysis, or field engineering problem related to Agricultural Engi· neering. Formal typewritten reports are required. (3F, W, Sp)

543. Irrigation Engineering. For Engineering students. Soil-water-plant relationships; water requirements; efficiency of water use, flow of water in soils; effects of irrigation on water quality. Prerequisite: Math 222 and the instructor's consent. Two lectures, one lab. (3F) 545. Drainage Engineering. Introduction to principles and practices of drainage. Engineering investigation and design of open drains and wells. Prerequisite: CEE 553 or 351 or 550. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp)

546. Water Conveyance and Control. Fluid, soil and structural mech· anics are applied to the design of canals, flumes, transitions, pipelines, diver· sions, drops and chutes, spillways, checks and headgates. Prerequisites: CEE 553 or 442, 430 concurrently, CEE 406. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp) 547. Sprinkler Irrigation Design. Sprinkler characteristics and design; pumping plant characteristics and design; sprinkler systems planning and layout; economics of design and operation; system maintenanc~, operation and management. Prerequisites: AE 563 or Math 222, and approval of instructor. (3W)

674. Special Studies in Agricultural Engineering. Independent study of specialized subject matter. (I-5F, W, Sp, Su)

685. Water Development in Latin America (1) 697. Thesis Research, MS. (1·9F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement, MS. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su) 731. Irrigation Science. Topics in water quality, economics, and irrigation practices. (3Sp) 732. Sprinkler Irrigation Engineering. Special topics, in sprinkler irrigation. (3W) 733. Surface Irrigation Engin · ering. Selected topics in surface irrigation. (3F) 735. Irrigation Return Flow. (3W)

Selected topics in irrigation return flow.

745. Drainage Investigation and Design. Comprehensive treatment of drainage systems. (3W)

780. Seminar. (1F, W, Sp) 797. Dissertation Research. (1-15F, W, Sp, Su) 799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

Head: Professor James A. Bennett Office in Agricultural Science 232

Professors Acord, Anderson, Butcher, Clark, Draper, Foote, Harris, D. J. Matthews, Street; Associate Professors Dobson, Esplin, Madsen, D. H. Matthews, Stenquist; Assistant Professors N. J. Matthews; Lecturers Gonzales, McArthur Degrees offered: BS, MS, and PhD in Animal Science

Areas of specialization: Animal Science, Animal Breeding, Nutrition, Reproductive Physiology, and Mangement

°In College of Agriculture


50

Animal Science

Objectives

SENIOR YEAR Courses

A student majoring ,in Animal Science may obtain a Bachelor of Science degree under one of three curricula: science, production, or business. The science curticulum will prepare students for graduate work, preveterinary, or technical employment in research, teaching, or extension work in a university, in industry, or in government, or for the positions listed under the production curriculum. The production curriculum prepares students to be farm or ranch operators, managers in livestock or poultry enterprises, county agents, or to take positions related to livestock or poultry raising with various other commercial, state, and federal agencies. The business curriculum gives training in the business phases of livestock and poultry production, and gives background for employment with commercial companies associated with these enterprises.

Credits

An Sci 365, 490, 560, 561, 562.. . . . . . . .. .. . .. . . .. . ... .. . ...... . ... .. . . . . Chern 360, 370 .......................................... ......... ........ . Physf501,502 ... ... . . ....... .. ...... . . .. .. .... ... . .... ........ .. ... . . ... . VSci300 . . . . . . . .. . . . .. ...... .. .. . .. . . ..... .. ........ .. .. . ...... . PI Sci 100 or RS 340 . Electives

15 6 10 4 3-4 9

4748

Suggested course of study for the Junior and Senior years in the production curriculum: JUNIOR YEAR Courses

Credits

An Sci 365, 440, 441, (442 or 447), 450, 520 ... SS358 Biol 512 ........... . PI Sci 100

18 4 5 4 3 3 3 12

Dairy Science ............. . .. .

IM 100 .......... ...... ..... .. .. AE31O . ..... . ... .. ...... . . .. .. ..... .. . ....... .. .... .. ..

Electives .. ....... .. .

52 SENIOR YEAR Courses

Requirements Lower Division. Suggested course of study for the first two years for all curricula is as follows:

Credits

An Sci 320, 470, 490, 560, 561, 562 .... ... .. .. ..... .... . .... .. . . . . ... . V Sci 300 ................................ .. ............. .. Ent 539 .. APS321 ............... ..... .. . ..... ... . .. .. ..... .. .. .. .... ........ ... . .. PI Sci 432 or RS 340 . Business 311,360 .... . ....... .. . AgEd351 ... . ... . .... . .. Electives ....... .. ... . .... ..

Credits

Communication Skills'. . . . . .. .. ... .... .. .. . . .. . . . An Sci 101, 102 ........... . . .. .. . .. . . . ... .. .. .. . . Math 101,105 ............ ............. .. . Ag Ec 201 , 202, 230, or equivalent Social Science or Humanities ............ .. ........... . Electives. . ......................... ...... . .... .. ... . .. • . . . . . . . . . .. Chem 111,141,144 or 1211 , 122 1 , 123 1 •

5 8 9 10 2 10·12

44-46

JUNIOR YEAR Courses

Credits

An Sci 365, 440, 441, (442 or 447), 450, 520

4

6iol512 ............... .. .................. .. PI Sci 423, or RS 340

5 3-4

10·15 5-8

.. . . . . . . . . • .

Electives

45·54 Credits

Communication Skills' .... . ..... . .... .. . ..... ...... ..... ..... . . .. . . An Sci 261, 262 .... . Chem33l1 . .. .. . . V Sci 220 General Education ... Biological Sciences . Electives ................. .... .

2 3 5 20 15 5

50

Upper Division. Suggested course of study for the Junior and Senior years in the science curriculum: JUNIOR YEAR Credits

Communication Skills' .................... . ........... .. .. . An Sci 440, 441, (442 or 447), 450, 520 ....... . . ...... . .. .... . ....... ... ..... . SS358 . . .............. .. Chern 332, 333 .. .. .. Biol512 . Exact Sciences to be selected from Math 220, 221, 222, 223; Phyx Ill, 112,113, or equivalent ................. . .................. .

15 5 6 5 20 51

SENIOR YEAR Courses An Sci 490, 560, 561, 562, 570 ................ .. Agribusiness' Electives

Credits 15 10·15 . 2()'25 45-55

Graduate Study An MS and PhD are offered. Specialized fields of study include: Animal Breeding, Nutrition, Reproductive Physiology, (Animal Management, MS only). For details see Graduate Catalog.

Animal Science Courses 100. Current Developments in Animal Husbandry. Recent developments in the field of Animal Husbandry. Required of all students during the first quarter in attenda nce. (IF) 101. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry. Livestock production in rela· tion to other phases of agriculture; factors affecting livestock distribution and adaptability; functions perfonned and products produced. (3F. Sp)

IThese courses are required in the science curriculum. They are recommended

but not required in the other curricula. ' Nine credits required. See General Education requirements.

18

SS358 ........................................... ..

SOPHOMORE YEAR

Courses

8 3 9

Suggested course of study for the Junior and Senior years in the business curriculum:

Agribusiness 3

Courses

3-4

52·53

FRESHMAN YEAR Courses

18 3 5 3

'Check with Agribusiness adviser for minor.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Animal Science 102. Animal Husbandry Laboratory. Exercises in judging, classifying, and grading livestock including practical problems. (2F, Sp) 180. Western Horsemanship. Grooming, saddling, bridling, mounting, seat and hands, horseback riding both bareback and on western saddle. For students with limited or no previous riding experience. Three labs. $25 fee. (3F,Sp) 240. Feeds and Feeding. Nutrients and nutrient requiremente of farm livestock; comparative physiology of digestion; values and uses of major feeds; balancing of rations and feeding of farm animals. (5W)

260. Horse Husbandry. Breeding, feeding, care, and management of horses. (2Sp) 261, 262. Livestock Practicum. Development of skills in the feeding, care, fitting, and showing of beef cattle, sheep, and swine. Two labs. (IW, Sp) 265. western Horsemanship. Different training techniques for western pleasure and western reining horses, teaching leads, cueing techniques, reining maneuvers, show style riding and training yo';ng horses. (3F, Sp) 270. Livestock Dressing. A practical course designed to train students to inspect and dress (slaughter) beef, sheep, and swine. (2F, W, Su) 320. Artificial Insemination of Domestic Animals. A laboratory course designed to teach the principles and practices of artificial insemination. Course qualifies the student for Utah State Artificial Insemination License. One Lab. $25 lab fee. (ISp) 365. Live Animal and Carcass Evaluation. Judging, grading and pricing of market animals and carcasses, where live VB. carcass evaluation will be stressed. Advanced judging of breeding animals included. (4F)

390. Special Readings in Animal Science. Available by permission of department head and instructor. Credit arranged. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

560. Beef Production. Organization of the enterprise, breeds of cattle, selection of breeding stock, production of maximum calf crop, handling and feeding animals of different ages on the range and in the feedlot, and marketing ofsurplus stock. Prerequisite: An Sci 442. (3F, Sp) 561. Swine Production. Functions and kinds of swine enterprises; breecling, management, and feecling of the breecling herd and market swine. Prerequisite: An Sci 442 or equivalent. (3W) 562. Sheep Production_ Emphasis on range production. Methods of production of lambs and wool, gracling and marketing practices, feecling, and stuclies of the breeds and their adaptation to the different husbandry practices. Prerequisite: An Sci 442. (3Sp) 575. Wool Technology. Marketing and manufacturing of wool and laboratory techniques used in studying wool. (3W)

Graduate "620. Reproductive Physiology. A study of the processes of reproduction in mammals including mechanisms of control. Prerequisites: Physiology 501, 502, Zoology 557 or equivalent and a course in organic chemistry. Three lectures, one lab. (4W) 路640. Animal Nutrition. Measures for nutritional value of feed , nutrient requirements of animals, and the cause, detection, treatment, and prevention of nutritional diseases ..Prerequisite: An Sci 441. (3W) 路641. Techniques in Nutrition Research_ An original project is completed with the objective of learning how to pla n, conduct, and summarize research in animal nutrition. Prerequisite: An Sci 441. (2-6F, W, Sp) 路642. Nutrition Laboratory. Review and practice in laboratory techniques used in nutrition research. Two labs. (2F) 680. Animal Nutrition Seminar. May be repeated. (IF, W, Sp)

440, 441. Principles of Nutrition. Nutrient utilization and requirements of fann animals, nutritional diseases, and a consideration of investigational method. Prerequisite: Chern 141 or concurrent registration . (3F, 3W)

681. Animal Breeding Seminar. May be repeated.

442. Applied Animal Nutrition. Animal function, i.e. maintenance, growth, reproduction, lactation; feeding standards required for optimum livestock production. Feed formulation and feecling systems for various animal functions. Prerequisite: An Sci 441. Two lectures and one lab. (3Sp)

664. Animal Physiology Seminar. May be repeated. (IF, W, Sp)

443. Range Animal Nutrition. Application of nutritional principles of range animals; definition of animal function, feed values and feecling standards. Prerequisite: An Sci 441. Two lectures and one lab. (3Sp) 447. Applied Poultry Nutrition . . Nutrient requirements of poultry and formulation of poultry rations. Prerequisites: An ci 440, 441. (3Sp)

51

(1 W)

682. Animal Management Seminar. May be repeated. (ISp)

685. Nutrition and Biochemistry Seminar. Philosophy of research and technical infonnation are included. Area of coverage rotates each quarter. May be repeated. (IF, W, Sp)

690. Special Problems in Animal J cience. Reaclings, discussions, lectures, literature reviews, and research problems on animal breeding, nutrition, physiology, and management. Available by permission of the instructor . (1-4F, OW, Sp,Su) 697. Research and Thesis_ (1-12F, W, Sp, Su)

450. Animal Breeding. Application of genetics to improvement of farm animals. Breeding systems, selection, and inheritance problems in large farm animals. Prerequisites: V Sci 220, Bioi 512. Three lectures. (3Sp)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Creclit arranged. (1 -3F, W, Sp, Su) 797. Research and Thesis. Creclit arranged. (l-12F, W, Sp, Su)

470. Meats. Cutting, selection, and identification of wholesale and retail cuts of beef, pork, and lamb. Prices, relative economy. uses, nutritive value, chemical composition, and palatability. Preparation of meats for the home freezer is emphasized. (3F)

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Creclit arranged. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

490. Livestock Production Problems. Discussions dealing with special problems of major current importance in livestock production. Prerequisites or concurrent registration: An Sci 442, 450. (3Sp) 520. Reproduction of Domestic Animals. A study of physiology of reproduction and methods of control as applied to domestic animals . Prerequisites: V Sci 220 or Physl 130, and Organic Chemistry. Two lectures, one lab. (3Sp)

*Taught 1974-75 路*Taught 1975-76


52

*Department of

Applied Statistics - Computer Science Head: Professor Rex L. Hurst Office in Computer Science Building 134 Associate Professors Jensen, Kartchner, Sisson, White; Assistant Professors Burnett, Canfield, Eastman, Jensen, Lambert, Cooley; Instructors Thorkildson, Post Degrees offered: BS in Computer Science; BS and MS in Applied Statistics

Objectives The Department of Applied Statistics - Computer Science has as its primary interest the methods of applying mathematics and the computer to the solution of practical problems. Students who have ability in mathematics and are curious about the world around them may well find a challenging and exciting future through Applied Statistics or Computer Science. Most staff members in the department are involved in consulting work with research workers both ¡In College of Science

on and off campus. The research consulting activities of the statistics group and the data processing activities of the computer science group provide a large number of job opportunities for majors in these subjects. This allows them to apply the things they are learning in the classroom directly to practical pro blems.

Requirements The department requires its majors to maintain a g.p.a. of 2.5 or better in courses required in the major in order to remain in good standing.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Applied Statistics - Computer Science Mathematics-Computer Science-Statistics Composite Teaching Major The composite major strengthens the regular teaching major in Mathematics with applications of mathematics in operations research, statistics, and computer science. The following is a list of the computer science and statistics courses for this program:

JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS C redits APS (431, 432, 433 or 476, 477, 478) or 571, 572, 573, 497 (2) CS 340, BA 309 Math 441, 561. ... .. ..... . . . . Electives Total . .

10 9 9

32 7 6 49 94

JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS (Econometrics Minor) Credits

Credits APS 431, 432 or 476, 477 CS 150, (230 or 340), 430 nine hours selected from the following: CS 230, 340, 350, 440, 450, 460, 475, 515 .. . .. . . . .... ... . ... . .. . . .. . . ... . .

53

APS 476, 477, 478, 433, 495, 497 .... .. .. ..... . . ... . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . CS (340 or 350), BA 309 . . . ............ . . . . . .. . . ... . . ..... .. . . . . .. .. . . ........................... . . Math 44 1, 561. Econ 500, 501, 540, 560, 580, 670, 671 , 672 ............... . . . . Electives (a selection from Math 324, 345, 421, 422, 423, 562, a nd Computer Science 430, 440 is recommended) Total .

25 7 6 30 26 94

For further information refer to the document

Teaching Majors and Minors for Secondary School Teachers. Applied Statistics Statistics is that branch of SCIence which deals with the development and usage of statistical inference. Statistical inference is the inductive process of generalizing from the particular to the general on the basis of sample evidence. The foundation of statistical inference lies in the theory of probability, which provides a measure of reliability of the conclusions drawn from experimental data. Experimental scientists in many fields of endeavor make extensive use of statistics as a research tool. Statistics provides the methodology for summarizing data, estimating parameters, testing of hypotheses, and formulating mathematical models to simulate physical and biological situations. Applied Statistics majors are prepared for further graduate study or for accepting a wide choice of wellpaid positions. Statisticians find employment as members of research teams, in business, industrial concerns, the federal government, state governments, and private research groups. Bachelor of Science Degree: For a major in Applied Statistics students are expected to complete Applied Statistics (431, 432, 433) or (476, 477, 478); 571,572,573, and 497. Some credit should be taken in Special Problems 495. They are also expected to take extensive work in Mathematics or Economics, and Computer Science. Undergraduate Minor. An undergraduate minor in Applied Statistics is expected to complete at least 18 credits from the following courses: Applied Statistics (431, 432, 433) or (476, 477, 478); Computer Science (340 or 230); 430, 440; BA 309. FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS

Computer Science Computer Science deals with information structures and processes as they are represented and implemented in modem high-speed digital computers, with information processing systems to make digital computers useful, and with applications of computing. The program in Computer Science attempts to provide a basis of knowledge and a mode of thinking which will permit continuing growth on the part of graduates. Prospective students should have an aptitude for mathematics and logic, and a bent for analysis and deduction. The Computer Science area is one of the fastest growing fields of study in our society. Applications of computing are found in the space and aeronautics industries, in the sciences, in government, and in many businesses. Excellent employment opportunities are available to Computer Science graduates. Before a student can register in a CS course he must earn a grade of "C" or better in all prerequisite courses. Bachelor of Science degree. The department offers a degree program with emphasis in either science or business. The objectives are to provide computer scientists who can relate to the science or business area. Minor 'in Computer Science. A student desiring to minor in Computer Science should take CS 150, (230, 340 or 350), and a selection from CS 430, 440, 450, 475; 480, 490, 495, 510, 515, 525 to fill the 18 credits required.

SUGGESTED CURRICULA (Science Option)

Credits Engl 100, 201,301 ............... . • Physical Education Math 136, 220, 221, 222, 223 Econ 200, 201 . APS 321,322 ........... . Phyx(221, 222, 223) or (211, 212, 213), Chern (111,112,141) or (114,115,116). . . ....... .. .. . . . Electives (including remainder of group requirements).

15 27

Total . . .... .

94

. . .... ... .... . . .

9 3 25 10

6

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS Credits Math 220, 221, 222, 223 ....... ..... . ... • . ..... Phyx 221, 222, 223 .. . .. . . , . .. . . .. ... . ....... . Econ 200, 201 . . . . . . ... ...... . . CSl50,230 . ... . ... , ... .... .. .. . .. . Electives (including general education requirements) .... ... ..... . Total ..... . ..... .

20 15 10

6 43 94


54

Applied Statistics - Computer Science JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS

571. Theory of Probability. 571)

CS 430, 440, 460, 475, two quarters ofCS 497, 3 credits of 490,510,525, and (450 and 510) or (515 and 516). . ...................... . . APS (431 a nd 432) or (476 and 477) ......... .. . Math 561 BA309 ....................................... .. Upper division Science or Engineering . . ........................... .. ...... . .... ...... .... . Electives Total ... ....... ... . . .

33 10

3 4 20 24

94

(Business Option) FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS Credits Math (245, 246, 248) or (220,221,222) .. .. . ... . ... . . Phyx (111,112,113) or (221,222,223) . Acctg (201, 202, 203) or (501, 502). BA2010r 301 Econ 200, 201 . CS 150, 230. Electives (including general education requirements) Total.

9 15 6-9 2-3 10 6 45

32 5 8

20 29 94

Other options will be considered on an individual basis

Graduate Study The department offers the Master of Science Degree in Statistics. See the Graduate Catalog for further information.

Applied Statistics Courses 271. Introduction to Probability Theory. A course in elementary proba· bility theory and a brief introduction to statistics. Prerequisite: Math 105. (3Sp) (See also Math 271.) 301. Decision Making in Society. An introduction to statistics and its impact on society. Sampling, analysis, decision making, and conclusions based on actual experiences with real data. (3W) 321. .Basic Statistics. Descriptive statistics, elementary probability, sampling distributions, estimation, and tests of hypetheses. Prerequisite: College Algebra. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 322. Basic Statistics. Nonparametric tests, regression and correlation analysis of variance and decision making. Prerequisite: APS 321, (3F, W, Sp, Su) 431. 432. 433. Statistical Methods. Statistical methods for students with· out calculus. Descriptive statistics and probability, sampling, inferences about populations, estimation. hypoth~sis testing, regression and least squares, analysis of variance and covariance, experimental designs. Prerequisite: Math 105. (5. 5F, W, Sp, Su); (5Sp) 476. Introduction to Probability and Statistics. Statistical methods with theory. A combination of statistical methods and theory for students having a calculus background. Assumes no prior training in statistics. Probability, frequency distributions. (5F) (See also Math 476). 477. 478. Statistical Methods with Theory. A combination of statistical methods and theory for students having a calculus background. Assumes no prior training in statistics. Functions of random variables, regression and correlation, analysis of variance and covariance. (5W, Sp) 495. Directed Reading.

572. 573. Mathematical Statistics. Including Math 571, year's sequence in mathematical theory of probability (including a study of discrete and a bsolutely continuous distributions), elementary sampling theory, hypotheses, and testing. Prerequisites: Math 441, 571. (5W, 5Sp) (See also Math 572, 573.) 610. Industrial Statistics. Control of quality of manufactured products; attribute and variable inspection; single, double, and sequential plans; sampiing plans for continuous production; cost function, and elementary decision functions. Prerequisites: APS 477 or 432. (3)

615. Nonparametric Statistics. The nature and importance of nonparametric procedures. Nonparametric test of hypothesis commonly encountered in statistical applications are considered. One sample test, two sample (indepen· dent and related). One sample analysis for independent and related samples. Measures of correlation and related tests. Prerequisite: A year of statistical methods. (3, taught on demand) 620. Biological Statistics. Biological assays; quantitative and quantal responses; dosage response relationships; parallel line and slope-ration assays. Relative petency and LD 50; biological populations and transformations. Prerequisite: APS 432 (3, taught on demand).

94

JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS CS 350, 430, 440, 450, 460, 475, two quarters of 497, 3 credits of 490, and (510, 515, 525) or (515,516,517) . APS 431 or 476. Business Administration 309, 311. Upper division Business selected from the following: BA 340, 350, 360, 370 Acctg 411, 412, 431, 432, 471, 521, 522, 551, 561 Econ 300, 301 , 500, 501, 540, 560, 570, 571, 572 ..... ...... . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . Electives. Total.

Prerequisite: Math 223. (5F) (see also Math

Independent study in statistics. (1-5F, W, SP. Su)

497. Seminar. Review of current literature and developl!lents in the field of statistics. (1-3F, W, Sp)

630. Analysis of Variance-Covariance. A course dealing with analysis of variance techniques commonly encountered in many fields of research. Variance components; nested and crossed relationships between factors; gener&Iized methods of obtaining expected mean-squares in analysis of variance; data with unequal numbers of observations in subclassifications; utilization of appropriate computer programs. Prerequisite: APS 433. (3F) 635. Linear Statistical Models. The theory and methods of correlation, regression and least squares analysis experimental data. Prerequisite: At least a year of statistical methods or a half year of statistical theory. (3W) 645. Time Series. Analysis of quantitative data obtained sequentially through time. Tests for statistical independence. Moving averages; auto-regressive models; analysis of seasonal effects. Auto-correlations; the periodogram; elementary hannonic analysis. Prerequisite: A year of statistical methods. (3F) 650. Applied Stochastic Processes. Methods for analysis of nonindependent data which are collected through time. Markov processes and Markov chains. Renewal processes, general properties of stationary processes, decision processes. Prerequisite: APS 478 or Math 573; some experience in scientific computer programming. (3F) 660. Multivariate Analysis. The multivariate normal. Conditional dis· tributions for multinonnal variates. Hotelling's Tl. Discriminant functions. Multivariate analysis of variance. Cononical correlatio!,. Factor analysis. Prerequisite: APS 630. (3W) 665. Computer Applications in Statistics. Using Monte Carlo methods to generate data according to mathematical models, experimental design data, regression data; the analysis of regression data, multiple regression, generalized curve fitting; the generalized analysis of covariance; multivariate analysis of variance and covariance; factor analysis; Cononical correlation; discriminant functions. Prerequisites: FORTRAN, Statistical Methods. (3Sp) 670. Categorial Data Analysis. Information theory. Analysis of information in two-way contingency tables; noway contingency tables; regular Markov chains; statistical analysis of Markov chains. Data processing for analysis of categorical data. Prerequisite: Two quarters of mathematical statistics. (3Sp) 675. Practical Statistical Consulting. (2) 695. Reading and Reports. Individual study and repert preparation in areas of special interests. Training in professional consulting. (3-6F, W, Sp, Su) 697. Thesis and Research. Outlining and conducting research in statistics. Thesis preparation. (I·5F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. tion of the student. (1-3F, W. Sp, Su)

Allows for continued regis.tra-

Computer Science Courses i

150. Introduction to Computer Science. Methods of collecting and processing infonnation. History of digital computers. Computer organization and how the computer functions. Problem solving. techniques and elementary programming concepts. Computer applications, what ti1ey do for society, and the problems they create. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I '1 I I I

I

1 1 'I ~I

1

Applied Statistics - Computer Science 210. Introduction to Computer Programming with Genealogical Application8. Introduction to the ALGOL language with applications of genealogi· cal interest in information retrieval. Basic elements of an ALGOL program, input·output and FORMAT statements. Arrays, control statements, and their use in searching magnetic tape files. Unformatted READ statements, creation of multiple files on a single tape, and other techniques for reducing tape search time. (3W) 230. Introduction to Computer Programming. Discussion of algorithms, problem solving (programming), and computers. The study and use of a high level problem oriented programming language to write programs for a com· puter. Students are expected to learn a programming language, and write, debug, verify, and document several programs. Prerequisite: Math 105 or equivalent. (3W,Sp,Su) 340. Computer Programming (FORTRAN). The use of a problem·orien· ted programming language in solving problems by means of a computer. For noncomputer science majors. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 350. Programming BU8ine88 Problem8 (COBOL). Discussion of problem oriented programming languages. This course will define the characteristics and application of the COBOL (Common Oriented Business Lang1.age) programming language. Students are expected to learn the fundamentals of COBOL, and to gain experience in writing COBOL programs for solving problems in their own areas of interest through the use of a computer. COBOL is designed primarily for problems dealing with updating, analyzing, and reporting data contained in file form while FORTRAN is particularly applicable to operations research·type problems. Prerequisite: CS 150 or permission of instructor. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 430. Computer Structure. Organization of computers in terms of input· output, storage, control, and processing units. A discussion of register and storage structures and addressing techniques. Digital representation of data for machine arithmetic, character handling and error detection and correction. Instruction fonnat and execution, principle instruction types, program control, input·output operations and interrupts. An introduction to symbolic coding and assembly systems. Prerequisite: CS 230, or CS 340 or programming ex· perience. (3F, W) 431. Computer Operations. A laboratory course in operating systems, use of operator's console, magnetic tape units, disk storage drives, input'output units. Prerequisite: CS 430. (IF, W, Sp, Su) 440. A8sembly Language Programming. Design and development of assembly language programs. Students are expected to gain sufficient program· ming proficiency to be able to solve problems from their own fields using a digital computer. Experience in the operation a nd use of a minicomputer is emphasized. Prerequisite: CS 430 or permission of instructor (3Sp). 450. File and I/O Management. The organization and usage of large data files. Advanced techniques in the use of storage and input-output devices. Prerequisites: CS 230 or 340 (3F) 460. Programming Languages. Formal definition or programming languages, including syntax and semantics. Simple statements, including precedence, infix, prefix, and postfix notation. Global properties of algorithmic languages, including scope of declaration, storage allocation, grouping of statements, binding time of constituents, subroutines, coroutines, and tasks. List processing and string manipulation languages. Runtime representation of program and data structures: CS 430. (3F) 475. Data Structure8. Basic concepts of data. Linear lists, strings, arrays, and orthogonal lists. Representation of trees and graphs. Storage systems and structures, and storage allocation and collection. Multilinked structures. Sym· bol tables and searching techniques. Sorting (ordering techniques). Formal specification of data structures, data structures in programming languages, and generalized data management systems. Prerequisite: CS 430. (3W) 490. Special PrOject8. Analysis and programming of special problems. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (l·5F, W, Sp, Su)

55

495. Directed Reading. The student will 8tudy new developments in the field and material not available in current course work. Prerequisite: Permis· sion of instructor. (1·5F, W, Sp, Su) 497. Seminar. Review of current literature and developments in the field of Computer Science. (IF, W, Sp) 510. SY8tem8 Programming. Review of processing monitors, their com· ponents, operating characteristics, user services and limitation. Implementa· tion techniques for parallel processing of input-output and interrupt handling. Overall structure of multiprogramming systems. Details on addressing tech· niques, core management, file system design and management, system accounting, and other user services. Prerequisites: CS 440, 475 (3W) 515. Information SY8tem8: AnalY8is. Theory of systems, design concepts and information systems. Role of systems design feasibility studies, report objectives, sources of data and data flow, recommendations and alternatives, forms design, systems case studies. Techniques of design utilizing, models, decision tables, flow charta, quantitative techniques. Prerequisites: Accounting, programming language, Business Law. (3F) 516. Information SY8tem8: De8ign. Development of an information system, familiarization with existing systems. Preparation of detail specifica' tions, file design and organization, records management, hardware requirements and techniques, documentation requirements. Prerequisite: CS 515 (3W) 517. Information SY8tems: Implementation. Implementation of an in· formation system design, program, document and implement a system using specifications, file design and organization equipment, input-output formats, and file definition as a basis for the system. Set up a run stream and sufficient documentation for future maintenance and proper systems testing before im· plementation. Prerequisite: CS 516 (3Sp) 525. Computer Modeling and Simulation. Introduction to simulation and comparison with other techniques. Discrete simulation models and dis· crete change simulation. Analysis of data generated by simulation experiments, and validation of simulation models and results, Selected applications of simulation. Prerequisite: Statistical methods and computer programming. (3W) 595. Independent Study. Provide8 for independent study of selected topic8. Prerequisite: Perruission of instructor. (3-6F, W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 605. Compiler Con8truction. Review of program language structures, translation, loading, execution, tlpd storage allocation. Compilation of simple expressions and statements. Organization of a compiler including compiler time and run·time symbol tables, lexical scan, syntax scan, object code genera· tion, error diagnostics, object code optimization techniques, and overall design. Use of compiler writing languages and bootstrapping. Prerequisites: CS 475 and 480. (3Sp) 615. Information Organization and Retrieval. Organization of natural language data for storage and retrieval by digital computer methods. Search and matching techniques. Construction of thesauri, concordances, and indexes. Prerequisite: CS 475 or permission of in8tructor. (3Sp) 645. Operation8 Re8earch. A study of the methods and techniques used in operations research and systems engineering to efficiently organize complex systems. The study will include linear programming, assignment and a lloca· tion of resources, inventory control, least cost estimating, and scheduling. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or permission of instructor. . (3W) 646. Operation Research. Continuation of Computer Science 645. Study will include queueing theory, replacement models, dynamic programming, game theory, and Monte Carlo methods. Prerequisites: Graduate status, CS 645. (3Sp)


56

*Department of

Art Head: Professor Ray W. Hellberg Office in Main 305 Professors Groutage, Lindstrom, Tippetts; Associate Professors Anderson, Clark, Elsner; Assistant Professors Hyde, VanSuchtelen; Instructors Bull, Burn, Edwards, Koenig, Meek Degrees offered: BA, BFA, MA, and MFA in Art Areas of specilization: Advertising Design, Illustration, Art Education, Ceramics, Drawing, Interior Design, Painting, Photography, Printmaking, Sculpture and Metalsmithing, Textile Design

Objectives The Department of Art offers a variety of courses carefully selected to prepare art students to become professional in both their thinking and exhibited skills as teachers or as practicing artists. The department also provides service courses for other students to help them become more creative in their thinking, selective in choice making, and cultured in their attitudes.

Requirements Bachelor of Arts Degree Art majors should complete all General Education lower division requirements, the modern language requirement, and the core curriculum by the end of the Sophomore year. This will allow concentration in an area of specialization during the Junior and Senior years. They must satisfactorily complete the core curriculum: Art 101, 102, 103, 120, 122, 125, 160, 177 (nine credits), and Phil 215 with at least a "B" average for the group. Grades of "D" are not acceptable. Courses receiving this grade must be repeated without credit. Art 101, 102, 120, 125, and 160 are fundamental prerequisites and should be completed before registering for other studio classes. Art majors must complete requirements for _one of the specialties listed as areas of emphasis plus courses in a second area as outlined by the adviser and/ or the head of the department. The major professor may also prescribe other courses to serve the particular needs of different students. The Art Department faculty reserve the right to retain any student works of their choice for pur-

pose of display, exhibition and addition to the perma~ent collection. Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree This is a professional Art degree requiring aboveaverage accomplishment in art, intensive application, and the consistent production of creative works of high quality. There are no modern language requirements. "In College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences

General Education requirements and the core curriculum must be completed in the Freshman and Sophomore years so that students can devote their Junior and Senior years to intensive work in the areas of their specilization. Students seeking this degree are required to satisfactorily complete a composite Art major in closely related art specialties. For instance, he may choose Sculpture for his first area of emphasis and must complete courses stipulated for that area. He may then choose Ceramics or some other specialty for his second area of emphasis and must complete, with the approval of his adviser, approximately 30 credits from the outline of courses for that area with a combined minimum total of 80 credits including the core curriculum. This is a highly individualized program of study, and major advisers will establish the specific requirements of greatest value to each , individual student. The core curriculum, Art 101, 102, 103, 120, 125, 160, 177 (nine credits), and Phil 215 must be completed with at least a "B" average. Design courses Art 102 and 103, and Painting and Drawing courses 120 and 125 should be completed before registering for other courses. Only students demonstrating considerable promise will be accepted for this more demanding professional degree. Transferring students may be asked to submit a portfolio and must demonstrate the same level of proficiency as USU undergraduates in Art. Art Minor Requirements The requirements for a minor in Art are flexible and can be completed in any area of specialization. Generally, the minimum requirements include: Art 101, 102, 120, 125, plus three credits from the Art History group (177, 179, and 365) and three credits from the following group: Art 150, 160, 315, 316, 353, and 354. USU does not offer an Art teaching minor for secondary teachers. Students choosing to train for teaching art in high school must complete the Art Education major listed below in addition to a second art specialty of his/ her choice and must also comply

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Art

57

with all requirements listed by the Department of Secondary Education. Art Specialties Advertising Design. One of the most vital areas of art, Advertising Design keeps constant pace with our economy. It is through the creative work of successful designers that products are advertised and sold. Courses place heavy stress on design and layout. To prepare for a professional job in this field , one must acquire proficiency in lettering, design, rendering techniques, and production methods. He also prepares a portfolio of work to show prospective employers his ability to produce tasteful and imaginative solutions to advertising problems. In addition to the basic Art group, students specializing in Advertising Design are required to take the following: Art 140, 141, 142, 330, 331, 332, 335, 502, 530, 531, and BA 550. Additional recommended classes to be selected on consultation with advisers are: BA 451 , 453, 458, Engl 117, 118, 121, Comm 351 , Phil 101, 111, 210, and Psy lOI. Illustration. Illustrations are graphic communications. To prepare for this profession, the student must become a competent draftsman and painter and must also understand perspective, anatomy, and graphic techniques. The student must be able to research a problem, create compositions that com ~ municate empathy to the viewer, and interpret emotions to bring off a successful illustration. A portfolio is prepared to show to art studios for prospective employment. Students specializing in illustration are required to take the following: Art 140, 319, 320, 321, 327, 331, 332, 33~ 521, 527, 535, and 555, plus additional classes which may be prescribed by the major professor. Art Education. Those students choosing to pursue a teaching credential for Art if! the secondary schools should make that choice as quickly in their college experience as possible. The Art Department is under the obligation of complying with the quota system outlined by the State Board of Regents and directed on this campus by the College of Education. The quicker one declares his intentions to pursue a teaching career, the better chance he will have of getting accepted into the program. The quota guidelines are available in the Art Department office. Only outstanding students who have both a genuine interest in teaching accompanied by artistic ability should consider Art Education. Art Education majors are required to fulfill the Art Department requirements for either a BA degree or a BFA degree. In addition, they need to fulfill the professional education component outlined by the College of Education. Instead of following the first and second areas of emphasis stipulated for other Art majors, the Art Education major takes up to 30 credits in one area to develop a definite expressive skill and up to 30 credits in a variety of beginning


58

Art

and advanced art classes in order to broaden his knowledge and understanding of many art processes.

527, 555, 559. Additional classes may be prescribed by adviser.

A specific Art Education sequence begins during the Sophomore year. Therefore, the Art Education major should declare before then. This sequence includes Art 312 which should be taken during the Junior year.

Photography. Photography is one of the most recent fine art forms. National and international exhibits of photographs in color and black and white have aroused great interest. There are many opportunities for photographers in the commercial world of advertising illustration, industry, portraiture, medicine, and the sciences. Students specializing in photography, therefore, approach their medium from the standpoint of a professional in not only the commercial world but also in the fine arts. They are required to take the basic Art courses outlined under the BA and BFA requirements, with attention directed to the composite major requirement as stated under the BFA degree. Photography courses should include Art 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 540, 541, and 542. To develop professional competence several of these upper division studio courses should be repeated for additional credit.

Ceramics. Ceramics as taught at USU is an important part of artist training recognized by both art and industry. Excellent equipment is provided for each student. The lab is accessible during the day and evenings for classes and special work. Special high-fire kilns are available for student work as well as a variety of clays and glazes. Programs in this area are designed to fit needs of individual students, both beginning and advanced. In addition to the core curriculum, students specializing in Ceramics are required to take Art 315, 316, 360, 445, 545, 515 (12 credits) plus additional classes which may be prescribed by the major professor. Drawing. The discipline of drawing has always been considered to be of primary importance as a solid basis toward the u'lderstanding of the problems involved in visual arts. It includes the study of form and space, the exploration of graphic elements and visual dynamics, and most important, the search for an artistic order. To the artist working in any given media, drawing offers a means of understanding form and the visualization of concepts. To the draftsman involved with drawing as an end in itself, it can mean creating with technical simplicity, works of expressive power, complex imagery and thought, thus making drawing a significant artistic experience. In addition to the basic Art courses, Drawing students are required to take Art 179, 319, 320, 321, 360, 521, 522, 555, 559, 560, plus additional classes which may be prescribed by the major professor. Interior Design. Never before has there been such an interest in environmental space planning, contract work (offices, stores, restaurants, etc.) and residential work. The Interior Design courses are organized to prepare adequately those who wish to go into this growing professional field and to benefit those who simply want to make their homes and family life reflect the standards of good design. In addition to the core curriculum, students, specializing in Interior Design are required to take the following: Art 105, 140, 305, 306, 327, 331; 6 credits of Textile Design, 405, 505; LAEP 103; and BA 151. Additional prescribed classes may be selected on consultation with the student's adviser. Painting. Contemporary artists are utilizing all of the historical approaches to painting and are exploring new ideas, techniques, and materials to make new contributions. A student is not required to follow anyone approach to painting, but is encouraged to develop and express his own individuality. In addition to the basic Art courses, the following are required: Art 179, 319, 321, 325, 327, 365, 426, 521, 525,

Students planning to operate their own photography studio as a business would find the following classes advantageous: Psy 351, LAEP 107, Comm 430 (writing feature articles), Acctg 305, and the following Business Administration classes: BA 511, Management Concepts; BA 560, Behavioral Dimension of Management; and BA 435, Managing Small Business. Upon entering this program, each Photography major should immediately obtain his own medium format camera (120 or 620), a light meter, and a sturdy tripod (35mm cameras can be used in the basic class). A " B" grade in the basic classes and a successful portfolio review are necessary prerequisites to continue in the photography program. Upon completion of Art 140, 141, and 142 a 4 x 5 studio view camera with swings and tilts will be required as a prerequisite to taking Art 143 and Art 541. We recommend an eight-inch lens for the camera, a minimum of six film holders, and sufficient film developing hangers. A Senior Thesis Project will be completed during the last year, and photography students will submit their best black and white and color prints for the annual student exhibit given during the final quarter before graduation. This will be in conjunction with other Art students. Printmaking. Printmaking IS enjoying a powerful renaissance in America at present. Prints are competing with other art forms as they never have before and they give artists and collectors advantages that other art forms do not. Printmaking has often been man's most powerful vehicle for communicating the artist's own concepts and ideas. It is also demanding in that it encompasses so many other art activities. To make a fine print a student may be required to draw, design, carve, and print. In addition to the basic Art courses, students specializing in Printmaking are required to take: Art 155, i 79, 319, 320, 321, 426, 521 , 525, 555, and at feast

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Art nine credits of 559, plus additional courses prescribed by the major professor. Sculpture and Metalsmithing. The concern of the sculptor is basically the same as that of any other artist. The artist's statement that is embodied in the relationship between form and space is paramount. One must, of course, know materials and how they are controlled. An understanding of drawing and design is helpful in developing ideas. In addition to the basic Art courses, students specializing in Sculpture and Metalsmithing are required to complete satisfactorily the following courses: Art 179, 315, 319, 321, 360 (six credits), 560 (nine credits), plus additional courses based on individual needs as recommended by the major professor. Textile Design. Textiles as a media for expression has rapidly moved away from a dominant applied art concept toward encompassing the fine arts, providing industry and the student with a broader range of visual experiences. The flexibility of fiber and fabric gives the student the opportunity to xperience design in a wide range of textile techniques in both construction of fiber and in printing and dyeing. Both two- and three-dimensional problems can be used to develop conceptual thinking through this media. In addition to the basic Art courses, students specializing in Textile Design are required to complete the following courses: Art 150, 350, 352, 353, 354, 355, 450, 550, and 551. Additional courses based on individual needs may be recommended by the major professor. Fine Arts Tour Art majors and minors should plan to participate in some of the excellent fine arts tours available. These include the annual Fall tour to San Francisco to art galleries, museums, and to attend operas, Broadway plays, and musicals. The Fine Arts Tours to Europe are conducted each summer, and to Mexico on a biennial basis during Spring quarter in conjunction with the Art Department at the University of Utah. These tours are planned for a maximum learning experience and are possible at minimum cost. Up to nine University credits may be earned on these summer tours and 15 credits for the quarter in Mexico. Detailed information is available in the office of the Director of Tours or in the Art Department office.

Graduate Study The Department of Art offers two graduate degrees and cooperates with the College of Education on another degree. The Master of Arts (MA) and the Master of Fine Arts (MFA) are offered by the Art Department. A Master of Education (MEd) with a specialization in Art is offered through the College of Education. See the Graduate Catalog for prerequisites and further information.

59

Art Courses 101. Ex ploring Art. Develops understanding of basic principles underlying the visual fonn. of art in everyday life. (3F, W, Sp) 102. Beginning Design. Basic a rt elements with projects largely in two di¡ mensions. Required of Art majors. (3F, W, Sp) 103. Interme diate Design. Continued study of basic art elemen ts a nd prin¡ ciples in three-dimensional app lication. Use of va rious plastic materials to express ideas. (3F, W, Sp) 105. Essentials in Interior Design. Basic philosophy of interior design a nd environmental planning. Analysis of a rt elements and principles of design applied to commercial and residential spaces. (3F) 110. Art Studio Practice for Elementary Teachers. For child development majors, kind ergarten a nd elementa ry school teachers. (;n 120. Basic Drawing. Introduction to t he visual language of drawing, the graphic elements, the various dra wing media, and the creative problems involved. Simple to complex subjects. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 122. Intermediate Drawi ng. A continuation of Basic Drawing emphasizing more complex drawi ng problems, techniques, a nd a pproaches. Prerequisi te: Art 120 (3F, W, Sp) 125. Basic Painting. Introduction to the visual language of painting with an emphasis upon the expressive aspects of color. A variety of techniques will be used; oil, acrylic. Prereq uisites: Art 102, 120. (3F, W, Sp Su) 140. Basic Photography_ Operation of camera and related equipment, exposure and developing of black and wh ite fi lm , elementary enlargin g and finishing with emphasis on composition and photographic esthetics. (3F, W, Sp) 141. Inte rm ediate Photography. A continuation of Art 140 to further experience the photographer in technical controls, esthetics, and thoughts with a n introduction to experimental laboratory/ darkroom techniq ues. Prerequisite: Art 140. (3 F, Sp) 142. Intermediate Photography. Correct darkroom methods stressed. Problems in developing and printing. Special negative control methods: inten sification, reduction, solarization, reticulation, tone line, a nd the positive and negative sandwich. Prerequisites: Art 140, 141. (3W) 143. Photo Lighting. Practical projects a re assigned emphasizing floodlighting, fl ash , strobe, a nd natural lighting. Prerequisites: Art 140, 141, 142. (3F ) 144. Basic Photo Portraiture. Revealing personality and character. Study of the s ubject, desirable backgrounds, composition, and types of lighting. Prerequisites: Art 140, 141. (3F) 146. Film Making. A basic experience in cinema emphasizing the documentary and the fine art fi lm . Maximum emphasis on film concepts, esth etics, a nd production problems. Prerequisites: Art 140, 141. (3Sp) 150. Weaving - Loom Methods. Theory of historic weaves and derivatives; plain , twill, a nd satin , including tapestry, leno, double weaves, and rug knotting techniques with emphasis on two-dimensiona l design pri nciples (3F, W) 155. Basic Printmaking, Basic techniques of various printmaking processes. Woodcut, serigraph, lithography, and intaglio. (3F) 160. Basic Sculpture. Study of fig ure structure from the model. Use of clay over wire a nnature. Analysis of form and its use as sculptural expression. (3F, W, Sp) 177. Survey of Western Art.

Prehistoric through Classical. (3F)

177. Survey of Western Art. Medieval through Renaissance. (3W) 177. Survey of Western Art.

Baroque through Modern.

(3Sp)

179. History of Contemporary Painting. A text and oth er illustrative materials are used to h elp understand contemporary trends in art. (3F, W, Sp) 290. Individual Projects. instructor required. (1-9)

Departmental office clearance and approval of

305. Applied Interior Design. Learning the "language" of Interior Design and its a pplication; "language" referring to architectural drawing (floor plans, elevations, section), rendering a nd perspective. Prerequisite: Art 105. (3W)


60

Art

306. Interior Design Studio. Basic problems in Interior Design as related to the understanding of space and environmenta l planning. Solutions to problems presented with methods learned in Art 305. Prerequisite: Art 105. 305. (l¡9W)

360. Intermediate Sculpture and Metalsmithing Studio. Emphasis on the expression of ideas sculpturally; continuatio n of techniques in metalsmithing and jewelry, carving, modeling, ra ising, casting, soldering, welding. Prerequisite: Art 160. (3F, W, Sp)

310. Art Methods for Elementary Grades. Methods of teaching various art processes. crafts, art history, and art appreciation in the elementary schools. Required preparation for a grade school teacher. (3F, W, Sp)

365. History of Painting in the United States. (3W)

312. Art Methods for Secondary Teachers. Methods of teaching art in the secondary schools. How to motivate various art processes, art history and appreciation. Curriculum development. Required for Art Education majors. (3F) 315. Basic Ceramic Handbuilding Techniques. Introduction to techniques including pinch, coil, slab building, etc., as well as glazing. Emphasis on pot¡ tery forms and decoration. Prerequisites: Art 101, 102, 103. (3F, W, Sp) 316. Basic Ceramic Wheel Throwing. Emphasis on wheel technique. Further stress on fonn a nd decoration. Introduction to firing processes. Prerequisite: Art 315. (3F, W. Sp) 319. Anatomy for Artists. Analysis of the a natomical structure of the human figure through textbook studies, drawi ng and three-dimensiona l clay studies from live models. Prerequisite to Life Drawing. Prerequisite: Art 120. (3F)

405. Interior Design Apprenticeship. More involved problems in Interior Design. Learning abo ut the contemporary uses of construction, lighting, fu rniture and textiles. Prerequisites: Art 105, 305, 306. (5F, Sp) 411. Elementary Art Works hop. Methods of presenting art conce pts and techniques for the elementary teacher: painting, drawing, cra fts , puppets, etc. (3Su) 412. Secondary Art Workshop. Methods of presenting art concepts and techniques for the secondary school teacher. (3W) 426. Watercolor and R e late d Media. Advanced cr eative problems dealing with painting as visual expression. Emphasis upon color and acqueous media. Several lab periods will be spent painting outdoors, Prereq uisites: Art 125, 327. (3Sp) 435. Intermediate Illustration. of instructor required. (3W)

Departmental office clear ance and approval

320. Drawing and Composition. Advanced drawing problems emphasizing various approaches to composition. Prerequisites: Art 120. 122. (3Sp)

445. Jewelry Casting. Problems in centrifugal casting, using wax as the creative medium. Study of various types of jewelry forms and the techniques. Prerequisites: Art 103, 360. (3W)

321. Life Drawing. Drawing from the live model, studying the design and structure of the human figure, exploring various graphic interpretations. Prerequisites: Art 120, 122, 319. (3F, W, Sp)

450. Weaving - Loom and Nonloom Methods. Sectional wea\~ng a nd) strip weaving usin g loom and nonloom methods with concentration on conceptual forms through the assembly of parts. (1-9F, W, Sp)

325. Landscape Painting. Various ideas, approaches, techniques a re explored in la ndscape painting. Several medias will be used. Includes field trips. Prerequisites: Art 120, 125. (3F, Sp)

490. Individual Projects. Departmental office clearance and approval of instructor required. (3F, W, Sp)

327. Basic Watercolor. Experimental approaches with transparent watercolor, casein, gouache, a nd acrylics. Part of the quarter spent outdoors working from nature. Prerequisites: Art 120, 125. (3F, Sp) 330. Basic Lettering. Problems in typography indication for advertising layouts. Learning type faces , printing methods, a nd ordering type. No speedball or brush lettering taught. Guest artist lab fee. (3W) 331. Basic Advertising Design. Introduction principles a nd psychology of advertising. Thinking problems in media of newspaper. magazine, television, trademarks, brochures, packages, posters, and corpor ate design. Guest artist lab fee. (3F) 332. Commercial Art Seminar. A weekly seminar to discuss and view current art trends in advertising design, photography. a nd illustration. A professional guest a rtist will lecture and show his work once a month (I F, W, Sp, Su) 335. Ba.ic Illustration. Daily drawi ng from the model with illustration problems in all media and techniques. Learning perspective, rendering techniques, fashion, and advertising illustration. Guest a rtis t lab fee. (3Sp) 342. History of Photography. A study of photographic processes and esthetic trends from 1826 to the present. To crystallize ideas and philosophies and a respect for the medium. (3W) 350. Weaving - Nonloom Methods. Expansion of theory to warping from improvised methods (off-loom) with an emphasis on explor ation in threedimensional design principles. Prerequisites: Art 102, 150. (1-9F, W, Sp) 352. Introduction to Fabric Silk Screen Printing. Printing of fabric by the silk screen method. Designing repeat patterns for one a nd two screen reproduction using cut stencils and trans parent inks. Prerequisite: Art 102. (3) 353. Macrame-Knitting-Crochet. Manipulation of fiber in two-dimensional and three-dimensional forms using (knot and stitch) construction methods with concentration on color and texture. Prerequisite: Art 102. (3) 354. Stitchery-Applique. Soft sculpture using fabric with embellished surfaces in stitchery and applique, with concentration on color theory. Prerequisite: Art 102. (3) 355. Fabric Photo Silk Screen Printing. Printing of fa bric by the photographic silk screen method. Projecting images onto fabric through a basic photographic principle using emulsions. Prerequisites: Art 102,352. (3)

502. Advanced Design. Special problems in commercial design, media, a nd visual communication. See instructor for information on quarters problems. Guest artist lab fee. (3Sp) 505. Advanced Problems in Inte rior Design. Involvement with the conceptual part to complete design presentation. Business procedures of the professional interior designer. Preparation of a portfolio. (l-9Sp) 514. Student Teaching at University Le vel. Teaching techniques a nd procedures for uni versity level. Prerequisite: Approval of major professor. (l-9F W, Sp) t

515. Advanced Ceramic Studio. Advanced work in a n a rea selected with the aid of the m ajor professor. Prerequisites: Art 315, 316. (1-9F. W, Sp) 521. Advanced Life Drawing. Dra wing from the model with concern for the huma n figure but with greater emphasis on interpretative approaches and coin position. Prerequisites: Art 319, 321. (3F) 522 . Drawing Studio. Advanced individual drawing projects dealing with a central theme a nd a specific approach. Prerequisite: departmental a pproval. (l-9F, W, Sp) 525. Figure and Portrait Painting. Problems of portrait painting with emphasis on the interpretation of likeness and form. Various ages and racial types a re studied. Prerequisites: Art 120, 125. (3W, Sp) 526. Art Studio. Advanced problems in emphasis, medium, and idiom of students choice. Student plans project a nd executes it through individual initiative and scheduled consultation with the instructor. (1-9F, W, Sp) 527. Painting Studio. Designed to develop creative problem solving through the process of research and experimentation . Various painting ideas and painting medias can be explored. Prerequisite: Art 125. (1-9F, W. Sp, Su) 530. Advanced Lettering. Finished letterin g for magazine and newspaper advertisements, packaging, a nd symbols. Prerequisite: Art 330. (3W) 531. Advanced Advertising Design Studio. Theory of designating the complete advertising campaign a nd corporate image. Training in producing professional advertising for employment in this field . Prerequisite: Art 331. (1-9F, W, Sp) 535. Advanced Illustration. Preparation for the specialized field of illustration. Experimentation in different techniques a nd media for different types of reproduction in publications. Researching problems and meeting deadlines. Prerequisite: Art 335. (3F, Sp)

I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Art 540. Photography Studio. Student designs own project in conjunction with instructor. then works independently. Especially important for advanced students who have decided on a specialty area. Prerequisites: Art 140, 141, 142. (l·9F, W, Sp) 541. Photography Illustration. Great emphasis is placed on the thinking, planning, interpreting, and presenting of an idea photographically. Imaginative

61

580. Baroque and Rococo Art in Italy. Development of art and archi· tecture in Italy from the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries. Prerequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3) 581. Baroque and Rococo Art in the North. Art and architecture from the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries in Holland, Flanders, Spain, France, Germany, and England. Prerequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3)

ideas·, techniques, concepts, and sensitive design layouts are stressed. Prere-

quisites: Art 140, 141, 142, 143. (5W, Sp) 542. Photography Color Printing. Content of the image as well as ex· cellence in printing is stressed. Prerequisites: Art 140, 141, 142, 143. Basic Color Printing. (3F) Advanced Color Printing. (3W) Color Positive - slides. (3Sp)

582. Nineteenth Century Art. Painting and sculpture from Neoclassicism to Symbolism. Prequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3) 589, Art .History Seminar and Special Problems. of instructor. (3)

Prerequisite: Consent

599. Fundamentals of Interior Design. (Off-campus only) (5)

545. Jewelry and Metalsmithing Studio. Advanced undergraduate prob· lems in nonferrous metal working techniques, including casting. (l-9F. Sp)

550. Textile Studio. Advanced level of work with projects organized between instructor and student to explore further conceptual thinking through traditional methods not covered in the prerequisites. Prerequisites: Art 102, 103, 150, 351, 352,353,354. (l·9F, W, Sp) 551. Printing and Dyeing of Fabric. Using resist techniques for batik and tie-dye. Effecti ve use of various dyes in relation to various fabric types. Prerequisites: Art 150, 350. (3) 555, Printmaking. (Intaglio) Printmaking from metal plates using various etching and engraving techniques. (3W, Sp, Su) (Woodcut). Prints from woodblocks using from one to many colors. (3F) (Silk Screen). Techniques in silk screen printing, including glue, tusche glue, cut paper, lacquer film and photo stencil. (3W) (Lithography). Printmaking using metal plates and limestone. (3Sp) 559. Printmaking Studio, Individual production of prints using any print· ma king media and technique. (l·9F, W, Sp, Su) 560. Advanced Sculpture and Metalsmithing Studio. Advanced problems dealing with the figure and sculpture expression. Introduction to bronze casting. Prerequisites: Art 160, 360. (l·9F, W, Sp)

Graduate 605. Problems in Interior Design. Complete presentation of actual or simulated projects in interior designing of domestic or public buildings and research projects in contemporary or traditional design media. Prerequisites: Art 306, 505, and graduate status. (l·9F, W, Sp) 615. Ceramic Studio. Arranged to provide time, equipment, and facilities for the graduate student to pursue special studies or projects of his own choosing. Stresses technical or creative aspects of ceramics. Prerequisite: Graduate status. (l ·9F, W, Sp, Su) 620. Drawing Studio. (Theme Project, Applied Project, Media Exploration) Advanced individual drawing projects designed to -aid in preparation for the thesis project. (l·9F, W,Sp)

625. Painting Studio. Emphasis on the individual attainment of person· al conviction or direction in painting. Prerequisite: Graduate status. (l·9F, W, Sp) 630. Advertising Design Studio. Advertising, corporate, and graphic design problems leading to an understanding of major concepts concerning commerical advertising. Prerequisite: Graduate status. (l·9F, W, Sp)

571. Art of Asia, Art and architecture of India, China, Korea, and Japan. (3)

572 . Primitive Art, Survey of the arts of prehistoric and primitive man in Europe, Africa, Australia, Oceania, and America. (3) 573. Art of Egypt and the Ancient Near East, Survey of the art and archi· tecture of Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Egypt, and Persia. Prerequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3) 574. Greek Art. Origin and development of the art and architecture of Greece, Mycenae, and Crete. Prerequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3) 575. Roman Art. Study of the art and architecture of the Roman World. Prerequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3) 576. Early Christian and Byzantine Art. Development of art and archi· techture from the late Roman Empire to the end of the Byzantine Empire. Prerequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3)

635. Illustration Studio, (Advertising, Editorial, Fashion) Techniques in advertising illustration that meet the needs of a client and his audience. Edi· torial illustration includes illustrating for children's books, sports, wildlife, and personal (political, social) statements. Fashion illustration is of the male a nd female figure. Prerequisite: Graduate status (1·9F, W, Sp) 640. Photography Studio. Designed to cover several phases of photo· graphy with emphasis on composing what we see in an artistic manner. Also, to allow graduate students to further emphasize their thesis project area of study. Prerequisite: Graduate status. (1·9F, W, Sp) 650, Advanced Fabric Design Workshop, Advanced projects of original design executed in techniques of applied paints, dyes, etc., to fabric, structural stitchery, or weaving. Prerequisites: Graduate status. (l·9F, W, Sp) 655. Printmaking Studio. Intensive individual production in advanced printmaking techniques. (l·9F, W, Sp)

577. Medieval Art. Development of art and architecture in the west from the end of the Roman Empire to the Gothic Period. Prerequisite: Art 167 or con· sent of instructor. (3)

660. Sculpture Studio: Modeling, Carving, Welding, Casting. Graduate problems in direct clay and plaster, plaster and resin casting; in stone and wood carving and construction; in gas and electric welding; and in bronze casting. Prerequisite: Graduate status. (l·9F, W, Sp)

578, Renaissance Art in Italy. Development of Italian art and architecture from the thirteenth to the sixteenth centuries. Prerequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3)

680, Art Seminar. Directed individual study in assigned and elected problems later presented and analyzed at group discussions. Two quarters required of all graduate students. (l·9F, W, Sp)

579. Renaissance Art in the North. Painting and sculpture in the Nether· lands, Germany, France, and Spain from the fourteenth to the fifteenth cen· turies. Prerequisite: Art 167 or consent of instructor. (3)

697. Art Research Thesis Problems. (l·9F, W, Sp) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l·3F, W, Sp)


62

*Department of

Biology Head: Professor Gene W. Miller Office in Biology - Natural Resources 119 Professors Boyle, Bahler, Bohart, Cochran, Davis, Dixon, Ellis, Foote, Goodall , Haws, Holmgren, Keeler, MacMahon, Richardson, Salisbury, Sanders, Shaw, Simmons, Spendlove, Wiebe; Professors Emeritus Cannon, Gardner, Gunnell, Jones, Knowlton, Smith, Wadley; Associate Professors Bowman, Brindley, Carter, Eugene Cronin, Egbert, Gessaman, Griffin, Hanson, T. H. Hsiao, Linford, Lynn, Mumford, Palmblad, Parker, Post, Roberts, Stanley, Skujins, Welkie, Williams; Assistant Professors Eunice Cronin, Oaks, Parker, Youssef; Research Associates: Chidester, Dubremetz, C. Hsiao, Nebeker; Collaborators Brown, Capelle, Nelson, Nye, Schier, Torchio; Lecturers Daines, Malouf Degrees offered: BS, MS and PhD in Biology; BS in Applied Biology; BS in Medical Technology, BS in Public Health; MS and PhD in Biology Ecology; Associate of Science (AS) in Nursing (with Weber State)

Objectives Courses leading to the Biology degree are preparatory for all aspects of biology and related areas requiring fundamental biological training. The course programs leading to a degree in Applied Biology may be terminal preparing for positions in pest control, entomology, plant pathology, and other positions requiring specialized biological training at the bachelor's level. Medical Technology. The Registry of Medical Technologists, working with the American Medical Association, establishes the basic educational requirements: three years of college preparation with a one-year internship, which is accepted as a year of college work. When a student completes this fourth year, he obtains a BS degree and becomes eligible to take the national examination given by the Registry of Medical Technologists.

Pre-medical and Pre-dental. The Biology department supervises pre-professional pre-medical and pre-dental training. These programs satisfy entrance requirements of medical and dental schools in the United States and Canada. After four years, the student receives a BS degree with a Biology or other major. Or he may, after completing three years here and one year at a medical or dental school, receive the BS degree from USU.

Requirements BS Degree in Biology. The student is required to have a total of 46 credits in Biology, including the Biology courses listed below. No more than one elective course in Biology numbered less than 300 can be counted toward the 46 credits. At least one course taken must offer significant field experience. Cred its

There is a need for people to prepare for general laboratory work as well as for specialization. Positions are available in hospitals, clinics, industry, public health, teaching, and research. Public Health. A BS degree is offered with three options: Environmental Health, Microbiology, and Health Education. An interdisciplinary BS degree in Industrial Safety and Health is also offered. Employment opportunities are available to graduates in such areas as sanitation, industrial hygiene, laboratory microbiology, health education, administration, nursing, nutrition, mental health, and social work. Consult Dr. F. J. Post (Microbiology option) and Dr. R. D. R. Parker (Industrial Safety and Health, and other options). The accredited Graduate Schools of Public Health provide limited funds to help students continue programs toward one of several master's or doctoral degrees in Public Health not offered at USu.

"In College of Science

Bioi 120, 12 1, 122 .. . . . . . . . . .. . ..... .. .. . .. . Bio1 5 12. Biol 384 . ..... . . .. .. ..... . .. . ... .. ... . . . . .. . BioI 527 . Math 245. 246 or 220, 221 .. .... .. .. .... .. .. . . .. .. .... .. . .. .... . . .. . .. .. Chern 121 , 122· 124, 123· 125. Chern 331·334, 332·335 . One additiona l 3·5 credit upper division co urse in Chemistry PhyxJl1 , 11 2, 11 30r 221 , 222,223. .

1::'

5 6 15 8 3·5 15

BS Degree in Applied Biology. The student is required to have a total of 46 credits in Biology, including the Biology courses listed below. The student, in consultation with his adviser, will select elective courses so as to develop a substantial area of specialization within Biology. BioI 120, 121, 122 BioI 384 BioI 512 Math 105 or eq uivalent Chern (15-30 credits, including Organic Chemistry) Phyx (5·15 credits) 120, or lIl , lI2, lI3

BS Degree in Public Health. Preparation for the major should include the following courses:

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I

Biology BioI 120, 121, 122; Chern 121 , 12ii24, 123-125 or 111, 141-144, 142; Phyx 111, 112, 113 or 120; Math 105, 245; Econ 200; Psy 101; and Soc 101. All majors in Public Health are required to take the following core courses: Pub H 412 or 400, 410, 470, and 499; PS 260; and APS 321. Environmental Health Option requires Bact 301, 510-511, and 560; BioI 384; CEE 360; and Ent 535. In addition, one course must be selected from the following: Bot 513; CEE 761 , 762, 763; Pub H 440; or Zool 555. Chern 331-334, 332-335, 360-361, 370-371, and Math 246 are highly recommended courses. An additional 36 credits are available for electives. A listing of courses for this option may be obtained from Professor RD . R Parker. Microbiology Option requires Bact 301 , 502, 503, 507, 510-511, and 560. In addition, one course must be selected from the following: Bact 570; Bot 512, 513; Med T 331 or Zool 555. Chern 331334, 332-335; 360-361 ; 370-371; and Math 246 are highly recommended courses. An additional 31 credits are available for electives. A listing of courses for this option may be obtained from Professor F.J. Post. Health Education Option requires Bact 111112, Ed Ad 778; HE P 190, 441, 459; 1M 541 or 551 ; NFS 122; Physl 130; SW 365 or Psy 270; Soc 350 or Psy 351; and Soc 561. In addition, one course must be selected from the following: HE P 430; Psy 321; Soc 340, 434, and 552. Comm 121, 130, and 352 are highly recommended courses. An additional 32 credits are available for electives. A listing of courses for this option may be obtained from Professor RD.R Parker. Industrial Safety and Health. An interdisciplinary BS degree is offered between the Departments of Biology and Industrial and Technical Education. Employment opportunities are available to graduates in such areas as manufacturing industries, construction, motor transportation, mining, aerospace industries, insurance, and government service. Courses include the Public Health core especially Pub H 499 and PS 260 which are highly recommended. Other required courses are: Bact 301; IT 380, 382, 384, 580, and 586; Mfg E 450, 451, and 461 ; ME 170; and Phyx 450. Consult Dr. RD.R Parker for a listing of courses for this major. BS Degree in Medical Technology. After satisfactorily completing the curriculum listed below, the student receives the BS degree in Medical Technology and is eligible for examination and certification by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists.

I

Engl 100 (see adviser); Chern 121, 122, 123; Chern 124, 125; Ch ern 331, 332; Chern 334, 335; Chern 370

63

and 371; Math 105; BioI 120, 121, 122; Physl 130; Bact 301; Med T 331; Phyx 120; Bact 502, 503, BioI 512; Zool 555; and Med T 490, 491, 492; Med T 493, 494, 495, 496, plus 62 electiye credits.

Graduate Study The Department of Biology offers the Master of Science degree in Biology with areas of concentration in Entomology, Genetics, Herpetology, Mammalogy, Microbiology (Aquatic, Dairy, Food, Genetics, Immunology, Pathogenic, Physiology, and Virology), Ornithology. Parasitology, Phycology, Physiology, Plant Pathology, Plant Physiology, Plant Taxonomy, and Virology. An MS degree in Biology Ecology is also available. Cooperatively with related departments, advanced study and research is offered for the attainment of the PhD degree in Biology, with areas of concentration the same as for the MS degree. A PhD degree in Biology Ecology is also available. Fllrther information may be obtained from the department. Herbarium. Graduate study in plant taxonomy offered in the Department of Biology utilizes the extensive facilities of the Intermountain Herbarium. Most plant species that grow in Utah and the intermountain region are represented in the herbarium.

Bacteriology Courses Ill. Ele mentary Microbiology, Biology a nd ro le of microorganis ms in na tura l processes. Not intended fo r Biology majors w ho s houl d ta ke Bact 30 l. May be used as a prerequisite (together with Bact 112) onl y for Bact 470, 480, 510,515,530, a nd 560. Four lectures. (4 F, W, Sp, S uI 112. Ele mentary Microbiology Laboratory. Nature of microorga nis ms, medi a prepa ra tion, a nd la bora tory tec hniques. Accompa nies Bact 111 which must be ta ken a s a prerequisite or co ncurre ntl y. O ne la b. (IF, W, S p, S u)

301. G e neral Microbiology . Microbes, t heir ecology, biology , a nd role in nature. Emphasis on the bacteria. Prereq uis ites: Biology 120, 121, 122 a nd Or· ganic Chemistry (may be ta ken concurren t ly). Three lectures , two la bs. (oF, Sp) 470. Microbiology Laboratory Me thods. Acq ua ints the student with medi a prepara tion, laboratory s upply a nd adminis tra tion, a nd the si ~ple ma intena nce and repair of common la bora tory eq uipment. Prerequis ites: Bioi 120, 121, 122 a nd Bact Ill·1l 2 or 301. One la b. O W, Su) 480. Undergraduate Problems Course. S pecia l directed studies on cur· rent problems a nd research in microbiology utilizing the liter a ture, s emina r. or la bora tory investigation as it suits the s tudent. Prerequisite: Bact 111-11 2 or 301 , or instructor's consent. Ma y be repeated for credit. (1·3F , W, Sp, S u) 502. Pathogenic Microbiology. Properties of pa thogens and their rela tion · ships to infectious diseases, Prerequisite: Bact 30 1 or instructor's consent. Three lectures, two labs. (5 F) 503. Immunology. The imm une response in the host a nima l a nd serological procedures. Prerequisites: Orga nic Chemis try, Bact 301 or Physl 502, a nd Bact 502. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) 507. Microbial Physiology. Phys iology of microorga nisms includin g growth, the mechanics and chemistry of cell division, perm eability. a nd bacteria l endospores. Prerequisite: Bact 301. Recommended: Ch ern 370 or equiva lent. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp) 510. Food Microbiology. Microorga nisms in food production, preserv ation, spoilage, poisoning, and sanitation. Prerequisite: Bact 111-112, or 301. Two lectures. (3F)


64

Biology

511. Food Microbiology Laboratory. in Bact 510. Two labs. (2F)

Previous or concurrent enrollment

512. Food Fermentations_ The microbiology and biochemistry of food fermentations . Prerequisite: Bact 510. Two lectures. (2W) 513. Food Fermentations Laboratory. Prerequisites: Bact 511 and previous or concurrent enrollment in Bact 512. One lab (l W) 530. Soil Microbiology. Activities and ecology of microorganisms related to soil properties, soil fertility, soil organic matter, a nd the rhizosphere. Prerequi¡ sites: General Biology, Organic Chemistry. Two lectures, two labs. (4F) 560. Aquatic Microbiology. Principles of microbiology relevant to the aq uatic environment. Emphasis on fresh water and waste water. Prerequisites: Bact 111-112, or 301; or CEE 561 and Wildlife Science 360. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp) 570. Virology. Includes considerations of chemical, physical, and hereditary characteristics of virus pathogenesis; immunity; virus-host relationships. Prerequisite: Immunology or instructor's consent. Three lectures, two labs. (5W)

310.

Bioethics: Emerging Issues in Biome dicine. (3)

384. General Ecology. Interrelations hips between plants a nd a nima ls a nd their environments at the level of individual organisms: species populations, and e~osystems with emphasis on the structure and function of the latter two, and human implications. Five lectures. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 385. Field Ecology. Sampling theor y' and methods in ecology, char acteristics of aquatic, montane, a nd desert ecosystems. Prerequisite: Bioi 384 (or take concurrently). (2F, Sp, Su) 508. Analytical Methods in Biology. An introduction to the analytical methods that are used in modern experimental biology. One lecture, two labs. Prerequisites: Bioi 512, 527, a nd Organic Chemistry. (3F) 512. Principles of Genetics. Illustrative material is taken from a nima ls, plants, and man. Prerequisites: BioI 122, or equivalent, plus one quarter of Algebra. Four lectures, one lab. (5F, W) 527. Cell Biology. Study of cells, structure, functions, and organization. Deals with microorganisms, plant, and anima l cells. Three lectures, two labs. Prerequisites: Bioi 512. Chern 332. (5W)

1 I 1 1 1

1

589. Science Colloquim. (1-2)

Graduate "611. Bacterial Taxonomy. Principles of classification; phylogeny and evolution; identification and taxonomic considerations by the use of numerical taxonomic methods. Recommended prerequisite: a course in computer programming. Two lectures, two labs. (4F)

Graduate 645. Graduate Seminar in Biology Teaching.

(lSp)

687. Ecology Seminar. (IF) 617. Microbial Biosynthesis. Molecular biology and regula tion of metabolic events in microorganisms. Includes genetic aspects. Prerequisites: BioI 512 and Biochemistry. (3W)

688. Seminar in Ecology and Systematics. (I) 697. Thesis Research. (l-12F, W, Sp, Su)

"630. Advanced Soil Bioche mistry and Microbiology. Origin and properties of soil organic matter, fate of agricultural chemicals in soil , a nd microbial activities at soil interfaces, a nd in the rhizosphere. Prerequisite: Bact 530 or instructor's consent . Two lectures_ (2W)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

797. Dissertation Research. (1-12F, W, Sp, Su) 799. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

"635. Environmental Biogeochemistry. Lectures and discussion on elemental turnover and biogeochemical processes in the bios phere of Earth as "related to the human en vironment. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry. Three lectures. (3Sp)

Botany Courses

¡655. Genetics of Lower Organisms. Concepts of genetic structure, function and recombination in lower organisms with emphasis on current literature. Prerequisite: Biology 512. Three lectures. (3Sp)

110. Elementary Botany. Survey of plant kingdom with special emphasis on seed plants as to form and function. Prerequisite: High school Biology. Three lectures, two labs. Audio-tutorial la b arranged. (5F, W, Su)

740. Special Topics in Microbiology. (2-3)

420. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. Kinds, relationships, and classification of vascular plants, chiefly of this region. Assumes a knowledge of basic principles of botany. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp, Su)

770. Special Problems consent. (l-18F, W, Sp, Su)

in

Bacteriology.

Prerequisite:

Instructor's

780. Seminar. (IF, W, Sp)

440. Elementary Plant Physiology. Includes water relations, synthesis and use of foods , and growth phenomena. Prerequisites: Bioi 120, 121; Chern 141 or equivalent. Four lectures, one lab. (5W, Sp) 490. Undergraduate Seminar. (IF)

Biology Courses LS101. Biology for the Citizen. Basic life principles as illustrated in animals, plants, and microbes. Four lectures, a nd one lab. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 105. Discovering Nature. Exploration of conspicuous physical and biological featuers or phenomena in our surroundings. One lecture-demonstration, one field trip or practical exercise per week. (2F, Sp, Su)

120. General Biology. Chemical basis of life; cellular organization and function; nutrition, respiration, synthesis. (Recommended: High school chemistry or college chemistry concurrent.) Four lectures, one lab. (5F) 121. General Biology. Organismal structure, function, development, behavior, and ecology. Four lectures, one lab. (5W) 122. General Biology. Survey of the diversity of living organisms, evolution, Ind systematics. Four lectures, one lab. (5Sp) 308. Evolution, Ecology, and Man. Inspection of selected biologica l phenomena with emphasis on their social implications. Basic evolutionary and ecological principles are presented to provide insight to students concerned with the fate of the human ecosystem . Prerequisite: Bioi 101 or Bioi 122 and upper division standing_ Introductory Psychology, Anthropology, and Sociology are recommended. Three lectures, one conference. (4W, Sp)

501. Microtechnique. Principles and methods in preparation of plant materials for microscopic study: efficient use of the microscope. Prerequisite: Basic Botany principles_ Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) 510. Anatomy. Structure and development of major cell types and tissues; comparative anatomy of the stem, root, and leaf of seed-bearing pla nts. Prerequisite: Basic Botany principles_ Three lectures, two labs. (5W) <511. Morphology of Vascular Plants. Structure, development, reproduction, and evolution of the classes and orders of vascular plants. Prerequisites: Bioi 110 and 420, or instructor's consent. Three lectures, two labs. (5F) <512. Mycology. Comparative morphology and nuclear behavior of the fungi . Special attention given to forms important in agriculture, medicine, and industry. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) 513. Freshwater Algae. Morphology and identification of freshwater algae, with special emphasis to be given to the identification of local materials. Two lectures, two labs. (4Sp) 521. Taxonomy of Wildland Plants. A taxonomic ecological study of common and important vascular plants of the United States. Three lectures, two labs_ (5F)

<Taught 1974-75 "Taught 1975-76

1 I

1 I I

1

1

1

.1 I 1

1

1


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Biology

65

··532. Evolution of Cultivated Plants. Origin , evolution, and ethobotany of man's cultivated plants. Assumes a knowledge of basic principles of botany. Lectures, readings, and student reports. (3F)

533. Principles of Entomology. Introduction to ecology, beh avior, a nd physiology as related to mechanisms of adaptation in insects. Prerequisites: Ent 532. Three lectures, two la bs. (5Sp)

550. Principles of Plant Pathology. Fundamental principles underlying disease in plants. Assumes a knowledge of botany fundamentals. Three lec· tures, two labs. (5F)

535. Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Arthropods affecting the health of ma n and domesticated a nima ls. Prerequisite: Zool 160 or Bioi 120, 121, 122. Two lectures, two labs (4W)

·551. Forest Pathology. Nature, cause, and control of diseases affecting forest trees. Assumes a knowledge of botany fundamentals. Three lectures, one lab. (4W)

·536. Insect Pollination in Re lation to Agriculture. Includes beekeeping as related to crop pollination, utilization of native pollinating insects, and special problems in the pollination of many commercial crops. (2Sp)

589. Science Colloquium . (1·2Su)

Graduate

537. Aquatic Entomology. Recognition, habitats, adaptations, a nd life histories of aquatic insects. Prerequisite: Basic entomology or instructor's con· sent. One lecture, two la bs. (3Sp)

618. Cytogenetics. A laboratory-discussion course involving intensive study of mitosis, meiosis, a nd the principal types of chromosomal aberrations. Prerequisites: Basic bota ny principles. Two labs, one disc,\ssion period. (3Sp)

**538. Nematology. Recognition , distribution, host and environmenta l relations, a nd control of namatodes with emphasis on plant parasitic forms. Prerequisite: Zool 160 or Bioi 120, 121 , 122. (3W)

"621. Advanced Plant Taxonomy. Traditional and recent techniques of collecting and synthesizing taxonomic data. Emphasis will be placed on evolution of taxa. Prerequisite: Bot 420. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp)

539. Economic Entomology. Insects related to economic pursuits of ma n. Includes recognition, damage, benefits, a nd control. Prerequisite: Basic biology. Three lectures, two labs. (5F)

630. Evolutionary Ecology. Contemporary topics in evolutionary ecology with emphasis on plant-animal interactions. Prerequisite: Bioi 584; Genetics and Mechanics of Evolution suggested. Two lectures, one conference. (3F)

565. Agricultural Sprays and Dusts. See PISci 565.

631. Plant Geography. The natural vegetation of the earth with ref· erence to geological history , present distribution, and evolution. Prerequisites: Bioi 420 a nd 384. Three lectures. (3Sp) 641. Water Relations of P la nts . Factors affecting the availability of water, its absorption and use in plants, and the effects of water deficits on plant pro· cesses. Prerequisite: Bot 440. (3W, 74·75; Sp, 75·76) 642 . Plant Growth a nd Development. Growth processes, with emphasis on hormones, photoperiod, dormancy. Prerequisite: Bot 440. (3Sp, 74·75; W, 75·76) 643. Mineral Nutrition of Plants. Toxicities, deficiencies, interactions, transport and physiological a nd biochemical function of mineral ions in higher plants. Prerequisite: Bot 440. Three lectures, one la b. (4F) *644. Plant Virology. Physical and chemical properties of viruses a nd their biological relationships. Prerequisite: Bot 440. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp)

··646. Photosynthesis in Higher Plants. Chloroplast structure; com· position a nd photosynthetic reactions; species and environmental influences on pathways and rates of carbon fixation. Prerequisite: Bot. 440. Three lectures. (3W) ··651. Field' Plant Pathology. Utah plant diseases, includes identifica· tion, conditions leading to development, and practices leading to disease control. Field trips and la boratories. Prerequisites: Bot 550 and instructor's consent. (3Su) 685. Special Problems. Sp,Su)

Individual instruction. Credit arran ged. (l ·5F, W,

Graduate 630. Advanced Systematics. Application of systematic principles a nd rules to taxonomic problems. Prerequisites: Zool 571, APS 431. Two lectures, one lab (3W) 631. Insect Ecology. Influence of environment on insect development, behavior, distribution, and abundance. May be taken with or without Ent 632. Prerequisites: Bioi 384, 3&<;.

632. Insect Ecology Laboratory. prior completion of Ent 631 . (2Sp)

Prerequisite: Concurrent registration or

·633. Insect Physiology. Detailed survey of principles a nd techniques used in studying life processes of insects. Prerequisites: Ent 532 and 533 or Physl 603, and Biochemistry, or equivalents. Three lectures, two labs . (5F) 635. Insecticide Toxicology . Chemistry of insecticides as related to toxicity, mode of action, and metabolism . Prerequisites: Physiology a nd Organic Chemis· try. Three lectures. (3Sp) 636. Insecticide Toxicology Laboratory . Prereq uisite: Current registra' tion or prior completion of Ent 635. (iSp) ··637. Biological Control of Insect Pests. Parasites, predators, a nd diseases affecting insects. Weed control by insects also considered. Prerequisite: Ent 129 or 539. Three lectures. (3Wl 685. Seminar in Entomology. (IF, lW, ISp) 692. Special Problems . Individua l study under staff guidance. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (l-6F, W, Sp)

690. Seminar. (IF, W) 691. Plant Physiology Seminar. (l W)

Medical Technology Courses

692. Plant Pathology Seminar. (lW)

Entomology Courses 129. General Entomology. Emphasizes insect biology a nd ecology. For nonmajors and prerequisite for advanced entomology. Prerequisite: A course in biology. Three lectures, two labs. (5F, Sp, Su) 326. Field Entomology for Teachers. (2)

331. Clinical Laboratory Methods. Emphasis is placed on the perform· a nce of tests and collection of data that can be utilized by the physician in the diagnosis of disease. Prerequisite: Bact 301. (4Sp) 490, 491, 492. Applied Medical Technology. Practical work in hospital laboratories under close supervision: clinical bacteriology a nd serology, two months; clinical biochemistry, three months; clinical hematology, one month ; pathological tissue methods, two months; blood ban k procedures, two months; electrocardiograph and basal metabolism procedures. (13F, W, Sp)

530. Systematic Entomology. Classification and identification of insects with emphasis at family level. Prerequisite: Ent 129 or equivalent. Two lectures, one lab (3W)

493. General Pathology Discussions. (2F)

531. Principles of Entomology. Morphology and function of external insect structures. Prerequisite: Ent 129 or instructor's consent. Two lectures, one lab. (3F)

495. Blood Bank and Blood Serology Techniques. (lSp)

532. Principles of Entomology. Function a nd structure of internal systems of insects. Prerequisite: Ent 531 or instructor's consent. Three lectures, two labs. (5W)

494. Clinical Laboratory Methods Discussion. (2W)

496. Pathological Conference. (ISp)

· Taught 1974·75 ··Taught 1975·76


66

Biology

Physiology Courses

451. Public and School Health Administration. Organization, a dminis· tration, and functions of health agencies. (3W)

103. Human Anatomy. Structure of the main human body systems with emphasis on the muscular. skeletal, and nervous systems. For students desiring a more thorough study of human anatomy than is given in Physl 130. Pre· requisite: Physl 130. Two lectures, one lab. (3F. W)

452. Family Health. Fundamentals of healthful living. Open to all upper division students; especially for Juniors who are required to take a course in family health for State of Utah Certification. Does not meet the school hea lth requirement for State of Utah certification. (3F)

130. Human Physiology. Functioning of the human body. with emphasis upon broad general biological principles. Five lectures. one lab. (5F. W, Sp)

454. School Health for Elementary Teachers. Hea lth problems of stu· dents in elementary schools. Preschool health testing. Healthful school en· vironment and program. School health laws and practices, health instruction in elementary schools. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

401. Organismal Physiology. A comparative survey of the physiology of invertebrate and vertebrate excretory, respiratory, circulatory, digestive, endocrine. and nervous systems. Prerequisite: Bioi 527. Four lectures. one lab. (5Sp) 501, 502. Mammalian Physiology. An intensive and detailed two·quarter course in physiology in which the functions of each of the organ systems of man and animals is studied. Students may not register for 502 without having had Physl 501. As preparation. Zool 160 or Bioi 120. 121 , 122, Chern 121 . 122, 123, 331 , 332, 333, or equivalent, and a course in Physics are required. Three lectures, two labs. (5F. W) 503. Endocrinology. Ductless glands and their secretions. Emphasis is placed on the action of these hormones on growth, metabolism, and adaptation of animals to changes in the internal and external environments. Prerequisites: ZooII60 or Bioi 120. 121 , 122, Physl 130, and Chern 331 , 332. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp)

455. School Health for Secondary Teachers. Health problems of students in secondary schools. Healthful school environment a nd program. School health laws and practices. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 456. School Health for Health Teachers. Content of the secondary school health courses. Health problems of secondary students. Healthful school en· vironment and program. School health laws and practices. (3F, W, Sp) 470. Laboratory and Field Methods . Laboratory and field experience in the practice of the Public Health . (3·1SF, W, Sp, Su) 499. Special Problems in Public Health.

(1·5F, W, Sp, Su )

580. Seminar in Health Problems. (2W) 670. Special Problems in Public Health. (l·15 F, W, Sp, Su )

Graduate **601. Cellular Physiology. Prerequisite: Chern 331 and 332, Phyx Ill , 112, and 113 or equivalent, and Bioi 527. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) *603. Comparative Physiology. A comparative study of organ function in the animal kingdom. Prerequisite: Bioi 527. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) **605. Ecological Vertebrate Physiology. Physiological responses and adaptations of vertebrates to the geophysical, geochemical, and biological en· vironment. Bioenergetics at the species and community level. Prerequisites: One course in Ecology and one course in Physiology. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) **620. Advanced Reproductive Physiology. Processes of reproduction in mammals including mechanisms of control. Prerequisites: Physl 502, 503, Zool 557 or equivalent, and a course in Organic Chemistry. Three lectures, one lab. (4W) **624. Physiology of Response. A detailed physiological study of neuromuscular mechanisms of response in the animal kingdom . Prerequisites: Physi 502 or 601 , Chern 670, Phyx 213 or equivalents. Two lectures, one lab. (3Sp) 686. Seminar in Physiology. Required of all Physiology graduate students each Fall, Winter, and Spring quarters while in residence. Seniors in Physiology and others may enroll with instructor's consent. (IF, IW, ISp) 693. Special Problems. Individual study under staff guidance. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (I·5F, W, Sp) 695. Readings in Physiology. Reading and reporting of classical and cur· rent literature in Physiology. Seniors in Physiology and others may enroll with the instructor's consent. (IF, W, Sp)

Zoology Courses 160. General Zoology. Study of the a nimal kingdom , with emphasis on comparative structure a nd function of the organ systems a nd on evolutionary relationships. Prerequisite: At least one course in biology. Three lectures, two labs. (5F, W, Sp) 251. Evolution. A general considera tion of the biological principles of evo· lution as they apply to plants, animals, a nd man. Prerequisite: Biology 101 or high school biology. Three lectures. (3W) 365. Field Zoology. Study of the most common Uta h a nima ls, including identification, natural history, distribution, ecology, etc. Collection a nd prepa ra· tion of specimens for study, display, a nd storage. Prerequisite: Zool 160 or Bioi 120, 121 , and 122. Two lectures, two labs. (4F) G!,neral Ecology.

See Bioi 384.

391. Independent Study. (1·3) Principles of Genetics.

See Bioi 512.

Cytology. See Bioi 527 . 551. Invertebrate Zoology. The more important phyla of invertebrates, with some consideration of local fauna . Prerequisite: Zool 160 or Bioi 120, 121, and 122. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

553. History and Literature of Biology. The more importa nt men and ideas in the historical development of biology. (3F)

Public Health Courses 115. Personal Health. Health problems of university students; especially for Freshmen and Sophomores. (2W) 410. Environmental Health. The effect of environment of man's health together with control measures applied. Includes water, air, refuse, industrial hygiene, radiation, insects, and rodents. Prerequisites: one year each of Biology and Chemistry, and Bact 111·112. Four lectures. (4Sp) 412. Communicable Disease Control. Mechanisms of transmission, control, and prevention of communicable disease. Prerequisite: Bact 301 or " B" grade in Bact III and 112. Three lectures. (3W) 440. Industrial Hygiene. Fundamentals of industrial hygiene including recognition and control of chemical, biological, and physical agents affecting the health of workers. Three lectures, one lab. (4F)

555. Parasitology. Protozoa and worms parasitic in man, domestic animals, and wild animals, and relationships between parasites and their hosts. Prerequisite: Zoo1160 or Bioi 120, 121, and 122. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) 557. Principles of Development. An introduction to the principles of de· velopment of the vertebrates. Prerequisite: Zool 160 or Bioi 120, 121, and 122. Three lectures, two labs. (5Sp) 559. Comparative Anatomy. Structural evolution of vertebrates: fish to philosopher. Prerequisite: Zool 160 or Bioi 120, 121 , and 122. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) 561. Ornithology. Structure, classification, distribution, and annual cycles of birds, with emphasis on study of local fauna in the field . Prerequisite: Zooll60 or Bioi 120, 121, and 122. Two lectur~s, two labs. (4Sp) ·Taught 1974·75 *·Taught 1975-76

I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I * I Business Administration I I I I I I I 563. Mammalogy. Ada ptations, classification, rustribution of mammals. Prerequisite: Zool 160 or Bioi 120, 121, a nd 122. Two lectures, two labs. (4F)

567. Elements of Histology. Study of tissues, including characteristics of different kinds of tissues a nd the main organs. Prerequisite: Zool 160 or Bioi 120, 121 , a nd 122. Four lectures, one lab. (5F) 569. Histological Technique . Tec hniques employed in making prepa ra· tions of an ima l tissues for microscopic study. Three labs. (3Sp)

571. Evolution and Systematics. Critical stud y of biological evolution as a population phenomenon and as a fo und a tion of modern systematics. Prerequisite: Bioi 5 12. (5Sp)

573. He rpe tology. Classification. distribution, life h abitats. a nd identifica· tion of amphibians a nd reptiles. with emphasis on local forms. Prerequisite: Zool160 or Bioi 120, 121 , and 122. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp)

580. Animal Communities. Introduction to the interactions of populations of different species of a nima ls. a nd of a nimals with pla nts in their environment. Topics considered include: species divers ity. stability, community evolution, energy flow , interspecific competitio n, resource pa rtitioning, niche, and com· munity effects of physical environ ment. Prerequisite: Bioi 384. (4Spl

Graduate

Business Administration

67

'661. Genetics of Drosophila and Maize. Concepts of genetic structure, function , a nd recombin a tion in higher organisms, with emphasis on current literature. Prerequisite: Bioi 5 12. Three lectures. (3W) 663. Biological Electron Microscopy. Theory and practice of techniques for the preparation of biological ma terials for study with the electron micro· scope. One lecture, two labs. (2W) 664. Electron Microscopy Laboratory. Practice in the prepa ration a nd examination of biological materials at the fine structura l level. Prerequisite: Zool 663. Three labs. (3F. W, Sp) '665. Current Topics in Developmental Biology. A consideration of selected problems in morphogenesis and other aspects of developmental biology. Prerequisite: Zool 557. Three lectures. (3Sp) 667. Zoogeography. Principles governing the distribtuion of an ima ls, with emphasis on terrestrial vertebrates, and the impact of quaternary events upon contemporary patterns. (3F)

669. Protozoology. Emphasis on the methods of studying protozoa. Con· sideration is a lso given to free·living protozoa and to classification, morpho ology, physiology. and reproduction of protozoa in general. Prerequisite: Zoo I 555. Two lectures. two labs. (4F) 671. Advanced Parasitology. Detailed study of certain parasitic protozoa a nd helminths. Prerequisite: Zool 669. (2Sp)

651. Scientific Writing in Biology. The principles of a nd practices in writing of theses, dissertations , journal papers. scientifi c reports. and grant proposals. as well as oral prese nta tion of papers. (2W)

681.

Seminar in Vertebrate Zoology.

(IF, lW . [Sp)

682. Seminar in Gene tics. ([F, [W , ISp)

653. Theor etical Biology. (3F)

A criti cal study of modern biologica l thought.

Genetics of Lower Organisms.

683. Seminar in Parasitology. (IF, [W , [Sp)

See Bacteriology 655.

684. Seminar in Cellular and Developmental Biology. (IF. lW , ISp)

**657. Biochemical Genetics. Concepts of genetic function at the chemical and molecular level, with emphasis on current literature. Prerequisites: Bioi 5 12, Chem 333. Recommended: Chem 670. Three lectures. (3Sp)

691. Special Problems. Individual study of a problem und er th e guidance of a staff member. (I-6F. W, Sp)

**659. C urre nt Topics in Genetics. Prereq uisite: Bioi !il2. May he repeated for credit with instructor's consent. (3W)

'Taught [974-75 "Taught 1975-76

Department of

Head: Associate Professor Carlisle Office in Business 811

Professors Cragun, E. C. Karchner, Neuberger; Associate Professors Buehler, A. D. Kartchner, Lowe, Marston, Mecham, Randle, Shetty; Assistant Professors Conry, Dickey, Kerr, Parent, Robeson, Thurman, Papenfuss, Williams Degrees offered: BS and BA in Finance; BS and BA in Marketing; BS and BA in Personnel and Industrial Relations; BS and BA in Production Management; Master of Business Administration (MBA)

Objectives

The Business Administration program is to prepare men and women for administrative positions in business, government, and other institutions. Specialized training is provided within specific functional fields of business, as well as training directed at understanding the broader aspects of business as it functions within our free enterprise environment. Training is specifically provided in four areas: 1) Finance leading to careers in banking, brokerage activities and 'In the College of Business

investments, and positions as financial analysts in industrial corporations. 2) Marketing, involving positions in sales, advertising, retailing, traffic and transportation, and other similar activities. 3) Personnel and industrial relations, related to the personnel functions of recruitment, wage and salary administration, training, collective bargaining, and labor relations. 4) Production management, leading to employment as a foreman on a production line or in one of the production activities such as scheduling, procurement, time and motion studies, quality control, or inventory control.


68

Business Administration Finance Major. Finance deals with means of allocating financial resources efficiently in our ¡economy on both the micro and macro levels. In addition to the basic core requirements, students majoring in Finance must take Econ 560, BA 446, CS 340 or 350, and BA 449 (Senior year). Also, students must take two courses from Econ 550, BA 441, and BA 448; and one course from BA 321 , BA 424, Acctg 431 and Acctg 541. In addition to the required courses, it is recommended that the Finance major take additional work in Mathematics, Applied Statistics, Computer Science, and Accounting.

Requirements Lower Division. The basic objective of the lower division program in the Department of Business Administration is to provide a broad and sound educational foundation upon which to build a specialized education relating to business. All students entering the University are required to satisfy the General Education requirements of the University as described elsewhere in this catalog. Additiona l requirements for Business Administration majors during the first two years are presented below. ~' RESHM A N

Y EAR

Courses Genera l Edu cation Co urses .. .. . . . .. .. .. . Ma th 1051 . Soc 101 or Psy 10 1' . CS I50'. Total .... . ..... .. ... . . . .

C r edits 4fi

3 48

SOPHOMOR E Y EA R Gener a l Education Courses .. . . ........ .. .. ... .. ..... . . . . . Econ 200, 201' . . ........ . . .. . ... . .. . Math 245, 248' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . .. . . . Acctg 20 1, 202, 203 ' . BA 201 , 202, 203 (or 301, 302, 303)' Electives or U pper di vision Core Classes ..

17

Total ................ .

48

\0

Upper Division. The objective of the upper division program is to provide sufficient specialized business training to prepare the student to successfully enter the business world in his chosen field of interest. The program is also directed at providing the type of general business education that develops the attitudes, analytical ability, a nd social conscience required for future professional advancement. During the Junior year, students working toward the degree in Business Administration take a group of core classes which are designed to provide a broad background in all of the areas of Business. This required core of classes is as follows : Courses BA 306. 307 Business Statistics . ... . . . . .. ... . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . BA 309 Operations Research . BA 31 1 Ma nagement Concepts . BA 412 Bus iness and Society ................... .. . BA 340 Cor poration Fina nce . BA 350 F un damenta ls of Marketin /( . S A 360 Beha vior a l Dimensions in Ma nagement BA 370 Production . . ............ . Ecan 500 Macroeconomics .. Ecan 50 1 Microeconomics .... .... .. .. .... . .. . . . BE 351 Business Communication

Credits 6 4 4

3

4

3

Marketing Major. Modern marketing consists of a system of activities designed to plan, price, promote, and distribute want-satisfying goods a nd services to society. The following courses are designed to prepare students for careers in all areas of marketing and must be taken in addition to the basic core: Junior year: BA 451 and 453; Senior year: three courses from BA 454, 455, 456, 457, and 458; and BA 459. Personnel and Industrial Relations Major. Personnel involves the recruiting, testing, training, motivation, labor, and human relations aspects of management. Majors should take the following courses in addition to the basic core; Junior year: Econ 520, 521, 523; Psy 555. Senior year: BA 461, 463, 469; Soc 550 or 532 is recommended. Production Management Major. Production management involves the planning, directing, and controlling of activities related to production. Required courses are: Junior year: Mfg E 450; CS 380 or 350; ITE 151. Senior year: BA 472, Mfg E 545, and Econ 521. Computer Science, Mathematics, and Technology courses are recommended electives. General Business Administration Option. A student may propose a program of his own design to replace a major functional emphasis. The student program must be approved by the head of the department and must be accompanied by a written justification for the proposed program. Business Administration Minor. A solid minor in Business can be extremely valuable when linked to a major in Agriculture, Engineering, Landscape Architecture, Forestry, Science, Home Economics, etc. Any student who expects to operate his own business or professional office should strongly consider a business minor. The following courses are recommended:

44

One additional core course is required. This is BA 489, Business Policy. This is a capstone course, however"and should not be taken until the end of the Senior year.

C r e dits Courses Acctg 305 Survey of Accounting Principles .. . .... . . .... . 4 BA 311 Ma nagemen t Concepts .......... .. . . ... . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . . . . 4

Since the Junior year is devoted primarily to core courses, the Senior year is aimed at fulfilling requirements in one of the four areas of specialization.

Ta ke a ny three ofthe following depending upo n the individual interests: BA 350 Funda mentals of Ma r keting . BA 340 Corpor ation Finance . BA 360 Beha vioral Dimensions in Ma nagement . BA 370 Production Mana gement

ICourses required by Depa rtment of Bus iness Administra tion .

8

4

12

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Business Administration In special situations, students will benefit from a minor more specialized than the one specified ' above. Such minors are accepted subject to the approval of the head of the Department of Business Administration. Graduation Requirements. To be recommended by the department for graduation, all Business Administration majors must have a grade point average of at least 2.2 in their Business Administration courses. Their Senior year must be taken in a residence center of Utah State University.

Graduate Study The department offers the Master of Business Administration degree (MBA). It is designed to give the student training of a general management nature aimed at providing a background for advancement into supervisory positions. The MBA degree does not emphasize narrow specialization in anyone of the functional fields of business; rather it is a management degree emphasizing broad training obtainable by qualified students regardless of their undergraduate major. See the Graduate Catalog for more information.

Business Administration Courses 135. Introduction to Business. An investigation of the role of business in contemporary society, including an introduction to the general problems of business o,peration.(3F, W, Sp) 151. Salesmanship. Focuses on the principles of the selling process interviews, presentation, holding attention, arousing desire, meeting objections, and creating acceptance. Special selling projects are conducted. Lecture and cases. (2W, Sp) 201, 202, 203. Business Law. BA 201 is a general survey. It is also introductory for students who take additional Commercial Law courses. BA 202 and 203 are devoted to a comprehensive study of the la w of contracts and agency. (2F, W, Sp, Su) 280. Independent Research and Readings. Creclit arranged. (1-5F, W, Sp,Su) 301. Business Law. Introduction to law and the law of contracts and agency. Not open to students who have had BA 201, 202. or 203. (3W) 302. Business Law. The law of commercial paper, property, bailments, and sales. Not open to students who have had BA 201, 202, 203. (3W) 303. Business Law. The law of partnerships, corporations, bankruptcy and suretyships. Not open to students who have had BA 201 , 202, or 203. (3Sp)

69

315. Managerial Accounting. Emphasizes the use of accounting as a tool of control for managerial control, break-even analysis, selection of alternatives. Prerequisites: Acctg 201, 202, 203, BA 307, 311. (4F, Sp) 321. Insurance. Studied from the standpoint of the consumer of insurance services. Topics treated include: Types of life, property, and casualty insurance contracts; nature and uses of life and property insurance; and the organization, management and government supervision of insurance companies. (3F) 323. Real Estate. Introduction to real estate contracts, forms, principles, and recent federal housing legislation. (3W) 340. Corporation Finance. How the corporation raises and manages its capital. A study of modern financial principles, methods, policies, and institutions. Corporate organization, creation, and reorganization. Prerequisites: Econ 200, 201, Acctg 201. (4F, W, Sp, Su) 350. Fundamentals of Marketing. Nature and history of marketing; analYSIS of the behavior of customers and marketing . executives; introduction to marketing management marketing institutions, policies, and programs. Prerequisite: Junior standing or above. (4F, W, Sp, Su) 360. Behavioral Dimensions of Management. Critical analysis of problems of human relations that confront the manager of a business enterprise and of policies and methods of dealing effectively with these problems. Lectures, problems, and selected cases. Prerequisite: Junior standing or above. (4F, W,Sp,Su) . 370. Production. Managerial aspects of production planning, procurement, inventory control, production control, quality control, layout, methods improvement, perfonnances standards, and basic industrial processes. Prerequisites: BA 306, 311, Math 105, 245, 248. (4F, W, Sp, Su) 412. Business and Society. Examines some of the key political, legal, conceptual, institutional, and moral foundations of business and the changing role of the private business firms . Assessment of business involvement in urban, community, consumer, and environmental affairs. Prerequisites: BA 311 and 350 or consent of instructor. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 424. Problems in Real Estate. Advanced course in financial and management problems, regarcling the use and development of real estate. (3W) 430. Management of International Operations. Analysis of problems encountered in operating enterprises abroad. Covers foreign investment and balance of payments, developing areas, managing multinationals, and management systems of different countries. Prerequisites: BA 311, 350, 340. (3W) _ 435. Managing Small Business. Application of management techniques to the independent, owner-manager type of firm . Prerequisite: Junior standing or above. (4F, W, Sp) 436. Managing Tourist Enterprise. Relates effective management and marketing principles and procedures to the specific problems involved in touristoriented organizations such as hotels, motels, and food service operations.(3Sp) 441. Financial Institutions. Defines the role of the major financial institutions in the American economy in supplying loanable funds to consumers, business, and government. Special emphasis on commercial banks as the major supplier of short-term credit. Prerequisites: Econ 200, 201 , Acctg '201, 202, 203. (3F) 446. Investments. Common stock and bond valuation theories. Investment portfolio practices. Analysis of security types of investment alternatives for inclividuals and institutions. Prerequisites: Econ 200, 201, BA 441. (3F, W)

306. Business Statistics. Descriptive statistics, probability and probability clistributions, sampling theory estimation, and tests of hypotheses. Prerequisites: Math 105, 245, 248. (3F, W, Su)

448. Security Analysis. Special methods used in analysis of industrial, public utility, railroad, and other securities. Taxation of investment income and its relation to investment policy. Development of principles for timing and selection of securities for investment portfolios. Prerequisite: BA 446. (3W, Sp)

307. Business Statistics. Inferential statistics, statistical decision theory, simple linear regression and correlation, chi-square, analysis of variance, time series analysis, and index numbers. Prerequisite: BA 306. (3W, Sp, Su)

449. Problems in Finance. Application of basic principles of finance to specific cases and problems of a typical nature. Prerequisites: BA 340, Econ 560. (3W, Sp)

309. Introduction to Operations Research. Basic concepts of operations research techniques. Topics include model builcling and manipulation, linear programming, network analysis, statistical process , control, line balancing, etc. Prerequisite: BA 307. (4F, W, Sp, Su)

451. Consumer Behavior. Contributions from the behavioral sciences that give understanding of the behavior of consumers with respect to various products, business finns, and marketing strategies. Prerequisites: Psy 101, Soc 101, BA 350. (3F, Sp)

311. Management concepts. Investigation and application of concepts of ma:nagement and organization theory. Prerequisite: Junior standing or above. Business majors should take this course Failor Winter quarter of the Junior year. (4F, W, Sp, Su)

453. Marketing Research. Techniques of research for marketing; examination of scientific methods; problem solving methods; questionnaire design; survey sampling; analysis and application of marketing information. Prerequisites: BA 306, 451. (4Sp)


70

Business Administration

454. Retailing. The marketing process from the viewpoint of the retail distributor: types of retail institutions, location, store layout, merchandise classification, service policies, pricing, brand policies, buying, merchandise control, advertising and sales promotion, general organization, and administration policies. Prerequisite: BA 350. (4F, W)

608. Survey of Marketing. Survey of the background and nature of marketing processes_ Analysis of the tasks of marketing management, the behavior of customers, and the functioning of marketing institutions. The relationship of marketing within business and society. Prerequisites: Econ 500, 501; Acctg 501, 502; BA 601, 602 (or equivalents). (3)

455. Sales Management. Recruiting, selection, training, compensation, and motivation of the sales force. An overview of the nature of the sales manager's job in planning and execution of the firm 's sales strategy. Prerequisite: BA 350. (3W, Sp)

609. Survey of Management and Organizational Behavior. Survey of management concepts and the huma n aspecta of administration. Deals with leadership concepts and management processes relating to decision making, planning, controlling, and interpersonal relations_ (4)

456. Industrial Marketing. Planning, organization, and operations in the marketing of industrial products. Nature and import of the wholesaler's activities in the marketing structure. Prerequisites: BA 350. (3W)

620. Statistical Decision Theory. Study a nd analysis of various statistical models and their application to the decision-making function of the modern business administrator. Deals with quantitative methods for decision making under conditions of certainty, risk, and uncertainty. Prerequisites: BA 601,602 (or equivalents). (3)

457. International Marketing. International marketing management; marketing tools as a means of adapting the individual domestic business firm to the international environment. Prerequisite: BA 350. (3W) 458. Advertising. Exploring the advertising function in the marketing firm . Stresses the use of advertising in the promotional mix, message and media strategy, advertising creativity, a nd the role of the advertising agency. Prerequisite: BA 350. (4F, Sp) 459. Marketing Management. Analysis of major aspects of marketing in the business firm. Summarizes the Marketing major a nd provides detailed analysis of marketing management problems through test and case a nalysis. Prerequisites: BA .t51, 453. (4W, Sp) 461. Employment Practices. Application of personnel management techniques to the industrial problem related to recruitment, selection a nd placement of employees. (3F)

463. Wage and Salary Administration. Analysis of compensation policies and programs, job evaluation programs, job pricing, wage and salary surveys, adrninistration, and other related problems. (3W) 469. Probiel11s in Personnel and Industrial Relations. Application of principles of personnel administration to specific personnel and industria l relations problems commonly found in industry. Case studies and problems a re emphasized. (A terminal course for Personnel a nd Industrial Relations majors and minors.) (3Sp)

472. Procurement and Production Control. Planning and direct control of materials and production activities. Includes industrial purchasing, pla nning and control of inventories, and planning and control of production. Prerequisites: BA 311, 370, 309_ (5F) 480. Independent Research and Reading. Credit arranged. (l-5F, W, Sp,Su)

482. I~troduction to Computer Systems. Basic computer logic, flow charting, routines, coding, library programs, and data processing application to business. (3Sp) 484. Integrated Information Systems. Principles of job planning and procedure development as applied to the electric accounting machine method of keeping records and processing statistical data . (3F) 489. Business Policy. A capstone course to develop perspective, judgment, and facility in solving problems in production, distribution, personnel, finance, control, and social aspecta of business. Prerequisites: BA 307, 311, 350, 360, 340. (5W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 600. Survey of Business Law. A detailed investigation of the law and business, especially the application of state and federal laws to free enterprise and business operations. The law involved in business transactions especially as it applies to property used in business. The legal basis for the conduct of modem economic activity. (3) 601, 602. Quantitative Analysis for Administration. The course is a self:paced competency.based approach to providing a student an adequate skill level for using quantitative techniques in the advanced level MBA courses. Subject areas covered in self-study modules are statistics, operations research, calculus, and linear algebra. Prerequisite: Math 105. (1-4 , 1-4) 607. Survey of Corporation Finance. Survey of the means which a corporation u,es to raise and manage its capital. A study of modern financial principles, methods, and institutions. Prerequisites: Acctg 501, 502; BA 601, 602 (or equivalents). (3) •

632. Seminar in Industrial Market Structure. Investigates the causes and present structure of industrial markets. The implications of the structure on decision making is stressed. Prerequisites: Econ 501; BA 601, 602 (or equivalents). (3) 635. Managerial Economics. The integration of economic theory with business practice a nd policies for the purpose of facilitating decision making and forward planning. Prerequisites: Econ 501; BA 601 , 602 (or equivalents). (3)

642. Advanced Finance Problems. An a nalytic treatment in depth in selected a reas of financial management designed to further the student's unde~­ standing of the financial management function and the importance it has to the firm . Prerequisite: BA 607. (3) 643. Advanced Topics in Finance. An application of quantitative techniques in designated areas relating to financial management and to the economic implications of the financial process under conditions of both perfect a nd imperfect capital markets. Prerequisites: Econ 500, 501; BA 607, 620 (or equi va. lents). (3) 652. Advanced Marketing Problems. An advanced case approach to current marketing management problems. Emphasis on concepts, research, techniques, d~cision making, and marketing strategy development. Prerequisite: BA 608 (or equivalent). (3) 653. Marketing Models and Demand Analysis. Uses models and other management science tools to improve marketing decision making in such areas as media selection, pricing policies, market segmentation and product differentia tion strategies. Prerequisites: BA 601, 602 (or equivalents). (3)

662. Human Aspects of Administration. An investigation of problems related to the proper use of human resources in business and industry. and their effects on administrative policies and decisions. Prerequisite: BA 609 (or equivalent). (3) 6;64. Seminar in Organizational Behavior. A graduate seminar to study the behavioral philosophies and theories basic to a n understanding of human behavior in organizations. Prerequisite: BA 609 (or equivalent). (3) 667: Seminar in Labor Relations. Seminar in the theory of the labor movement and the role of labor in today's industrial society. (3) 672. Operations Manageme nt. A study of the basic process functions in managing a production or service organization. such as inventory control, production control, procurement, qualify control, production planning, forecasting, etc. Prerequisites: BA 601 , 602 (or equivalents). (3)

680. Administrative Control. Ma nagement techniques in administrative control through the use of budgetary and accounting data. Emphasizes interpretation of accounting data for managerial purposes_ Prerequisite: Acctg 502 (or equivalent). (3) 681. Seminar in Management Theory. This seminar is directed at reviewing and evaluating the recent theories of management and organization. Tra¡ ditional theories are a nalyzed in terms of the impact of the behavioral a nd mathematical sciences. Prerequisite: BA 609 (or equivalent). (3)

682. Systems Theory for Administration. Application of general systems theory to administration. Investigation of systems a nalysis and design as they relate to management activities_ Prerequisite: Advanced standing. (3) 683. Seminar on Business and Its Environment. Examines the conceptual foundations of the economic, political, social, legal, and moral dimensions of business institutions. Involves the theoretical issues of the social responsibilities of business, forces of social change, goverrunent promotion and regulation, environmentalism, etc_ Prerequisite: Advanced standing. (3)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


1 Business Education and Office Administration

1 1 1

689. Advanced Business Policy. Analysis of problems from a managerial point of view, considering all functions and policy areas. Integrates subject matter of marketing, production, finance, accounting, personnel, and other associated areas in case problems typically faced by management. Prerequisite: Advanced standing. (3) 695. Business Research Methods. Methods and techniques of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting business data. Prerequisites: BA SOl, 602 (or equiva路 lents). (3)

71

696. Business Problems. Each student is to undertake independently a business study culminating in one major business report. Seminar analysis of topics, contents, and research methods used. Prerequisite: BA 695 is desirable. (3)

697. Thesis. For students preparing a Masters degree thesis. (l路9F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1路3)

*Department of

1 Business Education and Office

1 Administration 1 Head: Professor Theodore W. Ivarie Office in Business 711

1

1 1 1 I

1 1 1 1 1

1 .1

Director of Graduate Programs: Professor Lloyd W. Bartholome Professor Wallace; Associate Professors Henderson, Houghton, Lundstrom; Assistant Professor Stocker Degrees offered: BS, BA, and MS in Business Education with concentrations in Business Education or Distributive Education; BS and BA in Office Administration; MEd in Secondary Education has program of emphasis in Business Education; EdD in Curriculum Development and Supervision has program of emphasis in Business Education.

Objectives The Department of Business Education and Office Administration offers programs designed to prepare individuals as teachers and supervisors of distributive and office education subjects at all grade levels in the educational system. Comprehensive one- and twoyear programs of vocationally oriented secretarial training subjects are available for individuals desiring to work in offices. Students can also prepare for positions as executive secretaries, administrative assistants, and office managers by pursuing a Bachelor's degree program in Office Administration. The department also provides service courses for many other groups of students.

Requirements Competency-Based Placement Program. Students who have acquired knowledges and skills that are not represented on their collegiate transcripts of credit are encouraged to demonstrate competency by challenging related courses. Placement in a skillsoriented sequence can be accomplished by discussion with an adviser and completion of a proficiency test, usually administered at the beginning of a course. Challenge of knowledge-oriented courses is done by successfully completing an examination similar to a final course test. 'In the College of Business

Students with potential for demonstrating competence have two options, one of which must be chosen prior to examination. One option is to challenge for credit according to university established procedures; results of the test are recorded on the student's transcript with a letter grade accompanying the credit entry. A second option is to waive without credit required classes, assuming competence at the "B" level is demonstrated. Bachelor's Degree in Business Education. A composite major (no minor is required) in Business Education is designed for students desiring to qualify for a certificate to teach business and office education subjects. Required courses in Business Education, Business Administration, Accounting, and Computer Science include BE 112, BE 113, BE 131, BE 201, BE 241, BE 260, BE 351, BE 361, BE 441 (or CS 350), BE 461, BE 541, BE 571, BE 572, 路BA 201, BA 306 (or Psy 380), BA 311, BA 340, BA 350, BA 360, Acctg 201, Acctg 202, and CS 150 (or approved business-orineted elective). Students may also choose to' complete one or both of the following options: 1) Basic Business Option includes BA 202, BA 203, and BE 581; 2) Shorthand Option includes BE 121, BE 122, BE 123, BE 124, and BE 574. Additional courses for meeting certification and graduation requirements include SecEd 301, Psy 366, BE 450, BE 460, BE 573, and a choice of two from the following: Psy 614, 1M 541, 1M 551, Pub H 455 or HECE 456, Psy 110, Sp Ed 301, Sp Ed 302, FCD 450, HECE 442, SecEd 604, and SecEd 610. Students must also com-


72

Business Education and Office Administration

plete Econ 200 Econ 201, and Psy 101, which may be counted toward their General Education requirements. Bachelor's Degree in Distributive Education. A composite major (no minor is required) in Distributive Education is designed for students desiring to qualify for a certificate to teach distributive education subjects. Required courses in Business Education, Business Administration, Accounting, and Computer Science include BE 131, BE 260, BE 351, BE 361, BE 461, BE 571, BE 572, BE 581, BA 201, BA 306 (or Psy 380), BA 454, BA 455, BA 458, BA 311, BA 340, BA 350, BA 360, Acctg 201, Acctg 202, and CS 150. Additional courses for meeting certification and graduation requirements includ Sec Ed 301, Psy 366, BE 450, BE 460, BE 561, and a choice of two from the following: SecEd 604, Psy 614, IM 541, 1M 551, Pub H 455, Psy 110, Sp Ed 302, Psy 313, HE 442. Students must also complete Econ 200, Econ 201, and Psy 101, which may be counted toward their General Education requirements. Business Education Teaching Minors. Students who have teaching majors in fields other than Business Education or Distributive Education may choose from among the four approved minors. Bookkeeping and Basic Business (31 credits). A person who completes the following courses should be qualified to teach these subjects at the high school level: Bookkeeping, General Business, Business Law, Consumer Economics, and Business Principles and Management. Required courses include Acctg 201, Acctg 202, BA 201, BE 260, BE 361, BE 461, BA 311, BE 572, BE 581, and Econ 200. Bookkeeping and Data Processing (27 credits). A person who completes the following courses should be qualified to teach these subjects at the high school level: Bookkeeping, Recordkeeping, and Data Processing. Required courses include Acctg 201, Acctg 202, BA 484, Acctg 581, CS 150, CS 350, BE 260, BE 361, BE 461, and BE 572. Typewriting and Clerical Office Practice (29 credits). A person who completes the following courses should be qualified to teach these subjects at the high school level: Typewriting, Business Machines, and Clerical Office Practice. Required courses include BE 112, BE 113, BE 131, BE 201, BE 241, BE 351, BE 260, BE 361, BE 461, BE 541, BE 573, and CS 150. Typewriting and Shorthand (33 credits). A person who completes the following courses should be qualified to teach these subjects at the high school level: Typewriting, Business Machines, Secretarial Office Practice, Shorthand and Transcription. Required courses include BE 112, BE 113, BE 124, BE 131, BE 201, BE 541 (or BE 441), BE 241, BE 266, BE 361, BE 461, BE 573, and BE 574.

Additional information concerning teaching major and minor requirements are described in the document Teaching Majors and Minors for Secondary School Teachers. Bachelor's Degree in Office Administration. A major in Office Administration is designed for students desiring to qualify for positions as executive secretaries, administrative assistants, and office managers. Required courses in Business Education, Business Administration, Accounting, and Computer Science include BE 112, BE 113, BE 124 (students desiring a non.s teonographic competence may make appropriate substitutions upon consultation with their adviser), BE 131, BE 201, BE 241, BE 351, BE 441, BE 541, BE 581, BA 201, BA 202, BA 203, BA 306, BA 311, BA 340, BA 350, BA 360, Acctg 201, Acctg 202, and CS 150. Students must also complete Econ 200, Econ 201, and Psy 101, which may be counted toward their General Education requirements. A minor of at least 18 credits that has been ap~ proved by the student's adviser and the department in which the minor is located must als~ be completed. One- and Two-Year Secretarial Training Program. Students desiring either one or two years of secretarial training in order to qualify for work as clerks, stenographers, or secretaries may choose from among the following courses or others approved by their advisers. First year courses would include BA 201, BA 202, BA 203, BE 111, BE 112, BE 113, BE 121, BE 122, BE 123, BE 131, and CS 150. Second year courses would include Acctg 201, Acctg 202, BE 114, BE 124, BE 201, BE 225, BE 241, BE 351, Econ 200, Econ 201, and Math 130. Recommended areas from which electives might be selected include English, Sociology, Psychology, Family and Child Development, Home Economics and Consumer Education, and Business Administration. Students who initially enroll for a one- or two-year program may change to a four-year degree program by completing requirements for the Office Administration major.

Graduate Study The Department of Business Education and Office Administration offers courses leading to the Master of Science degree in Business Education and the Master of Science degree in Business Education (Distributive Education). The department cooperates with the Department of Secondary Education in offering the Master of Education in Secondary Education with emphasis in Business Education (awarded through the College of Education). The Department of Business Education cooperatee with several other departments in offering the Doctor of Education degree in Curriculum Development and Supervision with emphasis in Business Education. See the Graduate Catalog or write to the Department of Business Education for further information.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Business Education and Office Administration

Business Education Courses 1 C Elementary Typewriting. For students with no previous training in typewriting. Designed to develop a knowledge of the keyboard, machine parts, personal use typing problems. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

Ii .

Intermediate Typewriting. Assumes previous training in typewriting. Emphasis on skill building, typing of letters, envelopes, manuscripts, business forms, and tabulation exercises. Prerequisite: BE 111 or equivalent. (3F, W, Sp,Su) 113. Advanced Typewriting. The development of n umber proficiency, statistical tabulation, and typing on business forms and rough drafts. Prerequisite: Be 112. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 114. Introduction to Legal Typing. (1) 12 . Fundamentals of Shorthand. Assumes no previous training in shorthand. (5F, W) 1'22:- Fundamentals of Shorthand. Introduction of new matter dictation. P; erequisite: Be 121 or equivalent. (5F, W, Sp) 123. Fundamentals of Shorthand. Intensive practice in new matter dictation. Prerequisite: BE 122 or equivalent. (5F, W,Sp) 12 Dictation and Transcription. A continuation of the study of short· hand fundamentals and development of transcription skill. Admission requires a minimum dictation speed of 80 words per minute and a minimum grade of "C" in the immediately preceding course. Prerequisites: BE 123 or equivalent, and BE 112. (5F, 5W, 5Sp)

l~efresher

Shorthand. A shorthand review course for speed building and theory review. Taught only as extension or as a summer course. (2Su and as needed) IV. Business Machines. Basic training in the use of ten·key printing calculators. (2F, W, Sp, Su) 201. Office Practice. Training in use of dictating and transcribing rna· chines, reprographic equipment, in a simulated environment. Prerequisite: BE 112. (2F, W, Sp) 225. Supervised Work Experience. Active participation in approved business offices for the purpose of gaining work experience directly related to office education. Training sponsors approved by college supervisor. Students are required to attend related seminar. Course may be repeated. (3)

~"Office

Data Systems. Basic principles involved in data storage, processing, and retrieval using modern office equipment. (3F, W, Sp)

73

stations, selection of students, desirability of advisory committees, a nd student . club activities. Prerequisite: admission to Teacher Education. (3F, W) 572. Methods of Teaching Business - nonskilled. Methods of teaching as applied to basic cour~es. General Business, Business Law, Business Principles, Business Arithmetic, and a study of methods "pplicable to recordkeeping and bookkeeping. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3F, Sp) 573. Methods of Teaching Typewriting and Office Practice. Methods for building accuracy, speed, and increasing production; work standards; class· room equipment and materials. Prerequisites: BE 113 a nd admission to Teacher Education. (3F, W) 574. Methods of Teaching Shorthand and Transcription. Includes fac· tors affecting speed building, standards, and grading in shorthand and transcription. Prerequisite: BE 124 and admission to Teacher Education. (3W, Sp) 581. Managing Personal Finances. How to avoid financial entangle· ments, installment buying, borrowing money. owning or renting a home, investing and speculation in securities, everyday legal problems dealing with illness, death, personal taxes. (5W, Sp) 595. Independent Readings in Business Education. (1-5F, W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 611. Workshop in Business Education. Intensive one· or two·week work· shop. (1.2Su) · 621. Office Technology. Data systems, peripheral office equipment, and methods pertinent to curriculum improvement in related areas. (3Su a nd as needed) . 625. Supervised Work Experience. Selection of training stations must be approved by college supervisor at least one quarter prior to registration. Credit arranged. (l-12Su and as needed) 660. Vocational Internship. Student teaching at the graduate level in approved high school or post·secondary programs. Credit arranged. (1-12Su and as needed) 661. Issues and Trends in Business Education. (3W, Su) 662. The Business Curriculum. Principles, concepts, methods, and pro· cedures of studying, changing, and construction of business offerings in the secondary schools and colleges. (3Su and as needed) 665. Adult Programs in Business Education. Emphasis placed on the role of the business education teacher in adult programs. (3Su and as needed) 671. Improvement of Instruction in Distributive Education. Designed for the experienced distributive education teacher. Objectives, instructional materials available, and teaching techniques as they relate to distributive education. (3Su and as needed)

260. Sophomore Experience. (3Sp) 672. Improvement of Instruction in Basic Business. (3Su and as needed) 351. Business Communications. The development and application of effective business writing skills: Primary emphasis given to the business report as a tool for effective written communication. Prerequisite: Engl 101. (3F, W, Sp,Su) 361. Field-based Intern Problems. (2Sp) 441. Secretarial Procedures. Office routines, with special emphasis on use of reference books, transportation and travel, oommunication services, financial records, writing for publication, minutes, and meetings. (3W, Sp) 450. Secondary Curriculum Seminar. Discusses planning, teaching procedures, adapting classroom practices to individual differences, testing, and evaluation during student teaching. To be taken concurrently with BE 460. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3F, W) 460. Student Teachlng in the Secondary Schools. Prerequisites: admis· sion to Teacher Education, Psy 366, SecEd 301, and Special Methods in major and/ or minor subjects. (12F, W) 461. Principles of Business Education. (3W. Sp) 541. Office Management. Duties and responsibilities of the office manager, types of organization, methods of control, office arrangement and equipment, job analysis, selection, employment and training of employees. (3F, Sp)

673. Improvement of Instruction in Typewriting. Basic factors of typewriting skill and improvement of methods and techniques in typewriting for the experienced business teacher. (3Su and as needed) 674. Improvement of Instruction in Shorthand and Transcription. Designed for experienced teachers of shorthand and transcription. Improved methods and techniques applicable to the teaching of shorthand and related courses in the high school and junior college level. (3Su and as needed) 675. Improvement of Instruction in Bookkeeping and Accounting. Designed for the experienced teacher of bookkeeping and accounting. Improved methods and techniques for in·service business teachers at the secondary school and college levels. (3Su and as needed) 676. Cooperative Programs in Business Education. Methods for organizing and operating work experience programs. Designed for the experienced teacher. (3Su and as needed) 681. Seminar in Business Education. An analysis of research methods applicable to business education. (3W, Su) 695. Independent Readings in Business Education. (l-5F, W, Sp, Su) 697. Research in Business Education. Master's level thesis or Plan B. research credit. (1-9F, W, Sp, Su)

561. Principles and Methods of Distributive Education. (3W) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (le3F, W, Sp, Su) 571. Methods of Teaching Cooperative Education. Includes instruc· tional materials, individual instruction kits, finding and maintaining training

761. Articulation of Business Education. (3Su)


74

Chemistry and Biochemistry

795 . .Independent Research and Reading. (l·5F, W, Sp, Su)

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3)

797. Research in Business Education. Doctoral level dissertation research credit. (1·18F, W, Sp, Su)

*Department of

Chemistry and Biochemistry Head: Professor Garth L. Lee Assistant Head: Associate Professor Richard C. Anderson Office in Maeser Laboratory 106 Professors Cannon, Emery, R. Hansen, W. Hansen, Johnson, Lee, Moore, Simmons, Smith, Spence, Street, Van Orden; Associate Professors Anderson, Egbert, Farley, Ellis, J. Morse, Olsen; Assistant Professors K. Morse, McCullough Degrees offered: BS, BA, MS, and PhD in Chemistry; MS and PhD in Biochemistry

Objectives The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry offers a variety of courses designed to prepare students for careers in teaching or for positions as chemists in industry or governmental agencies. The program offered for the BS degree in Chemistry is fully approved by the America]} Chemical Society. The department also provides service courses for many other groups of students.

Requirements Major. The Bachelor of Science degree entails considerable specialization in Chemistry. It includes, among other things, several graduate courses and an oral presentation of a seminar on an advanced topic. A student who fulfills the university requirements for graduation, passes the courses in mathematics, physics, and chemistry listed for that degree with a grade point average of 2.25 and has a reading knowledge of German (usually demonstrated by completion of German 101-102-103, or Russian 101-102-103) will receive a BS degree and will have his/ her name entered on the list of certified graduates of the American Chemical Society. The following courses in Chemistry are required for the BS degree: Chem 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 306, 30~ 30~ 309, 31~ 311, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 360, 361, 499, 552, 564, 565, plus nine credits in advanced courses selected from the following: Chem 601, 602, 603, 625, 626, 627, 650, 651, 662, 670, 671, 672, 676, 705; Phyx 370, 420; Math 441, 442, 443. Prerequisites necessary for some of the upper division courses in the program are: Phyx 221, 222, 223, and Math 220, 221, 222, 223, 324. "In College of Science

A major with a Bachelor of Arts degree is offered for those who desire a broader base of training in the arts, humanities, or social sciences. Two years of courses in a foreign language are considered a minimum for a broad education and are required for the BAdegree. A minimum of 45 credits in Chemistry is required for the BA degree and the following courses must be included: Chem 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 360, 361, with the same requirements in Math and Physics as for the BS degree. Minor. A minimum of eight credits of upper division Chemistry courses is required for an approved minor in Chemistry. Suggested courses are: Chem 301,331,332,334,335,360,361,370,371,670. Teaching Major. A teaching major in Chemistry requires the completion of the following minimum program. Chem 121, 122, 123, 124, 125; 141, 144 or 301 or 331, 334, or 370, 371. Phyx 111, 112, 113, and Math 105, 220, 221, 222, 223. For a composite teaching major in physical science, the following minimum schedule is recommended: Chem 121, 122, 123, 124, 125; 141, 144 or 331, 334 or 370, 371. Phyx 111, 112, 113, or 221, 222, 223, 370, 420, 427 or 450; Phil 210 or 522, or Hist 505 or 506. Required professional education courses for the teaching certificate are listed by the College of Education. Teaching Minor.

A teaching minor in Chemis-

try is approved by the State board of Education as

submitted by the Dean of the College of Education. This minor program is explained in the document,

Teaching Majors and Minors for Secondary School Teachers, and is distributed by the Department of Secondary Education.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

75

Chemistry and Biochemistry

An "application for admission to teacher education" should ordinarily be completed before the Junior year (see College of Education for requirements). Approval is a prerequisite to teacher certification candidacy and to enrollment in education and phychology courses. A better preparation for the teaching of chemistry is possible with a combined BA degree and teaching certificate.

Upper Division Credits

JUNIOR YEAR F 3

Chern 306, 307, 308 . Chern 309, 310, 311 . . ........ .... . .• . Chern 360 .. .......... ....... .... . . .. Chern361 . .... ... . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. . .. ... . . . . . .. . . . . ' Chern 564. Chern565 . . .. ...... .. • • ........... . . ... . . 'Chern 552 Electives

W 3

Sp 3

2 2 2 7·10

Totals

8·11

7·10

15·18 16·19 15·18

Suggested curricula for BA and BS degrees in Chemistry: SENIOR YEAR 2Advanced courses . ' Chem499 ....... .. . . . . Chern 480, 498 (or elective). ' Electives ..................... . . • •..

Lower Division FRESHMAN YEAR F

W

Sp

Chern 121, 122, 123 Chern 124, 125 . Math -l06, 220, 221 'Communication Skills Electives ... .

5 5

4 1 5

3 2 5

4·8

4·8

4·8

. . .. . 14·18 14·18 14·18

SOPHOMORE YEAR Chern 331, 332, 333 Chern 334, 335, 336 Math 222, 223, 324 Phyx 221, 222, 223 ....... .... . . . .. .. . . . . . ....... .. .. . . . .... . . . Electives .. .... . .

F

W

3 1 5 5 0-4

3 1 5 5 0-4

3 . ..... . .. . . .... 32·41

Total.

Credits

Courses

Totals ........... • • .......

9 1

Sp . 3 2 5 5 0-4

Totals ....... . .. . . ..••. ........ .••.•.. . .... .. ••.............. 14·18 14·18 15-19

. .... 45·54

Graduate Study Combined BS-MS Degree (Five-year program). A good student with a minimum g.p.a. of 3.0 at the third year, who is interested in the fiveyear BS-MS degree in Chemistry or Biochemistry, should consult with the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry.

' Nine credits required. See General Education requirements. ' Not required for BA degree.


76

Chemistry and Biochemistry

For further information regarding admission standards, entrance requirements, and graduation requirements for MS and PhD degrees in Chemistry or Biochemistry, see the Graduate Catalog.

336. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. Laboratory to accompany Chem 333. Two labs. (2Sp) 360. Quantitative Analysis. Basic theory and laboratory practice in ana· lytical chemistry. Prerequisites: Chern 123, 125, Math 105. Two lectures. (2F) 361. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Designed to accompany Chern 360. Prerequisites: Chern 123, 125 and Math 105. Two three· hour laboratories per week. (2F)

Chemistry Courses 101. Introduction to Chemistry. A lecture·demonstration course designed primarily for students of nursing, liberal arts, and others whose major field does not require further chemistry. (5W) 105. The Mystery of Matter. History and philosophy of physical science, emphasizing the ideas and methods of science from the Greeks to modern atomic theory. Approved for General Education. Three lectures. (3W) 108. Chemistry for The Liberal Arts. A lecture·discussion course designed to acquaint students with the roles chemistry plays in their daily experiences. Three lectures. (3Sp) 111. General Chemistry. For nonscience majors. Prerequisites: One unit of high school or college algebra. Four lectures and one recitation. (5F, W, Su) 121. Chemical Principles and Qualitative Analysis. For science majors, and others who will take additional chemistry courses. Prerequisites: Two of the following high school courses: advanced algebra, chemistry, physics, or equiva· lent. Four lectures and one recitation. (5F, W)

122. Chemical Principles and Qualitative Analysis. Continuation of 121. Three lectures, one recitation. (4W, Sp) 123. Chemical Principles and Qualitative Analysis. Continuation of 122 Three lectures. (3F, Sp) 124. Chemistry Principles and Qualitative Analysis Laboratory. Nor· mally to be taken concurrently with Chem 122. One three· hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Chern 121. (lW, Sp) 125. Chemical Principles and Qualitative Analysis Laboratory. To be taken concurrently with Chem 123. Two three· hour laboratories per week. Pre· requisite: Chern 124. (2F, Sp) 141. Elementary Organic Chemistry. An introduction to Organic Chern· istry. Prerequisite: Chern 111. Four lectures per week. (4W, Sp, Su)

370. Intermediate Biochemistry. A logically important compounds, and their This is a tennihal course not intended to work in biochemistry. Prerequisites: Chern

brief survey of the chemistry of bio· role in animal and plant metabolism. meet requirements for more advanced 123, 125,331, 334. Four lectures. (4Sp)

371. Intermediate Biochemistry Laboratory. A laboratory course designed to be taken concurrently with Chern 370. One three· hour lab per week. (ISp) 480. Research Problems. (l·3F, W,Sp) 498. Thesis. (IF,W,Sp) 499. Seminar. (IW) 533. Inorganic Preparations. A laboratory course in practical methods of synthetic inorganic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chern 123, 125,311. (l·3) 552. Inorganic Chemistry. Study of the elements and their compounds with emphasis on periodic relationships. Acid·base and bonding theories, and stereochemistry of inorganic compounds. Prerequisite: Chern 306. Four lectures. (4Sp) 564. Instrumental Analysis. Theory and application of physiochemical methods of analysis. Selected electrochemical and optical methods. Prerequi· sites: Chern 308, 360, 361. (2W) 565. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Laboratory course to accompany Chern 564. Prerequisite: Chern 308, 361. One four· hour lab per week. (1 W) 589. Science Colloquium. (1·2)

Graduate 601. Q"antum Chemistry. Elementary quantum mechanics applied to chemical problems; barrier problems, harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom, angular momentum, spin, theory or atoms and molecules. Prerequisites: Chern 308, Math 324. Three lectures. (3W)

142. Elementary Biochemistry. A brief introduction to selected topics in biochemistry. Prerequisite: Chern 141. Four lectures per week. (4Sp)

602. Molecular Spectroscopy and Structure. Molecular electronic structure, introduction to infrared, ultraviolet, Raman, and magnetic resonance spectroscopies. Prerequisite: Chern 601. Three lectures. (3Sp)

144. General Chemistry Laboratory. A basic laboratory course designed to be taken concurrently with Chern 141. (1 W, Sp, Su)

603. Chemical Kinetics. Theory of reaction rates with application to current research problems. Prerequisite: Chern 601. Three lectures. (3F)

195. Glass Blowing. (1)

625, 626, 627. Organic Chemistry. Mechanism, structure, and synthesis in organic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chern 308, 333. Three lectures. (3F, W, Sp)

301. Elementary Physical Chemistry for Biologists. A lecture survey of basic quantitative laws governing chemical processes applied to examples of biological interest. Recommended as a prerequisite for those interested in biological or medical research. Prerequisites: Chern 111, Math 105, or equivalent. Four lectures. (4F) 306, 307, 308. Physical Chemistry. Quantitative methods for solving problems in chemical thermodynamics, phase change, electrochemistry, reaction kinetics, quantum theory, and molecular structure. Prerequisites: Chern 123, 125, Phyx 223, Math 324. Three lectures. (3F, W, Sp) 309, 310, 311. Experimental Physical Chemistry. Work correlated with Chem 306, 307, 308. (IF, W, Sp) 331, 332. Organic Chemistry. Fundamentals of the chemistry of carbon compounds. Prerequisites: Chern 123, 125. Three lectures. (3F, W, Su) 333. Organic Chemistry. A continuation of Chern 331 and 332 for Chern· istry majors and others desiring an intensive lecture course in organic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chern 332, 335. Three lectures. (3Sp) 334. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. Laboratory in general techniques and methods of organic chemistry. Normally to be taken concurrently with Chern 331. Prerequisites: Chern 123, 125. (IF, Su) 335. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. Laboratory in general techniques and methods of organic chemistry. Normally to be taken concurrently with Chem 332. Prerequisite: Chem 334. (1 W, Su)

650. Inorganic Chemistry. Modern topics and theories in inorganic chern· istry. Prerequisites: Chern 308, 552. Three lectures. (3F) ·651. Coordination Chemistry. Study of bonding, structure, and reactivity of compounds with "coordinate covalent" bonds especially of transition metals. Prerequisite: Chemistry 650. Three lectures. (3Sp) 662. Analytical Chemistry. Prerequisites: Chern 308, 564, 565. Three lee· tures. (3Sp) 670. Principles of Biochemistry. A study of the chemical and physical behavior of biologically important compounds with an introduction to en· zYI}latic processes, bioenergetics, and metabolism. Prerequisites: Chern 301 or 308, 332 and 335. Four lectures, one lab. (5F) 671, 672. Principles of Biochemistry. Chemistry of life processes and the metabolism of biologically important compounds. Prerequisite: Chem 670. Students completing Chem 370, 371 may register with special permission. Three lectures. (3W, Sp) 673, 674. Biochemistry Laboratory. Laboratory experiments illustrating general principles in studying biological materials. To accompany Chern 671 and 672. Prereqnisites: Chem 670 (or special permission), Chern 360, 361 ad· visable. Two labs. (2W, Sp)

·Taught 1974·75

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Civil and Environmental Engineering

77

··675. Advanced Biochemical Rese arch Technique s. Must be taken concurrently with Chern 776. Prerequisite: Chern 674. Two la bs. (2W)

· ·730. Chemistry of Nat ural Product s . Al kaloids, steriods, a n d terpenes with emphasis on biosynthesis. Prerequisites: Chem 627. Three lectures. (3F)

··676. Nucleic Acids and Proteins. Physical chemistry of macromolecules. Structures of nucleic acids, proteins, and viruses. The regula tion of biological activity to structure. Prerequisites: Chern 308, 672. Three lectures. (3W)

··73 1. Heterocyclic Compounds. A survey of the chemistry of aromatic heterocyclic substances with emphasis on structure a nd reactivity. Prerequi· site: Chem 627. Three lectures. (3F)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3) · 701. Chemical Thermody namics . From the standpoint of Gibbs. Prerequisites: Chern 308, 324. Three lectures. (3F)

733 . Special Topic In Organic Che mistr y. Current topics in organic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem 627. Three lectures. (3F) 764. Special Topics in An a lytical Ch e mistry. Prerequisites: Chern 308, 564, 565. (3)

· 702. S tat istical Mechanics. Prerequisites: Chern 601, 701. Three lectures. (3W)

· ·776. Enzyme C he mis t ry Labor ator y. The experimental methods of enzyme chemistry including isolatio n, !tinetics, and other properties. Must be taken concurrently with Chern 675. Prerequisites: Chern 308, 674. Two labs. (2W)

··705. At mosphe ric Che mistry and Photoche mis try. To provide the principles that will enable a student to understa nd the chemistry a nd photochemistry of the a tmoshphere. (3W)

778. Special Topics in Bioche mistry. Two lectures. (2F, Sp) 780. Se mina r. (I F, W, Sp)

709. Special Topics in Physical Chemist r y . Prerequisites: Chern 603, Ma th 324. (3) 728. Theoretical Organic Chemistry. Application of molecula r orbital theory to structure and reactivity of organic molecules. Advanced aspects of stereochemistry a nd methods of assigning a bsolute configuration. Prerequi· sites: Chern 601, 626. Three lectures. (3W) 729. Physical Organic Che mistry. Kinetics a nd Thermodyna mics a pplied to problems in organic reaction mecha nisms. Prerequisite: Chern 728. Three lectures. (3Sp)

797. R esearch. (3-15F, W, Sp) 799. Continuing Graduate Ad viseme nt. (1·3)

"Ta ught 1974-75 "·Ta ught 1975-76

*Department of

Civil and Environmental Engineering Head: Professor Elliot Rich Office in Engineering L-162 Professors Bagley, A. A. Bishop, Carter, Chen, Clyde, Cordon, Dunn, Flammer, Fletcher, Jeppson, Jones, Middlebrooks, Milligan, Peterson, Riley, Watkins. Associate Professors A. B. Bishop, Christiansen, Daines, Gearheart, Hawkins, Hoggan, C. E. Israelsen, Kiefer, Palmer, Porcella, Renard (Adjunct), Shell (Adjunct), Watters, Assistant Professors Burns (Adjunct), Grenney, Hill, Huber, Reynolds, Thorpe; Research Engineers Haws, E. K. Israelsen Degrees offered: BS and MS in Civil and Environmental Engineering; ME in" Engineering; Civil Engineer (CE); PhD in Engineering

Objectives The Civil and Environmental Engineering curriculum is accredited by the Engineers' Council for Professional Development, which assures professional status to graduates of the department. The curriculum is designed to prepare the student for effective professional practice as well as for graduate study leading to the Master's and Doctor's degrees. Civil and Environmental Engineers conceive, design, construct, and operate physical works, thus putting science and technology to work for the benefit of man. These works include bridges, sports complexes, dams, aqueducts, buildings, and other structures; irrigation and transportation systems including highways, canals, pipe networks for the distribution of water, natural gas and petroleum "In the College of Engineering

products, airports, rapid transit lines, railroads and harbor facilities, the transmission of water and the control of rivers, the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; and the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment, as well as solving problems of air pollution and solid waste management. Civil engineers work as members of teams with other physical and biological scientists and engineers in the aerospace, naval, forestry, medical, and many other fields. Graduates find employment with federal, state, county, and city governments, as well as all types of private industry and small and large consulting firms. Many of our gradduates have set up their own consulting offices and regularly hire our graduates. The development, management, and utilization of the water resource for agricultural production continues to be a major consideration of the engineer-


78

Civil and Environmental Engineering

ing profession. For details of this option in Civil Engineering, see the Department of Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering.

Requirements Those students completing the common core as outlined under College of Engineering are fully equipped to enter the Civil and Environmental Engineering program. The four-year program listed here leads to the Bachelor of Science degree in Civil and Environmental Engineering. A five-year program is available for students with inadequate background or those desiring to take Military Science, competitive athletics, or part-time employment.

Undergraduate Study Lower Division Freshman and Sophomore Years Common to All Engineers (See College of Engineering Introduction)

Upper Division

F CEE303·2 CEE305·3 CEE350·3 CEE 328-3 ME 330·3

JUNIOR YEAR W CEE306·4 CEE 351·3 ME 331·3 CEE343·4 Hum·3

14

F CEE 430·3 CEE 420·3 CEE 360·3

17

SENIOR CORE W CEE 531·3 CEE487·3 Hum·3

9

F CEE406-3 CEE 321·3

Sp CEE308·3 CEE 224·3 ' CEE352·4 CEE364·3 Engl 301 ·3' 16

Sp CEE 521·3 CEE 425·3 Hum·3 9

Sp CEE 407·3 CEE 566-3

16

15

Graduate Study This department offers the Master of Engineering, the Master of Science, Civil Engineer, and Doctor of Philosophy Degree. See Graduate Catalog for specialty programs. Excellent interdepartmental cooperation and the large and outstanding staff of the department, most of whom have PhD's from prominent universities and are registered professional engineers, make for an extensive and varied graduate program. Research conducted through the Utah Water Research Laboratory and the Engineering Experiment Station enhances these programs. Graduate specialties include: structures, materials, soil mechanics, fluid mechanics, hydraulics, water resources, hydrology, and water quality. Irrigation and drainage is supervised by the Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering Department.

Civil and Environmental Engineering Courses 200. Engineering Mechanics - Statics. Resultants and equilibrium of force systems, friction, centroids, moments of inertia, method of work. Prerequisites: ME 170, Math 222. Three lectures. (3F, W, Sp)

202. Engineering Mechanics Dynamics. Kinematics, force-massacceler ation, a nd vibrations. Prerequisite: CEE 200. Three lectures. (3F. W, Sp)

9

GENERAL CEE TRACK W CEE 405·4 CEE565-3

Students who earn 25 credits from the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) in the areas of English, Social Science, and Humanities can complete the Civil and Environmental Engineering curriculum in less than four years. See an adviser.

15

204. Mechanics of Solids. Stress, str ai n, and deflection due to tension, compression, and torsion. Mohr's circle for s tress and strain. Prerequisite: CEE 200. Two lectures. (2F, W,Sp) 22'1. Plane Surveying. Primarily for nonengineering students. Use of tape, h and level, level, transit, compass, and plane table. Differential a nd profile leveling, traversing, plotting, mapping, and care of engineering instruments. Prerequisites: Algebra and Trigonometry. One lecture, two labs. (3F) 224. Surveying. Terminology, computations, areas, volumes, field astrono· my, a nd general surveying. Prerequisite: Trigonometry. Two lectures, one lab. (3Sp) 303. Engineering Mechanics - Dynamics. Work·kinetic energy, impulse momentum, Prerequisite: CEE 202. Two lectures (2F, W)

STRUCTURES, MATERIALS, SOIL MECHANICS TRACK F CEE406·3 CEE 501·3

CEE405·4 CEE509·3

Sp CEE 407·3 CEE532·3

15

16

15

W

WATER QUALITY, WATER RESOURCES, HYDRAULICS, HYDROLOGY TRACK Sp W F CEE561·3 CEE 565·3 CEE 566·3 AE543-3 CEE 551·3 CEE 540-3 15

15

15

' Students having completed CEE 224 or Engl 301 may take CEE 420, which is offered Spring and F all quarters.

305. Mechanics of Solids. Stress, strain, and deflectiori due to flexture a nd shear. Combined stresses, instability, effect of repeated and dynamic loadings. Prerequisite: CEE 204. Three lectures. (3F, W) 306. Structural Mechanics - Determinate. Prerequisite: CEE 305 or equivalent. Three lectures, one lab. (4W) 308. Structural Design. Fundamental principles a nd practice of the design of steel, concrete, a nd timber structur al elements. Prerequisite: CEE 305. Three lectures. (3Sp) 321. Photogrammetry. The science or art of utili zing photographs of the earth's s urface for making s urveys, maps, a nd la nd utilization studies. Plani· metric maps, mosaic, a nd restituted photographs; their construction a nd uses. Prerequisites: ME 170, CEE 221 or 224, or Senior standing in Natural Resources, Geology, Landscape Architecture, Aeronautics, or Advanced Military Science. Two lectures, one lab. (3F) 328. Engineering Materials. Influence of a tomic arrangement, bonding, and crystalline structure on the properties of construction materials. The prop-

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Civil and Environmental Engineering erties, requirements and uses of engineering materials in modern construction. Three lectures. Lab arranged. (3F)

343. Water Resources Engineering - Hydrology. The hydrologic cycle, including weather elements and climate, -precipitation, evaporation, transpira· tion, infiltration, ground water, runoff, and methods of collection of hydrologic data. Prerequisite: CEE 350 and scientific computer programming capability, or instructor's consent. Three lectures, one lab. (4W) 350, 351. Fluid Mechanics. Properties of fluids , principles of hydrostatics, fluid dynamics, principles of similarity, flow of fluids in pipes, measurement of fluid flow. Prerequisites: Math 324; concurrently, Gen Engrg 103, CEE 202. 350, three lectures; 351, two lectures and one lab. (3F, W, 3W, Sp) 352. Water Resource Engineering - Hydraulics. Uniform and non· uniform open channel flow; pipe networks, pumps and pumping systems; pipeline transients; design considerations. Prerequisite: CEE 351. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp) 360. Resource Utilization and Environmental Management. Concepts relating the role of engineering in the technological processes affecting our civilization. Three lectures. (3F)

79

522. Traffic Engineering. Street and highway traffic problems; principles of design and planning of thoroughfares based on operational characteristics; traffic control and regulation. Three lectures. (3) 531. Soils Engineering. Application of engineering soil mechanics and structural theory to the design of foundations, dams, highways, and other engineering problems. Prerequisite: CEE 430. Three lectures. (3W) 532. Foundation Analysis and Design. Engineering properties of soil and their effect on the design of footings, pile foundations, cofferdams, caissons, mat foundations, and retaining walls. Prerequisite: CEE 531 (3Sp) 540. Water Project Design. Team solution of water project design problems. (3Sp) 550. Applied Hydraulics. Course primarily for nonengineering students. Fluid statics and dynamics, flow in pipes and open channels, flow measurement, pumps. Prerequisites: Five credits of college physics, Math 221 , slide rule. Three lectures, one lab. (4F) 551. Hydraulic Transients. Unsteady flow in closed conduits, pipeline surges, water hammer, pulsating flow; unsteady channel flow , channel surges, flood waves. Prerequisites: CEE 352, Computer Programming. (3W)

364. Water Resource Engineering - Quality. Water quality requirements for beneficial uses (including municipal, industrial, and agricultural), and engineering methods of treatment and pollution control. Prerequisite: CEE 343 or instructor's consent. Three lectures. (3Sp)

553. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics. For graduate students with inadequate preparation in hydraulics. Subject matter of CEE 350, 351, 352 will be covered. Not accepted for graduate credit in Engineering. Four lectures. (4F)

402. Dynamics, Intermediate. See ME 402.

560. Aquatic Microbiology. See Bact 560.

405. Structural Mechanics lectures, one lab. (4W)

561. Water Quality Analysis. Methods of physical, chemical and bio· logical analysis of water and wastewater; underlying principles and limita· tions of test methods; statistical significance of data. One lecture, two labs. (3F)

Hyperstatic. Prerequisite: CEE 306. Three

406. Structural Concrete Design. Prerequisite: CEE 308. Two lectures, one lab. (3F) 407. Structural Steel Design. Prerequisite: CEE 305. Three lectures. (3Sp)

562. Chemistry of Aquatic Systems. Emphasis on the chemical processes occurring in natural environments. Principles of physical chemistry applied to problems involving the composition of natural waters and man's influence on these systems. Prerequisite: Chern 301. Three lectures (3W)

420. Engineering Economics. Applications of the mathematics of finance to engineering decision making. Prerequisite: Econ 200, Gen Engrg 103, or instructor's consent. Three lectures. (3F, Sp)

565. Design of Municipal Water and Wastewater Systems. Prerequi· site: CEE 352. One iecture, two labs. (3W)

425. Legal Aspects of Engineering. Synopsis of the law of contracts. Writing of engineering specifications. Engineering ethics. Three lectures. (3Sp)

566. Water Systems Analysis and Planning. Practical water resource problems, including quality dimension, examined. Three lectures. (3Sp)

430. Soil Mechanics. Elementary physics of soil as applied to engineer' ing problems. Moisture, plasticity, and capillary relationships. Percolation and the design of earth structures and foundations. Prerequisites: CEE 305, 350. Two lectures, one lab. (3F)

Graduate

487. Senior Seminar. Written and oral expression. Three lectures. (3W) 493. Independent Study. A laboratory design or a research project on a problem selected by the student. It requires a review of literature, prepara· tion of a proposal which describes the project, and the completion of a design or research and the preparation of a report. (3F, W,Sp, Su) 497. Honors Studies. Advanced work for qualified students, initiated by a student and may consist of a special individual project under the direction of a faculty member, or of advanced study in connection with an established departmental course. Prerequisite: A satisfactory grade point average, recom· mendation of instructor, and approval of the College of Engineering Honors Committee. (l·3F, W, Sp) 500. Construction Cost Estimating. Introduction to construction con· tracting, methods of preparing cost estimates, including an introduction to the Critical Path Method of planning and scheduling construction projects. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. (3) 501. Prestressed Concrete Design. Prerequisite: CEE 305. (3F) 502. Mechanical Vibrations. See ME 502. (3F) 604. Mechanics of Solids, Intermediate. See ME 504. 506. Limit Analysis of Structures. Limit concepts applied to analysis of frame and plate structures; collapse loads, deflections, connections, secondary effects. Three lectures. (3F) 608. Structural Synthesis and Design. (3) 509. 'Computer Structural Analysis. Prerequisite: GE 103, CEE 405 con· currently. Three lectures. (3W) 621. Highway Engineering. Highway drainage, subgrade structure base courses, bituminous and Portland cement concrete pavements, traffic characteristics, planning, and regulation. Prerequisite: CEE 430. (3)

601. Structural Matrix Analysis. General theory of finite element matrix structural analysis: energy theorems; structural idealization; stiffness and flexibility properties of various structural elements; matrix displacement method. Prerequisites: CEE 509 or equivalent. Three lectures. (3Sp) 602. Mechanical Vibrations, Advanced. See ME 602. 604. Continuum Mechanics. See ME 604. 605. Elastic Theory. See ME 606. 608. Elastic Stability. Buckling of columns; analysis of beam columns, thin·walled beams of open cross section. Stability analysis of frame and plate structures. Three lectures. (3Sp) 609. Similitude. Principles are developed and used to design research projects dealing with physical phenomenon in solid and fluid mechanics. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (3F) 622. Highway Planning and Economics. Economics of location and design, selection, improvement and maintenance, traffic control, administration, finance, and jurisdiction as applied to highways. Three lectures. (3W) 628. Concrete Engineering. Basic properties of concrete and concrete materials, including the study of admixtures and pozzolans. Significance and analysis of acceptance performance and control tests. Prerequisite: CEE 328 or equivalent. (3Sp) 630. Earth and ..."i< Fill Dams. Design details of earth and rock fill dams, seepage and stability analysis. Prerequisite: CEE 530 (3F) 633. Soil Mechanics. Theories of consolidation, elastic stress analysis of soils, study of structure and intergranular forces in clay soil. Three lectures. (3Sp) 634. Soil Mechanics Laboratory. Prerequisites: CEE 430 and 633 con· currently. (ISp) 635. Transport Phenomena. See ME 635.


80

Civil and Environmental Engineering

640, 641, 642. Hydrologic Methods. Mathematical, statistical, and graphic techniques in hydrology, including linear and nonlinear systems optimization, computer modeling, and parametric simulation; stochastic processes, including frequency analysis and statistical generating techniques. Flood hydrology, including methods of hydrograph analysis, forecasting, routing, and control. Snow hydrology, including accumulation and melt characteristics. Prerequisites: CEE 343, and computer programming. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

70S. Plate Theory. Analysis of circular, rectangular, and continuous plates by classical and numerical methods. Prerequisites: CEE 405 or equivalent. Advanced mathematics. Three lectures. (3W)

643. Groundwater Hydrology. Aquifer properties; storage, movement, recharge, and withdrawal; safe yield, planning, development, and management of groundwater; economic and legal considerations; maintenance of groundwater quality; conjunctive use. Prerequisite: CEE 343. Three' lectures (3Sp)

742. Water Resources Engineering Systems. Relationship of development of water resources to development of other natural resources. Historical and present concepts in water development. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (3F)

646. Snow Pack Management. See WS 717.

743. Water Resources Engineering Institutions. Current problems and policies on water resource allocation and administration. Institutional factors, coordinating mechanisms, and state and federal role in water resource development. Prerequisite: Instructor's. consent. (3Sp)

650. Appurtenances to Dams and Operation of Reservoirs. Hydraulic and structural design of tunnels, gates, outlet channels, trash racks, etc. Opera¡ tion of reservoirs for flood control and irrigation. Prerequisite: CEE 352. (3Sp)

709. Shell Theory. Analysis of cylindrical shells, shells of revolution, and shells of complex curvature by classical and numerical methods. Prerequisite: CEE 708. Three lectures. (3Sp)

652. Hydraulic Design. Design of pumping systems, including transient control devices; design and operation of open channel conveyance systems. Prerequisites: CEE 551. (3Sp)

744. Water Resources Engineering Planning. General principles and procedures of water resource planning within a region~l, multipurpose context; considerations of project formulation, alternative plans, socioeconomic analysis and financing. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (3W)

653. Fluid Mechanics Instrumentation. Design and development of lab¡ oratory equipment and instrumentation; experimental investigation of fluid flow phenomena. Prerequisite: CEE 351 or 553 (1-4)

752. Porous Media Flow. Steady and unsteady flows through saturated and unsaturated porous materials, solved a n alytically as well as numerically. Prerequisites: CEE 351, Math 442, or equivalent. (3Sp)

655. Open Channel Flow. Theory and application of steady uniform and varied flow under both subcritical and supercritical flow conditions. Unsteady flows which resnlt in both positive and dispersive waves. Prerequisites: CEE 351 and knowledge of FORTRAN. (4W)

753. Numerical Methods in Engineering. Finite differences and other numerical techniques for solving a nalysis and design problems. Methods adapted to digital computers are stressed. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (3Sp)

656. Sediment Transport. Channel roughness and design of stable channels. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp)

757. Potential Fluid Flow. Application of the principles and methods of classical hydrodynamics to the solution of problems. Prerequisites: CEE 658 and advanced calculus or advanced engineering mathematics. (3F)

65S. Fluid Mechanics - Intermediate. Nature of fluid state, coordinate systems; general equations of fluid motion with solutions and applications; potential flow; boundary layers, turbulence, convection and dispersion; unsteady flow. Prerequisite: CEE 553 or Diagnostic Exam (4W)

75S. Free Surface Hydrodynamics. Linear and nonlinear theory of water waves. jets. selected topics from free-surface hydrodynamics. Prerequisite: CEE 757. (3W)

664, 665, 666. Water and Wastewater Treatment. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. Three lectures, one lab. (4F, 4W, 4Sp)

759. Boundary Layers and Turbulence Theory. Prerequisite: CEE 757 (3Sp)

667. Industrial Wastewaters. Nature of important water-using industrial processes, along with theory, design, and application of appropriate unit treatment processes and operations for achieving water quality objectives. Prerequisite: CEE 665. One lecture, one lab. (2Sp)

761. Water Quality Management. Natural and man-made characteristics of water quality, water quality requirements for beneficial use a nd discharge to receiving waters, and elements of technology available for water quality management. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (3F)

675. Engineering Systems: Optimization. See EE 675. (3F)

762. Air Quality Management. Classifications of air pollutants and their sources, air quality standards, atmospheric sampling and analysis, technical approaches to control, regulatory measures and selected topics in meteorological and biological effects. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (3W)

676. Engineering Systems: Modeling and Simulation. See EE 676. (3W) 6S0. Graduate Seminar. (IF, W,Sp) 690. Directed Reading. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su) 693. Special Problems. Independent or group study of engineering problems not covered in regular course offerings. (l-4'F, W, Sp, Su) 697. Thesis Research. (I-9F, W, Sp, Su)

763. Waste Management. Nature and scope of the solid waste disposal problem, the general state of the art, and management solutions based on social, economic, and technical considerations. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. Three lectures. (3Sp) 7S0. Graduate Seminar. (IF, W,Sp) 7S1. Formulation of Research Ideas. (1)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su) 702. Mechanical Vibrations.

See ME 702.

797. Dissertation Research. (I-I5F, W, Sp, Su)

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su) 705. Elastic Theory. See ME 705.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Comm unication I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I *Department of

Acting Head: Professor Marian D. Nelson Office in Main 248

Professor B. Hansen; Associate Professors Higbee, Ross; Assistant Professors Allen, Black, Hales, A. Hansen, Marshall, Rhoades, Spillman; Instructors P. Hansen, Heidt, Smith; Lecturer Harris Degrees offered: BS and BA in Journalism; BS and BA in Writing and Mass Communication; BS, BA, MS, and MA in Speech

Objectives

The Department of Communication offers a variety of courses in mass communications and speech communication designed to prepare students for careers in business, industry, newspapers, magazines, broadcasting, and in high school teaching. Service courses in General Education communication skills and as supporting courses for various majors are also offered by the department.

Majors offered include:

Journalism with options in news-editorial, advertising, radio-television news, public relations, and journalism education.

Speech with concentrations in interpretation, public address, and radio and television broadcasting. Speech-Theatre Arts Composite.

Requirements

Journalism Major. All majors in Journalism are required to complete a core curricula plus courses in a concentrated sequence. Core Curricula - Comm 121, 230, 231, 303, 333, 403,503. Advertising Concentration 352; Art 102; BA 454, 550.

Comm 350, 351,

News-Editorial Concentration - Comm 330, 332, 350, 352, 430, 531, and three credits elective in Journalism. Art 140 is recommended as an elective, and the student should select two upper division courses in history, or political science, or psychology, or economics. Public Relations Concentration Comm 330, 332, 350, 351, 352, and 430; BA 550; Psy 349; Soc 350. Radio-Television News Concentration Comm 185, 282, 330, 384, 531, plus three credits elective in Communication (Journalism). 'In the College of Hwnanities, Arts, and Social Sciences.

Journalism Education (Teaching Major) Concentration - Comm 100, 330, 332, 350, 410, 430, and 504. A teaching minor of 25 credits in an area which is required in all Utah high schools. Professional education courses for certification are listed under the College of Education. Journalism Education Minor - Comm 121, 230, 231, 303, 350, 403, 504, plus three credits of electives in Communication (Journalism). Teaching minors are also encouraged to take at least two quarters of practice on the staff of Student Life. Radio and Television Broadcasting Major Comm 105, 121, 140, 185, 187, 280, 282, 284, 313, 380, 384, 524, and 586; ThArt 121, 150. Speech and Speech Education Major - Minimum of 45 credits. Communication 101 or 105, 313 or 509, 525; 140, 524; six credits in Radio and Television; eight electivt credits in Communication (Speech); ThArt (eight credits), 121, 150 and 546, or 150 and 406; Comm D 100. For certification the student must complete prescribed professional education courses listed in the College of Education, Comm 523, and complete a teaching minor as approved by the Council on Teacher Education. Speech-Theatre Arts Composite Major Comm 101, 140, 187, 524, 525, 581; Comm D 100. Those planning to certify for secondary teaching should also take Comm 523. The Speech-Theatre Arts composite major students may take as many as 40 credits in Speech; additional elective speech classes are Comm 109, 313, 509, 510. Theatre Arts courses required are listed under the Department of Theatre Arts.

Graduate Study The Department of Communication offers the Master of Arts and the Master of Science with a major in Speech. Graduate students may specialize in radio and television broadcasting or in speech. See the Graduate School Catalog for prerequisites and further information.


82

Communication

Journalism Courses 100. College Journalism. For members of Student Life staff. Discussion of newspapers and responsibilities of journalism. Up to three credits permitted. (1)

120. Critical Analysis of the Newspaper. Study of significant current news practices and their relation to society. Attention given to methods of news analysis and comment. (2F) 121. Introduction to Mass Communications. Lectures on historical. social, and vocational aspects of the newspaper, magazine, book, radio, television, motion picture, public relations, advertising, journalism teaching; also, the psychology of news. (3F) 130G. Journalistic Writing. The mechanics and techniques of reportorial writing. (3) 230. Reporting. Style, social responsibilities. and problems of reporting for the meQia of mass communications; laboratory work in print and broadcast communication. (3F, W) 231. Editing and Copy Reading. Elements of mass communication style, usage, improvement of news presentation, modern technology. publication layout and design, editorial policies. (4W, Sp) 303. Community Newspaper. Problems of editing and publishing a community newspaper. Efforts are made to provide laboratory experience in a community newspaper. Field trip required. (3Sp) 310. Journalism Practices. Laboratory work in publications, radio, or television. (2) 311. Newspaper Internship. Six or more weeks work on a newspaper. Prerequisite: Junior standing and major or minor in Journalism. (l -3F)

330. Reporting - Public Affairs. Coverage of local, state, federal courts; municipal, state, and federal government administration in the local community. Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: Comm 230. (3W) 332. Editorial Writing. Study of the editorial and its place in opinion formation in the mass media. Planning, researching, and writing editorials and editorial campaigns. Lecture and laboratory work. (2Sp) 333. Law of the Press. Principles of the law of libel, privacy, copyright, press freedom and responsibility as they apply to the news media. (2F) 350. Publishing Problems. Study of production and business sides of newspaper publishing; plant equipment, sources of income, circulation, advertising, and labor problems. (3Sp) 351. Advertising Copy. An overview of advertising. Stresses advertising appeals and copywriting. (3Sp) 352. Public Relations. Media and methods used in public rela tions work as required by corporations, public institutions, service organizations, and governmental agencies. Prerequisites: Comm 230, or instructor's consent. (3W) 403. Senior Seminar. Investigation of current problems in journalism; elementary research methods in journalism; study of selected books on journa lism. Required of all Journalism Seniors. (2Sp)

410. Special Problems in Journalism. (1-2) 430. Magazine Article Writing. Lectures and practice in preparing feature articles for magazines. Analysis of periodical markets. (3) 503. Mass Communications and Society. Study of the criticisms, challenges, impact, and responsibilities of mass communications in modern society. Emphasis on performance and ethics of practitioners. (5W) 504. School Publications. For the high school teacher or prospective high school teacher. Problems of advising staffs of school newspapers, yearbooks, and magazines. (3Sp) 531. In-depth Reporting. Procedures and techniques in writing public affairs in-depth articles. Prerequisite: Comm 330. (2F)

Speech Courses 101G. Communication:'- Public and Interpersonal. The application of theory to the development of skills in interpersonal, small group, and public communication situations. (5)

105G. Public Speaking. Speaking in formal public communication situa· tions; application of logic and critical thinking, as well as the behavioral theories of audience psychology. (3)

I I

109. Voice and Diction Improvement. Diagnosis of individual problems, theory, and practical exercises. Not intended for those with defects in speech. (3Sp) 116. Dialect. The most prominent dialect works of Burns, Kipling, Drum· mond, Riley, Runbar, Harris, Kirk, a nd others. (3Sp) 140G. Oral Interpretation. A preparatory course for understanding and appreciation of the printed page. (5) 160G. Interpersonal Communication. Communication skill in group discussion and interpersonal relations; simulation games and role playing; relevant theories of communication. (3) 185. Radio-TV Performance. Speech skills required in broadcasting; directed toward development of acceptable standards of voice. articulation, pronunciation, and body control. (3W, Sp) 187. Radio Production. Use 'Of voice, music, and sound to create radio programs with attention to assisting the speech teacher to adapt professional production techniques to classroom use. (3F, Sp)

192. Individual Problems. Private instruction to help eliminate defects a nd develop skill in speech; recommended for those needing individual speech instruction. Special fee. M~y be taken more than one quarter. (1 ·3) 205. Intermediate Public Speaking. Techniques in developing skill in speech presentation. Prerequisite: Comm 101 or 105. (3F, W, Sp) 280. Television Production. Program idea development, scripting, casting, rehearsal, coordination of technical aspects of TV production. (3W, Sp) 282. Television Film Techniques. Production and editing of news, documentary, and program film for television. (3Sp) 284. Commercial and Continuity Writing. Creative aspects of commer· cial copy and dramatic scripts; writing, evaluating, and revising scripts; analysis and critique of local and national material. (3F) 290. Radio Internship. Broadcast work in a commercial station. By permission of instructor. (2·5) 301. Parliamentary Procedure. (IF) 305. Technical and Professional Speaking. (3) -313. Argumentation. Techuiques of analysis, investigation, evidence, reasoning, briefmaking, refutation, and construction and delivery of the argumentative speech. (3F) 3111. Intercollegiate Debating. credits a year. (3)

Debate squad ' members enroll for three

384. News and Documentary Writing. Newsroom organization and operation; selection of news stories; the newscast; the TV documentary. special events, features, commentary a nd a nalysis. (3W) 392. Private Instruction. Private instruction to help eliminate defects and develop skill in speech; recommended for those needing individual speech instruction. Special fee . May be tsken more than one quarter. (1-3) 500. Problems in Speech. Individualized readings and projects. Prereq· uisite: consent of department head. Maxim um of six credits may be counted toward baccalaureate degree. (1-5) --509. Discussion and Conference Leadership. Application of group discussion techniques to current problems; practice in preparation, use, and evaluation of methods. (3F) --510. Play Reading. Cutting and building plays for public programs. (3Sp) 511. Psychology and Semantics of Speech. Psychology of speech; personal adjustment through speech; the process of symbol use. (3W) 517. Persuasion. Techniques of influencing thought and behavior by speech; attention to the problems of audience analysis, psychological aspects of persuasion. and technical considerations. (3Sp) 518. Storytelling. Analysis and classification of stories with reference to periods in the child's development; study of stories of western pioneer life. (5) -Taught 1974-75 --Taught 1975-76

I I I I I I I I I I

l I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I .1 I I I I I I

Communicative Disorders 519. Storytelling. Summer only. (3) 522. Reading Poetry to Children. Oral reading principles for children's poetry; choral reading techniques for classroom situations and programming. (3)

523. Teaching of Speech. Secondary sch ool methods and problems; methods for university basic speech courses. Prerequisite: adm ission to teacher education. (3F) 524. Advanced Interpretation. Mastering significant selections from great writers and reading from manuscript and memory. (5F, W) 525. Speech Compostion. Theory and practice of public speaking; building and delivering short speeches, and reading selected public speaking master· pieces. Prerequisites: Junior standing and Comm 101, or 105. (5W,) 526. Speech Composition. (Off campus only.) (3) 527. Teaching Speech in the Elementary School. (Independent study only.) (3)

83

586. Senior Seminar. Current issues in broadcasting; station management a nd programming. (3F) 587. Education TV and Radio. Production of radio and television materials for education uses; methods for effective classroom utilization of audio and visual materials and programs. (3W, Su) 590. Television Internship. In-serVice training in a commercial television station under supervision of station personn el. Limited to Seniors and graduate students. Registration only after acceptance by the department and the station. (1-12)

Graduate Speech Curriculum and Instruction. (see SecEd 650.) 680. Seminar in Resear ch Methods in Speech. (2F) 684. Seminar in Oral Interpretation. (2F) "685. Seminar in Rhetorical Theory. (2W)

530. Oral Inte rpretation Workshop in Children's Literature. Theory and practice of oral reading principles for various forms of children's literature; emphasis on choral reading, play reading, and readers theatre. (3W) 532. Creative Projects in Oral Literature. Summer workshop in creative techniques in oral interpretation; readers theatre, choral reading, poetry, storytelling, puppetry, creative dramatics. (2Su) 533. Directing Forensic Programs. Summer onl y. (3) 583. Television Direction. Projects to develop the imagination, creativity, and esthetic judgment for different types of television programs, and to develop and perfect skill in television production. (3Sp)

686. Seminar in Radio-Television. Broadcast communication broadcast research; educational radio-TV research. (3W)

theory;

687. Seminar in British and American Oratory. Study of the classics of British and American oratorical literature; backgrounds of the speakers, circumstances surrounding the speech occasion , a nd analysis. (2Sp) 690. R esearch Studies. Advanced research in speech. (1·5) 697. Thesis (1·9) 699. Continuing Graduate Ad visement. (.1·3)

"Taught 1975·76.

*Department of

Comm unicati ve Disorders Head: Professor Jay R. Jensen Office: Mechanical Arts 201 Professor Berg; Associate Professors Johnson, Taylor, Viehweg; Assistant Professors Clark, Littledike; Instructor Strong Degrees offered: BS, MS, and MA in Communicative Disorders

Objectives

Requirements

Three major objectives of the Department of Communicative Disorders are: 1) to train competent speech pathologists and audiologists capable of state and national certification; 2) to provide clinical services to speech or hearing impaired individuals in the university population or in the community; 3) to provide a research opportunity for those students desiring 1m investigative experience relating to communicative problems of individuals.

Admission into the Professional Program. In the Fall quarter of the Junior year, all students must apply for admission into the professional program. This is a three-year professional program culminating in the Master's degree. A 3.0 g.p.a. overall is required for admission. Transfer students or students applying for admIssion into the program subsequent to the Fall quarter of their Junior year must receive approval of the departmental admission committee before beginning their matriculation in major classes.

'In the College of Education


84

Communicative Disorders

Bachelor's degree in Audiology or Speech Pathology. Though the BS or BA degree is available, the student must be aware that there is no professional certification possible at the Bachelor's level. Audiology majors are required to complete the following courses. Comm D 307, 310, 314, 315, 317, 404, 414, 424, 527, 537, 544/547, 627 and SpEd 551, 552. Additionally, other courses, both in and out of the department, are required: Comm D 240, 270, 275, 365; E1 Ed 410, 415, 425, 430, and Ed Ad 6661 667. Speech Pathology majors are required to complete Comm D 240, 270, 275, 307, 310, 315, 365, 411, 451, 511, 541, and 521. Other required courses are as follows: Comm D 100, 314, 404, 414, 424; Psy 313 or Sp Ed 301; Sp Ed 302; and Ed Ad 666/667.

An application for admission to teacher education should be completed by all majors before the Junior year (see College of Education requirements). This approval is necessary for the student to take those courses taught in the Department of Elementary Education and Secondary Education which are supportive ofhislher major.

310. Fundamentals of Anatomy for Speech and Hearing. Emphasis given to developmental considerations. (5F) 314. Language Disorders and Hearing Impairment. The effect of a hearing loss on natural language development. Specific language problems of the hearing impaired and diagnosis of these problems. Prerequisite: Comm D 270. (3F) 315. Fundamentals of Communication Science. Biological elements of sound production, phsycis of sound, phonological, and psychological processes contributing to speech intelligibility, and cybernetic principles. Laboratory demonstrations are included. (5W) 317. Speech Audiometry. Speech audiometry practice and procedures. Rationale, historical development, test administration, and interpretation for medical and post-medical rehabilitation. Prerequisite: Comm D 307. (3F) 365. Clinical agement as an edge and skills, considerations.

Processes and Behavior. A consideration of clinical maninteractive process. Interpersonal sensitivity, technical knowland behavior modification are discussed and presented as cone (5W)

404. Hearing and Speech Management. Profile of and perception by the hearing impaired; speech, listening, and spoken language evaluation; structured and unstructured communication development; basics and comparison of auditory trainers. Prerequisite: Comm D 275. (3Sp)

411. Evaluation and Remediation of Language Disorders. Evaluation instruments for assessment of language competency will be introduced. Use of language management programs will be considered. Prerequisites: Comm D 270, 365. (5Sp) 414. Advanced Hearing and Speech Management. Exemplary auditory trainer, listening mobilization, auditory and visual communication training, speech programming, electro-visual aids, and instructional technology pertaining to the hearing impaired. Prerequisite: Comm D 275. (3F)

Graduate Study The Master's degree is required for the student to obtain either state or national professional certification. Either the MS or MA in Audiology or Speech Pathology is offered. See the Graduate Catalog for prerequisites and further information. The number of graduates recommended for State of Utah certification may be controlled by action of the State Board of Higher Education. Prospective graduate students should consult with the department head concerning this.

424. Teaching Language to the Hearing Impaired. A spectrum of language development and remediation programs for hearing impaired children. A study of highly structured programs, experienced programs, and natural programs. Prerequisite: Comm D 314 . (3W) 434. Teaching Reading to the Hearing Impaired. The relationship of hearing 10s8 to reading disorders. Diagnostic procedures - reading programs and materials for hearing impaired children. Prerequisite El Ed 415. (3Sp) 451. Disorders of Phonation. An introduction to the study of voice disorders. Emphasis is on the management-interpretation aspects for correction. Evaluation, therapeutic programming, and measurement are considered. Prerequisite: Comm D 310. (4W) 500. Institute in Communicative Disorders. Special colloquial offerings in Communicative Disorders. (1-5F, W, Sp, Su)

Communicative Disorders Courses

611. Disorders of Articulation. Introduction to articulation disorders and related problems. Emphasis is directed at evaluation, management and measurement of success. Principles of programming are presented. Prerequisite: Comm D275. (5F)

010. Remediation of Communicative Disorders. For students with communicative problems for which speech and/ or hearing therapy is needed. No credit. (F, W, Sp)

514. Dactyology. The student will gain a basic expressive and receptive use of total communication and a basic vocabulary of signs. Current trends in manual communication. (3W)

100. Introduction to Communicative Disorders. Survey of speech, language, and hearing disorders, including factors conducive to normal and abnormal speech and language development. Recommended for prospective teachers. (5F, Sp)

521. Speech Pathology Management in Public Schools. This course considers the special problems related to the delivery of speech pathology services in public schools. Administrative organizations and protocol will be included. (2Sp)

240. Apprenticeship in Communicative Disorders. Observation in the clinic in speech pathology and audiology. Clinical assistipg with senior and graduate clinicians. Emphasis is directed in developing a clinical philosophy. (IW,Sp,Su)

627. Psychoacoustic Instrumentation. part one involves fundamentals of electronics. Part two deals with use of electronic instrumentation in clinical programs and in research applications. Laboratory experience is included. Prerequisite: Comm D 315. (3Sp)

270. Language, Hearing, and Speech Development. A consideration of the development of phonology, morphology, and syntax in the language of children from birth through eight years. (3W)

637. Structure, Function, and Dysfunction of the Auditory Mechanism. Anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the auditory mechanism and associated body structures._Prerequisite: Comm D 310. (3W)

276. Phonetics. Basic study of the sounds of English speech and the phonological subsystem of spoken language; descriptive, prescriptive physiological, and acoustic features; applications in several disciplines. (3F)

641. Internship in Speech Pathology. Supervised diagnostic and remedial casework with speech handicapped individuals. May be taken more than one quarter. (1-5F, W, Sp, Su)

307. Basic Audiometry. Part one involves foundations of audiology, including psychophysical methods and psychoacoustics. Part two involves basic pure tone test techniques and interpretation. Practical problems are assigned. Prerequisite: Comm D 315. (5Sp)

644. Internship in Educational Audiology. Supervised diagnostic and remedial casework in educational audiology, i.e. in the educational management of the hard-of-hearing individual (1-5F, W, Sp, Su)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I Dairy Science I I I I I I I

Dairy Science

547. Internship in Audiology. Supervised diagnostic and remedial casework in audiology. May be taken more than one quarter. (1-5F. W. SP. Su) 550.

617. Hearing Aids. Consideration given to hearing aid types. components, electro-acoustic characteristics, determining pa tient candidacy. measuring patient performance, evaluation procedures and philosophies, and professional commercial relationships. (3F)

Interdisciplinary Workshop. (1-3)

575. Introduction to Research in Communicative Disorders. An introduction to research methodology, experimental design, issues, and interpretation. Thesis prospectus development is guided. Statistical inference and singlesubject designs. are also considered. Prerequisite: (prior to concurrent) Psy 380. (3Sp)

621 Communicative Disorders of Cleft Palate. Nature, etiologies, and principles of treatment of speech disorders resulting from cleft pa late. Prerequisites: Comm 0 311 a nd graduate standing. (3W) 627. Pediatric Audiology. Special tests and procedures fro examining hearing of infants and s ma ll children. Prerequisites: Comm 0 307. (3Sp)

590. Independent Study. Selected work individua lly assigned. h andled. and directed. Problems of mutual interest to students and the ins tructor are investigated and reported. (I-SF. W, Sp, Su)

631. Stuttering. Theoretical, clinical and experimental stuttering and other disorders of speech rhythm. (3Sp)

to

641. Public School internship in Speech Pathology. Supervised diag· nostic, remedial, and educational internship appropriate to the area of specialization. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (l-4F, W, Sp)

604. The Young Hearing Impaired Child. infant-parent programs. Hearing, screening, and testing. Models of delivery of programs, methods of communication, home visit and parent programs, language facilitation and pre-school programs. (3F)

611. Neuropathologies of Speech. A study of language and speech problems due to lesions of the nervous system, including cerebral palsy, aphasia, and other dysarthias. Prerequisites: Comm 0 170, 310. (5F)

approaches

637. Differential Diagnosis of Auditory Disorders. Advanced theory and practice of a udiological evaluation. Prerequisites: Comm 0 307, 317. (3W)

Graduate

610. Medical Backgrounds of Communicative Disorders. Speech, hearing, and medical specialists participate in a series pf lectures dealing with communication disorders and the multidisciplinary approach to their treatment. (4Su)

85

644. Public School internship in Educational Audiology. Supervised off-campus internship in educational audiology. i.e., the educationa l management of hard·of-hearing children and youth . (4·12F, W, Sp)

,

685. Seminar in Communicative Disorders (Educational Audiology, Clinical Audiology, Speech Pathology). Research a nd analysis of selected topics. May be repeated. (2F, W, Sp) 697. Thesis. (1-9F, W, Sp,Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

*Department of

Head: Professor George E. Stoddard

Office in Animal Science 201

Professor Funk; Associate Professors Anderson, Barnard, Lamb, Stokes; Assistant Professors Andrus, Arave, Barnes, Mickelsen Degrees offered: BS and MS in Dairy Science

Areas of specialization: BS in Dairy Science has programs specializing in General Dairy Science, Business, and Science (including a pre-veterinary option)

Objectives

Requirements

The Department of Dairy Science provides instruction in technical and scientific aspects of herd management and milk production so as to prepare graduates for positions in dairy herd management or with organizations within or serving the dairy industry. Students in science options prepare themselves for education beyond the BS degree.

Bachelor of Science in Dairy Science. All students majoring in Dairy Science are required to complete DySci 120, 151, 211 (three to five credits), 442, 450, 520, 530, 540, 541, 542; AnSci 440, 441; V Sci 220, 300, 320; inorganic and organic chemistry; Math 105; Ag Ec, nine credits; BioI 120, 121, 512; Bact five credits; NFS 160.

'in College of Agriculture

Students in the general option are required to take additional courses, including: Soil Science, one course;


86

Economics

Plant Science, one course; additional courses outlined conference with the adviser.

In

Students specializing in the Dairy Business option are required to add the following courses to those required of all students: Econ 200, 201 (or Ag Ec 201 , 202); Ag Ec, 12 credits; BA 20 credits, including 201, 435; Acctg 305. Students in the Science options are required to complete the following additional courses: Math 106; Chemistry 23 total credits; additional credits and courses as necessary for each area of emphasis as outlined by the adviser.

Graduate Study The Department of Dairy Science offers a Master of Science degree in Dairy Science with several specialization options. See the Graduate School catalog for further information.

Dairy Science Courses

442. Feeding Dairy Cattle. Cha racteristics of standards a nd feedin g systems. Economy a nd comparative value of feeds. Prerequisites: AnSci 440, 441. (3Sp) 450. Purebred Dairy Herd Ope ration. Breed characteristics, programs, promotion, merch a ndising, sales, animal evaluation , a nima l display, a nd breeder interaction. (2W) --520. Dairy Cattle Breeds and Br e e ding_ Inherited characteristics of dairy cattle to be considered in selecting breedi ng stock. Breeding programs a nd systems in use. Breeds of dairy cattle, breed organizations and th eir dairy cat¡ tle, breed organizations a nd t heir programs, tes ting plans , pedigree analysis, record keeping, a nd study of breeding establishments. Prerequisite: Bioi 512. (4W) - 530. Milk Secre tion. Anatomy and function of the mamma ry gla nd, theories of secretion , methods of milking, mas titis control, factors affecting composition, qua lity, a nd qua ntity of milk. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistr y. (3W) 540. Dairy Herd E valuation. Record summar y a nd inventory of existing herds. Pla nning for development of herd a nd necessary facilities. Student reports. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (3F) 54l. Dairy Herd Manage m e nt. Ma n agement for econ omical milk production through proper breeding, selection, feeding, disease control, mil king a nd sanitation. Student reports. (3W) 542. Dairy Herd Planning. Pla nning future cha nges in dairy herds to remain competitive. Technology, organizationa l a lternatives, labor use, finan cia l sources, industry trends. Student reports. Prerequisite: permission of instructor (3Sp)

120. Int r o ductory Dairyin g . Genetics, n utrition, land, la bor, and capita l a re considered as resources available to ma nagement. Records, q uali ty tests, and mercha ndising programs a re evaluated. (3F)

590. Special Problem s in D!liry Scie nce. (1-6F, W, Sp, Su)

15l. Dairy Cattle Judging and Evaluatio ns. Ty pes of various breeds of dairy cattle, judging individual a nima ls, showing, type classification , type, a nd production relations. Visits to dairy farms. (l Sp)

699_ Continuing Graduate Advisem e nt.

2 11. Dairy He rd P racticum. Supervised experience with selected tasks in herd operations. P rerequisite: permission of instructor (1¡2F, W, Sp).

697. Research in Dairy Scie nce.

Credit arranged. (l-6F, W, Sp, Su) (1-3)

- Taught 1974-75 --Taught 1975-76

*Department of

Economics Head: Professor B. Delworth Gardner Office in Business 611 Professors J. C. Andersen, R. H. Anderson, Christensen, Collier, Davis, Durtschi, Grimshaw, Jensen, LeBaron, Nielsen, Michaelsen, Roberts , Taylor, Wennergren; Professor Emeritus Murray; Associate Professors Clement, Finch, Fullerton, Hansen, Lewis, Lyon, Marston, Sedjo; Assistant Professors Asplund, Logan, Petersen, Whitaker, Wiseman; Postdoctoral Fellows Willis, Keith; Collaborator Stewart Degrees offered: BS and MS in Agricultural Economics; BS, BA, MS, and MA, in Economics; BS in Agribusiness; Master of Agricultural Industries (MAl); Master of Social Sciences (MSS); PhD in Economics (may have emphasis in Agricultural Economics)

Requirements I Bachelor of Scie nce in Agribul!!iness is offered to provide a business orientation for students inter- In College of Agriculture a nd Oollege of Business; programs in both Agricultural Economics and Economics. lEcon 200 and 201 (or Ag Ec 201, ~ 02 plus Econ 200) a nd Ma th 105, 245, and 246 are strongly recommended prior to ta king upper division Ag Ec and Econ courses.

I I

ested in agriculture and agriculture-related industries. Minimum course requirements are as follows:

General Education . Agricultural Economics Ag Ec 510 - Fann and Ra nch Ma nagement (3) Ag Ec 535 - Agricultura l Business (4) Ag Ec 560 - Agricultural Marketing (3) Plus nine additiona l upper division credits

Credits 55 19

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Economics 87 Credits Economics ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. 24-25 Econ 200 (5) and Econ 201 (5) or Ag Ec 200 (5) and Ag Ec 201 (3) plus Ag Ec 202 (3) Econ 500 - Macroeconomics (4) Econ 501 - Microeconomics (4) Plus six additional upper division hours 4-6 Business Administration. BA 3 11 - Management Concepts (4) BA 340 - Corporation Finance (4) BA 360 - Personnel Administration (4) BA 370 - P roduction (4) Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .... . .... ..... .. . .. .. 4-6 Acctg 201 - Introductory Accounting (3) Acctg 202 - Introductory Accounting (3) Acctg 305 - Survey of Accounting Principles (4) Agricultura l Science (to be selected from other departments in the College of Agriculture). ............. . 22 Statistics . ........... . ............. 6-10 BA 506 - Business Statistics (3) BA 507 - Business Statistics (3) or APS 431 - Statistical Methods (5) APS 432 - Statistical Methods (5) Electives ................ ..

. .. 33-40

Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Economics. Two options are available: General Agriculture and International Agriculture. A total of 186 credits is required for General Agriculture and 196 for international Agriculture. Minimum course requirementsare: Credits General Education. Agricultura l Economics. 18 credits in courses numbered above 300 Economics. Econ 200 (5) Econ 201 (5) or Ag Ec 201 (3) and Ag Ec 202 (3) Econ 500 - Macroeconomics (4) Econ 501 - Microeconomics (4) P lus six additional upper division credits. Mathematics . . .. ................. .... . • Math 105 - College Algebra (5) Math 245 - Calculus (3) Math 246 - Calculus (3) Statistics .. .. . .. . .. . .. . ........... . BA 506 - Business Statistics (3) BA 507 - Business Statistics (3) APS 431- Statistical Methods (5) Accounting. Acctg 201 (3), Acctg 202 (3) or Acctg 305 (4) Agricultural Production General Agriculture option . International Agriculture option Electives General Agriculture option ..... . International Agriculture option .... . ... . . . . . .. . . . . . .

55

18 24-25

11

5-6

4-6

28

33 . 37-41

.. .. 42-46

Bachelor's degree in Economics. The following are requirements for a major in Economics: Credits General Education .. . 55 Economics (Core) ....... .. ...... . . .. ....... .. . ...... ... ...... . . 39 Econ 200 - Economics (5) Econ 201- Economics (5) Econ 500 - Macroeconomics (4) Econ 501 - Microeconimics (4) Econ 510 - History of Economic Thought (3) Plus 18 credita of additional courses numbered above 300 Economics (Elective) . . .... .. ............ . 12

Complete at least one course numbered above 500 from any four of the subject areas in Economics: Econometrics, Economic Development, Economic History, History of Economic Thought (besides 510),

International Economics, Labor and Manpower, Mathematical Economics and Programming, Research Methodology (Econ 605, 606, and 607), Money and Banking, Public Finance, and Resource Economics. Mathematics ...... . ............... . Math 105 - College Algebra (5) Math 245 - Calculus (3) Math 246 - Calculus (3) Statistics ... Any six credits in courses numbered above 300 Accounting. . ........................ . . . Acctg 201 (3), 202 (3), 203 (3) or Acctg 305 (4) Electives ..

Credits 11

6 4-9

.. .. . .. .. ..... .. 55-59

Graduate Study The department offers the PhD and Master's degrees in Economics and Agricultural Economics. These are open to students with or without undergraduate majors in Economics or Agricultural Economics. The programs are designed to prepare the student in economic theory and provide depth in an area where he has a specific interest. Areas of specialization include: Econometrics and Mathematical Economics Growth and Development Economic Histor~ Theory Agricultural Marketing Agricultural Policy Production Economics International Economics Manpower Economics and Industrial Relations Monetary Theory and Policy Public Finance and Fiscal Policy Regional Economics Land and Resource Economics Economic Education See the Graduate Catalog for additional information on graduate programs. Center for Economic Education. The Center for Economic Education has the responsibility for strengthening economic offerings and teaching effectiveness at the elementary, secondary, and college levels. It is involved in retraining teachers, consultation, and research in economic education. The Center works closely with the College of Education, the Extension Services, other state centers, and the Joint Council on Economic Education - the national organization. Economics Research Institute. The Economics Research Institute sponsors economic research and assists in the preparation of applications for research funds from outside agencies. It also acts as a clearinghouse for research materials and counsels researchers on techniques. In addition, the institute sponsors seminars on economic topics and finances the visits of off-campus economic authorities.


88

I

Economics

Agricultural Economics Courses 201. Agricultural Economics I. by farmers. (3F)

620. Agricultural Policies. Application of economic principles and methods of analysis to formulation and appraisal of agricultural policies and programs. (3Sp)

Principles of resource allocation and use

202. Agricultural Economics II. Consumer demand, pricing, and markets for farm products. (3W) 220. Agricultural Industry Analysis. Growth, change, and performance of agriculture in an advanced economy under alternative government programs and market conditions. (3Sp) 231. Agricultural Business Records. Principles and methods of keeping, analyzing and using farm and ranch physical and financial records. (3W)

650. Resource Economics. Application of welfare and allocation theory to resource development. Economic and philosophical implications implicit in the development of federal and state resources policy. (3W) 651. Water Resource Economics. The productivity of capital, intertemporal resource allocation, and investment criteria in water resource use. (1-4)

660. Agricultural Marketing. An applied marketing course dealing with application of economic theory to solution of current marketing problems. Stresses structure, conduct, and performance. (3W) 690. Special Problems. (1-5F, W, Sp, Su)

390. Special Readings. (1-5F, W, Sp, Su) 510. Farm and Ranch Management. Principles and practices associated with the successful operation of farms and ranches. (3W)

691, 692, 693. Seminar. Required of all Senior and graduate majors. (IF, W,Sp) 697. Thesis. (l-12F, W, Sp, Su)

515. Farm and Ranch Management Analysis. Problem solutions and practices associated with organizing and operating farms and ranches, utilizing economic and management principles, budgeting, linear programming, and other methods. Prerequisite: Ag Ec 510. (3Sp) 517. Livestock Economics. Application of farm and ranch management principles to production and marketing of livestock and livestock products. (3Sp) 520. Public Policy for Agriculture. A study of U.S. agricultural policies, past and present, with major focus on an economic analysis of the actions of government in addressing industry problems. (3Sp)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3)

Economics Courses 100. Current Economic Problems. Probable economic consequences of alternative solutions to pressing social and political issues being currently debated. Designed for non,:"ajors in economics. (4F. Sp)

532. Agricultural Finance. Financing agriculture and analysis of institu¡ tions and agencies involved. Transfer of property and estate planning are analyzed. (3W)

130. Economics and Environmental Policy. Rela tionship between economic activity and environmental decay. Economic interpretation of the pollution process and possible methods and social costs of ameloiorating pollution. (2W)

533. Agricultural Credit Procedures. Methods of farm and ranch loan application and evaluation by type and source of financing. Prerequisite: Ag Ec 532. (3Sp)

'200. Economics I. Designed for any student. Principles and institutions underlying operation of the economic system. Emphasis on government policy for reducing unemployment and inflation. (5F. W, Sp, Su)

534. Farm and Ranch Appraisal. An integrated presentation of the factors, principles, and techniques used in determining the money value of farm and ranch properties. Two lectures, one laboratory each week. (3Sp)

'201. Economics II. Designed for any student. Economics of the marketplace, analysis of issues surrounding our business and consumer institutions. Econ 200 is not a prerequisite for 201. (5F, W, Sp, Su)

535. Agricultural Businesses. Application of economic and management principles to farm marketing and supply firms . Management teams operate computer simulated farm supply firms in competition with each other. (4Sp)

302. Economics for Teachers. A combination principles and methods course for secondary and lower division college teachers and prospective teachers of economic subjects. Econ 200 and 201 are recommended prerequisites. (3)

550. Land Economics. Economic principles and analytical 'methods relevant to analyzing land and other natural resource problems. For noneconomics majors. (3F)

500. Macroeconomics. Analysis of the underlying causes of unemployment, economic instability, inflation, and economic growth. (4F, W, Sp, Su)

555. Land and Water Economic Problems. Application of economic principles and techniques to the development, use, and conservation of land and water resources. (3F) 560. Agricultural Marketing. applied to agriculture. (3W)

510. History of Economic Thought. Origin and development of economic theories of leading thinkers in western civilization from 1750. (3W)

Principles and functions of marketing as 511. Economic History of the United States. Development of agriculture, industry, labor, transportation, and finance from colonial times. (5)

565. Commodity Marketing Analysis. Measurement of demand for preXIucts, appraisal of the accuracy of the pricing system which reflects this demand to producers, and possibilities of reducing marketing costs. (4) 580. International Agricultural Development. A study of the agricultural sector in developing countries and the role it plays in economic growth. (3F) 582. Agricultural Planning and Administration. Economic principles, project evaluation techniques, and administrative considerations in agricultural planning in developing countries. For foreign students and noneconomics majors. (3F)

512. Economic History of the Far West. Development of agriculture, industry, transportaion, and finance of the Far West with special attention to the economic development of Utah. (3)

515. Comparative Economic Systems. History, economic theories, and comparative policies of communist, socialist, and capitalistic economies. (3Sp)

520. Introduction to Labor. A review of the development of labor-management relationship and the growth of trade unionism in the United States. (3F, Su) 521. Collective Bargaining. A comprehensive study of the bargaining process and scope of labor-management contracts, the day-to-day administration of agreements, and the major substantive issues in negotiations. (3W, Su)

Graduate 606. Research Methodology. Philosophy of research and importance of application of scientific method to solution of research problems. (3W) 607. Research Methodology. tural economics research. (2Sp)

501. Microeconomics. Analysis of the behavior of consumers and business firms. Application of theory to the solution of real world problems. (4F, W, Sp)

Some problems and techniques in agricul-

522. Labor Force Analysis and Manpower Economics. Labor force development and behavior, occupational choice and mobility, human capital formation, labor market information and institutions, and manpower policies. (3W)

610. Agricultural Production Economics. (3W) 611. Agricultural Production Decision Theory. Static and stochastic models. Effects of different decision criteria on optimization procedures. (3Sp)

'Econ 200 and 201 are prerequisites for all upper division classes except 511, 512,520,530, and 552.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Economics 523. Trade Unionism and th,! Law. A survey of the law governing labor relations. The legal framework in which the collective bargaining relationship is established and in which negotiations take place is analyzed. (3Sp)

-Graduate

530. Business and Government. Description and analysis of government policy towards business. Public regulation of mon6polies. History and analysis of antitrust policy. (3Sp)

601. Price Theory. Prerequisite: Econ 501. (3F, W)

532. Business and Economic Forecasting. (5)

610. History of Economic Thought. (3F)

533. Transportation Economics. Economic principles that underlie rate structures and work of regulatory agencies. (3)

6ll. Economic History. (3)

534. Industrial Organization. Description of the structure of industry in the United States. Relation of structure to the conduct and performance of industry. In-depth study of individual industries. (3W) 540. International Economfcs. Primary issues in international economics including comparative advantage, trade restrictions, balance of payments, a nd alternative international monetary mechanisms. (5W) 550. Public Finance. Government fiscal institutions-expenditure programs, budget procedures, tax systems, debt issues, levels of government, and the issues surrounding their operation. (3F) 551. State and Local Finance. Unique financial problems of state and local governments. (2F) 552. Social Security and Income Maintenance. Survey of the main division of social security legislation; workmen's compensation? legal minimum wage, regulation of hours, unemployment compensation, old·age insurance, and health insurance. (3F) 560. Money and Banking. Development of our present monetary a nd banking system; a critical analysis of central banking. (5F, Sp)

600. Income Theory.

89

II Prerequisite: Econ 500. (3F, Sp)

605. Economic Research. (See Ag EcS(6). (3W)

612. Readings in Economic History. Credit arranged. (3F , W, Sp, Su) 620. Labor Economics. Prerequisite: Econ 520 or 521. (3Sp) 624. Collective Bargaining in Public Employment. (3F) 640. International Economics. Prerequisite: Econ 540. (3Sp) 650. Public Finance.

Prerequisite: Econ 550. (3W)

660. Money and Banking. Prerequisite: Econ 501 , 560. (3W) 670. Introduction to Econometrics. Single equation models. A knowledge of calculus and statistics is required. (3F) 671. Theory of Econometrics I. Errors in variables, autocorrelation, multicollinearity. heteroscedasicity. lagged va.riables, dummy variables, as encountered in single equation models. (3W) 672. Theory of Econometrics II. Simultaneous equation .estimation: in· direct least 'squares, full information maximum likelihood, and k·class esti· mators. (3Sp)

570. Quantitative Economics I. A study of the principal mathematical formulations used in economic a nalysis. Prerequisites: Math 105, Econ 501. (3F)

673. Dynamic Model Building. Investigation of the formulation of struc· tural Tepresentations of economic hyptheses, and properties of alternative estimators of parameters associated with the structural representative. (3)

571. Quantitative Economics II. Continuation of Econ 570. Prerequisite: Econ 570. (3W)

680. Economic Development. (3F)

572. Quantitative Economics III. Continuation of Econ 571. Prerequisite: Econ 571. (3Sp) 580. Economic Development. Theories of economic development, characteristics, and problems of underdeveloped and developing countries, alternative techniques, and policies for the promotion of growth and development. (3F) 585. Regional Economics and Area Development. Location theory, regional development theories, methods, and model of regional analysis., and public policy for regional development. Prerequisites: Econ 200 and 201. (3Sp) 586. Urban Economics. Economics of urba n structure a nd growth. Analysis of urban economic problems including transportation, housing, and public finance. (3W) 590. Applied Econometrics I. An analysis of the commonly used a nd practiced techniques for estimating and testing linear econometric models. (3F) 591. Applied Econometrics II. Empirical estimation and testing of linear simultaneous equations models. (3W)

690. Readings and Conferences. (1·5F, W, Sp) 691. independent Research. (1·5F, W, Sp) 697. Thesis. (1·12F, W,Sp) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3) ';'00. Income Theory. Income, monetary, and fiscal analysis. Prerequisite: Econ 600. (3Sp) 701. Price Theory. Allocation and distribution theory. Prerequisite: Econ SOL (3Sp) 797. Dissertation Research. (1·9F, W, Sp, Su) 799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3)


90

*Department of

Electrical Engineering Head: Professor Kay D. Baker Associate Head: Ronney D. Harris Office in Engineering L-148 Professors D. J. Baker, Clark, Embry, Jones, Megill, Watkins; Professor Emeritus Cole; Associate Professors Chadwick, Despain, Dunmire, Harris, Shaw, Wyatt; Assistant Professors Fletcher, Johnson, Smerage, Thurgood; Lecturers Burt, Howlett, Pound Degr.ees offered: BS and MS in Electrical Engineering; ME in Engineering; PhD in Engineering

Objectives The Department of Electrical Engineering offers a balanced curriculum of classwork, laboratory work, and design experiences to prepare students for careers as practicing engineers. The curriculum is accredited by the Engineering Council for Professional Development to assure professional status to the graduates of this department. The Electrical Engineering program can be categorized into three basic areas: 1) Instruments and Instrumentation Systems (analog and digital, semiconductors, integrated circuits, electronics, computers, electromechanics, power systems, bioelectronics, electrooptics, cryogenics); 2) Electromagnetics (radiation and propagation, optical and infrared engineering, particle and photon emission and detection, energy conversion); and 3) Information, Communication, and Control Systems (information transmission and processing systems, control systems, transform spectral analysis, computer-aided modeling, simulation, and optimization techniques). The application of ,these three disciplines couples to a universitywide commitment to 4) MAN - His Resources and Environment (atmospheric resources, water resources, energy resources, ecological systems).

Upper Division - Required Courses JUNIOR YEAR Fall quarter Credits EE 305 Circuits and Machines 3 EE 311 Network andSystem Theory ..... . .. . . . . . . . . . ... . . 3 EE 314 Electromagnetics . 3 EE 317 Electrical Engrg Lab . . ........ . .. . . . . 2 ME 330 Thermodynamics .. . . . . . . . . .. . . .... .. .. . . ... .. . ....... .. 3 Engl 301 Expository writing ... .... .. ... .... .... . .. ... .. .. . ... . .. .. 3 17 Winter quarter EE 312 Networks and System Theory. . . . . . . .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. EE 315 Electromagnetics . . . . .... ............. ... .. .. . .. .... . . EE 318 Electrical Engrg Lab EE 346 Electronic Anal. & Design·J .. .. . . . . . . . . . 1 EE 507 Electromechanical Energy Conversion ............ • .

3 3 2 3 4 15

Spring quarter EE 313 Networks & System Theory ... ... . .. . . . EE 319 Electrical Engrg Lab . . . . . . . . . . .... .. ..... .... .. .... .. . EE 347 Electronic Anal. & Design·J ..... .. . . .... ..... .. .... .. .. EE 380 Digital Logic .. . .. ............... . .. .. Engl305 Engrg Reporting . . ... . . ... ... . ... .. . . . . .. . . . ... . .... .... ... . ' Humanities/ Soc. Sci.

3 2 3 4 3

3 18

SENIOR YEAR Fall quarter EE 491 Design EE 540 Dist. Circuits and Ra d. EE 552 Control Systems ..... ....... . EE 580 Electronic Anal. & Design, II 3Humanities/ Soc. Sci. . . ............ . ...... . ..••.. .... . . • ....

Credits 2 4 4 4

3 17

Requirements The program leading to a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering is nominally a four-year program (186 credits). General admission and graduation requirements and the curriculum for the first two years of study are given in the College of Engineering section of this catalog. Transfer students should consult with advisers in the Electrical Engineering Department for proper placement. The upper division curriculum listed below allows the student to choose one or more areas of specialization ' in his Senior year.

*In the College of Engineering

Winter quarter EE 492 Design .............. . 'Technical Electives ' Humanities/ Soc. Sci.

2 15 17

Spring quarter EE 489 Electrical Engrg Seminar ' Technical Electives ' Humanities/ Soc. Sci.

13

14 EE 507 May be taken in the Junior or Senior year. In the Senior year it may be taken concurrently with EE 508. 1

2Every student must complete a minimum of six technical elective courses, of which four must be Electrical Engineering courses. Two of these four courses must complete one of the basic 500 numbered sequence courses: EE 507, 508, 509; EE 540, 541, 542; EE 552, 553, 554; EE 580, 581, 582. (As shown in the above curriculum, the first segment of each of these courses is required.) Other techni· cal electives can be selected from all EE 500 level courses (except the required 507, 540, 552, 580); EE 600 level (graduate) courses; Phyx 341, 342, 343, 471, 472, 473; Math 341 , 342, 343, 421 , 422,423,441,442,443; or other appropriate technical courses with approval of advis~r. ' Allowance should be made to complete the Humanities/ Soc. Sci. requirements as outlined in the College of Engineering section.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Electrical Engineering

Graduate Study The Department of Electrical Engineering offers three graduate degrees: Master of Engineering (ME), Master of Science (MS), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD). (See the Graduate Catalog for further information.)

91

509. Power Systems. Generation, transmission, and distribution of electric power. Symmetrical components, computer solutions, power systems analysis. Prerequisite: EE 507. (3Sp) 529. Electroacoustics. Fundamentals of architectural acoustics; theory and principles of electromechanical transducers, recording methods and equipment, measurement techniques in acoustic and electromechanical systems. Prerequisites: EE 312, 347. Three lectures, one lab. (4W) 530. Electronics for Scientists. Electrical measurements, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, servo systems, switching, timing, digital counting. Laboratory use of instruments. Not for Electrical Engineering majors. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. Three lectures, one lab. (4W)

Electrical Engineering Courses

531. Theory of Semiconductor Materials. Quantum mechanics background, band theory, conduction theory. Prerequisite: EE 271. Three lectures. (3W)

271. Electric Circuits. Passive circuit elements, voltage and current sources, impedance, power, circuit laws, introduction to electrical devices and systems. Prerequisites: Math 222, Phyx 222 or equivalent. Recommended: concurrent registration in Math 223. Four lectures, one lab. (5F, W, Sp, Su)

540, 541, 542. Distributed circ uits and Radiation. Transmission line theory, circuit parameters for distributed circuits, active and passive microwave devices, antennas. Prerequisites: EE 313 and 315. Three lectures, one lab. (4F, 4W,4Sp)

305. Circuits and Machines. Single and three-phase power circuits, magnetic circuits, transfonners. introduction to de and ac machines. Prerequisite: EE 271 or equivalent. Three lectures. (3F, Sp)

552, 553. Control Systems. Analysis and design of linear, deterministic, continuous, and discrete control systems. Time, S, and Z-domain, and state space representation. Performance criteria, compensation, and controller design. Prerequisites: EE 313, EE 319, Math 324. Three lectures, one lab. (4F, 4W)

311, 312, 313. Network and System Theory. Analysis of linear passive and active networks and systems; loop, node, state space, flow graph techniques, matrix formulation , computer applications, and laplace transforms. Prerequisites: EE 271, Gen -Engrg 103, Math 324. Three lectures. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

554. Communication Systems. Theory and design of analog and digital communication systems. Signal analysis and coding theory, channel properties and selected applications. Prerequisite: EE 552. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp)

314, 315. Electromagnetics. Electromagnetic forces and fields , ch a rge and current distributions, Maxwell's equations, electromagnetic energy and power, electromagnetic waves, radiation, bounded field and wave solutions. Prerequi· sites: EE 271 and Math 324. Three lectures. (3F, 3W)

565. Engineering Systems Simulation. Modeling a nd simulation of engineering systems described by algebraic, differential and difference equations. Analog, digital, and hybrid computer simulation techniques. Prerequisites: Math 324, Gen Engrg 103, or consent of instructor. Three lectures, one lab. (3Sp)

317,318, 319. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Exercises in measurements, data recording and analysis, electrical circuits, electronic devices, instruments and machines. Prerequisites: EE 271, Gen Engrg 103, EE 305 or concurrent registration, ME 120. (Six hours per week.) (2F, 2W, 2Sp)

580, 581, wave form oscillators, converters.

345. Electronics and Instrumentation. Semiconductor devices, integratedcircuit operational amplifiers, and electronic switching circuits. Applications of these devices in instrumentation systems for acquisition, processing, and display of information. Prerequisite: EE 271. Two lectures, one lab. (3F, Sp)

585. Introduction to Semiconductor Device Theory. Semiconducting materials; p-n junction theory, survey of new devices. Prerequisite: Senior standing or instructor's consent. (4F)

346, 347. Electronic Analysis and Design, I. Introduction to semiconductors, diodes, transistors, amplifier circuits, operation amplifiers, and integrated circuits. Prerequisite: EE 311. Three lectures. (3W, 3Sp) 380. Digital Logic. Number systems, binary concepts and codes. Boolean algebra, maps, switching circuit synthesis. Emphasis on practical applications of theory to combinational and sequential switching circuits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Three lectures a nd one lab. (4Sp) 489. Electrical Engineering Seminar. A weekly meeting of staff and Senior Electrical Engineering majors. (lSp) 491, 492. Design. Individual engineering problems involving design, development, construction and testing of electronic, communication, and control equipment. A formal engineering report is required of each project. Seniors only. Two labs. (2F, 2W)

582. ·Electronic Analysis and Design, II. Passive and active shaping and generation; switching devices, multivibrators; op-amps, communication circuits, power supplies and circuits, interdomain Prerequisite: EE 347, EE 380. Three lectures, one lab. (4F, 4W, 4Sp)

586,587,588. Digital Systems and Computer Design. Multi-input state machines, synchronous circuits, controller design, interfacing. Introduction to digital computers, architecture instruction sets, addressing, register operations, 1/ 0 techniques. Prerequisite: EE 380 or consent of instructor. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 593. Special Problems in Electrical Engineering.

(l-5F, W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 606, 607, 608. Electronic Devices and Circuit Design. Analysis and design of electronic circuits. Practical application· of discrete and integrated circuits in instrumentation, control, and communication systems. Prerequisite: EE 346, 347 or equivalent. (4F, 4W, 4Sp)

493. Special Studies for Undergraduates. Independent or group study of engineering problems not covered in regular course offerings. (l-6F, W, Sp, Su)

·619, 620, 621. Systems Theory. Generalized modeling of systems and analysis of system equations for response to specific inputs and initial states; time and frequency domain methods. Prerequisite: Math 324; EE 670 prerequisite to EE 621. (4F, 4W, 4Sp)

497. Honors Studies. Advanced work for qualified students consisting of special individual projects under the direction of a faculty member. Prerequisite: a satisfactory grade point average, recommendation of the instructor, and approval of the College of Engineering Honors Committee. This course may be repeated. (l-6, arranged, F, W, Sp, Su)

622. Network Analysis and Synthesis. Formulation and solution of matrix network equations; computer methods for dc, ac, and transient circuit analysis; sensitivity; optimization methods; automatic design. Prerequisites: EE 313, Math 342, Gen Engrg 103. (3Sp)

500. Introduction to Aeronomy. A survey of the properties a nd processes in the upper atmosphere. Atmospheric structure, magnetospheric phenomena, the ionosphere, solar terrestrial relationships, aurora and airglow, and atmospheric reactions. (3Sp)

··631, 632, 633. Space Science and Engineering. Survey' of space, and atmospheric physics, spacecraft mechanics, guidance, communication and telemetry systems; aeronomical and space measurement techniques; aerospace equipment design. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

507. Electromechanical Energy Conversion. Static and dynamic electromagnetic devices to produce, control, and utilize electrical energy. Prerequisite: EE 305. Three lectures, one lab. (4W)

·635, 636, 637. Radio Wave Propagation. Electromagnetic propagation in ionized media, Magnetoninic theory, wave packet~, full wave and W.K.B. solutions radio. Propagation in the earth's ionosphere and long distance communication. Prerequisite: EE 315 or equivalent. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

508. Direct Energy Conversion. Thermionics, thermoelectrics, photoelectrics, piezoelectrics, magnetohydrodynamics, chemical cells, and other related topics. Prerequisites: ME 330 and Senior standing in Engineering. Three lectures. (3W)

·Taught 1974-75 ··Taught 1975-76


92

Elementary Education

1638. Selected Readings in Radio Science'. Lecture arranged, (2F, W, Sp) 1640. Microwave Measurements. Theory and practice in measurement of impedance, power, frequency and wave length at fre'quencies above 500 mc, microwave equipment, Prerequisites: EE 315 and 541 or equivalent. (2Sp) 1645'. Transistors and Integrated CircUits. Transistor characteristics, design and fabrication techniques used in integrated circuits, (3Sp)' "65'1,- 652, 653, Control Systems Design. Continuous, dIscrete, and linear control system design. Controllability, observability; stability, L1apunov's methods. Optimal control, Pontryagin's maximum principle. trol law synthesis techniques, dynamic programming, Prerequisite: EE (3F,3W,3Sp)

non· and Con553,

-686, 687, 688. Digital Computer Design. Computer types, hardware structures, pipelining, microprogramming, parallel and hierarchial organization, encoding and decoding techniques, Digital system specifications and simulation, automatic design implementation, graphics, Prerequisite: EE 587 or consent of instructor, (3F, 3W i 3Sp) .

693. Special Problems in Electrical Engineering. Time a nd credit arranged, (F, W, Sp, Su) 695. Design. Individual projects involving design development construction and testing of electrical and electrouic equipment. A fotmal report is reqiIired of each project. Graduate students only, (1-9, F, W, Sp, Su) 697. Thesis Research, MS. (l-'9F, W, Sp, Sti) 699. ContinUing Graduate Advisement. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su),

--657, 658, 659. Applied Plasmadynamics. Characteristics of the plasma state and plasma generation; velocity distribution functions, collisions and Boltzmann's equation: wave modes in a plasma; transport theory; plasma devices, Prerequisite: EE 315, Physics 463 or equivalent. (3F, 3\'1, 3Sp)'

-661, 662, 663. Electromagnetic Fields and Waves, Fundamental laws of electrostatics, and magnetostatics, Maxwell's equations', time varying fields , and electromagnetic waves, Relativistic electricity and magnetism, radiatiorl by moving charges, (3F, 3W, 3Sp) -670, 671. Statistical Communication Theory. Statistical proPerties of signals and noise, linear and nonlinear processing; detection, correlation, and matched filter receivers; error probability, transmission rate, modUlation systems, Prerequisite: EE 554 or equivalent. (4F, 3Wl' 1672. Detection, Estimation, Modulation Theory. Hypothesis tests; signal detection, parameter estimation, prediction and filtering, applications to modulation and digital communication , Prerequisite: EE 671. (3) -673. Information Theory and Coding. Sources and measure .. of information; coding, code properties, channel models; Shannon theorems, reliable communication, Prerequisite: EE 671. (3Sp) 1674. Topics in Communications Theory. Elements of game theory; pattern recognition; learning machines; new developments in decision and estimation theory, coding modulation; current topics in literature, Prerequisite: EE 672, (3)

675, 676. Engineering Systems: Optimization. Organization, formul ation a nd solution of engineering optimization problems. AnalYtical and numerical techniques for solving optimization problems, Computer Simulation Methods, Prerequisites: consent of instructor, Three lectures, one lab, (4F, 3W) 1'678. Seminar in Radio Science.

One lecture, (lF, W, Sp)

680, 681, 682. Graduate Electrical Engineering Seminar. A joint seminar with the Physics Department. A weekly meeting of staff and graduate Electrical Engineering students, One lecture. (IF, 1W, (Sp)

-701, 702, 703. Aeronomy. Physical processes operating in the earth 's high atmosphere, Atmospheric composition and temperature, energy balance, atomic and molecular processes and dynamics, Prerequisite: Solid foundation in the physical sciences, (3F, 3W, 3Sp) "704. Ionospheric Physics. Obser:-,ational arid theoretical aspects of ionospheric physics, Production a nd loss mechamsms for the IOnozation, transport processes, and effects of ionospheric storms, Emphasis on the ionosphere above 100 km, (3F) "705. Atmospheric Chemistry and Photochemsitry. (see Chemistry 705,)

"706. Circulation Of the High Atmosphere. Dynamics of the stratospheric and me's ospheric circulation systems; gravity waves, large-scale circulation patterns of the stratosphere a nd mesosphere; stratospheric transport, energy transformation, Prerequisite: Solid foundation in physical sciences, (3Sp) 707. Environmental Remote Sensing. A survey course covering remote sensing techniques, sensor development; application problems in meterology, engineering, agriculture. watershed management" aeronomy, and natural resources, Prerequisites: Phyx 223 or consent of insttuctdr, (3W)

-711, 712, 713, Electro-optics. Geometrical and physical optics; optical devices; radiometric-electr'onic systems; 'Fourier optics; image formation; modulation and filtering; holography; random process and noise; information and date processing. Prerequisites: graduate standing and instructor's consent. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 793. Special Problems in Electrical Engineering, (1-9) 797. Thesis Research.

(1-16F,W,Sp,Su)

799. ContinUing Gtadu'ate Advisement. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su) -Taught 1974-75·-Taught 1975-76 'Taught on demand

*Department of

Elementary Education Head: Associate Professor Ronald G. Petrie Office in Education 206 Professors Adkins, Allred, Jackson, Johnson; Associate Professors Monson, Pugmire; Assistant Professors Bowden, Howell, Pedersen, Tanner, Taylor, Turner, Wiggins, Hayes, Carigan; Instructors: Long, Tolman, Higbee, Rappleye Degrees offered: BS, MS, MA, MEd in Elementary Education

Objectives The function of the Department of Elementary Education is to provide leadership in the preparation ·In College of Education

of teachers, supervisors, curriculum specialists, and other profes§lonal personnel for careers in Elementary Education and Early Childhood Education.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Elementary Ed.ucation Requirem~nts

The department h~s ipitiated a new program beginning Fall, 1972. The progra!Jl is field-centered and perfonnance-based, with e~rly entry experiences for participants. Freshmen will take a specialized cour,s e entitled EleJIlentary Education JOO ..,.., Orientation to Elementary Education; Sophom.ores will register for a speci~l pre-professional b}oc of 15 credits of course work and practicum in one of the cooperating "PQrt~I" schools; Juniors will register for 15 credits of pr~cticum and JIletho~!, at the Edith Bowen Teacher Training LabOl'~tory Schopl. Following the Junior bloc students register for Stu4ent Teaching in one of the cooperatipg "portlll" schoo}&, After the student teaching experience, students have an opportunity to participate in a post-student-teaching expenence called "associate teacher" on an elective basis. The associate teacher program is individually worked out on a contract basis with the stq.dent contracting for tpree to 12 credits. Students interested in the Ellrly Childhood Edu~ation endorsement will have a special Soppomore bloc experience at a cooperating ~!portal" school. Questions concerning the new Elementary Education program and/or the Early Childhood Education program should be directed to the departlIlent hj:Jad. Admission to the Teachj:Jr Education program IS a prerequisite for enrollment in the Junior bloc. A student desiring ~~mission to this prograI):l should file an IlPplication in the Teacher Education Office in the College of Education early in the Sophomore year. All students majorjng in Elementary Education must be registered in the College of Education. An adviser will be assigned frOI):l the Department of Elementary Education. Progri!ms of 'professional edllcation courses as 'Yell as courses fpr fields of concentration or subje~t matter minors have been developed by the OeI?~rtment of EJem~ntary Education and approvep. by the Council on Teacher Education and the State DepartJIlept of Public Instruction. Students should obtain from their advisers a copy of the approved prograp:1s of study for concentrations in Elementary Education. Each student completes a professional quarter of student teaching. An application for student teaching must be made at least two quart~rs in advance and credentials are fe-evaluated ' at that time. Not all student teachers can be accommodated by the schools located within Cache Cou~ty. Students should plan to be financially prepared to spend that quarter off campus in the event su{:!h an arr;mgement is necessary. Students who careflllly se.lect their elective courses may also qU/ilify for a special endorsement to the basic professional teaching certificate, or may develop an area of s,pecia,lization in a subject matter field in additiqn to the approved field of concentration or the two subject matter minors. Examples of these areas may be Instructional Media as well as

.93

Early Childhopd Education, or Special Education. Information concerning special endorsements and additional are,a s of specialization may be obtained from the Department of Elementary Education. Students who are completing their program of studies leading to an elementary school teaching certificilte and who desire to obtain dual certification to teach in the secondary schools of Utah should consult the Head of the Department of Elementary Education. In general, the additional requirements are; 1) an approved secondary major and minor or an approved composite major in a broad field of secondary school teaching, 2) six credits of student teaching in the secondary schools with its concurrent secon4ary curriculum seminar, and 3) three credits of special methods in the major or minor field of study. A student interested in meeting certification requirements to teach in another state should seek a.s sistance frOIl} his adviser. The program designed to fulfill requirements leading to Upiversity graduation and to the basic prof~ssiop.aJ teaching ' certification in Elementary Education is listed below.

Bachelor's Degree in Elementary Education Credits 55

I. Lower Divh:~ion Requirements

II. Major in Professional Education ........................•. a. Level I - Orientation to Elementary Education I

.

48

3

b. Level 11- Understanding the Child and the School Minimum 15 credits Psy 110 - Human Development: GeneraP ............. . . . or FCD 210 - Human Growth and Development . ..... . . . • . . . .. ... ... .. . .. El I'd 301 - Foundation Studies in Teaching l Psy 366 - Educational Psychology I . El Ed 286 - PracticuIJl in Elementary Education

3 5 3 3·6

c. Level III - Curriculum and Methodology Minimum 15 credits El Ed 410 - Language Arts in the Elementary SchooP EIEd415-TeachingofReading l . ................... . ...... . . .. .. El Ed 420 - Social Stuqies in the Elementary School I • El Ed 425 - Science in the Elementary School ............. El Ed 430 - Math in the Elementary School l El Ed 386 - Practicum in Elementary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 3 3 3 3 3

d. Level IV - Professional Quarter Minimum 15 Credits El Ed 450 - Elementary Curriculum Seminar l El Ed 460 - Elementary Student Teaching l .

. . . ••• • • • •• • •• •• ••••••• • •.

e. Level V - Associate Teaching 3·12 credits - arranged on an individual contract. ......... . ... .

III. Subject Matter Requirements .............. . .

3

3

IZ 3·12 42

Students may take 42 credits in a field of concentration such as SQcial Science, Huma~ities, or Science; or two 21 credit minQrs such as Social Science, English, Science, Music. Art, Speech. Theatre Arts, Physical Education, Mathematics, or a mod~r~ language. IV. Rcommended Electives ...

41

The student may select from the following electives: El Ed 435 ~ j(indergarten Education .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . Music 350. - Music in the Elementary School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . Art 310 - Art Methods in Elementary Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . PE 301 - Physical Education in the Elementary School .... . .• . . . . . . .. . • .... or

I

Required Classes

3 3 3 3


94

Elementary Education

I I I· I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


Elementary Education

I I I I I I I I I

1 I 1 I 1 1 ·1

I I

PE 302 - Materials and Methods in Elementary Physical Education. Anthr 101 - Introduction to Anthropology. . ............. . . Art 110 - Studio Practice for Elementary Teachers .................... • . Child Development 150 - Early Childhood ........... .. . . Comm D 170 - Language, Hearing, and Speech Development .... . .. . .... . . PE 202 - Rhythmic Program for Elementary Schools .............. . . . or PE 310 - Movement Exploration for Elementary Schools . or PE 400 - Social Recreation Leadership Anthr 210 - Anthropology of Rac" . Psy 270 - Mental Hygiene ............... . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . Sp Ed 301 - Education of Exceptional Child ........... . . . .. . . . . or Psy 313 - Human Development: Exceptional Child .... . . . . . .. .. . Psy 351 - Social Psychology. . ........... . . . . ... . . FR 410 - Principles of Conservation ..................... . . Engl416 - Children's Literature .......................... . • . Anthr 440 - Language and Culture . . . .. .. .. ... ... .. .... . . Anthr 450 - American Indian Ethnology ................. .. .... .. Pub H - School Health for Elementary Teachers ............ . ITE 503 - Industrial Arts for Elementary School ........... . . . ITE 507 - Aerospace Education . . ..... . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . Comm 518 - Story Telling . . ........ . . . Comm 522 - Reading Poetry to Children ......... .. . 1M 541 - Utilization of Audio·visual Media ....... .. .... .... .... . . .. .. . or 1M 551- Production of Audio-visual Material. ThArt 558 - Creative Dramatics . Total credits required for Graduation

3 5 3 5 3 2

95

435. Kindergarten Education. Study of the kindergarten program cur· riculum and methodology with emphasis on the influence of recent · research in child development and human relations. (4F, Sp) 436. Current Kindergarten Practices. A laboratory experience in a kindergarten environment. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3W,Sp,Su)

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 arr 5 3 3 3 2 186

Elementary Education Courses

437. Kindergarten Materials. Designed to give the student first·hand experience with the variety of curriculum materials and to determine criteria for evaluating commercial materials and equipment. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3W, Su) 440. Teaching Modern Languages. Considers the language objectives in elementary schools, stages of program development, skills and attitudes to be gained, and materials of instruction. (3F, Sp) 450. Elementary Curriculum Seminar. A weekly seminar taken concurrently with the professional quarter of student teaching. Consideration given to problems arising during the teaching experience. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 460. Student Teaching in Elementary Schools. For Seniors with sub· stantial professional course work including Foundation Studies in Teaching, Education Psychology, and Elementary School Methods. APPUCATION MUST BE ARRANGED TWO QUARTERS IN ADVANCE. Student may be assigned by the University to work in selected public schools throughout the state; therefore, it is necessary to make plans to spend this quarter off campus. (3-12F, W, Sp) 465. Student Teaching in Early Childhood Education. (Pre· kindergarten or Kindergarten). The student will be assigned to a cooperating teacher in public school Pr.. K or Kindergarten. (3-6F, W, Sp, Su) 466. Student Teaching in Early Childhood Education. The student will be assigned to a cooperating teacher in a public school primary grade (1-2-3). The student will spend a full day in school for half a quarter. (3-12F, W, Sp) 468. Associate Teaching in the Elementary Schools. For undergrad· uates whose previous performance in student teaching indicates great teaching potential or promise and who wish additional experience. (3-12)

100. Orientation to Elementary Education. The student will assess him· self as a prospective teacher and have an opportunity to do observations from preschool to adult education. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

507. Aerospace Education.

See ITE 507. (1-3)

550. Interdisciplinary Workshop. (1-3) 150. Training of Teacher Aides. Provides insight into a variety of roles which public school classroom teachers perform and demonstrates functions an aide might perform to augment teacher performance. (2Sp) 286. Practicum in Elementary Education. Credit for practicum work in the public schools in Level II of the training program. (1·9F, W, Sp) 301. Foundation Studies in Teaching. Examines and evaluates varying philosophies and basic principles of elementary education. Students will observe and participate in public school teaching activities. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 301. Education of Exceptional Children. See Sp Ed 301. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 302. Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Difficulties. See Sp Ed 302. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 386. Practicum in Elementary Education. Credit in Level III of the training program. (I·6F, W, Sp) 410. Teaching Language Arts. A study of language development in children and its implication for classroom practice in listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3F, W, Sp) 415. Teaching Reading. Considers stages of reading development, skills, attitudes, materials, methods of instruction, and experiences of children which contribute to achievement in reading. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 420. Teaching Social Studies. Organizing the elementary curriculum to provide social studies experiences consistent with the nature of the child and the democratic society in which he lives. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education (3F, W, Sp, Su) 425. Teaching Science. Investigation of the aims of science programs, materials, techniques of instruction, and experiences that may help children gain skills, understanding, and attitudes in the field of science. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 430. Teaching Mathematics. The place of arithmetic in the elementary school curriculum; methods of teaching in several grades. Prerequisite: Ad· mission to Teacher Education. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 615. Foundations of Curriculum Development. Designed for experienced teachers. Course deals with new concepts in elementary curriculum designs and materials. New methods examined. (3F, Sp, Su) 620. Improvement in Kindergarten in kindergarten education for experienced the kindergarten program based upon the chology, child development, education, and

Education. An advanced course teachers. Includes an evaluation of latest research in the areas of psysociology. (3W, Su)

621. Workshop in Kindergarten Education. Intensive full·day work· shop scheduled following the close of public school year. Design will follow the regular year's programming of Elem Ed 620. (2-3Su) 625. Workshop in Science Education. Examination of new conceptual framework in science with emphasis upon teaching strategies to promote effective use of current materials. Usually scheduled immediately following close of public school year. (3Su) 630. Workshop in Mathematics Education. Examination of structure of mathematics as adopted for instruction in elementary schools with particular emphasis upon kindergarten and primary grade content. (3Su, W) 635. Diagnosis of Reading. For teachers, supervisors, and other inter· ested school personnel in remedial reading instruction. Concerned with causes of reading deficiencies, diagnostic tests, and procedures used in remedial reading. Prerequisite: Elem Ed 415 or two years of successful teaching ex· perience in the elementary school. (3F, Su) 636. Remedial Teaching Instruction. Designed to follow Elem Ed 635. Considers the nature of remedial reading instruction, practices in selection of remedial students, group and individual instruction, and methods and materials used in remedial reading programs. (3W, Su) 637. Practicum in Remedial Reading. Designed to follow 635 and/ or 636. Provides opportunity for the students to work with children in need of remedial


96

English

help in reading. Enrollment only with the consent of the instructor. Su)

(3W, Sp,

640. Current Problems in Elementary Education. Considers those areas of elementary curriculum in which members of the class desire current, authoritative points of view. Opportunity for both individual and group work. (3W,Su) 641. Sociology of Deviant Be havior. See Sociology 641.

(3)

685. Improvement of Language Arts Instruction. For experienced teachers. Examination of research in new linguistic learnings a nd processes of teaching the language arts program in the elementary school. (3Sp, Su) 693. Readings and Conferences. (Master's level) Provides opportunity for individually directed study in subject of special interest and preparation. Credit arranged. (1.sF, W, Sp, Su) 697. Research and Thesis Writing. (Master's level) Research and thesis writing with guidance and criticism. Credit arra nged. (1- 12F, W, Sp, Su)

641. Seminar on Disadvantaged Children. See Special Education 641. (SSp)

642. Teaching Language to the Disadvantaged. 642. (5F)

See Special Education

645. Creative Education in Elementary Schools. Exploration of research concerning creativity in education relating to teaching processes and attitudes for utilizing basic principles in the improvement of classroom practices. (3W, Su) 655. Practicum in Evaluation of Ins truction. 655. (3F, W, Sp)

See Secondary Education

656. Practicum in Improve m e nt of Instruction. Designed as an inservice training course for experienced teachers and administrators. Emphasis is given to evaluating and improving the educational program in a particular school or school district as a result of facuity needs assessment. (3F. W, Sp) 660. Improve me nt of Art Instruction. For experienced teachers. Considers newer concepts in curriculum and methods of instruction in art education for elementary school children. (3Su) 665. Improveme nt of R eading Instruction. Emphasizes components of a n adeq uate developmental readi ng program, with emphasis upon procedures for helping t he child who is having general reading difficulties. Prerequisite: Elem Ed 415 or teaching experience in elementary school. (3F, Sp, Su) 670. Improve ment of Science Instruction. For experienced teachers. Considers n ew concepts in curriculum and methods of instruction in science in the elementary schools. Prerequisite: Elem Ed 425 or teaching experience in elementary school. (3W, Su) 675. Improve ment of Mathematics Instruction. For experienced teachers. Considers new concepts in curriculum a nd methods of teaching mathematics in the elementary school. (3Sp, Su) 680. Improvement of Social Studies Instruction. For experienced teachers. Emphasis placed upon study of newer concepts in curriculum and methods of instruction of the elementary school studies programs. Prerequisite: Elem Ed 420 or teaching experience in elementary school. (3F, Su)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Enrollment required of Master's candidates not enrolled for other course work or conference activity but who desire availability of resources and libr ary facilities. Credit arranged. (l-3F, W,Sp, Su) 710. Supervision in Public Schools. See Secondary Education 710, (3W, Su) 712. Student Teaching Supervision. Considers ways and means of providing desirable experiences for student teac hers in the public schools. The role of the classroom teacher and the college s upervisor will be analyzed. (l路6F, Su) 71 4. Workshop in S upe rvis io n of Student Teachers. See Sec Ed 714 . (2S) 715. Internship in School Supervision. See Secondary Education 715. Credit arranged. (l-12F, W, Sp) 730. Curriculum Development in Public Schools. tion 730. (3F, Sp, Su)

See Secondary Educa路

735 . Internship in Curriculum Development. See Secondary Ed ucation 735. (3W, Sp, Su) 793. Readings and Conferences. (Doctor's level) Provides opportunity under committee chairman for individua lly directed stud y in special ar ea of research interest. Credit arranged. (l路6F, W, Sp, Su) 797. Field Studies and Thesis. Individual work on research problems in the EdD program. Emphasis placed upon writing and editorial techniques. Credit arranged. (l-12F, W, Sp, Su) 799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Enrollment required of doctoral candidates not enrolled for other course work or conference activity but who desire avaiJability of human resources and library or eiectronic faci lities. (l路3F, W,Sp,Su)

*Department of

English Head: Professor Reed C. Stock Office in Library 420 Director, Writing Laboratory: Associate Professor Willis L. Pitkin, Jr. Office in Library 418 Professors Booth, Fife, Hunsaker, Kulkarni, Mortensen, Nielsen, Patrick, Rice; Professor Emeritus Culmsee; Associate Professors Anderson, Christiansen, Skabelund; Assistant Professors Andra, Barela, Beyers, Brewer, Carigan, Crockett, Gardner, Lyon, Scherting, Smith, Sorensen, Washington; Instructors Larson, Mason, Meyer Degrees offered: BS, BA, and MA in English; BS, BA, and MA in American Studies Area of specialization: English Teaching

"In College of Humanities, Arts a nd Sciences

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

English

Objectives The Department of English offers a variety of programs designed to prepare students for careers in teaching, technical writing and editing, as well as providing a foundation for continued study at the graduate level or pre-professional background for other careers. Through the English program the student is expected to achieve the following at a level appropriate to baccalaureate training: 1) competency in English composition, 2) insight into the nature of both the English language and language as a generic concept, and 3) experience in and understanding of literature.

97

Bachelor's Degree Specializing in Teaching English. The teaching major is expected to have a background of literature surveys equivalent to two of the following five-credit courses: English 216, 217 (World Lit.), 251 (American Lit.), 260, 261 (English Lit.). Two of these three areas of English, American, or World Literature should be represented. With approval of the English Department head, the student may demonstrate this background by passing CLEP Subject Examinations in two of these areas, by English departmental examination, or by electing to take two of these courses as part of the General Education requirements. In addition, the student must complete the following course components:

Four programs are available for undergraduate study: 1) the Standard English Major, 2) the English Teaching Specialization, 3) the English Teaching Minor, and 4) the American Studies Major.

1) Linguistics, Composition, and . Technical course work (15 credits): English 421, 409, 410, 510, and 401 (preferably in this sequence). For additional background in language and linguistics, English 509, History of the English Language, is recommended as an elective.

Requirements

2) Upper-Division Literature Courses (25 credits): The program must include English 417, Literature for Adolescents. The remaining courses should be mainly in English and American literature, but should include some world literature and some work in each of poetry, fiction, drama, and essay.

To graduate with a major in English, the student must complete the prescribed program of the department and, in addition, should either qualify for the Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree by achieving a two-year level of competency in a foreign language or the Bachelor of Science (BS) degree without the foreign language competency. Along with either degree program, the student may apply' for admission to the teacher certification program if hel she intends to qualify for teaching at the secondary school level (see p. 29 for procedures and requirements pertaining to teacher certification as well as the current edition of Teaching Majors and Minors for Secondary School Teachers published by the USU Department of Secondary Education). Since most English majors become teachers, and since a two-year language competency is necessary for a graduate degree in English, many students, by careful planning, complete both the arts degree and certification requirements within four academic years. Standard English Major. The student will complete 50 credits in English: 1) Lower Division Survey Courses (10 credits ' recommended) selected from Engl 216, 217, 251, 260, 261. 2) Engl 421 (3 credits). Prerequisite for all upper division literature courses. 3) Upper Division Literature Courses (22-25 credits). These courses should be mainly in English and American literature, but should include some world literature and some work in each of poetry, fiction, drama, and the essay. 4) Grammar and Linguistics (9 credits). Engl 409, 410, and 510. The courses must be taken in this sequence. Engl 509, History of the English Language, is recommended in addition to the above. 5) Advanced Composition (3 credits) selected from Engl 301, 401, or 501.

Students must apply for admission to the Foundations Phase of teacher education, preferably during the last quarter of the Sophomore year. Application information may be obtained in the College of Education, Education 202. English Teaching Minor. The teaching minor in English is a 25-credit requirement as follows : Engl 251 (5 credits) Engl 260 or 261 (5 credits) Engl 401 (3 credits) or English 301 or 501 Engl410 (3 credits) Engl517 or 544 (3 credits) Engl548 or 578, or 579, or 580 (3 credits) Engl587 or 588 (3 credits) Students are encouraged to supplement these required courses with courses in world literature. Any deviation from this plan must have the approval of the head of the English Department or one of the departmental advisers. Electives. English majors or minors are urged to broaden their backgrounds in the humanities with elective courses such as English History (Hist 337 and 338), Phil 101 or 210, any literature or foreign culture courses offered by the Language Department, or courses in the arts areas (art history, music, theatre). American Studies Major. The American Studies program is supervised by the American Studies Committee, comprised of representatives from participating departments. As an interdepartmental program, it is designed to allow the student maxi-


98

English

mum freedom of choice in pursuing academic interests by permitting a choice of an area of concentration and to select relevant courses from the offerings of other departments_ The interdisciplinary structure of the program offers the student an opportunity to integrate studies in various fields into a broad understanding of American culture and its antecedents.

Committee on Written Communication. The six credits of written communication will be granted through equivalency testing, either the Advanced Placement test (AP) , the College Level Examination Program (CLEP), the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL, available only to international students), or the English Department Composition Examination (EDCE).

Upon declaring intention to major in American Studies, the student will be assigned an adviser from the department in which concentrated work is planned. With the assistance of an adviser, the student will plan a program which 1) meets the standard lower and upper division requirements for the BA or BS degree; 2) meets any specific requirements of the department in the area of concentration; 3) offers preparation for a professional role after graduation; and 4) respects the interdisciplinary spirit of American Studies.

Only EDCE is administered through the English Department. Students registered for Engl 100G (Writing Laboratory), the course designed to improve those skills tested by EDCE, may take the test twice during the quarter without charge. Those who do not pass the first quarter will receive an "incomplete" and may sign up for a second quarter. Students not registered for Engl 100G must pay a $6.00 fee each time they take the test. Students receiving an "incomplete" in 100G two quarters may not enroll for a third quarter, but may use the laboratory facilities for a quarterly $10.00 fee , as may students not wishing to enroll in 100G at all. When a student passes the EDCE, the Office of Admissions and Records will be notified to put six credits on the student's transcript and to change any "incomplete" grades for 100G to "pass" grades.

In most cases, the American Studies major must complete a minimum of 35 credits in the area of concentration. Although no minor is required, the student must also earn an additional 35 credits in other fields which will broaden understanding of American culture. Courses in at least three of the following fields (excluding the student's area of concentration) must be represented in the distribution of the 35 credits: history, geography, literature, philosophy, psychology, sociology, anthropology, political science, economlCS. All American Studies majors are required to take Hist 170 or 170H and the American Studies orientation course, Engl 350. Minor changes in the program will be made in accordance with the student's needs and at his adviser's discretion. For additional information concerning the American Studies Program, check with the Director, Jack Scherting (office in Library 389), or with one of the following departmental representatives: HistoryMichael Nicholls or Ross Peterson; Sociology-Alice Smith; Psychology-John Priollaud; EconomicsW.O. Asplund; Literature-Coralie Beyers or Jack Scherting; Political Science-Robert Hoover.

English Courses (Note: Though only selected courses carry a " G" suffix to indicate approval for General Education, the student is reminded that he may petition to have any English course count for General Education credit if the course is not part of his major or minor requirements.) 100G. Writing Laboratory . Emphasis on basic writing s kills. Three hours of lecture/ discussion weekl y plus free use of laboratory facilities for self¡instruction or tutorial help. "P" or "I" grades. Credit earned onl y by passing t he English Department Composition Exa m (EDCE ). (6) 104, 105. Practice in Composition (2, 2) R e ading and Study Skills (See Psychology 175G, 2) 109. Elements of Grammar. (3) 110. Vocabulary. A study of word formation a nd derivation. (3) 116. Introduction to Drama. (3)

Graduate Study The Department of English offers the Master of Arts degree. See the current issue of the Graduate Catalog for further information.

General Education Communication Skills Requirement The Communication Skills requirement under the General Education program specifies nine credits, six of which must be in written communication, the other three of which must be in course work approved by the General Education Council (see p. 18). All students must have completed the six-credit written communication requirement as part of the first 90 credits earned at the University unless the requirement is waived through petition to the University

117G. Introduction t o Poetry. (3) 118G. Introduction t o the Short Story. (3) 119G. Introduction to the Nove l. (3) 120G. Gre at Books and Ideas. Man's ideas a bout himself. the universe, a nd the eli vine. (3) 121G. Great Books and Ideas. Ma n's ideas a bout social relations hips. (3) 122G. Gre at Books and Ideas. Ma n's ideas a bout the modern world. (3) (Courses 120G, 121G, a nd 122G are related, but they are taught as independent units a nd need not be taken a s a series.) 124G. Introduction t o Folklore . (3) 126G. Mythology. (3) 131. Modern European Literature . (3) 216. World Literature before 1650. (5)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

English

99

217. World Literature from 1650 to the Present. (5)

522. Ballads and Folk Songs. (3)

236. American Literature, Early Period. (5)

523. American Folklore. (3)

251. American Literature. (5)

524. Regional Folklore of the Intermountain West. (3)

253. Modern American Literature. (3)

525. The Bible as Literature. A survey of the major writings from the Hebrew tradition in the King James version of the Old and New Testaments.

260. English Literature, Early Period. (5)

(3)

261. English Literature, Late Period. (5)

526. Mythology. (3)

263. Modern British Literature. (3)

528. Greek Literature. Masterpieces of Greek literature in translation, with em phasis upon drama. (5)

301G. Expository Writing. Theory, examples, and practice of general expository writing. Emphasizes organization, paragraph development, diction, and revision. Open to all upper division students and others by permission of instructor. Prerequisite: completion of the six¡credit General Education written communication requirement.

529. Roman Literature.

Masterpieces of Roman literature in translation.

(3)

531. ComparatiYe Literature, Medieval and Renaissance.

(3)

(3)

303. Technical Writing. Effective communicatio n of ideas via the technical report and scientific article. For students of Forestry -a nd the Natural Sciences. Others admitted only with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: completion of the six-credit General Education written communication requirement. (Needs of students majoring in Humanities, Arts, Social Sciences, Business, or Education are met by Engl 301G. Students of Engineering are directed to Engl305.) (3)

532. Comparative Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries.

305. Engineering Reporting. Instruction in style, forms, and techniques of engineering reporting. For students registered in the College of Engineering. (Students majoring in Physical Sciences may be admitted with consent of instructor.) Prerequisite: completion of the six-credit General Education written communication requirement. (3)

536. The Colonial Period in American Literature. (3) 537. Eighteenth¡ Centur y American Literature. (3)

350. Major American Themes. May be repeated. (3)

539. Late Nineteenth-Century American Literature. The turn to realism and naturalism. (3)

Required for majors in American Studies.

(3)

533. Comparative Literature, Nineteenth a nd Twentieth Centuries. (3)

534. Modern Continental Drama. (3)

538. Romantic Period American Literature. (3)

356. Readings in Individual American Authors. (2)

540. Twentieth-Century American Literature. (3)

357. Black Literature. (3)

541. Western American Literature. (3)

385. Readings in Indi vidual English Authors. (2)

544. American Poetry. (3)

401. Composition for Teachers. Principles of effective composition and teaclling techniques; extensive practice in writing; evaluation of professional and student work in both discussion a nd demonstration. Prerequisite: completion of the six-credit General Education written communication requirement.

548. American Fiction. (3)

(3)

553. Modern American Drama. (3)

409. Introduction to Language. language; dialectology. (3) 410. Grammar.

History, development, and acquisition of

Designed for teachers. (3)

552. American Drama to 1900. (3)

556. Critical Study of Individual American Authors. Each course is an intensive study of the major works of one a uthor. For upper division and graduate English majors; others by consent of the instructor. (2)

412. Language Structures. Syntax, phonology, morphology, and semantics for the elementary school teacher. Prerequisite: Engl 409. (3)

561. Medieval English Literature. A study of English literature from the beginnings to the Renaissance. Those works which present linguistic difficulty will be studied in translation. (5)

416. Children's Literature. Study of prose a nd poetry for children to the junior high school age. (3)

562. The English Renaissance. A study of English literature of the sixteenth century and its continental backgrounds. (5)

417. Literature for Adolescents. Study of prose and poetry for the high school age. (3)

563. Seventeenth-Century English Literature. (5)

421. Introduction to the Professional Study of English. English ma jors; open to English minors. (3)

Requi~ed of

564. Eighteenth-Century English Literature. (5) 565. Romantic Period English Literature.

(5)

492. Senior Practicum. (1)

566. The Victorian Period. (5)

501. Creative Writing. Separate sections offered for poetry, short story, and essay. Admission by consent of the instructor. Prerequisite: completion of the six-credit General Education written communication requirement. (3)

567. Twentieth-Century British Literature. (5) 578. English Novel, Eighteenth Century. (3)

509. History of the English Language. (3)

579. English Novel, Nineteenth Century. (3)

510. Studies in Linguistics. Analysis of language structure from phonemes to connected discourse. Evaluation of various descriptive systems: traditional, structural, transformational-generative. Prerequisite: Engl 410. (3)

580. British Novel, Twentieth Century. (3)

515. Anglo-Saxon. Old English language and literature.

583. English Drama 1660-1890. (3)

(3)

517. Readings in Poetry. Analytical approach to techniques, traditional and modern, a nd major thought currents of poetry expressing the twentieth century in relation to backgrounds both old and new. (3) 521. Literary Criticism. Analytical approach to criticism ; intended to deepen insight into the nature and purpose of the forms of literature, and to develop literary taste and judgment. (3)

582. English Drama to 1660. (3)

584. Modern British Drama.

(3)

585. Critical Studies of Individual English Authors. Each course is an intensive study of the major works of one author. For upper division and graduate English majors; others by consent of the instructor. (2) 586. Chaucer. (3)


100

Family and Child Development

587. Shakespeare: Comedies and Histories. (3)

637. The Age of Reason. (3)

588. Shakespeare: Tragedies. (3)

639. American Romanticism. (3)

589. Milton. (3)

640. American Regionalism and Realism. (3)

595. Readings and Conference. Offered every quarter. Students must have the approval of the head of the department. (1·5)

641. American Naturalism and Modernism. (3) 642. Modern American Poetry. (3)

596. American West: Its Literature and History. Summer quarter only; offered in conjunction with the annual conference on the West. May be repeated. (2)

643. Modern American Fiction. (3) 645. Modern American Drama. (3)

Graduate

662. The English Renaissance. (3)

601. Bibliography and Research Methods. Required of all candidates for the Master's degree in English. (3)

663. English Literature, Seventeenth Century. (3) 664. English Literature, Eighteenth Century. (3)

612. Readings in Middle English. (3) 665. English Literature, the Romantic Period. (3) 616', 617, 618. Problems in Tea'c hing Freshman English. Required of all teaching assistants. (1, 1, 1) 621. Seminar in Modern Criticism. Critical theories a nd methods of sig· nificant 20th·century English and American literary critics including T. S. Eliot, I. A. Richards, Cleanth Brooks, R. P. Warren', William Empson, Kenneth Burke, and others. (3)

666. English Literature, the Victorian Period. (3) 667. English Literature, Twentieth Century. (3) 680. Proseminar. (2) 682. Seminar. (3)

626. Hebraism and Hellenism. (3) 636. The Puritan Age. (3)

693. Teaching of En'glish. (3) 695. Independent Study. (1·5)

IFor Latin American culture, East Asian civilization and literature, and American foreign policy courses, please see the listing of interdisciplinary courses offered by the College of Humanities, Arts; a nd Social Sciences, p.

697. Thesis Research. (1-15) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3)

*Department of

Family and Child Development Acting Head: Associate Professor Jay D. Schvaneveldt Office in Family Life 116C Professors Carter, Skidmore; Associate Professors Lambert, Lewis; Assistant Professors Fuhriman, Jenson, Peery; Instructors Bennett, La Pray Degrees offered: BS and BA in Early Childhood Education; BS, BA, and MS ment

III

Family and Child Develop-

Areas of specialization: Child Development, Marriage and Family Relations, Early Childhood Education

Objectives The importance of the child's early life has been emphasized for many years, and the family as a primary agent of socialization has been wen documented. Social and technological changes in society give continued emphasis to the importance of study in the areas of child and family development. Majors in the Department of Family and Child Development are exposed to a curriculum which ranges from

"In College of Family Life.

infancy to old age, and topics which are as old as the history of man and yet suprisingly new when continually bombarded from changes in a technological society. Degrees in Family and Child Development are offered at the graduate and undergraduate level. Students majoring in the Child Development option include practice teaching in the Child Development Laboratory as part of their program of studies. Those who major in Early Childhood Education may practice teach either in the Child Development Laboratory 6r in a kindergarten to support their practice teaching in the primary grades. Majors in

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Family and Child Development the Marriage and Family Relations option may have their course work supplemented by field experience in community agencies serving families. Students majoring in Family and Child Development or Early Childhood Education receive the nec· essary preparation to find employment in areas such as: agencies serving frup.ilies and children, public school, private schools, Headstart, day care, Extension Service, hospital programs, and other community agencies which serve families.

Requirements Child Development Option. The curriculum for the option in Child Development includes 40 credits selected from: Credits Courses FCD 150 Human Growth a nd Development .............. . 5 FCD 390 Concept and Perceptua l Development ...... . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . 3 FCD 470 Preschool Methods and Curriculum. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. .. . . . 3 FCD 475 Practice Teaching in the CD Lab ............. . . . 6 Approved Electiyes . 23

The student who majors in Child Development may select his own minor. For those interested in a liberal or general education, the minor may be taken in any department, or approved combination of departments in the University. However, a minor in such areas as Communicative Disorders, Social Work, or Special Education will provide strong support for the major. Early Childhood Education Major. Majors in Early Childhood Education certify in preschool through third grade. Several practicum and field experiences with children are provided and a subject matter minor is chosen. Students begin work in the major during the Sophomore year. This m!ljor is a cooperative effort of Fami~y and Child Development and Elementary Education, and faculty in either department can provide information and advisement. One may elect to obtain both certificates, Early Childhood and Elementary Education, apd thereby certify for teaching preschool through sixth grade. Students choosing to certify in both areas may be advised 111 either department. Marriage and Family Relations Option. The curriculum for an option in Marriage and Family Relations includes 40 credits selected from: Credits 3 FCD 120 Marriage and the America n Family ..... .. . . . . •.. . . ... . . .. . 3 FCD 320 Marriage 3 FCD 340 Topics of Family Study . . . 3 FCD 370 Marria ge Counseling . . . 3 FCD 420 The Family in the Middle a nd Later Years. FCD 440 Family Life Education . . ......................... . .. . 3 3 FCD 450 Adolescence and the American Family ............... ... . .. .. . . . Appr~ved Electives in Family 'and Child Development and 19 related departments ..

101

partment or to the Coordinator of Counseling ServIces.

Family and Child Development Courses Undergraduate 120. Marriage and the American Family. Analysis of courtship, marriage patterns, child bearing and rearing, and ~daptive functions of the family in the U.S . . (3F, W, Sp) 150. Human Growth and Development. Overview of development from conception through maturity emphasizing stages of growth, critical periods, a nd impact of social institutions on emotional development. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 250. Seminar in Early C hildhood Education. Orientation to current phil· · osophies, teaching techniq ues, and curriculums fou nd in programs for young children. (3F , W. Sp) 252. Practicum in Early Childhood Education. Practicum experience as a student aide in an Early Childhood Education program (i.e., child develop· ment la b, kindergarten, child care center, etc.) during the Sophomore Bloc. (I-6F, W, Sp) 308. Guidance of Children. Review of various guidance philosophies, with emphasis on principles a nd techniques. Prerequisite: FCD 150. (3Sp) 320. Marriage. Engagements; marriag.e relationships; understanding self. For men and women. .(3F, W, Sp).

of

340. Topics in Family Study. The family is viewed as a n institution in interaction with other social forces - focus on issues of current interest and importance. Prerequisites: FCD 120. (3W) 350. Play-School Education. Methods and materials for play·school in high school home economics programs. Laboratory experience in working with preschool children in play·school situations. Prerequisite: FCD 150. (5F, W, Sp) 370. lIJarriage Counseling. Philosophy, principles, and premarital, marriage, and family counseling . . (3F)

techniques

of

380. The Child from Six to Twelve. Growth a nd development of normal children. Guidance principles related to beh avior of children at these age levels. Observation experience. Prerequisite: FCD 150. (3F) 397. Honors Studies. See FL 397. Credit arranged.

(F. W, Sp, Su)

420. The Family in the Middle and Later Years. Family development; problems of grown children a nd their parents ; p~rents on their own; under· standing older family members. (3W) 430. Growth of the Infant. Readings in child development from conception to fifteen months of age, with discussion of infa nt care. Prerequisite: FCD 150. (3W) 440. Family Life Education. Study of parent, teac her, and community needs in rela tion to problems of education for family life. In·service training for teachers a nd group lea d.ers. (3Sp) 450. Adolescence. The social· psychological and physical aspects of be· coming a n adolescent in modern societies. Social and cultura l expectations stemming from the family , school, and the community. (3W, Su) 455. Concept and Perceptual Development. The use of materia ls, equipment a nd activities in planning a curriculum a nd teaching young children. Prerequisite: FCD 150. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

Courses

Counseling Ser,vice. The Department of Family and Child Development provides premarital, marriage, apd family counseling as part of a Universitywide counseling for counseling on such problems as mate selection, husband-wife relationships, and parent-child relationships may be made to the de-

470. Methods and C urriculum for Early C hildhood. Methods of teaching and curriculum for the young child. Philosophy of guidance, child growth and development. Prerequisite to teaching in the Child Development Laboratory. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 475. Practice Teaching in Child Development Laboratory. A teaching internship in the Child Development Lab Program . Arrangements need to be made several quarters in a dvance. Prerequisites: FCD 455 and 470, (3 or 6F, W, Sp, Su) 486. Pr!,cticum in Agencies Serving Children. Field experience in agencies such as the Primary Children's Hospital a nd other similar settings. Prerequisites: FCD 470, 475 (Arr. 1·12F, W, Sp) 490.

lndependent Study. (1·3F, W, SP. Su)


102

Family and Child Develop ment

I I I I I I I I I

I: I I I

II I I


I

I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

Forestry and Outdoor Recreation 500. Theories of Human Development. Assessment of major developmental theories; contributions from philosophical a nd religious tra dition s; persona lity a nd learning theories; physical growth; ethology; as they relate to human development. Prerequisite: F CD 150 or equiva lent. (3W, Su) 531. Women and Men. Women a nd men in society, the famil y, a nd in rela tionships with each other. (3F)

103

635. Marriage Counseling Practicum. Supervised practice in marriage a nd fa mily counseling in the university. community agencies a nd private setting. (Arr. 1-3Sp) 640. Curre nt Rese rach in Family and Child Developme nt. Review a nd appraisal of empirical research; methodological evalua tions, identification of trends. (3W, Su)

550. Interdisciplinary Workshop. (1-3)

660. Interns hip in Preschool Education. Survey of philosophies and curriculums in preschool ' lucation; supervised activities in child development lab. Prerequisite: FCD J. (3 or 6Sp, Su)

Graduate

670. Family Theory. Contem porary approaches in the development of theory, critical assessment of substantive theories, methodology of theorizin g. (3Sp)

600. Seminar in Child D e velopment. Child rearing customs of different cultures as these a ffect a dult persona lity set in the fra mework of two theories of child development. (3Sp) 610. Seminar in Family Rel a tions. relationships in the fa mily. (3F)

Assessment of values, functions a nd

680. Research Me thods. Techniques a nd tactics in designing a nd a nalyzing social science-human beh avior research; emphasis on designs, instrumentation. Prospectus required. See Family Life 680. (3F, Su) 690. Inde pendent Study. (1 -3F, W, Sp, Su)

620. The Disadvantage d Young Child. Environment, learning, a nd the preschool child. Preschool methods a nd curriculum in compensatory education. The child a nd his family. (3W)

697. Research for 'Master's Degree and Thes is . (1-9F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advis eme nt.

630. Marriage Counse ling. Theor y a nd practice in prema rital, marri age, and family counseling. (3W)

(l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

796. Interstate Doctoral Studies. (1-24)

*Department of

Forestry and Outdoor Recreation Head: Professor Lawrence S. Davis Office i~ Biology - Natural Resources 155 Professors Hunt, Moore; Professors Emeritus Daniel, Floyd; Associate Professors Hart, Hawkins, C. M. Johnson; Assistant Professors Hancock, Henderson, K. N . Johnson, Kennedy, McCool, Romesburg, Royer, Schreyer; Adjunct Professor Olpin; Assistant Research Professor DeByle; Collaborators Johnston, Richardson, Schier Degrees offered: BS, MS, and PhD in Forest Resources; BS, MS , and PhD in Outdoor Recreation; Master of Forestry (MF) in Forest Management; MS and PhD in Forest Ecology; BS, MS, and PhD in Watershed Science; BS in Environmental Studies Areas of specialization: BS degree in Forest Resources has programs of emphasis in Forest Management, Forest Recreation, and Forest Watershed Management; MS and PhD degrees in Forest Resources have programs of emphasis in Forest Management, Forest Biology, and Forest Economics

Objectives The Department of Forestry and Outdoor Recreation offers comprehensive training in forestry subjects qualifying students as professional foresters by U.S. Civil Service and Society of American Foresters standards. A curriculum in outdoor recreation trains graduates to hold jobs with governmental agencies involved with outdoor recreation at the national, state, and local levels, with private firms, and with nonprofit organizations. In addition, a watershed science unit, an interdepartmental organization between the Forestry and Outdoor Recreation and Range Science Departments, provides a curriculum strongly oriented

°In College of Na tura l Resources

toward basic sciences which serves as a base for graduate study in wildland hydrology or in conjunction with the forest or range curricula and qualifies students as hydrologists by U .S. Civil Service standards.

Requirements Forestry Curricula. Common Freshman and Sophomore core curricula for forest management, forest recreation, and forest watershed options include the following. Freshman year: 10 credits of Biology; Chem 111, 141, 144;1 NR 101; Econ 200; ' Students who present evidence of h a ving obtai ned above average gra des fora year of high school chemistry a re n ot required to take Chern 111 a nd 14 1.


104

Forestry and Outdoor Recreation

six credits of Communications;2 and 11 credits of General Education and electives. Sophomore year: Geol 111; FR 320, 321; Bot 440; Math 245; SS 358; six credits of Natural Resources Principles;3 and 17 credits of General Education and electives. Summer Camp: FR 301, 302; RS 298; and WLS 200. Forest Management Option. This option provides training in forestry for the student who plans to go into administrative work on forest lands. Course requirements include the following. Junior year: APS 321; FR 384, 360, 330, 331, 322, 323, 441; three credits of Communications;2 and 17 credits of General Education and electives. Senior year: FR 440, 443, 442, 445, 465 or 466, 424; three credits in Natural Resources Principles;3 and 28 credits in General Education and electives. Forest Recreation Option. This option provides training in outdoor recreation organization, management, and supervision. In addition, a student is given sufficient forestry training to qualify for the U.S. Civil Service forestry classification. Course requirements include the following. Junior year: APS 321; FR 384, 385, 330, 331, 322, 323, 441; PS 511; three credits of Communications;2 18 credits of General Education and electives. Senior year: FR 440, 443, 445 or 360, 465 or 466; OR 450, 451, 452; three credits of Natural Resources Principles;3 and 25 credits of General Education and electives. Forest-Watershed Management Option. This option provides a basic background in forestry in addition to selected Watershed Science courses. It provides an improved understanding of watershed problems for the student who may enter directly into a career in forest ·a dministration. Course requirements include the following. Junior year: APS 321 or APS 431; FR 384, 330, 322, 323, 441; three credits in Natural Resource Principles;3 WS 375; three credits of Communications;2 and 18 credits of General Education and electives. Senior year: FR 440, 443, 445 or 360, 465 or 466; Geol 560; WS 420, 489; CEE 443; and 24 credits of General Education and electives. Outdoor Recreation Curriculum. The outdoor recreation major places more emphasis on the behavioral sciences and communications than do other curricula in the Forest Resources and Outdoor Recreation Department. Freshman and Sophomore years: Math 245; PS 110, Geol 111; 10 credits of Biology; Soc 101, 160, or Anthr 101; Econ 200 and 201; APS 321; OR 305; six credits of Natural Resource Principles;3 nine credits of Communications;2 and 35 credits in General Education and electives. Junior and Senior years: FR 320, 321, 440, 441, 384, 385, 546; OR 450, 451, 452, 453; three credits of Natural Resources Principles3; Comm 430; Engl 301, 303; LAEP 530; eight credits in upper level Behavioral Sciences; and 35 credits in General Education and electives. 2Communications courses must be chosen from approved General Education Communications courses. ' Natura l Resources Principles must be selected from the following: FR 300; OR 350; WS 380; WLS 300; and RS 340.

Environmental Studies Curriculum. For a description of the Interdisciplinary Environmental Studies curriculum refer to page 39.

Graduate Study The Department of Forest Resources and Outdoor Recreation offers the Master of Science, Master of Forestry, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. See the Graduate School Catalog for prerequisites and further information.

Forestry Courses NR 101. Natural R eso urces and Man's Future. Relationship of resource availability. population levels, policy decisions, and life styles to carrying capacity. Manipulation of natural resources to reach given objectives. (3F) 300. Principles of Forestry. Historic foundation of present forest use. Current use and management of America's forests emph asizing problems of growth, multiple-use, management, and ownership. Contemporary issues examined such as clear cutting a nd wilderness areas. (3W) 301. Forest Surveying. Practical field problems in surveying methods commonly employed in forest, range, and wildlife management. Lab fee $5. (3 Summer Camp) 302. Forest Practice. Field studies in inventories, successional stages, and growth of stands of trees. Studies of related use of wildlands. Lab fee $5. (4 Summer Camp) 320. Dendrology. Gymnosperms. Study of the gym nospermous trees of North America: taxonomy, structure, and growth habits. (2W) 321. Dendrology. Angiosperms. Study of the angiospermous trees of North America: taxonomy, structure, and growth habits. (2W) 322. Silviculture. Characteristics of tree species that influence silvicultural practice in the United States. Prerequisites: Summer Camp, FR 302. 32U, Bot 440, SS 358, N R 384. (3W) 323. Silviculture. Silvicultural systems used in securing natural reproduc· tion of forests and their applications to the im portant species and forest types in the United States. Prerequisite: FR 322. (3Sp) 330. Forest Measurements. Measurements of timber in log, tree, and s tand; log rules and scaling; statistical methods useful in ana lyzing forest data; timber cruising practices; aerial photo interpretation; and photogrammetry. Prereq· uis ites: Summer Camp APS 321 or 43 1. (4W) 331. Forest Measurements. Volume and yield table compilatio n; growth oreven-aged, a ll·aged, and residual cutover stands. Prerequisite: FR 330. (3Sp) 334. Aerial Photo Interpretation. Applications of phototypes, photo scales, horizontal and height measurements, stereoscopy, m apping, interpretation of vegetation, land forms a nd other resources, remote sensing, and forest surveys. (3W,Sp) 360. Wood Science and Products. Basic wood structure as related to species , groups; milling processes and products. (4Sp) 384. General Ecology. Role of heredity a nd environment in plant and ani· mal behavior; plant succession, competition and indicators; analysis of h abitat factors influencing plant growth and distribution. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 385. General Ecology Laboratory. (not required for credit in 384 .) Field and lab study of populations and ecosystems, both terrestrial and aq uatic. One lab. (2F, Sp, Su) 410. Principles of Conservation. Designed to acquaint the student with the nature and extent of the n atura l resources of the United States and methods of conservatively using them. (3F, W, Sp, Su, Correspondence Study) 411. Principles of Conservation Workshop. A continuous course of five days or more con cerned with problems of natural resource conservation as they relate to a quality environment for people. (1-5, Scheduled as required) 424. Silviculture. 232. (3W)

Regional silviculture of the United States. Prerequisite: FR

425. Seeding and Planting. Seed collection, extr action, and cleaning methods; germination testing; storage of forest tree seeds; practical experience in field planting and nursery work. Prerequisite: FR 323. (2Sp)

I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I


,I Forestry and Oy,tdoQr Recreation

1

1 1 1 I

1 I

1 1 1 I I I I I I

1 I

440. Forest AdministratIon and Policy, Study of policy format(on a.nd administration of natural resources. Development of natural resources and conservation policy and its effects on current resource management. (3W. Sp)

691. Directed Study, (1-3)

441. Forest Economics, Economic problems involved in the utilization of forest land and timber, distribution of forest products, and the management for multiple uses. (5F)

699_

442, Forest Valuation. Determination of monetary values in forest growing stock and land analysis of alternate management methods by use of standard valuation techniques. Prerequisite: FR 441. (4W) 443. Forest Management, Physical and economic factors influencing forest regulation for sustained timber yields; management and decision making; timber and multiple-use management plans and planning. Prerequisite: FR 323,330. (4W) 445. Logging. Principles and methods of harvesting wood products with emphasis on cost, values, and the application of forestry to the harvesting process. (3F)

105

697. Thesi. Research. (1-10) ContinuingGraduateAdvisel\1en~.

(1-3)

707_ Environmental Remote Sensing, A s urvey course covering f~mote sensing techniques, sensor development; application problems in meteorology, engineering, agriculture, watershed management, aeronomy, and natural resources_ Prerequisites: Phyx 223. or consent of instructor. (3W) 709. Biometeorology, Problems presented by professors in various fields of natural resources. Development of practical approach to problems of diffusion, evapotransp,iration, and radi~~ion in biotic environments. Prerequisites: Phyx 223_ (3W) 780.

Forest Resources Seminar, (1-3)

797,

Dissertation ~esearch, (1-10)

799_ Continuing Graduate Advisement_ (1-3) 452. Forest and Tundra Ecosystem, Composition distribution, successional patterns, and management of forested ranges. Prerequisite: Plant Taxonomy. (3W)

Outdoor Recreation Courses

463. Trees of North America. Identification and",cology of n,ative trees by forest ecosystem. Recommended to be taken with FR 462. Plant Taxonomy or Dendrology recommended. (2W)

305, Outdoor Recrea~ion Management Field Trip. Designed as a field course in identification and solution of outdoor recreati9n management prob. lems, the course is a two-week ~eld trip to va:rious resource-based recreation areas in the western United Sta~s. (2Su)

465, Forest Protection I. Occurrence a nd effects of fire in the forest environment. Fire physics, behavior. weather, economics, policy considerations, control~ and fire as a management technique. (3W) 466, Forest Protection II. Biological principles involved in safeguarding the forest from diseases and insect pests. (3F) 491. 492H.

Directed Study. (1-3) Honors Problems, (1-3)

546. Population and Resource Perspectives. Relationship between man and his environment. Limits the natural environment places on man's activities and economic growth. (3W. Correspondence Study)

Graduate 625. Advanced Silviculture. Intensive study of a particular region by individual students. Groups work consists of advanced treatment of silvics and silviculture, with emphasis on physiological as pects of both subjects. (3F , W, Sp)

350. Recreational Use of Wildlands. Factors responsible for recreational use, legislative programs, ph,ilo~ophical CO\lcep.t s, and de~criptions of recreation agencies involved in wildland recreation management. (3F, Sp, Oorres. pondence Study). 450, Regional Recreation Planning, Analysis of federal regional planning systems and wildl~nds recreational ~g;ons. (3W) 451. Interpretive Planning. Analysis and development of interpretive programs for recreational areas. Techniques of natural history interpretation. Evaluation and planning for visitor information programs. (aW) 452, Forl'st Recreation Mallagement_ Consideration of land management objectives, alternatives in development regulations. and user satisfaction. (3Sp) 453, Recreation Facility Management, A study of factors influencing the management of outdoor recreation si~s . Consideration is given to management of individual sites with emphasis on structural and ecological management. (3W) 491. Directed Study. (1-3)

628. Tree Improvement and Forest Genetics, Study of genetic variation in forest trees and its exploitation in tree breeding programs_ (3W)

49\!. Outdoor Recreation Seminar. (1-3)

641. Forest Management. Advanced study within the fields of forest measurements, valuation, regulation, organization, and development of forest properties. (3W) 642, Forest Economics, Particular attention is given to the application of economic theory to solving present-day problems in the multiple use of forest lands and in the production and distribution of forest products . . (3F) 643, Natural Resources Policy and Administration. Theories of resource use. Ability of natural resource organizations to deal with contemporary resource problems. (3Sp) 670, Forest Ecology. Study of past and present distribution of forest species and forest communities and the p\)ysical-biological basis of distribution and growth performance. (3W) . 671. Forest Ecosystem Analysis. Interpretation of the dynamics of forest ecosystems through simulation modeling and other techniques. (3)

Graduate 651. Outdoor Recreatioll L Analysis of recreation participation and programs. Functions served by participation, the constraints on participation, projection of participation levels, and the allocation of outdoor recrea~ion resources. (3W) 652. Outdoor Recreation II . A synthesis of the institutional, spatial and physiographical factors involved in providing outdoor recreation opportunities. (3Sp) 680_ Outdoor Recreatjon Seminar. (1-3) 691. Directed S~udy. (1-3) 697. Thesis Research. (1-10)

680, Forest Resources Seminar. (1-3) 780, Outdoor Recreation Seminar. (1-3) 687, Ecology Seminar, The Ecology Center schedules regular seminars throughout the school year with ecological scientists from other institutions participating. Ecology majors are required to attend a minimum of 10 such lectures. (IF)

797. Dissertation Resl'arch. (1-10)


106

Ii I

Forestry and Outdoor Recreation

Watershed Science Unit Associate Professors Coltharp, Gifford, Hart, Hawkins; Assistant Professor Busby

Objectives

Watershed Science Courses

Watershed science is concerned with wateroriented aspects of natural resource management with emphasis on wildland resource management. The Watershed Science Unit, an interdepartmental organization between the Forestry and Outdoor Recreation and the Range Science Departments, administers programs in Watershed Science at the undergraduate and graduate levels, and in Watershed Management at the undergraduate level. The Watershed Science curriculum, strongly oriented toward basic sciences, serves as a base for study in wildland hydrology and qualifies students as hydrologists by U .S. Civil Service standards. Options available at the undergraduate level emphasize watershed management in conjunction with either a range or forestry background. Graduate programs include both MS and PhD degrees in Watershed Science.

375. Watershed Instr.u mentation. Application of data collection devices and systems of measurements of wildland watershed parameters; installation and operation of hydro-meteorologic equipment; techniques for interpretation and analysis of data.. (3Sp) 380. Watershed Management. Principle~ and IJIethods of managing range and forest land for optimum production and regulation of water yields, and for maintaining soil stability. (3W) 385. Watershed Field Trip. Designed to further acquaint the student with practical watershed management problems. Fee $35. (lSp) 420. Forest and Range Hydrology. Role of vegetation in determining the hydrologic function of a watershed; natural storage phenomena of the (orest land surface and metho~s of modification. (4F) 475. Wildland Water Quality. Water quality parameters and use criteria; "background" quality, sources of pollution, a nd effects of land management on wildland water quality; sampling techiques. (3F) 480. Wate rshe d Science Problems. Individua l study and research upon selected problems in Watershed Science and related subjects. (l-6F, W, Sp) 489. Watershed Science Senior Seminar. Review and discussion of current literature and developments in Watershed Science. (1W)

Requirements Bachelor of Science in Watershed Science. For the degree, students must complete nine hours of Communications 1 ; Math 220, 221, and 222; BioI 120 and 121; NR 101; Phyx 111 and 112; Chem 121 and 122; Bot 440; SS 358 and 514; Econ 200; Geol 560; FRiRS 384 and 385; APS 431 and 432; CS 340; CEE 343 and 550; RS 300; FR 300; WLS 300; and WS 375, 420, 475, and 489. Approved General Education courses and electives, together with required courses make a total of 16 to 18 credits per quarter.

Forest- or Range-Watershed Management Options. In addition to those courses listed for a BS in either Forestry or Range Management, the following courses are required: WS 375, 420, 475, and 489.

540. Watershed Operations. The role of land conditions in dealing with problems of applied hydrology with emphasis on the small watershed, limited data, and land management situations. (3Sp)

Graduate 646. Snowpack Management. Study of snow accumulation, dissipation , and melt as governed by thermodynamic and aerodynamic principles arid as related to land management practices in the snow zone. (2W) 647. Snow lJydrology. See CEE 647. (3Sp) 682. Watershed Science Seminar. Review and discussion of current literature and developments in Watershed Science. (1 W) 690. Watershed Science Problems. Individual study and research upon selected problems in Watershed Science and related s ubjects. (1-6F, W, Sp, Su) 697. Thesis Research. Original research and study on a problem in Watershed Science and related subjects. (1-15F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su) 770. Forest Influences. The forest environment; modification of local climate by forest vegetation with emphasis on energy relationships which affect water balance and ecologic values. (3Sp) 775. Watershed Analysis. Advanced study of principles, technical problems, and procedures encountered in managing watersheds. Prerequisite: WS 380. (3Sp) 782. Watershed Science Seminar. (lW) 797. Dissertation Research. Original research and study on a problem in Watershed Science and related subjects. (1-l5F, W, Sp, Su)

'Communication courses must be chosen from Engl !Ol, 201, and 301; Comm 101; Comm 130; or a pproved General Education Communication courses.

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I *Department of Geology I I I Objectives I I I I I I Requirements I I I I I I Graduate Study I I

107

Head: Professor Clyde T. Hardy

Office in Main 258

Professor Olsen; Associate Professor Oaks; Assistant Professor Alexander, Kolesar Degrees offered: BS, BA, and MS in Geology; MS in Geology Ecology

Geology provides an appreciation of processes that change the earth. Knowing about the major events of earth history helps us understand our natural surroundings. Knowledge of our environment and its resources is basic for planning cultural and industrial developments. Geologists search for petroleum and mineral deposits. They seek ways to utilize our resources and still preserve our natural environment. Training for employment thus requires a broad background in physical, biological, and social sciences.

The Department of Geology offers graduate instruction and research leading to the MS degree. Countless opportunities for field investigation are provided. Geochemical investigations may be undertaken in excellent laborlltory facilities. Research emphasis is on the study of sedimentary rocks and their environments of deposition. Igneous rocks and mineral deposits may also be studied.

Bachelor of Arts Degree. For a BA in Geology, a foreign language is accepted in place of certain Geology courses. Programs are adjusted to fit individual student needs.

Bachelor of Science Degree. For a BS in Geology the following courses are required: Chem 121, 122, 124; Engl 305; Geol 111, 122, 400, 410, 416, 420, 430, 470, 500, 522, 560; Math 105, 106, 220; and Phyx 111,112,113. Recommended are APS 321, 322; Chem 123; CEE 224; CS 150; ITE 120; and Math 221, 222, 223.

Teaching Majors and Minors. Geology majors may complete certification requirements for teaching. Both a teaching major and minor are available in addition to the earth science composite major. Other students may select Geology as a teaching major or mInor.

Master of Science Degree. The Department of Geology offers advanced study and research leading to the Master of Science degree. °In College of Science

Ecology Curriculum. The Department of Geology collaborates with the USU Ecology Center in offering an interdepartmental curriculum in Physical Ecology.

Geology Courses Undergraduate 101. Introductory Geology. For students in nonscience areas. (5F, W, Sp) 111. Physical Geology. For majors in Geology, Forest Science, Range Science, Soil Science, and other sciences. (5F, W, Sp) 122. Historical Geology . . Physical history of the earth and the development of life as indicated by the geological record. (4F, W, Sp) 300. Earth Environment. Effect of earth processes on man a nd modifica· tion of earth environment. Mineral and energy resources. Prerequisite: Geol 101 or earth science in high school. (3F, W, Sp) 350. Geology Field Excursions. Geologic features and processes observed in the field. Earth history. Four field excursions on Saturdays. Prerequisite: Geoll0lor Ill. (2Su)

400. Mineralogy. Identificatio n of minerals by physical and chemical tests. Elementary crystallography. Prerequisites: Gool Ill, Chern 124. (5F) 410. Sedimentary Petrology. Classification and origin of igneous and metamorphic rocks with emphasis on mineral composition. Prerequisite: Geol 400. (3Sp) 416. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. Classification and origin of igneous and metamorphic rocks with emphasis on mineral composition. Prerequisite: Geol 400. (3W) 420. Structural Geology. Prerequisite: Geol 111. (5F) 430. Invertebrate Paleontology. Study of invertebrate fossils. Methods of preparation. Prerequisite: Geol 122. (5Sp) 470. Geologic Field Methods. Preparation of geologic and topographic maps utilizing the plane table. Measurement of stratigraphic sections. Prerequisite: Geol 420. (3Sp) 490. Special Problems. Directed study of selected topics. Written report required. (I·6F, W, Sp) 500. Optical Mineralogy and Petrography. Determination of minerals by using the petrographic microscope. Classification of igneous rocks. Prerequisites: Geol 400, Phyx 113. (3W) 502. X-ray Mineralogy. Principles and methods of mineral identification by X·ray diffraction. Prerequisites: Geol 400, Phyx 113. (4W) 522. Stratigraphy. Prerequisite: Geo1420. (5W) 540. Sedimentary Geochemistry. Origin of sedimentary rocks with em· phasis on chemical environment. Prerequisites: Gool 400, 410, 416, Chern 122. (3F) 548. Ground-Water and Engineering Geology. Geologic conditions that control occurrence and quality of ground water. Geologic setting of civil engi· nerring structures. Prerequisite: Geol 111. (4Sp)


I I I I I I I *Department of I Health, Physical Education and Recreation I I I I I I I I I I I 108

Health, Physical Education and Recreation

552. Economic Geology. Theories of mineral deposition. Genetic classifica· tion of mineral deposits. Geologic and geographic occurrence of metallic and nonmetallic mineral deposits. Prerequisites: Geol 400, 420. (5Sp)

610. Sedimentary Petrography. Classification and description of non· carbonate and carbonate sedimentary rocks utilizing petrographic microscope. Prerequisite: Geol500. (4W)

554. Petroleum Geology. Accumulation and origin of petroleum. Subsurface methods utilized in exploration. ~erequisites: Geol 420, 522. (3Sp)

616. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrography. Classification and description of" igneous and metamorphic rocks utilizing p~trographic micr~Bcope. Prere!luisite: Geol 500. (4Sp) .

560. S,urficial Geology. Processes active on surface of earth , unconsoli· dated deposits, and geomorphology. Recent geologic events. For majors in Forest Resources and Outdoor Recreation, Range Science, Engi'neering, and Soil Sci· ence and Biometeorology. Prerequisite: Geol 111. (5F)

620. Regional Tectonics. (3F)

564. Photogeology. Interpretation of aerial photographs in geologic mapping. Prerequisites: Geol 420, 560. (4W)

636. Paleoecology. Prerequisite: Geo1430. (3F)

630. Paleozoic Biostratigraphy. Prerequisite: Geol 430. (3W)

680. Semin!,r. (l-6F, W, Sp)

589. Science Colloquium. (l·2Su)

Graduate

697. Thesis. (1·12F, W, Sp)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3F, W, Sp)

600. Clay Mineralogy. Structure a nd environmental significance of clay minerals. Prerequisite: Geol 502 (4Sp)

Head: Professor Dale O. Nelson Office in HPER 122

Professor Emeritus Hunsaker; Associate Professors Downs, McClellan, Mendini, Nalder, Rasmussen; Assistant Professors Burnett, Chase, Fuller, Gardner, Maughan, Pearce, Swenson; Instructor Hewlett

Degrees offered: BS in Health Education; BS in Physical Education; BS in Recre!ltion Education, BS in Dance; MS in Health, Physical Education and Recreation

Objectives

Activity Courses: Opportunity is given to develop skills in some physical activity that will help establish a permanent interest in healthful recreation, promote physical fitness, build morale, and maintain health. Intramural Activities: The intramural program is planned and conducted by the department to give emotional, social, physical, and educational values derived from competitive sports. This program provides for both individual and team endeavors.

Women's Intrilmural Association offers a varied activities. All women are eligible and encouraged to participate. progi~lIn · of

The men's intram\l.ral sports program offers a variety of activities cond4ct~d in separate leagues: fraternity, department, club, aqd lill-campus.

"In College of Education

The Intercollegiate Program for women provides an opportunity for coeds to compete with other Univer!;lity women.

Sports include: field hockey, volleyball, basketball, softball, tennis, badminton, archery, golf, track and field, swimming, and skiing. Meets are held at different campuses annually.

Recreation. The department attempts to meet recreational interests of the total studentbody through intramural sports, clubs, recreation periods, and special events. The purpose of these activities is to develop a love for wholesome recreation, and sufficient skill to allow participation with satisfaction and enjoyment. Require~ents

Secondary Teaching Majors and Minors. An application for admission to teacher education should ordinarily be completed before the J).lnior year (see College of Education for requirements). Approval is a prerequisite to teacher certification candidacy and to ~nrollment in Education and Psychology courses.


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Health, Physical Education and Recreation PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR - MEN Required Courses 200 Introduction to Physical Education 206 Administration of Intramural SpOrts 460 Methods in Physical Education' 461 Lifesaving 462 Water Safety Instructor's Course 463 Methods of Teaching Ballroom and Square Dance 464 Methods of Teaching Tennis a nd Badminton 465 Methods of Teaching Volleyball, Speedball, and Wrestling 466 Methods of Teaching Gymnastics 470 Football Coacliing Methods 471 Basketball Coaching Methods 472 Track and Field Coaching Methods (Two of 470,471,472 required) 481 Physiology of Exercise 483 Kinesiology 486 Administration of Physical Education 487 Evaluation in Physical Education Elective Courses (Select a minimum of 7 credits) 173 Square Dance 178 Ballroom Dance 220 Fundamentals of Tennis and Archery' 222 Fundamentals of Badminton and Golf' 223 Fundamentals of Wrestling and Weight Training' 224 Fundamentals of Gymnastics' 225 Fundamentals of Speedball and Volleyball' 109 Bowling 164 Advanced Swimming 204 Sports Officiating 205 Sports Officia ting 301 Physical Education in the Elementary Schools 321 Methods of Teaching Skiing 322 Prevention a nd Care of Athletic Injuries 400 Social Recreation Leadership 482 Physical Education for the Exceptional student 3rd Coaching Course

PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MINOR - MEN Courses Credits 206 Administration ofIntramural Sports_ 3 460 Methods in Physical Education . . . .. . . .. . ....... ... . . 3 ...... . .. . . .. . .. 463,464,465,466 (any two) 4 470,471,472 Methods of Coaching (any one) . ......... . . . 2 463 Kinesiology. . ............ .. 3 486 ........ 3 Four to six credits of electives; 24 to 26 total credits

PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR - WOMEN Required Courses 200 Introduction to Physical Education 206 Administration of Intramural Sports 460 Methods in Physical Education' 464 Methods in Teaching Tennis and Badminton 461 Lifesaving 462 Water Safety Instructor's Course 467 Methods of Teaching Modern and Folk Da nce 468 Methods of Teaching Team Sports 469 Methods of Teaching Gymnastics 483 Kinesiology 481 Physiology of Exercise 486 Administration of Physical Education 487 Evaluation in Physical Education

Elective Courses 104 Track and Field 207 Sports Officiating 220 Fundamentals of Tennis and Archery' 222 Fundamentals of Badminton and Golf' 227 Fundamentsls of International Folk Dance' 230 Fundamentals of Soccer a nd Speedball' 231 Fundamentals of Basketball' 232 Fundamentsls of Softball and Field Hockey' 233 Fundamentals of Gymnastics' 240 Fundamentals of Elementary Modern Dance' 241 Fundamentals ofIntermediate Modern Dance' 242 Fundamentals of Advanced Modern Dance' 301 Physical Education in the Elementary Schools 400 Social Recreation Leadership 482 Physical Education for the Exceptional Student

109

PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MINOR - WOMEN Courses Credits 206 ... 3 220,222,230,231,232,233 (any two) . 2 1 . 227 or 176 .. 240,241,242,170,171,172 (any two) ..... . . .. ..... . . ... .. . .. ... . . ...... .. 2 460. 2 468, 469,464 (any bne) .. 2 486. 3 Three to five credits of electives, 24 to 26 total credits.

COMPOSITE MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH MEN A. Physical Education: (34 credits) Credits PE 223 Fundamentals of Wrestling and Weight Training PE 224 Fundamentals of Tumbling and Gymnastics. PE 225 Fundamentals of Speedball and Volleyball PE 200 Introduction to Physical Education. PE 203 Administration of Intramural Sports. PE 461 Lifesaving ................. . . PE 463 Methods of Teaching Ballroom and Square Dance . PE 464 Methods of Teaching Tennis and Badminton PE 465 Methods of Teaching Volleybail, Speedball and Wrestling PE 466 Methods of Teaching Tumbling a nd Gymnastics .. Select two of the following three courses below: PE 470 Football Coaching Methods PE 471 Basketball Coaching Methods. PE 472 Track and Field Coaching Methods . PE 481 Physiology of Exercise . . . ...... . . .... . PE 483 Kinesiology . . . . ................... . . . PE 487 Evaluation in Physical Education . PE 486 Administration of Physical Education ... _........ .. . ... . . ... . . . . . B. Health (27 credits) Pub H 115 Personal Health .. Pub H 410 Environmental Health . HE 458 The School Health Curriculum. HE 441 Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs ........... . .......... .. HE 459 Methods and Materials in Health Education. FCD 320 Marriage .... ................. ......... . ..... .. . ... .. .. .. . or FCD 440 Family Life Education NFS 122 Principles of Nutrition Psy 270 Mental Hygiene or SW 365 Mental Health ...

1 1

2 3 2 2 2 2 2

2 2

2 3 3 3 3 2 4

3 3-6

3 3 3 3 3

COMPOSITE MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH WOMEN A. Physical Education: (33 credits) PE-2oo Introduction to Physical Education . PE 206 Administration of Intramural Sports PE 220 Fundamentals of Tennis and Archery .......... . . . ... . PE 222 Fundamentals of Badminton and Golf .. . PE 231 Fundamentals of Basketball ............ .. . .. ... . . .. ... . PE 232 Fundamentals of Softball and Field Hockey . ................. .. . PE 233 Fundamentals of Gymnastics PE 170, 171, 172 Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced Modern Dance PE 176 International Folk Dance . or PE 227 Fundamentals of International Folk Dance PE 461 Lifesaving ... ............ . ... . . ..... .... ... . ... . PE 464 Methods of Teaching Tennis a nd Badminton .......... . . . . . . PE 467 Methods of Teaching Modern a nd Folk Dance. PE 468 Methods of Teaching Team Sports . PE 469 Methods of Teaching Tumbling and Gymnastics ...... . . .... . . PE 481 Physiology of Exercise. . .............. . ........ .. .. ... . .. ... . PE 483 Kinesiology ...... . . . .. PE 486 Administration of Physical Education. PE 487 Evaluation in Physical Education .. B. Health (27 credits) Pub H.115 Personal Health . Pub H 410 Environmentsl Health HE 441 Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs . . . ... .. . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . .. .. . . .• • . .. . . HE 458 The School Health Curriculum. . . . . . ... . .• . ... . .

2 3

1

3

1 2

2 2 2 2 3 3

3 3

2 4 3-6

3

'The Fundamentsls Series is a prerequisite to PE 460 and the Methods of Teaching Series. PE 460 should precede Methods of Teaching. ' Fundamentals of Sports Series, Physical Education Labs, Labs, are a prerequisite to PE 460 and Methods of Teaching

Dance


110

Health, Physical Education and Recreation

HE 459 Methods and Materials in Health Education ..... . ... ... . . ... . . .... . FCD 320 Marriage ........... . or FCD 440 Family Life Education NFS 122 Principles of Nutrition SW 365 Mental Health .. or Psy 270 Mental Hygiene .. Select one of the following: Bact 111 Elementary Microbiology Bact 301 General Microbiology .

a 3 3 3 3 3

5 5

DANCE EDUCATION MAJOR MEN AND WOMEN (40 credits) Required Courses: PE 200 Introduction to Physical Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . PE 173 Square Dance PE 177 Intermediate International Folk Dance ........ . .. .. . . .... . .. .. . . .. . or PE 227 Fundamentals of International Folk Dance .. PE 178 Ballroom Dance or PE 179 Intermediate Ballroom Dance PE 240 Fundamentals of Elementary Modern Dance ........... . .. . PE 241 Fundamentals ofIntermediate Modern Da nce ..... . . . ..... . ... . . . . . PE 242 Fundamentals of Advanced Modern Dance ... PE 311 Dance Composition. PE 312 Composition in Modern Dance .. . . . . .. . . . . ... . ... . .. . . . . .. .. . PE 313 Dance Production ................... . . . ............ . PE 314 Dance History . . .............. . . PE 463 Methods of Teaching Ballroom and Square Dance . PE 467 Methods of Teaching Modern and Folk Dance ......... . ..... ..... .. . PE 483 Kinesiology PE 486 Administration of Physical Education. PE 487 Evaluation in Physical Education ... .... . . .. .. . .. .... .. ...... . . ... . ThArt 170 Beginning Ballet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . ...... .. .. ThArt 554 Stage Lighting .

2

2 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 3

1 2

HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR

1

2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 1 2

3

Note: Forty credit hours are required for the Dance Education major. The fol· lowing courses may be waived upon demonstrated proficiency: PE 240, 241, 242, 227,177,173, 178, 179;ThArt 170 The following additional classes may be selected with approval of the adviser to bring the total credits to 40. B. Elective Courses: PE 166 Syncronized Swimming for Women . . . . . . . . .. . ... .. . .. .. .. .. . PE 461 Lifesaving . . . PE 460 Methods of Teaching Physical Education PE 464 Methods of Teaching Tennis and Badminton PE 465 Methods of Teaching Volleyball, Speedball and Wrestling PE 466 Methods of Teaching Gymnastics for Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .•. . PE 468 Methods of Teaching Team Sports for Women . PE 469 Methods of Teaching Gymnastics for Women ThArt 142 Makeup.

B. Select six additional credits from the following: PE 179 Latin American Ballroom Dance PE 313 Dance Production PE 173 Square Dance .................... .. .... . PE 314 Dance History ............. . ThArt 172 Dance for the Theatre . . . . .... ... . ... . .. . . .. .... . ... . . . ThArt 372 Dance for the Theatre ....... . . .. •.... ThArt 373 Dance for the Theatre . ThArt 150 Stagecraft . ThArt 152 Makeup ...

"2

Teaching Major in Health Education (40 credits)

Music

102 Fundamentals of Music

PE 400 Social Recreation Leadership ... .. ....... . . PE 463 Methods of Teachi ng Ballroom and Square Dance. or PE 315 Leadership in Dance . . . .. .. . . .. ..... .... . PE 460 Methods in Physical Education PE 467 Methods of Teaching Modern and Folk Dance . . .. . .. .. . . . . . . PE 311 Composition in Modern Dance ....................... . or PE 312 Dance Composition . . ............. .. ..... ..... .. .

1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2

Flexibility is an inherent part of the program and by petition to the student's adviser with final approval of the department head other dance classes may be substituted in both the required and elective areas. Classes taken at other insti· tutions and special summer classes not presently listed are included in this category.

A. Required Courses (24 credits) HE 190 First Aid and Personal Safety . NFS 122 Nutrition for Man .... HE 441 Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs . . . . HE 458 The School Health Curriculum ' ....... .. .. .... .. . .. .. . .. . . .. .. . .. . Pub H 115 Personal Health ............ . .......... . . . ..... . . Pub H 410 Environmental Health . .. Psy 270 Mental Hygiene .. or SW 365 Mental Health .. B. Electives (Select a minimum of 5 credits from the following) HE 618 School and Community Health Workshop Pub H 580 Seminar in Health Problems Pub H 452 Family Health PE 481 Physiology of Exercise . or PE 482 Physical Education for the Exceptional Student. Bioi 512 Principles of Genetics ................ . C. Electives: (Select a minimum of 9 credits from the following) FCD 320 Marriage. . .............. . FCD 440 Family Life Education ...... . .. .. .. . .. . . . . . . Psy 321 Abnormal Psychology Psy 351 Social Psychology ..... . . .. .......... . Ed Ad 778 Group Process in Education Leadership ..... •.... .. . ..• . .. . . .. .. 1M 551 Production of Instructional Materials .............. .

3 3 3-6 3 2 4

3

3 2

2 3 3

3 5 3 3 3 3 3 3

Note: Recommended foundation courses to be taken as part of the General Education requirement.

Physll30 Human Physiology Bact 111 Elementary Microbiology•.. or Bact 301 General Microbiology .... .. . .... . . . ... .. .. .. . .. . . ..... ...... . . Psy 101 General Psychology . Soc 101 Introductory Sociology or Anth 101 Introduction to Anthropology ..

5 5

5 5 5 5

TEACHING MINOR IN HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MINOR IN DANCE

Teaching Minor in Health Education (24 credits)

Note: Specific competencies are required of Dance Education minor. Descriptions of these competencies are available from the HPER Department office. Courses which assist students in developing these competencies are listed below. A. Required courses: PE 240 Fundamentals of Elementary Modern Dance. PE 241 Fundamentals of Intermediate Modern Dance PE 242 Fundamentals of Advanced Modern Dance or PE 170 Elementary Modern Dance ..• . . PE 171 Intermediate Modern Dance . .. . PE 172 Advanced Modern Dance . . . . FE 227 Fundamentals of Folk Dance . . .. . . .. . ...... . . .. . . or PE 176 International Folk Dance ....... . PE 202 Rhythmic Program for Elementary School . . ... or PE 310 Movement Exploration for Elementary School PE 221 Fundamentals of Ballroom and Square Dance or PE 178 Ballroom Dance . .. . . .. .... .. .. ... .

1

2 3

A. Required Courses: (18 credits) Pub H 115 Personal Health ... . . Pub H 410 Environmental Health. HE 441 Alcohol, Tobacco and Drugs HE 458 The School Health Curriculum .. HE 459 Methods and Materials in Health Education ... . ......... . B. Electives: (Select a minimum of six credits from the following) Bact 111 Elementary Microbiology ... NFS 122 Nutrition for Man ..... .... ....... .. . HE 190 First Aid and Personal Safety. . ..... . • ...... FCD 320 Marriage ............. . ..... ... .. . ... .. ............ . FCD 440 Family Life Education ......... . . ... . . ..... ..... .... . ... ..... ... . Psy 270 Mental Hygiene. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. . . . . . . .. . or SW 365 Mental Health . . .... . C. Recommended foundation science courses: Bioi 101 Biology and the Citizen .. . ...... .. ....... .... ..... .. .. .... . .

2 4 3-6 3 3

5 3 3 3 3 3 3 5

'HE 459, Methods and Materials in Health Education, is taken as part of the Professional Education component. HE 458 is a prerequisite for HE 459.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Health, Physical Education and Recreation or Bact 111 Elementary Microbiology .. . ... . .. .. . ... . . . .. ... . .... .. .. . . . . . .. . or Bact 301 General Microbiology . . . . . ....... . ... .. . . . . ...... . .. . . .. .. . Physl130 Human Physiology ... . ... .. ......... . .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. . . .. .. ... . . .. .. .. .... . ........ . . . ..... ... . . ... .. Soc 101 Introductory Sociology Psy 101 Genera l Psychology . . . . .. . ... .. . . .. . . ........ . ... .. . .. . . . . .. . .... .

5 5 5 5 5

Re quir e d Cours es: Cre dits PE 202 Rhythmic Program for Elementar y School . . 2 or PE 310 Movement Exploration for Elementary Schools . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 PE 400 Social Recreation Lea dership .................. . ...... . . . .. 3 PE 301 Physical Education in the Elementary School . . . . . 3 PE 302 Methods of Teaching Elementary School P hysical Education 3 ..................... 80r9

Elective Course. PE 163 Intermediate Swimming PE 221 Fundamentals of Ballroom a nd Squa re Da nce ... .. ... . . . . PE 227 Fundamentals of Folk Da nce . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . .. . PE 224 Fundamentals of Tumbling a nd Gymnastics - Men .. . . PE 223 F unda mentals of Gymnastics - Women . .. . . .. . . . .. . PE 225 F unda mentals of Speedball a nd Volleyball- Men . . .. . . .. . .. . .... . PE 230 Fundamentals of Soccer and Speedball - Women PE 190 First Aid .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. • PE 320 Construction of Physical Education Equipment for Elementary Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . PE 482 Physical Education for the Ha ndicapped PE 461 Lifesa ving .... . . . . . . . . . . . PE 462 Water Safety Instructor's Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. • .. .. .. . .. .. .. . . .

Recreation Minor. A minor in Recreation Education consists of 18 credits from core courses with Recreation Division approval.

Graduate Study The department offers courses leading to the Master of Science degree in Health, Physical Education and Recreation.

ELEMENTARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJORS (18 Credits r e quired)

Total

The EdD degree in Curriculum Development and Supervision is offered in the College of Education. Candidates may specialize and do research in Physical Education to meet requirements. See the Graduate Catalog for further information.

Health, Physical Education and Recreation Courses Activity Courses for Men 100. Phys ical Conditionin g (1W)

1 3

3 3 2 2

Recreation Education Major. The Department offers a program of study leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program primarily prepares administrators, supervisors, leaders, and research workers in community recreation. Opportunities are also available for preparation in camping, therapy, private recreation, and youth agencies. Curriculum consists of the following: I) core courses required of all Recreation majors, 26 credits; II) elective courses, 24 credits selected by the student and chairman of the Recreation Division to prepare the student for his area of specialization; III) internship, 12 credits onthe-job work experience one quarter for a recreation agency.

104. Track and Field (lSp) 106. Indoor Track and Fie ld (l W) 107. Cross Country (I F) 111. Weight Training (IF, W, Sp) 112. Advanced Physical Conditioning for Me n

(I F, Sp)

114. Trampoline (IF,W) 115. Gymnastic. (I F,W, Sp) 122. Handball (I F, W, Sp) 126. Intermediate Handball (lW, Sp) 130. Wrestling (I F,W) 131. Intermediate Wrestling (IF, W, Sp) 132. Karate (IF, W, Sp) 140. Football (nonvarsity) (1W) 141. Freshman Football (I F) 142. Vars ity Football (I F)

I) Core Curriculum. RE 100 Introduction to Recreation .............. . ..... . RE 400 Social Recreation Leadership .. . .. .. . RE 404 Administra tion of Pla ygrounds a nd Community Centers. RE 550 Pla nning Recreation Areas and Facilities ..... . . RE 551 Philosophy of Recreation ... . ................ . . . ... .. ........ .. RE 409 Camp Counseling and Crafte . . . . . . . .. .. ... . . . .. . . . ..... ..... .. .. . RE 552 Organization of Recreation .. . . .......... . ..... . .... . PE 203 Organization of Intra mural Sporte (206 for women) . . ....... . •. . . PE 460 Methods in Physical Education . . ... . . . Total .. .. .

143. Softball (lSp) 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3

146. Baske tball (IF, W, Sp) 148. Volleyball (IF, W, Sp) 152. Soccer

(IF)

154. Rugby (IF, Sp) 160. Swimming (IF, W, Sp)

26

II) Electives. In addition to the core courses a student must select 24 credits from an approved list. These courses must have the approval of the Recreation chairman and should complement the major area of emphasis.

161. Intermediate Swimming (IF, W, Sp) 169. Water Polo (IF, W, Sp)

Activity Courses for Women 104. Track and Field (lSp)

III) Internship in Recreation. REP 410 1 is required before the Senior year. It consists of one quarter fulltime working for a recreation agency.

113. Body Conditioning for Women. (IF. W, Sp) 114. Trampoline (IF, W) 115. Gymnastics (1 W)

' Student should be of Junior standing or above.

111


112

Health, Physical Education and Recreation

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Health, Physical Education and Recreation

113

117. Intermediate Gymnastics (IW. Sp)

177. Intermediate International Folk Dance (ISp)

125. Figure Control (IF, W, Sp)

178. Ballroom Dance (1 F, W, Sp)

143. Softball (ISp)

179. Intermediate Ballroom Dance (1 W)

146. Basketball (I W)

461. Lifesaving. American Red Cross certificate is given to students who pass the examination. Prerequisite: Red Cross Swimmer's card or permission of instructor. (2F, W, Sp)

148. Volleyball (IF, W, Sp) 151. Soccer-Speedball for Women (IF) 153. Field Hockey (ISp)

462. Water Safety Instructor's Course. Attention is given methods of teaching swimming, lifesaving. American Red Cross certification is given students who pass the exam. Prerequisites: American Red Cross Senior Lifesaving certificate. (2W, Sp)

160. Swimming (IF, W, Sp) 161. Intermediate Swimming (IF, W, Sp) 166. Synchronized Swimming for Women (1 W, Sp) 174. Elementary Precision Rhythms. Elementary marching tactics de¡ signed for the precision drill performer. (1 W) 175. Advanced Precision Rhythms. Advanced marc hing skills, individual and group choreography, and advanced routines. (1W)

Activity Courses for Men and Women RE 101. Fly Tying (lW)

Professional Courses in Physic~l Education 200. Introduction to Physical Education. practice. (2F, W)

History, philosophy, theory, and

202. Rhythmic Program for Elementary School. Rhythms for young children and its use in creative movement. Methods of presenting and developing rhythms. (2F) 204. Sports Officiating. Knowledge of the rules and mechanics of officiating football, basketball, and volleyball. Attention is also given to the proper instruction of other game officials. (2F, Sp)

101. Skiing (lW,Sp) 102. Intermediate Skiing (IW)

205. Sports Officiating. Knowledge of the rules and mechanics of officiating basketball and softball. Attention given to proper instruction of other game officials. (2F, W)

103. AdvancedSkiing (IW)

RE 105. Angling and Casting (IF, Sp, Su)

206. Administration of Intramural Sports. Study of the basic ingredients required for administering successful intramural programs. (3F, Sp)

108. Jogging (IF, W, Sp)

208. Body Dynamics. (2)

109. Bowling (IF,W,Sp)

220. Fundamentals of Tennis and Archery. (I F, Sp)

110. Intermediate Bowling (1 W)

222. Fundamentals of Badminton and Golf.

118. Archery (IF,Sp)

223.

Fundamentals of Wrestling and Weight Training. (IF, W)

119. Intermediate Archery (I W, Sp)

224.

Fundamentals of Gymnastics for Men. (IF, W)

120. Golf (IF, Sp)

225. Fundamentals of Speedball and Volleyball for Men.

121. Intermediate Golf (IF, Sp)

226. Fundamentals of Drill Teams and Pep Clubs.

124. Pre-ski Conditioning (IF)

227. Fundamentals of International Folk Dance.

127. Hiking (IF, Sp)

2;10. Fundamentals of Soccer-Speedball for Women.

128. Cycling (IF, Sp)

231. Fundamentals of Basketball for Women.

133. Fencing (IF, W, Sp)

232. Fundamentals of Softball and Field Hockey for Women. (ISp)

134. Badminton (IF, W, Sp)

233. Fundamentals of Gymnastics for Women. (IF, Sp)

135. Intermediate Badminton (1 W)

240. Fundamentals of Elementary Modern Dance.

136. Tennis (IF, Sp)

241. Fundamentals of Intermediate Modern Dance.

137. IntermediateTennis (IF, Sp)

242.

155. Racquetball (IF, W, Sp)

243. Advanced Modern Dance.

164. Advanced Swimming (IF, W, Sp)

301. Physical Equcation in the Elementary School. Philosophy and selection of activities that will satisfy the needs of the elementary school physical education program. (3F, W)

165. Diving (IF, W, Sp) 167. Canoeing (IF,Sp, Su) 168. Scuba Diving (IF, W,Sp)

(IF, Sp)

(ISp)

(2Sp) (I W) (IF)

(IW)

(IF) (1 W)

Fundamentals of Advanced Modern Dance. (ISp) (Majors) (2)

302. Methods of Teaching Elementary School Physical Education. Curriculum, facilities, equipment, and the teaching of activities. Emphasis on activities as specified in the Utah State Course of Study for the elementary school. (3Sp)

170. Modern Dance (IF, W,Sp) 171. Intermediate Modern Dance (IF, W,Sp) 172. Advanced Modern Dance (1 W, Sp)

310. Movement Exploration for Elementary Schools. Methods and materials used in guiding creative rhythmic experiences of students. (3Sp) 311. Dance Composition. Experience in individual composing based upon the beginning elements of modern dance. (2F)

173. Square Dance (IF,W,Sp) 176. International Folk Dance (IF, W)

312. Composition in Modern Dance. Experience in group composing through the various forms and stimuli of modern dance. (2W)


114

Health, Physical Education and Recreation

313. Dance Production. Composition done independently. Participation in a performance required. Lighting, staging, costume, and makeup applied to a dance concert. (2Sp) 314. Dance History. A history of dance from the primitive through Greek, medieval, and renaissance periods into the theatrical dance forms : ballet and modern. (3W)

Graduate 505. Psychological Aspects of Sports Performance. The athlete with stress in individual psychological factors contributing to difficulties in athletics. The role of the coach in motivating athletes. (2Sp, Su) 590.

Independent Study. (1·3F, W,Sp)

315. Leadership in Dance. An advanced class in dance leadership to meet needs of students who expect to teach social or square dancing in schools or churches. Prerequisite: social or square dancing. (2)

630. Analysis of Sports Performance. Mechanical and physiological analysis of all types of sports performance based upon principles of movement and body mechanics. (3W, Su)

317.

631. Advanced Exercise Physiology. Physiological changes that occur in the human body while exercising. Practical understanding of the concepts taught through laboratory experiences. (3W, Su)

Drill and Precision Dance Workshop. (1)

320. Construction of Physical Education Equipment for Elementary Schools. (3W)

642. Curriculum in Physical Education. Curriculum development studied in terms of student needs in relation to present day society. Includes current practices and trends in the area of curriculum. (3Sp)

321. Methods of Teaching Skiing. (2F) 322.

Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries. (2Sp)

323. Methods of Coaching Women's Sports. Traiuing, strategy, sports skill, and techniques of coaching volleyball, basketball, and softball. (2Sp) 324. Lifetime Sports. (2) 460. Methods in Physical Education. Lecture and practical preparation in the teaching of physical education activities. Students assist in the activity program under direction of staff. (3F, W, Sp) 461. Lifesaving. The American Red Cross course in seuior lifesaving is covered. (2F, W, Sp) 462. Water Safety Instructor's Course. Attention is given to' methods of teaching swimming, lifesaving. American Red Cross certification is given stu· dents who pass the exam. Prerequisites: American Red Cross Senior Lifesaving certificate. (2W, Sp) 463. Methods of Teaching Ballroom and Square Dance. PE 460. (2F, W) 464. Methods of Teaching Tennis and Badminton. (2F, Sp)

Prerequisite:

Prerequisite: PE 460

465. Methods of Teaching Volleyball, Speedball, Wrestling. Prerequisite: PE 460 (2F) 466. Methods of Teaching Gymanstics. 467.

651. Problems and Issues in Health and Physical Education. Selected problems studied through the use of literature and discussion as they apply to the individual and the group. Individual problems are emphasized. (3F, Su) 654. Philosophical Basis of Health and Physical Education. Oi vergent origins, conditions, leaders, a nd forces giving rise to current basic beliefs abo ut health, physical education, and recreation. Development of individua l professional philosophies. (3) 660. Research Methods in Physical Education. Methods, techniques, purposes, and interpretation of various kinds of research. Practical application in the conduct of a research project is utilized during the class. (3F, Su) 683. Seminar in Physical Education. (1·3W, Su) 697. Research and Thesis Writing. (1·9) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(1·3)

Professional Courses in Recreation Education 100. Introduction to Recreation. A basic knowledge of the recreation movement with emphasis on trends, history, philosophy. professional organizations, and employment opportunitites. (2F)

Prerequisite: PE 460 (2Sp)

Methods of Teaching Modern and Folk Dance. (2Sp)

468. Methods of Teaching Team Sports for Women. Designed to develop teaching techniques in soccer, speedball, basketball, softball, field hockey, a nd volleyball. (3F)

160. Western Horsemanship. Grooming, saddling, bridling, mounting, seat and hands, horseback riding both bareback and on western saddle. For students with limited or no previous riding experience. Three laboratories. $25 fee. (3F) 400. Social Recreation Leadership. Lectures, demonstrations, and practical experience in leading people in social recreation. Attention to phil· osophy, technique, and selection of material. (3F, W, Sp)

I I I I I I I I I I I I

469. Methods of Teaching Gymnastics for Women. (2W) 470. Football Coaching Methods.

Prerequisite: PE 460 (2W)

403. School Recreation Leadership. Techniques of planning, orgaruzmg, and leading recreation activities in a school setting; special emphasis given to leadership in classroom, multipurpose room, and playground areas. (3F, Su)

471. Basketball Coaching Methods. Prerequisite: PE 460 (2F) 472. Track and Field Coaching Methods. Prerequisite: PE 460 (2Sp) 473. Baseball Coaching Methods.

404. Organization and Administration of Playgrounds and Community Centers. Analysis of best practices dealing with promotion, training, budgeting, scheduling, programming, organizations, safety, a nd public relations. (3F)

Prerequisite: PE 460 (2Sp)

481. Physiology of Exercise. A study of physiological changes that occur 8S a result of exercise and work. The course involves laboratory practicnm as a means of demonstrating physiological change. (3F, W) 482. Physical Education for the Handicapped. Philosophy and under· standing of physical education needs of the handicapped. Teaching methods for effective use are presented. Opportunity for practical application. (3F) 483. Kinesiology. A study of the science of movement. The mechanical analysis of body movement is explored from an anatomical and physical stand· point. Practical application in physical activity. (3W, Sp)

405. Programming in Recreation Therapy. A study of physical and social needs for recreation programs of individuals in hospitals and rest homes. (3F) 406. Outdoor Survival and Recreation. Lectures and field trips to teach students ways of living in the wilderness under adverse weather conditions and how to participate and enjoy outdoor winter sports. Students must provide ade· quate clothing for field trips. (3W) 407. Leadership in Camping. Techniques of organizing and planning outdoor recreational camping experiences. Includes a one-week wilderness camping experience. (2Su) 408. Administration of Camping for the Handicapped. (3Su)

486. Admiuistration of Physical Education. Administration procedures in Physical Education in the high school; curriculum and program planning. (3W,Sp) 487. Evaluation in Physical Education. Practical studies of testa and techniques of test construction. (3F, Sp) 500. Administration of Athletics. (3W)

an~ir

409. Camp Counseling and Crafts. Different types of camps organization, supervision, equipment, staff, and safety. Several short hikes and outdoor camping experiences. (3Sp)

.-/

410. Internship in Recreation. Designed...-t:<l"g;~e students practical ex· perience working fulltime for a recreati9rr"mianization for one quarter. (12F, W,Sp,Su) (

I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I Professional Courses in I Health Education I I I History and Geography I I I Objectives I I Requirements I I ~oo.

Swimming Pool and Waterfront Management. (2Sp)

550. Recreation Areas and Facilities. A study of the basic planning procedures, techniques, and methods for community recreation and school physical education facilities . (3W)

551. Philosophy of Recreation. Insight into the problems Americans faoe as the result of increased leisure. Exploration of possible solutions to these problems through the medium of recreation. (3W) 552. Organization of Recreation. Problems of organization and ad· ministration of community recreation departments, including staff, activities, programs and finance. (3Sp)

590. Independent Study. (l-3F, W, Sp)

Graduate

600. Problems in Recreation. Study of issues of public and school recrea· tion, youth-serving organizations. and community groups using case studies and discussion of current issues. (3F, Su) 601. Leadership in Recreation. A gro up approach to improvement a nd innovation in leadership and supervisory skills. Familiarization with adminis· trative skills and duties through discussion a nd lab approach. (3W, Su)

680. Seminar in Recreation. Student presentation of thesis and project studies. Informal discussions, critical analysis of problems, informal lectures by invited speakers a nd class members. (3Sp, Su) 697. Research and Thesis. (1-9)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3)

History and Geography

115

300. Dynamic Fitness. Three days a week of selected activity for condition· ing. Two days a week of lecture and laboratory work. Understanding the role of activity in a healthy body. (3F, W, Sp) 429. Advanced First Aid and· Emergency Care. Participants should develop the functional first aid capabilities required of policemen, firemen , and emergency squad members. Certificates available for those who meet require' ments. (2W) 431. First Aid Instructor's Course. Methods in teaching first aid. Ameri· can Red Cross certificates available to those who meet requirements. (2Sp)

441. Alcohol, Tobacco and Drugs. Alcohol, tobacco and drug problems are considered from a physiologica l, psychological, sociological, educational, historical, and legal treatise. Development of an educational program. (3-6F, Su) 456. School Health for Health Teachers. Content of the secondary school health courses. Health problems of secondary students. Helpful school environ· ment and program. School hea lth laws and practices. (3F, W) 458. The School Health Curriculum. The scope and socio·scientific basis and organization for hea lth education; emphasis on the scheduling and sequence of health instruction, and evaluation of outcome. Prerequisite: Pub H 115. (3F, W) -' /

459. Methods and Materials in Health Education. The nature of health education in the school and community; health needs of the school child; curriculum and methodology; resource materials and evaluation of the health program. Prerequisite: Pub H 115. (3W, Sp)

520. Alcohol and Drug Education Institute. (lSu)

550. Interdisciplinary Workshop.

(1-3)

590. Independent Study. (1-3F, W, Sp)

Graduate 682. Seminar in Health. (Arr. Su)

190. First Aid and Personal Safety. Red Cross standard course in first aid, with emphasis on practical use, demonstration, and practice. Certificates available for those who meet the requirements. (2F, W, Sp)

697. Research and Thesis Writing. (1-9)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l-3)

*Department of

Head: Professor William F. Lye Office in Main 317

Professors Ellsworth, E. L. Peterson; Associate Professors: Alder, C. S. Peterson, F. R. Peterson; Assistant Professors: Ascoli, Cole, Nicholls, Thorn; Instructors: Craig, Ganster, Glatfelter, Vari Degrees offered: .BS and BA in Geography; BS, BA, MS, and MA in History; Master of Social Sciences (MSS)

The Department of History and Geography offers courses leading to careers in teaching, research, and public service. In addition the department provides a wide variety of courses supporting other fields of specialization, and in general education.

A Major in History requires 45 credits of course work. The student should complete as soon as possible survey courses in American Civilization (Hist 170), and either Comparative World Civilizations (Hist 101, · In College of Humanities, Arts a nd Sciences

102, 103), or Western Civilization (Hist 104, 105). The student should then take such upper division courses as will satisfy his particular interest, but Hist 300, Sources and Literature of History, is especially recommended. Those who plan to do graduate work in History should complete at least two years of a foreign language as an undergraduate. During the Senior year they are also urged to take the Graduate Record Examinations. A grade of "C" or better is required in any course in History used to meet the requirements for a major


116

History and Geography

in History. A 2.5 grade point average in the major is required for graduation.

artistic, and intellectual attainments of mankind. Earliest times to about 1300 A.D. (3F)

The study of history requires an understanding of many fields of human endeavor. The student majoring in History should select a minor and take electives in fields closely related to history, such as economics, geography, anthropology, political science, and sociology. Especially recommended are courses in the history of art, literature, music, drama, political thought, economics, social thought, and philosophy.

102. Comparative Civilizations: Early Modern. A comparative survey of major world civilizations during the peripd of tr'lnsformation to European domination. From about 1300 to 1850. (3W)

Teaching ~Iajor in History. History constitutes the major subject matter in the social studies curriculum of the junior and senior high schools. T1wse who plan to teach in secondary schools should also consult with the College of Education and obtain a secondary school teaching certificate. Course work for a teaching major in history should include the basic survey courses in American History (Hist 170), the Comparative Civilizations group (Hist 101, 102, 103), or the Western Civilization group (Hist 104, 105). All prospective teachers of history should also take Hist 300 - Sources and Literature of History, and organize their remaining course work to include at least six credits of upper division American history, six credits of upper division European history, and six credits of upper division history in other world areas. A teaching major in History should include a broad foundation in the social sciences, and therefore the minor should be in one of the social sciences. Economics, political science, geography, and sociology are recommended. Upper division courses in History and work in the minor and allied fields should be selected in consultation with one's adviser. A Minor in History consists of 18 or more credits. Hist 101, 102, and 103, or Hist 104, 105, 170, and 300 are recommended. Teaching Minor in History consists of 24 credits. Hist 101, 102, and 103, or Hist 104, 105, 170, and 300 are essential. In addition, the student should complete 14 or 15 credits of upper division work.

An "application for admission to teacher education" should ordinarily be completed during the Sophomore year (see College of Education for requirements). Approval is a prerequisite to · oertification candidacy and to enrollment in Education and Psychology courses.

Graduate Study The Department of History and Geography offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, the Master of Science, and the Master of Social Science. For details see the Graduate Catalog.

103. Comparative Civilizations: Modern. A C()mpar!l~ive survey of major world civilizations in the modern period. Special attention given to political. social, intellectual, and l"chnological transformations of the past century. (3Sp) 104. Western Civilizations: Ancient and Medieval. A survey of European civilization from i\s origins to about 1500 A.D. Emphasis on cultural, political, religious, social, economic, intellectual, a nd artistic achievements. (5F, W, Sp) 105. Western Civilization: Modern. A survey of European civilization . from the Refo~atiQn to the present day. (5F, W, Sp) 170. American Civilization. The fundamentals of American history. Sue· cessful completion of this course meets the American Institutions reqllirement established by the State Legislature. (5F, W, Sp)

Independent Studies 291.

Independent Studies. (l·3F, W, Sp)

Upper Division 300. Sources and Literature of History. General reference works to the study of European, American, and Asian history. For all persons preparing to teach or write IJistory. Prereqllisites: Freshman sequence. Taken in t~e Sophomore year upon completion of prereqllisites. (3F, W, Sp)

Period Surv€>y Courses Europe 304. Greek History. Greek civilization to the Roman conquest, 146 B.C. Emphasizes political, social, intellectual, and artistic developments and con· tributions. (5F) 306. Roman History. From the earliest times to the decline of the Roman Empire in the west in the fifth century, A.D. (5W) 311. Medieval Europe (500-1500 A.D.). Political, economic, social, and cultural developments during the Middle Ages. (3Sp) 321. Renaissance al'd il:eformation (~250-1600 A.D.). The Italian Renaissance and the Reformation, their spread in J!:urope. Transition to modern Europe in political, ~conomic. religious, social, and intell~ctual systems and values. (5F) 322. Ages of Absolutism and Enlightenment (1555- 1789 A.D.). The institutions and ideas whicQ produced modern European attitudos toward revolution and reaction, and the nature of politics and economics during the age of absolutism. (3W) 324. Revolutionary and Imperial France (1789-1850). Origins, causes, and events of the French Revolution in terms of social, political, economic, and intellectual factors . An analysis of the roots of nationalism and dictatorship. (3Sp) 325. Nineteenth Century Europe (1815-1914). Reaction nationalism, imperialism, liberalism, and socialism against a background of politics, eco. nomics, and diplomacy. (3Sp) 327. Twentieth Century World. Political and economic developments in Europe, America, Asia, and Africa since the end of World War r. (3Sp) 335. Muscovite and Imperial Russia. Political, economic, and cultural development ~f the Russian people from the emergence of the Muscovite state to the revolutions of 1917. (3F)

History Courses

336. Russian Revolutions and Soviet Regime. Development of the Russian revolution, and the economic, political, social, and cultural development of the Soviet state from its founding to the present day. (3W)

Lower Division

337. The Gn>wth of England to 1714. velopment from the earliest times. (3F)

101. Comparative Civilizations: Ancient and Medieval. Sur¥~y of the major civilizations of the world concerned with p~litj~al, soci~l. economic,

338. The M<><Iernization of E"glish Sopiety. Develppment 9f social, ~on0l"ic, p<!liRcal, and intelle~tual institutions since 1714. (3W)

English social and political de-

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

History and Geography 341. Germany Since the Reformation. Developmeni of Germany since the Reformation io the present: backgrounds of "the German problem," Germany under Bismarck, World War I, Germany under Hitler; post-war Germany. (5Sp)

Africa 351. Traditional Africa. Geography, ethnology, and early history of Africa to the coming of the colonial powers. (3F) 352. Colonial and Modern Africa. From the coming of the colonial powers, through the Colonial Period to the present movements of independence. (3W) 353. History of Southern Africa. The political, social, and economic history of Africa south of the Zambezi River, stressing the interaction of Negro, Khosian, and European cultures. (3Sp)

Latin America 471. Colonial Latin America. Geography, pre-Columbian peoples; exploration, conquest, and cdlonizatidn by Europe; political, social, and economic developments; international riva lries, prominent revolutionists, and the independence wars. (3F)

472. National Latin America. New nations emergihg from independence wars; social, economic, and political development of the twenty Latin American nations in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (3W) 473. Contemporary Latin America. Present affairs and problems of each Latin American nation, providing ins ight within socia l, economic, a nd political 'realms, as viewed from various internal and extern a l levels. (3Sp) 474. History of Mexico. The socia l, economic, and political history from colonial times to the pre!;ent, with major emphasis on the national era. (3)

Asia

Canada

361. Traditional East Asia. Development of the civilizations of China, Japan, and Korea from their origins to the time of the Ch'ing Dynasty in China. (3F)

481. History of Canada.

362. Modernization in East Asia. The modern transformation of traditional cultures of China, Japan, a nd Korea during the last two centuries. Emphasis on compa r ative modernization of China a nd J apan . (5W) 367. History bf China. Development of traditional Chinese culture and the effect on that culture of the growth of Western influence. (3) 368. History of Japan. The development of Japan with a special emphasis on the modern transformation in the last century_ (3) 369. Civilization of India. The development of Indian civilization a nd major currents in her history from earliest times to the present. (3)

United States

117

From earliest times to the present.

(3)

Independent Studies 491.

Readings and Conferences.

Credit a rra nged.

(I-3F, W, Sp)

Advanced Upper Division Theme and Topic Courses Europe 501. Ideas in Early European History. From Plato to Volta ire, studied against a background of contempor a ry eco nomic. social, and political develop.. ments' (3) 502. Ideas in Modern European History. The historical impact in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries of romanti c, scientific, and futuristi c ideas. (3)

432. Colonial America. The coloni a l peri od of American History from the European background to 1763. (3F)

505. History of Science: Ancient a nd Medieval. From antiquity through Copernicus. (3)

434. The New Nation. The course of American history from 1763 to 1800 with specia l emphasis on the American Revolution and the s ubsequent efforts to found the new government. (3W)

506.

436. Jefferson and Jackson. The survey of the political, social, and economic developments of the new nation from 1800 to 1850. Special emphasis is placed on tlie structure of the American party system, sectionalism , the abolitionists, a nd other reform groups. (3Sp) 438. The t:ivil War and Reconstruction. (3W)

History of Science: Modern.

Since Galileo. (3)

511. Expansion of Europe. Conquest a nd exploitation of the world by western Europea ns, 1400 to the present. The accu ltura tion and resurgence agai nst foreigners; the decline of western power. (5)

United States 541. Cultural History of the United States. A social and intellectua l history of the United States with em phasis on the development of m ajor thought patterns in relation to their social¡economic context. (5)

442. Development of Modern America (1877-1916). The transformation of America from rural to an industrial and urba n nation. Emphasis on economic change, political parties, and the populist a nd progressive reform movements. (3F)

Senior Professional Courses

444. The United States in War and Depression (1914-1945). American domestic and foreign history through the First World War, the Great Depression, and World War II. (3W)

586. Historical Method and Research. Research in primary so urce materials to illustrate historical method. Recommended to students in other fields making use of the historical met hod in their research. (3F, W, Sp)

446. Recent America (1945-preseni). Domestic and foreign policy since World War II. Emphasis on the cold war and the political and social developments of contemporary United States. (3Sp)

589. Special Studies. (3F, W, Sp)

449. History of Black America. The black in American history, from the background of early African civilizations, through slavery to freedom, and the difficult quest for democracy and equality. (3F) 450. American Indian History. From colonial times to the present. Emphasis on the west. Effects of intercultural contacts and economic and political problems will be studied. (3W) 451. Immigrants in America. The background, the voyage, initial reception, and eventual acculturation. The cultural impact of immigration from Europe, Asia, and the western hemisphere. (3) 455. The Frontier in American History. The patterns of westward expansion in North America, with emphasis on the institutions and methods of penetration, conquest, exploitation, and settlement of the frontier. (5F) 457. History of Utah. Geography and native peoples, early explorations, political, social, and economic developments to the present. (5Sp)

545. Constitutional History of the Unite d States. (5)

An examination of special areas and themes in history.

Graduate 603.

Historiography. The history of historical writing.

605. Philosophy of History. in history. (3)

(3)

Interpretations, causation, and interrelations

610. Colloquium in Special Studies. in special themes or areas. (3)

Intensive readings a nd discussions

620. Colloquium in European History. Intensive readings and group discussions of literature on selected themes in European history. (3) 630. Colloquium in American History. Inten sive readings and group discussions of literature on selected themes in American history. (3) 635. Colloquium in Western American H~story. Intensive readings and group discussions of literature on selected themes in American frontier history. (3)


118

History and Geography

637. Teaching Utah History. Seminar in the sources and literature of Utah history; exercises in the preparation and presentation of materials. (3) 650. Colloquium in African History. Intensive readi ngs a nd group dis· cussions of literature on selected themes in African history. (3) 660. Colloquium in East Asian History. Intensive readings a nd group discussions of literature on selected themes in East Asian history. (3)

Teaching Minor in Geography consists of 25 credits. Thirteen credits are to be elected from the introductory courses: Geog 101, 103, 113, 123, and 580, Teaching of Geography. The remaining credits are elective with six credits elected from the regional courses and three credits from the systematic courses.

670. Collo quium in Latin Am e rican History. Intensive readings a nd gruup discussions of literature on selected themes in Latin American history. (3) 689. Research Seminar. Research in primary sources for graduate and senior students, with particular a nalysis in the seven grad uate-examina tion fields. (3)

Geography Courses

691. Readings and Conferences in Special Areas. (l ·3F, W, Sp)

Introductory

695. The Teaching of Histor y.

101. Geography o f Mankind. Introduction to the study of geography as a science, its scope, purpose. Concepts in the various systematic fields of geography will be discussed. (3F, W, Sp)

Limited to graduate assistants. (IF, W)

697. Thesis Research. (l·9F, W, Sp) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3F, W, Sp)

Geography Objectives The undergraduate program in Geography emphasizes a broad background in the systematic and regional fields of geography for teaching and professional careers.

Requirements A Major in Geography consists of 45 credits with a grade point average of at least 2.5. Every Geography major is required to complete the introductory sequence of 16 credits: Geog 101 (Geography of Mankind), Geog 103 (Cultural), Geog 113 (Physical), and Geog 123 (Economic). In addition, Geog 588, Geographic Methods, is required of all majors during their Junior or Senior year. The remaining 26 credits are elective with at least six credits from the systematic courses and six credits from the regional courses. In order to strengthen their background, students are encouraged to take courses offered in other departments. Students interested in physical geography should take courses in geology, meteorology and other relevant disciplines. Those interested in cultural geography are encouraged to take courses in history, anthropology, political science, and sociology depending upon the student's interests and upon consultation with the adviser. A student is encouraged to select a minor (minimum 18 credits) in a field closely related to geography. A Minor in Geography consists of 24 credits. Geog 101, 103, 113, and 123 are recommended and the remaining eight credits should be taken from both the systematic and regional courses. Teaching Major in Geography consists of 40 credits with 16 credits taken from the introductory sequence: Geog 101, 103, 113, and 123. It is also required that teaching majors take Geog 580, Teaching of Geography, prior to student teaching. The remaining credits are elective and should be taken from the systematic and regional fields.

103. Cultural Geography. A survey of world culture regions with a n analysis of political, economic, and resource patterns in their physical setting. (5F, W, Sp) 113. Physical Geography. Geographic a na lysis of the distribution a nd processes concerned with elements of the natural environment, i.e. weather, climate, la ndforms, vegetation, soils, and water (5F, W, Sp)

123. Economic Geography. Geographic an a lysis of world patterns of economic activities, i.e., production, consumption, a nd exchange, with emphasis on factors of industrial location. (3F, W, Sp)

Regional 302. Geography of Africa. The physical a nd cultura l geography of subsaharan Africa. Attention is drawn to relationship between man and environ· ment a nd to economic a nd political changes. (3W) 307. Geography of Anglo-America. A survey of population, natural rOo sonrces a nd geographic regions of America and Canada, a nd their implications in the economic and political affairs of the world. (3Sp) 308. Geography of Utah. Physical a nd cultural geography of Utah. Ways in which cult ural adjustments h ave be.-n made to aridity, proximity to California, the urban spra wl, and outdoor recreation. (3Sp) 314. Geography of Asia. A geographic analysis of physical and huma n resources of Asia. Contemporary political, economic, a nd social problems are evaluated in their regiona l context. (3F, W) 325. Geography of Europe. The influence of geogra phy on domestic a nd international problems, cultural, ethnic and linguistic backgrounds, boundaries, population trends, economic a nd governmental systems. (3F, Sp) 328. Geography of Latin America. The physical a nd socioeconomic characteristics of Latin America. The spatial patterns of human a nd environmental phenomena are discussed with emphasis on cultural, historical, and political geography. (3F) 330. Geography of Developing Lands. A geographic analysis of developing a nd emergent countries in terms of internal and external problems a nd inter· relationships. (3F)

Systematic 340. Geography of World Affairs. An a na lysis of current a reas of the world in which racial, economic, political, or religious tensions appear. Spatial relationship, historic, social, and linguistic patterns are studied. (2F, W, Sp) 343. Political Geography. The relationship between earth and state. World political phenomena studied from a geographic point of view including internationa l boundaries, territorial seas, and landlocked states. (3F) 351. Geography of Population and Settlement. The impact of technology and population growth on n atural resources. Attention is drawn to the distribution of population and settlement in relation to the environment. (3Sp) 357. Historical Geography of the United States. Processes, events, and philosophies that h ave shaped the geography ' of modern United States. Geography of specific regions through different points in time will be emphasized. (3W) 361. Urban Geography. Structure and function of urba n centers, their areal expansion and inter-trade center relations. Theory of the urba n setting as related to the rural. (3F, Sp)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I Home Economics an,d Consumer Education I I I I I I I I I I I Home Economics and Consumer Education

371. Man's Impact on Environment. Assessment of natural and manrelated processes that together act to modify the environment. Region variations will be considered. (5W, Sp)

119

598. Special Topics. Designed to provide special insight and indepth study of topics of present concern. (1¡3F, W, Sp) 599. Readings and Conferences. Credit arranged. (1¡3F, W, Sp)

381. Physi'cal Geography. Elements that give character to the earth 's surface and their particular distribution throughout America. Landforms, soils, vegetation, water resources, and scenic resources will be studied. (3W)

Methods and Techniques

580. Teaching of Geography. Designed to assist the classroom teacher in the presentation of geographlc information. Techniques, methods, and sources of data will be stressed. (3F, W, Sp) 588. Geographic Methods. Designed to acquaint the student with techniques t a nd resources utilized in geographic research. Projects requiring this methodology will be required relating to problems in Cache Valley. (3Sp)

*Depar

Interdisciplinary Courses of Interest to History and Geography Students

For Latin American Culture, East Asian Civilization, and American Foreign Policy courses, please see the listing of interdisciplinary courses offered by the College of Humanities, Arts, and Social Sciences, page 37.

ent of

Head: Assistant Professor Marie N. Krueger Office in Family Life 318D

Major Chairmen: Assistant Professor Ruth V. Clayton, Associate Professor Edith Nyman

Associate Professors Johnson, Lewis, Thackeray; Assistant Professors Chatelain, Gappa, Leyrer, Lott, White; Instructors Alder, Fjeldsted, Janes, Lundell, Mitchell; Lecturers Malechek, Thorne Degrees offered: BS and BA in Clothing and Textiles; BS and BA in Home Economics Education; BS and BA in Household Economics and Management; MS in Home Economics and Consumer Education

Areas of specialization: General Clothing and T&xtiles, Fashion Merchandising and Design, Management and Family Economics, Housing and Equipment, Home Economics Education

Objectives

The Department of Home Economics and Consumer Education offers preparation in three major areas - Clothing and Textiles, Home Economics Education, and Household Economics and Management.

Requirements

The student must be admitted to the University in good standing.

Bachelor of Science in Clothing and Textiles. This major prepares one for positions in designing, producing, promoting or ' merchandising of clothing and textiles. There are two options within the major: 1) General Clothing and Textiles, and 2) Fashion Merchandising and Design. A student may emphasize either Fashion Design or Fashion Merchandising through course selection. HECE 105, 110, 224, 335, 336, 386, and 491 form a core for either option. Additional courses to complete the chosen option should be selected in consultation with the adviser. "In College of Family Life

Bachelor of Science in Home Economics Education. This is a composite major which provides professional preparation for teaching homemaking in the public schools, employment with extension services, or as a home economist in business or government agencies. The major requires a basic understanding of the various areas of family life. The following classes selected from all the areas of the Family Life Curriculum form the basic core: FCD 120 or 320, 340, 350 or 440, plus one elective in FCD; NFS 123, 225, 407, 408, 440; HECE 224, 260, 265, 300, 320, 349, 350, or 351, 355, and 375. Prerequisite courses required are Chern Ill, 112, Physl 130, Psy 101, HECE 105, 110, and FCD 150. Professional Education courses required for certification are: Psy 366, SecEd 301, HECE 440, 450, and 460, plux six credits from the elective phase list.

Bachelor of Science in Household Economics and Management. This emphasis enables students to understand the theory of management and decision making in terms of personal values and goals. There are two options within the major: 1) Management and Finance, which provides preparation leading to positions in family financial counseling, welfare services, and extension services. 2) Housing and


120

Home Economics and Consumer Education

Equipment, which provides preparation leading to positions with city planning and housing agencies and home building industries with firms handling kitchen planning, remodeling, home lighting and interior design and utility companies. Majors in either option are required to complete HECE 265, 300, 349, 350 or 351, 355, and 375. In addition to the core, 21 credits are to be selected in consultation with the adviser to provide opportunity for developing individual abilities and interests and to give depth to the chosen option.

Graduate Study Graduate study in the Department of Home Economics and Consumer Education offers programs and facilities in each of three major areas of emphasis: Clothing and Textiles, Household Economics and Management, and Home Economics Education. There are a variety of fellowships available. Refer to the Graduate Catalog.

336. 20th Century Style Fashion. Seminar in the development of twentieth century styles to the present time. (2Sp) 349. Management and DeciSIon Making. Values a nd goals in decision making concerning use of family resources. (3F. W, Sp) 350. Home Management House. Application of management theory in a living situation. Residence in Home Management House for five weeks. Application must be approved by instructor before registration. (4F, W, Sp) 351. Home Management Problems. Substitute for HEM 350 for married students only. Application of the management theory applied in student's home. Prerequisites: NFS 225 or equivalent, HECE 349. (4Sp) 355. Family Finance. Consideration of major financial alternatives available to families; some factors that determine financial decisions. (3F, W, Sp) 375. Consumer Educati-on. The role of the family and its members as consumers; current aspects of consumer behavior, agents involved, i.e., government, the market, consumer interest groups, etc. (3F, W, Sp) 386. Fashion Analysis. An overview of the structure and organization of the field of fashion; design, production, distribution, and promotion; persons, organizations. and products that are significant to the field. (3F) 396. Fashion Display. A study of color, style, and accessory coordination with students designing themes and coordinating fashion displays in Logan boutiques. (3W)

Home Economics and Consumer Education Courses 105. Design in Everyday Living. Investigation of the basic elements and principles of design in relation to the living experiences of ever yday life and the practical application of theory involved. (3F. W. Sp) 110. Basic Clothing Construction. Mastery of basic clothing construction techniques achieved by a programmed method of construction and completion of a personal article. (3F, W, Sp) 115. Clothing for Men. Fundamentals of fabric and garment selection related to individual consumer needs. (2F, W, Sp) 201. Concepts of Home Economics and Consumer Education. Introduction to concepts n eeded in preparation for teaching secondary home economics. The course will a lso include an overview of current trends in home economics. (IF, W, Sp) 224. Textiles. A study of fibers , yarns, fabric construction, and finishes as related to the appreciation, selection, use, and care of current textiles. Three lectures, one lab. (4F, W, Sp) 260. Pattern Design and Fitting. Theory and technique of sloper pattern development on the full-scale, three-dimensional form. Application of fitting principles to achieve an individually fit block pattern for use in pattern design. Prerequisites: HECE 105, 110 or equivalent. (5F, W, Sp) 265. Housing. Consideration of factors involved in housing the family; renting, building or buying; location, orientation and site planning; financing, criteria for evaluati ng homes, housing trends; population increase. (3F, W, Sp) 275. Home Furnishings. Characteristics of home furnishing in relation to their classification, design, respective quality, use, and care. Local field trips. (3F,W,Sp) 300. Household Equipment. Kitchen and la undry equipment.

335. History of Costume and Textiles. A survey of developments from ancient times to "the nineteenth century as related to the socioeconomic, cultural, a nd political influences of the times. (5W)

(3F. W, Sp)

306. Behavioral Aspects of Clothing. Application of concepts from cultural anthropology. economics, psychology, and sociology to the study of clothing and personal appearance. Recommended: one sociology or psychology course. (3F,

"410. Equipment Problems. Performance testing of major a ppliances and small pieces of equipment. (3W) 415. Fashion Design路. Desi路gning clothing for production utilizing the varied sources of inspiration for fas hion design. Individual experimentation through sketching with application to selecting appropriate fabrics. (3W) 42路0 . Utility Company Internship. Practical experience with a utility company supervised by the company. University students are employed for a 40 hour week (Salt Lake office) for a five week period. Students must apply and be approved before registration. Prerequisites: HECE 265, 300, 350. and NFS 225 (9F, W, Sp) 421.

Internship in Home Economics Related Industry. (9F, W, Sp)

422. Field Experience in Clothing and Textiles. Practical experience with fashion retail and design firms. Students work onder the direction of an approved firm, and s ubmit a paper to a University supervisor. Credit arranged. (l-6F. W. SP. Su) 435. The Family and Economic Change. Family standards of living from 1900 to present. Economic factors affecti ng marriage, divorce. fertility . Effect of government policies on family real income. (3W) 440. Teaching-Learning Strategies in Home Economics. Development of competency in curriculum planning, and skill and sensitivity in the use of various teaching-learning strategies a nd resources. Prerequisites: HECE 201, SecEd 301, Psy 366 (or take concurrently). (3F. Sp) 450. Home Economics Curriculum Seminar. Take with HECE 460. Register with the instructor of HEOE 450 or 460 one quarter prior to student teaching. (3F, W. Sp) 452. Applying Management Principles. ing management. (3W, Sp)

Methods and resources for teach-

460. Student Teaching in Home Economics Education. HECE 440, 450. (12F, W, Sp)

Prerequisites:

W)

465. Housing Problems. Organization 路and use of space, house design, and remodeling for different family stages. (3Sp)

314. Fashion Sketching. Instruction in drawing fashion figures and clothing using quick and realistic sketching techniques for the professional fields of fashion designing and merchandising. (3W)

470. Household Economics and Management Seminar. Current trends and issues. Credit arranged. (1-3, offered as needed)

315. Clothing Selection and Design. Clothing selection and design for women. Experimentation in selecting appropriate designs, fabrics, and accessories to meet individual needs. Prerequisite: HECE 105 or equivalent. &commended:HECE 314. (3F) 320. Comparative Construction Techniques. Development of skill -in clothing construction with emphasis on alternative techniques and intricate construction details. Projects will be completed considering student needs. Prerequisite: HECE 110 or equivalent, 260. (5F, W, Sp)

474. Advanced Textile Problems. Fiber identification, standard testing procedures, and use of physical testing equipment. Prerequisite: HECE 224. Recommended: Chern 111, 112, 141. (3W, Sp) 480. Tailoring. Application of traditional tailoring techniques in the construction of custom-tailored wool suita and coats. Prerequisite: HECE 110 or equivalent, HECE 260, 320. (3F, Sp) "Taught 1975-1976

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I Industrial and Technical Education I Industrial and Technical Teacher I Education Division I I I I I I

Industrial and Technical Education

485. Occupational Skills in Home Economics. Methods of successfully planning and maintaining home economics occupational programs in secondary schools. (3Sp)

490. Independent Study. Students must identify a project with the in· structor before registering. (1·7F, W, Sp, Su)

121

and appearance. Readings and discussion of pertinent theory and empirical findings. (3F)

608. Cultural Bases of Clothing. Analysis of clothing related behavior within and comparison between cultures . Prerequisite: HECE 606. (3W) 617. Curriculum Development. (3, offered as needed)

491. Current Issues in Clothing and Textiles. Prerequisite: Senior stand· ing. (2Sp) 495. Advanced Fashion Design. Design and construction of original fashions from fashion sketch to completed garment ready for manufacturer's line. The course will use garment trade methods. Prerequisites: HECE 224, 260, 314,315 or 415, 320 and 480. (5W)

496. Fashion Marketing. A study of the role of a fashion buyer and merchandising. Record keeping, planning, and organization of an oriJ,.;inal fashion boutique. (3Sp)

649. History and Philosophy of Home Manageme nt.

(3W)

670. Household Economics and Management Seminar. Survey of cur· rent research and problems. (1·3, offered as needed) 671. Home Economics Education Seminar. Opportunity for investiga· tions and reporting on current problems in home economics education. (1·3F, W,Sp,Su)

672. Clothing and Textiles Seminar. Current and special topics perti· nent to the field. Permission of instructor. (I·3Sp)

550. Interdisciplinary Workshop. (1·3, offered as needed)

690.

575. Advanced Home Furnishing. Presentation of actual consumer buying problems in relation to construction and design of furnishings for the home. Guest lecturers from current market (expertise in each specific problem being presented); field trips. Prerequisite: HECE 275 or graduate status. (3, offered as needed)

Independent Study.

(1·5F, W, Sp, Su)

694. Research Colloquium. Discussion of hypotheses, methodologies, and findings in clothing and textiles research. Analysis of dissertations and other on·going projects. (I W)

696. Graduate Readings. in Clothing and Textiles. (2W)

604. Economics of Clothing and Textiles. Analysis of related industries from an economic viewpoint, trends in production, distribution, and consump.tion of textiles a nd appareL Recommended: basic economics course. (3Sp)

697. Thesis Research.

(I·6F, W, Sp, Su)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (I·3F, W, Sp, Su)

606. Behavioral Science Concepts in Clothing. Application of concepts from cultural anthropology, sociology, and psychology to the study of clothing

*Department of

Head: Professor Neill C. Slack Office in Industrial Science 110

Professor Loveless; Professor Emeritus Mortimer; Associate Professors France, Van Derslice, Wallis; Assistant Professors Hicken, Palmer, Goode Degrees offered: BS in Industrial Teacher Education; BS in Industrial Technology; MS in Industrial Education; Master of Industrial Education (MIE); EdD in Curriculum Development and Supervision has program of emphasis in Industrial and Technical Education Areas of specialization: Industrial Arts Teacher Education, Technical Teacher Education, Vocational Industrial Teacher Education

Objectives

The increased emphasis on preparing youth for the industrial society and upgrading incumbents in "In College of Engineering

the world of work is the chief concern of this department. There is a need to meet the increasing demand for teachers in several types of programs: Industrial Arts Education for general education purposes, Vocational Industrial Education for specific trade preparation, and Technical Education for post-high school specialties. The curriculum has emphasis


122

Industrial and Technical Education

reflecting professional teacher preparation, upgrading or in-service extension classes or workshops, curriculum development, research, supervisory and administrative activites.

Requirements Admission requirements are the same as general acceptance to the University. Completion of two years of trade or technical work experience before graduation is necessary for vocational industrial and technical teacher education certification. Bachelor of Science in Industrial Teacher Education. Com'ses emphasize laboratory skills and technical knowledge for the basic American industries. The Industrial Arts Teacher Education option prepares the student to teach in elementary, junior, and senior high schools. The curriculum has breadth to encompass the six technical areas required for certification: construction, metal fabrication, graphic communications, electronics, power, and materials processing. Professional experience is designed to cover those areas essential to good instruction. Organization of courses, management of materials, and methods of teaching are enhanced by intern practice in school classes. The Trade and Industrial Teacher Education option prepares the student to teach vocational courses at the high school or post-high school level. Building construction, machine shop, electronics, automotive mechanics and drafting specialties are · available. Other trade specialties may be gained from other post-secondary and technical schools and accepted with regularly available professional courses for certification. A candidate may also meet occupational experience and state certification requirements by successfully passing trade competency examinations or recommended industry school courses. The Technical Teacher Education option is designed for the teacher of a specific technical area at the post-secondary or technical institutional level, Candidates can secure a technical background in a myriad of areas from this department or other departments or institutions and then add the needed professional courses to qualify him to teach at the post-secondary level. State certification is not necessary but related professional courses are recommended to meet recognized and future standards.

An "Application for Admission to Teacher Education" should ordinarily be completed before the Junior year (see College of Education requirements). Approval is prerequisite to teacher certification candidacy and to enrollment in courses in Education. Two-Year Technical Program. A certificate of completion is offered for students who pursue a specialization in technical drafting. The program includes fundamental course work and related instruction for preparation to enter the drafting occupation. On-the-job training is arranged in cooperation with industrial firms just prior to completion.

Graduate Study Two types of master's degrees are available in the graduate program. The Master of Science (MS) degree emphasizes and requires a research effort as well as professional courses in curriculum development and supervision, philosophy, trends, and instructional systems. The Master of Industrial Education (MIE) degree emphasizes technical skills in place of research in order to develop a "master teacher." The Doctor of Education (EdD) degree is in Curriculum Development and Supervision with an emphasis in Industrial Education. This advanced graduate study allows specialty for future supervisory, consultant, and teaching activities related to instruction throughout the public school system including community and junior colleges. It is also a program intended to prepare personnel to engage in teacher education at the university level.. For additional information on the programs for these degrees, see the Graduate Catalog.

Industrial and Technical Teacher Education Courses 100. Orientation. Review of the various occupational opportunities, cooperative relations with industry and orientation to Vocational Industrial Clubs of America. (IF, W, Sp)

101. Applied Shop Mathematics. Basic arithmetic and algebraic concepts as fractions, decimals, ratios, percentages, graphs, formulas, and measurement techniques applied to practical shop problems. Individualized student paced instruction. (3F, W, Sp) 1l0. Industrial Crafts. Basic craft processes in leather, lapidary, graphics, metsl and wood with applications to recreational and educationa l programs. (3W,Sp) 111. Industrial Crafts-Metal. Advanced design and production of metal objects for art, craft, or functional purposes. (3F) 115. Graphic Arts Technology. Introduction to relief silk screen and planographic printing, binding, a nd finishing operations. Individualized student paced instruction. (3F, W) 145. Power Mechanics. Mechanical and fluid power transfer devices with emphasis on basic principles of hydraulics and pneumatics, and application of fluid principles in transmission of power. (3F, Su) 146. Power Mechanics. Interna l combustion engines and their function, methods of converting energy. and utilization; power distribution, control, output, and measurement. Two lectures and one lab. (3Sp, Su) 160. Technical Plastics. Production, techniques, tenance, shapes, colors, strengths, and design. (3F)

optimum uses, main·

161. Technical Plastics. Selection of materials, setting up production methods (dies and molds) of fabrication, surface finishing, and tooling. Prerequisite: ITE 160. (3Sp) 301. World of Construction. Career orientation relating to the world of construction. An approach to orient secondary school students to the · careers related to the construction industry. (3Sp) 302. World of Manufacturing. Career orientation to the world of manu· facturing, emph asizing man's. practices with natural resources, energy, finance, human resources, and technical knowledge. (3F) 503. Industrial Arts for Elementary Schools. Study, investigation, and experimentation with materials, tools, machines, and processes of industry applicable to the orientation of elementary students. (3F, W) 504. Production Techniques for Industrial Education. Analysis of in· dustrial organizations, production methods, and exploration of the materials, processes and services related to American industry. (3F, Sp)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Industrial and Technical Education

Drafting Courses 120. Technical Drawing. Lettering, print reading, geometric construction, sketching, multi view drawings, pictorials, dimensioning theory and practice, sectional views, and auxiliary views. (3F, W) 121. Technical Drawing. Screw threads and threaded fasteners , keys, working drawings and specifications, intersections, a nd developments. (3W, Sp)

320. Technical Drawing. View I relationships, spatial visuaHzation, and problems relating to points, lines and planes. (3Sp) 321. Aircraft Drawing. Aircraft drafting techniques, numbering systems, change methods, and technical specifications. Prerequisite: ITE 320. (3Sp) 322. Architectural Drafting and Specifications. Plan and elevation views, detail drawings, conventional practices, design considerations and specifications for dwellings. (3W) 323. Machine Drafting. Techniques, symbols, conventions used in representation of gears, cams, jigs, and fixtures. Prerequisite: ITE 320. (3W) 324. Technical Illustration. Methods of converting orthographic drawings into three-dimensional drawings. Shading, inking, and airbrush techniques a re introduced. Prerequisite: ITE 320. (3Sp) 325. Production Drawings. Advanced techniques of production drawings; details, assembly production dimensions, tolerances, position tolerances, classes of fits, surface quality, and specification. Prerequisite: ITE 320_ (3Sp, SuI

123

352. Industrial Machine Tool Operations. Theory and practice involving industrial equipment, layout, machine setup, indexing, gear cutting, surface grinding, tool grindings, cutting fluids , wear rates, and precision measurement. Prerequisite: ITE 151. (3W) 354. Machine Tool Maintenance. Principles of machine construction, maintenance problems, practice repair of fixtures, cutter sharpening, and development lubrication schedules_ Prerequisite: ITE 151. (3F)

Woods Courses 170. Technical Woods. Types of woods, finishes, a brasives and adhesives of the woods industry, and practice in the fundamental h andtool processes and limited machine experience. (3F) 171. Technical Woods. Operation of basic machine woodworking equipment with study of their uses and nomenclature. (3W) 370. Cabinet Making and Furniture Construction. Construction design and opportunity application of original designs. Practical work in the con¡ struction of fine furniture and bwlt-in cabinet work. Prerequisite: ITE 171. (3F) 371. Industrial Woods. Application of materials and processes considered new in the woodworking industry, including laminating, plastics in furniture, electronic gluing. Prerequisite: ITE 171. (3F) 372. Dwelling Construction and Estimating. Specifications, regulations, and bwlding codes applied to construction. Layout, strength of materials, and procedure scaled to a model home. Prereqwsite: ITE 171. (3Sp)

380. Industrial Design. Analysis, creation, and development of functional design in terms of tools, processes, forms, and materials of industry_ (3F, Sp)

373. Wood Finishing. Application of opaque and translucent finishes by brush, cloth, roller or spray. Study of materials and types of paints, stains, fillers and sealers. Prerequisite: ITE 170_ (3Sp)

Electricity-Electronics Courses

374. Technical Woods. Continued practice with woodworking machinery and attachments with emphasis on care and maintenance of equipment, tools, and machinery. Prerequisite: ITE 171. (3Sp)

130. Direct Current Electricity. Principles. circuits, laws, measurements, components, energy sources, and applications related to DC electricity. Prerequisite: Math IOf or equivalent. (3F, W, Sp) 131. Alternating Current Electricity. Principles, circuits, laws, measurements, components, energy sources, and applications rel ~ted to AC electricity. Prerequisite: ITE 130 or equivalent, and Math 106 or equivalent. (3F, W, Sp) 139. Practical Electrical Wiring. Principles and practices related electrical wiring installation and power equipment for home and shop. (3W)

to

232. Electronic Drafting and Fabrication. Fundamentals of electronic drafting, layout and construction_ Includes printed circwt development and project fabrication. Prerequisites: ITE 121 a nd 131. (3Sp) 330. Vacuum Tubes and Semiconductors. Principles, characteristics, parameters, specifications, and applications of electron tubes and shop. (3F) 331. Basic Electronic Circuits. Principles and applications of selected circuits, such as power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, etc., commonly fo und in a wide variety of electronic devices. Prerequisite: ITE 330. (3F, W, Sp) 332. Electronic Circuits and Systems for Radio. Introduction to radio communication, transmitter and receiver principles, circuitry, and troubleshooting procedures_ Prerequisite: ITE 331. (3W) 339. Industrial Electronics. Concepts of electron devices and circwts used in industrial applications for measurement and control purposes. Prerequisite: ITE 330. (3Sp)

Professional Courses 432. Aerospace Education. General education for living in the aerospace age, including knowledge, skills, and attitudes of aerospace activities and the impact of aerospace on society_ (3F, W, Sp) 440. Junior Practicum. Serves as a preliminary to the regular student teaching in Industrial Education. Students are assigned to various schools within the area to observe teaching in Industrial Education. (1 W)

443. Methods in Industrial Education. Techniques of teaching as applied to individual and group instruction_ Students have opportunity to use these different methods in presenting lessons. Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. (3W) 4.50. Secondary Curriculum Seminar. Focus upon problems arising during student teaching_ Includes teaching plans, procedures, adaptive classroom practices and evaluation. To be taken concurrently with SecEd 460 (see SecEd 450)_ (3F) 460. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools. Candidates assigned to cooperating teachers in the public secondary schools in their major andl or minor subjects_ Studenta will have professional responsibilities associated with teaching (see SecEd 460). (12W) 500. Principles and Objectives of Industrial Education. A comprehensive study of the philosophy and purposes of industrial education programs and their place in the total program of modern education. (3Sp) 501. Occupational Analysis. Student completes an analysis of one unit of a trade or occupation. Individualized, student paced instruction. (3F, SUI

Metals Courses 150. General Metals. Skill development in general metalworking and foundry. Experience in bench metal, sheet metal, maintenance, shop safety, and industrial practices of metal fabricatiop_ (3F, W) 151. Machine Shop Operations. Design, function, care, setup, and operation of machine shop equipment. Emphasis on theory and skill in layout, drilling, tapping, turning, threading, s haping, tool grinding, and precision measuring. (3W,Sp)

502. Organization and Development of Instruction Materials. Principles and practice in analyzing occupations for instructional purposes. The selection and arrangement of instructional materials to be used in planning industrial education course work. (3Sp, SuI 520. Instructional Aids. Preparation of media for instruction including models, charts, graphs, slides, film, and tapes for classroom and laboratory use. (3Sp)

Pattern making and casting

521. Shop Organization and Management. Planning a unit, general, or multiple activity shop with outline for safety program, storage, purchasing of supplies, and student personnel organization. (3Sp)

351. Machine Tool Operations. Engine lathe, milling machine, contour band saw, and shaper operations. Emphasis on cutter design, feeds, speeds, and holding devices. Prereqwsite: ITE 151. (3Sp)

522. Analysis and Course Organization. Principles a nd practice in analyzing occupations for instructional purposes. Selection a nd arrangement of in¡ structional materials for Industrial Education course work. Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. (5F)

350. Foundry Principles and Practices. of nonferro,!s metals. (2F)


124

In.dustrial and Technical Education

523. Technical Training f"r Innovative Programs. Preparing prospec· tive a nd incumbent teachers to implement and conduct contemporary programs. Skill development and the philosophy needed to innovate is included. (3F, Sp)

645. Organization of Indus trial Education Programs. Local, state, a nd federal laws, regulations, and policies affecting industrial and technical educa· tion programs; organization of programs at secondary, post·high school, and vocational and technical college level. (3F, Su)

590. Special Industrial Education Workshop. Special workshops for in· service trai ning of teachers, supervisors. and administrators. R,.epeated providing content varies. Credit applied to degrees is limited by department. (1·3F, W, Sp,Su)

646. Technical Education. ~eeds, trends, community surveys, curricula, evaluation, a nd financing of technical instruction with emphasis on the thir· teenth and fourteenth years. (3W, Su)

591. Special Problems in Industrial E ducation . Upon application students may propose and complete work above and beyond regular course work to support or supplement their major. (1·6F, W, Sp, Su) 592. Related Technical Training in Indus.trial Education. Provision fo r enrollment in industry schools conducted on university level. Approval by department upon application for trade competency e·x amination and work experience in industry. Credits accrued to eighteen. (3·9F, W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 505. -Trade, Industrial and Technical Works hop. Provides opportunity for professional improvement and upgrading of trade, industrial, and technical teachers. Dissemination of current technical a nd professional material about which instructors must be aware. (l·3Su)

651. Administration and Supervision of Industrial Education. Ad· ministration, s upervision, and management required for successful operation of programs. (3Sp, Su) 654. Measurement in Industrial Education. Construction a nd use of the various types of tests a nd rating scal,es, Emphasizes measurable factors, types of tests, and statistical methods necessary for intelligent use of the tests. Pre· requisite: Psy 380. (3Sp, Su) 661. Problems of Adult Education. Development of adult ed ucation movements; le,arning abilities, educational interests, needs of a dults, organization of evening school programs, apprentices hip training, and related instruction for trade programs. (3F, Su) 675. Research in Industrial a nd Technical Education. To provide teachers, supervisors, and directors of ind ustrial and technical programs with research methods and techniques applicable to their programs. Includes inter· pretation of various kinds of research. (3F, Su)

506. Vocational and Technical Administration Workshop. Provides professional improvement course for administrators and supervisors of voca· tional and technical programs. (1·3Su)

680. Seminar in Industrial Education. Gives opportunity for investiga· tion and reporting Of individual problems. (l·2F, W, Sp, Su)

.5 07. Aerospace Education Workshop. Industrial and scientific developments related to aerospace for elementary and secondary teachers, Utilization of nationally known resource persons from aerospace and related areas, (l ·3Su)

690. Readings and Conference. Advanced, individualized study on problem selected in consultation with adviser, literature investigation, and progress report at each scheduled conference. (1·3F, W, Sp, Su)

607. Philosophy of Vocational Education and Practical Arts. Enrich· ment ,and expansion of n ature and purposes of this phase of public school programs. Re,lationships and differences of vocational education and practical arts. (3F, Su)

691. Industrial Education Experimental Laboratory. Selection and development of ex perimental desig n with tools, equipment, materials, and processes for improved programs and teaching techniques, Accrued to six credits for Seniors a nd graduates. (1·3F, W, Sp, Su)

609. Curriculum Development in Industrial Education. Actual con· structio,n of a comprehensive course of study for one phase of industrial educa· tion. Prerequisite: ITE 501. Three lectures. (3Sp, Su)

692. Internship in Industrial a nd Technical Programs. Advanced specialized instruction through supervised assignment in teaching, supervising, or administering curriculum in the public schools or state office. (3·6F, W,Sp, Su)

610. Trends in Industrial Education. Evaluation of ed ucational and industrial thoughts; sources for materials to meet present·day trends. (3Su) 624. History of Industrial Ed ucation. Developments in manual and in· dustrial education, its leaders. movements and present·day influences on in· dustrial arts and vocatio nal education. (3W, Su) 640. Cooperative Industrial Programs. For potential coordinators of part·time cooperative industria} and technical classes. Essential information for cond ucting reimbursed work·experience industrial classes in secondary and post· high schools. (3Su)

693. Advanced Independent Study in Industrial Education. Su) 697. Thesis Research.

Credit arranged.

(3·6F, W, Sp,

(3·9F, W, Sp, Su)

699.

Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(l·3F, W, Sp, Su)

797.

Dissertation R esearch . (3·9F, W, Sp, Su)

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l·3F, W, Sp, Su)

Industrial Technology Division Head: Associate Professor G. Merrill Shaw Office in Technology 103 Associate Professors Hailes, Merrill, Summers, Willey, Wright; Assistant Professors Hill, Long; Instructors: Larsen, Nielsen; Lecturer Mumm Degree offered: BS in Industrial Technology; Certificates m Aeronautics, Automotive-Diesel, Welding, and Drafting Areas of specialization: Aeronautics, Automotive-Diesel, Welding

Objectives The Industrial Technology curriculums are designed to prepare graduates for a wide array of technical and supervisory positions in industry, Students

are provid~tl a broad general education in science, communications, and sociohumanities plus a technical option.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Industrial and Technical Education

Four-Year Degree Programs. Modern technology has created many challenging careers that can be filled by the graduates of four-year industrial technology programs in Aeronautics, Automotive/ Diesel, Welding, and Industrial Safety and Health. A Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Technology leads to high-level positions as industrial technologists or supervisory and managerial positions in industry.

Credits 10 6 9 49

Total ..................... .. .

Se nior Year IT 425, 427, 5S0 . . .............. ............. .. . IT 519, 520, 540 ... .. .. .... .... . .. .... . . . . . .. ... ... . Mfg E 3150r450. . .......... . . .. .... .. ... ..... . Comm 305. . ................. . Genera l Ed ucation. Approved Electives.

The two-year curriculums lead to a Certificate of Completion in one of three areas of specialization: Aeronautics, Automotive, or Welding. Qualified students may apply most of the credits earned in these programs toward a related degree.

S 10 4 3 l~

9 46

Total .

Two-Year Technical Programs. Nondegree technical programs are provided for those interested in earning a two-year certificate. The curriculums are designed to prepare students to enter modern industry as technicians in a wide variety of positions and technical specialties.

Automotive-Diesel Option. Graduates of this program are prepared for a variety of key technical, supervisory, and management positions in the Automotive-Diesel Technology field. The curriculum prepares students to work as high-level technicians interpreting the designs of engineers and directing the work of skilled craftsmen. The four- year Technology curriculum with specialization in AutomotiveDiesel follows:

AUTO MOTIVE-DI ESEL

Aeronautics Option. Graduates in aeronautics are prepared to enter the aerospace industry as competent technicians and to fill responsible supervisory and administrative positions in maintenance management, transportation, research, and design. The Aeronautics Technology curriculum is fully certified and meets Federal Aviation Agency regulations.

C r e d its Courses E ng1100G . 6 Ma th 101, 105, 106 ....... .... ....... .. . . . ... .. . . . ...... .... . ... ....... . . . 11 12 IT 140, 141, 142 . 12 ITE 120, 121, 130, 151 .... . . ... ... .. .. .. .. . , . ........ . .. . . . . . . .. . . 3 IT 160 . General Education . 5

Students desiring to enter aero industries in technical maintenance fields should successfully accomplish the written and practical FAA examinations for the Airframe and Powerplant rating. The fouryear Technology curriculum with specialization in Aeronautics is as follows :

IT 243, 244, 245 . Chem Ill , 141 , 144. IT 146, 250 .. IT 145 . Phyx 111, 112 . General Education .

13

Total .

49

Freshma n Yea r

Sopho m o r e Year 10 7

3 10 6

J uni o r Year

Freshma n Year C r edits 12 11 11 6 3 6 3

Courses IT 115, 117, 119 . IT 116, liS, 120 . Math 101 , 105, 106 . Engll00G IT I6S. ITE 130, 151 . General Edu cation ..

49

Total ..

AERd N AUTICS

52

Total . So pho m or e Ye a r IT 218. 220, 322 .... . . . .• . .. . . ... ..... . ... . IT2 19, 221, 323 . . .... ...... .. . . . ... .... .. .... ... . ITE 120, 121 . P h yx 111, 11 2, 113' . ... . .. . . ...... . Gen Engrg 102 . . . ... .... ........ . . .... ... . General Education ..

15 12 6 15 1

6 9

Engl 301,305 ..... ... ..... . . ................ .......... . . .. .. .. .. .... .. IT 343, 344, 350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .......... ... . IT345 . . .................. .. .............. .... . IT380, 3S1 . . ... .... . . .. . . . . .. . .. . .. .. ..... .... .. . . . . . . . .. ... . .. . Genera l Ed ucation . Approved Electives .

6 13 9

Total ...

46

Senior Year IT 440, 442, 540 . Comm 305. Mfg E 450, 315 ....... . . .. . ............... .... . . .. ...... . .. . . ..... . ... .... . IT 44 1, 445, 446 .................. . ........ ...... . IT 580 . Genera l Education Approved Electives Total ............... .

3

10 3 7 9 2

8 9

48

3 52

Total .

I I I

Courses Chem 111, 141 , 144 ...... ... ... .. ...... ...... .. ... .... ... ...... ... .. . General Education .. Approved Electives ..

Requirements

125

Junior Year IT 32S, 334, 335 .. IT317,31S,319 . E ng1305 ..

'Alternate courses: Phyx l OS, Bimet 530, or CS 150.

12 9 3

Welding Option. Students educated in Welding Technology may enter industry positions wherein highly technical welding skills and knowledge are required. Graduates will be well qualified for highlevel technician type work in all phases of Welding Technology. The four-year curriculum follows :


126

Industrial and Technical Education Junior Year

WELDING Freshman Year

Courses IT 161, 164, 165 .. . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. ... ... .......... ... . . . EngIIOOG . .......... .. . . ..... .... .. . . Math 101 , 105, 106 . ITE 120, 121 , 151 . General Education . Total.

Credits 9 6 11 9

13 48

Sophomore Year IT269.. . .......... . . . ............................. . . .. . .. . . ITE 130, 131 ,330. Phyx 111, 112, 113 Chern Ill , 141 , 144 General Educa tion ....... .. . .... .... .... ... .. ... .. . .. . ..... .... .. . .... .

9 15 10 11

Total.

48

3

3

Comm305. Mgf E 315, 450 EngI305 ...... ... . .. . . IT 370,371.. IT 569 .................. ........ ..•. IT 363,367. . ....... ......... . .. . General Education ..... . . ... . . . .... . Electives ............ . .......... . .. . .

11

Total

48

Senior Year IT 472, 460. IT 568, 465 ............ . . IT366,574,575 ........ . . .. . . .. . . . . IT380, 38 1 .. ........... ...... . Approved Electi ves .. ........ . . .. ............ .

6 6 11 6 19

Total.

48

7

3 6 5 7 6

Occupational Safety and Health. This curriculum prepares students for management positions having the responsibility of providing and controlling a safe occupational environment. The curriculum is designed primarily for those desiring to be employed in industry as safety professionals in manufacturing, construction, transportation, and government agencies. Studies in basic engineering, physical, biological, and social sciences together with the technical depth courses in safety and health are provided in the curriculum. Graduates are prepared for advanced studies in industrial safety, industrial hygiene, human factors, public health, and other related disciplines.

Credits 9 8

Electives .

Total ......... .......... .. . Senior Year IT 483, 580, 586 ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . .. ... .. .. Pub H 410, 412..... . ... . .. ... . . . ... .. . ... Phyx450 .......... . . .. .. . . ... .. . . .... .... .. ... . . ... .. . . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. PubH470 .... ... . ... . . . . Bioi 440 .................. . Electives .................. .

Total

Junior Year

.

Courses IT 382, 384 , 591 Mfg E 450, 451 , 461 .. Bact 310 ..... ..... ....... . . APS321 ..... .. . .. . .. . .. . . . .. .. ... ... .. . .. .. . Eng1301 . Math 245 . General Education.

5 3 3

3 9 8 48

9 7 3 18 4

5 46

Occupational Safety and General Courses 380. Introduction to Industrial Safety. Introduction to the total problem of accident prevention and control. Includes history. organization, accident records, injury rates, accident investigation, compensation and liability insurance laws, regulations and codes. (3F, Sp) 381. Personnel Re lations. Training for leadership in industry as foremen, supervisors. and directors. Problems of organizing, supervising training, a nd directing personnel. (3F, Sp) 382. Industrial Safety l. Analysis of fundamentals of accident prevention a nd thei r application to industrial supervision and management. (3W)

384. Fire Protection and Prevention. Interrelationships of construction, occupancy, exposure, and protection. F1ammable liquids, gases, combustion solids, dusts, chemicals, and explosives with emphasis on their industrial applications and fire hazards involved. (3W) 392. Cooperative Technical Training. Planned work experience in industry, related to the selected option in Industrial Technology. A maximum of six credits per school year and twelve credits for the course recommended. (I-6F, W,Sp,Su)

483. Industrial Safety II. Continutation of IT 382. Includes analysis of accidents, organizations, and programs of industrial safety principles in design and specifications. (3Sp) 580. Industrial Technology Seminar. Current topics in production methods, maintenance methods, cost, design, supply, and organization. (2F, W, Sp, Su.) 586. Safety Management. Management practices and principles applied to loss prevention and control, s urvey of existing loss prevention programs, laws, legislation, certification, professional ethics, and varied functions of the safety professional. (3Sp) 591. Special Problems in Industrial Technology. Credit arranged. (I-3F, W,Sp,Su) 592. Related Technical Training in Industrial Technology. Provided for enrollment in university level industry or factory schools. A maximum of eighteen credits is allowed and not more than six credits per quarter . (2·6F, W, Sp,Su)

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND H EALTH Freshman Year

Courses Chem 111, 141, 142, 144 . Engl l00G. ME 170. General Education . Electives.

Credits 14 6 3 24 3

Total ........ •. . .... ... . .. . . . ... .. ... .

50

Sophomore Year Phyx 111, 112, 113 ................... . . . ......... ... . BioI 120, 121, 122 . . IT380. . .......... ... .. ... .... . General Education. Electives

15 15 3 12 3

Total

48

I I I I

Aeronautics Courses 115. Flight Principles. Basic flight theory and physics of flight, aricraft control systems related to flight attitudes, ground handling, taxiing, and servicing of aircraft. Students required to h ave one hour pri vate flight instruction a nd two hours ground handling instruction. Special lab fee. (2F, W) 116. Aircraft Science. Aircraft construction materials and hardware, inspection processes applicable to aircraft, corrosion control, plumbing methods, and weight a nd balance control. Two lectures, one lab. '(3F, W) 117. Aircraft Structures. Design, construction, and repair for all general avaiation aircraft, including template, flat plate development, bend a llowance, and production of structural members and skins, and limited repair on wood and fiberglass structures. (5F, W)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Industrial and Technical Education

127


128

Industrial and Technical Education

118. Aircraft Structures Laboratory. Laboratory applications and practical experience with subjects covered in IT 117_ (4F, W)

431. Airline Organization. U .S. domestic air carrier route structures, Civil Aeronautics Board route operations, applicants and hearings, a nd typical organization structures. (3Sp)

119. Aircraft Maintenance. Maintenance, repair, alteration, and inspection of modern aircraft including primary and secondary structures. Assembly and rigging of control systems. Pertinent Federal Air Regulations. Prerequisites: IT 115,116. (5W, Sp)

433. Airport Planning. Airport classifications, requirements, planning, and construction. Airport traffic control, runway design, special facilities , marking and lighting. State and federal agency fin ancing. (3Sp)

120. Aircraft Maintenance Laboratory. Application of a ircraft principles and components studied in IT 119. Prerequisites: IT 115, 116. (4W, Sp)

519. Aircraft Design. Aerodynamic concepts relating to aircraft design. Characteristics of the atmosphere pertaining to aircraft flight. (3F)

218. Aircraft Powerplants. Operation, maintenance and repair of reciprocating a nd turbine aircraft engines, model design factors, overhaul procedures, special tools a nd their proper application and powerplant testing. Lubricants and lubricating systems. (5F)

520. Aircraft Design and Construction. Airfoil theory and geometr y, NACA airframe development of lift and drag, moment coefficients, wing theory, high lift devices, and drag computations. Prerequisite: IT 519. (3W)

219. Aircraft Powerplant Laboratory. components studied in IT 218. (4F)

Automotive Courses

Application of principles a nd

220. Aircraft Powerplant Accessories. Operation, maintenance, and repairs of aircraft engine accessories including design factors , fuel systems, carburetion a nd carburetors, fuel injection systems, ignition systems, charging systems, batteries, and starting systems. Prerquisites: IT 218, 219 a nd I1'E 130, or take concurrently. (5W)

221. Aircraft Powerplant Accessories Laboratory. Laboratory application of principles and components studied in IT 220. (4W) 233. Federal Air Regulations Radio and Airway Proce dures . A ground school class for students a nd pilots. Open to a ll students. (2Sp) 234. Navigation. A study of maps, charts and solutions to the vario us navigational problems, including radio a nd instrument navigation. Open to all students. (3W). 235. Private Pilot Certificate, Flying instruction essentia l to meet FAA flight proficiency skill requirements for the private pilot certificate. Instruction is arranged for and paid by the student, with instruction offered by a university-approved airport operator. Beginning students should not register for more than one credit per qua rter. (I·3F, W, Sp) 317. Aircraft Systems. Theory and operation of air conditioning, cabin pressurization, low and high pressure oxy~en systems; also fuel a nd fire detection systems. Two lectures, two labs. (3F)

318. Aircraft Hydraulics. Basic principles related to hydraulic a nd pneumatic power transmission. Aircraft hydrau lic systems components operation and maintenance. (5W) 319. Regulations Records and Certification. Standard A N hardware recording maintenance actions and documents releasing aircraft to airworthy status. Certification of maintena nce technicians is a lso included. (2Sp) 322. Aircraft Powe r plant Maintenance. Alteration, maintenance, and operation of aircraft powerplants, including inspections, servicing, diagnosis of engine malfunction and installations. Principles of operation and design factors of controllable, constant speed hydromatic, electric and reversi ble propellers. Prerequisites: IT 220, 221. (5Sp)

323. Aircraft Powerplant Maintenance Laboratory. Laboratory applica· tion of principles a nd components studied in IT 322. (4Sp) 328. Advanced Turbo-Jet Propulsion. Extension of fundamental theory to axial and centrifugal flow compressors, gas turbines, jet propulsion, turboprop engines. Prerequisite: IT 326. (3W) 334. Aircraft Electrical Systems and Equipment. Aircraft electrical power generating systems. Theory of generations, alternators, regulating and control systems. Power distribution systems and aircraft power components. Prerequisite: ITE 130. (5W, Sp) 335. Aircraft Electrical Systems Laboratory. Aircraft electrical systems installation practices. Maintenance of aircraft alternators, generators, motors, and regulating and indication systems. Lab for IT 334. (3W, Sp) 336. Commercial Pilot Certificate. Flight instruction to meet FAA requirements and completion of tests for certification. Prerequisites: Private pilot certificate; limit 10 credits. (l-10F, W, Sp) 425. Aircraft Materials. Analysis of and design criteria for aircraft materials. Prerequisite: IT 119. (2W) 427. Flight Engineering. Relationships between altitude, power output, airplane perfonnance, and the use of engine power curves, takeoff and climb charts, cruising charts, and flight logs. Prerequisite: IT 322. (4F)

140. Automotive Engines. Theory a nd operation, construction principles, and overhaul procedures. (4F) 141. Chassis Systems . Brakes, steering mechanisms, s uspension systems, fra mes. wheel balance, and alignment. (4W) 142. Driving Mechanisms. Operation and service of automotive-type clutches, standard tra nsmissions a nd overdrives, U-joi nts, drive lines, and rear axle assemblies. (4Sp)

145.

Industrial Hydraulics - Applied. (3)

146. Diesel Engines. Two and four stroke cycle diesel engines used in automotive vehicles a nd light tractors. (4W) 155. Auto Mechanics for the Drive r . A general interest course for stu· dents interested in economical a nd prudent operation of the automobile. General operating princples and preventive maintenance procedures. (3Sp, Su) 243. Fuel Systems. Theory, operating principles, and maintenance of carburetors, fuel pumps, manifolds, superchargers, and g,o vernors. (4 F ) 244. Electrical Systems. Theory, operating principles, and ma intenance of ignition, generating, starting, a nd lighting systems. (4W) '245. Engine Tune-Up. Identification and correction of fuel a nd electrical system malfunctions to achieve optimum engine performance. Prerequisite: IT 243,244 . (4Sp) 250. Body and Fende r Repair. and repair procedures. (3F)

Body construction, a lignment principles,

343. F uels and Lubricants. Composition, cha racteristics, a nd refining processes; additive functions, physical measurements, and performance requirements. (3F) 344. Advanced Electrical Systems. Construction a nd design characteristics of electrical components, solid state ignition, a nd control systems. Prerequisite: IT244 (3W) 345. Automotive Air Conditioning.

(3)

350. Metal R efinishing. Metal preparation and refinishing novelty finishes, protective applications, and color theory. (3S p)

processes,

440. Advanced Automotive Engines. Construction and design characteristics, analysis of power losses, balance a nd force factors , and machining operations. Prerequisite: IT 140, 243. (3F) 441. Powered Chassis Systems. Power steering, power braking, and power suspension systems used on passenger and heavy-duty vehicles. Prerequisites: IT 141, 256. (3F) 442. Automatic Transmissions. Automatic transmission principles, fluid and electrica l clutches, and torque converters. Prerequisites: IT 142, ITE 145. (3F)

445. Engine Testing. Diagnostic and testing procedures used in analyzing internal combustion engine performance. Use of scientific instruments. (3Sp) 446. Fuel Injection Systems. Automotive diesel and gasoline engine injection system analysis, testing, a nd calibration. Prerequisites: IT 146, ITE 145. (3F) 540. Heat Engines. Elementary thermodyna mics and basic heat power cycles. Prerequisite: Physics course covering heat. (4W, Sp)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I

Instructional Media

Welding Courses

quirem ents. Two credits per certifi catio n a llowed and not to exceed four credits per quarter. Eight credits maximu m a llowed. (2-4Sp)

160. Fundame n t als of Welding. Oxyacetylene welding, br azing, and cuttin g; electric arc wehling a nd resistance spot welding. (3F, W)

370. We lding D esig n . Principles and processes relati ng to the design a nd fabrication of welded structures. Prerequisite: IT 164. (3W)

161. Oxy ace tyle ne We lding. (3Sp)

3 7 1. We lding Estimating_ Principles a nd procedures for planning and cost estimati ng a ma n ufacturi ng seq uence fo r welded items. Analysis of prod uct design to determi ne procedures a nd wor k elements. Prerequisite: IT 370 (3Sp)

164. Basic Arc Welding.

Open to a ll university stude nts.

(3F, W, S p)

165. Arc Welding, Certifi c ation. Development of weldi ng skills to meet ASME sta ndards. Two credits per certification is a llowed and not to exceed six credits per q uarter. A ma ximum of 12 credits is a llowed. Prerequisite: IT 164. (2-6) 168. Aero We lding. An introduction to we lding, brazing, and cutting as a pplied to a ircra ft production a nd repair set fo rth by FAA regul atio ns. (3 F , W, Sp) 269. Power Supplies. Theory, operating principles, a nd ma inten ance of modern electric arc welding eq uipmen t. Prerequisite: IT 164. (:.JF) 363. Advanced We lding Processes. A s urvey of weldi n g and bondi ng processes differing from common a rc welding. (3W) 366. We ldability of Met a ls.

Prerequis ite: ITE 164.

460. We ldi ng Fixture Constructi o n. 465. R e sis tance We lding.

Prerequisites: IT 164, ITE 151.

(3W)

Prerequisite: ITE 330. (3Sp)

468. Applie d We lding T echno logy. A synopsis of weldi ng technology by designing, estimating, processing, too li ng, fa bricating, a nd inspecting a welded product. Prerequisites: IT 165,4 72,363,371,575,465,366. (3Sp) 472. Welding Ins pecti o n Meth o ds.

Prereq uisite: IT 164.

(3W)

5 69. Heat Tre ating. T heory a nd pr actices r ela ti ng to therm a l treatment of weldments. Prerequisite: IT 575. (5Sp) 574. We lding Me t allurgy, F e rro us. Analysis of filler metals, defects, and therm al treatments of ferro us weldments. Prerequisite: IT 164. (5F )

(3W)

367. Arc We lding Certification II. Technical inform ation on ad vanced welding processes, a nd s kill development to meet ASME-AWS certifica ti on re-

575. Welding Me t a llurgy, Nonferr o us. Ana lysis of fi ller meta ls, defects, a nd therm a l treatments of nonferrous weldments. P rerequisite: IT 574. (3W)

*Department of

Instr'u ctional Media Head: Professor Don C. Smellie Office in Library 216A Associate Professors Beutler , Wood; Assistant Professors DeBlooisl, Gardner , Hedin, Woolley 3, Russon 4

I I I I I I I I

129

Hoth ~ ;

Instructors

Degrees offered: MEd in Instructional Media; EdD in Curriculum Development and Supervision has program of emphasis in Instructional Media Areas of specialization: Media Administration, Materials

Objectives Various organizational and administrative patterns have developed recently to provide instructional materials and services in elementary and secondary schools, colleges and universities, and industry. The term media is defined in the current American Library Association and National Education Association Standards For School Media Programs as "printed and audiovisual forms of communication and their accompanying technology." The term instructional media is adopted by this department to include the traditional studies of Library and information Science, Instructional Communications (A-V), and the emerging field of Instructional Systems Technology. The term instructional media center is used to define the joint patterns of organization com' In College of Education I Instructional Development Consulta nt, MLLRP ' Supervisor of Audiovis ua l Services, MLLRP ' Reference a nd Extension Libra ri a n , MLLRP 'Curator of the Man a nd His Bread Museum

D~sign

and Production, Instructional Development

bining library, audiovisual and related services, whether it be in schools, colleges, and universities, or industry. A core curriculum has been developed to allow specialization in instructional media center administration, production of ir.structional materials, or instructional development:

Graduate Study Doctor of Education Degree. This department cooperates with other departments in offering the Doctor of Education degree in Curriculum Development and Supervision with specialization in Instructional Media. This degree is designed for those planning to enter college teaching or media services, and those coordinating or supervising in school district media programs or in state school offices. For information regarding this program, write to the department head. Master's Degree. Entry into Instructional Media programs is recommended during Summer or Fall quarters because of sequence of courses. Pro-


130

Instructional Media

grams may be completed during a series of summer sessions. All required courses are offered at least once during the academic year (September-June) and no less than every other summer.

Requirements Core Program The following courses are considered a core program within the Instructional Media Department: Courses C r e dits 1M 501 Reference Services in Media. 3 1M 511 Eva luation a nd Selection oflnstructional Materials ............... . 3 1M 521 Cataloging a nd Classification . 3 1M 531 IMC Administration .. 3 1M 536 Foundations of Media. 3 3 1M 54 1 Utilization ofInstructiona l Ma terials . 1M 551 Production of Instructional Materials . 3 1M 561 Instructiona l Communication Theory .......... ..... . . 3 24

They provide the basis for what the department faculty considers is a fundamental understanding of the media concept, thus enabling the student to build upon this background and design a complete program of studies to suit personal goals and objectives. All students pursuing a Master's degree in Instructional Media must successfully complete the core classes at USU or their equivalent at another university. This does not mean, however, that all core classes must be completed before enrolling in classes not in the core. Graduate students may select one of three culminating programs to complete the MEd degree based upon planning and consultation with their graduate committee. These include a Plan B Paper, Practicum Project, or extra course work.

Example Two MED PROGRAM EMPHASIZING A SPECIALIZATION IN INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS DESIGN AND PRODUCTION Credits Courses 1M Core . 24 1M 542 Instructiona l Communications Designing 3 1M 552 Providing Production Services 3 1M 553 Principles of Graphic Communication. 3 1M 635 Instructional Development . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ..... ...•.. . 3 Ed Ad 665 Systems Ana lysis and Application in Ed ucation . 3 1M 651 Educational Dis play .................................. . .... . .. . . .. . 3 1M 652 Educational Motion Picture Production ... ........... . . . .. ..... .. . . . 3 1M 653 Practicum in Learning Materials Production 3 1M 662 Media Theory a nd The Teaching-Learning Process 3 3 Comm 587 Educa tional TV a nd Radio .. EI Ed 615 Foundations of Curriculum Development 3 or SecEd 615 Foundations of Curriculum Development Sp Ed 602 Diagnostic Programming of Instruction ......... . ... . . . . .. .. . . . 3 60 1

Minor in Instructional Media and Basic Media Endorsement. The Department of Instructional Media offers an Instructional Media undergraduate minor and basic media endorsement program. Students who wish to prepare for careers in Instructional Media should prepare themselves as broadly in subject background as possible. A strong general -education in the liberal arts is considered essential for the media specialists. The program below meets the Utah State Board of Education Basic Media Endorsement: Courses

Credits 1M 501 Reference Services. 3 1M 511 Evaluation and Selection of Instructional Materials ..... . . .. . . . .. . . . 3 1M 521 Cataloging a nd Classification ....... ...................... . .. 3 1M 5311MC Administration . . . ........... . 3 1M 54 1 Utilization oflnstructiona l Media ..... .. . ... . 3 1M 551 Production of Instructional Materials 3 ' 1M 539 Fieldwork Elective ..................... .. .. ... . .. . .. .. ...... .. .... . . .... .. .

Core -18 3 3 24

Examples of Programs Building upon the 24Credit Core Example One MED PROGRAM EMPHASIZING A SPECIALIZATION IN INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA CENTER ADMINISTRATION Credits Courses 1M Core ...........................•. 24 1M 512 Reading Guidance ................... ... ......... . . . 3 1M 539 Field Wo~k . . ...... .... ...... ... . . 3 1M 542 Instructiona l Communications Designing ....... .. • . ..... ... . .. ... 3 1M 61 5 Using Media Centers in Education. 3 1M 622 Automation Instructional Media 3 1M 635 Instructiona l Development in Ed ucation 3 1M 697 Research and Thesis Writing . 3

In addition, the following courses are suggested for selection from other departments:

Basic Media Endorsement for Elementary Education Majors. Because of the necessity for tne elementary teacher to be prepared for teaching in at least two commonly taught subjects, he may elect an Instructional Media minor as a third minor in his elective block of course work, or may elect to meet minimal basic media endorsement by completing the following courses and being recommended by the Department of Instructional Media: Courses 1M 511 Evalua tion a nd Selection of Instructional Materia ls 1M 521 Cataloging a nd Classification. . ............ ... . . 1M 5311MC Administration .......... .. . 1M 541 Utilization of Instructional Media 1M 551 Production oflnstructional Materials

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15

Comm 587 Educa tional TV and Radio . EI Ed 615 Foundations of Curricul urn Development or SecEd 615 Foundations of Curriculum Development . SecEd'604 Measurement a nd Eval ua tion in Education . Ed Ad 666 Introduction to Research in Education .. . . Ed Ad 778 Group Process in Educational Leadership

3 3 3 3 3 3 60 1

IThe 60-credit program is for students new to the field. The pr ogram for studen ts having a n undergra duate minor is 48 credits. E ach student's program is designed and based upon previous preparation and experience.

Instructional Media Endorsement (Certification). The Utah State Board of Education requires the following programs for those students who choose to serve as media specialists in the public schools of Utah. Similar standards are being developed or are in effect in many other states. Students should check with the chief certification officer of the state they 2Required unless the student h as previous experience working in a media center

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


1 Instructional Media

1 1 1 1 1 1 I I

1I I

1 路1

1 I I I I

wish to serve so as to ascertain specific requirements. Because the Department of Instructional Media emphasizes the preparation of school media specialists (elementary through college level), programs may be worked out to meet the needs of individual students for certification. It is strongly recommended that students plan to certify (requires prior or concurrent teacher certification) if at all possible, since this preparation provides additional career opportunities.

131

d. Have the recommendation of an approved mstitution.

Instructional Media Courses 100. Use of Libraries and Learning Resources. Instruction on use of USU Library and Learning Resources including essential reference sources in general subject areas. (3F, W, Sp)

The Instructional Media Endorsement to the Basic Professional or the Professional Certificate became effective September 1, 1968. This endorsement is required of all new personnel entering the media field after that date. The endorsement permits service at the elementary or secondary level (Kindergarten through twelfth grade).

432. Elementary School Media Center Administration. (Off campus only) Philosophy. scope of services, curriculum enrichment, special problems, and a uxiliary programs. A servi ce course and does not count towards a n 1M degree. (3)

1. Basic Professional Certificate

501. Reference Services in Media. An opportunity to explore information retrieval and bibliographic techniques for all forms of media. The case method is used to simulate reference service problems. (3F, Sp, Su)

An applicant for the Instructional Media Endorsement to the Basic Professional Certificate for elementary or secondary schools must: ' a. Hold or be eligible to hold a Basic Professional Certificate endorsed for teaching at either level. b. Demonstrate proficiencyl in each of the following areas: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

Cataloging and classification Selection of media Utilization of media Media production Media administration

433. Secondary School Me dia Center Administration. (Off campus only) Philosophy a nd scope of service relationship to school curriculum, media center planning, expanded services and development of the Instruction a l Materia ls Center concept. (3)

511. Evaluation and Selection of Instructional Materials. Experience in reviewing, evaluating and selecting instructional materials. Criteria for evaluation of all media . use of standard evaluation and selection tools and reviewing publications. (3F, W, Su) 512. Reading Guidance. Scope of reading programs in media centers. Special problems, interests, tools, and case studies relating to work with children and young people. (3Sp, Su) 521. Catalogi"g and Classification. Fundamental methods and techniques of cataloging and classification of media materials. (3F, Sp, Su) 531. IMC Administration. Includes the study of organization, personnel, budgets, selection, and evaluation of materials a nd eq uipment, providing for a wide variety of media services. (3W, Su) 536. Foundations of Media. The historical development of writing, bookma king, printing, mass media, and educational technology. (3F, W, Su)

2. Professional Certificate

An applicant for the Instructional Media Endorsement to the Professional Certificate for elementary or secondary schools must: a. Hold or be eligible to hold a Basic Professional Certificate endorsed for teaching at either level. b. Have completed a Master's degree in an approved instructional media program, or 55 credits of approved post-baccalaureate credit, including demonstrated proficiencyl in each of the following areas: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

Ca,taloging and classification of media Selection of media Utilization of media Media production Media administration Information retrieval and data processing Human relations, leadership, and supervision Communication theory

539. Field Work. Observation and guided practical experience under professional media personnel. Bridges the gap between classroom theory a nd practice in the field. Ninety clock hours. Prerequisites: 1M 501 , 521, 531, and 54 1 or 551, or instructor's consent. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 541. Utilization of Instructional Media. A basic course designed to pro路 vide a broad overview of instructional equipment and materials a nd their contribution in improving the educational experiences of the learner. (3F, W, Sp, S~)

542. Instructional Communications Designing. Reviews and structure and utilization of media a nd instructional systems in education, and applies the basic concepts of communication to problems in teaching and learning. Prerequisites: 1M 541 or instructor's consent. (3W, Su) 550. Interdisciplinary Workshop. Workshop sponsored by designated representatives from relevant fields of studies for program development and study in areas req uiring resources from more than one academic discipli ne. 551. Production of Instructional Materials. Acquaints those in the educational field with the possibilities of creating instructional materials to meet their own professional needs. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 552. Providing Production Services. The organization of a local production facility as part of the Instructional Materials Center is considered. Training in message design and creation of instructional materials is provided. (3W, Su) 553. Principles of Graphic Communication. Builds upon the basic areas of production utilizing principles of message design and communication theory. Prerequisite: 1M 551. (3Sp, Su)

c. Have at least three years of successful experience as a professional edu<:ator, one year of which must be in a professional media position. 2

561. Instructional Media Communication Theory. Considers com路 munication models, communication barriers, influence of perception on learning, strengths and weaknesses of pictorial a nd verbal modes of presentation. Prerequisites: 1M 541 and 542, or instructor's consent. (3W, Su)

'Verification of attainment of the路 proficiencies to be demonstrated will be through an approved certification program. (See Utah State Board of Education Recommended Proficiency Guidelines for Media Endorsement.) 'Internship may substitute for the media portion of this requirement.

570. Instructional Me dia in Education. (Off campus only.) Offered on request to teachers, administrators and media personnel who have special needs related to instructional media and seek assistance in improving their local media programs. (3)


132

Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning

571. Media Workshop. Special training and experience in the latest con· cepts and innovations in instructional media. Content changes reflecting the most recent topics and problems facing the profession. (1·5Su) 590. Independent Study. Provides for individually directed study. Prereq' uisite: Instr~ctor's consent. Credit arranged. (1·5F, W, Sp, Su) 615. Using Media Center in Education. In·service team approach for training teachers, media specialists, a nd administrators in philosophy and use of the media center. (3Sp, Su) 622. Automation in Instructional Media. Overview of theory, development, experim,entations. and research in the automation of media center processes. Prerequisite: 1M 521. (3W, Su)

623. Special Collections Techniques. Designed to provide background knowledge of the various forms of materials in Special Collections including acquisition, storage, classification, and preservation. (3Sp) 631. Administration of Learning Resources Programs. Examination of current developments in a dministration and management theories and practices applicable to learning centers. Prerequisites: 1M 501,511, 521 , 531. (3Sp, Su) 635. Instructional Development in Education. The student will imple· ment a systems model for identifi cation of educational problems, development of solution alternatives, evaluation, and revision cycles. (3F , SP. Su) 651. Educational Display. Laboratory practice in creating a variety of two- .and three-dimensional educational displays utilizing principles of message design a nd materials production. Prerequisite: 1M 551 , 553, or instructor's consent. (3W, Su)

motion picture technology in production of systematically designed learning· oriented messages. CiF, Sp, Su)

653. Practicum. Individual student work with graduate committee to design, produce, and test an instructional message in relation to predetermined objectives. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 654. Educational Audio Production. Designed to develop individual skills in the design and production of educationally oriented a udio learning materials. Emphasis is upon audio production related to message design. (3W, Su) 662. Media Theory and the Teaching-Learning Process . An advanced course continuing instructional media communication theory as applied to the teaching-learning process. Experience will be gained probing trends in research through current literature. Prerequisite: 1M 561. (3Sp, Su)

670. Educational Media Programs. Designed primarily as a n in·service course for teachers, administrators a nd media personnel, to provide assistance in improved use of local media center facilities. (3) 671. Learning Resources Workshop. Designed for educators to study the current needs of media centers in schools in rela tion to the problems of ed uca· tion and the institutions served. (1·5Su) 697. Research and Thesis Writing. Individual work in thesis and Plan B Report writing with guidance 'and criticism. (l·5F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Required of graduate students not currently registered but utilizing university facilities a nd labora tories, advice a nd criticism of staff and faculty members in completing thesis, Plan B Report, or practicum project. (l·3F, W, Sp, Su)

652. Edllcll-lipnal Motion Picture Production. Designed to develop skills in communicating with moving images. Invo.1ves practical application of

*Department of

Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning Head: Professor Richard E. Toth Office in Technical Services 201 Associate Professors Budge, Johnson, Smith; Assistant Professors Fuhriman, Salisbury, Webster, Wegkamp; Instructor Morse Degrees offered: Bachelor of Landscape Architecture (BLA); BS in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning; Master of Landscape Architecture (MLA); MS in Environmental Planning

Objectives

Requirements

Briefly stated, the objectives oJ the department are 1) provide an educational and technical program that is responsive to current needs and demands for the resolution of problems related to environmental planning and design, 2) to maintain a balance in the student's professional training so that he may be made fully aware of future professional opportunities in the broadest sense and not just one oriented to technical servi'ce, 3) to continue the development of the program within the context of interdisciplinary coordination with the Colleges of Natural Resources, Engineering, Agriculture, and Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences, and 4) to research, develop, and test new theory, methods, and tools needed to assist landscape architects in a clearer and deeper understanding of environmental issues.

Utah State University requires each student to successfully complete 55 credits of General Education course work. Of these 55 credits, nine are required in communication skills of which six are to be in written composition. The University has instituted a Writing Laboratory, Engl 100, in which a student can complete the written aspects of the communication requirement during the first quarter of the Freshman year. The student may also complete these requirements by successfully completing CLEP or advanced placement examinations.

·In College of Humanities, Arte and Social Sciences

The remaining 46 General Education credits may be taken from the group of approved General Education courses. Department staff are responsible for advising studeJlts concerning a specific program tailored to meet the needs of the student. Students are also advised concerning the selection of electives. The

I I I I I I I I I .1 I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning

majority of electives are to be taken in the Junior and Senior years. The Senior year has deliberately been structured to allow ample time for the student to pursue elective courses. Only 14 elective credits are listed for Seniors on tf e typical schedule which is the minimum number required for graduation. Students are encouraged to pick up more than the minimum and to focus their choices within their chosen area of specialization. Each student's performance is reviewed by the faculty before admission is granted to the upper division courses. Students majoring in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning are required at the end of their Sophomore year to have achieved a "B" average (3.0) in all of their required department courses and to maintain a 2.5 overall grade point average for the remaining upper division course work. High school students planning to major in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning may obtain the necessary background with courses in art, natural sciences, social sciences, and math through trigonometry. The department requires a total of 186 credits for graduation, of which 100 credits are department courses. Specialized Service Courses. LAEP 103, 120, 491, 530, 370, 685, and 690 are available for majors in other fields who may wish to gain an exposure to the different aspects of landscape architecture and environmental planning. A minor is not given in LAEP; however, these service courses are available, without prerequisites, for those requesting them.

Graduate Study The Department of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning offers two graduate degrees: Master of Landscape Architecture (MLA), Master of Science in Environmental Planning (MS). See the Graduate Catalog for further information.

Courses 103. Introduction to Landscape Architecture. Environment as a basis for land use a nd design decisions. Topics discussed include environmental awareness, the planning process, a nd design related to home, community, and the region . Three one-hour lectures per week. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 120. Basic Graphics. Graphic tec hniques for landscape architectural draw· ings including plans, elevations, isometrics, perspective, rendering, and model construction. Two three·hour studios per week. (3F, W) 135. Theory of Design. Basic elements of design with emphasis upon their relationship to landscape a rchitecture. Form and spatial relationships are stressed through student development of three· dimensional design models. Two three-hour studios per week. (3W) 136. Applied Theory of Design in Landscape Architecture. Theory a nd basic mechanics of site pla nning. Establishes a n understanding of the applica· tion and influence of specific site planning components. Two three-hour studios per week. (3Sp) 140. Plant Materials. The taxonomic, ecological, aesthetic, and fun ctional aspects of native and cultivated trees. A knowledge of fundamental bota ny principles and terms is assumed. Three two· hour lectures per week. (3Sp)

133

220. Graphics. Emphasis upon techniques a nd approaches to freehand sketching and rendering. Various media will be explored for prepari'ng drawings and sketches for presenta tion. Two three-hour studios per week. (3W) 230. History of Landscape Architecture. Physical planning as it relates to human experience from prehistory to the Dark Ages. Emphasis placed on huma n dyn amics a nd the application of historic thou ght to current a nd future design . Two one-hour lectur es per week. (2F) 231. History of Landscape Architecture. Exposure to the history of the pro· fessio n by a review of pre-nineteenth century influences to an in-depth investigation of recent a nd current land planning decisions, a nd the people a nd/ or organizations responsible for them. Two one·hour lectures per week. (2W) 232. History of Landscape Architecture. The advanced student is ex· posed to the history of the profession by a review of prenineteenth century influences to a n in-depth investigation of recent a nd current land planning decisions, and the people andl or organizations responsi ble for them. Two onehour lectures. (2Sp) 241. Plant Materials. A taxonomic, ecological, aesthetic, and functional study of shrubs, vines,and ground cover. Three two· hour lectures per week. (3F) 242 . Plant Materials. Relationships between the plant and its physical environment. Teams of students analyze native plant environment relationships applicable to plant design. Three two·hour lectures per week. (3Sp) 260. Landscape Construction. An introductio n to site engineering, grading, cut a nd fill calculation, retaining walls, and basic wood construction_ Two four·hour studi os per week. (3F) 265. Architectual Design. The exploration of architectual forms in exterior environments. The emphasis will be placed in space created by a rchitectual forms a nd their relationship to the s urrounding physical content. Two four· hour studios per week. (3Sp) 270. Introduction to the Planning Process. Includes site survey, a n a lysis, and design synthesis. Student teams survey and analyze a site's la ndscape a nd cultural resources. Three three· hour studios per week. (3F) 271. ships tions, week.

Function and Structural Analysis. Focuses on fun ctional relation· of component parts of a given set of phenomenon, Hkeages, circulaand transport systems of various processes. Three three-hour studios per (3W)

272. Problem Solving Processes. Synthesizes the subject matter covered in LAEP 270 and 271. Inves ti gates the problem solving processes in various disciplines and relates them to the profession of la ndscape architecture. Three three· hour studios per week. (3Sp) 320. Graphics. Explores the relationship between presentation techniq ues and the printing process. The student will use various graphic media to delineate projects for printing of brochures, booklets, or pamphlets. Two three· hour studios per week. (3Sp) 340. Recreational Landscape Design. Focuses on recreation project scale design. Includes design seminars a nd guest lectures. Three four·hour studios per week. (3F) 341. Residential Land Use Planning. A study of housing, planning approaches, concepts, and innovations. Each student prepares a design solution for a housing development on a n actual or theoretical site. Three four-hour studios per week. (4 W) 342. Institutional and Urban Design. Includes the study of institutional master planning and small scale problems relating to the urban environment. Three four·hour studios per week. (4Sp) 343. Planning and Design Theory. Readings, discussions, and assign· ments will focus on a number of problem· process approaches developed within and outside of the discipline. Students will be required to formulate and present process or analytical frameworks for specific planning a nd design projects. One one-hour studio per week. (IF) 350. Planting Design. The exposure to specific aspects of planting design including climate control, circulation definition, screening, and aesthetic considerations. Two three· hour studios per week. (3F) 351. Planting Design. Technical aspects of planting design including lay· out, planting deta ils, specifications, maintenance, a nd cost estimating are studied through lectures, studio projects, and field experience. Two three· hour studios per week. (3W) 361. Landscape Construction. Advanced grading with emphasis toward runoff calculations, utility systems, cost estimating, and construction drawings. Individual reports on construction material. Two three·hour studios pet week. (3W)


134

Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning

362. Landscape Construction. Esthetics a nd theory of highway and roadway alignment, horizontal and vertical curves, roadway perspective. con'struction detailing. Development of a complete set of construction drawings of a design project to encompass' all aspects studied in the 360 series will be the terminal project. Two three-hour studios per week. (3Sp) 365. Architectural Design. An introduction to archi tectural design giving the student an 8quaintance with the process of planning, principles of structure, the nature of materials, and site planning. construction. Emphasis is on residential and smaller scale architectural projects. Two four-hour studios per week. (3F) 370. City and Regional Planning. An introduction to the procedures and methods of city a nd regional planning. Legislati ve, administrati ve, a nd effectuation of the general comprehensive plan. Two one-hour lectures per week. (3F) 400. Professional Experience. Prior to graduation a ll Landscape Architecture students must have completed three months experience in a landscape architecture or planning position with a government or private organization. Evidence of work done and an oral or written report at the discretion of the department are required. No credit given. 401. Regional Resource Planning. Emphasizes the major a nalytical and technical components of large-scale resource planning a nd design. These components will be elaborated on by field trips, guest lectures, workshops, seminars, a nd by other members of the department and university faculties . Three four-hour studios per week. (4F) 402. Community Design. Provides an in-depth look at the physical structure of communities a nd the design issues related to these systems. Three four-hour studios per week. (4W) 403. Project Design. Completion of an entire design project from program development through specifications. Each student will produce a complete set presentation drawings, working drawings, a nd accompa nying documents. Three four-hour studios per week. (4Sp) 433. Contemporary History of Landscape Architecture. A historical review of individuals and firms tha t h ave ma de significant contributions to the art of landscape architecture. The research, presentation, a nd discussion of each contribution will be formulated into a case study as part of the student requirement. Two one-hour lectures per week. (2Sp) 435. Travel Course. A major field trip to examine a variety of projects in planning a nd design. Students are recommended to take this course at least once during their training. Between Winter a nd Spring quarters. (1-3) 442. Recreation Systems Design. Focuses on the research analysis a nd synthesis of large-scale recreation issues related to regional , urban , town, and national recreation areas. Two three-hour s tudios per week. (3F) 485. Seminar. Readings and reports on current topics and trends in LAEP. Also covers contracts, specifications, professional ethics, and office practice. One one-hour lecture per week. (I W) 490. Special Problems. Hours arranged. Selected problems to meet individual needs in completing the professional training. Registration by permission only. (1-5) 491. Ski Resort Development. Specific problems involved in ski area selection and design. Includes a feasibility study, the selection and arrangement of lifts. runs. structures, parking, and roads. Two three-hour studios per week. (3W) 492. Professional Practicum. Offers students an opportunity to study areas of practical professional interest. (l-3Sp)

530. dures tenns week.

Park and Recreational Planning. Analysis and development procein national, s tate, and urban parks, forest lands. a nd private lands in of recreational and esthetic values a nd uses. Two two-hour lectures per (3Sp)

601. Basic Design and Landscape Elements. Basic principles a nd theories of design as rela ted to Landscape ~rchitecture. Includes design vocabularly, design principles, architectural elements, plant materials, and land forms. (4F) . 602. Site Analysis and Functional Relationships. Basic methodologies of la ndscape data collection, ana lysis, synthesis, and their use in conceptual master plan development. (4 W) 603. Site Design. Projects designed to draw upon content areas covered in LAEP 601 a nd 602. Project scale a nd complexity encourage creative approaches. Technical aspects of design, construction, a nd planting design. (4Sp) 610. Design Implications in Physiographic Regions. Focuses on the research and analysis of various physiographic regions. Identifies those factors (climate, geology, hydrology, soils, and vegetation) which have relevant impact on regional planning a nd design form. (4F) 6ll. Regional R esource Planning and Design. Advanced analytical and technical procedures of large scale planning a nd design. Incl udes hand mapping, air photo interpretation, and the use of the computer for data analysis and graphic display. Studio work supplemented by field trips, seminars and guest lecturers. (4W) 612. Project Design. Focuses on master plan and project scale design problems identified in LAEP 611. Develop projects from concept through schematics and final design including a thorough investigation of construction a nd plant design problems. (3Sp) 613, 614, 615. Landscape Architectural Design. Design planning construction and office procedures. Includes design, critical path techniques, com¡ puter use in construction, recreation site planning, and production of design briefs. For students pursuing the professional MLA degree. A seminar seq uence will accompany the course. (3F, W, Sp) 616. Professional Practice. Graduate readings and reports on current topics and trends in landscape a rchitecture and environmental plan ning. (2F, W,Sp)

680. Thesis Seminar. Assignments will encourage title selection, hypothesis, prospectus and research. Emphasis will be on all phases of thesis production. Explanation a nd clarification of alternatives the graduate student has in the pursuit of the thesis is included. (2F, Sp) 685. Interdisciplinary Seminar. Brings together staff a nd students in other disciplines to discuss and review problems in concepts of environmental planning. Selected readings, presentations, and assignments will be made. (2Sp) 690. Special Problems. This course has two purposes: one is to fulfill the requirement for advanced degrees in LAEP. The other is to present a special problems course for students in other fields who are working toward advanced degrees in allied professi('ns such as Forest Recreation, Engineering, Education, etc. (1-6F, W, Sp, Su) 697. Thesis Research. (I-IOF, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

135

*Department of

Languages and Philosophy Head: Professor L. Grant Reese Office in Main 210 Professors Emeritus Degner, Fife; Associate Professors Benbow, Beyers, Crawford, Porter, A. Smith, M. Smith; Assistant Professors Cantarovici, Eliason, Ingold, Johnson, Lackstrom, MussIer, Robson, Savoi(), Suprunowicz; Instructor Krahnke; Lecturer Lynn Degrees offered: BA in French; BA in German; BA in Spanish; BA in Philosophy

Objectives The department offers a program in Philosophy which leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree or which can substantially support undergraduate or graduate programs in other fields. The Bachelor of Arts degree is also offered in French, German, and Spanish and is designed to prepare students for admission to advanced degree programs in languages, for secondary school teaching certification, or for foreign careers. Skill classes are available in Russian, Portuguese, Latin, and Greek. In the modern languages, emphasis is placed equally on the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. The Language Laboratory per¡ mits the student to do as much individual work in speaking and listening as desired. For nonnative speakers of English who need to improve their use of English before they can enroll in a university program, the department offers courses in English as a second language in its Intensive English Language Institute each quarter. Other special language offerings include courses in general linguistics and two-year programs in Arabic, Italian, Japanese, and Mandarin Chinese combining self-study with tutorial assistance.

Requirements for Language Major Candidacy. To become a candidate for a major in a language, the student must have completed two years of lower division work, or the equivalent, in the language. Equivalent preparation acquired through high school study or foreign residence will be determined by means of proficiency tests administered by the Department of Languages and Philosophy. Major requirements include 40 upper division credits in the selected language, plus Linguistics 540. Majors also wishing a secondary teaching credential must take French 304, 305, ~nd 501; German 304, 305, and 501; or Spanish 304, 305, and 501; plus Ed 340 in the College of Education, which counts as part of the total credit requirements for the major. "In College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences

Cap.didates for a secondary teaching credential should take Linguistics 540 and French 501, German 501, or Spanish 501 before the end of their Junior year and prior to taking Ed 340. They must also complete the other professional education courses required for certification (see College of Education for requirements). An "application for admission to teacher education" should ordinarily be completed before the Junior year (see College of Education). Approval is a prerequisite to teacher certification candidacy and to enrollment in Education and Psychology courses. Teaching Minor. For a teaching minor in a foreign language, a student must complete 24 credits of approved upper division work in one language including advanced grammar and applied linguistics. Ed 340 is required and may be counted as part of the 24 credits. Proficiency Tests and Placement in Language Courses. Students who have completed one or more years of language study in high school must take proficiency tests to determine their proper placement in USU's language courses. Credit by Special Examination. Where basic skills in a language have been acquired by means other than college courses, up to 25 lower division credits may be earned by special examination. To qualify for a special examination, a student must complete one college course in that language at the appropriate level with a grade not lower than "B-." Language Credit Applicable toward the General Education Communication Skills Requirement. A student may earn one credit toward the nine-credit Communication Skills requirement in General Education for any language course numbered 101, 102, 103, 201, or 202. A total of three credits thus accrued may be applied toward the requirement. Language Laboratory. Laboratory practice sessions are required for all lower division language classes and for some upper division classes; three half-hour sessions is the minimum requirement in all lower division classes; a fee of $5 per quarter is charged for this service.


136

Languages and Philosophy

Winter Quarter in Mexico USU offers qualified students the opportunity to spend Winter quarter in Mexico. Though particularly designed for students interested in Spanish, sociologyanthropology, fine arts, political science, international relations, or history, a student in any field at USU can qualify by being in good academic standing.

Intensive English Language Institute for International Students The proficiency in English of each nonnative speaker will be determined by oral interview and/ or appropriate tests. Those whose English proficiency is inadequate to enter a degree program at USU will be able to enroll on a fulltime basis in the Intensive English Language Institute any quarter throughout the academic year or Summer quarter. Successful completion of this institute indicates adequate proficiency in English to begin university study. An international student may repeat the institute if necessary. Fifteen credits are given with the achievement of adequate proficiency.

Interdisciplinary Courses For Latin American culture, East Asian civilization, and American foreign policy courses, please see the listing of interdisciplinary courses offered by the College of Humanities, Arts, and Social Sciences, page 37.

103. Elementary French. Open to students having completed French 102. (5F, W,Sp) 201. Intermediate French. Prerequisite: French 103 or at least two but not more than three years of French in high schooL (5F, W, Sp) 202. Intermediate French. Prerequisite: French 201. (5F, W, Sp) 299. Individual Readings . Individual study of selected readings in French for students desiring reading experience beyond French 202 before entering upper division classes: (1·5F, W, Sp)

Upper Division 300.

Introduction to French Literature. (5Sp)

304. Advanced Grammar, Conversation and Composition. (3F) 305. Advanced Grammar, Conversation and Composition. (3W) "420. Contemporary French Civilization. Role of France in the modern world; social, political, economic, and religious life and institutions; review of artistic a nd scientific achievements. (3F) 461. Survey of French Literature. An overview of French literary move· ments and transitions from the beginning to the present day. (5W) 501. Applied Linguistics and Phonetics. Phonological, morphological, a nd syntactical problems in learning French. (5W) "520. Middle Ages and Renaissance. Readings in the Middle Ages: lyric, epic, a nd didactic literature, the theatre and romances. Literature of the sixteenth century: the Pleiade, Rabelais, Montaigne, and Ronsard. (4Sp) '532. The Classical Tragedy: Corn e ille and Racine. and Racine. (4Sp)

Plays of Corneille

"533. Seventeenth Century: Moliere and Other Writers. Comedies of Moliere, selected readings by Descartes, Pascal, La Fontaine, La Rochefoucauld, Boileau. (5F) "541. The Eighteenth Century. Selected readings by Montesquieu, Vol· taire, Diderot, Rousseau, Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, Prevost. Comedies of Beaumarchais and Marivaux. (5Sp)

Arabic Courses

'552. Romanticism in France. Readings from the works of Chateaubriand, Hugo, Vigny, Musset, Lamartine. (4F)

101, 102, 103. Elementary Standard Arabic. Self'study with tutorial assistance. (5F, 5W, 5Sp)

'554. Realism, Naturalism, Symbolism. French literature 1850·1900; representative novelists, dramatists, poets, and critics of this period. (4W)

201, 202. Intermediate Standard Arabic. Self'study with turotial assis· tance. (5F, 5W, 5Sp)

'571. The Twentieth Centur y. and critics. (4Sp)

English-as-a-Second-Language Courses

59~.

101. English Speaking. Listening comprehension and conversational usage of general English. Only for international students in the Intensive English Language Institute. (5F, W, Sp, Sui

German Courses

102. English Reading. Reading comprehension of general English and scientific, technical, or other college· level English. Only for international stu· dents in the Intensive English Language Institute. (5F, W, Sp, Sui 103. English Writing. Writing grammatical sentences, paragraphs, and full compositions in English for general and college purposes. Only for inter· nationa l students in the Intensive English Language Institute. (5F, W, Sp, Sui 299. Individual Study. Study in English as a second la nguage beyond ESL 103. Limited to international students with certified English proficiency or minimum TOEFL score of 500. (l·5F, W, Sp, Sui

French Courses Lower Division 100. Aspects of Modern French Culture. Introduction to principal social, artistic, and literary aspects of modern French culture. Taught in English. (3W) 101. Elementary French. A beginner's course not open to students having had more than one year of French in high school or the equivalent. (5F, W, Sp) 102. Element~y French. A beginning course open to students having h ad French 101 or at least one but not more than two years of French in high schooL (5F,W,Sp)

Readings and Conference. French. (1·5F, W, Sp)

Representative novelists, dramatists, poets,

Readings in scientific, tec hnical. or literary

I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Lower Division 100. Aspects of Modern German Culture. Introduction to principal social, artistic, a nd literary aspects of modern German culture. Taught in English. (3F) 101. Elementary German. A beginner's course not open to students h aving had more than one year of German in high school or the equivalent. (5F, W, Sp) 102. Elementary German. A beginning course open to students h aving had German 101 or at least one but not more than two years of German in high school. (5F, W, Sp) 103. Elementary German. 102. (5F, W, Sp)

Open to students having completed German

201. Intermediate German. Prerequisite: German 103 or at least two but not more than three )iears of German in high school. (5F, W, Sp) 202. Intermediate German. Prerequisite: German 201. (5F, W, Sp)

'Taught 1974·75 " Taught 1975·76

I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Languages and Philosophy 299. Individual Readings. Individual study of selected readings in German for students desiring reading experience beyond German 202 before entering upper division classes. (5F, W, Sp)

137

Linguistics Courses 492. Senior Practicum in Language Teaching. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

Upper Division 300. Introduction to German Literature. (5Sp) 304. Advanced Grammar, Conversation and Composition. (3F) 305. Advanced Grammar, Conversation and Composition. (3F) 路路420. Germanic Cultures. Sociopolitical, historical, economic, literary, and cultura l trends in German-speaking countries. (3F)

461. Survey of German Literature. General view of literary periods, movements, and cultural background with representative readings of major writers. (5W)

540. Introduction to Linguistics. Theory of la nguage and survey of structural and generative phonology, morphology, syntax; language differentiation; negative language acquisition; second language learning. (5F) 599. Readings and Conference. Additional readings or research done beyond the general introduction to linguistics given in Linguistics 540. (l-5F, W,Sp,Su)

Mandarin Chinese Courses 101, 102, 103. Elementary Mandarin Chinese. Self-study with tutorial assistance. (5,5,5, F, W, Sp) 201, 202. Intermediate Mandarin Chinese. Self-study with tutorial assistance. (5,5, F, W, Sp)

501. Applied Linguistics and Phonetics. Phonological. morphological, and syntactical problems in learning German. (5W)

Portuguese Courses

'511. German Novelle. Historical a nd theoretical development of the German novelle. (4F)

Lower Division

"513. The German Novel. German novel. (5F)

100. Aspects of Modern Portuguese-Brazilian Culture. An introduction to principal social, artistic, and literary aspects of modern Portuguese路 Brazilian culture. Taught in English. (3Sp)

Historical and theoretical development of the

"517. The German Drama. Historical a nd theoretical development of the German drama. (5Sp) '519. German Lyrics and Ballads. Historical development of German lyrics and ballads. (4Sp)

101. Elementary Russian. (5F,W,Sp) 102. Elementary Russian. (5F, W,Sp) 103. Elementary Russian. (5F, W,Sp)

'540. Lessing and Schiller. Poems and dramatic works of Lessing and Schiller; study of their biographies. (5F) 543. Goethe: Works and Biography. Goethe's works a nd special emphasis on his lyric contributions; his biography. (4Sp) *589. Problems in German Literature. Senior seminar on selected critical topics in German literature; may be repeated for credit. (3Sp)

599. Readings and Conferences. Readings in technical, scientific, a nd literary German. Credit arranged. (l-5F, W, Sp)

Greek Courses

201. Intermediate Russian. (5F,W,Sp) 202. Intermediate Russian. (5F,W, Sp) 203. Intermediate Portuguese. (3Sp) 299. Individual Readings. Individua l study of selected readings in Portuguese for students desiring experience beyond Portuguese 203 before entering upper division work. (l-5F, W, Sp)

Upper Division 599. Readings and Conferences. Readings in scientific, technical, or literary Portuguese. Credit arranged. (I-5F, W, Sp)

101, 102, 103. Elementary Greek. Emphasis is placed on mastering the basic grammar, and developing skills to read the simpler prose, s uch as excerpts from Xenophon and Herodotus. (Taught only on sufficient demand.) (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

Russian Courses Lower Division

Italian Courses 101, 102, 103. Elementary Italian. Self-study with tutorial assistance. (5F, 5W, 5Sp) 201, 202. Intermediate Italian. Self-study with tutorial assistance. (5, 5,F, W,Sp)

100. Aspects of Modern Russian C ulture. Introduction to principal social, artistic, and literary aspects of modern Russian culture. Taught in English. (3Sp) 101. Elementary Russian. (5F, W, Sp) 102. Elementary Russian.

(5F, W, Sp)

103. Elementary Russian. (5F, W, Sp)

Japanese Courses

201. Intermediate Russian. (5F, W, Sp) 101, 102, 103. Elementary Japanese. (5,5,5F, W,Sp)

Self-study with tutorial assistance.

201, 202. Intermediate Japanese. Self-study with tutorial assistance. (5, 5F, W, Sp)

Latin Courses 101, 102, 103. Elementary Latin. (Taught only on sufficient demand.) (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 201, 202, 203. Intermediate Latin. Open to students who have had one year of coilege Latin or two years of high school Latin. (Taught only on sufficient demand.) (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 299. Individual Readings. Individual study of selected readings in Latin for students desiring reading experience beyond 203 before doing advanced work. (1路5F, W, Sp)

202. Intermediate Russian.

(5F, W, Sp)

299. Individual Readings. Individual study of selected readings in Russian for students desiring reading experience beyond 202 before doing upper division work. (1-5F, W, Sp)

Upper Division 599. Readings and Conferences. Readings in technical, scientific, or literary Russian. Credit arranged. (I -5F, W, Sp)

'Taught 1974-75 "Taught 1975-76


138

Languages and Philosophy

Spanish Courses Lower Division 100. Aspects of Modern Hispanic Culture. Introduction to principal social, artistic, and literary aspects of modern Hispanic culture. Taught in English. (3W) 101. Elementary Spanish. A beginner's course not open to students having had more than one year of Spanish in high school or the equiva lent. (5F, W, Sp) 102 . . Elementary Spanish. A beginning course open to students h aving had Spanish 101 or at least one but not more than two years of Spanish in high school. (5F, W,Sp) 103. Elementary Spanish. Open to students havi ng completed Spanish 102. (5F, W, Sp) 201. Intermediate Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or a t least two but not more than three years of Spanish in high school. (5F, W, Sp) 202. Intermediate Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 201. (5F, W, Sp) 299. Individual Readings. Individua l study of selected readings in Spanish for students desiring reading experience beyond Spanish 202 before entering upper division classes. (l-5F, W,Sp)

Upper Division 300. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (5Sp) 304. Advanced Grammer, Conversation and Composition . (3F) 305. Advanced Grammar, Conversation and Composition. (3W) °420. I:\ispanic Culture. The social, political, a nd economic conditions of Spain and the Spanish American countries. (4 F) 461. Survey of Spanish Lite rature. Development a nd trends in peninsular literature from the twelfth century to the present. (5W) 462. Survey of Spanish American Literature . Development and trends in Spanish American literature from the discovery to the present. (5Sp) 501. Applied Linguistics and Phonetics. Phonological, morphological, and syntactical problems in learning Spanish. (5W) 0°518. The Literature of the Siglo de Oro. A study of writers of the Siglo de Oro: Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Calderon de la Barca a nd others. Prereq· uisite: Spanish 300 or 461. (4Sp) °530. Cervantes. Don Quixote. Prerequisite: Spanish 461 or instructor's consent. (4Sp) °564. Modern Hispanic Poetry. Representative poets of Spain and Span· ish America since 1800. (5Sp) 0°565. Modern Hispanic Drama. A study of peninsular a nd Spanish American theater since the Siglo de Oro. (5F) ··566. Modern Hispanic Novel. Prerequisite: Spanish 300 or instructor's consent. Development of the novel in Spain and Spanish America in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (5Sp)

599. Readings and Conference. Readings in scientific, technical or literary Spanish. Credit arranged. (1-5F, W, Sp)

B) Two years of a foreign language or its equivalent.

Philosophy Courses 101. Introduction to Problems of Philosophy. Problems of reality, thought, a nd value in relation to the modern world. For students preparing for more advanced courses in philosophy and for those desiring an introduction to philosophical terminology and to ideas of ancient, medieval, and modern philosophers who have influenced present·day thought. (5F, Sp) 111. Ethics. Systematic treatment of judgments concerning what is good or bad, right or wrong, and how these a re justified and relate to action. Discus· sion of relativism, subjectivism, absolutism, the selfis h theory, freedom versus determinism, responsibility, measurement of values, and social decision making. (4F,W) 112. Social and Political Philosophy. Examination of basic political, economic, and social issues and their relation to philosophic presuppositions and systems. (4W) 210. Deductive Logic. Signs, symbols, and language in human behavior. Detection of common fallacies, ambiguity, vagueness. Structure of propositions: fonns of valid inference; nature of deductive systems, recognition of formal fallacies . (5F, W, Sp) 211. Inductive Logic. Analogical argument; Mill's methods and discovery of causes; framing and testing hypotheses in everyday life and in science; nature of evidence; right and wrong uses of statistics, probability. (2F) 215. Aesthetics. An introductory course exploring relations between philo· sophy a nd art; the reciprocal effect of aesthetic categories and metaphysical concepts; the n ature of genius a nd crea tivity. (3W, Sp) "310. History of Ancient Philosophy. Development of philosophical thought in the ancient Greek world. Emphasizes reading from the pre·Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, a nd Epicureans. (4F) °311. History of Medieval Philosophy. Neo·Platonism with stress on Plotinus, St. Augustine, and earl y Christian philosophy. Early medieval thought. St. Thomas Aquinas and rise to scholasticism. Philosophic thought in the Renaissance. (4W) "312. History of Early Modern Philosophy. European thought from the Renaissance through the eighteenth century, indicating the relationship of philosophic ideas to science, religion, logic, value theory, and theory of knowl· edge of Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. (4Sp) "313. History of Nineteenth Century Philosophy. European thought from Kant to Nietzsche, indicating the relationship of philosophic ideas to science, religion, and society. Readings in the metaphysics, value philosophy, logic, and theory. of knowledge of such thinkers as Bentham, Mill, Comte, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Marx, and Nietzsche. (3) 315. Twentieth-Century Philosophy. Readings and discussion of major philosophies of the twentieth century, including philosophers from Bergson to Sarte. (3W) "316. History of American Philosophy. Treats the main American philosophical levels and systems .from Jonathan Edwards to John Dewey. (3Sp)

Philosophy Philosophy following:

the following: 501, 530, 585. 4) "Philosophies of." One of the following: 325, 350, 415, 535, 560, 605. 5) History of Philosophy 310 and 312 and one of the following: 311, 313, 315, 316.

Major requirements include the

A) Forty-five credits in Philosophy with the following distribution requirements: 1) Logic. One of the following: 210, 522. 2) Value Theory. Two of the following: 111, 112, 215, 370, 410, 411. 3) Metaphysics or Epistemology. One of

"317. Philosophy of India. Survey of Indian philosophy from Vedic time to the present. Critical analysis of various schools a nd systems of religious and philosophical thought which have influenced India a nd the Far East. (3Sp) °318. Philosophy of Far East. Survey of Chinese and Japanese philosophy from the early times to the present, analyzing features of Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, a nd Shintoism, including religious and philosophic thought in China under communism and post·war Japan. (3Sp) -

°Taught 1974-75 "Taught 1975-76

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Languages and Philosophy

139


140

Mathematics

325. Philosophy of Science. Assumptions and implications of scientific methods and findings: law, convention, determination, causality. truth. and value in the physical, biological, and social sciences. (3F) 350. Philosophy of Religion. Problems in defining "religion"; a rguments for the existence of God; problems of moral and natural evil; arguments for the immortality of the soul; the nature of religious experience; the nature of faith; alternatives to theism; the nature of religious language. (3W) "370. Existentialism. Examination of such writers as Dostoevsky, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Kafka, Jaspers, Heidegger, Sartre, and Camus. (3Sp) . '-

""410. Philosophy and Contemporary Social Problems. Drawing upon concepts, theories, and analytical tools developed by philosophers; an attempt to locate, analyze, and project ways of constructively dealing with contemporary social problems such as world population, environmental pollution, civil disobedience, and per~onal privacy. (3F) 411. Theories of Value, Nature, kinds, criteria, and metaphysical status of value, with consideration of the relation between fact a nd value a nd the ways in which theories of value are invo lved in theories of human cond uct. (3W)

531. Concept of Mind. Various theories of mind, and concepts of action and behavior as they relate to desire, belief, sensation, pain, and perception. (3W) "535. Philosophy of Education. An examination of philosophica l thinking about education, its aims, methods, relations with other institutions, etc. Includes a consideration of how several philosophical traditions have influenced actual educationa l practices. (3F) 560. Philosophy of Art. A critical examination of the purpose, levels, and methods of criticism in the visual arts; a consideration of how philosophical (aesthetic) commitments underlie a nd affect actual instances of art criticism . (3Sp) "585. Philosophy of Language. of meani ng, reference, truth, name, ambiguity, vagueness, definition. anthropology, a nd literary criticism.

Nature and uses of language. Concepts syntax, semantics, pragmatics, metaphor, Applications in psychology, linguistics, (3F)

599. Readings and Research. The works of a particular philosopher or school of philosophy. Consent of instructor required (1-5F, W, Sp)

Graduate "415. Philosophy of Law and Politics. An examination of various theories concerning the nature of law and politics, thei r purpose in society, and their relation to other practices and institutions. Includes a consideration of how philosophical commitments underlie a nd affect actual legal a nd political practices. (3Sp)

""501. Metaphysics. Treats systematically the first cause of things. Such questions as what are the most real a nd less real things. Causality, space ano time, idealism versus r ealism, universals, matter, essence and existence; the reality of mind, its qualities and role in the cosmos; the role of God. (3W)

605. Philosophy of History. Interpretations, causation, and interrelations in history. Cross-listed with History 605. (3F) 609. Philosophy of the Social Sciences. Critical examination of presuppositions, methods of inquiry a nd meaning of key concepts in the social sciences. Conceptual and methodologi""l differences between social and natural sciences. (3F)

699. Independent Study. osophy. (1-5F, W, Sp)

Research and writing in selected topics in Phil-

522. Symbolic Logic. Deductive systems, valid and invalid arguments; logical paradoxes; sententia l calculus and introduction to predicate calculi. (5Sp) 530. Theories of Knowledge. Survey of classical problems in the theory of knowledge ranging from the problem of induction to the nature of sense data, emphasizing the use of modern techniques in clarifying classical epistemological issues. (3W)

'Taught 1974-75 '"Taught 1975-76

*Department of

Mathematics Head: Associate Professor Lawrence O. Cannon Office in Engineering C-325 Assistant Head Professor Joe Elich Professor Suprunowicz; Professor Emeritus Hunsaker; Associate Professors Bringhurst, Gunderson, Hammond, Loveland, Nelson, Rich, Riddle, Underwood, Valentine, Watson; Assistant Professors Fraker, Heal, Martin, Windham Degrees offered: BS in Mathematics Education; BS and MS in Mathematics; Master of Mathematics (MMt)

Objectives The Department of Mathematics offers a variety of courses designed to prepare students for careers in teaching or for positions as mathematicians in industry or governmental agencies. The department also provides service courses for many other groups of students,

Requirements Placement of New Students. The American College Testing battery, which includes a test in "In College of Science

Mathematics, is given to all Freshman students prior to or at the time of registration. The results of this test, along with other pertinent information, are used as a basis for placing incoming Freshman students in the proper course of Mathematics. Students who score below a prescribed minimum are required to enroll in Math 001 or Math 002. Any student who intends to take Math 220 (or a higher level Mathematics course) will -be placed in Math 101, 105, 106, or 220 (or a higher level course) depending on his test score and previous training in mathematics. Math 105 and <lO6 are designed specifically to prepare students for Math 220. Freshmen who have completed three or four years of high school mathematics,

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Mathematics

141

including a study of trigonometric functions, should normally qualify for Math 220.

All courses to be used as prerequisites must be completed with a grade of "C" or better.

Any student who does not plan to take additional mathematics, but w.ho wishes to use a mathema~ics course to fulfill the University General Education requirements, should take Math 130.

Graduate Study

Transfer students are urged to consult with advisers in the Mathematics Department for proper placement. Bachelor of Science in Mathematics. The regular major in Mathematics is designed for students who intend to enter graduate study in Mathematics (including those who plan to teach Mathematics at the junior college or university level), and for those who wish to prepare for employment as mathematicians in industry or in governmental agencies. Regular majors are required to complete Math 324, 421, 422, 423, 561 and 12 additional credits of upper division Mathematics selected from courses 345, 427, 428, 441, 442, 443, 446, 491, 511, 512, 531, 532, 533, 536, 537, 551, 552, 553, 562, 563, 571, 572, 573,591. Physics 221, 222, and 223 are required, and nine credits of upper division Physics are recommended. Those students planning to study Mathematics at the graduate level should include at least one of the sequences Math 531, 536, 537; or 531, 532, 533; or 551, 552, 553. A reading knowledge of French, German, or Russian is helpful. BS with Specialization in Mathematics Teaching. Those students who plan to teach Mathematics in the secondary schools must satisfy the state requirements for secondary certification and must complete departmental requirements in one of two ways: a) regular Mathematics major, b) a department-approved teaching major which includes Math 222, 305, 306, 307, 309, 311, 312, and an additional 11 credits selected from Math 223, 271, 324, 345, 384, 441, 446 and CS 230. (Math 271 and 441 are strongly recommended.) With special permission of his adviser, a student may substitut!'l Math 531, 532, 533 (or 531, 536, 537) for Math 305, 306, 307 in this requirement. An Application for Admission to Teacher Education should ordinarily be completed before the Junior year (see College of Education requirements). Approval is prerequisite to teacher certification candidacy and to enrollment in Education and Psychology courses. Teaching Minor. A department-approved teaching minor must include Math 221, 271, 305, 311, and three additional credits selected from Math 222, 223, 306, 307, 309, 312. Other details concerning teaching major and minor requirements are described in the document Teaching Majors and Minors for Second· ary School Teachers. Students majoring in Elementary Education can select a minor in Mathematics. Details are described in a document issued by the Department of Elementary Education.

The Department of Mathematics offers two graduate degrees: Master of Science and Master of Mathematics. See the Graduate School Catalog for prerequisites and further information.

Mathematics Courses 001. Remedial Mathematics. arithmetic skills. (5F, W) 002. Remedial Algebra. Math 101. (5F, W, Sp)

For students who need a review of basic

A review of elementary a lgebra in preparation for

101. Introduction to College Algebra. Designed to develop skills and techniques of elementary a lgebra. In most cases, students with more than one year high school a lgebra s hould not enroll in Math 101. Prerequisite. ' (3F, W, Sp,Su) 105. College Albegra. Real number system, equati ons and inequalities, functions, logarithms, polynomia ls, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, determinants, a nd matrices. Prerequisite.' (5F, W, Sp, Su) 106. Plane Trigonometry. Trigonometric functions, identities, and solution of triangles. Prerequisite.' (3F, W, Sp, Su) 130. Elements of Mathematics. Designed to help fulfill the gener a l education requirements (or students who are not planning to study more mathematics. Prerequisite: One year of high school a lgebra. (5F, W, Sp) 201, 202. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers. velopment of the real number system. (3F, W, Sp)

Sets, logic, and de-

220, 221, 222, 223. Analytic Geo metry and Calculus. Analytic geometry in two and t hree dimensions together with elementary ca lculu!:i including partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and iniinite series. Prereq uisite, I (5F, W, Sp,Su) 229. Calculus Computer Laboratory. Laboratory for students in the calculus sequence, especially Math 220. May be repeated fo r credit. No previous programming experience required. Prerequisite: Math 220 or concurren t registration. (IF,I W,ISp) 245. Calculus 1. Techniques of elementar y calculus of functions of one variable, including differentiation and integration, with applications to biological, management, and social sciences. Prerequisite: Math 105. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 246. Calculus II. Techniques from calculus of several variables including partial differentia tion, multiple integration, optimization, and differential equations. Prerequisite: Math 245. (3W, Sp) 248. Applied Linear Algebra. Basic matrix operations with applications to systems of linear eq uations a nd inequalities, pa rticularly as used in the bio· logical, management, a nd social sciences. Prerequisite: Math 105. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 271. Introduction to Probability Theory. A pre-calculus course in ele· mentary probability theory. Prerequisite: Math 105. (3Sp) 301. Mathematical Concepts for Elementary School Teachers. marily for recertification. (5Su)

Pri-

303. Geometry for Elementary Teachers. An intuitive treatment of geometric concepts which are taught in the elementary schools. Prerequisite: Math 202. (3Sp) 305, 306, 307. Mathematics for Teachers. Basic concepts of mathematics for prospective secondary school teachers with emphasis on mathematical systems and the system of real numbers. Prerequisite: Math 105. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 309. Methods of Secondary School Mathematics. A methods course required of all prospective secondary school teachers. Prerequisite: Math 305. (3Sp) 311, 312. Modern Geometry. An axiomatic development of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries. Prerequisite: Math .221. (3W,3Sp)

'See introductory paragraph, " Placement of New Students. "


142

Mathematics

324. Elementary Differential Equations. Elementary techniques used in finding solutions to ordinary differential equations. Prerequisite: Math 223. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

"536, 537. Linear Albegra. Finite dimensional vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, characteristic values and vectors, diagonalization theorems, and bilinear forms. Prerequisite: Math 223. (3W, 3Sp)

341. Engineering Analysis. Practical applications of differential equations, vector analysis, and Fourier series to the analysis of electircal, mechanical, and physical systems in engineering. Prerequisite: Math 324. (3F)'

551, 552, 553. Introduction to Topology. Elementary point set topology. Prerequisite: Math 223. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

342. Engineering Analysis. Practical application of techniques of matrix and determinant theory, and complex functions to the analysis of electrical, inechanical, and physical systems in engineering. Prerequisite: Math 324. (3W)' 3 343. Engineering Analysis. Practical applications from the theory of probability and statistics to the analysis of electrical, mechanical, and physical systems in engineering. Prerequisite: Math 324. (3Sp)' 3 345. Vector Analysis. The algebra and calculus of vectors. Prerequisite: Math 223. (3W)

561. Numerical Methods. Survey of numerical methods used in finding zeros of functions, solutions of systems of equations, and curve fitting. Prerequisites: Math 223 and a knowledge of FORTRAN. (3F, Sp) 562. Introduction to Numerical Analysis. Numerical solution of differential equations including initial value problems for systems of equations using single and multi-step methods. Solution of two-point boundary value problems and the associated algebraic systems. Prerequisites: Math 324, 441. (3W) 563. Introduction to Numerical Analysis. Solution of algebraic system of equations, inversion of matrices, and detennination of eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Prerequisite: Math 441. (3Sp)

361. Analysis of Mathematical Models. Development of mathematical models arising in the social and applied sciences. Prerequisite: Math 220 or Math 245. (3W)

571. Theory of Probability. Prerequisite: Math 223. (5F)

384. Number Theory. Elementary properties of integers, arithmetical functions, congruences, and simple Diophantine equations. Prerequisite: Math 221. (3Sp)

572, 573. Mathematical Statistics. Including Math 571, year's sequence in mathematical theory of probability (including a study of discrete and absolutely continuous distributions), elementary sampling theory, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: Math 441, 571. (5W, 5Sp)

387. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to elementary set theory and a study of axiomatic systems in general. Prerequisite: Math 221. (3W),

589. Science Colloquium. (1-2)

391. Readings and Conferences. For prospective secondary school teachers. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (I-4F, W, Sp, Su) 421, 422, 423. Advanced Calculus. Elementary theory of functions of real variables. Prerequisite: Math 223. (4F, 4W, 4Sp) , 427, 428. Introduction to Complex Variables. A first course in complex variables designed for Physics and Engineering students, and as a prerequisite for Math 624. Prerequisite: Math 223. (3F, 3W) 441. Introductory Linear Analysis. Topics from linear algebra including matrix and vector analysis, linear transformations, and characteristic value problems, with emphasis on techniques for applications. Prerequisite: Math 223. (3F, W, Sp) 442, 443. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Differential equations and boundary value problems, Fourier series, Laplace transfonns, and linear systems. Emphasis is on techniques used in applications. Prerequisites: Math 324,441. (3W,3Sp) 446. Ordinary Differential Equations. Analysis of systems of first order ordinary differential equations. Includes solution by matrix techniques, stability behavior, and basic existence and uniqueness theory. Prerequisite: Math 324. (3W)

591. Readings and Conference. Consent of instructor. (I-4F, W, Sp, Su) ""611, 612, 613. Topics in Geometry. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (3F,3W,3Sp) "621, 622, 623. Real Analysis. Prerequisite: Math 423 and consent of instructor. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 624,625,626. Complex Analysis. Prerequisite: Math 423. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)' "631, 632, 633. Topics in Abstract Algebra. Prerequisite: Math 533. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 637, 638, 639. Advanced Topics in Algebra. Prerequisites: Math 631, 632, 633. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)' "641, 642, 643. Topics in Applied Mathematics. Prerequisite: Math 423. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) ""647, 648, 649. Mathematical Physics. Prerequisite: Math 423 or 443. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) "651, 652, 653. Topology. Prerequisite: Math 423. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

476. Introduction to Probability and Statistics. See APS 476. (5)

"¡661, 662, 663. Numerical Analysis. Prerequisites: Math 423, 563. (3F, 3W,3Sp)

491. Readings and Conferences. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (1-4F, W,Sp,Su)

680. Seminar. (I-5F, W, Sp)

511, 512. Metric Development of Geometry. Fund~ental concepts of abstract metric spaces leading to a systematic development of hyperbolic and Euclidean geometries from metric space postulates. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (3W,3Sp),

697. Thesis. (I-9F, W, Sp) 699. Continuing-Graduate Advisement. Credit arranged. (I-3F, W, Sp)

521, 522, 523. Advanced Calculus B. For graduate students deficient in analysis. Prerequisite: Math 223. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 531. Modern Algebra. Introduction to theory of groups. Prerequisite: Math 223. (3F) ""532, 533. Modern Albegra. Introduction to rings, integral domains, vector spaces, and fields. Prerequisite: Math 531. (3W, 3Sp)

"Taught 1974-75 ""Taught 1975-76 'Not to be taken for graduate credit. 'Offered on demand.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I *Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing I Engineering I I I I I I

143

Head: Professor R. M. Holdredge Office in Engineering L-180

Associate Head: Professor C. D. Spear

Professors Shupe, Watkins; Associate Professors Batty, Blotter, Moser, Somers, Vendell; Assistant Professors Ferney, Haycock, Phillips, Skudstad, Smith, Swenson

Degrees offered: BS and MS in Manufacturing Engineering; BS and MS in Mechanical Engineering; ME in Engineering; PhD in Engineering

I I I I I I I I I

Objectives

Financial Support

The department offers two undergraduate majors, Mechanical Engineering and Manufacturing Engineering, each of which is accredited by the Engineers' Council for Professional Development.

In addition to the scholarships, assistantships, grants-in-aid, and work-study programs available through the University, the Mechanical-Manufacturing Engineering Department employs students to assist in engineering research and development. Energy conversion and utilization, recycling of agricultural wastes, aircraft landing surfaces, bio-engineering, buried structures and manufacturing processes are some of the research programs that involve students. The department also coordinates industrial employment opportunities for students during the summer.

The Mechanical Engineering program is designed to provide a broad background in applied mechanics, engineering design, and energy science through classroom studies that are complemented by experimental assignments in three laboratories: energetics, agromechanics, and mechanical systems. Although Mechanical Engineering graduates usually pursue challenging and rewarding positions in industries or agencies concerned with energy, transportation, air conditioning, mechanical systems, computer analysis, or product design, the diversified ME curriculum has qualified many persons for interdisciplinary careers in medicine, law, aeronautical and aerospace research; and environmental studies.

The Manufacturing Engineering program applies engineering science and knowledge to manufacturing systems through classroom studies and "hands on" experience in the manufacturing processes, materials, and control laboratories. Manufacturing Engineering graduates coordinate product design with manufacturing capabilities, plan manufacturing processes, design special production equipment, and integrate facilities for optimum productivity. The solution of manufacturing problems must include the effect on workers, the industry, and the environment. Careful choices of materials and processes can conserve natural resources, and limit waste and pollution. The Manufacturing Engineering curriculum is recognized nationwide for preparing students to meet these challenging problems. Career opportunities are open to a person in numerous industries as well as many governmental agencies.

>In College of Engineering

Requirements Placement of New Students. Freshmen and transfer students must satisfy admission policies and entrance requirements of both the University and the College of Engineering. The new student will be assigned an adviser who will help plan the educational program to fulfill the students professional goals. Placement of the incoming student will depend upon high school or prior college course work. Those who complete the major portion of the General Education requirements by examination (CLEP) may complete the requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree in three years. Lower Division. Since all engineering students are required to take the same subjects during their first two years of study, the curriculum for the Freshman and Sophomore years is listed under the College of Engineering. By the end of the Sophomore year, the student should choose a major in either Mechanical Engineering or Manufacturing Engineering, or a combination of the two (through technical electives) depending on individual professional goals.


144

Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering

Mechanical Engineering Courses

Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering

120. Engineering Measurme nts. Basic engineering measurements theory and techniques; error analysis, data reduction and rejection; a nalysis of data by graphical, statistical, a nd mathematical means; experiment planning. Pre· requisite: Math 105. Three lectures, one la b. (4F, W, Sp, Su)

JUNIOR YEAR

Courses ME 330, 331 , 332 CEE 305, Mfg E 480, 451 CEE 350, 351, EE 345 . . . . . . . .. .. . .. . . . ............. . ME 402, 335, 336 .. ............. . ..... ...... ... ... . Math 341, Mfg E 461 ......... . . .•. . .. . . . .. . ... .... . Human / Soc Sci. . .. . . . . . . .... . .... . .

F 3 3 3 3 5 17

Credits W S 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 15

17

200. Engineering Mechanics. Statics. See CEE 200. (3F, W, Sp) 202. Engineering Mechanics, Dynamics. See CEE 202. (3F, W, Sp) 204. Mechanics of Solids. See CEE 204. (2F, W, Sp) 305. Mechanics of Solids. See CEE 305. (3F, W)

SENIOR YEAR

S

330. Thermodynamics. An introduction to energy conversion and de· gradation. The first and second laws of thermodynamics are applied to the study of efficient energy utilization. Prerequisites: Math 223 or 245. (3F, W)

3 3

331. Thermodynamics. Energy a nd entropy concepts applied to power and refrigeration cycles. Also includes ideal gas mixtures and psychrometries. Prerequisite: ME 330. (3W, Sp)

Credits

Courses ME 470, 471, 472 ......... ............. ,. EE405. . ...... . . . . ... .. . .. . ......... .. . ... . . ME 487, 415, 416 ... , ' Tech Elect . ME475 . . . Human/ Soc Sci ........ . .. ..... ... ... ... .. . . .. . .. .... ... . . . . . .

170. Engineering Graphics. Development of spatial visualization. Graph· ical solutions involving points, lines, a nd pla nes. One lecture, two labs. (3F, W,Sp)

F 4

W 3

3 1 6

3 9

5

16

15

15

332. Thermodynamics. Energy and entropy concepts a pplied to combus· tion, reacti ng systems, and chemical equilibrium. Also incl.udes thermodynamic relations. Prerequisite: ME 330. (3Sp)

Bachelor of Science in Manufacturing Engineering 335. Heat and Mass Transfer. An introduction to the experimental, a n a· lytical, and numerical stud y of how energy is transferred by conduction and forced convection Prerequisites: ME 330, CEE 350. (3W)

JUNIOR YEAR C r e dits

Courses Mfg E 450, ME 415, 416. Mfg E 451 , 452, 453 . Mfg E 461 , 462 . Mfg E 530, 481, 582. ME 402, CEE 305, EE 305 ME 330, Human/ Soc Sci. Engl 301 ... ........ ...... .. . .... ... ...... ..... . . . . . . .

F

W

S

3 3

3 3

3 3

2 3 3 3

2 3 3 3

3 3

3 17

17

15

336. Heat and Mass Transfer. A continua tion of ME 335 dealing with energy transfer by free convection and therma l ra diation. Introduction to the heat and mass transfer analogy. Prerequisite: ME 335. (3Sp) 340. Food Engineering. Basic engineeri ng concepts a nd their applicatio n. Definitions, nomenclature, conservation of mass, first and second laws of thermodynamics, psychrometries, simple power, and refrigeration cycles. Prerequisite: P hyx 112. Three lectures. (3W) 341. Food Engineering. Introductory concepts in fluid mech anics and heat transfer. Engineering measurement tec hniques presented in the laboratory. Prereq uisite: NFS 340. Two lectures, one lab. (3Sp)

SENIOR YEAR

Courses Mfg E 554, 575 .................... , .. . CEE 420, Mfg E 583 . Mfg E 597,598, ME 487 . CEE 350, Mfg E 545 .......... . . . . . . . . ME 335 or 471, 472 EE 345, Huma n/ Soc Sci .. ' Tech Elect . . . ... .. . . . . .... .

... ..... ....... .. .. .. . ........ . .. . ....... ...

. .......... ..

F 2 3 1 3 3 3 15

Credits W S 3 3 1 3 4 3 7 3 3 16

15

Graduate Study The Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering offers three graduate degrees: Master of Science, Master of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy. The department has major research programs in energy conversion and utilization, agriculture waste recycling, applied mechanics, bioengineering, buried structures, and manufacturing processes. For further information see the Graduate Catalog. 'Nine of the eighteen required credits of techuical electives must be selected from upper division Mecha nical Engineering courses. ' Technical electives should be chosen with a specific career goal in mind and must comprise a coherent program of study. The selection of technical electives will provide an opportunity for specializa tion in particular areas of student interest. The elective program must be a pproved by the student's ad· viser and adhere to some general guidelines issued by the department. For those students who plan to enter graduate programs, the technical electives may provide an integral plan of study between the Senior a nd graduate years.

I I I I I I I I I

402. Dynamics. Intermediate principles in two· and three·dimensional systems such as force-acceleration, energy, impulse, and momentum. Prerequisite: CEE 202. (3F) 415, 416. Material Science. Solid st ate physics related to engineering properties of metals, a lloys, ceramics, plastics, and composites. Prerequisites: P hyx 223, Chern 122. Three lectures. (3W, 3Sp) 470. Engineering Design. An introduction to systems design with pri· mary emphasis on thermal systems. Prerequisite: ME 336, ME 332, and Econ 200. (4F) 471. Engineering Design. The design and application of mechanical systems. Electro-mechanical transducers such as load cells, accelerometers, LVDTs a nd strain gages. Prerequisites: CEE 203, CEE 204. Two lectures, one lab. (3W) 472. Engineering Design. The design and synthesis of machines and mechanisms, mechanical linkages, fasteners, power transmission, gears, bearings a nd lubrication. Prerequisites: CEE 305. Three lectures, one la b. (4Sp) 475. Design Projects. Individual design project , with faculty supervision. Prerequisite: ME 470, ME 471, or ME 472. (2F) 487. Senior Seminar. Selected topics of interest to Senior students. Prereq· uisite: Senior standing. (I F, W, Sp) . 493. Special Problems. Formulation a nd solution of practical or theoretical problems. Prerequisite: Permission of h ead of department. (3F, W, Sp) 497. Honors Studies. Student initiated projects under faculty supervision. Prerequisites: Satisfactory grade point, instructor recommendation, a nd approval of the College of Engineering Honors Committee. (I·3F, W, Sp) 502. Mechanical Vihrations. Free, damped, and forced linear vibrations of discrete systems. Prerequisite: ME 402. Three lectures. (3F)

I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I 1 I

1 1 I

'I I I

1

Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering 504. Mechanics of Solids. Development of theories of failure and stressstrain relationships as they apply to thick-walled cylinders. discs, curved beams, unsymmetrically and eccentrically loaded members, etc. Prerequisistes: Math 324, CEE 305. Three lectures. (3Sp)

637. Heat Transfer.

Prerequisite: ME 336. (3)

638. Heat Transfer.

Prerequisite: ME 336. (3)

145

657,658,659. Applied Plasma-dynamics. See EE 657, 658, 659. (3,3,3) 506. Limit Analysis of Structures. See CEE 506. (3F) 653. Fluid Mechanics Instrumentation. See CEE 653. (1-4) 520. Engineering Instrumentation. Two lectures, one lab. (3W) 545. Thermal Environmenial Engineering. A study of the thermal environment with emphasis on energy (use, resources and conservation), solar energy and the thermal control of environment. Prerequisite: ME 330. (3W)

654, 655. Gas Dynamics. Descriptions and thermodynamics of fluid motion, physical acoustics, steady and unsteady one and two dimensional compressible flow, shock waves and related discontinuities, self-similar motions. Prerequisite: ME 554 or instructor's consent. (3W, 3Sp)

547. Propulsion Systems. Combined thermodynamics, fluid dynamics, and heat transfer analysis of turbomachinery (steam and gas turbines, windmills, fans , and pumps), and solid and liquid rocket propulsion systems. Prerequisite: ME 332, 336. (3Sp)

670. Kinematics.

548. Thermodynamics of Engines. Thermodynamic analysis of internal and external combustion engines, including air pollution and modern controls techniques. Two lectures, one lecture lab. (3Sp)

697. Thesis Research. (1-9F, W, Sp, Su)

551. Hydraulic Transients. See CEE 551. (3)

702. Mechanical Vibrations.

554. Gas Dynamics. Applications of the continuity, momentum, and energy conservation laws to the design of compressible fluid (natural gas, air, etc.) pipelines and ductwork. Introduction to the design of subsonic and supersonic wind tunnels and to the analysis of supersonic flow over thin wing-like shapes. Prerequisite: CEE 351. (3F)

705. Elastic Theory. The finite element theory is introduced and applied to problems in structural and continuum mechanics. Applications to heat conduction, electric potential, fluid flow, etc. are optional. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. (3Sp)

Prerequisite: ME 402. (3Sp)

693. Special Problems. Independent or group study of engineering problems not covered in regular course offerings. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su) Prerequisite: ME 602. (3F)

708. Plate Theory. See CEE 708. (3W) 560, 561, 562. Nuclear Engineering. Engineering principles of nuclear reactor systems. Three lectures. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

709. Shell Theory. SeeCEE 709. (3Sp)

563, 564, 565. Nuclear Laboratory. Laboratory experiments related to nuclear engineering. Concurrently with ME 560, 561 , 562. One Lab. (IF, I W, ISp)

753.

Numerical Methods in Engineering. See C EE 753. (3Sp)

570. Machine Dynamics. (3Sp)

759. Boundary Layers and Turbulence Theory. See CEE 759. (3Sp)

Graduate

793. Special Problems. Independent or group study of engineering problems not covered in regular course offerings. (1-3F, W, Sp)

757. Potential Fluid Flow. See CEE 757. (3F)

601. Structural Matrix Analysis. See CEE 601. 797. Dissertation Research. 602, Mechanical Vibrations. Advanced principles of dynamics and vibrations. Matrix methods, Lagrange's Equations, variational techniques, etc. Emphasis on continuous systems such as beams and plates. Prerequisite: ME 502. (3Sp)

Credit arranged.

(l-12F, W, Sp, Su)

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l-3F, W. Sn. Su \

604. Continuum Mechanics. The mechanics of a continuous medium. Tensors, stress, strain, deformation, rate of deformation and constitutive equations as related to solids, fluids, and gases. Prerequisite: CEE 304. (3F)

Manufacturing Engineering Courses

605. Elastic Theory. Field equations, plane strain, plane stress, biharmonic solutions, energy theorems, variational techniques, Saint-Venant torsion and bending theory as applied to linear elastic materials. Prerequisite: ME 604. (3W)

315. Engineering Metallurgy. Physical properties, composition, constituents, and heat treatment of metals and metal alloys. Material specifications, tests, and applications in industry. Prerequisite: Chern 111. Three lectu;es, one lab. (4Sp)

606. Plasticity Theory. Analysis of stresses, deformation, and collapse in devices constructed of plastic material. Prerequisite: ME 604. Three lectures. (3F)

417. Ceramic and Plastic Materials. Special emphasis on crystal structures and interatomic bonding. Separate attention given to mechanical, thermal, electrical, and magnetic properties of these materials. (3F)

608. Elastic Stability. See CEE 608. (3Sp)

450. Manufacturing Processes. Identification, selection, limitations, and application of processes used in industrial production. Material properties as related to processing and product design are considered. (3F, Sp, Su)

609. Similitude. See CEE 609. 630. Thermodynamics. Classical and statistical thermodynamics combined in a fundamental approach to the basic laws. Applications include distribution functions, free molecular flow, and partition function development. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. (3F)

451. Manufacturing Operations - Fundamentals. The study of basic machining operations. Emphasis given to product design implications, operational characteristics and procedures, cutting tool selection, machining parameters, and verification of precision. Prerequisite: Mfg E 461 taken concurrently. (3F, Sp)

631. Thermodynamics. Applications of statistical thermodynamics; includes evaluation of thermodynamic properties of matter from partition functions, chemical equilibrium, gas-solid reactions, electron and photon gas modeling, conductivity of gases, spectroscopy. and interferometry. Prerequisites: instructor's consent. (3W)

452. Manufacturing Operations - Machining Theory. Metal machining theory with emphasis on parameters involved in obtaining optimum conditions for metal removal and surface finish. Nontraditional removal processes will also be considered. Prerequisites: Mfg E 451, 461, concurrently Mfg E 462. (3W)

632. Space Science and Engineering. Survey of space and atmospheric physics, spacecraft mechanics, guidance, communication and telemetry systems, aeronomical and space measurement techniques, aerospace equipment design. (3F, W, Sp)

453. Principles of Numerical Control. Product design analysis for N/ C application. Selection, justification, application, and implementation of N/ C equipment. Operational planning, manual, and computer aided programming for N/ C. Prereqnisite: Mfg E 451. Two lectures, one lab. (3Sp)

635. Transport Phenomena. Systematic and parallel treatment of momentum transfer (viscous flow), heat transfer, and mass transfer. Prerequisite: ME 336 and 604 concurrently. Three lectures. (3F)

461, 462. Manufacturing Processes Laboratory. Application experiences for analysis and verification of metal machining fundamentals and theory. Emphasis placed on parameters for application and effective utilization of manufacturing equipment. Prerequisites: concurrently Mfg E 451, 452. (2F, Sp) (2W)

636. Heat Transfer.

Prerequisite: ME 635. (3)


146

Military Science

481. Manufacturing Design. Vector graphics, working dra wings, dimen¡ sioning, tolera ncing, a nd gauge design. Two labs. (3W) 493. Special Problems Undergraduate. Comprehensive' report required. Prerequisites: Senior classification a nd permission of the department head. (3F, W, Sp)

598. Senior Project. Each student is assigned a manufacturing problem involving design, development, construction , a nd testing. A formal techrrlcal report is required. (1-3F, W)

Graduate

497. Honors Studies. Work is initiated by the student a nd may consist of a special individua l project under the direction of a faculty member, or of a dvanced study in connection with a n established departmental course. Prerequisites: A satisfactory grade point average, recommendation of instructor, a nd a pproval of the College of Engineering Honors Committee. (1-4F, W, Sp)

615. Material Science. Structure of crystalline and non-crysta lline materials; phase equilibria; surfaces and interfaces; imperfection and flow of ma tter. A quantitative treatment of material properties. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. Three lectures. (3W)

530. Quality Control. Quality control techniques a nd systems for industry. Prerequisites: ME 120. (3F)

630. Value Engineering. Steps of the creative design process are formaliz~ and products redesigned for most economical production. Review of organizing V.E. in a business. (3F)

545. Plant Layout Techniques. Organization and planning techniques for pla nt layout a nd material ha ndling studies. Prerequisites: Mfg E 450. (3W) 546. Plant Layout Projects. Practice of plant layo ut techniques using real industria l or business projects. Prerequisites: Mfg E 545. (3Sp) 554. Manufacturing Analysis. Methods of a nalyzing a product design for manufacturing oper ations and then writing a manufacturing plan. Prerequisites: Mfg E 461 a nd 462. (2F) 575. Hydraulics and Pne umatics. Fluid power a nd controls as applied to machine tools. Prerequisite: CEE 350. Two lectures. one lab. (3W) 582. Production Tool Design. Design of special tooling, jigs, a nd fixtures for economical production. Emphasis placed on predesign a na lysis, cutti ng force a na lysis, locating, positioning, a nd clamping requirements. Two lectures, one lab. Prerequisites: Mfg E 451 , CEE 305. (3Sp) 583. Advanced Production Design. Design and analysis of special tooling, dies, for products fa bricated by press working methods. Emphasis placed on cutting, bending, dra wing, forging, a nd extruding dies. Two lectures, one lab. Prerequisite: Mfg E 481. (3Wl

635. Methods Engineering. Motion economy, human factors, devices standard and synthetic time data for work station design. Prerequisite: Mfg E 545 or instructor's consent. Three lectures. (3Sp) 650. Manufacturing Processes. Advantages and limita tions in applying recent or nontraditional manufacturing processes. Prerequisite: Mfg E ' 450 or instructor's consent. (3W) 651. Metal Machining. Accelerated study of machining concepts including machine tool oper ations, cutting tools, machinability. m~chining economics, mecha nics of chip formation , force measurements, grinding, and precision measurements. Prerequisite: graduate status in Engineering. Three lectures, two labs. (3W) 680. Manufacturing Seminar. Students prepare technical papers on suitable topics and present them to Manufacturing Engineering st aff and graduate students. (1 F, W, Sp) 693. S pecial Problems in Manufacturing Engineering. Independent or group s tudy of engineering problems not covered in regular course offerings. (1-6) 697. Thesis Research. (1 -6F, W, Sp, Su)

585. Automation Systems. Mathema tics of classical feedback control systems design with emphasis on the com ponents used in electr omechanical, hydraulic, and pneumatic systems. Prerequisites: Math 324. (3Sp)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisem e nt. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

*Department of

Military Science Head: Colonel Joseph A. Gappa, Jr. Office in Military Science 104 Assistant Professors Chappelle, Dwinell, Fishburn, Littig

Objectives The departmental objectives are: 1) To offer instruction in subjects relating to the US Military establishment. 2) To provide a source of college-educated officers for the active and reserve components of the US Army.

students are encouraged to meet with the specific instructor prior to enrollment. b) Students desiring to officially enroll in the ROTC program (leading to a commission as an Army officer) must meet eligibility requirements specified by Army regulations; interested students should inquire at the Administrative Office, room 104, in the Military Science Building.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Requirements 1) Admission

a) Courses offered by the department are open to all students and do not generally carry prerequisites; ¡ In College of Business

2) Leadership Laboratory

a) Those students officially enrolled in the ROTC program must participate in the leadership laboratory program concurrently with the academic course sequence.

I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Military Science

147


148

Military Science

b) An annual activity fee of $5 is required of all ROTC students at the time of initial enrollment each school year. 3) Compressed Military Science I Course. To be commissioned an officer in the US Army, the student must have completed all requirements for a baccalaureate degree, in addition to the Military Science course sequence and a six-week advanced summer camp.

Special Programs 1) Two-year Program. Those students who are unable to fulfill the requirements of the traditional four-year program may be accepted in to the third year of Military Science upon completion of a special six-week basic ROTC summer camp. 2) Advanced Placement. Students with prior military service or ROTC training (Junior or Senior) may be awarded advanced placement at the discretion of the department head. 3) Compressed Military Science I Course (MS 104). Students obtain credit for a full year of Military Science upon completion of this course, offered in the Fall and Spring quarters. This course is designed to ease scheduling problems of first year students, as well as to permit upperclassmen to accomplish two years of Military Science in one academic year. 4) Flight Training. This is an FAA-approved course of instruction leading to a private pilot's license. It is offered solely to officially-enrolled cadets in their last year of ROTC. Both ground and flight instruction are included at no expense to the students. 5) Army ROTC Scholarships. Full scholarships are available to enrolled cadets through a competitive process stressing academic achievement and motivation for a career in the service. Awards provide a monthly allowance of $100, in addition to defraying tuition, fees, books and supplies expenses while the cadet is completing the ROTC program. Scholarship recipients are entitled to apply for a Regular Army commission and to compete for a similar scholarship of up to two years in length toward the completion of a Master's degree.

6) Delay of Entry on Active Duty. Graduates of the ROTC program need not enter the service immediately upon being commissioned. Graduates may enter the Army between 1 July and 30 June following graduation and commissioning, depending on the individual's preference and the needs of the service. Those who have been accepted for graduate study may delay their active service pending the completion of advanced degrees.

Extracurricular Activities The following activities are supported by the Military Science Department with a view toward enrichment of the ROTC program:

1) Pershing Rifles. An organization open to any Army or Air Force cadet who has a special interest in field operations. Activities include survival training, mountain climbing, cross-country skiing, and extensive tactical training beyond the scope of the regular ROTC program. 2) Honor Guard. An element within the ROTC cadet organization which provides color guards and other forms of official representation of a ceremonial nature for the Military Science Department. Membership is attained through a competitive process stressing appearance, military bearing, marching ability, and willingness to devote time and effort to the unit. 3) University Rifle Team. The Military Science Department provides instruction in rifle marksmanship and sponsors the USU rifle team. Enrollment is open to any regularly enrolled student, whether or not the student is an ROTC cadet. Activities include postal and invitational match competition. 4) Sponsor Corps. A quasi-military organizjltion of approximately forty women chosen by a panel of judges who assist the department in furthering its aims of military interest on campus. The Corps provides official hostess and ushering services for the University. Other activities include precision marching exhibitions and intercollegiate drill competition.

Military Science Courses MS 1. First Year Basic 101. Basic Cadet Orientation. History of the Army and ROTC with emphasis on current military, political, and social issues. One class period and one leadership laboratory period per week. (2F) 102. Factors of National Power and Causes of War. Fundamentals of national security. One class period and one leadership laboratory period per week. (2W) 103. Organization for National Security. A study of the nation's de¡ fense establishment. One class period and one leadership laboratory period per week. (3Sp) 104. Fundamentals of Leadership and Management. the lOO-series courses into one quarter. (5F, Sp)

A compression of

MS II. Second Year Basic 201, 202. Studies in Military Development and Operations. Two class periods and one leadership laboratory period per week. (3F, 3W) 203. Fundamentals of Land Navigation. Two class periods and one leadership laboratory period per week. (3Sp) 304. Basic ROTC Summer Camp. Practical training for six weeks at an active Army post prior to enrollment in the Advanced Course (Two-year pro¡ gram). (6Su)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MS III. First Year Advanced 301, 302. Management of Military Operations. Two class periods and one leadership laboratory period per week. (3F, 3W) 303. Theory and Techniques of Military Communications. Two class periods and one leadership laboratory period per week. (3Sp) 305. Advanced ROTC Summer Camp. Practical training for six weeks at an active Army post subsequent to completion of Military Science III. (6Su)

I I


I I I I I I I I Music I I I I I I I I I I I

Music

MS IV. Second Year Advanced

Sponsor Corps Courses

401. Leadership and Management. Leadership principles, case studies, and a pplications. Two class periods and one leaders hip laboratory period per week. (3F)

121, 122, 123. Sponsor Corps. lW,lSp)

402. Studies in Military Development and Operations. Two class periods and one leadership la boratory period per week. (3W) 403. Military Law and Service Orientation. Two class periods a nd one leadership labor atory period per week. (3Sp) 404. Army ROTC Flight. A total of 71 'I, h ours of instruction leading to a private pilot's license, to include ground a nd flight instruction conducted under FAA authorization. (3Sp)

Seminars 205.

221,222,223.

Leadership a nd drill for membership.

Sponsor Corps. Second year of affi lia ti on.

321,322,323. Sponsor Corps.

149

(IF,

(IF, 1W, lSp)

Third year of affili ation.

(IF, lW, lSp)

111,112,113. Pershing Rifles.

First year of affiliation.

(IF, I W, ISp)

211 , 212,213. Pershing Rifl es.

Second year of a ffili ation.

Pershing Rifle Courses

(IF, IW , ISp)

311,312,313. Pershing Rifles. Third year of affiliation. (IF, lW, ISp) 411,412,413. P e rshing Rifles.

Fourth year of affi liation. (IF, 1W, lSp)

Basic Seminar. (1路3F, W, Sp, Sui

405. Advanced Seminar. (1路3F, W, Sp, Sui

*Department of

Head: Professor Irving Wassermann Office in Fine Arts Center 107 Professors Dalby, Matesky, Ramsey, Wardle; Professor Emeritus Dittmer; Associate Professor Burton' Assistant Professors Fifield, Madsen, Simmons, Smith; Instructor Griffin; Lecturers Beecher Yama: . , guchi; Visiting Instructors Belnap, Christiansen

Degrees offered: BA and MA in Music; Bachelor of Music (BM); EdD in Curriculum Development and Supervision with emphasis in Music

Objectives

The Department of Music serves three functions: 1) provides courses that meet lower division and General Education requirements in humanities and arts; 2) provides courses to increase understanding and appreciation of music, and to develop particular skills; and 3) offers specific sequences of courses to students desiring professional preparation in music education and applied music.

The general purpose of the program for the Music major is 1) to prepare certified music teachers to serve effectively in vocal and instrumental music positions in public school systems; 2) to prepare talented vocalists, pianists, and players of string, wind, and percussion instruments for careers as professional performers and teachers; 3) to prepare gifted students for graduate study.

Requirements.

Music Majors. The curriculum for a major in Music leads to the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor *In Colle!!e of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences

of Music degree. To obtain the Bachelor of Arts degree, the foreign language requirements must be filIed. Baccalaureate degrees in Music are offered with emphasis in 1) Wind and Percussion Instruments, 2) String Instruments, 3) Vocal Music. Specific courses of study for each area of emphasis are available through the Music Department Office, Chase Fine Arts Center 107. Music Minors. The Department of Music offers the following minors: 1) Academic, 2) Teaching, Elementary Schools, 3) Teaching, Secondary Schools. Specific courses to fill these minors may be obtained from the Music Department or the College of Education.

Graduate Study See the Graduate Catalog or the Department of Music Information Manual.

Music Courses 101. Enjoying Music. A nontechnical course planned to develop under路 standing and enjoyment of music through hearing and studying selected com路 positions in all musical forms. (3F, W, sp, Sui


150

Music

102. Fundamentals of Music. Scales, intervals, keys, rhythms, meters, tenninology for visual and a ural perception. Designed primarily for nonmusic majors and elementary school teachers. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

337. (2F)

103. Orientation to Music as a Profession. Music inajors. (IF)

Required of all Freshman

338. Readings in Choral Literature. Provides a n opportunity for Music Education majors with vocal concentration to become familiar with materials suitable for performance by high school choral groups. (2Sp)

104, 105, 106. Beginning Theory. Includes sight singing, ear training, rhythmic reading, melody and harmony writing, ' a nd key board harmony. Required of all Music majors. (3F, W, Sp)

340. Choral Conducting and Rehearsal Techniques. Interpretation of the choral music score and basic rehearsal procedures for reali zation of musical values. Assigned projects in conducting. Prerequisite: Music 337. (3W)

135. Musical Theatre Workshop. Directing and performance techniques and problems unique to musical theatre. Structured for the singing actor, pianist-coach, a nd musical theatre director. (2F)

341. InstrUmental Conducting and Rehearsal Techniques. Interpretation of the instrumental music score a nd basic rehearsal procedures for realization of musical values. Assigned projects in conducting. Prerequisite: Music 337. (3W)

Fundamentals of Baton Technique.

Required of a ll Music majors.

167. Group Guitar Instr' .tion. (I F, W, Sp) 177, 178, 179. Piano Literature. A sequential listening course to present piano music. Covers baroque and rococo, classicism a nd early romanticism, late romanticism, twentieth century, and American music. (2F, W, Sp) 180. Group Piano. For Music majors, Music minors, a nd Elementary Education majors. Open to a limited number of other students. (IF, W, Sp)

342. Piano Ensemble. Works for two pianos and four hands. Admission by audition. Four students per section. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, Sp) 343. String Ensemble. Offers opportunity for capable string players a nd pianists to form trios, quartets, a nd other small ensembles. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, Sp)

181. Group Voice. (IF, W, Sp)

344. Brass Ensemble. Brass quartets, sextets, and larger groups. Members are selected from applicants. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, Sp)

182. Group Woodwinds. d) double reeds (lSp).

345. Woodwind Ensemble. A study of literature for woodwind quintets a nd other small groups. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, Sp)

a) flute ( I F); b) cla rinet (lW); cJ saxophone (lW);

183. Group Brass. a) cornet (IF); b) trombone (IW); c) baritone bass (I W); d) horn (ISp) 184. Group Strings. a) violin-viola; b) cello; c) string bass.

(IF, W, Sp)

185. Group Percussion. (IF) 301, 302, 303. Music History and Literature. Basic course for Music majors and those desiring a comprehensive background. Sequentially co vers antiquity through contemporary music. Required of all Music majors. Prerequisite: Music 306. (3F, W, Sp) 304, 305. Advanced Theory. Continuation of begi nning theory. Includes advanced sight singing, keyboard modulation , a nd introductory counterpoint. (3F, W,Sp) 306. Form and Analysis. musical forms. (3Sp)

Harmonic, melodic, and rhythmical a nal ysis of

325. University Orchestra. Experience in performing major orchestral literature including symphonies a nd major choral works. Ma y be repeated for credit. (2F, W, Sp)

346. Percussion Ensemble. A study of litera ture for percussion ensemble and preparation for public performance. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, Sp) 350. Elementary School Music. Problems, methods, a nd materia ls in singing, rhythms, creative music, readings, and listening. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 351. Secondary School Choral Methods and Materials. (3F) 353. Secondary School Instrumental Methods and Materials. (3W) 355. Piano Pedagogy. Designed to prepare qua lified pianists to teach pia no effectively, and to acquaint them with new materials and techniques. (IF) 356. Vocal Pedagogy. Technical, scientific, and practical problems encountered by teachers of singing. (2F) 357. Vocal Repertory. Study of English, Italia n , and French vocal literature, as well as German lied a nd contemporary song literature, through perfonnance; concentration is on diction, interpretation, and style. (2W) 360. Individual Piano Instruction. (1-2F, W, Sp, Su)

326. Concert Band. Provides experience for Music majors and minors in rehearsal techniques. literature selection , conducting, and playing minor instruments. May be repeated for credit. (I Sp) .

361.

Individual Viola Instruction. (1-2F, W, Sp, Su)

362. Individual Organ Instruction. (1-2F, W, Sp, Su) 327. Symphonic Band. Study and preparation of symphonic ba pd literature for concert performance. Enrollment by audition only. May be repeated for credit. (2F, W, Sp) 328. Varsity Band. Preparation of music for use in Stadium during football season and in Spectrum for basketball games. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W,Sp) 329. Stage Band Work. hop. Practicum for Music majors; study of contemporary idiom of high school dance bands, analysis of structure. ear-training, chordal progressions, and improvisation. (3Sp)

363. Piano Workshop. An intensive course for advanced piano students and piano teachers. Includes basic harmony, piano techniques, memorization, building repertoire, and teaching materials. (ISu) 364. Individual Vocal Instruction. (1-2F, W, Sp, Su) 367. Individual Guitar Instruction. (IF, W, Sp, Su) 370.

Individual Woodwind Instruction. (IF, W, Sp, Su)

372. Individual Brass Instruction. (IF, W, Sp, Su) 330. Jazz Ensemble. Preparation and performance of popular and jazz music. Admission by audition. May be repeated for credit. (I F, W, Sp)

373. Individual Percussion Instruction. (IF, W, Sp, Su)

333. University Choir. Rehearsal a nd public performance of significant choral literature with emphasis on oratorio and larger forms with orchestral accompaniment. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, Sp)

374. Individual Violin Instruction. (1-2F, W, Sp, Su)

334. Vocal Ensembles. Offers opportunity for competent singers to form trios, quartets, and other small groups. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, S)

376. Individual String Bass Instruction. (1-2F, W, Sp, Su)

335. Musical Theatre Production. Participation as cast or crew in a broadway musical or operatic stage production. Music 135 recommended as prerequisite. May be repeated for credit. (I-3W) 336. University Chorale. A select mixed concert chorus performing a wide range of choral literature. Admission by audition. May be repeated for credit. (2F, W, Sp)

375. Individual Cello Instruction. (1-2F, W, Sp, Su)

382. Woodwind Practicum. Concepts and techniques fundamental to correct playing of woodwind instruments used in school bands and orchestras. Required of a ll vocal and string candidates in music education. (2F) 384. String Pedagogy. For qualified string players whose interest is primarily in teaching stringed instruments. Materials and teaching techniques via actual teaching experience. Candidates may be admitted only after personal consultation. (2F, W, Sp)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Music

. ,-<. :.';.Yi;::;::'''':;;;路路;:::''路;~:路~~~::'';';~i;:':-. . . .

....~ -','

,

151


152

Nursing Program

390. Brass and Percussion Practicum. Concepts and techniques funda· mental to correct playing of brass and percussion instruments used in school bands and orchestras. Required of a ll vocal and string candidates in music education. (2W)

682. Music Seminar. a. Renaissance and Baroque Music Literature. (3W, Su) b. Classic and Romantic Music Literature.

(3Sp, Su)

401, 402, 403. Masterpieces of Music. Designed to foster in·depth under· standing and familiarity through concentrated listening and analysis of nine selected masterworks each quarter. (3F, W, Sp)

c. 20th Century Music Literature. (3Sp, Su)

495. Readings and Conference. (Independent Study). An undergraduate course designed to provide special interest s tudy. (l·3F, W, Sp, Su)

d . Composition. Writing music in various contemporary idioms. May be repeated for credit. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

507. Scoring and Arranging. Theoretical and practical study of scoring for wind, string and percussion instruments in various combinations ranging from small ensembles to the Symphonic Band and Symphony Orchestra. (3W)

687. Individual Recital. Preparation and presentation of a graduate recital. Supervision of the major professor. (3·5F, W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 601. Introduction to Musicology. Systematic and historical fields of musical knowledge and research. (3F, Su) 605. Special Problems in Music. An adva nced course designed to meet specific problems of the music educator and the applied music specialist. (l·3F, W, Sp,Su)

Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent.

688. Descriptive and Experimental Research in Music Education. Emphasis upon a) structuring research designs: b) execution of an experi· mental project; c) preparation of the research report. (3Sp) 697. Research and Thesis. Individual work in thesis writing with guidance and criticism. (3-9F, W, Sp, Su) 699.

Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3)

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3)

680. Seminar in Music Education. Musical behavior and the philosophical bases for human responses to musical stimuli. (3W, Su)

*Cooperatiue

Nursing Program Weber State College/Utah State University Cooperative Nursing Program Coordinator: Assistant Professor Marjorie P. Somers Office in Mechanic Arts 121 Instructors Haycock, Jones, Murray, Nunes Degree offered: Associate of Science (AS) in Nursing

Objectives Weber State College and Utah State University jointly offer an Associate degree in Nursing Program at Logan. All Nursing theory, General Education classes, and laboratory practice are offered both on the Utah State University campus and in health service agencies within the immediate Logan area. An exception is made for a five-week psychiatric experience which is taught in Ogden. Weber State College admits the prospective students and grants the Associate of Science degree upon the student's completion of the course. Registration takes place at Utah State University unless there are unusual circumstances. The student participates in the graduation ceremonies held on the Weber State College campus. Students may apply for admission to the Cooperative Nursing Program by contacting the coordinator of the program, 121 Mechanic Arts Building (rear entrance), Utah State University. °In Coliege of Science

The student's application will be handled through the Office of Admissions, Weber State College, Ogden, Utah 84403. All application forms must be completed and sent into Weber State College by February 28th so that applicants may be notified of their status by April 1st. Graduates of this program are eligible to write the State Board Test Pool licensing examination for the Registered Nurse license. The p'rqgram is accredited by the Utah Board of Nursing and the National League for Nursing.

Requirements The curriculum listed below is planned over a seven-quarter period, using two academic years including one Summer quarter. It is planned to include a broad general education program concurrently with courses in nursing. The Summer quarter curriculum is given before the nursing classes beginning Fall quarter, Even if the General Education classes have been taken previously by students who have attended college, the Summer quarter nursing class HO 120, Introduction to Nursing, will have to be taken at that time.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Nutrition and Food Sciences I I I I I USU's Communication Skills requirements may be waived upon successful completion of the College Level Examination Program or English Department Composition Examination.

Nutrition and Food Sciences

153

Spring Quarter Credits Nursing 201 (Medical Theory) 4 5 Nursing 202 (Medical La b) ......... .. ......... . ... . Comm 105 .. 3 Soc 101 ........ . . . . . ........... ..... . . . . . .. •. ..... . .. .. . .. .. . ... . . . . . . . .. . 5 17

Nursing Courses

S ummer Quarter PhysI130 .............................................. ... . Psy 101 .. Intro. Nursing H 0 120 .

5 5 3

13

FIRST YEAR

Fall Quarter Credits Nur sing 101 (Lecture) . . ..... . . . . . . 5 Nursing 102 (Lab.) ....... ....... ..• •. ..... ..... _... . . ..... .. .... .. •... . ... 5 Bact 111 (Lecture) . Bact 112 (Lab.).

Health Occupations 120. Introductio n to Medical Science. Medical terminology, roles, and interrelationships in the health care team; medical ethics, and psychology of the patient. (3Su) 101, 102. Foundations of Nursing·. Nature of nursing, trends in nursing education and the role, preparation, and function of the technical nurse. Content is planned to meet human needs which are: safety. activity, rest and comfort, oxygen, hygiene, elimination, nutrition, self-actualization, and affiliation. These needs, along with problem-solving and communication, become threads in the entire nursing curriculum. The course is developed on the broad basis of self-understanding as a prerequisite to understanding and helping others. A sequence of planned learning experiences is provided to help the student identify simple nursing problems related to the basic needs of people. Five lecture hours and three five-hour laboratory periods a week. OOF)

15

Winter Quarter Nursing III (Lecture) . Nursing 112 (Lab.) ......... .. . .. . . . . .... . . .... .. ... . . .. .... . FCD 150. . ......... . . .

Credits 6 6 5 17

Spring Quarter Nursing 121 (Lecture) ............ . Nursing 122 (Lab.) .... .... .. . .. . .......... . NFSI22. . ........ . .. ... . .. .. . . . . .

Credits 6 6 3 15

SECOND YEAR

Fall Quarter Nursing 221 (Psych. a nd Peds Theo ry) . Nursing 222 (Psych. and Peds Theory) Pathophysiology HO 130 . Engll00 . . ......................... . ... ..

Credits

4

5 3 3

15

Winter Quarter Nursing 211 (Surgical Theory) .. Nursing 212 (Surgical Lab) . Chern 101. Engll00.

Credits 4 5 5 3

111, 112. Basic Medical-Surgical Nursing. Emphasis is placed on meeting the basic human needs of patients through an increased development of nursing skills based on a n understanding of principles and facts relative to common pathological processes, diagnostic procedures, and specialized equip-ment. A seq uence of planned learning experiences is provided to help the student identify common, recurring nursing problems as ge neralized concepts which become threads in the entire nursing curriculum. Nursing assessment is incorporated into theory and practicum. Six lecture hours and three s ix-hour laboratory periods a week. (12W) 121, 122. Maternal and Child Nursing. Emphasis is placed on meeting basic human needs of the family throughout the childbearing cycle and the care of children. A sequence of planned learning experiences is provided to help the student identify the individualized care of family members. Six lecture hours and three six-hour laboratory periods a week. (l2Sp) 201, 202, 211, 212; 221, 222. Nursing of Children and Adults. These courses are three interrelated rotations designed to develop a knowledge of principles which can be applied when planning and giving care to various age groups with more complex health problems. Opportunities are provided for the student to assess, plan, implement, and evaluate nursing care of patients with an a lteration of their basic needs. Concurrent theory and guided clinical experiences are planned in medical . surgical, pediatric. and psychiatric nursing in various settings. Four lecture hours and three five·hour laboratory periods a week. (9F, W, Sp)

17

*Department of

Head: Professor C. A. Ernstrom Office in Animal Industry 212

Professors Draper, Merkley, Richardson, Salunkhe, Snow; Associate Professors Batty, Bardwell, Hendricks, Kearsley\ Larsen, Mahoney; Assistant Professors Brennand, Gillett, Mendenhall, Taylor, Wyse; Instructors Garrett, Reeder Degrees offered: BS, MS, and PhD in Nutrition and Food Sciences; BS in Food Science and Business Admin'istration Areas of specialization: BS degree in Nutrition and Food Sciences has programs of emphasis in Dietetics,j'ood Service Management, Food Sciences; MS and PhD degrees in Nutrition and Food Sciences have programs of emphasis in Nutrition or Food Sciences ' In College of Agriculture and College of Family Life.


154

Nutrition and Food Sciences

Objectives

SENIOR YEAR NFS 350 Chern 370. 371 .... .. . .. ... .. .. . . . .. . . .. .. . . NFS340. 341 . NFS440 . Food Processing 2 . . . . . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . •• •. NFS305. NFS51O . Genera l Education a nd Electives

The curriculum for the Nutrition and Food Sciences major prepares students for careers in either food science or human nutrition. Graduates in the food science option are prepared to work in areas of food product development, processing, preservation, packaging, distribution, and consumer service. Human nutritionists and dietitians are employed in hospitals, clinics, community health programs, and as consultants for homes for the aged, Headstart, and other service institutions. Either option prepares students for graduate study and for service with domestic or foreign government agencies.

A new one-year Vocational Meat Service Program is offered to prepare students for employment in the meat industry.

Requirements Food Science (Industry Option). Students receive excellent background in Chemistry and Bacteriology. They are also in demand by industry for positions in research, product development, and production, and are sought by governmental laboratories. FRESHMAN YEAR Credits 9 5 3

5 5 5 3 11-15 46-50

SOPHOMORE YEAR Chern 121. 122. 123 . Math 246 ......... ... . APS 321.322

15 3 6 5

Food Processing:l ..

Bact 510. 511 General Educa tion and Electives .

1

15-19

Food Science (Consumer Option). Students receive excellent training in the sciences and are qualified to enter graduate school. They are in demand for product development work in test kitchens, or they may work more directly with consumers as home economists, food editors, or consumer consultants. Students will follow the Food Science (Industry Option) curriculum with the following exceptions; Phyx 111 and 112, and NFS 340 and 341 are recommended but not required. Only eight credits of food processing are required. Math 245 and 246, and Bact 512 and 513 will be replaced by NFS 225, 407, 408, and 481. HECE 420 is strongly recommended. Medical Dietetics. The coordinated medical dietetics program qualifies students for membership in the American Dietetic Association. Clinical experiences at the Logan LDS Hospital and in the community are integral parts of the course work. Students spend 16 weeks in Salt Lake City during the Senior year gaining experience in medical facilities . A national examination upon completion of the baccalaureate degree establishes students as Registered Dietitians. The medical dietetics program prepares professional clinical dietetic practitioners for work in beginning level positions in hospitals, metabolic research units, out-patient clinics, and community agencies. Acceptance to the Coordinated Medical Dietetics program is highly competitive and enrollment is limited. Students who have completed the prerequisite courses apply for the coordinated medical dietetics program at the beginning of the Junior year.

13-17 46-50

JUNIOR YEAR Courses Bact 512. 513 ... . .•.... .. ... ... . . NFS 355. Phyx 111. 112 . Chern 331. 332. 334. 335. NFS 310. Food Processing' .... . ... ....... .. . General Education a nd Electi ves .

4

8 2

46-50

Through a joint major with Business Administration , students are prepared for industrial management positions in the food industries or large food service establishments such as dormitories, central school kitchens, and cafeterias.

Courses Communication ski lls . . .... . . ... . . .. . Math 105.. . .................... .• . Math 245. Econ 200G .. Bioi 120 . Bact 111 . 11 2. or 301 . NFS 101 . General Education and Electives l . . . . . . . . . . . • .

5 5 6

Credits 3 5 10 8 4

FRESHMAN YEAR Courses Credits Chern 121. 122. 123 12 Chern 124", 125 ..... . .......... . .. .. . 3 Ma th 105 .. . ........ . .. .. .... .. ...... . . . .. . 5 Bact 111 . 112" .... .. .. .. . ... . . . ... ........ . . . ...... .. . . ... . ...... .. .. . . . . 4-5 Soc 101. 5 Econ 200 5 General Education and Electives 17

5 11-15

51-52

46-50 ' Students who did not take trigonometry in high school should register for Math 106. ' Food Processing courses may be selected from NFS 401 (lee Cream. Concentrated Milks a nd Confections). NFS 403 (Cheese). NFS 160 (Market Milk). NFS 404 (Processing and Storage of Fruits and Vegetables), NFS 406 (Meat Processing). An Sci 470 (Meats).

SOPHOMORE YEAR Chern 331 .......... . ........ . .. .. ............. . . Chern 332, 334. 335" . . ..... .. . .. . Physl103 ..... .. .. . . . . . .. .. . . Phys1130. . .... . .... .. .. ........ .. ..... . . . .. ... . .. . . . APS321 .322or431 . . ......... . . ' Recommended

3 5

3 5 6-8

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

N~trition

JUNIOR YEAR Phyx Ill, 112. NFS440. NFS355 . Bact 515, 516 NFS305 .. BA306,307. BA31l .. NFS 310 ... Eng1303. Food Processing:1 .• General Education and Electives .

5

Chern 370, 371 . NFS 407, 408 ........... . .. . NFS440. Anthr 150 . Soc 340' . General Education ...

6 5 3 3 3 46-47

JUNIOR YEAR Credits

Courses

155 10 4 5 3 2 6 4

4 3 5 0·4

46-50

I

NFS443 .. NFS630,631 NFS30I .. Physl50l , 502 ' .. BA360. NFS 455, 456 . Engl303. Physl503' . General Education.

8 3 SENIOR YEAR

4

8

Courses

3 5 5

NFS340, 341 BA370. NFS350 . BA 350. BA360. . ... . .. .. . . . BA340 . NFS510. Food Processing:1 ••• General Education and Electives .

47 SUMMER Work experi ence in hospita l or nutritional care facility .

Credits 6 4 5

I

8 10-14 46-50

SENIOR YEAR' NFS466 . NFS 488 . NFS482 . Lang·Phill0l,102' .. NFS448 .. General Education a nd Electi ves ..

10 4

10 4 10-18 42·50

Double Major in Nutrition and Food Sciences and Business Administration (Food Science Option). Students who choose the Food Science option are prepared to enter management training programs of large food processing companies. Graduates also find excellent employment opportunities in sales and marketing in the food industry, and in allied businesses such as food industry supply firms . They are also in demand by governmental regulatory agencies.

FRESHMAN YEAR

Courses Communication skills. Math 105 .. Bioi 120 .' Econ 200, 201 . - ............. . .. . . ... ,. Bact 111,112 ..... .. ... .. . NFS 101 ... BA201 . General Education and Electives .... .... . .. . .

Credits' 9 5 5 10 5 3 2 7·11 46·50

I I I I

and Food Sciences

SOPHOMORE YEAR Chern 121 , 122,124 .. Chern 141 a nd Lab . Math 245. Bact 510, 511 Acctg 20 I , 202, 203 . Food Processing:1 . General Education and Electi ves .

10 5 3 4

9 5 10-14 46·50

'Recommended '16 weeks will be spent in Salt Lake City

Double Major in Nutrition and Food Sciences and Business Administration (Food Service Management Option). Graduates are qualified to enter management programs in large food service establishments such as dormitories, central kitchens, catering units, restaurant chains, and cafeterias. There are also good opportunities with sales and food service supply firms.

FRESHMAN YEAR

Courses Communication skills .. Ma th 105. Econ 200, 201 . Bact Ill , 112 ... BA201 .' Nutrition and Food Sciences 123. Soc. 101 '. NFSIOI .. Psy 101' .. General Education and Electives ...

Credits 9 5 10 5 2 3 5 3 5 G-3 47-50

SOPHOMORE YEAR Chern 121 , 122, 124, 141 . Math 245 .. Acctg 20 I , 202, 203 . Phys1130. Psy366' . Bact 510, 511 BA311 . General Education a nd Electives.

15 3 9

5 3 4 5-7

48·50 "Food Processing courses may be selected from NFS 401 (Ice Cream, Concen· trated Milk and Confections), NFS 403 (Cheese), NFS 160 (Market Milk), NFS 404 (Processing and Storage of Fruits a nd Vegetables), NFS 406 (Meat P;:ocess· ing), An Sci 470 (Meats). 4Course required only for students wishing to qualify for membership in the American Dietetics Association.


156

Nutrition and Food Scierwes

JUNIOR Y EAR BA 306, 307. NFS 407, 408 NFS 440 . E ng1303. BA 461 . NFS310. BA 360. Genera l Education a nd Electives .... . ... . ... . ... . ..... . . .. . . . . ..... .. . .

6 6 4 3 3 4

4 16-20

46-50

S E NIOR YEAR

Courses NFS5 10. N FS481. N FS 482 ...... .......... . CS 150 or CS 350 BA 350 .. BA 370. BA 340. Genera l Education a nd Electives

Cr e dits 1 5 4

3

4

21·25 46·50

V ocational Meat Service. A one-year program to prepare students for meat service related occupations is offered twice each year, beginning in Fall and Spring quarters. Two quarters are spent as a fulltime student on campus and one quarter is spent with industry and involves cooperative, salaried, on-the-job training. Students are prepared for meat cutting, sausage production, or livestock dressing, and may emphasize one or two of these areas during the cooperative training period. Preliminary training is provided in livestock buying, meat grading, and inspection. Entrance and certification is obtained from the department and Bridgerland Area Vocational School. Program course requirements include NFS 106, 110, 115, 165, 171, 172, 175, 176, 193; AnSci 270; and BA 151 and 201.

Graduate Study MS and PhD degrees are offered with options in Food Science or Nutrition. Refer to the Graduate Catalog or write to the department head for prerequisites and further information.

225. Meal Manageme nt for the F a mily. Plan ning, prepa ring, a nd serving fa mily meals with consideration of the n utritiona l needs a nd time, energy, a nd money resources of the fa mily. Pr erequisites: NFS 123 or pass the waiver test. One lecture, two labs. (3F, W) 301. P e rspective s of Die t e tics. Introduction to dietetics, role of dietitia n. Dieta ry histories a nd intervi ews. Fa miliari zation with medical ch arts a nd methods of dietary ins truction. Prereq uisite: accepta nce into Medical Dietetics P rogram. (3F) 305. Food Ins p ection a nd R e gula tio n s . History, im porta nce, and ma keu p of food standards and regulations. Introduction to local, sta te, federa l, a nd interna tiona l food s ta ndards. Principles of food gradin g and sanitation inspection . Two lectures. (2Sp) 310. S e n s ory E v a luation o f Foo ds . Physiological methods and practice in the sensory eva lua tion of foods. Threshold values, statistical analysis, and taste panel experience. P rereq uisite: APS 322 or BA 307. Two lectures, two la bs_ (4Sp) 340 . Food Engineering. Basic engi neering concepts a nd their application. Defin itions, nomenclature, conser vation of mass, first a nd second laws of thermodyna mics, psychrometries, simple power a nd refri gera tion cycles.'" Pre· req uisite: Phyx 11 2. Th ree lectures. (3 W) 341. Food Engineering. Continuatio n of Food Engi neeri ng I. Introdu ctory concepts in fl uid mecha nics a nd heat tr ansfer. Engi neerin g measurement techniques presented in the la boratory. Prereq uisite: NFS 340. Two lectures, one lab. (3Sp) 350. Food Analysis . Application of q ua ntita tive a nd q ua lita tive techniques to the determination of composition and qu a lity of food products. Prereq uisite: Chem 14 1 or 331. (5Sp) 355. Food C h e mistry. Composition , s tructure, a nd properties of food con· stituents, a nd the chemistr y of cha nges tha t occur during the processing of food. Prerequisite: Chem 141 or 332. (5Sp) 401. Ice Cre am, Concentra t e d Milks , and C onfections . Production , properties, a nd qua lity contr ol. Rela tion of physical s tructure to control of crystallization. Raw materi a ls, product selection, a nd produ ct standardization . Four lectures, one la b. (5Sp) 403. Cheese. Methods of curd form a tion a nd cheese ma king. Chemistry and microbiology of cheese curing. Qua lity control procedures , classification, sta tistics, ma rketing, and factory or ga nization . Four lectures, one la b . (5F) 404. Processing and Storage of Fruits and Ve g e tables. Post-harvest physiology a nd storage diseases. Commercial preserv ation by canning, freezing, drying, pickling, a nd r adiation. Juice concentrates a nd syrups; packagi ng, qu a lity control, a nd ma rketing. Prereq uisites: Bact 111, 11 2, Chem 14 1 or 331, or special permission. Four lectures, one la b. (5F) 406. Meat Processing. Production of various sausage a nd luncheon meats. Curing, cooking, smoking, rendering, packa ging , a nd spoil age of .meat products. Three lectures, one la b. (4 W) 407. Science in Food Pre paration. Scientific principles underl yi ng ' modern food theory a nd practice. Rela tion of physical a nd chemical properties of food components a nd their systems of food preparation . Prereq uisites: Ch em 14 1, NFS 123. Two lectures, one la b. (3F, W) 408. Science in Food Pre paration.

Nutrition and Food Sciences Courses 101. Introduction to Food Sc ie n ce. Development of the American food industry_ Worl d food needs a nd resources. Basic opera tions in processin g, preserving, and packaging food. Food safety. Career opportunities. Three lectures (3F ) 115. Numbers and Units in Food Science. Topics a nd laboratory experi· ments basic to science courses; metric system, heat principles, temperature scales, numbers expressed in exponent form, a nd use of slide rule. One lecture, one la b. (2F, Sp) 122. Nutrition for Man. The relation of food to health; factors influencing nutritive r equirements. Rela tions hips between ma n's state of nutrition a nd his social, mental, and physical well·being. Three lectures. (3W, Sp) 123. Food Preparation. Influence of variety, kind, a nd proportion of ingredients. Manipula tion a nd methods of cooking to obta in a sta ndard product. Two lectures, two labs. (3F, W, Sp) 160. Market Milk. Modern sa nitary methods of producing, processing, a nd marketing milk, cream, a nd related products. Four lectures, one la b. (5W)

I I I I I I I

Continuation of NFS 407.

(3W, Sp)

440. Nutrition. Nutrient meta bolism and nutrition a l needs during the life cycle of ma n . Labora tories include energy ba la nce, a nima l feeding experi ments. and certa in chemical a na lyses. Three lectures, one lab. Prereq uisites: Chern, Physl 130. (4 F, Sp) 44 3 . Nutrition Labora t o ry T echniques. Laboratori es include energy a nd dietary requirements of huma ns, small a nimal studies, and methods of nutrition a l a na lysis. Prerequsite: Orga nic Chemis try. One lab. (IF, Sp) 448. Community Nutrition. Nutritiona l surveys a nd the practice of dietetics in community health rela ted agencies. Clinical experiences in various health rela ted orga ni zations. Two lectures, two la bs. (4Sp) 455. Clinical Dietetics . Biochemical a nd physiological a bnorma lities in disease. Role of nutrition in ther a py. Practical experience with pa tients in h os· pita l a nd nursing h omes. Prerequisites: NFS 440, Chem 370. Four lectures. (4 W) 456. Clinical Dietetics. Conti nua tion of N FS 455. (4Sp) 466. Medical D/ete tics. An in·depth study of n utrition relatio ns hips in disea se a nd development a nd treatment with clincia l experience in medical facilities in Salt Lake City. (10F, W)

I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I Physics I I I I I I

Physics

481. Quantity Food Preparation. Principles of food preparation applied to large quantity production, menu planning, food selection, and storage. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) 482. Institutional Organization and Management. Principles of organization, management theory. financial controls, human and labor relations, employee training, a nd sanitation. Three lectures, one lab. (4F, W, Sp) 488. Mate rnal and Child Nutrition. Nutritional requirements of the mother a nd the preschool child. Problems of national and world malnutrition and possible methods of a lleviating these conditions. Prerequisite: NFS 440 or consent of instructor. Two lectures. To be taken in Salt Lake City in conjunction with NFS 466. (3F, W) 510. Food Science Seminar. encetopics. (ISp)

Discussion a nd reports on current Food Sci-

585. Nutrition for Elementary Teachers. Basic nutrition principles for teachers of grade school children a nd others interested in nutrition education. Three lectures. (3Su, Extension Division only)

Graduate

600. Nutrition Lab. Application of basic research techniques to current nutrition problems, i.e. nutrient balance studies, serum and urine components. Prerequisite: NFS 350 or instructor's consent. One lecture, two labs. (3Sp) 路601. Food Toxiocology. Ecological aspects in production of toxins in fresh and processed foods . Naturally occurring toxins in foods . Beneficial a nd toxic effects of physical and chemical treatments of foods. Synthesis and degradation of anti-vitamins. Carciogenic effects of important toxins in foods. Three lectures. (3F) 630. Human Nutrition. An overview of world food production and consumption trends as they relate to nutritional status of individuals. Metabolism of vitamins a nd minerals as applied to nutritional requirements and food supplies of people. Prerequisites: NFS 440, Biochemistry. (4W) 631. Human Nutriton. Metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, and lipids as related to nutritional requirements and food supplies of people. Critical analysis of methods used in assessing human nutritional status. Prerequisites: NFS 440, Biochemistry. (4Sp) 690. Special Problems. (1-4F, W, Sp; Su)

697. Thesis Research. Sp,Su)

For students working on MS research.

(l -12F, W,

路Taught 1974-75

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. programs. Credit arranged. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

157

For students working on MS

路743. Nutrition and Growth. Relation of nutrition to growth from the prenatal period to old age. Prerequisite: NFS 440. (3) 780. Seminar. (IF, Sp) 796.

Reports and discussion on research and current literature.

Interstate Doctoral Studies. (l-24)

797. Dissertation Research. (1-12F, W, Sp, Su)

For students working on PhD research.

799. Continued Graduate Advisement. programs. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

For students working on PhD

Vocational Meat Service Courses 106. Vocational Meat Processing. Processing of red meats, poultry, and fish. Production of sausages and luncheon meats. Curing, cooking, smoking, rendering, packaging, and spoilage of meat products. (4F, Sp) llO. The Meat Industry. A seminar introducing people and trends in the meat industry. Management and personnel relationships, job opportunities and employment practices. (IF, Sp)

165. Sanitation in the Meat Industry. Cleaning and sanitizing meat equipment and facilities. Function and properties of detergents and sanitizers. Meat spoilage agents. Personal sanitation. (2W, Su) 171. Boning and Wholesale Cutting. Primal and wholesale breaking with identification of cuts. Carcass, scalp, and seam boning of beef, s heep, and pork. (5F,Sp) 172. Retail Meat Cutting. Cutting and identification of retail cuts of beef, pork and lamb. Principles of aging, freezing, wrapping, and storage of meat. Prerequisite NFS 171. (5W, Su) 175. Grading Meat Animals and Carcasses. Principles and practice of judging, grading, and buying market animals and carcasses. Live animal vs. carcass evaluation. (3W, Su) 176. Meat Merchandising. Principles of merchandising, packaging, and displaying meat cuts and processed meats for retailing. Prerequisites: NFS 171 and concurrent with NFS 172. (2W, Su) 193. Occupational Experiences in Food Science. On-the-job training in the food industry. Prerequisite: Completion of on-campus courses. (6F, Sp)

*Department of

Head: Professor Eastman N. Hatch Office in Engineering L-152 Assistant Head: Associate Professor O. Harry Otteson

Professors Baker, Chatelain, Edwards, Hansen, Megill, Wood, Associate Professors Jensen, Lind, McAdams, Miller, Pendleton Degrees offered: BS, MS and PhD in Physics

Objectives

Requirements

The Department of Physics offers programs which are designed to prepare the Physics major for a career in industry or teaching, or to continue his education by entering graduate school for an advanced degree.

Bachelor of Science in Physics. The BS degree in Physics is awarded to students who demonstrate a proficiency in understanding of the subject matter offered in the undergraduate Physics curriculum. At least 35 credits of upper division physics courses are required. The specific courses may vary somewhat

路In College of Science


158

Physics

among different students. Course requirements are determined by consultation between the student and his adviser(s). Sample curriculum outlines illustrating various options in the program are available in the department. Minor. Students majoring in other departments may earn a Physics minor by taking at least 18 credits in a program determined by consultation with this department. A minor is not required for a student majoring in Physics. Specialization in Biophysics. Students wishing to pursue an undergraduate program in preparation for graduate work in biophysics should enroll as Physics majors and should consult with the department head or assistant department head on this program. In general, such students should fulfill all requirements for a Physics major and should, in addition, take as much biology and chemistry as they can manage. Consultation with members of the Biology faculties will be sought in their advisement. The student's program will be worked out between the student and adviser to meet the student's individual needs. Teaching Major. The following programs are required for a teaching major in Physics: Phyx 111, 112, 113, (or 221, 222, 223) and 398; and Math 220, 221,222. In addition, a major should select as electives a minimum of seven credits from the following: Phyx 100, 108, 333, 341, 342, 411, 412, 451, 452. Physics teaching majors plan their programs with two advisers: one from the Phsyics Department and one from the Department of Secondary Education. Teaching Minor. The following program is required for a teaching minor in Physics: Phyx 111,112, 113, (or 221, 222, 223). In addition, the student should select as electives a minimum of nine credits, three of which must be from the following courses: Phyx 100, 108, 333, 341, 342, 411, 412, 451, 452. Physics teaching minors plan their programs with two advisers: one from the Physics Department and one from the Department of Secondary Education.

Graduate Study The Physics Department offers advanced studies leading to the Master of Science degree (MS) and the Doctor of Philosophy degree (PhD). For further information see the Graduate Catalog.

Physics Courses 100. The Solar System. A stud y of the planets, the a steroids. meteors, comets, satellites of planets, and artificial satellites a nd s pace probes. Kepler's laws of motion and pla netary composition. (3W) 101. Introductory Physics. A descriptive nonmathematical course dealing with the relationship of physica l principles evident in the everyd ay world around us. A course designed especially for the libera l arts student. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 108. Stars and Galaxies. Modern theories concerning the s un, stars, and galaxies, their physical properties, structure, evolution, and recent discoveries such as pulsars, quasars, and gravitational waves are discussed. (3F, Sp)

111, 112, 113. General Physics. The great theories a nd laws of physics are treated so as to develop an understanding and a pprecia tion of thei r a pplicability to everyday experiences. Prerequisites: Ma th 105, 106, (5 F, 5W. 5Sp)

120. General Physics. A survey course in physics, with a la boratory. Covers physical principles with emphasis on how a problem is ap proached an d solved in physics. (5F , Sp) . 200. Astronomy. Astronomy for the student with some science and math background. The sola r system; the crea tion, evolution , and death of stars; galaxies a nd cosmology. Prerequis ites: Math 106, Phyx 120. (3Sp) 22'1, 222, 223. General Physics-Science. Mech a nics. electricity, mag· netism, heat, light, so und, atomic, a nd nuclear ph ysics for science m ajors a nd engineers. Prerequisite: Math 220. Recommended: Concurrent registration in Math 22 1. To be ta ken in sequence except with permission of ins tructor. (5F, 5W,5Sp) 317. Optics Laboratory. Experimental work in optics s uch as refractio n in inhomogeneous medi a. diffraction, polarization , photometry, s pectra, inform ation retrieva l. Prerequisite: Concurrent or previous registration in Phyx 411. (1) 318. Inte llige nt Life in the Universe. A study of the Universe - its origin , structure, size, a nd composition as related to the possibility of extr aterrestri a l intelligent life. The feasibility of detecting other intelligent life a nd consequences thereof. (3Sp) 333. Introduction to the Theory of Special R e lativity . The formu la tion of Einstein 's special relativity, including the transformation pro perti es of fo urvectors and other qu a ntities of interest in the various fields of physics. Prerequisite: Phyx 342 or permission of the instructor. (4Sp) 341, 342. Analytical Mechanics. Newtonian mecha ni cs, single particle motion , centra l forces, systems of particles, rigid bodies, Lagrangian mechan ics, an d Hamiltonian mechanics. Prerequisite: Phyx 22 1, 222, 223, and differentia l equations or permission of the instructor. (4F, W) 347. Mechanics Laboratory. Experiments on linear a nd nonlinear oscillatory motion a nd experiments on elastic beha vior of bodies. Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in Phyx 341. (1) 367. Electricity and Magnetism Laboratory. Experim ents with direct and a ltern ati ng current bridges, mecha nical and electri cal details of galvanometer, a nd feedback, filter, and other trans fer properties. Prerequis ite: Concurrent registration in Phyx 461. (I)

I I I I I I I I I I

377. Atomic Phys ics Laboratory. Experim ents s uch as the Millikan oil drop experim ent a nd the Franck a nd Hertz experiment. Prerequisite: Concurrent or previous registration in Physics 342. (1) 380. Great Lectures in Physics. Lectures on film a nd videota pe by o ut· stand ing physicists. Some of the concepts a nd ideas involved in the modern development of ph ysics wi ll be discussed. (3W) 381, 382, 383. Seminar in Physics. A weekly meeting of staff a nd Physics majors consisting of reports on recent developments in physics. S~ud ents recei ve credit for course by making reports. (1 F , W, Sp) 391,392,393. Selected Reading in Physics.

(IF, W, Sp)

398. Special Problems in Physics. A co urse of research or individu a l stud y pursued under the direction of a s taff member. The s tudent must m a ke previous arrangements with the staff member. (l·3F , W, Sp) 401, 402, 403. Astrophysics. Physics of pla neta ry a nd s tellar systems, including celestia l mecha nics, pla netary atmospheres, stell a r a tmospheres and interiors, galactic strllcture a nd evolution, astron omical instruments a nd their principles of operation. (3 F, 3W, 3Sp) 411, 412, 413. Wave Theory and Optics. Optics a nd rela ted topics. Em· phasis on wave motion a nd diffraction phenomena; a lso geometrical optics, a berrations, interference, polarization. (3F, aw , aSp) 427. Nuclear Detection Methods. Designed to familiarize the student with instruments, techniques of measurement, and elements of health safe· guards used in nuclear physics. (2F, W, Sp) 450. Radiation Safety. A foundation of techniques used in h ealth physics, radiation monitoring, measurements, a nd isotope h andling. (3 F, Sp) 451, 452, 453. Thermal Physics: A study of theoretica l models devis ed to correspond with the observed behavior of matter in bulk in terms of heat and energy. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 461 , 462, 463. Electricity and Magnetism. Electromagnetic phenomen a as it applies to statics, dynami cs, and circuits. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Physics 471, 472, 473. Moder n Physics. Application of elementary quantum me· chanics and special rela tivity to problems of atomic, solid·state, nuclear, and particle physics. Prerequisite: Phyx 333 or 463. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 500. Introduction to Aeronomy. A survey of the properties and processes in the upper atmosphere. Atmos pheric structure, magnetospheric phenomena, the ionosphere, solar terrestrial relationships, a urora and airglow, and a tmospheric reactions. (3Sp) 533. Relativity. Einstein 's specia l and genera l theories of relativity a nd gravitation using four-vector a nd tensor formulation . Prerequisite: a kn owledge of Ma xwell's equations, and Lagrangia n a nd Ha miltonia n mechanics. (3Sp) 534, 535, 536. Methods of Theore t ical Physics. Mathematical tech· niques useful in Physics graduate courses; boundary problems. linear operators, complex variable applications, perturbation, variational calculus, a nd group representa tions. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 571, 572, 573. Introductory Quantum Mechanics. A stud y of the Bohr atomic theory, Heisenberg and Schroedinger theories, De Broglie waves and their applications to central fields, harmonic oscill ator, hydrogen atom and spin one-half particles. Prerequisite: Phyx 34 1, 342. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 581, 582, 583. Physics Colloqui um . A series of invited lecturers on s pecia lized topics in physics and related subjects. (1 F, IW, ISp) 589. Science C o lloquim . (1·2)

159

664, 665, 666. Solid State Physics. Elastic, thermal, electri c, a nd magnetic properties. Considerable time is devoted to the study of conductors and semi· condu ctors (especia lly germ anium a nd silicon). Prerequisites: Phyx 473, 463, and 453, or instructor's consent. Concurrent registration in Phyx 751 is recommended. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 671 , 672, 673. Quantum Mechanics. Scattering theory, complex poten· tials, Hilbert space, projection operators, quantum dynamics, perturbation theory, radiation theory, a nd Dirac theory. Prereq uisites: P hyx 571, 572, 573, or permission of the instructor. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 697. Thesis Research. faculty members. (1·15)

Advanced research under g uida nce of one or more

699. Continuing Gradua te Advisement, MS.

(1·3)

701 , 702, 703. Ae ronomy. Physical processes operating in the ear th 's high atmosphere. Atmospheric composition a nd temperature, energy balance, atomic and molecular processes a nd dynamics. Prerequisite: Solid foundation in the physical sciences. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 704. Ionospheric Physics. Observational a nd theoretical aspects of iono· spheric physics. Production and loss mechanisms for the ioni za tion, transport processes, and effects of ionospheric storms. Emphasis on the ionosphere above 100 km. (3F) 705. Atmosphe ric C hemistry and Photoche m istry . (See Chern

705.)

(3)

Graduate 614, 615, 616. Atomic Spectra, Molecular Spectra, Spectrogr aphic Me asurements. Electromagnetic radiation arising from atomic and molecular sources treated in terms of qua ntum mecha nical models. Laboratory and fi eld techniques for detection a nd a na lysis of radiation from s uch sources. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 631 , 632, 633. Space Science and Enginee ring. Survey of space and a t· mospheric physics, spacecraft mechanics, g uidance. communication and telemetry systems; aeronomical and space meas urement techniques; aerospace equipment design. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 641, 642. The oretical Me chan ics. Rigid body motion, canonical formula· tion, action principle, Hamilton's eq uations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, geometrical optics a nd wave mecha nics. small oscillations, Lagrangian and Ham iltonian densities. (3F, aW) 651,652,653. Statistical Mechanics. Basic physical concepts a nd methods a ppropriate for the description of many-particle systems. Thermodynamics, statistical mechanics. and kinetic theory are presented from a unified modern point of view. (3F, 3W, aSp) 657, 658, 659. Applie d Plasmadynamics. Characteristics of the plasma state a nd plasma generation; velocity distribution functions , co l1is ions and Boltzmann's equation: wave modes in a plasma; transport theory; plasma devices. Prerequisite: Phyx 463, or EE 315 or eq ui valent. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

706. Circulation of the High Atmosphe r e. Dynamics of t he stratospheric and mesospheric circul ation systems; gravity wave, large-scale circul ation patterns of the s tratosphere and mesosphere; stratospheric transport, energy transformation. Prerequisite: Solid foundation in physical sciences. (3Sp) 711, 712, 713. Electro-Optics. Geo metrical and physical optics; optical devices; radiometric-electronic systems; Fourier optics; image form ation; modulation a nd filtering; holography; random process and noise; information and data processing. Prerequisites: Graduate standing a nd instructor's consent (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 721, 722, 723. Nucle ar Physics. Size, s hape, semi·empirical mass formula , low-energy nucleon scattering, the deuteron, fission , reactions , models , electromagnetic interactions, and beta decay. Prerequisite: Phyx 673 or consent of instructor . (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 724. E lementary Particle Physics. Pariicle symmetry principles, and conservation laws. (3)

a nd

decays;

771, 772, 773. Quantum Field The ory. Presents fields (Bose and Fermi), their qua ntiza tion, a nd interaction. (3 F, 3W, 3Sp) 781,782,783. S e minar. (1·3, 1·3,1·3) 797. Disse rtation R esearch. (1·15) 799. Continuing Gradu ate Advisement. (1·3)

661, 662, 663. Theoretical Electricity and Magnetism. Fundamental laws of el~ctrostatics and magnetostatics; Maxwell's equations , time varying fields, a nd electromagnetic waves. Re lativistic electricity and magnetism, radi&· tion by moving cha rges. (3F, 3W, 3Sp)

inter actions


160

-I

Plant Science

I

1

*Department of

Plant Science Head: Professor Kenneth W. Hill Office in Agricultural Science 322-C Professors Albrechtsen, K. R. Allred!, Ballard, D. R. Dewey2, W. G. Dewey, Hamson, Hoffman 2, McAllister, Peder2 2 sen , Salisbury, Theurer , Walker; Associate Professors A. F. Allred, Anderson, Baird, Barlow, Burningham, Campbell, Evans, Griffin2, Jensen, Stoker, Van Epps; Assistant Professors Doney2, Seeley, Thomas; Lecturer Gledhill; Research Associate Draper Degrees offered: BS, MS, and PhD in Plant Science; MS and PhD in Plant Science Ecology; Certificate in Ornamental Horticulture Areas of specialization: Agronomy, Crop Management, Crop Physiology, Ecology, Horticulture, Plant Breeding, Plant Nutrition, Plant Science, Weed Science

Objectives The Plant Science Department offers classes and conducts research on crop plants, particularly those 'In College of Agriculture lOnleave. 'Collaborators, Agricultural Research Service Division, USDA

that are grown with or without irrigation in an arid region. A major objective is to develop and disseminate information that will advance the frontiers of knowledge about plants and maximize the quantity and quality of crop production.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Plant Science

Requirements

161

Agronomy Majors SOPHOMORE YEAR

Vo~ational

Horticulture. The Plant Science Department provides a one-year (three quarters Fall, Winter, and Spring) course in Vocational Horticulture to prepare students for careers in commercial horticulture such as greenhousing, nursery stock production, vegetable and fruit production. Courses include training in business management, merchandising, advertising, etc., as well as production practices. During the Spring quarter students are placed with commercial horticultural firms in the state for eight weeks of on-the-job training. Bachelor of Science in Plant Science. This department offers the Bachelor of Science degree in three broad areas of plant science, namely; 1) Agronomy (field crop production and management), 2) Horticulture (fruit and vegetable production and management), 3) Ornamental Horticulture. Within each of these areas a student may choose to follow a general curriculum or a science curriculum enriched by additional science courses or a business curriculum which includes courses in business administration, salesmanship, etc. The general curriculum prepares a student for positions in farming, industry, the agricultural extension service, or in federal, state, or local government organizations. This curriculum also prepares a student for graduate school but not as well as does the science curriculum. The science curriculum is designed primarily for capable students who desire to continue their education beyond the Bachelor's degree. Those who choose this option are also well prepared for positions m industry, education, or government service. The business curriculum gives good training in plant science and also includes business courses which provide background for employment in industries which deal with agricultural products. All Freshmen in Plant Science take the same core curriculum as indicated below. The curricula for Sophomore, Junior, and Senior years in each of the three broad areas of Plant Science are also set forth. Plant Science majors take the following common course requirements in preparation for one of the three options offered in the department:

W 3 5

S

5

5

3 16

13

17

F 3 5 5

W

S

JUNIOR YEAR PISci 331, 555 Bot 550, 510 . Zool539 RS 384 SS 470 ......... . . . . .. . ... ... . . . . . Birnet 117 Engl303 ..... . .. ... ............ . . .

5 5 3 3 3

13

13

10

F

W 5

S 5

10

10

6

F 3 5 5

W

S 3

SENIOR YEAR PISci 570, 656 .. .. . . .. ..... • ......... . . . . ... . .. . . . .. . . BioI 512 ......... .......... .. . . .... .. ... . Bact 301 .... ....... ...... .. .... ..... . SS555 ....... . . .. .. ... . . Seminar ........... . . . .

5

Horticulture Majors SOPHOMORE YEAR PISci 450, 350, 400 ......... . . . . . . ...... . .. . . . ... .. .. . . . Chern 111,141 , 144 , 142 ......... ...... . ....... . . ... . SS 358 ....... . ................ . Phyx 120 ............... . .... . .. .. ... . .. . . ....... . . .. . . .. . . . . Econ 230 .............. ... .. .. Geol III

3 5

5 2

5 15

13

12

F 3

W

S 4 3 5

JUNIOR YEAR PISci 250, 440, 555 . SS 470 .. Bot 550, 440 .......... ..• . ........ . .. . . . ... . Bact301 ............. .. . .. . . .. ....... .. . . ...... .. . . . RS384 ............... .. . . .. .. . ..... .. . . ... . . . .. . . . Econ560 ...... ...... . . . . .. . . Bioi 512 Engl 303 ........... .. .... .. .. . . . . . ......... ........ ..

3

5 5 3 5

- - - - -3 12

16

15

F

W

1

1

S 6

SENIOR YEAR PISci 489 (3 quarters), 565 .. . . . . . ... .. . .. . . ... •.. . Zool 539, 536 ..................... . .. ... .. . . .. . . 80t51O.. . ........... . . . ... . .. . . SS555 .... ...... .... . .. .... . NFS404 ...... .... . ... . ... ......... . . .•

5

2 5

5 11

12

6

F

~ 5

S

Ornamental Horticulture Majors

FRESHMAN YEAR Communication skills ............ . . . Math 101, 105, 106 ......... ... . .. .. .. . . PISci 100 Bot 110, 420 Bioi 120

F 3 5 5

PISci 250, 330, 432 . Chern 111 , 141 , 142,144 Phyx 120 .... ................... . . . .. . ... ... .. . Geolill ........ ... . . . .. . .. ..... . . SS358 .......... . . . . . .. . . Econ 510 Bot440 ..

F W S 3 3 3 333 4

5

5

11

11

5

15

SOPHOMORE YEAR Chern Ill , 141,144,142 PISci 301, 300, 400 LAEP 140, 241, 242 .... . .. . .. • . Econ 230 SS358 .

5

4

333 3 3 3 3 5 14

11

15


162

Plant Science JUNIOR YEAR

. ........... PISci 250, 450, 350, 420, 555. ........... . .. Bot 550, 440 .......... . Bact 301. SS470. .. .... .... ... Engl 303 . .......... . . . Bioi 512 . .......... .. .. RS 384

.

F 6 5

W 3 5

S 6

3 3 5 5 15

16

14

SENIOR YEAR

.

PISci 489 .............. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . PISci 440. 565 . Zoo1539. .... .... . . . Bot 5 10 . S5555. Econ 560 .

.

F

W 1 3

S

300. Indoor Plants and Flowers. Culture a nd management of bedding plants, cut flowers , pot plants, and foliage plants. (3W) 301. Flower Arranging for the Home. Principles of design, care, and use of floral materials in arrangements and corsages. House plant care. Lab fee required. (3F) 330. Grain Crops. Classification, history, development, diseases, market grades, and cultural methods involved in the production of grain crops. Two lectures, one lab. (3W) 331. Root and Miscellaneous Crops. Cultural methods, market grades, a nd commercia l possibilities of sugar beets, potatoes, tobacco, cotton , peanuts, a nd other cro ps. (3F)

I

5

5 ~

350. Propagation, Pruning, and Grafting. A practical co urse dealing with methods of plant propagation, pruning, and grafting of fruit trees and ornamental plants. Two lectures and one laboratory. (3W)

4 ;l

6

16

6

Gradu ate Study Master of Science Degree. The department, in cooperation with related departments, offers a Master of Science degree in Plant Science with specialization in Plant Breeding, Crop Physiology, Crop Production and Management, Weeds and Weed Control, Plant Nutrition, or Ecology. Doctor of Philosophy Degree. The department, in cooperation with related departments, offers the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Plant Science with specialization in Plant Nutrition, Crop Management, Plant Breeding, Crop Physiology, or Ecology.

V ocational Horticulture Courses 099. Occupational Experience in Ornamental Horticulture. Studen ts will spend fu ll time Spring quarter receiving on-the-job training in four or five commercial gree nhouses and nurseries in the Salt Lake a rea. (6Sp) 102. Greenhouse Management. A course designed to acq uaint the student with greenhouse construction, control of the environment in the greenhouse. Soils, soil mixes, and the use of fertilizers will also be discussed. Three lectures, two labs per week. (5F - Vocational only; 5Sp) 103. Special Proble ms in Ornamental Horticulture. Focuses on practical problems of managing a nursery, gree nhouse, or garde n center. Includes financial feasibility studies, accounting, advertising, and general management practices. (3W) 110. Ornamental Horticulture Seminar. Leaders from industry will speak on opportunities a nd problems associated with ornamental horticulture. One lecture per week. (I F) 150. Production of Ornamental Hortic ulture Stock. The propagation of greenhouse a nd nursery plants by seed, cutti ngs, layering, and budding. Three lectures and two labs per weeks. (5W) 165. Home Grounds. Management and maintenance of flowers, trees, shrubs, ground covers, and lawns around the home grounds. Includes proper use of fertilizers, pest control, and soil management. Two lectures and two labs per week. (4F)

Plant Science Courses 100. Introduction to Agricultural Plant Science. A survey course includes discussion of world crops, soil, water, agricultura l chemicals, and structure and function of plants. - (4F) 200. Garden Flowers. Identification, culture, and landscape use of bulbs, annuals, and perennials. (3Sp) 250. World Food Crops. Understanding and appreciating the task of pro· ducing the crops to feed the world. Food production centers as related to climate, latitude, altitude, soils. Man's influence through breeding, irrigation, fertilizers , and pesticides. (3F)

400. Ornamental Horticulture. Characteristics, culture, marketing, and placement of ornamental plants used for landscaping. (3Sp) 420. Turf Management. Kinds of turf grasses, their ferti li ty and management for home lawns, golf courses, a nd athletic fi elds. (2Sp) 432. Forage Crops. Legumes, grasses , a nd other forages; classification, production, harvesting, storage, rota tions, pasture management, and soil conservation. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp) "433. Arid Land Culture. Arid la nd culture (dry farming) under typical climatic areas and soil types of the Great Basin and Great Plains . (2W) 440. Vegetable Production. Principles a nd practices underlying produc· tion of vegetable crops, including varieties, fertilizers, pest control, harvesting, storage, a nd processing. Emphasis will be placed upon culture of the major vegetable crops. Three lectures. (3W) 450. Fruit Production. Varieties, physiology, a natomy, propagation, sites, soils, climate, culture, irrigation, fertilizers, insect and disease control, h arvesting, storage, marketing, economics. Prerequisites: PISci 100 or Bot 110. (3F) 460. Seed Production. Methods, problems, a nd commercial production of field, vegetable, and flower seeds in the intermountain west. Prerequisite: Bot 110 or instructor's consent. (4F) 489. Seminar. Review and discussion of current agronomic problems , practices, and available employment. Required of a ll Seniors in the department. One lecture. (I F, W, Sp) 490. Special Problems. arranged. (1·3)

Conferences or laboratory investigations. Subject

555. Weed Scien ce. Identification of weeds, weed problems in agriculture, and methods of control. Three lectures , one lab. (4Sp) 565. Agricultural Sprays and Dusts. Preparation. properties, and uses of fungicides , insecticides, herbicides, a nd growth regulators. Operation a nd care of ...application equipment. Prerequisite: Bot 550, Ent 539, or special per· mission. (5Sp) 570. Plant Breeding. Principles, techniques, and practices in breeding im· proved varieties of crop plants. Prerequisite: Bioi 512. (5W)

Graduate "631. Field Crops. Recent advances in the production of cereal, oil, and potato, and sugar crops. Prerequisites: PI Sci 330, 331. (3W) 632. Forages. Prerequisite: PISci 432 or equivalent. (3Sp) 640. Vegetable Production. Fundamental principles relating to technical horticultural practices in vegetable crop production, seed storage, growth and development, nutrition, water relations, temperature, light, photoperiod, weed control, and growth regulators. Prerequisite: PISci 440. (4W) 650. Fruit Production. Growth, development, nutrition, water relations, fruit setting, dormancy, and use of growth regulators in fruit production. Prerequisites: Bot 440 (or take concurrently), Organic Chemistry, PISci 450. Three lectures, one lab. (4Sp) ··655. Biochemical Basis of Herbicidal Action. Entrance, movement, and metabolism of major herbicides, a nd a critical study of the physiological processes affected by them. Prerequisites: Bot 440, Chern 670. (3W) "Taught 1974·75. ""Taught 1975·76.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I Political Science

1 ·1 1

'670. Plant Breeding. Principles a nd theory underlyi ng plant breeding. Includes discussion of qua ntitative inherita nce, heritability. heterosis, interspecific crossing, mutation breeding, a nd others. (3W)

689. Seminar.

Oral a nd written reports by graduate students. (I F, W, Sp)

690. Special Problems.

Registration by permission only.

675. Control of Reproduction in Plants. Principles of vegetative propa·· gation, vernalization, a nd photoperiodism, with ap plication to horticultura l a nd agronomic crops. Prerequisite: Bot 440. (3Sp)

697. R esearch and Thesis . (1 -18)

676. Crop Ecology. Physiological basis of interactions between crop pla nts and environment, integrating concepts of pla nt physiology, genetics, climatology, geology, and soil science. Prerequisites: Bot 440 or instructor's consent. Three lectures. (3S p)

797. Research and Thes is.

'680. Methods in Plant Science R esearch. Research methods using chromatography. radioisotopes, experimental plot, design .. and in~trum ental analysis. Prerequisites: Chern 332, Bot 440, APS 432. One lecture; one la b. (2W)

I I I Political Science I I I I I 1 1 I I I

163

699. Continuing Graduate Adviseme nt.

(1·3)

(1·3)

(1 -18)

799. Continuing Graduation Advisem e nt.

(1-3)

' Taught 1974-75.

*Department of

Head: Associate Professor H. Preston Thomas Office in Main 318 Professors Anderson, Burtenshaw, Emenhiser, Harmon; Associate Professors Furlong, Hiibner, Jones, Spoerry; Assistant Professors Allen, Baden, Hoover; Instructors Mulder; The Milton R. Merrill Professor of Political Science is selected annually Degrees offered: BS and BA in Pre-law; BS, BA, MS, and MA in Political Science; Master of Social Sciences (MSS)

Objectives

The Department of Political Science offers a flexible program to accomplish the following objectives: (1) to provide majors with a broad, liberal education as a foundation for careers in government, politics, and business; (2) to prepare students for graduate study in political science and law;

(3) to serve nonmajors with a variety of courses which provide understanding of the political process.

Requirements

Students who major in Political Science or pre-law should have at least 35 credits in the field. All major students should complete successfully PS 110, American National Government. Students must have grades of "C" or above in all courses counted toward the major. A 2.5 grade average in the major field is required for graduation.

1 1

Pi Sigma Alpha. Pi Sigma Alpha is the national honorary political science society. A member must have at least 15 hours of political science with a 3.0 'In College of Humanities, Arts a nd Social Sciences

average, and a 2.0 average in other subjects. William L. Furlong is the adviser.

Graduate Study Master of Science and Master of Arts in Political Science. The programs of study for the Master of Science and Master of Arts degrees in Political Science are described in the Graduate Catalog. Students interested in the programs should also consult with a member of the Political Science faculty .

Political Science Courses 105. Current Political Problems. political events. (2F, W, Sp)

Background a nd an a lysis of current

110. American National Government and Politics. U.s. Constitution, political parties a nd elections, pressure groups, Congress, president and bureaucracy, courts, civil righ ts a nd liberties, a nd foreign affairs. (5F, W, Sp) 110H. American National Government and Politics for Honors Stude nts. (5F) 111. American State and Local Government and Politics. State constitutions, legislatures, governors, courts, counties, municipalities. special districts, a nd intergovernmental relations. (3W, Sp) 210. Introduction to Inte rnationa l Politics. Rel a tions between and among nation-states. (5W) 220. Introduction to Comparative Politics. Structures, function s, processes, and roles in various politica l systems. (4F, Sp)


164

Political Science

230. Introduc,t ion to Poli,t ical Theory. planations of political events, (3W)

Political views and scientific ex-

;!50. Introduction to Political Analysis. analytical technique, (3W)

Political data, quan,t itative, and

532. American Political Thought II.

From the Federalists to 1900. (2W)

533. American Political Thought Ill.

From 1900 to the present. (2Sp)

534. History of Political Thought I. Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, Augus· tine, Aquinas, Marsilio and William, Machiavelli, Luther, Calvin. (3F)

260. Introduction to Public Administration. Presents basic theories, concepts.J a pproaches, at)d ana lysis of cU,r rent practices a nd problems in governmental a dministration, (3F, W, Sp)

535. History of political Thought II. Rosseau, Hume, Burke, Bentham, Hegel. (3W)

310. International Affairs. state system. (3W)

536. History of Political Thought Ill. Socialism, communism, fascism, nazism, democracy. (3Sp)

Empirical theories and analysis of the nation·

440. American Foreign Policy.

Formulation, execution, a nd impact. (4F)

441. Causes of War and Conditions for Peace. Psychological, economic, geographic, a nd sociological bases of international tension; evaluation of proposals for managing conflict. (3W) 445. Latin American Foreign Affairs. A study and analysis of the foreign relations of the Latin American nations among themselves and with the rest of the world. (3Sp) 447. American Foreign Policy and the Pacific. An analysis of the contemporary foreign policies of the major countries surrounding the North Pacific. (4Sp) 4.9 0. Senior SemiQar. discipline. (3F)

Comprehensive perspective of political science as a

510. American Electoral Politics. Political parties, campaigns, and elec· tions. (3F) 511. American political Opinion. (3W)

Public opinion a nd pressure groups.

541. International Law.

Hobbes, Locke,

Montesquieu,

Basic principles thro ugh case method.

(5W)

542. International Political Organizations. United Nations and At)antic community. (3Sp) 550. Political Analysis. Sociometry, semantic differential, Q sort, scale analysis, indexes, cluster-bloc analysis. game theory, a nd simulation. (3Sp) 551. Survey Research. Constructing questionnaires, sampling, interviewing, analysis. Prerequisite: permission of instructors. ~4F)

552. Social Statistics. See Sociology 552. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105. 561. Organization and Management of Public Administrative Agencies. Basic models, decision making, communication , a n4 public accountability. (3F) 562. Public Personnel Administration. tion . (3W)

Recruitment, training, and evalua-

563. Public Finance Administration. (3Sp)

Budgetary processes and policies.

564. Administrative Law.

Legal control of ad ministrative agencies. (3Sp)

512. American ,L egislative Politics. Congress and state legislatures. (3W) 514. American Judicial System. Courts in both their legal and political roles. (5F) 515. Problems .o f State and Local Government. of Utah government. (3F) 516. American and Comparative Fe deralism. state legal and political relations. (3Sp)

Emphasizes problems

National-state a nd state-

Role of public administration

571. American Constitutional Law I. Governmental powers, separation of powers, checks and balances, federalism and due process of law. (4W)

572. American Constitutional Law II . tections. (4Sp)

Equality a nd Bill of Rights pro-

581. Nationa' Security Policy. Decision-making options in U.S. defense programs. (3Sp)

517. Metro-urban Politics. (3W) 518. American Criminal Justice. procedure. (3F)

565. Administration in Developing Areas. in developing societies. (3F)

Constitutional protections a nd legal

521. Western European Government .a "d Politics. Britain, France, and Germa ny, plus Italy and Scandanavia. (3F)

583. Business and Government.

See Economics 530.

589. Special Topics in Political Science. Credit arra nged. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. (1·5F, W, Sp) 591. Internship. Electoral - experience in a campa ign for election to public office. Legislative - experience in Congress or state legislature as staff aide. International Politics; Public Law; Public Administration. (3)

522.. Soviet and Eastern European Government and Politics. (4 Sp) 523. Middle Eastern Governmen.t and Politics . (3W)

Graduate

524. African Gc;>vernmen.t and Politics. Sub-Sahara Africa. (3Sp) 609.

Philosophy of Socia' Sciences. See Philosophy 609. (3F)

525. Chinese Govern",en~ and Politics. (5W) 681. Seminar. American Politics; Comparative Politics; Political Theory; International Politics; Public Law; Public Administration. (3)

526. Southeast Asial) Govern",ent and Politics. (3Sp) 527. Latin American Government and Politics I. Colombia, Venezuela, Ecuador, Peru, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Argentina, and Uruguay. (3F)

691. Tutorial. Prerequisite: Instr,u ctor's consent. (I·5F, W, Sp) 697. Thesis Research.

528. Rev.o lutiol) in L.a tin America. mala. (3W) 529.

Japanes~

Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy. (I·9F, W, Sp)

Emphasizes Mexico, Cuba, ann Guate· 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Prerequisite: Admission to can· didacy. (1·3F, W, Sp)

Government and Politics. (3F)

530. '-'dvanced Political Theory. Normative and systematic theory.

(3W)

531. American Politic.h Thought I. From colonization to the Federalists. (2F)

For Latin American Culture, East Asian Ci vilizat,ion, and American Foreign Policy courses, please see the listing of interdisciplinary courses offered by the College of Humanities, Arts, and Social Sciences, page 37.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

165

*Department of

Psychology Head: Professor Michael R. Bertoch Office in Education 303 Professors Borg, Fifield, Stone, Wright; Associate Professors Casto, Checketts, Cheney, Cragun, Nielsen, Osborne, Peterson, Powers; Assistant Professors Allen, Ascione, Bergeson, Crossman; Degrees offered: BS, BA, MS, MA, PhD in Psychology Areas of specialization: MA and MS degrees have programs of emphasis in General Experimental, Counseling Psychology, Child Development, School Psychology; PhD degree has programs of emphasis in General Experimental, Child Development, Counseling Psychology

Objectives

The Department of Psychology offers certification for School Psychologist and the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization are Developmental, Counseling, and Experimental Psychology. See the Graduate Catalog for further information.

Psychology Courses 070. Spelling Clinic. Applica tion of programmed techniques to adult spelling improvement. Individual instruction based on diagnostic testing. (1 F) 071. Basic Reading Efficiency. Stresses work attack ski lls, speed-reading. and tutorial procedures to meet individual differences. (I W)

Requirements Requirements for a Psychology major consist of broad lower division preparation and a minimum of 45 credits in Psychology. The 45 or more credits required in Psychology are as follows :

Psychology Core. Psy 101, General Psychology; Psy 110, Human Development: General or Psy 111, Human Development: Experimental; Psy 141, Analysis of Behavior; Psy 380, Statistics; and, Psy 409, History of Psychology. No other courses may be used to satisfy the 18 core credits. At least one course must be selected the following four areas:

frOni

each of

1) Learning: Psy 340, 342, or 349 2) Physiological: Psy 345, 346, or 546 3) Analysis and Measurement: Psy 383, 530, or 540 4) Social and Personality: Psy 321, 351, 421, or Soc 350 A minor in Psychology is constituted by the 18 credits required in the core. No other courses may be substituted. °In College of Education

I

Graduate Study

Inasmuch as psychology is the study of human and animal behavior, and psychologists are concerned with the modification and prediction of behavior, the department maintains both human and animal laboratories for the study of behavior. The primary focus of the undergraduate program is to prepare students for acceptance into graduate programs in psychology. A secondary focus is to provide bachelor level students with skills enabling them to serve as technologists and paraprofessional psychologists.

101. General Psychology. Principles of behavior of organisms, including: scientific methodology in psychology, biological basis of behavior, conditioning and learning, perception and thought, child development, personality, abnormal psychology, a nd industrial psychology. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 110, Human Development: General. An introductory survey of human physical a nd psychological development from birth to maturity. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 111. Human Development: Experimental Child, Introduction to the experimental a n a lysis of behavior as applied to the developing child. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3F) 140. Analysis of Behavior: Basic Principles, A laboratory course of the scientific methods used in the study of behavior. (4F, W, Sp, Su) 173. Personal Study Efficiency. A highly individualized course designed to help the student apply correct psychological principles to his own approach to learning. (IF; W, Sp) 175. Reading and Study Skills. A practical course, highly individualized, designed to aid in improving the efficiency or reading and study ¡skills. Indiviaual appointment arranged. (2F, W, Sp) 193. Orientation to Psychology, Designed to expose students to the varied activities of psychologists. Includes supervised visits to the department's child laboratory, a nimal laboratory, counseling center, a nd the Exceptional Child Center. Discussions of Psychology as a profession. (I) 313. Human Developme nt: Exceptional Children. Development and behavior characteristics of exceptional children. Prerequisite: Psy 110 or 111. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

321. Abnormal Psychology, A descriptive a nd explanatory study of the varieties of psychoses, psychoneuroses, and minor maladjustments - their causes, methods of treatment, and approaches used in preventing psychological maladjustments. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 340. Psychology of Learning, A comprehensive presentation of traditional issues in learning. Prerequisite: Psy 141. (3W)


166

Psychology 342. Thinking and Verbal Learning. Stresses mediational processes in thinking, cognition, concept learning, transfer, and hypothesizing as ele· ments of complex learning and problem solving. (3W) 345. Perception and Psychophysics. Analysis of sensory· determined behavior a nd the methods, findings a nd principles of sensory communication. Prerequisite: Psy 101 , Physl 130. (3F) 346. Sensory Basis of Behavior. An introductory course in the anatomy and physiology of receptor mechanisms and the eNS basis of sensation. Prerequisites: Physiology 130, Psy 141. (3W) 349. Motivation. An introduction and examination of pertinent theories of motivation and special emphasis on the role of motivational factors in human behavior and learning. (3Sp)

351. Social Psyc hology. A study of the individual in society. This course will ex pose the students to some of the problems, theories and methods of social psychology. Efforts will be made to relate reading assignments to current social issues. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3F, Sp) 366. Educational Psychology. Principles and practices for development of conditions for effective learnin g. (3F, W, Sp, Su) ,~

372. Behavior Modification. Approaches to behavior modification in a variety of settings. An individual project is required of the student. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3F) 375. Improving Personal R eading Efficiency. Designed to help adults improve their methods of reading. Stresses improvement in organization and comprehension skills, and the ability to flexibly adapt speed to the material and needs of the reader. (3Su) 380. Statistical Methods. Elementary study of statistical procedures in handling test SCO.1'es and other data , and of the concepts needed to read current ed ucationa l a nd psychological literature. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 383. Scientific Foundations of Psychology. The scientifi c method as it app lie~ to psychology. Prerequisite: any lower numbered core course. (3Sp) 409. History of Psychology. The evolution of psychology to the 20th century. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3W) 421. Personality Theory. An explanatory study of various personality theories, their origin, and appraoches to the understanding of human behavior. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3W)

440. Analysis of Be havior: Advanced Principles. An in·depth examina· tion of the principles introduced in Psy 140. Principles governing more complex human and animal behavior a re a lso considered. (3F) 442. Analysis of Behavior: Instrume ntation. The design of .programs used in conducting psychological experiments. Prerequisite: Psy 141. (3F) 509: Systems of Psychology. An examination of various schools of psy' chology within the twentieth century. Will include mention of structuralism but will emphasize functiunalism, associationism, behaviorism, Gestalt theory, a nd psychoanalysis. Prerequisite: Psy 409. (3Sp) 514. Human Development: Adolescence. The characteristics of the adolescent and his psychological, ed ucational and adjustmental problems a re discussed in detail. Prerequisite: Psy 110 or 111. (3F, Su) 524. Workshop in Guidance. Designed for undergraduate or graduate level students. Serves as an overview of the varied skiBs needed by c«jlunselors in different settings. (1·6Su) 530. Psychometrics. Evaluation, interpretation, and uses of tests of in· telligence, aptitudes, interest, personality, and adjustment. Prerequisite: Psy 101,380. (5F, Su)

540. Analysis of Behavior: Methodology. Introduction to the techniques of single subject design. Prerequisite: Psy 141. (3W) 546. Physiological Psychology. Introduction to the neural and bio· chemical substrates of behavior. Emphasizes the structure and function of the nervous system. Prerequisite: Physl 130 or equivalent. (3Sp) 550.

Interdisciplinary Workshop. (1 ·3)

555. Psychology of Business and Industry. Methods and principles of psychology as applied to the analysis and solution of problems in busine;' a nd industry. (3F, Su) 556. Problems in Industrial Psychology. An analysis of current issues, problems, methodologies, and research in industrial and business psychology. Prerequisites: Psy 380 or equivalent, Psy 555. (3W)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Psychology 56S. Techniques of Programmed Instruction. Analysis of progra m efficiently based on a study of curricular sequence. Review of research and laboratory work on styles of program construction. (3W) 590. Readings and Conferences. Individual discussion and intensive study of a ·particular problem or area. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su) 591. Independent Researc h. Experiments and demonstration projects are conducted a nd reported. Prerequisite: Ins tructor's consent. (1·3 F, W, Sp, Su) 593. Teacher Training Practicum. 1'raining a nd practical experience in applying the techniques of contingency ma nagement to teaching. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (2F, W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 610. Human Development: C hild Psychology. The roles of matruation, learning, and environmental conditions in child development from birth to adolescence. Prerequisite: Psy 110. (3W) 611. Human Developmen t: Experimental Chi ld Psychology. A readings course in the experimental analysis of child beha vior. The student is responsible for a n independent study. Prerequisite: Psy Ill. (3W) 61S. Practicum in Child Psychology. Observa tional a nal yses a nd tech· niques are employed in the examination of the behavior of children . Prerequisite: Ins tru ctor's consent. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 620. Principles of Counse ling. Principles and techniques of counseling students on problems of curriculum planning and vocational choice, on improving methods of study, a nd emotional a nd socia l a djustment. (3F , Su) 621. Theories of Counseling, An a dvanced study of the theories of coun· seling, to develop greater understa nding of a nd a more effective a pproac h to counseling. Prerequisites: Psy 530, 620. (3 W, Su) 622 . Group Processes. An introduction to various group methods of approaching both process- and task-oriented groups. Class structure is primarily didactic with some orientation to ward various group rating scales. (3W, Su) 624. Workshop in Guidance. A faculty or pa rt of a faculty in a school district studies, evaluates, and attempts to improve the use of the school 's resources for more effective guidance in its several phases. (I-6F. Su) 625. Vocational Guidance Workshop, Latest methods related to vocational counseJing tech niques and classroom approaches to teaching vocational inform ation a nd skills. (ISu) "626. Career Information Services. A survey of materials describing the world of work, factors involving workers and their careers, and methods of utilizing career infonnation with classes and groups.

167

""645. Schedules of Reinforcement. A systematic analysis of simple and complex reinforcement schedules with emphasis given to understanding interrela tionships between the theoretical a nd empirical aspects of these schedules. (3Sp) "646. Sensory Basis of Behavior. An advanced course in neural and biophysica l basis of sensation. Current research at cellular and gross physiological levels. Research is required. Prereq uisites: Psy 346, 546, or eq uiva lent. (3Sp) ""647. Ethnology and Comparative Psychology, The study of the be· havior of organisms, including man, by means of the comparative method . A research project is required. Prerequisites: Psy 441, WLS 148. (3W) 653. Attitudes and Attitude Me asurements, Steps required to develop commonl y used types of scales fo r a ttitudes toward relevant targets. Psy 101, 380. (3Sp) 654. Experimental Social Psychology. Students will conduct studies involving human subjects on the campus, following procedures given by a laboratory manual. Discussions of the ethical problems of deception will be conducted before any data are collected. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3W) 666. Principles of Learning. A survey of learning principles and techniques in psychology and education for the purpose of creating conditions for effective learning, with selective in-depth study. Prerequisite: Psy 101. (3F , Sp, Su) 66S. D iagnosis of Learning Difficulties. Principles from educational psychology applied to the diagnostic s tudy of the difficulties students have in learning reading and other s ubjects. (3W, Sp) 672. Behavior Modification. Intensive reading and discussion of current behavior management theory and research. An individual project is required of the student. (3F) 6S0. Statistical Methods and Designs. Analysis of va riance a nd covari· ance, varied correlation techniques, partial and multiple correlation, and nonparametric methods. Prerequisite: Psy 380. (3W, Su) An in·depth discussion of current or special topics.

6Sl. Seminar. Sp,Su)

(1·3F, W,

690. Readings and Conferences. Individual discussion a nd intensive study of a particular problem or area. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (l-3F, W,Sp, Su) 691. Independent Research. Experiments a nd demonstration projects are conducted and reported. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (I-3F. W. Sp, Su) 697. Thesis.

(1-6F, W, Sp, Su)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3F, W, Sp, Su) 630. Individual Differences. In vestigation of various group instruments relative to personality, interests, aptitude, and IQ tests. Administration and diagnosis of group testing batteries is emphasized. Prerequisite: Psy 530. (3F) 631. Individual Intellige nce Testing, Techniques of individual testing, including intensive practice in the administration and interpretation of the Sanford· Binet and Wechsler's Intelligence Scales. Prerequisite: Psy 530. (3F, Su) 632, Projective Techniques. The eya lua tion of the dynamics of human adjustment and the common projective methods of revealing motives, attitudes and adjustment mechanisms. Prerequisites: Psy 530, 630, 631. (3W) 635, Practicum in Counseling (Introductory). The student investigates his own personality and his relationships with other people in a group setting. Required of all students entering the Counseling of Psychology program. (3F, W,Sp, Su)

710, Child Psychology. A critical a nd creative approach to the study of the factors affecting child development, including the consideration of theories, experiments, and new studies. Prerequisite: Psy 610. (3Sp) 711. Experimental Child Psychology. Research readings in the experi· mental analysis of child behavior with emphas is on the development of research techniques with children . The stude nt will generate a research proposal. Prerequisite: Psy 611. (3Su) 713, Exceptional Children. A critical a nd creative approach to the study of the characteristics of exceptional children. Prerequisite: Psy 313. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 720. Problems in Counseling, Individua l case study approach emphasizing treatment and remediation problems. Prerequisite: Psy 733. (3Sp)

636. Practicum in Counseling. Supervised practice in counseling in elementary or secondary schools, in the University or in clinical or guidance agencies. Prerequisites: Psy 530, 63 1, 635. A laboratory fee of $10 is required payable at the USU Bookstore. (3F, W, Sp)

721. Personality. A comparative a na lys is of theoretical approaches to persona lity. Both theory and empirical investigation will be employed as a basis for a rriving at integrated concepts of the nature a nd development of persona lity. (3W)

637. Practicum in Testing, Supervised practice in psychological testing in elementary or secondary schools, in the University or in clinical or guidance agencies. Prerequisite: Psy 631. (2F, W, Sp, Su)

722. Group Processes. An advanced group course stressing group research and pa rticipation in observa tion a nd leading groups. Prerequisite: Psy 622. (3Sp)

640. Analysis of Be h avior: Operant Con ditioning. A cross·section of current topics in operant conditioning. Prerequisite: Psy 440. (3W)

732, Advanced Projective Techniques. Intensive study of projective methods featuring the more complex instruments frequently used for assessing personal a djustment. Prerequisite: Psy 632. (3Sp)

""644, Stimulus Contro\. Current theories a nd data in stimulus control are examined. Prerequisite: Psy 640. (3Sp)

""Taught 1975-76.


168

Range Science

733. Psychodiagnosis. Individu a l case study approach emphasizing complete diagnostic evalua ti ons_ Exploratio n of menta l illness from the fa mily constellation point of view. Prerequisite: Psy 732. (3Sp) 734. P s ychometric Theory. Principles of psychometri cs as a pplied in the constr uction, eva lua tion , interpreta tion , a nd uses of tests of a bilities, achievem ents, interests, a nd persona ltiy. (3W) 735. Inte rns hip in Counseling. A three qua rter internship for pros pective counselors in approved ed ucationa l systems or other agencies. (I n some settings the tr ainee m ay receive a s tipend for fulltime work). The intern will be placed in a field setting appropria te to h is a nticipated em ploy ment goals. (SF, W, Sp, Su) 736. C linical Inte rns hip. A cli nical in ternship for doctor a l candidates in which a dvanced testing, diagnosis, a nd the writi ng of psychological protocols is practiced in mental hospita ls, menta l health clinics, and child guid ance cen ters_ (3-SF, W, Sp, S u) 737. Schoo l Psychology Inte rnship. Supervised pr actice in psychological services in a school setting. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

providing

746. Phys iological Psychology. Neuroana tomical, neuroph ysiological a nd biochemical basis of behavior. Liter ature in neuro-ph ysiology is s urveyed, a nd a research project is req uired. P rereq uisite: Psy 546. or equi valent. (3W)

766. P sychological Founda tio n s of E duc atio n . From a study of the psychological-educationa l theories and s upporting experimen ts on motivation, learni ng, abilities, interests, personali ty, i nterpersona l relations, teac hings, a nd eval ua tion, s tuden ts will fo rmul ate an integrated theory of teaching. (3Sp, Su) 781. Doct o ral Colloqliium . A colloq uiu m on advanced theories a nd reo search in psychology. Req uired of a ll PhD candidates. (3Sp) 790. R e adings and Confe r e n ces. Individ ua l disc ussion a nd intensive study of a particular problem or a rea. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su) 791. Inde pe nde nt R esearch . Experiments and demons tration projects a re conducted a nd reported. Prerequis ite: Instructor's consent. (l ·3F, W, Sp Su) 797,

Dissertation. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

699. C ontinuing G r a dua t e Advisem e n t . Grad ua te students who have received ma ximu m thesis credi t, but who have not completed the thesis or dis· sertation , mus t enroll for a minimum of three credits un til t he degree is completed. If the s tuden t does not comply, his candidacy may be s uspen ded and his s upervisory committee d issolved. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

*Department of

Range Science Head: Professor Don D. Dwyer Office in Biology - Natural Resources 181 Professors Box, Goodall, McKell, Parker; Professor Emeritus Smith; Associate Professors Caldwell, Coltharp, Gifford, Urness, West; Assistant Professors Bowns, Busby, Malechek, Norton, Workman; Adjunct Professor Olpin; Adjunct Associate Professor Hopper; Collaborators Austin, Bartos, Bleak, Cronin, Gist, Farmer, Harniss, Jensen, Laycock, Packer, Wilkin Degrees offered: BS, MS and PhD in Range Science; MS and PhD in Range Ecology; MS and PhD in Watershed Science Areas of specialization: BS degree in Range Science has programs of emphasis in Range Management, ForestRange Management, Range Watershed Management, Range Resource Economics, Game-Range Management; MS and PhD degrees in Range Science have programs of emphasis in: Range Management, Range Watershed Management, Range Resource Economics, Game-range Management

Objectives Courses and curricula in the department provide . education and training preparing students for a variety of careers related to rangeland resource management. These careers are usually with state agencies and the numerous federal land management agencies in the Departments of Agriculture and the Interior but are often also with private industry.

Requirements Bachelor of Science in Range Management. For the degree, students must complete BioI 120, 121, 122; NR 101; Math 245; Chern 121, 122, and 144; Geol 111; Phyx 120; SS 358 and 514; Econ 200; APS 321 and 322; Bot 420, 440, and 521; Bimet 530; AnSci · In the College ofN atural Resources

440 and 441 ; Comm 101; Engl 301 and RS 300, 341 , 384, 442, 443, 445, 491 , 565, and 570. In addition the student must take two of the following: FR 300, OR 350; WS 380; and WLS 300. Approved General Education courses and electives together with required courses make a total of 16 to 18 credits per quarter. Forest-Range Management Option. This major in the department requires in addition to the above: FR 301, 302, 322, 323, 330, 443, 445, and 465; RS 298; and WLS 200. Range-Watershed Management Option. In addition to those listed for the BS in Range Management the following courses are required: WS .375, 420, 475, and 489. Range Economics Option. In addition to those listed for the BS in Range Management the following

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Range Science courses are required: RS 568; Econ 500 and 501; Acctg 305; BA 540 and 560. Environmental Studies Option. The College of Natural Resources also administers an interdisciplinary major in Environmental Studies. See page 39 for further information. General Information. The specific details and requirements of each option are provided every student major in the department. With the help of an adviser, the student follows an outlined program which meets all requirements for each option. The courses required plus approved general education and elective courses total 186 credits.

Graduate Study The department offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with specialization in Range Management, Ecology, Watershed Science, Range Economics, and Game-Range Management. See the Graduate Catalog for requirements and further information.

Range Science Courses NR 101. Natural R eso urces and Ma n's Future. Relationship of reso urce avai labi lity, population levels, policy decisions, and li fe styles to carrying capacity. Manipulation of n atural resources to reach given objectives. (3F) 298. Range A n a lyses. Field identification of s ummer r a nge pl a nts. Methods and tech niques of vegetation analysis. Practice in range a llotment ana lysis. (1 S um mer Camp) 300. Principles of R ange Manage m e n t. Application of Ra nge Science principles to the management of rangelands. Emphasizes range history. multiple use, ecology and physiology of range producti vity and utilization, systems of grazi ng management, and ~ange improvement. (3 F . Sp) 341. Range Scie nce Methods. Description and measuremen t of features of range ecosystems and their utili zation. Prerequisites: Taxonomy of Wildland Plants, RS 384 a nd 300. (3Sp) 384. General Ecology. Interrelationships between plants and a nimals and their environm en ts at the level of individual orga nisms; species populatio ns a nd ecosystems with emphasis on their structure and function; huma n implicati ons. Approved General Ed ucation. F ive lectures. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 385. Field Ecology. ogy. (2F, Sp)

Field studies with reference to pla nt a nd a nima l ecol·

442. For est and Tundra Ecosystems. Structure, function, dynamics, and multiple-use ma nagement of forests a nd tundra ecosystems with emphasis on those of North America. Prerequisites: General Ecology, Introductory Soils. Bioclimatology, Taxonomy of Wildland P lants. (3W) 443. Grassland and Desert Ecosystems. Structure, function , dy nam ics, and multiple-use management of grassland a nd desert ecosystems with emphasis on those of North America. Saturday field trips. Prerequisites: General Ecology, Introductory Soils, Bioclimatology, Taxonomy of Wildland Plants. (3Sp) 445. Grassland and Dese rt Range Plants. Identification, ecology, and uses of range pla n ts of deserts a nd grassla nds of North America. To be ta ken concurrently with RS 443. (3Sp) 450. Natural Resource Law. Designed to help the natural resource s tudent recognize problems meriting legal consideration a nd how to work with legal counsel in resolving these problems. (2W) 490.

Readings and Conferences. Time arranged. (1-6)

491. Range Issues S e minar. Supervised discussion a nd review of range resource problems. Prerequisites: Senior classification. (2Sp) 495. Range Problems. Individual study and res ear ch upon selected problems in range science and related s ubjects. Prerequisite: faculty approval. (1·3F , W, Sp, Su)

169

563. Range Improvement and Environmental Quality. Considers the biological basis for r an gelands to provide forage, wildlife, water, and recrea· tional values. Means of improving productivity by grazing management , fencing, water development, and vegeta tion manipula tion ar e discussed in relation to environmental quality. (3W) 564. Technical Problems in Range Management. Specialized problems in range ma nagement a nd range a dministr ation encountered by the technician. (3)

565. Range Resource Economics. Principles of production economics as they apply to problems encountered in the use of n a tur al resources. Emphasis is on the application of economic principles to problems in ma n aging private and public range resources. (3F) 567. Range-Wildlife Relationships. Com petiti ve a nd complementary relations hips between wildlife and other uses of rangelands; competition for forage between domestic livestock and big game; impacts of grazing upon wild· life populations. Prerequisites: RS 300, 385, a nd Senior standin g. (3F) 568. Range Land Appraisal. The systematic process of determining the fair market (dollar) value of r a nge reso urces used for livestock, big game, water, recreation, cropping, a nd development purposes. Prerequisite: Range Resource Economics or equivalent. (3Sp) 570. Range Inventory and Manage m e nt Planning. Inventory of soils, vegetation, water , wildlife, and recrea tion of a selected ra nch operation a nd development of a detailed ma nagemen t plan. Techniques apply to ma n agement of private and public lands. Senior standing. (3F)

Graduate ' 610. Plant Autecology. Advanced study of effects of factors of t he environmen tal complex upon native plants. Prerequisite: RS 385. Two lectures, one lab. (3W) " 611. Plant Synecology. Developmen t, structure, a nd classification of native vegetation. Prerequisite: RS 385. Statistics s uggested. (3W) '615. Plant Geography. Distribution of native vegetation of the worl d in relation to environment. Prerequisite: General Ecology. (3W) "621. Plant Ecophys iology. Advanced study of the integration of plant ecology a nd physiology in a na lyzi ng response of native plant s pecies to their environment. Prerequisites: RS 384, Bot 440. (3W) 631. Systems Ecology. Development a nd app lication of theoretical and mathematical models in the study of ecosystems. (3W) '665. Advanced Range Econllmics. Economic factors affecting la nd ma nagement practices. particul a rl y ran gela nds a nd r ange operations. Prerequisite: Ra nge Resource Economics. (2Sp) 680. Graduate Se minar. a nd fac ulty. (1 F, W, Sp)

Review of current research by graduate students

684. Land Use. Current problems a nd practices in land resource a llocations and a dminis tration with special emphasis on the western ran ge. (2F ) **685. Range Animal Nutrition. Advanced treatment of rumin a nt nutrition a nd productivity in a n ecological con text. P rerequisites: AnSci 440, 411, RS384. (3W) '686. Research Methods.

Prerequisite: Statistics. (3F)

687. Ecology Seminar. The Ecology Center schedules regular seminars throughout the school year with ecological scientists from other institutions participating. Ecology majors are required to atte nd a minimum of 10 such lectures. (1 F) 690. Readings and Conference.

(1·3F, W. Sp, Su)

697. Thesis Research. Original research and study on a problem in range science. (1-15F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3) 707. Environmental Remote Sensing. A survey course covering remote sensing techniques, sensor development; application problems in meteorology, engineering, a griculture, watershed management, aeronomy, a nd n atura l resources. Prerequisites: Physics 223, or consent of instructor, (3W)

'Taught 1974·75 " Taught 1975-76


170

Range Science

709. Biometeorology. Problems presented by professors in various fields of n atural reso urces. Development of practical approach to problems of diffusion. evapotranspiration, and radiation in biotic environments. Prerequisites: Phyx 223. (3W)

797. Dissertation Research. Original research a nd study on a problem in range science. (I-15F, W, Sp, Su) 799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3)

Watershed Science Unit Associate Professors Coltharp, Gifford, Hart, Hawkins; Assistant Professor Busby

Objectives

Watershed Science Courses

Watershed Science is concerned with wateroriented aspects of natural resource management and with emphasis on wildland resource management. The Watershed Science Unit, an interdepartmental organization between the Forestry and Outdoor Recreation and the Range Science Departments, administers programs in Watershed Science at the undergraduate and graduate levels, and in Watershed Management at the undergraduate level. The Watershed Science curriculum, strongly oriented toward basic sciences, serves as a base for study in wildland hydrology and qualifies students as hydrologists by U.S. Civil Service standards. Options available at the undergraduate level emphasize watershed management in conjunction with either a range or forestry background. Graduate programs include both MS and PhD degrees in Watershed Science.

375. Watershed Instrumentation. Application of data collection devices a nd systems of measurements of wildland watershed parameters; installation and operation of hydro-meteorologic equipment; techniques for interpretation and a nalysis of data. (3Sp) 380. Watershed Management. Principles a nd methods of managi ng range and forest land for optimum production a nd regulation of water yields and for maintaining soil stability. (3W) 385. Watershed Field Trip. Designed to further acquaint the student with practical watershed management problems. Fee $35. (ISp) 420. Forest and Range Hydrology. Role of vegetation in determining the hydrologic function of a watershed; natural storage phenomena of the forest land s urface and methods of modification. (4 F) 475. Wildland Water Quality. Water quality parameters a nd use criteria; Ubackground" quality. sources of pollution, and effects of land management on wildland water quality; sampling techniques. (3F) 480. Watershed Science Problems. Individua l study and research upon selected problems in Watershed Science and related s ubjects. (I-SF, W, Sp) 489. Watershed Science Senior Seminar. Review and discussion of current literature and developments in Watershed Science. (I W) 540. Watershed Operations. The role of land conditions in dealing with problems of a pplied hydrology with emphasis on the small watershed, limited data, and la nd management situations. (3Sp)

Requirements

Graduate

Bachelor of Science in Watershed Science. For the degree, students must complete nine credits of Communications!; Math 220, 221, and 222; BioI 120 and 121; NR 101; Phyx 111 and 112; Chern 121 and 122; Bot 440; SS 358 and 514; Econ 200; Geol 560; Forest Resources/ Range Science 384 and 385; APS 431 and 432; CS 340; CEE 343 and 550; RS 300; FR 300; WLS 300; and WS 375,420,475, and 489. Approved General Education courses and electives, together with required courses make a total of 16 to 18 credits per quarter.

646. Snowpack Manageme nt. Study of snow accumulation, dissipation, and melt as governed by thermodynamic and aerodynamic principles a nd as related to land management practices in the snow zone. (2W) 647. Snow Hydrology.

See CEE 647.

(3Sp)

682. Watershed Science Seminar. Review and discussion of current literature and developments in Watershed Science. (IW) 690. Watershed Science Problems. Individual study and research upon selected problems in Watershed Science and related su bjects. (I-SF, W, Sp, Su) 697. Thesis Research. Original research and study on a problem in Watershed Science and related subjects. (l-15F, W, Sp, Su) • 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

770. Forest Influences. The forest environment; modification of local climate by forest vegetation with emphasis on energy relationships which affect water balance and ecologic values. (3Sp)

Forest- or Range-Watershed Management Options. In addition to those courses listed for a BS in either Forest or Range Management, the following courses are required: WS 375, 420, 475, and 489,

775. Watershed Analysis. Advanced study of principles, technical problems, and procedures encountered in managing watersheds. Prerequisite: WS 380. (3Sp) 782. Watershed Science Seminar. (I W) 797. Dissertation Research. Original research and study on a problem in Watershed Science a nd related subjects. (1-15F, W, Sp, Su)

lCommunication courses must be chosen from approved General Education Communication courses.

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Secondary Education I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

171

*Department of

Head: Professor Kenneth C. Farrer Office in Education 104

Professors Allen, Drake, Hatch; Associate Professors Jacobson, Knight, Saunders, Tew; Assistant Professor Strong Degrees offered: BS, BA, MS, MA, and MEd in Secondary Education; EdD in Curriculum Development and Supervision with emphasis in Secondary Education

Objectives

The function of the Department of Secondary Education is to aid in the preparation of teachers, supervisors, curriculum specialists, and other professional personnel for careers in secondary education.

Requirements

The department cooperates in providing the professional education courses necessary for certification. The secondary certificate qualifies the candidate to teach in junior and senior high schools (grades 7-12).

Teaching majors and minors are authorized in all areas in which there are classes taught in the secondary schools of the state. It is recommended that the majors and minors be selected from related areas, if the student has not selected a composite teaching major. A complete listing of the requirements for each of the teaching areas can be found in the publication, Teaching Majors and Minors for Secondary School Teachers, available in the Department of Secondary Education or by purchase at the University Bookstore.

Teaching Major and Minor. An approved teaching major of not fewer than 40 credits and an approved teaching minor of not fewer than 24 credits must be completed. A composite teaching major consisting of not fewer than 62 credits in two or more related subjects may be selected. Courses required or recommended for majors, minors, and composite majors are agreed upon by the various subject departments, the Department of Secondary Education, and the Council on Teacher Education. For a list of approved programs consult the handbook, Teaching Majors and Minors for Secondary Education. Students completing a teaching major and minor may graduate in either the department offering the major or in the College of Education. Individuals completing a composite major usually graduate from the Department of Secondary Education.

'In College of Education

Admission to Teacher Education. Regardless of the department in which the student majors, he must apply for and be granted permission to enter the Teacher Education program by the admissions committee of the College of Education two quarters prior to enrolling in any education course. It is advisable for the student to make the Application for Admission to Teacher Education during the Sophomore year. An overall grade point average of 2.35 or above is required for admission. A student must apply for student teaching two quarters prior to the quarter of off-campus teaching. The maintenance of a total grade point average of 2.35 or above is required for entrance to student teaching and for certification. The student should be financially prepared to stay off campus during the quarter he has selected as his professional quarter of student teaching. Professional Courses in Education. For a Utah Teaching Certificate for Secondary Schools, students must complete 32 required credits. The prDfessional courses are to be taken in the various divisions as follows : F'ROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COMPONENT (32credi~)

Phase I: (8 credits) Foundation Studies in Teaching ..... . ......... . • . ....

SecEd

301

Psy

366 Educational Psychology ............ . .

5

3

Special Methods: (3-5 credits) Ag Ed

324 Methods of Teaching Agricultural Mecha nics

3

AgEd

325 Methods of Teaching Agriculture .

5

.

Art

312 Art Methods for Secondary Teachers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BE

571 Methods of Teaching Cooperative Education

3

BE

572 Methods of Teaching Business - Nonskilled

3

BE

573 Methods of Teaching Type a nd Office Practice.

3

BE

574 Methods of Teaching Shorthand and Transcription .

3

HE

459 Methods and Materials in Health Education .

3

HECE

440 Methods of Teaching Homema king ........ . . ...

3

ITE

443 Methods in Industrial Education

ITE

522 Analysis and Course Development

Math

309 Methods of Secondary School Math .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

Music

351 Secondary School Choral Methods and Materials

3

Music

353 Secondary School Instructional Methods and Materials .......... .. . . .

3

... .... ... .. ... ..... ..

3

3 5

.


172

Secondary Education

PE

460 Methods in Physical Education . . . ........... ......

SecEd

310 Teaching Social Studies .. . .

5

SecEd

320

5

SecEd

330

SecEd

340 Teach ing of Modern Languages

5

Comm

523 Teaching of Speech ..

3

3

.. .......... ... ... ... Teaching of English ...... .... ... ...... ...... Teaching of Science . . ... .... ..... ....... .. .

5

Phase II: (15 credits) SecEd

450 Secondary Curriculum or Private Consultation ..

1路3

SecEd

460 Student Teaching in Seconda ry Schools .

12

Phase III: (Select a total of six credits from the following.) HE

441 Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs . ..

6

HE

456 School Health for Health Teachers . . ..... . ... .. . . .. . . .

3

PubH

455 School Health for Secondary Teachers .

3

SpEd

301 Education of Exceptiona l Children

3

SpEd

583 Education of the Multiple Ha ndicapped .

3

SecEd

604 Measurement a nd Evaluation in Education

3

SecEd

610 Improvement of Reading .

3

Psy

514 Human Development: Adolescence ........ . . . . .

3

FCD

450 Adolescence and the American Family

3

1M

541

Utilization ofInstructional Media

3

1M

551 Production of Instructional Materials.

3

El J!:d

(one only) Elementary School Methods (in area of specialization)

ElEd

410 Teaching Language Arts . .. . . . .. .... .... . . . .. . . . .

3

ElEd

415 Teaching Reading.

3

ElEd

420 Teaching Social Studies .

3

ElEd

425 Teaching Science . . . .. .... .. . .. . .

3

ElEd

430 Teaching Mathematics

3

E l Ed

440 Teaching Modern Languages .

3

PE

301 Physical Education in the Elementary School .

3

(To be developed)

Teaching in Urban Centers

(To be developed)

Current Adolescent Problems

(To be developed)

Survey of Vocational Education

Each candidate for secondary school teaching is to select the one quarter which best fits his sequence of classes during which time he will spend all day in teacher training in absentia of campus classes. An additional application must be made for student teaching, and credentials are re-evaluated at that time. Secondary Education 450 and 460 are to be taken concurrenlty and will yield 15 credits during this professional quarter.

Dual Certification. To qualify for a Secondary Certificate, in addition to meeting requirements for the Elementary Certificate, candidates must: 1) complete the requirements for a composite teaching major or for a teaching major and minor as indicated above, and 2) complete 15 credits in Secondary Education including a Special Methods course in either the teaching major or minor, and student ' teaching at the secondary school level. A student desiring to obtain both the Elementary and the Secondary Certificate should consult with an adviser in the Secondary Education Department early in his program.

Graduate Study The Department of Secondary Education as an integral part of the College of Education assists in the preparation of graduate students seeking the

MEd, MA, and MS degrees, and the EdD degree. The Secondary Education Department offers the MEd, MA, and MS in teaching, and the EdD in Curriculum Development and Supervision. Students desiring information concerning the various graduate programs should consult with the department head and write to the School of Graduate Studies for a Graduate Catalog which contains the details on the various graduate programs. Application for admission to a graduate program is made through the School of Graduate Studies.

Secondary Education Courses 150. Training Teacher Aides. Experiences to provide insight into a variety of roles which public school classroom teachers perform and to augment teacher performance in the classroom. (2F. W, Sp) 301. Foundation Studies in Teaching. Examination of human requi路 sites for teaching. Through discussion, teaching episodes, and a minimum of fifteen hours of secondary school tutoring, students experience functions of teaching. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 310. Teaching Social Studies. A methods course for secondary school teachers with teaching majors or minors in any of the social sciences. (5F, Sp) 320. Tea~hing English. Considers the content of the English curriculum, effective methods, and significant trends. (5F, Sp) 330. Teaching Science. Objectives of science education. Curriculum materials to achieve these aims. Class members participate in video laboratory experiences a nd secondary school presentations. (5F, Su) 335. Laboratory Practicum for Science Teachers. Discussion and laboratory experience provides initiation into investigative laboratory techniques and procedures appropriate for science curricula. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. (3Sp) 340. Teaching Modern Languages. A methods course for teaching majors or minors in any of the modern languages. Considers the content, effective methods, and significant trends in teaching modern la nguages. (5Sp) 450. Secondary Curriculum Seminar. Focus upon problems a rising during student teaching. Includes teaching plans, procedures, adaptive classroom practices, a nd evaluation. To be taken concurrently with SecEd 460. (3F, W, Sp) 460. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools. Candidates assigned to coopera ting teachers in the public secondary schools in their major and/or minor subjects. Students will have professional responsibilities associated with teaching. (1 2F, W, Sp) 465. Modified Student Teaching. Candidates assigued to cooperating teacher in a public secondary school during summer school. Only for those students seeking dual certification in elementary and secondary education. (6Su) 507. Aerospace Education. See Industrial Education 507. (1路3Su) 550. Interdisciplinary Workshop. (1路3) 590. Projects in Teacher Education. Examination of innovative practices in the field with encouragement from corps of public school cooperating teachers. (3Sp, Su)

Graduate 602. Student Teaching in Higher Education. Enrollment by permission only. Especially adapted for graduate assistants, la boratory instructors, or graduate studen ts specifically preparing for college teaching. (4W, Sp) 604. Measurement and Evaluation in Education. Evaluation of procedures in education including principles of measurements, objectives of tests, and experience in test construction. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 606. Teacher Training in Adult Basic Education. Open to a ny graduate student. Emphasizes teaching methods, study of adult interests, and indices of needs of adults in preparation for the world of work. (3F) 608. Teaching in Extension Services. Open to all graduate students and university staff interested in improving human relations and teaching efficiency in extension services. (3Sp)

I I I I I

I. I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology I I I I Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology

173

610. Improvement of Reading. Diagnostic procedure and use of materials to assist secondary pupils to improve their reading abilities. For all teachers and those qualifying for secondary remedial reading credentials. (3W, Su)

660. Modern Language Curriculum and Instruction. Considers current concepts in curriculum and methods of instruction in modern language education in secondary schools. (3F)

615. Foundations of Curriculum Development. Examination of theories and principles underlying curriculum development with emphasis upon pro· gram planning as practiced in conventional and pilot experimental schools. (3F, Sp; Su)

693. Readings and Conference. Provides for individually directed study in s ubjects of special preparation with committee chairman. (l -3F, W, Sp, Su)

620. Middle School - Junior High Curriculum. New developments in curriculum design for schools incorporating the conventional fifth, sixth , seventh, and eighth years of the public school system: functions, organization , and curriculum . (3Su) 625. Current Problems in Secondary Education. For prospective super· visors in secondary schools. Reviews current practices and issues of interest to class members. (3W, Sp, Su)

630. English Curriculum and Instruction. Evaluation of s ignificant changes in content a nd methods as revealed by research and s uccessful practice. Curriculum projects developed to meet individual needs. (3W, Su) 632. Workshop in English Curriculum. Pre·summer school workshop designed to investigate significant changes in content and methods for teaching the language arts-English curriculum . (3Su)

635. Social Studies Curriculum and Instruction. Examination a nd critiquing of newer concepts in curricul urn and methods of instruction in social studies. (3W)

697. Researc h and Thesis Writing. Individual work in thesis writing with guidance and criticism from committee chairman. (3-9F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Enrollment required of Master's candidates not enrolled for course work or conference activity but who desire availability of human resources and library facilities. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su) 710. Supervision in Public Schools. Principles and practices of school s upervision, including qualifications and responsibilities of supervisors of instruction. Emphasis placed upon roles of personnel in instructional leadership. (3Sp, Su) 712. Student Teaching Supervision. Considers ways and means of providing desirable experiences for student teachers in the public schools. Roles of cooperating teachers and college supervisors will be analyzed. (3F, Su) 714. Workshop in Supervision of Student Teachers. Intensive program scheduled for a two-week period at conclusion of public school year to accomplish objectives of Sec Ed 712. (2Su)

715. Internship in School Supervision. Provides extensive experience for doctoral students. Supervision is for a minimum of one quarter of filltime activity under the direction of an administrator or university professor. (3-6F, W, Sp)

637. Development of Social Studies Curriculum. Study of recurring philosophical problems, their relationship to curriculum choices in democratic program planning, problems of content selection, a nd methodology relating to stated objectives. (3Su)

720. Theories of Teaching in Public Schools. Analysis of various hypotheses abo ut teaching and related methodologies applied in classroom settings. (3W,Su)

640. Science Curriculum and Instruction. Study of newer concepts in curriculum and methods of instruction in physical a nd biological sciences in the secondary school. (3Sp, Su)

730. Curriculum Development in Public Schools. Studies of principles a nd practices in curriculum building. Philosophical , psychological , sociological bases, youth interests, institutional pressures identified. (3F, Su)

645. Mathematics Curriculum and Instruction. Examination of newer concepts in curriculum and methods of instruction in mathematics in the secondary school. (3W, Su)

735. Internship in Curriculum D ~ve lopment . Directed activity in curriculum development with selected public school personnel. (3W, Sp, Su)

650. Speech Curriculum and Instruction. Examination of recent concepts in curriculum development in speech education. (3F, Su)

655. Practicum in Evaluation of Instruction. Designed as the first of a two-quarter sequence for experienced teachers and administrators. Emphasis in improving educational programs in a specific school or district. (1-3F, W, Sp)

656. Practicum in Improvement of Instruction. Designed as the second of a two-quarter sequence for experienced teachers and administr a tors. Emphasis in improving educational programs in a specific school or dis\rict. (1-3F,W, Sp)

793. Readings and Conferences. Provides opportunity under direction of committee chairman for individua lly directed study in specia l area of research interest. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su) 797. Field Studies and Thesis. Individual work on research problems in the EdD program. (6-18F, W, Sp, Su)

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. Enrollment req ui red of doctoral candidates not enrolled for course work or conference activity but who desire avai lability of human resources and use of library and electronic facilities. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

*Department of

Head: Professor Yun Kim Office in Main 220

Professors Andrews, Black, Bylund, DeHart, Hale, Keller, Maughan, Taggart; Assistant Professors Albrecht, C. G. Conover, W. M. Conover, Crapo, Geertsen, Madsen, Meservy, Parlin, Smith, Toney; Instructors Ascoli, Bair, Gray, Musick; Lecturer Thorne Degrees offered: BS and BA in Social Work; BS, BA, MS, MA, and PhD in Sociology; Master of Social Sciences (MSS) 'In College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences


174

Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology

Objectives The department offers educational programs for students to prepare for positions in social welfare, teaching, research, personnel, government service, law enforcement, business and industry, as well as providing liberal and general education for all interested students. The program offers a wide range of courses for the study of social, cultural, and behavioral dynamics. The department also provides General Education and other service courses for various groups of students.

Sociology Sociology is the scientific study of human relationships. The sociologist is interested in the hUman world with its institutions, cultural patterns, and dynamic interactions. Using scientific methods, he studies not only to gain knowledge about society but in the hope of contributing to basic social theories that will benefit all mankind.

Requirements Sociology majors course requirements:

must

meet

the

following

1) Complete the general requirements of the University (a suggesteq schedule of courses to meet these requirements is available from the department's secretary or from the student's adviser). 2) Complete a minimum of 48 credits with the department. This is exclusive of any department course used in filling General Education requirements. Sociology majors must maintain a g.p.a. of 2.5 in courses within the department. 3) Complete 18 credits in a minor field. 4) Complete the following specific courses: Soc 200; Soc 240; Soc 301 ; Soc 311 ; Soc 320; Soc 330; Soc 350 or Anthr 560; Soc 160 or 360; Soc 415; SW 105 or 227; and Anthr 150 or 502. 5) Choose a minimum of 12 credits from at least two of the following areas: a) Modern Problems Area: Soc 340; Soc 341; Soc 342; Soc 420; Soc 442; Soc 540; SW 365; SW 435. b) Group Process Area: Soc 430; Soc 451; Soc 452; Soc 550. c) Institutional Area: Soc 431; Soc 432; Soc 433; Soc 434; Soc 436; Soc 437; Soc 461; Anthr504. d) Theories and Methods Area: Soc 300; Soc 510; Soc 513; Soc 515; Soc 525; SW 535.

6) Students expecting to do graduate work should take Soc 300, History of Social Thought; Soc 513, Survey Research; and Soc 515, Advanced Sociological Measurements. 7) Soc 101, Soc 200, or Anthr 101 is prerequisite to the courses numbered above 300 in the department. Sociology and Social Work Dual Major. Sociology majors who desire additional preparation for employment in the social services may take a dual major in Sociology and Social Work. With the help of advisers, students who will seek positions in other special areas could include appropriately related courses. Minor. Students minoring in Sociology must meet the University minimum of 18 credits. The following course!? are recommended: Soc 200 or 160; Soc 240; Soc 350 or 301; plus additional elective courses in Sociology to reach or exceed the 18 credits required. Teaching Certification. Sociology is defined as an approved teaching major in Utah Secondary Schools by the State Board of Education. The Sociology major must have as a minor a subject which is required in Utah high schools. The Sociology teaching major can be achieved by either 1) taking the teaching certificate courses in education, and taking a regular Sociology major in the Sociology Department, or 2) taking the teaching certificate courses in Education, and taking the Sociology teaching major under the direction of the College of Education. The Sociology staff recommends the first of these possibilities. Students can also elect Sociology as an approved teaching minor. Gerontology Program. The Department of Sociology is sponsoring an interdisciplinary Gerontology program which provides career opportunities in the field of aging. Students may earn a certificate in gerontology by taking selected courses in their major and by completion of a specialized field experience. Information concerning this program may be obtained through the department secretary. American Studies Major. The Department of Sociology, Social Work, and Anthropology is one of several departments offering an area of concentration for the American Studies Program. The student who wishes to focus his work on American culture should refer to the American Studies Program description (see listing under English Department) and check with Therel R. Black for further information.

Graduate Study The department offers courses leading to the Master of Science, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Sociology. (See the Graduate Catalog for further information.) Seniors are strongly advised to take the Graduate Record

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology Examination in anticipatIOn of graduate study and other special opportunities.

Sociology Courses NOTE: Soc 101, Soc 200, or Anthr 101, or instructor's permission if you are a graduate student, is prerequisite to all courses numbered 300 or above. 101. Introductory Sociology. How does biological man become huma n? How and why men of different cultures control their societies, evaluate. their behavior, and organize as they do. (5F, W, Sp) 102. American Culture. America. (3F, W, Sp)

175

433. Social Institutions. Similarities and differences in institutions as they emerge, grow, a nd decline_ (3Sp) 434. Educational Sociology. Sociological factors affecting ed ucation within the school and the community and their implications. (3F) 436. Sociology of Leisure. Leisure in terms of function a nd organizational structure in America. Includes outdoor recreation associated with natural reo sources and social factors affecting leisure. (3Sp) 437. Social Stratification. Nature and consequences of the differential distribution of rewards a nd prestige in our own society and in oth er societies. (3F,Sp) 442. Criminal Law and Corrections. A sociological analysis of the criminal courts, law enforcement, and prisons. Alternatives to current practices are examined. (3W)

Basic beliefs, values, customs, and institutions of

160. Rural Sociology. Patterns of settlement and their influence upon rural life. Rural institutions and adjustments to meet rural problems. (5F, W, Sp) 200. General Sociology. Basic principles of sociology are considered in their theoretical and methodological settings. (5F, W, Sp)

451. Social Movements. A study of sociological conditions that give rise to various types of social movements, and the role of social movements in changing society_ (3Sp) 452. Group Dynamics. Group processes from the point of view of improving individual groups. Social action as a group process_ (3W)

240. Modern Social Problems. Major American social problems. Adjustments and changes as a means of minimizing disorganization. (3F, W, Sp)

461. Human Ecology. Social, cultural, and natura l-spatia l factors affecting the distribution and behavior of modern human society. Relationship of social behavior to the physical environment and resources. (3W)

301. Contemporary Sociological Theory. This course examines crucial issues and theories of contemporary sociology and looks at how earlier theorists and more contemporary theorists have dealt with these issues and concepts. (5F, W,Sp)

480. Seminar in Sociology. Seminars in various areas of sociology; a) theory, b) methodology, c) demography, d) social organization, e) social deviance, f) social psychology. g) human ' ecology. Instructor's permission required. (2F,W,Sp)

311. Methods of Social Research. Methods and techniques of analyzing and interpreting social data. (3F, W, Sp)

490. Independent Readings in Sociology. Independent readings in various areas of sociology: a) theory, b) methodology, c) demography, d) social organization, e) social deviance, f) social psychology, g) human ecology. Credit a rranged. Instructor's permission required. (l-5F, W, Sp)

320. Population Problems. Growth and changing patterns of the population and socioeconomic and other factors related to population change. The significance of these population changes on today's living. (3F, W) 330. Social Change. A systematic analysis of society with emphasis on understanding the change process and a lternative strategies for effecting change. (3F, Sp) 340. Minority Groups. An analysis of the social and cultural characteristics of various minority groups the U .S. The nature, sources. and areas of conflict. (3W,Sp)

in

341. Juvenile Delinquency. The nature, extent, causes, and treatment of delinquency. Programs of delinquency prevention are explored. (3W, Sp)

510. Mathematical Sociology. An introduction to models of mathematical regularities in social phenomena. Prerequisites: Soc 311, 415, and high school algebra. (3F) 513. Survey Research. Development of interview schedules, questionnaries, attitude scales, sampling, interviewing, and analysis. Prerequisites: Soc 311 and 415. (4F) 515. Advanced Sociological Measurement. Emphasis is placed on nonparametric measures of association, tests of significant, a nd multivariate analyses. Prerequisites: Soc 311 and 415. (3W)

W)

520. Methods of Population Analysis. Use of rates, ratios, life tables, and related indices in analyzing, estimating, and projecting population in geographic areas. School, welfare, and labor force populations also considered. (3F)

350. Social Psychology. Cultural and social determinants of personality growth. Application of such knowledge to the understanding of group process, mass behavior, a nd the human relations problems. (3F, W, Sp)

525. Population Theories and Policies. To review and evaluate various population theories. Survey of population policies practiced by various governments and evalu,a tion of the effectiveness of various policies_ (3W)

360. Urban Sociology. The changing nature of social life as it has moved from predominantly rural to urban patterns. Significant events that have led to urbanization. (3F, Sp)

535. Public Social Policy. See SW 535_ (3Sp)

342. Criminology. A social analysis of the crime problem in the U.S. Characteristics and causes of crime as well as social and legal reactions. (3F,

400. History of Social Thought. Development of social thought from early periods to Auguste Comte. important developments in Europe and America after Comte, especially early American thought. (3F) 415. Sociological Measurement. Levels of measurement; measure of central tendency. dispersion, and association; probability, the normal curve, statistical inference. (3F, Sp) 420. World Population Problems. Current and future pOPJllation problems, particularly in less developed areas of the world. Factors affecting population growth and change. (3Sp) 430. Community Organization and Leadership. Forces within and outside the community that are affecting decision making at the local level. Techniques of training leaders to help make the community more effective. (3F, W) 431. Political Sociology. A sociological analysis of political institutions, power structures, and political socialization. (3F) 432. Industrial Sociology. Stresses contribution of sociology to the understanding of industry as a social system_ Includes work behavior and impact of technologiesl change on society. (3Sp)

540. Delinquency Prevention. Modern philosophies a bout behavioral characteristics of children. Community and organizational programs of delinquency prevention. (3F) 550. Human Relations in Industry. Human relations, philosophy, and skills applicable to present-day management practices. The contribution of social sciences in building a human relations program in industry. (3Sp) 560. Sociology of Natural Resources. For students interested in the social organization and social systems associated with natural resources. In¡ cludes principles and a field study of resource problems. (3W)

601. Development of Sociological Theory. Traces development of sociologiesl theory from the middle nineteenth century onward, from Auguste Comte to the present. Emphasizes interrelationships between theory and research_ Prerequisites: Soc 301 and 400_ (3F) 609. Philosophy of the Social Sciences. (See Philosophy 609.) (3F)

610. Advanced Methods of Social Research. Focus will be upon: a) interview schedules and questionnaire development and construction, b) interviewing and questionnaire techniques, c} organizing data for analysis. (3W)


176

Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology

611. Practicum in Social Research. research in field studies. (1¡5Sp)

Supervised ap plication of sociological

620. Advanced Methods of Population Analysis. Advanced techniques in demogra phic research; a nalyses of fertility. morta lity, a nd migra tion and population projections. (3W) 625. Advanced Demography. To provide an oppo.tunity for detailed studies in fertility and family planning, mortality a nd morbidity, migration and urba nization, the labor force a nd economic development, a nd population projections. (3Sp) 640. Social Disorganization. An analysis of disequilibrium in social systems from the standpoint of the social processes which bring them about. (3F) 641. Social Deviance. Emphasis is on the symbolic interactionist perspective a nd the application of this approach in the development of theoretical models and research design . (3W) 650. Sociology of Consumer B e havior. An a na lysis of cons umer behavior theories a nd research techniques with emphasis on the social-psychological a pproach. (3W) 660. Advanced Rural Sociology. Analysis of ma jor developments in rural social thought; research a nd application aimed at solution of rura l social prob¡ lems throughout the world . (3W)

680. Seminar in Sociology. Seminars in various a reas of sociology: a) theory, b) methodology, c) demography, d) social organization, e) social deviance, f) social. psychology, g) huma n ecology. Ins tructor's permission req uired. (2F,W,Sp) 690. Independent Readings in Sociology. Independent readings in va rious a reas of sociology: a) theory, b) methodology, c) demography, d) social orga ni zation, e) socia l deviance, f) socia l psychology, g) human ecology. Credit arranged. Instructor's permission req uired. (1-5F, W, Sp) 697. Thesis Research. (l-lOF, W, Sp) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(1-3F, W, Sp)

700. Advanced Sociological Theory. Complete a nd in-depth a nalysis of sociological theory. Includes qua litative a nd quantitative modeling, axiomatic theories, a nd other ways to organize sets of propositions. Prerequisites Soc 301 ,400 and 601.- (3Sp) 702. Seminar in Sociological Theory. Topics include theory construction, systems theory, or specia l seminars on individual thinkers (i.e. Durkheim, Weber) or schools of thought (conflict theory, s ymbolic interactionism). May be repeated for credit. (2Sp) 750. Theories in Social Psychology. A critical examina tion of various social-psychological theories. Attention will be given to such areas as cognitive theories, sym bolic interactionism, ro le theory, exchange theory, reference group theory, a nd field theory in social psychology. (3F) 780. Seminar in Sociology. Seminars in various areas of sociology: a) theory, b) methodology, c) demogra phy, d) social organization, e) social deviance, f) social psychology, g) human ecology. Instructor 's pennission required. (1-5F, W, Sp) 790. Independe nt R e adings in Sociology. Independent readings in various a reas of sociology: a) theory, b) methodology, c) demography, d) socia l organization, e) social devia nce, f) social psychology, g) human ecology . Credit arranged. Instructor's permission required. (l-5F, W, Sp) 797. Dissertation Research.

Credit a rra nged. (1-IOF, W, Sp)

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3F, W, Sp)

Social Work Recent developments emphasizing the complexities of modern living have shown the need for increased understanding and improved skills relating to poorly adjusted human relationships and other problems of society. The primary purpose of the undergraduate Social Work program at USU is to prepare students for entry into beginning social work practice. However, those not entering directly into practice will find distinctive value in this training for:

1) Preparation for graduate Social Work education; 2) Contributing educationally toward preparation for other professions; 3) Enrichment of daily community living through increased skills in human relationships and mcreased knowledge of social welfare issues. The undergraduate Social Work program at USU holds membership and approved status with the Council on Social Work Education. Graduates holding a BS or BA in Social Work from a CSWE approved program are eligible for membership in the National Association of Social Workers. In Utah and in certain other states, they may qualify for a license to practice as social service workers. Social Work Major. Majors must meet the following requirements: 1) Overall university requirements for graduation. 2) Completion of 56 specified credits in Social Work, Sociology, Anthropology, Psychology, and other selected areas. (A course requirement check sheet may be obtained from the departmental secretary or any academic adviser.) A grade point average of 2.5 must be maintained in courses taken to complete the major. 3) Complete the following background courses: Soc 200; Soc 240; Soc 311; Soc 350; Anthr 150; Soc 340 or SW 240; and SW 227. 4) Complete the following Social Work core courses: SW 105; SW 305; SW 415; SW 416; SW 417; SW 426; SW 427; SW 428; and SW 535. 5) Complete the following Human Growth and Behavior oriented courses: Psy 110 or FCD 210; and Psy 321. 6) Elective courses for additional study relating to Social Work practice may include SW 335; SW 365; SW 435; SW 436; SW 485; Psy 372; and PS 260. 7) Complete 18 credits in a minor field. Minor. Students minoring in Social Work must meet the University requirement of 18 credits. A minor may be obtained by selecting the necessary credits from courses offered with primary consideration given to the following: SW 105; SW 227; SW 240; SW 335; SW 365; SW 435; SW 436; and SW 485. Skills and field practicum courses may be taken only following completion of specified prerequisites. Field practicum courses require advance permission from the instructor. Teaching Certification. The student majoring in Social Work who desires a secondary teaching certificate 'may take the required courses listed in the handbook for teaching majors and minors in the approved subject areas. By careful planning, a Social Work major preferring to do so can complete requirements for a secondary or elementary teaching certificate.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology

177

Social Work Courses

Anthropology Courses

105. Introduction to Social Welfare. Public and voluntarv orOeTam. which provide social services. Prerequisite to Social Work core courses. (3F, W,Sp)

101. Introduction to Anthropology. Basic areas of anthropology including the evolution of man, his culture and social life, a nd a nalyses of the nature a nd variability of human institutions. (5F, W, Sp)

227. Field Observation. Field trips and seminars to acquaint students with social welfare on a direct, introductory level. (2F, W, Sp)

150. Peoples and Cultures of the World. Intensive comparisons of the economic, political, kinship, and religious structures of representative societies from the major culture areas of the world. (3F. Sp)

240. Social Welfare Among Minority Groups. Use of Social Work con路 cepts in making maxim~m use of social welfare resources toward finding solutions to minority group problems. (3F) 305. Social Work Practice. Social Work as a helping profession, including the philosophy and generic basis for practice. Prerequisite: SW 105. (3W, Sp)

210. Anthropology of Race. A scientific approach to the phenomenon of human physical variability, based on contemporary viewpoints from biology, anthropology, and psychology. (2S p) 230. Human Prehistory. Survey of the evolution of man and culture in the Old World and the New World. (3F)

335. Child Welfare. Developments in programs for meeting such needs of children as substitute parental care, adoptions, delinquency problems, mental retardation, and unmarried motherhood. (3W)

251. Traditional Africa. Geography, ethnology, and early history of Africa to the coming of the colonial powers. (See Hist 351.) (3F)

365. Mental Health. Services offered for the prevention and treatment of mental illnesses and the feasibility of social action programs on a community level. (3F)

352. Ethnology of South America. Native peoples and cultures of South America. Analyses of sociocultural changes of these peoples adapting to Hispanic and modern conditions. (3W)

415. Social Work Skills I. Discussion and application Of generic social work skills and interventive processes applied at the casework level. Prerequisites: SW 105, 305, 227. (3F, W)

404. Economic Anthropology. Anthropologica l analysis of economic institutions and development in primative and peasant societies. (3Sp)

416. Social Work Skills II. Discussion and application of generic social work skills as applied in group work. Prerequisite: SW 415. (3W, Sp) 417. Social Work Skills Ill. Discussion and application of generic social work skills and interventive processes as applied at the community level. Pre路 requisite: SW 416. (3Sp) 426. Field Practicum I. Required of all students majoring in Social Work. An educationally directed field practicum combining seminar with supervised learning experience. Prerequisites: SW 415, 416, 417. (2F) 427. Field Practicum II. Continuation of SW 426 taken in sequence. Prerequisite: SW 426. (4W) 428. Field Practicum Ill. req4.isites: SW 427. (4Sp)

410. Introduction to Physical Anthropology. Method and theory in the study of the evolution of man, contemporary human variations, and the processes and factors in human evolution. (3W) 430. North American Prehistory. Man and cultural evolution in the major culture areas of North America. Local field trips and excavation. (3Sp) 431. Prehistory of Mesoamerica. An analysis of prehistoric cultural development in Mexico and Guatamala from the time of early hunters and gatherers through the Spanish conquest of the Aztec empire. (3F) 432. Archeological Methods and Field Work. Methods of archeological field work and laboratory analysis. Techniques of surveying, mapping, excava路 tion, cultural analysis, and reporting. Includes lectures, laboratory work, and field experience. (1-5Sp)

Continuation of SW 427 taken in sequence. Pre-

435. Service to the Aged. Effect of the aging process on social adjustment and trends toward development of services and programs for aged. (3Sp)

440. Language and Culture. Intensive analysis of the nature and development of communication and language as aspects of personality, society, and culture. (3Sp)

436. Legal Obligations Within the Family. Obligations in husband-wife and parent-child relationships according to social law and traditions. (2F)

450. American Indian Ethnology. Economic, politica l, kinship. and religious structures of representative native cultures of North America. Emphasis on the peoples of the southwest and the Great Basin. (3F, W)

485. Social Work Seminar. Study of selected current social work issues 8uch 8S social legislation, provision of social service to rural areas, trends, etc. Recommended for all Social Work majors. (2)

451. Peoples of Mesoamerica. An ethnological survey of cultures in Mexico, Guatemala, and other Mesoamerican countries in various degrees of cultural progress and acculturation. (3W)

535. Public Social Policy. Examination and evaluation of various social welfare institutions and programs attacking poverty and inequality of opportunity. (3Sp)

500. Anthropological Theory. Historica l and contemporary anthropological theories of culture, society, and personality. (3F)

595. Directed Readings in Social Work. Instructor's permission and a plan for study required. (l-5F. W, Sp)

501. Comparative Value Systems. Comparative and theoretical study of the nature and variability of values, value systems, and cultural orientations. Relationships of these cultural phenomena to personality. (3W, Sp)

Anthropology

502. Comparative Family Systems. Basic anthropological concepts and theories relating social structures based on kinship, its analysis, evolution, function, change, and variability over the world. (3F)

Anthropology offers a broad framework for the understanding of man and society through courses dealing with the present diversity of cultural and human types, as well as prehistoric evolutionary perspectives. Anthropology provides a useful background for students in the social sciences, humanities, biological sciences, and education. It leads, when pursued through graduate levels, to careers in research, teaching, and some branches of government service. Minor. Students minoring in Anthropology are required to take the University minimum of 18 credits in anthropology courses. These should be selected by the student with assistance and approval of his adviser.

503. Comparative Religious Systems. Analysis of the structure and variations of religion, magic, and ritual in various social, cultural, and ecological contexts throughout the world. (3W) 504. Anthropology and Religion. Theoretical analysis of religion as a cultural phenomenon. The functional relationships of religion to culture, society, and the individual. (3F) 540. Introduction to Linguistics. Theory of language and survey of structural and generative phonology, morphology, syntax; language acquisition; second language learning. (See Language 540.) (5W) 550. Applied Anthropology and Culture Change. Nature and problems of primitive and peasant societies undergoing technical, economic, and social change in the modern world. (3W) 560. Culture and Personality. Cultural and social factors in the development and structure of personality from a cross路cult ural perspective. (3F, Sp)


178

Soil Science and Biometeorology

561. Psychological Anthropology. A compa r ative analysis of psychiatric disorders a nd behavior disturba nces of social categories in western society a nd va rious societies of the world. (3 W)

590. Independent Studies in Anthropology.

(1·5F, W, Sp)

690.

(1·5)

Independent Studies in Anthropology.

*Department of

Soil Science and Biometeorology Head: Professor R. L. Smith Office in Agricultural Science 148 Professors Carter,! Cary,! Christensen, Dirmhirn, Hanks, Jurinak, Leggett,! Miller, Smith,! Thorne; Associate Professors Ashcroft, Daniels, James, Mayland,! Nielson, Richardson, Skujins, Southard, Wooldridge, Wright!; Associate Professor Emeritus Wilson; Assistant Professor Hunsaker; Research Associate Lamborn Degrees offered: BS, MS, and PhD in Soil Science and Biometeorology, BS and MS in Soil Science; BS and MS in Soils and Irrigation; MS and PhD in Physical Ecology

Objectives Courses and degree options offered in the Department of Soil Science and Biometeorology will prepare students to investigate the basic environmental sciences - air, water, and land. Courses will bring a better understanding of the interrelationships of these basic environmental components, particularly as related to the arid and semiarid soils and climate complexes that are characteristic of the intermountain and Great Basin region. Bachelor of Science degrees are offered under a general curriculum and a science curriculum. There is also a curriculum in Soils and Irrigation offered jointly with the Department of Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering.

Requirements Majors must have a grade point of 2.5 or better In all Soil Science and Biometeorology courses. Any Soil Science or Biometeorology courses passed with a "D" grade must be repeated. Transfer students are required to take at least 15 credits for the major in residence at USu. Soil Science. A student graduating with this option will be equipped to do either applied or graduate work depending on the level of his science courses. As an agronomy student he is qualified for a position as an agronomist in the Agricultural Extension Service, a farm planner, a farm manager, a salesman, or a conservationist in the U.S. Civil °In College of Agriculture 1 USDA Collaborators

Service. In the science-oriented curriculum he meets the requirements as a soil scientist or soil conservationist for the Soil Conservation Service. He is able to accept positions in industrial research, agriculture, forestry, range science, engineering, and education. Soils and Irrigation Curriculum. These students are trained to manage and operate irrigation systems and installations and to work for the agricultural Extension Service as an irrigation specialist. By choice of electives the student can become trained in hydrology and become equipped for a number of positions in federal, state, and local governmental and civic organizations in planning and supervising the use of soil and water for a multitude of purposes.

Graduate Study The department offers a Master of Science degree in Physical Ecology and one in Soil Science and Biometeorology with areas of specialization in Soil Science, Soils and Irrigation, Biometeorology, and Climatology. The PhD offered in the department is in Soil Science and Biometeorology with areas of specialization in Soil Science, Soils and Irrigation, Biometeorology, and Climatology.

Soil Science Courses 358. General Soils. A study of soil forma tion, cla ssification properties, fer· tility, and !"anagement. Prerequisi"': Inorganic Chemistry. (5F, W, Sp) 455. Fertilizer Technology. Fertilizers, manufacture, and use. Simple a nd compound fertilizers involving nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, secondary elements, and minor elements. Should be taken concurrently with SS 555. (1 W) 470. Irrigated Soils. Soil salinity, soil·moisture·plant relationships, wa"'r supply and quality, irrigation water measurement, soil moisture movement, irrigation methods. Prerequisi"': An introductory course in Soil Science or in· structor's consent. (3Sp) 489. Soil Seminar. Required of all Soil Science Seniors in the department. (lW)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Soil Science and Biometeorology 490. Special Problems. Conferences or laboratory investigations. Subject a nd credit arranged. Must be approved by the department. (1·5F, W, Sp, Su) 505. Chemistry of Soil-Water Systems. Chemical n ature of the soil a nd the soil solution. Ion excha nge. collodial behavior. ionic equilibrium . and transport. Prerequisite: SS 358. (3F) 514. Soil Identification and Interpretation. Identification and classifi· cation of soils with emphasis on interpretation for use and ma nagement. Soil fertility a nd conserva tion will be considered. (5Sp) 530. Soil Microbiology. Activities a nd ecology of microorganisms related to soil properties, soil fertility, soil organic matter, and the rhizosphere. Prerequisites: General Biology, Organic Chemistry. Two lectures, two labs. (4F) 555. Soil and Plant Nutrition. Pla nt and water relations with respect to irrigation water a nd soil environment; nutrient availability, adsorption, toxicity. fertilizers, plant nutrition, and water quality. Prerequisite: SS 358. (4W) 565. Physical Properties of Soils. Physical relationships of soil mois· ture, temperature, penetrability, a nd aeration to plant growth. Structural conditions, tillage, irrigation as factors that affect these relatio nships. Prerequisite: Previous soils training. (3F) 566. Physical Properties of Soils Laboratory. Methods of analysis. Pre· requisites: SS 565 prior to or concurrently, and instructor's consent. (2F) 577. Chemical Analysis of Soils. The theory of a na lytical techniques a nd the operation of instruments necessary for a nalyses done in plant and soil research. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. (2W)

325. Bioclimatology. Interrelations between living organisms, both plants a nd animals, including man, a nd the physical a nd chemical factors of their atmospheric environment. (3W) 355. Aviation Meteorology. Basic course in meteorology designed to meet ground school requirements of pilots and others in aviation careers. Reading and interpretation of weather observations, maps, and forecasts. Methods of proper communication with aviation meteorologists at weather service forecast office. (3)

356. Aviation Meteorology Laboratory. Practice in observing, encoding, and interpreting aviation weather and upper air data as they apply to decision making a nd safety in the aviation industry. Prerequisite: Bimet 355 or current registration. (1) 490. Special Problems. (l·5 F, W, Sp, Su) 500. Introduction to Ae r onomy. A survey of the properties and processes in the upper atmosphere. Atmospheric structure, magnetospheric phenomena, the ionosphere, solar terrestria l relationships, a urora and airglow, and at· mospheric reactions. (3Sp) 517. Weather and Climate. Basic knowledge of, a nd development of teach· ing aids for weather causes and effects. Effects of topography a nd seasona l cha nges in weather and climate. (4Su) 530. Introduction to Meteorology. Introduction to principles of meteorology for students with science background. Treatment of the nature of storms, wi nds, clouds, precipitation, a nd atmospheric circulation. (4 W) 594. Tropical Climatology. Relationships between tropical climates and meteorological patterns, topographical conditions, and coastal and continental locations. Prerequisite: Bimet 117 or Bimet 530. (l·3Sp)

Graduate 614. Soil Physics. Structure of clay minera ls a nd their rela tion to a dsorption and other surface phenomena; soil moisture and air relations; and soil stabilization. Prerequisite: SS 565. (3S p) 615. Physical Chemistry of Soils. P hysio·chemical a nd surface aspects of soils and related systems. Prerequisite: Chem 306. (3W) 619. Saline and Alkali Soils. (2W) 621. Genesis, Morphology, and Mineralogy of Soils . Prerequisi te: SS 514 or instructor's consent. (3Sp) 624. Soil C h e mis try.

Prerequisite: Chern 306 or instructor's consent.

(3Sp)

630. Soil Biochemistry and Microbiology. Origin and properties of soil orga nic matter, fate of agriculture chemicals in soil, and microbial activities a t soil interfaces a nd in the rhi zosphere. Prerequisite: SS 530 or instructor's consent. (2W) 635. Environmental Biogeochemistry. Elementa l turnover and biogeo· chemical processes in the biosphere of Earth. (3Sp) 680. Seminar.

179

Required of a ll gradua te majors. (IF, W, Sp)

687. Ecology Seminar. (IF, W, Sp) 690. Special Problems. Soil Science students review literature on problems and conduct experiments. Credit a rra nged. Must be approved by department. (I·5F, W, Sp, Su) 697. Thesis Research.

(1·15F, W, Sp, Su)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l·3F, W, Sp, Su) 780. Seminar. (l·3F, W, Sp, Su) 790. Special Problems. (l·SF, W, Sp, Su)

Graduate 620. Climatology. General cause a nd effect relationships between physical features of the earth and climates. Prerequisite: Bimet 117 or 530, or instructor's consent. (3Sp) 631. Physical Meteorology. Thermodynamics of dry and moist atmos· pheres; a tmospheric motions; concepts of circulation, divergence, a nd vorticity. (3F) 632. Dynamic Meteorology. Thermodynamics and states of the at· mosphere; effects of water vapor. Horizontal motions in the atmosphere; characteristics of fluid flow. Prerequisite: Phyx 223, or instructor's consent. (3) 633. Synoptic Meteorology. Analysis of synoptic scale circulation. Com· putations of divergence, vorticity, vertical motion, energy processes, and eddy transport. Prerequisite: Bimet 632 or instructor's consent. (5Sp) 634. Cloud and Precipitation Physics. Thermodyna mics, equilibrium, and phase changes of water; thermodynamics of saturated air; aerosols; ice crystals; cloud droplet spectra; cloud dynamics a nd precipita tion modification. Prereq· uisite: Bimet 633 or instructor's consent. (3F) 644. Meso-meteorology. Study a nd a nalysis of slope, valley and canyon circulations; gravity wave dynamics; cumulus convection, thunderstorms a nd squall lines, easterly · waves, and hurricanes. Prerequisite: Bimet 633 or instructor's consent. (3F) 645. Paleoclimatology. A review of factors influencing climatic cha nge a nd evidence of climatic variations drawn from many disciplines. Prerequisites: Bimet 117, Bimet 530, or instructor's consent. (3W) 652. Biometeorology Instruments. Gives student insight into planning and performing biometeorological experiments. Methods a re developed with specific experimental problems. Covers heat exchange, water cycle, and physio· logical processes. (3W)

797. Dissertation Research. (1·15F, W, Sp, Su) 799. Continuing Graduate Advisem e nt. (I·3F, W, Sp, Su)

670. Air Pollution Meteorology. Study of rela tionships between meteorological conditions a nd accumulation, distribution, and dissipation of atmospheric pollutants. Prerequisite: Bimet 530 or instructor's consent. (3·on request)

Biometeorology Courses

680. Seminar. (IF, W, Sp)

117. Introduction to Weather and Climate. Tempera ture, wind, clouds, precipitation, stonos, air masses, atmospheric circulation, a nd the impact of weather and climate on human activities. (3F, W, Sp)

690. Special Problems. Students select a problem, review literature, con· duct experiments, a nd write a report. Must be approved by department. (1·5F , W, Sp,Su)

127. Oceanography. Nature and llehavior of the oceans a nd their coast lines. Emphasis will be on relationships between oceanogra phy and other fields. (3oOn request)

693. Environmental Field Experiments . An introduction to the practical handling of problems in environmenta l meteorology. Every student will have to solve several problems in the field. Prerequisite: Bimet 709. (3Sp)


180

Special Education

695. Mountain Climatology. Readings in free air climatology. Modification imposed by interaction of physical principles and variations in slope. aspect, agd altitude. (1¡3Sp) 697. Thesis Research. (I¡15F, W, Sp, SuI 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(1-3F, W, Sp, SUI

701,702, 703. Aeronomy. Physical processes operating in the Earth's high atmosphere. Atmospheric composition and temperature, energy balance, atomic and molecular processes and dynamics. Prerequisite: Solid foundation in the physical sciences. (3F, 3W, 3Sp) 704. Ionospheric Physics. Observational and theoretical aspects of ionospheric physics. Production and loss mechanisms for the ionization, transport processes, and effects of ionospheric storms. Emphasis on the ionosphere above 100 km. (3F) 706. Circulation of the High Atmosphere. Dynamics of the stratospheric and meso spheric circulation systems; gravity wave, large-scale circulation patterns of the stratosphere a nd mesosphere; stratospheric transport, energy transformation. Prerequisite: Solid foundation in physical sciences. (3) 707. Environmental Remote Sensing. A survey course covering remote sensing techniques, sensor development; application problems in meteorology, engineering, agriculture, watershed management, aeronomy, and natural resources. Prerequisites: Phyx 223 or consent of instructor. (3W)

growth; conversions of cloud water to hydrometeor water; cloud models. Prerequisite: Bimet 634 or instructor's consent. (4W) 735. Extratropical Cyclones. Theories of cyclogenesis; energy and water budgets of cyclones; possibilities for cyclone modification and precipitation management; convectively-induced mesocyclones, tornadoes, and possibilities for modification. Prerequisite: Bimet 633 or instructor's consent. (4Sp) 741. Physical Climatology. Special emphasis on global energy and water balance regimes of earth and atmosphere. Radiation, heat transfer in soil, water and air, and evapotranspiration. Prerequisite: Himet 632. (3F) 752. Ins,rumentation Laboratory. Student selects two problems. one executed in the laboratory, the other in the field. Test, check control instruments under field conditions. Prerequisite: Himet 652. (3Sp) 780. Seminar. (1-3F, W, Sp, SUI 790. Special Problems. Students select a problem, review literature, conduct experiments, a nd write a report. Must be a pproved by department. (I -8F, W,Sp,Su) 794. Methods in Applied Climatology. Readings and problems in procedures of selecting, organizing, summarizing, interpreting, a nd reporting climatic infonnation for specific practical purposes. Concentration on the entire problem. Prerequisite: Himet 530. (3F) 797.

709. Biometeorology. Problems presented by professors in various fields of natural resources. Development of practical approach to problems of diffusion, evapotranspiration, and radiation in biotic environments. Prerequisites: Phyx 223. (~ W )

Dissertation Research. (1-15F, W, Sp, SUI

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1-3F, W. Sp, SuI

734. Cloud and Precipitation Modeling. Techniques in modeling crystal growth, crystal agglomeration, droplet growth, droplet coalescence, and hail

*Department of

Special Education Department Head: Professor Donald F. Kline Office in Richards Hall 51'4G Professors Fifield, Thain; Associate Professors Henderson, Hofmeister, Rickert; Assistant Professors Beasley, Dotts, Publicover; Instructors Brady, Butler, Thorkildsen Degrees offered: BS, MS, MEd, and EdD in Special Education Areas of specialization: BS degree has a program of emphasis in Intellectually Handicapped; MS, MEd and EdD degrees have programs of emphasis in Socially and Emotionally Disturbed, Learning Disabilities, Culturally Different, and Intellectually Handicapped; EdD in Curriculum Development and Supervision has program of emphasis in Special Education

Objectives The Department of Special Education offers education and training opportunities for teachers, preschool workers, . supervisors, researchers, social workers, psychologists, and classroom aides. Courses are open to all students who have the necessary prerequisites. All courses of study in the department lead to a degree at the graduate level except in the area of Intellectually Handicapped where an undergraduate degree is offered. Students with majors in other teaching fields are urged to pursue certification in Special Education by taking required courses leading to endorsement within their elective areas. A total of *In College of Education 'Required

27 credits of specialized traininK is required. Details are available through the Special Education Department.

Requirements ' Undergraduate study leads to the Bachelor of Science degree in Special Education, with certification to teach the intellectually handicapped. Freshmen and Sophomores considering Special Education as a major may take Sp Ed 101, 102, 103 for early practical experience. A) Lower Division. Specific lower division requirements are explained on p. 18 of the Catalog. B) Academic Preparations. The candidate must complete not fewer than 36 credits in specific

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Special Education fields prescribed by the department as suitable for teachers of the intellectually handicapped. The student must select two areas of 18 credits each which are approved as minors, or one area acceptable as a major (36 credits). Course work should be selected with the approval of the student's adviser. C) ~ofession~ Pr~para~ion. Not fev.:er than 54' credIts are reqUIred, mcludmg the followmg:

1) Not fewer than 18 credits selected from the following: FCD 1501 or 2101 or Psy 110; Pub H 454 1 (Elem.) or 455 1 (Sec.); EI Ed 3011 or SecEd 301 1; EI Ed 415 1; 1M 5411. 2) Twenty-seven credits of specialized training selected from the following: Sp Ed 301,1 302,1 303,1 311, and 5121; PE 482; Sp Ed 381, 5011, 502 1, 504, 581,582,583. 3) An additional six credits of electives will be selected with the approval of the adviser.

Emotionally Disturbed Socially Maladjusted Program. This is a graduate degree program, but undergraduates who wish to prepare for it should consider taking Psy 340 and Sp Ed 101, 301, 302, 304, 341, 381, 501, 521, 582. Learning Disabilities. This is also a graduate degree program. Undergraduates who wish to take a concentration in Learning Disabilities should take a major in either Elementary, Secondary Education or Special Education and take the following classes: Sp Ed 101, 102, 301, 302, 303, 341, 501, 504, and EI Ed 635,636,637.

Graduate Study A person who has a BS degree and an elementary or secondary certificate can certify to teach the intellectually handicapped, emotionally disturbed, or socially maladjusted by completing 27 credits of specialized training and being recommended by the department upon an evaluation of their undergraduate program.

181

302. Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Difficulties. Emph asis upon developmental and corrective measures in basic educational skills in the typical classroom. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 303. Behavior Management in Special Education. Applications of behavioral psychology to classroom problems. Focuses on selecting strategies and the recording procedures used to test those strategies. (3F, W, Sp, Su)

3ll. Educational Characteristics of Mental Retardation. Identification of the mentally retarded, their etiology and syndromes, problems of classification, organization, and stru cture of school programs for the retarded. (3Sp) 341. Education for the Disadvantaged. The identification and differentiation of specific cultura l, social, and educational influences on the disadvantaged and minorities with particular attention to learning problems a nd instructional strategies. (3F) 381. Materials Laboratory. Participation in selecti ng, using, and eval· uating special materials to promote learning objectives. All areas of special education included. Graduates extend laboratory work with field experience. 501. Field Experience with Exceptional Children. Contact with exceptional children on and off campus, in public and private institutions. Work with individuals or groups under ' supervision. Must apply by mid·quarter preceding registra tion. (1-6F, W, Sp, Su) 502. Student Teaching in Special Education. (l·12F, W, Sp, Su) 504. Special Education and the Community. People, relationships, com· munication, control cha nnels, and processes outside the teacher-pupil relationship which affect the competency of the special educator. Modes of coping are suggested. (3W) 512. Curriculum for the Mentally Retarded (Educable). Curricula and adaptations in teaching methods for the trainable, educable, and teachable mentally retarded child. Prerequisites: Sp Ed 301 , 302, 303, 501, and instructor's approval. (4F, Sp) 521. Psychopathology of Childhood. A study of pathological behavior in childhood a nd the role of various professions in diagnosis a nd treatment of such behavior. (3F, Su) 530. Psychometrics. See Psy 530. (5F) 550.

Interdisciplinary Workshop. (1-3)

551. Education of the H earing Impaire d. Academic evaluation, guidance, a nd acceleration of the hearing impaired; systematic procedures tor optimal development of reading, mathematical, social, and scientiJic academic skills; cooperation with regular school personnel. (3W, Su) 552. School Curriculum for the Hearing Impaired. Emphasis is focused on systematic procedures for specific subject areas such as reading, arithmetic, and social science. (3F) 581. Administration of Camping for the Handicapped. (3Su)

See PE 581.

582. Arts and Crafts for the Exceptional Child. A laboratory study of methods and procedures of arts and crafts for the exceptional child. Includes art experience with exceptiona l children in classroom settings. Prerequisite: Sp Ed 301. (3W, Sp, Su)

See the Graduate Catalog for further information concerning. Master of Science, Master of Education, and Doctor of Education programs in Special Education.

583. Education of the Multiple Handicapped. Educational problems of multiple disabling conditions of a nature serious enough to require special progra mming. Deals with two or more disabilities: physical, social, emotional, or intellectual. (3F)

Special Education Courses

584. Curriculum and Methods for Gifted Children. A study of curriculum designs and special enrichment programs for gifted students. (3Sp, Su)

101. Orientation to Special Education. Introduces the student to special education provisions in public schools, community centers, institutions, etc., throughout Utah. Field trips are arranged during the course. (2F, Su) 102. Directed Observation. Supervised observation of exceptional children in various school activities. Will help the student determine his interests before entering the field of special education. (2W) 103. Simulation in Individual Instruction. Programmed practice teaching of peers and exceptional children in controlled envi'tonment, limited curriculum under close supervision for early. realistic experience. (2Sp) 301. Education of Exceptional Children. Characteristics of all types of exceptional children with emphasis on the educational and psychological implications of these conditions to the development of the child. See Psy 313. (3F, W,Sp, Su)

588. Practicum in Improvement of Instruction. Specially arranged programs including telelectures, institutes, a nd workshops providing information on investigation or issues and subject matter not currently offered in regular course work. (1-9W)

Graduate NOTE: 301, 302, 303 in Special Education ·OR- permission from instructor required for registration in 600 level courses. 601. Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children. Special probl"",s of parents. Suitable counseling, instruction, and supportive resources. (3S p, Su) 602. Diagnostic Programming of Instruction. Approach to curriculum in which diagnosis and instruction are welded as a unit into the regular teaching procedures. Prerequisite: Sp Ed 302 or consent of instructor. (3F)


182

Special Education Improvement of Reading in the Elementary School.

See El Ed

603. Practicum in Special Education - Clinical Teaching. Supervised practicum in a clinical teaching setting. Prerequisites: Sp Ed 301, 302, 303, 602, 621 , 639, and curriculum course in the a rea of concentration. (3·12F, W, Sp, Su)

665. 665.

611. Mental Retardation: Characteristics, Inde ntification, and Treatment. Emphasis upon education , social, and psychological problems. (3F, Su)

667. Resear,c h in Psychology and Education. See Ed Ad 667. (3F, Sp, Su)

612. Basic Problems in T eaching the Mentally Handicappe d . Analy· sis of the emotion a l and social aspects of the retarded relati ng to learning dif· ficulties. (3Sp, Su)

668. Su)

666. Applied Research in Education.

See Ed Ad 666. (3F, Sp, Su)

Educational Diagnos is of Learning Difficulties.

See Psy 668. (3W,

681. Seminar in Special Education. (I W, Su) 613. Diagnosis of Mental Retardation. Education, psychological , and social diagnosis. Prerequisites: Psy 310, Sp Ed 512. (3W, Su) 614. Vocational Habilitation for the Mentally Retarded. Procedures and techniques for organizi ng and administering secondary work study and sheltered workshop programs. (3Sp, Su) 621. Assessment of Complex Learning Behavior Disorders. Emphasis on diagnostic procedures used in school settings for planning and individualized programs. Intensive practice in interpretation of tests used in planning for exceptional children. Prerequisite: Sp Ed 301 or instructor's consent. (3F, Su) 622. Education of Emotionally Disturbed Children (Elementary Age). Methods and procedures for these children in regular classrooms, special classrooms, and institutions. Prerequisite: Sp Ed 621. (3W, S u) 623. Education of the Socially Maladjuste d (Adolescent Age). Specific emphasis on adolescent programs in institutions and schools. Prerequisite: Sp Ed621. (3W, Su) 635.

Diagnosis of Reading.

684. Teaching Literature to the Gifted. Designed to review the characteristics of the gifted, to examine reading habits, to find methods of identifyi ng superior a nd creative techniques. (3W, Sp) 691. Readings and Conferences. ranged. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

See EI Ed 636. (3W,

Individually directed study. Credit ar-

693. Internship in Special Education. experience for master's program . (3· 15) 697.

Professional and supervised intern

Research and Thesis. (l-9F, W, Sp, Su)

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. 713.

See El Ed 635. (3F, Su)

636. Methods of Instruction in Re m e dial Reading. Su)

682. Classroom Management of Me ntal H ealth. Teachers and pupils find patterns of interaction which permit each to achieve learning objectives Community mental hea lth resources. Systems of observing a nd commenting on behavior problems. (3F, Su)

(l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

Advanced Exceptional Child. See Psy 713. (3F)

781. Research Seminar in Special Education. Critiques, independent project reports, methodology, department research foc us, and interaction with faculty. Prerequisite: Graduate committee permission. (1·3F, W, Sp, Su)

637. Practicum in Remedial Reading. See El Ed 637. (3W, Su) 639. Classroom Strategies in Learning Disabilities. Experience in the acquisition, integration, and demonstration of knoweldge and skills. Prerequisites: Sp Ed 602, 621. (3W, Su) 641. Seminar on the Disadvantaged. Original work in curriculum , com· munity action, tests and measurements, legal and administrative aspects in current programs. (3Sp) 642. Teaching Language to the Disadvantaged. Recent developments in la nguage instru ~tion for the culturally a nd linguistically different. Practical experience. (5F, Sp)

782. Seminar in Evaluation. Techniques of evaluation_ Prerequisite: Grad· uate committee permission. (1·3F, W, Sp, Su) 792. 'Field Studies and Thesis. Individual work on research problems in EdD programs. (l-18F, W, Sp, Su) 793. Internship in Special Education. Professional and supervised intern experience for doctoral programs. (1-15F, W, Sp, Su) 797. Research and Thesis. Variable credit for dissertation project in con· nection with doctoral program in Special Education. (J.l5F, W, Sp, Su) 799. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

(1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I Theatre Arts I I I I I I I I

Theatre Arts

183

*Department of

Head: Professor Floyd T. Morgan Office in Chase Fine Arts Center 232 Professor Call; Assistant Professors Brandt, Perkes; Instructors Beyer, Johnson; Artist-in-Residence Andersen

Degrees offered: BA, BFA, MA, and MFA in Theatre Arts

Objectives

The primary responsibilities of the Theatre Arts Department are 1) to teach appreciation, service, foundational, and specialized courses, 2) to assist in training students for careers as theatre teachers in secondary schools, 3) to prepare students for advanced theatre study and training, 4) to sponsor eclectic, imaginative, worthwhile production programs in which students can practice the arts and crafts of theatre, and which will be dynamic parts of the cultural life of the University community. Production groups and theatres. Production groups sponsored by the Theatre Arts Department are Utah State University Theatre, Workshop Company, Utah State Dance Theatre, and Old Lyric ' In College of Humanities, Arts a nd Socia l Sciences

Repertory Oompany. Facilities used for performances by these groups are a thrust stage theatre in the Chase Fine Arts Center and the Lyric, a small proscenium theatre in downtown Logan. Information concerning the production groups and theatres is available in the Theatre Arts Department office, FAC232.

Requirements Core courses for all majors: ThArt 105, 106, 121, 150, 246, 405. Theatre Arts Teaching Major (40 credits): core (18); ThArt 598 (3); performance courses (6); design-technical courses (6); elective ThArt courses (7).


184

Theatre Arts

Communications-Theatre Arts Composite Teaching Major (64 credits): core (18); ThArt 598 (3); design-technical courses (6); elective ThArt courses (5); Communications courses required are listed in Communications Department section of this catalog. Theatre Arts Major (minimum of 65 credits): 1) Performance Emphasis core (18); performance courses (22); design-technical courses (10); elective ThArt courses (15); 2) Design-Technical Emphasis core (18); performance courses (9); design-technical courses (24); elective ThArt courses (14). NOTE: Performance, design, and technical practice courses included in a major program are to be selected by the student and adviser. Individual needs, interests, and goals of the student will be used as criteria in course selection. Theatre Arts Teaching Minor (24 credits): ThArt 105 or 106, 121, 150, 246, 598 (15); elective ThArt courses (9). Theatre Arts Minor (minimum of 18 credits): ThArt 121, 150, 246 (9); elective ThArt courses (9). Theatre Arts majors who wish to receive the BA degree must complete two years' training or equivalent in a foreign language approved by the Department of Languages and Philosophy. Majors who wish to qualify for a secondary teaching certificate must apply for admission to teacher education. (See Department of Secondary Education, pp. 171-173 in this catalog and Teaching Majors and Minors for Secondary School Teachers.) During their Senior year all Theatre Arts majors are required to present a recital, project, or lecture on a phase of theatre in which they are interested. (Inquire at department office, F AC 232, for further information.)

Graduate Study For information about the graduate study pro/ram and requirements for the MA and MFA in Theatre Arts, see the Graduate Catalog.

Theatre Arts Courses HU 101G. Understanding Theatre I. First of two courses in which principles of drama. stage conventions, theatre personnel are examined within social atmospheres of the great ages of civilization. (4F, Sp)

120. Voice for Theatre. Individual and group exercises for improving vocal projection, flexibility, and variety. Course must be taken in two-quarter sequence. (IF, W) 121. Fundamentals of Acting. Development of the actor's physical, mental, and emotional resources. (3F, W, Sp, Su) 150. Technical Workshop I. Study of structural forms, equipment, and terminology of theatres and stages. Practice in use of shop tools, theatre drafting, a nd rendering_ (3F, W) 151. Technical Workshop II . Practice in stagecraft, scene painting, lighting, and prop construction techniques. Use a nd storage of materia ls, tools, equipment, props, and scener y. (3W, Sp) 152. Makeup. Practice in makeup for the stage. Recommended to performers and directors of educational, church, and community theatres. (2Sp) 154. Children's Theatre. Theory and practice in the selection, p"reparation, and presentation of plays for children. Recommended to prospective elementary school teachers. (3F) 170. Beginning Ballet. Practice in ballet fundamentals. May be r epeated for credit. By permission of instructor. (IF, W, Sp) 172. Dance for Theatre. Movement and dance for actors. Emphasis on creative approach to movement as utilized in projecting character, emotion, and mood. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, Sp) 221. Acting Workshop. Emphasis on characterization, analysis, and creation of roles, ensemble playing a nd acting styles. To be taken in three-q uarter sequence. (2F, W, Sp) 246. Fundamentals of Directing. Study a nd use of composition, picturization, movement, rhythm, gesture, facial expression, etc. (3W) 251. Historic Costume for the Stage. Development of costumes from Egyptian to modern times with emphasis on reproduction for the stage, m anners, a nd movements in period costumes. (3F) 254. Stage Lighting. Lighting design, instrument placement, a nd control board operation. Prerequisite: ThArt 151 or consent of instructor_ (3Sp) 272. Dance for Theatre. Development of d a nce a nd movement technique for the stage_ Serviceable to actors and dancers in acquiring bodily expressiveness. May be repeated for credit. (IF, W, Sp) 292. Projects in Theatre. Individua lized work in any segment of theatre production. May be repeated for maximum of six credits. By permission of instructor. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su) 301. Advanced Repertory Modern Dance. Technique and movement patterns. Development of proficiency for performance. By permission of instructor. (2F, W, Sp) 370. Intermediate Ballet. Emphasis on fundamentals to develop grace, precision, and technique for ballet performance. By permission of instructor. (IF, W, Sp) 371. Advanced Ballet. Improvement of technique and rehearsals of ballet compositions for performance. Prerequisites: ThArt 170, 370 or equivalent. By permission of instructor. (IF, W, Sp) 372. Dance for Theatre. Body movement designed for the needs of the actor. Emphasis on the creative approach to movement as it is utilized to project character emotion and mood. (IF, W, Sp, Su) 374. Concert Dance. Rehearsal and performance of serious, contemporary dance forms_ May be repeated for credit. By permission of instructor. (IF, W, Sp)

Continuation of ThArt HU 101G.

400. Company Workshop. Supervised rehearsals, technical preparation, and public performances. May be repeated for credit. By permission of instructors. (3F, W, Sp)

103. Current Drama. Survey of contemporary professional, community. a nd educational theatre. Reading and evaluation of selected plays. (3Sp)

405. History of the Theatre. Surveys development of theatre from ancient Greek to modern times, focusing on its architecture, acting companies, directing systems, managements, and playwrights. Prerequisites: ThArt 105, 106. (3Sp)

105. Introduction to Theatre Studies: Golden Age. Historical, architectural, and literary study of the principal periods of theatre. Social, political, and cultural influences on form and style of dramatic art. (3F)

446. Directing. Theory and practice of stage direction. Students select, cast, direct, and present scenes and short plays. Prerequisite: ThArt 246. (3Sp)

HU 102G. (4W,Su)

Understanding Theatre II.

106. Introduction to Theatre Studies: Forms and Modes. Study of forms, modes, and schools which demonstrate universal characteristics of drama and theatre apart from chronology. (3W)

448. Private Instruction. Individ ual tutoring to develop competence in voice, theatre speech, acting, directing, scene and costume design. Special fee_ Credit arranged. (1-3F, W, Sp, Su)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I Veterinary Science I I I I I I I I I I

450. Scene Design. Development of scene design techniques through renderings, plans, and models. Study of the history of stage decoration. Pre· requisites: ThArt 150, 151. (3Sp) 451. Stage Costume Design and Construction. Relationship of costume to character and play. Selection, pattern drafting, design, and construction of costumes for historical, modern, and nonrealistic plays. Prerequisite: ThArt 251. (5W) 458. Creative Dramatics. Use of improvised drama as a base for de· veloping creative thinking in children. Relevance to teaching stressed. Recommended for Elementary Education majors. (3Sp)

466. Drama Production. For students without previous theatre training. Play selection, production organization, directing, scenery preparation, lighting, costuming, makeup, and business management. (5W, Su) 555. Theatre Organization and Management. Managerial aspects of educational and community theatres: objectives, staff, facilities, production schedules, promotion, budgets, financial su pport, etc. (2Sp) 560. Playwriting. Discussion and analysis of the principles of dramatic writing. Exercises in play construction. (3W)

570. Repertory Theatre Production. Rehearsal, staging, promotion, and performance of Old Lyric Repertory Company plays. Admission to course limited and by audition. (3-6Su)

Veterinary Science

185

590. Problems in Drama. Directed individual research studies in theatre or drama. By permission of instructor. (l·3F, W, Sp, Su) 592. Projects in Drama. Specialized work in performance, design, tech· nical practice, playwriting, etc. May be repeated for maximum of nine credits. By permission of instructors. (l·6F, W, Sp, Su) 598. Problems of Drama Directors. Appraisal of various approaches to planning, teaching, and directing high school theatre programs. Scrutiny of typical play production problems and practicable solutions for them. (3Sp, Su)

Graduate 680. Seminar in Drama.

Credit arranged. (l·5F, W, Sp, Su)

681. Dramatic Theory and Criticism. Explores the traditional works of critical theory that relate to the theatrical arts beginning with Aristotle's Poetics. Prerequisites: ThArt 105, !O6, 405 or equivalents. (3Sp) 690. Research Studies. Su) 692.

Projects in Theatre.

Prerequisite: Instructor's consent.

(l·5F, W, Sp,

(l·9F, W, Sp, Su)

697. Thesis. (l·6F, W, Sp, Su) 699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (1·3F, W, Sp, Su)

*Department of

Acting Head: Professor James LeGrande Shupe Office in Veterinary Science 204

Professors Blake, Keeler!, Miner, D. W. Thomas; Associate Professors Call, James!, Johnson!, Olsen!, Smart; Assistant Professors Sharma, J. A. Thomas; Adjunct Professors Bagley, Dennis, Jones, Leone, Tuzaw; Research Associate Olson; Collaborator Carver2 Degree offered: 3 BS in Veterinary Science

Objectives

The primary responsibilities of departmental veterinarians to students are: 1) guidance of preveterinary medical students, 2) teaching veterinary medical courses to undergraduates and graduates majoring in biological science curricula, and 3) training of graduate students in the Interdepartmental Curriculum in Toxiocology. A three-year pre-veterinary medical curriculum (tabulated below) within the department is designed to prepare students for admission to anyone of the veterinary schools in the United States. Variations of the tabulated curriculum to better fit a particular student's situation are possible. Some variations are also necessary to accommodate the veterinary schools that have specific requirements that other schools do not have. For these reasons close contact with a counselor in the Veterinary Science Depart"In College of Agriculture 'Collaborators, Veterinary Science Research Division, USDA ' Animal Health Division, USDA ' Master's and doctorate degrees available through an interdepartmental cur· riculum in toxQciology.

ment is imperative; students majoring in another department but working toward completion of preveterinary requirements should be co-counseled. To satisfy those veterinary schools that require completion of the pre-veterinary requirements prior to application, it is best to allow four years, during which time a BS degree in some related field can also be earned. Since admission to a veterinary school is difficult to obtain, a student is encouraged to consider the four-year program. A BS degree in Veterinary Science from USU is available to students who have completed a threeyear pre-verterinary curriculum, requirements for graduation, and one year in a veterinary school. Utah participates in WICHE (Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education), which provides state subsidization of Utah resident students entering each year into any of the three western veterinary schools. The subsidy pays the out-of-state tuition. Application for WICHE participation is due December 15th for the following academic year.


186

Veterinary Science

Assistance in applying is available through the Veterinary Science departmental office. Veterinary medicine graduates can enter private practice, become specialists, or accept employment with anyone of many governmental agencies or pri vate enterprises.

Requirements

FRESHMAN YEAR

Communication Skills! Math 105, 106. 220 (or 245, 246) Chern 121,122,123,124,125 Animal or Dairy Science .... .. ..... . .. . . . .... . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . Comm 101, (or 105, 121) General Education a nd options ....................................... . SOPHOMORE YEAR Phyx Ill , 11 2, 113 .... ... ......................... .. BioI 120, 121 (or 122) '" ...... ... . ....... .... . . .. . Chern 331, 332, 333, 334, 335 ..... ... ... ........ .. . .. . .. . .. . ... .. . .. ... . . . ' Options: Chern 301, 360, 36 1 ... . . ..... ... . . .. .. .... .. . . . . ... ... . . . . .. . . . General Education. JUNIOR YEAR Chern 370, 371 , (or ' 670, 671 , 672) .......................... . AnSci 440, 441 . BioI 512, 527; Zoo1 557 . Bact 301 . General Educa tion ... . ....... . .................. . Electives (Marketing, Bus iness, Language)

Credits 13-14 15 5 3-5 6-11

15 10-1 5 11

8 4·7

5-11 6 15 5 6-17

Veterinary Science Courses 220. Anatomy and Physiology of Animals. Systematic study of body structure and function. Compa rison of cattle, horses, sheep, swine, poultry. pets, man. A basic biology co urse. Four lectures , one la b. (5W)

300. Animal Hygiene. Animal sanitation a nd disease control, age ncies, a nd regul ations. First aid, minor surgery, immunization demonstrations on farm a nima ls. Prerequisite: V Sci 220 or equi valent. Three lectures, one la b. (4Sp) ISix credits required. See General Education requirements.

2'1'0 satisfy requirements of certain veterinary schools.

520. Reproduction of Domestic Animals. Physiology of reproduction and control methods in farm animals. Prerequisite: V Sci 220 or equivalent and Organic Chemistry. Two lectures, one lab. (3Sp) 530. General Pharmacology. Principles involving the interaction of chemicals a nd biological systems, clinical application , and resear ch methods. Prerequisite: Chern 670, Physl 502, or instructor's consent. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) "570. Veterinary Parasitology. Description , pathogenicity, life cycle, and control methods of internal a nd external parasites of domestic a nima ls. Four lectures, one lab. (5F)

Three-Year Pre-Veterinary Curriculum

Courses

320. Artificial Insemination of Domestic Animals. Principles and practices in artificia l insemination of farm a nimals. Prerequisite: V Sci 220 or equivalent. One la b. ($25.00 lab f~e). (2Sp)

590. Special Problems. Any specia l study in veterinary medicine not taught in the formal courses. (1-3F , W, Sp)

Graduate ""620. Reproductive Physiology. Advanced reproductive physiology; special emphasis on experimental ani mals. Prerequisites: V Sci 220 or equiva lent, Physl 502, Organic Chemistry. Three lectures, one lab. (4W) ""650. General Pathology. Fundamental principles of structura l and func· tional mechanism of abnorm a l reactive processes in a nim a ls. Prerequisites: Zool 557 and 567. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) ""651. Special Pathology. Correlate abnormality with causes; disease processes studied by systems, organs, and cells . Prerequisite: V Sci 650. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) "652. Toxicological Animal Pathology . Correlation of clinical signs and anatomic a nd physiologic changes induced by toxicants. Prerequisites: V Sci 650. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) 660. Principles of Toxicology. Mechanisms of action and effects of toxicants on li ving organisms. Prerequisite: V Sci 530. Four lectures, one lab. (5Sp) 680. Seminar in Toxicology.

(I W, 1Sp)

697. Thesis Research. (1-12) 797.

Dissertation Research.

(1-12)

699-799. Continuing Graduate Advisement.

"Taught 1974·75 ""Taught 1975·76

(1·3)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Wildlife Science I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

187

*Department of

Head: Professor John A. Kadlec Office in Biology - Natural Resources 165

Professors Balph, Low, Neuhold, Stokes, Wagner; Professor Emeritus Sigler; Associate Professors Helm, Innis, Knowlton, Spillett, Workman, Wydoski; Assistant Professors Stalnaker, Wolfe; Adjunct Profesors Goede , Olpin; Collaborators Piggott, Roughton, Stoddart; Postdoctoral Fellows Fowler, O'Brien Degrees offered: BS, MS, and PhD in Wildlife Science; MS and PhD in Wildlife Ecology

Areas of specialization: MS and PhD degrees in Wildlife Science have programs of emphasis in Wildlife Biology and Fishery Biology

Associated Units: Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit, Cooperative Fishery Unit, Predator Studies Unit, and Wildlife Extension.

Objectives

The Department of Wildlife Science provides undergraduate training for careers in the management of wildlife and fishery resources. It is the department's philosophy to promote a broad interdisciplinary approach to natural resource problems and management.

Requirements l

Bachelor of Science in Wildlife Science. The first two years include courses designed to give the student a sound scientific background. Students are required to complete Math 105, 245 and 246, or 248, BioI 120, 121, and 122, NR 101, Bot 420, WLS 300, 384, 385, Chem 121, 122, 141, and 144, Phyx 111 and 112, Ent 129 or Zool 551, plus electives to make a total of 16 to 18 credits per quarter.

By the beginning of the Junior year, the student should decide on an option and select courses required for each option which follows . The students must include: BioI 512, Comm 105 or 305, WLS 499, APS 321 and 322 or 431; a minimum of six credits selected from: Engl 301 , 303, 501 and Comm 430; a minimum of five credits selected from: Bact 301 , Physl 501, V Sci 570, Zool 5512, 555, 557, 559, 567, and 571; and a minimum of six credits to be selected from: FR 300, 350, RS 340 and WS 380. Aquatic Option. A minimum of 20 credits is to be selected from the following: WLS 3603 , 361 4 , 450, 455, 560,570 5 6,571 6 7 and 575 6 • Terrestrial Option. Game Management Core to include: WLS 430, 4317, 432 and SS 358. Also a minimum of four credits to be selected from: Zool 561 , 563, 573 and WLS 575. General Information for Both Options. Students are to select additional courses to complete the 195 · In College of Na tural Resources

credit requirement (minimum of 60 credits in upper division, 300 and above) and meet the General Education requirement of 55 credits B of approved courses as follows: nine credits in Communications Skills (six credits in written composition, and three credits in an additional approved communication course); five credit course to fulfill Americanization requirement (PS 110, Hist 170, or Econ 200, or its equivalent); and 41 other credit!'? in general courses (taken from approved course list, but which may not be subjects required by the student's major, except in those departments where special approval has been obtained from the General Education Council). Environmental Studies Option. The College of Natural Resources also administers an interdisciplinary major in Environmental Studies. See page 39 for further information.

Graduate Study The Department of Wildlife Science offers MS and PhD degrees in Wildlife Science and Wildlife Ecology with emphasis in Wildlife ·Biology and Fishery Biology. See the Graduate School Catalog for prerequisites and further information.

Wildlife Science Courses NR 101. Natural Resources a n d Ma n 's Future. Rela tionship of resource availa bility, population levels, policy decisions, a nd life styles to carrying capacity. Ma nipulation of n a tural resources to reach given objecti ves. (3F) 200. Wildlife Practice. Integrated studies of wildlife po pulations in relation to la nd uses. (1 summer camp) 300. Principles of Wildlife Ma nage me nt. Application of ecological a n d sociological principles to the management of fis h and game. (3W) ' For students matriculati ng after September 1972. ' Does not satisfy this requirement if taken in lieu of Ent 129 in Sophomore year. ' Prerequisites - one year college level Biology, WLS 384, Ch ern 112 ' Prerequisite - WLS 360 ' Prerequisite - WLS 571 6The student sh ould try to take E ngl 303 concurrently with one of these classes ' P rerequisite - APS 321 or 431 ' Students may earn credits in fulfilling their Ge neral Education requirement by ta king CLEP, Adva nced Placement, or special exa mina tions .


188

Wildlife Science

360. Limnology. Introduction to the physical. chemical, and biological factors operative in fresh and brackish water habitats. A study of man's use of and impact on aquatic systems. A generalized discussion of aquatic habitats as nonisolated ecosystems. (5F) 361. Limnology Laboratory. Field and laboratory techniques for deter· mining community structure, metabolic parameters, and non biotic factors of the aquatic habitat, and use of equipment and analysis of data. Prerequisite: WLS 360. (ISp) , 384. General Ecology. Interrelationships between organisms and their environments at the level of the indi vidual organisms, species populations, and ecosystems with emphasis on the structure and function of the latter two; human implications. Five lectures. (5F, W, Sp, Su) 385. Field Ecology. Field and lab study of populations and ecosystems, both terrestrial and aquatic. One lab. (2F, Sp, Su) 390. Game Birds and Mammals. Taxonomy, distribution, and life histories of waterfowl, upland game birds and mammals, big game, and furbearers. Lab exercises include techniques of sex and age determination. One Lab. (2W) 410. Wildlife Law Enforcement. Review of principles of state and federal regulations of fish and game; discussion of apprehension of violators, rights of the individual, and collection of evidence and its use in court. (4W) 414G. Animal Behavior. A general course in understanding of animal behavior with implications for human behavior. Suitable for non biologists as well as biologists. (3W, Su) 415. Animal Behavior. General principles emphasizing social behavior and behavioral ecology. Designed for those with biology or psychology back· grounds. (3F) 416. Animal Behavioral Laboratory. Laboratory and field study of anima l behavior, part of which will be independent study of student's choice. Prerequisite: WLS 415 or equivalent: may be taken concurrently. (IF, Su) 417. Animals in the Classroom. An intensive one-week workshop for secondary school and junior college teachers of biology. It consists of four parts: collection of animals; construction and maintenance of suitable housing for animals; observations, experiments, and presentation of behavioral concepts through lecture, films, readings .and discussions. (2Su) 430. Management of Wildlife Habitat. Habitat requirements of terrestrial wildlife animals and methods of providing them . Prerequisites: WLS 300 and 364. Three lectures. (3F) 431. Management of Wildlife Populations. Population characteristics of big game, waterfowl, upland game, and furbearers and their implications for human exploitation. Prerequisites: WLS 300, 384, and APS 321 or 43 1. Three lectures. (3W) 432. Management Aspects of Wildlife Behavior. Behavioral principles important in the management of wildlife. Prerequisite: WLS 300. Three lectures. (3Sp) 435. Terrestrial Wildlife Field Studies. Field and lab .study of terrestrial wildlife habitat requirements, methods of evaluation, and examples of manipulation. One laboratory. (l F) 450. Principles of Fish Culture. The principles of fish culture, fish hatchery management, diseases and nutrition of hatchery-reared fish. Three lectures. (3W) 451. Wildlife Techniques. Techniques used in the management of big game, upland game, waterfowl, and furbearers. Includes methods of determining sex, age, food habits, estimating populations of various species, as well as scientific report planning and writing, and the preservation of biological materials. (3W) 455. Diseases of Fish. The common diseases of both cold and warm water fishes. Methods of diagnosis and treatment. Two lectures. (2W) 480. Undergraduate Research. Su) 483. Directed Reading.

Individual or team research.

(1-5F, W, Sp,

(1·5F, W, Sp, Su)

491. Wildlife Problems. Individual study and research upon a selected wildlife problem. Prerequisite: Adviser approval. (1·5F, W, Sp, Su)

499. Wildlife Seminar. Federal, state, and private conservation programs, employment opportunities and procedures, a nd new developments in research and management. (l W) 560. Fishery Biology. Anatomy, development, respiration, and excretion of freshwater teleosts. Two lectures, two labs. (4W)

570. Techniques in Fishery Management. Techniques of life history study, fish sampling, habitat management, and population surveys. Field experience using equipment and preparation of management reports emphasized. Prerequisite: WLS 571. One eight·hour lab. (4F) 571. Fishery Principles. Evaluates basic principles and approaches for defining management problems; reproduction and strength of year class; age and growth; food and feeding; popula tion dyna mics; production; emphasis on problem solving. Prerequisite: APS 321 or 431. Three lectures, one discussion, one lab. (5W) 575. Ichthyology. Ecology, classification, and life histories of native and introduced fishes. Three lectures, two labs. (5W)

Correspondence Study 350,410,420. See Independent Study catalog for further information.

Graduate 605. Behavioral Ecology. Cause, function and development of behavior among animals. Prerequisite: WLS 415. Three lectures. (3W) 620. Advanced Big Game Management. Population dynamics, census methods, hunting regulations, a nd management plans. Prerequisite: WLS 384 or equiva lent. Two lectures, one la b. (3W) 630. Ecology of Animal Populations. Growth, fluctuation, balance, and control of animal populations. Prerequisite: WLS 384 or equivalent. Four lectures. (4W) 650. Pollution Biology. Modern concepts of water pollution, both biological and poli tical. Effect of pollution and other environmental interactions on aquatic life. Writing a nd reviewing research proposals in aquatic ecology. Prerequisite: WLS 360 or equivalent. Four lectures. (4F) 660. Limnology II. Advanced treatment of the physical, chemical, a nd biologica l factors operative in fresh a nd brackish water habitats, including discussions of recent advances in limnological techniques and research. (3Sp),-681. Seminar in Animal Behavior. Advanced readings, discussion, and critical analyses of current research in animal behavior and behavioral ecology. One class weekly. (l F, W) 686. Aquatic Environmental Interactions. Advanced readings analysis and discussion on effects of interacting physical, chemical and biological factors of the aquatic environment on aq uatic animals. One class weekly. (IF)

687. Ecology Seminar. The Ecology Center schedules regular seminars throughout the school year with ecological scientists from other institutions participating. Ecology majors are required to attend a minimum of 10 such lectures. (l F) 691. Directed Study. Credit for special assig nments , reading, seminars be· yond regula rly scheduled classes. (l·5Sp) 697. Thesis Research. Sp,Su)

Credit for field or laboratory research. (1·15F, W,

699. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l·3F, W, Sp, Su) 760. Fish Population Theory. Study and discussion of the matheinatical models which are in use in the field of fisheries. Four lectures, one discussion period. (5W) 782. Seminar in Animal Populations. Adva nced readings, discussions, and critical analysis of population dynamics, limiting mechanisms, and theories of population regulation in animals. One class weekly. (1 W)

797. Dissertation R esearch. Su)

Field or la boratory research.

799. Continuing Graduate Advisement. (l-3F, W, Sp, Su)

(1-15F, W, Sp,

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I 1 I 1~

I~

1 I

1 I

1 I I I

1 I

1

189

University

Components


190

School of Graduate Studies

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I Graduate Studies I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

191

School of

Dean: Eldon J. Gardner Office in Main 132

The first Master of Science degree at USU was awarded in 1914, and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees were awarded in 1950. The School of Graduate Studies at Utah State University was formally organized in 1945. Since that time graduate enrollment has increased until at present, graduate students comprise about 17 per cent of the total University enrollment. Endeavor at the graduate level is directed toward (1) training students for competence in creative activity and research that culminates in a contribution to knowledge, (2) developing scholarship, including interpretation, organization, evaluation, and application of knowledge, and (3) developing proficiency in the dissemination of knowledge. Graduate work is more specialized than work at the baccalaureate level and provides the basis for increasing knowledge, which should in turn improve the everyday living of mankind. Graduate study is supervised by the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies, assisted by the Graduate Council. This Council consists of one representative from each of the eight colleges of the University and one from the Library. Regulations and standards for graduate work are established by the Graduate Council with the approval of the Faculty Senate. Students and staff members consult with College

Council Representatives on questionable interpretations, exceptions to rules, and adjustments. Graduate Council members, colleges represented, and office expiration dates are: Chairman: Eldon J. Gardner, Dean, School of Graduate Studies, ex officio; David W. Goodall, College of Natural Resources, 1974; Joseph C. Street, College of Agriculture, 1974; Thomas F. Emery, College of Science, 1975; Walter R. Borg, College of Education, 1975; Calvin Hiibner, College of Humanities, Arts, and Social Sciences, 1976; C. Anthon Ernstrom, College of Family Life, 1976; Edward W. Vendell, Jr., College of Engineering, 1977; Lloyd W. Bartholome, College of Business, 1977; Milton C. Abrams, Librarian, ex officio. Graduate degrees offered are listed at the beginning of the departmental sections. In addition, graduate degrees are offered in the following interdepartmental programs: Curriculum Development and Supervision, Ecology, Engineering, Environmental Engineering, Social Sciences, Toxicology, and Watershed Science. Further information about graduate programs at USU may be obtained in the Graduate Catalog. Visit the School of Graduate Studies office in Main 132 or send a catalog request to: Distribution Center, UMC 100, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322.


192

Library and Learning Resources Program

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I University Library and Learning I Resources Program I I I I I I Organization I I I I I I I I I I The University Library and its collections are combined with other educational media programs and services at the University into a single administrative organization: The University Library and Learning Resources Program. The housing and arrangement of materials are intended to promote the use of new media forms made available by new educational theories and technology and to give new prominence to the e~ucative quality of books.

The collection consists of the following: books, audiotapes, motion pictures, maps, microcards, microfilm, documents, as well as an extensive microform collection. All of these are available on over-thecounter service to Library patrons. The University Library is a part of a state library consortium which provides for cooperation with other institutions in Utah in the use of materials and services.

University Librarian and Director of the Learning Resources Program: Milton C. Abrams

Associate Librarian for Special Research and Reference: Ida-Marie Jensen Associate Librarian for Development: John J Stewart

193

Departments/Services

Circulation Librarian: Robert Murdoch Curriculum Materials Librarian: Marjorie Hatch Moore Library (Children's Library): Ruth Rice Audio Visual Librarian: LaDell Hoth

Reference Librarians: Karlo Mustonen, James Wardle, and Lorene Nash Extension and Woolley

Reference

Librarian:

Robert

Special Collections and Archives Librarian: A. J. Simmonds

Media Production

Associate Director: Arthur L. Higbee Objective: To coordinate all media production services on campus into a cohesive unit responsible for the creation of learning materials used in the teaching-learning process, as well as other University-related materials.

Departments/Services

Editorial: Gwen H. Haws

Graphics: Glen L. Edwards Photography: Arlen L. Hansen Printing: Clark J. Kidd

Radio-Television: Frank Jones

Instructional Development

Instructional TV: Clifford Plumb

Associate Director: Douglas D. Alder

Collection Development

Objective: To stimulate, plan, and facilitate the improvement of teaching on campus. To facilitate the use of the services and materials available in the program for the support of teaching and learning.

Associate Director: John Mark Sorensen

Instructional Development Consultant: Michael DeBloois

Objective: To provide communication between the library and its patrons. To develop the collection consistent with the teaching, research, and resources programs of the University. The division is responsible for ordering, processing, and cataloging all material.

Departments

Library Services

Materials Selection: Dixie Drage and Richa" Schockmel

Associate Director: Max Peterson

Head Cataloger: Reed Painter

Objective: To maintain and provide access to whatever materials are part of the collection of the library and to circulate and manage these materials_ To provide efficient methods and procedures for learning materials distribution and control.

Ordering: Leona Pisarz

Serials and Binding: Ann Shipp Documents: Eva Forrest

Thesis Coordinator: Barbara Wilde


194

Summer Quarter

I I I I I .. I I I I I I I I

!

I' I I I I


I I Summer Quarter I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Director: Ellvert H. Himes Office in Main 105

Quarter: June 9 - August 22,1975 Pre-Session: June 9 - June 13 Eight-week Session: June 16 - August 8 Post-Session: August 11 - August 22

The Summer quarter at USU is first in the fourquarter academic year. It is regarded as the Opportunity Quarter because of its provisions for a number of special opportunities for students at all collegiate levels. There are numerous special programs, such as short workshops, seminars, clinics, and institutes, as well as regular courses. The full Summer quarter consists of an 11-week period. However, provision is made for a pre-session week devoted to workshops and short courses of various kinds. This is followed by an eight-week session of classwork. Following the eight-week session is a two-week period called the post-session which is primarily established for workshops and various types of short courses. The eight-week session of classes allows a full quarter's work, customarily amounting to 15 to 18 credits of classwork. Thus, the quarter of activities may enable the student to fill his program with different kinds of workshop and class work combinations. In some areas where classes are extensive, the graduate J)tudent may complete course requirements for a Master's degree in three summers. The doctoral student may complete requirements for candidacy and supplement his candidacy with rich high-level classes and special seminars. The summer is also a busy time for those who wish to complete comprehensive examinations and hold special meetings with advisory committees for thesis proposals, guidance, and examinations. In the Summer quarter the University's highly qualified resident faculty is augmented by distinguished visiting professors of national and international reputation. Many of these dignitaries are present for short lectures and special seminars, as well as the teaching of entire courses. Additional opportunities are provided for hearing these individ-

uals of renowned achievement at luncheons and evening lectures. Thus, the student has an opportunity for personal contact with people of acknowledged distinction. Numerous cultural advantages are available during Summer quarter. Recitals, concerts, dramas, and other special events encourage individuals of all ages in creative work, to participate and enjoy activities that enhance the growth and development of individual talents. A distinguishing feature of the Summer quarter calendar is the carefully planned program of recreation and enrichment. There are attractive opportunities supplied students in their various interest fields for out-of-class diversion and change of pace. The Coordinator of Student Activities provides a diversified program on campus of planned and unplanned activities in the University Center, on the quad, and other campus locations. Special tours, games, tournaments, and hikes are arranged and conducted by the coordinator. Numerous outlets for snacks, relaxation, movies, dances, and parties highlight Summer quarter extra-class activities. Utah State Un~versity takes great pride in its luxurious green and cool campus. This beautiful spot provides an enjoyable haven for those who wish to study quietly out-of-doors, those who might enjoy a casual stroll with friends, or just lounging on the lawns beneath the verdant trees. In addition to the inviting campus environs, the nearby scenic canyons, national parks, and monuments all provide special inducements for evening and weekend trips and associating with friends. Such a pleasant climate and environment makes summer study at Utah State University a profitable and enjoyable experience.


196

Student Services and Programs

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Student Services and Programs I I I Special Programs I I Student Government, Student Organizations, and Student Center I I I Student Health Service I I Information, Advising, Counseling, and Testing I I Career Planning and Placement I I Division of General Registration I School Services I I

197

Vice President for Student Affairs: Claude J. Burtenshaw Office in Main 102 The University provides a number of programs and agencies to facilitate students in their educational pursuits and related services. Students are

invited to contact the following offices for information about the University, student services, and student-organized activities.

Adviser to Foreign Students: LaMar R. Frandsen - Main 101 Campus Security Officer: Ray Jones

Dean of Women and Adviser to Women's Programs: Helen Lundstrom - UC 220

Assistant Dean of Students, Coordinator of Student Activities, and Director of the University Center: Val R. Christensen - U C 220

Assistants: Bruce E. Darley, D. LeRoy Dennis, and Karl Ward Outdoor Program Coordinator: J. J. Platt - UC 121

Director, University Program Center: Richard B. Watkins - UC 316

Assistants: Jackie Fullmer and Irene Bates

Director: Willis Hayward, M.D. - UC 102

Assistants: Marjorie Hoffman, RN; Ruby Jensen, RN; Clair Peterson, Registered Pharmacist

Director: Ronald S. Peterson - Main 2 Assistant: Keith T. Checketts

Counselors: Glen H. Maw, Roland G. Bergeson, J. Whorton Allen, Marilynne Glatfelter, C. Jay Skidmore

Director: Blair Hale - UC 311

Assistants: L. Paul Murray, Business and Industry; Cleone Peterson, Teacher Placement

Director: Lewis A. Civille - Main 12

Director: J. Rodney Clark - UC 310 Assistant: J. Lyn (Swede) Larson


198

Student Services and Programs

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Student Services and Programs

Housing Director: William W. Skidmore Housing Office: UMC 86 Assistant and Men's Housing: Lee G. Osborne

199

Phi Kappa Phi Scholarship. A $125 cash award given to one or two Junior students of high scholarship and outstanding character. Lorin Pollard Scholarship. One scholarship given annually by the parents of the late Lorin Pollard in his memory. This scholarship is given to a student of high scholarship and leadership. T. G. Rechow Scholarship. Unrestricted scholarships established in their will by the Rechows.

Assistant and Women's Housing: Lila L. Garr

Financial Aids Assistant to the Vice President and Director of Financial Aids: John R. Williams - Main 102 Loan and Collection Officer: Reese T. Murray Main 14 Scholarships, awards, and federally and privately funded programs are administered through the office of Vice President for Student Affairs, Main 102.

Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid (Presented principally to students already enrolled) All Colleges

Rhodes Scholarships. Candidates for Rhodes scholarships at Oxford University, England, are selected each year from Utah. High scholarship and some definite quality of distinction, whether in intellect, character, or person· ality, or in any combination of these, are the most important requirements. Seniors or graduate students are generally chosen as candidates. It is suggested, however, that students would do well to be preparing for the candidacy in earlier years. Information and application blanks may be obtained from the University representative, Rhodes Scholarship Committee. E. L. Romney Memorial Scholarship. Established by donations from friends and relatives in memory of Mr. Romney. Air Force ROTC Scholarships. Public law authorizes 6,500 scholarships for the Air Force ROTC program; these are a warded by Air Force ROTC Head quarters on a nationwide basis. The scholarships pay tuition, fees, provide a textbook allowance and pay a nontaxable allowance of $100 per month. Eligible applicants apply through the Professor of Aerospace Studies. Sorosis Scholarship. Given to a girl during her junior year who has attended USU at least two years, and displays leadership ability and shows promise of achievement in the future. The 1927 Class Gift to the College. This yields an annual income suf· ficient to prov:ide four scholarships. Application should be made by Juniors and Seniors. Harriet Smith Scholarship. Unrestricted.

Elmer Aldous Memorial Fund Rodeo Club Scholarship. The Lieutenant Clyde Parker Baugh Memorial Fund. A gift of Mr. and Mrs. Wilford F. Baugh in honor of their son Clyde Parker Baugh, it prov:ides scholarships annually for deserv:ing students of high scholarship and leader· ship.

Business and Professional Women's Scholarship. An in-state tuition scholarship is awarded annually by the Logan Business and Professional Women's Club to a Senior woman student from the Cache Valley area who has maintained high scholarship, demonstrates need. shows qualities of citizenship and leadership, and who would contribute significantly to her chosen profession. Marriner S. Eccles Scholarship Fund - Emma Eccles Jones Scholarship Fund. The Marriner S. Eccles Scholarship Fund and the Emma Eccles Jones Scholarship Fund was established by the indiv:iduals after whom the Funds are named and are intended to assist deserving students of Spanish· American or Black descent to obtain a college education. The scholarship awards are administered by the University Financial Aids Office but the selection of the award recipients is made by a special committee designated for that purpose. To be eligible for consideration, applicants must 1) be of Spanish· American or Black descent; 2) be capable of succeeding in a University program; and 3) be able to demonstrate need of assistance. The maximum award for one year shall be $1,000 and may be continued if the applicant is successful. William L. and Janet B. Ferguson Memorial Scholarship Fund. Loans for needy students. Established by relatives and friends in memory of the Fergus0ll:s. The Johansen Scholarship Fund. A gift of the late Mrs. Johana Johansen, it prov:ides scholarships annually, worth in the aggregate from $125 to $150, for help to worthy students of Junior and Senior rank. Logan Kiwanis Club. A $100 scholarship is awarded each year. The award is made available to one college each year, in alphabetical sequence among the colleges. Each dean, in his turn, selects an outstanding student in his college to receive the award. They also support the Circle K Club. Merrill O. Maughan Scholarship Fund. One or more scholarships given annually to returned missionaries who have served two years in the mission field for the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter·day Saints and who are in need of some financial aid. N. Glen Neeley Scholarship. Nathan Glenn and Deta P. Neeley established, in their will, scholarships for worthy students.

Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid (Primarily for new students) Dee and Belva Broadbent - Wasatch High School. Awarded to one boy and one girl graduating from Wasatch High School in Heber City, Utah to be used for enrollment at Utah State. USU Faculty Women's League Annual Scholarship. This provides $125 for one year for a Freshman woman. Selection is based on need, scholarship. and leadership. National 4-H Club Contests. National scholarships of $300 each are available to 4·H Club members in at least 22 different projects or activ:ities. Woodey B. Searle Scholarship. A tuition scholarship is awarded each year by Woodey B. Searle to a needy and deserv:ing graduate of the Uintah High School. Applications should be filed before April 15th with the principal of the UHS at Vernal. Standard Oil Scholarships. The Standard Oil Company of California offers five scholarships to 4·H Club members in Utah and five scholarships to FFA members in the amount of $300 each. Tuition Scholarship. The President of the University is authorized by Title 53, Chapter 34, Section I·a, Utah Code Annotated, 1953, to waive registration and tuition fees in full or in part for a limited number of meritorious or impecunious students who reside in Utah. Union Pacific Scholarships. The Union Pacific Railroad awards 16 scholarships annually to Juniors or Seniors in high school who are enrolled as 4·H Club members, also 16 to FFA members. These $400 scholarships are available in the following counties: Beaver, Box Elder, Cache, Davis, Iron, Juab, Kane, Millard, Morgan, Rich, Salt Lake, Summit, Tooele, Utah, Wasatch, Wash· ington, and Weber. Utah Dairy Federation. The Utah Dairy Federation gives an annual scholarship of $100 each to a 4·H boy and a 4·H girl who will enroll in Dairy or Home Economics at USU.


200

Student Services and Programs

College of Agriculture Scholarships

Bert L. and Barbara Palmer Thomas Scholarship Fund. A $500 scholarship to be awarded to a Junior or Senior who is selected by the dean of the College of Business. This endowment was given by the Palmers to USU.

George T. Blanch Memorial Fund. This scholarship is to be given to upper division students in Agricultural Economics with good academic abilities.

Utah Bankers Association Scholarships . Five $500 scholarships, the recipients of which are selected by a committee from the College of Business.

George B. Caine Dairy Scholarship Award. A $300 scholarship provided for an outstanding Dairy student as determined by scholarship, leadership, and need. Mr. Caine was the founder of the Dairy Department at USU. William C. Claypool Scholarship. Awarded to a graduate student at USU whose thesis is directed toward the study of some problem of significance to the agriculture of Cache Valley. Dairy Department Scholarships. Several scholarships of $100-$300 each are awarded each year to outstanding students entering or already enrolled in a Dairy curriculum in the Departments of Dairy Science and Nutrition and Food Science. Funds are supplied by dairy companies of Utah and the intermountain area.

First Security Foundation. A scholarship of $600 awarded to a student in Agriculture at the end of his Sophomore or Junior year. Jenkins-Jones Memorial Scholarship. An award of $500 given to an outstanding upper division student in Agronomy. Available for school expenses the following year. Ralston Purina Scholarship. A scholarship of $500 given in recognition and assistance to an outstanding Junior in Agriculture for use in his schooling the Senior year. Emily M. Rich Endowment Fund. The interest of this fund is to go to a Senior student who is a member of both Friars and the Agriculture Club. Sterling A. Taylor Memorial Scholarship. An award of $200 donated by his wife, Mrs. Francis Taylor, and friends to be given to an outstanding upper division student in Soil Science and Biometeorology. Application should be made by students during the Spring quarter of their Sophomore or Junior years. Utah Dairy Commission. Three $100 scholarships are awarded annually to Freshman students. One award is given to an outstanding 4-H member. and one to an outstanding FFA member who will major in a Dairy curriculum. One is also awarded to an outstanding 4-H member enrolled in Family Life.

College of Education Scholarships H. B. Hunsaker Scholarship Fund. Established for students majoring in HPER who are interested in teaching or leadership in recreational programs. Chloe Priday Stewart Memorial Fund. Given by Dean and Mrs. L. Mark Neuberger to students in elementary education in memory of their aunt, Mrs. Stewart.

College of Engineering Scholarships College of Engineering Scholarships. The College of Engineering will award six $500 scholarships on the basis of academic excellence. Kennecott Scholarship in Civil and Environmental Engineering. A $1,000 scholarship is awarded to a Junior Civil a nd Environmental Engineering student interested in hydrology a nd water resources. This award is given on the basis of scholarship and potential as an engineer during Spring quarter each year. Don M. Corbett Scholarship. Awarded to Freshman women students in Engineering by Mr. and Mrs. Corbett to encourage women in this fi eld. Valley Engineering Scholarship. A $250 award is made annually to an outstanding entering Junior in Civil and Environmental Engineering based on scholarship. potential as an engineer, a nd need . Edwin P. Van Leuven Scholarship. To be given to students who will be teaching in the fields of industria l and technical education. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Van Leuven, leaders in this subject. Roy Bullen Memorial Fund for Engineering Students. Approximately $800 to be available annually to a id undergraduate engineering students. Established by the late Mrs. Bullen in honor of her husband after whom the fund is named.

College of Business Scholarships Arthur Anderson and Company Scholarship. A $500 scholarship awarded to a top junior Accounting major based on the student's academic performance, personality, and' need. Harry E. and Vera F. Carleson Scholarship in Economics. Two $200 scholarships given to outstanding Junior or Senior students majoring in Economics. Orson A. and Rae N. Christensen Scholarship. To be given to College of Business students who show scholarship, integrity, and leadership. The recipients to be chosen by the University's scholarship committee with the approval of the Dean of the College of Business. First Security Foundation Scholarship. Two $600 scholarships awarded to students of senior college standing who are studying Accounting or Banking and Finance. Elmer Fox and Company. A $600 scholarship awarded to the junior Accounting student showing the best promise for success in the Accounting profession. Evan B. Murray Scholarship. A $500 scholarship awarded to an outstanding undergraduate student majoring in Economics. Lynn H. Stevens Scholarship. This $100 scholarship is given to an outstanding Freshman student at the end of Spring quarter who enrolls as a Sophomore student in the Army ROTC program. He must also show a desire to serve in the U.S. Army as a commissioned officer, pass entrance requirements for Advanced Course Army ROTC, have an academic standing of a minimum of 2.5 overall grade point average, and be selected by a Professor of Miliatary Science.

College of Family Life Scholarships College of Family Life Scholarships. Scholarships provided by contribution given by alumni and friends of the College of Family Life to worthy students who show outstanding ability in the field of Family Life. Rhea Gardner Award. A cash award granted a nnually to the young woman student who is judged best prepared a nd qualified as a potential homemaker. Greaves Memorial Scholarships. A cash award in memory of Dr. Ethelyn O. Greaves for students who have achieved in the fi eld of Family Life.

Moen Memorial Scholarships. A cash award in memory of Johanna Moen given to worthy students in the College of Family Life who show outstanding aptitudes in the field. Phi Upsilon Omicron Scholarships. A cash award to stimulate interest in the field of Family Life and an inducement to professional activity is given to members of Phi Upsilon Omicron. Angelyn Wadley Award. A cash award to an outstanding student in the College of Family Life provided by the Angelyn Wadley family and friends to be used for books and supplies. Leah D. Widtsoe Scholarship. Presented annually to a graduate student in the College of Family Life. The fund was established by Dr. Virginia Cutler in memory of Mrs. Widtsoe.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I

Student Services and Programs

College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences Scholarships J. Duncan Brite Scholarship. This scholarship is to be given to an out· standing Junior in History for use during his Senior year. George B. and Marie Eccles Caine Scholarship. Two scholarships to be given, one to an Art major and one to a Music major. These recipients are to be chosen by their department heads. O. Guy Cardon and M. N. Neuberger Scholarship in Social Science. The Bluebird Candy Company at Logan offers a scholarship in the social sciences: Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. in honor of the late O. Guy Cardon and of M. N. Neuberger. Applicants majoring in the fields indicated should contact the Dean of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences. N. W. and Lucy C. Christiansen Memorial. For scholarships to be awarded through the Music Department. Deseret News Professional Internship in Journalism. The Deseret News offers the outstanding Junior student in Journalism a scholarship for $150 and employment with the News, either at Salt Lake City or at one of its bureaus during the summer between the Junior and Senior years. The winner is selected by judges representing USU and the News. English Department Scholarship. The English Department awards annually one $150 scholarship to an outstanding student who has completed his/ her Freshman year at USU. The recipient must be an English major. Earl A. and Carmen D. Fredrickson Fellowship in Sociology. Limited to first· year graduate students in Sociology. Earnings from an endowment fund of $10,000 established in 1974 provide a fellowship award once every two or three years. The fellowship award will amount to about $2,000 for the academic year. The Sociology Department supervises the funds and selects the fellowship recipient among the first·year sociology graduate students. Joseph A. and Grace W. Geddes Scholarship. Limited to graduate stu· dents in Sociology. Present values of $7000 is comprised of $2000 contributed by the Utah Cooperative Association and smaller amounts from students and friends. Annual stipend $200. The Sociology staff supervises the funds by adding to its earnings and donations, aiding students to select projects useful to society, and supervising studies. Noni Eccles Harrison Graduate Fellowship. A $600 grant to a graduate student in ceramics selected by the head of the ceramics program to further study in ceramics from a generous endowment given by Mrs. Harrison. Herald Journal Scholarship in Journalism. The Logan Herald Journal annually presents a $50 scholarship at the beginning of the Winter quarter to help some worthy Journalism student continue at the University. Peter O. Holmgren Scholarship. Awarded annually to a student in the College of Humanities and Arts. Application for the $100 scholarship should be made to the dean of the college on or before April 1. Floyd T. Morgan Endowment Fund. Awarded to an upper division Theatre Arts major. Selected by Theatre Department and Leora Thatcher.

Esther V. Erickson Wrigley Scholarship. The Robert L. Wrigley family presents two scholarships annually to English majors in memory of Mrs. Wrigley. One $175 scholarship is given to an outstanding student of Sopho· more standing and one $225 scholarship is given to an outstanding student of Junior rank.

College of Natural Resources Scholarships Alumni Scholarships. Scholarships from this fund, consisting of donations to the college from alumni, are awarded to students in the college who have dis· tinguished themselves academically. The Paul M. and Neva Dunn Scholarship in Forestry. See the dean's office for details. Juniper Jills Scholarship. This scholarship is awarded to the husband of a Juniper Jill in recognition of high scholarship. Funds for this scholarship are contributed by the Juniper Jills, wives of College of Natural Resources students. The William G. Kohner Scholarship. This scholarships fund is for Junior, Senior, and graduate students in the College of Natural Resources. Income from the fund will be used annually for scholarships given to deserving stu· dents. American Society of Range Management Scholarship. One scholarship for the best Range Senior in the State of Utah. The scholarship is in the amount of $100, and application should be made to the head of the Department of Range Management by June 1. Andrew J. Senti Scholarship Fund. From the gift of Andrew J. Senti, a scholarship given to a student in the College of Natural Resources. L. A. Stoddart Memorial Fund. Awarded to st.udents in the College of Natural Resources.

College of Science Scholarships Christenson Memorial Scholarship. One $250 scholarship in memory of Leroy Dean Christenson for Senior students in Zoology or Entomology. The award is based upon scholarship, character, and professional promise. The funds from which the award is made were contributed by the family and friends of L. D. Christenson; the fund is administered by the Department of Biology. Greaves Memorial Scholarships. Two or more $125 scholarships in memory of Drs. Joseph E. and Ethelyn O. Greaves, given by their daughter, Dr. Marguerite Greaves, for students who have achieved in the fields of Science and Family Life. Delbert Greenwood Memorial Fund. A scholarship for a deserving stu· dent in the field of biochemistry. Volunteer Auxiliary (Pink Ladies). The Pink Ladies of Logan LDS Hos· pital offer a scholarship to a worthy junior or senior student majoring in a health·related field.

Athletics

George Phatz Memorial. Symphony Orchestra Scholarships. Robert K. Schwartz Scholarship. Full tuition awarded to Junior or Senior in Speech, donated by Mr. Schwartz. Social Work Scholarships. Earnings from an endowment fund established in 1937 provides an annual scholarship award for a student majoring in Social Work. Junior and Senior women in Social Work are eligible for consideration. The amount of the grant varies from $100 to $200 per student. Gwendella Thornley Memorial Scholarship. Awarded who are in their Junior year and who are majoring in Speech.

201

Scholarships Wayne Estes Memorial Fund. Established in memory of Wayne Estes. To be used by worthy student athletes. Robert L. Wrigley Scholarship Fund. Established in honor of their father by the children of Robert L. Wrigley.

to students

W. Mont Timmins Essay on the Pioneering of Cache Valley. A $50 prize is awarded annually by the Timmins family for the best essay of an aspect of pioneering in this valley, from earliest recorded times to present. Open to all undergraduates. Details from USU English Department. Angelyn W. Wadley Memorial Scholarship. To be awarded to students in alternate years in the History Department and in the College of Family Life. The minimum award is $150. E. L. Waldron Scholarship and/or Loan. Awarded for encouraging students in fine arts and overall development of the arts.

Awards and Honors William Alger Awards. A gold key is awarded annually by Alpha Epsilon Delta, pre-medical society, to the outstanding Freshman pre·medical or predental student. Scholarship, character and possiblities in medicine or dentistry represent the basis for the award. Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key Award. Alpha Kappa Psi Fraternity, Alpha Theta Chapter, established at USU, awards annually the Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Medallion to the male Senior in Business with the highest scholastic average for four years of study in this University.


202

Student Services and Programs

Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key. Awarded to a male student of the Senior class in Business who possesses the highest scholastic average for three years' work taken at the University. Alpha Lambda Delta Award to Senior Students. Book Award. An award to a Senior woman who has been an Alpha Lambda Delta member and who carries the highest gradepoint during her four years of college. Alpha Zeta Award. An award is made annually by Alpha Zeta fraternity honor society of Agriculture and Forestry students, to the Sophomore in Agriculture and Forestry who made the highest scholastic record in his Freshman year. The name of the winner is engraved upon a permanent trophy. American Institute of Electrical Engineers. Awarded annually to the member of the student chapter who has contributed most to the IRE organization, and who has demonstrated professional ability. This award consists of a certificate of merit and one year's dues as an associate member of AlEE. American Institute of Electrical Engineers Student Award. This award is made each year to the outstanding Senior Electrical Engineering and AlEE member. The award consists of one year's dues as an associate member of AlEE and a certificate of achievement. The American Legion Military Medal. A gift of the Logan American Legion Post, it is awarded each year to the athletic letterman who maintains the highest scholastic record during the year, and who exhibits the most wholesome attitude toward military training. The American Rambouillet Sheep Breeders' Association Challenge Cup. To be presented each year to the student showing the greatest efficiency in fitting and showing Rambouillet sheep. American Society of Agronomy Leadership Award. A plaque to the outstanding Senior in Agronomy. American Society of Civil Engineering Associate Memberships. Awarded annually to Senior Engineering students on the basis of scholarship, promise of success in engineering, personality, and ASCE student chapter activity. The awards consist of associate membership in the American Society of Civil Engineers. The first is given by the Intermountain Section of ASCE, the second by the Civil Engineering faculty, and the third by the student chapter ofASCE. ASCE Membership Award. Junior membership in the American Society of Civil Engineers is awarded by the Intermountain Section, ASCE, to a graduating Senior in Civil Engineering on basis of scholarship, activities, and personality. Selection is made by the Engineering Faculty. ASCE Student Chapter Award. Junior membership in ASCE to the Senior doing most for the chapter. Selected by vote of members. The Barnes Key. Rey and Marjorie Barnes award a key annually to an undergraduate student who is affiliated with the campus radio or television station. The student must have a cummulative grade point average of 2.5 or above, must have carried at least one radio class during the year of the award, and must have demonstrated a deep interest in furthering radio and television arts at Utah State University. Selection shall be made by the Director of Radio and Television at USU, the person directly responsible for the campus radio station, and Rey L. Barnes. Blue Key Award. Each year Blue Key Honorary Service Fraternity awards a "Service Plaque" to an outstanding Freshman or Sophomore male student. Candidates are judged on University activities, scholarship, service to the University, and moral character. Application forms can be obtained from the organization and must be filed with the Blue Key Awards Committee on or before April 15. Burpee Award in Horticulture. An annual award of $100 to the student in Horticulture who rates highest in scholarship, practical experience and interest in flower, vegetable, and seed growing. Cache Valley Chapter of the Utah State Historical Society Award. The Cache Valley Historical Society offers annually an award of $25 to the USU student writing the best acceptable treatise on any phase or field of Cache Valley history. Papers must be submitted on or before the end of the Spring Quarter and become the property of the Cache Valley Historical Society. Chemistry Faculty Award. The staff of the Chemistry Department annually awards a copy of the Handbook of Chemistry and Physics to the outstanding student completing Chemistry 121, 122, 123. Chi Omega Fraternity Award. An award of $25 is given annually to the girl majoring or minoring in Social Sciences who gives evidence of superior scholarship and ability to make a contribution to organized group life. The Committee of Awards is appointed by Chi Omega Fraternity each year from the teaching staffs of the Sociology and Economics Departments.

Civil Engineering Faculty Award. Junior membership in the ASCE or ASAE is awarded by the Engineering faculty to a graduating Senior in Engineering on the basis of scholarship and promise of success in engineering. Selection is made by the Engineering faculty. Newell H. Cornish Award. An award given at graduation to a graduating student in Marketing. Danforth Foundation Award in Family Life. Given on the basis of scholarship, leadership, physical vigor, and activity in religion, this award provides two weeks of leadership training at a camp on Lake Michigan. Danforth Summer Award. Awarded to an outstanding Freshman in Agriculture. This award covers the expenses of two weeks' leadership training at the American Youth Foundation Camp on Lake Michigan. Transportation is up to the individual. Danforth Summer Fellowships. Awarded to an outstanding Junior in Agriculture. This award covers the expense of two weeks' marketing and research study at St. Louis and at the Purina Research Farm nearby and two weeks' leadership training at the American Youth Foundation Camp on Lake Michigan. Virginia Dare Award. A cash award of $25 to the outstanding Junior in Dairy Manufacturing. Delta Beta Chi Award. Ten dollars is awarded annually by the Delta Beta Chi Chemistry Fraternity to the Freshman or Sophomore Chemistry student who writes the best essay on some subject in chemistry. Distinguished Service Awards. Awards are given annually to outstanding students in Theatre, Music, Library, and Physical Education. Faculty Women's League Democracy Award. This is awarded to Senior women. Candida,"s must have evidenced the best understanding of the demo¡ cratic idea in its application to University life; as exemplified by the following considerations: 1) awareness of issues vital to university life, 2) individual responsibility for their solution, and 3) accommodation of individual interests to what seems to be the common good. (University award winner excluded.) Faculty Women's League Scholarship Award. Awarded to Senior women, based on scholastic records for full undergraduate work. To be eligible for this award, candidates must have spent at least two years at this institution. (Valedictorians excluded.) Farm Bureau Agricultural Leadership Award. An award of $200 to the Senior who has exhibited the greatest measure of growth and excellence in scholarship, constructive organization and leadership in the College of Agriculture throughout his university COurse. The winner's name will be engraved on the Caine Leadership Plaque. Foreign Student Achievement Award. A certificate of achievement to a graduating foreign student from a non¡ English speaking country who has the highest scholastic average during his undergraduate study. The Hawaiian Steamship Company's Challenge Cup. Awarded each year to the student who shows the most proficiency in judging wool. Institute of Radio Engineers Award. This award is made each year to the outstanding senior Electrical Engineer and IRE student member. The award consists of one year's dues as associate member of IRE and a certificate of achievement. Logan Kiwanis Club Trophies. Each year, the dean of each of the eight colleges selects an outstanding student in his college to receive the Kiwanis Club Plaque. The John K. Madsen Challenge Cup. Awarded each year to the student who shows the greatest proficiency in judging sheep.

I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I

Maeser-Bauer Graduate Teaching Award. In memory of Dr. Sherwin Maeser and Dr. Nonnan Bauer. a cash award is given annually upon recommendation of the Chemistry and Biochemistry faculty to an outstanding graduate teaching assistant in good standing in the department. Maeser-Bauer Scholarship Award. Established in memory of Drs. Sherwin Maeser and Norman Bauer, a cash scholarship award is presented annually to an outstanding Junior or Senior Chemistry major. The award, which may be received only once, will be given primarily for high scholastic achievement. Mechanical Engineers Faculty Award. An engineering handbook awarded annually to the Mechanical Engineering Senior with the highest grade point average. The award is made by the Mechanical Engineering faculty.

I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Student Services and Programs Merck Award. Merck and Company, manufacturing chemists, award annually a copy of the Merck Index to an outstanding student in Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry.

203

Colonel Joe E. Whitesides Award. This award is given to the outstanding student-athlete selected by the Athletic Council on the basis of I) academic achievement, 2) athletic achievement, 3) Army (ROTC) achievement, 4) adjustment to meet the daily demands in character, social and general culture.

National Business Education Association Award. An award presented by the National Association for Business Teacher Education to the Senior who has distinguished himself in Business Education.

Rex E. Robinson Award. A statuette presented to the student most distinguished in forensics.

The Ogden Union Stockyard Challenge Cup. Awarded each year to the student who shows the most proficiency in judging beef cattle.

Loans

Phi Upsilon Omicron Freshman Award. Awarded to a freshman in the College of Family Life to recognize high scholastic ability. Rolla M. Rich Memorial Award. An award of $50 to an outstanding student in Agriculture in the upper division, who is active in the LDS Church. The ROTC Medal. A gift of the institution is awarded each year to the student in Military Science and Tactics who most nearly represents the ideal that the Reserve Officers' Training Corps is striving to develop, upon the following basis: a) character, 20 points; b) scholarship, 15 points; c) University activity, 15 points, d) leadership, 20 points; e) aptitude for an interest in Military Science, 20 points; f) physique and bearing, 10 points. The Salt Lake Union Stockyards Company Challenge Cup. Awarded each year to the student who shows the most proviciency in judging hogs. Scholarship A's. In the form of gold pins, these awards are given to undergraduate students who present evidence that their grades are all "A's" for three consecutive Quarters of their residence. At least 15 credits must be carried. The grades of any Quarter can be used but once toward a Scholastic Award.

Bureau of Land Management Loan Fund. This provides loans up to $100 to deserving students in the College of Natural Resources. Application should be made to the dean's office. Orson A. and Rae N. Christensen Loan Fund. From a generous gift of the Christensens, a loan fund at a low interest rate is set up to help students through school. The accrued interest goes to create scholarships in the College of Business. J. Reuben Clark Small Loan Fund. A reserve specifically provided for assistance to students in meeting school obligations. Clyde Foundation Loan Fund. See office of Student Services for details. Colburn Latin American Student Loan Fund. USU Faculty Association. A loan fund provided by the Faculty Association to assist students in need. USU Faculty Women's League. A loan fund for women students. Loans may range from $25 to $250. Preference is given to Senior students.

Sigma Tau Award. To the outstanding Sophomore Engineering student for scholarship, sociability and practicability. Selection made by the Alpha Delta Chapter of Sigma Tau, an honorary engineering fraternity .

USU Faculty Women's League Revolving Loan Fund. A loan fund which provides for short-time loans, not to exceed $20, to women students for emergency purposes.

J. Fish Smith Award. An award of $100 for the promotion of international relations, given to a foreign student in recognition of excellence in scholarship and contribution to international understanding and good will.

Frischknecht Memorial Fund. A fund established in memory of Dr. Carl O. Frischknecht and his wife Geniel Lund Frischknecht by friends, associates, and members of the family to assist students in the College of Agriculture who are in need of financial assistance. Applications should be made through the dean of the College of Agriculture.

Son of Paul Award. Awarded to the graduating Senior in the College of Natural Resources who has maintained a high academic record and shows promise of achieving outstanding professional success. United Business Education Association. An award presented by the Smead Manufacturing Company to the Senior who has distinguished himself in Business Education. Utah Association of Certified Public Accountants . An award for the purpose of stimulating interest to the outstanding Senior student majoring in Accounting.

Annie Givens Anderson Gardner Loan Fund. This loan is for needy Freshman girls with no previous college training who are members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints in good standing. John P. Holmgren Loan Fund. A fund established in memory of John P. Holmgren. The applications may be made through the NDEA Loan Fund of the University. Intercollegiate Knight Loan Fund. Loan fund provided by the Intercollegiate Knights for needy USU students.

Utah Feed Manufacturing and Dealers' Association Award. An award of $100 to an outstanding Senior with a major in some phase of Animal Science, preferably one interested in Animal Nutrition.

O. W. Israelsen Loan Fund. This loan fund is available to Senior Engineering students only. Application is made in the College of Engineering.

Utah Society of Professional Engineers. An annual presentation of certificate of merit to the outstanding Senior Engineering student at USU.

Robert L. Judd Loan Fund. This loan fund was given by Mrs. Judd in honor of her late husband. Loans are available to undergraduate men who have ability and need financial assistance.

Utah State Historical Society Award. An award to the outstanding graduate majoring in History. Utah State University Business Education Student Teacher Award. This honorary a ward is presented to one or more Senior student teachers who have exemplified superior ability and excellence in completing their student teaching experience leading to the BS degree. The Utah State University Science Medal. A gift of the late Director Emeritus William Petersen, it is given each year to the student writing the best review of recent scientific research in either Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry. Geology, Zoology, Botany, or Astronomy. Wall Street Journal Award in Business. A medal and one year's subscription to the Wall Street Journal is given for outstanding achievement in Accounting. Wall Street Journal Award in Business. A medal and one year's subscription to the Wall Street Journal is given for outstanding achievement in Business Administration. Wall Street Journal Award in Economics. A medal and one year's subscription to the Wall Street Journal for outstanding achievement in Economics.

Editha Smith Kent Loan Fund. Dr. Melvin Kent gave this generous gift to be used as a loan fund in honor of his wife, Editha Smith Kent. The Kents are both USU Alumni. The fund is used to provide student loans at a low interest loan rate. Harold R. Kepner Loan Fund. A fund established in memory of Professor Harold R. Kepner by his students and friends. Available through the general loan funds of the University. Henry Lane Memorial Loan Fund. Established by his sons, Sid and MacArthur Lane, in memory of their father. This loan fund is to be used by black varsity athletes. Vera Nielson Langford. From a generous gift a loan fund to be used by needy Home Economic students. George A. Meyers Loan Fund. Foreign student emergency loans. Maude McCulloch. A loan fund established for needy students in the fields' of the social and physical sciences. Marjorie Paulsen Loan Fund. A fund provided by the father of a former Aggie student active in studentbody affairs.


204

Student Services and Programs

W. B. Rice Memorial Loan Fund. This loan fund ¡provides loans up to $200, usually for one year, to deserving students in the College of Natural Resources. Application is made to the dean's office.

Senior Loan Fund. A gift of the class of 1911, and added to by the class of 1922, has helped many students complete schoo!.

Rotary Club Senior Loan Fund. The Logan Rotary Club has provided a special loan fund to assist students in meeting expenses during their Senior

H. Grant Stephens. A special borrowing fund with minimum interest rates to be used by students with ~tressing financial needs. Given in honor of Mr. Stephens by his children.

year.

Eugene Santschi Loan Fund. A fund established in memory of Eugene Santschi. The applications may be made through the NDEA Loan Fund of the University.

Ichel Water Loan Fund. An individual gift to assist students in need.

I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Intercollegiate Athletics I I I I I I I I I I I I I

205

Director: Ladell Andersen Office in Harris Athletic Center Assistant Director: Norvel Hansen Football: Phil Krueger, Head Coach; Scott Ackerman; Ray Butcher; Jeff Jorgensen; Chris Pella; AI Saunders; Doug Smith; Bruce Snyder Basketball: Dutch Belnap, Head Coach; Jim Harrick; Rod Tueller Golf: Dean Candland Tennis: Robert Carlson Track: Ralph Maughan Wrestling: Robert Carlson SpeCial Projects Supervisor: Kenneth D. Mitchell Sports Information: Craig Hislop Ticket Manager: Tom Moulton Trainer: Jim Riley Equipment Manager: Ken Seamons Supervision. Supervision and direction of athletics for men is vested in the Director of Athletics USU's Intercollegiate Athletics is organized and the Athletic Council, consisting of the President under the rules of the National Collegiate Athletic of the University, members of the faculty, the alumni, Association and of Utah State University. and student organizations. Participation. Varsity teams at USU schedule in division one of the NCAA. Teams compete on a national and regional basis. Fall quarter participation includes football, cross country, golf, and tennis. Winter quarter participation is in basketball, wrestling, and indoor track. Spring quarter is spring football, track, golf, and tennis. Qualifiers in any of these sports may represent USU in NCAA post-season activity.

Facilities. Excellent facilities are enjoyed in all sports. Romney Stadium seats 20,000 for football crowds. Basketball is played in the 10,300 chair seat USU Spectrum, and the George Nelson Fieldhouse is open for year-round use for the preparation of individuals or team members in football, basketball, golf, tennis, wrestling, and track. The golf course near the campus is open for team members fall and spring seasons. Skiing facilities are only 30 minutes away.

I' I I I

Registration and Eligibility. All male students at USU are encouraged to participate in the various varsity and freshman intercollegiate activities. Registration for participation may be accomplished by contacting any of the coaches or registering for the class work listed in the registration bulletin. Eligibility for participation is governed by rules and regulations established by the National Collegiate Athletic Association and by the faculty senate of the University.

Awards and Grants-in-Aid. USU offers financial awards in all sports for athletic excellence. A student or prospective student desiring consideration for one of these awards may contact one of the coaches for further application. Any awards granted will fulfill the arrangement between the coach and recipient with approval of the Scholarship Committee.


206

Research Programs

I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I Research Programs I I I I I I I I I I

207

Vice President for Research: D. F. Peterson

Director, Agricultural Experiment Station: D. Wynne Thorne

President, USU Foundation: C. Anthon Ernstrom Director, Utah Center for Water Resources Research: J. M. Bagley Director, Office of Program Development; General Manager, USU Foundation: E. Paul Hullinger Director, Engineering Experiment Station; Director, Center for Aeronomy Research: Clayton Clark

Director, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories: Doran J. Baker Director, Space Science Laboratory: Kay D. Baker Director, Utah Water Research Laboratory: J. M. Bagley Director, Economics Research Center: N. Keith Roberts Director, Ecology Center: John M. Neuhold

Director, Computer Center: Wendell L. Pope

Chairman, Institute for the Study of Outdoor Recreation and Tourism: John D. Hunt Chairman, Institute for Social Science Research on Natural Resources: Wade H. Andrews Director, Environment and Man Program: C. M. McKell

Chairman, Bureau of Research Services, College of Education: James P. Shaver Director, Bureau of Government and Opinion Research: Dan E. Jones

Leader, Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit: Jessop B. Low Leader, Utah Cooperative Fishery Unit: Richard Wydoski Leader, National Park Service Cooperative Unit: (not yet appointed)

I I I I I I I

USU was among the first of the colleges and universities in the intermountain area to have a research program. Originally the research was principally in agriculture. Now research projects are in every college and almost every department of the University. Research is closely associated with teaching and student activities. Most of it is conducted by staff members who are also employed to teach part of their time. Many graduate students are employed to assist in research. The experience thus gained by students is an important part of their education. Research affiliated with the University is under the general administration of the Vice President for Research. Actual research operations are conducted in colleges and departments and within the units designated above. Research stipends are available for approximately 500 graduate students within the several colleges and research units. Opportunities exist for multidisciplinary programs through such units as the Environment and Man Program, the Center for Research on Ecology, the Center for Research in

Aeronomy, the Agricultural Experiment Station, and the Water Resources Research Center. There are numerous well-equipped laboratories such as the Water" Research Laboratory, the Stewart .H.adiance Laboratory (Bedford, Massachusetts), the Space Science and Electro-Dynamics Laboratories, the Exceptional Child Center, and the many facilities of the Agricultural Experiment Station, and III Biology and Natural Resources. Policies on research and requf".;ts for support are reviewed by the University ~esearch Council. Present members of the council and the area each represents are: Dean F. Petersun, chai~man; R. Gaurth Hansen, Eldon J. Gardner, exofficio members; Doyle Matthews, Agriculture; Bartell C. Jensen, Business; James P. Shaver, Education; Clayton Clark, Engineering; Phyllis Snow, Family Life; Calvin Hiibner, College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences; Frederic H. Wagner, Natural Resources; Ralph M. Johnson, Science; D. Wynne Thorne, Agricultural Experiment Station; Jay M. Bagley, Utah Water Research Laboratory; Doran J. Baker, ElectroDynamics Laboratories; John M. Neuhold, Ecology Center; C. M. McKell, Environment and Man Program; and Lynn H. Davis, Faculty Senate.


208

Research Programs

Division of

University Research Vice President, Research: D. F. Peterson Office in Main 127 It is the policy of the University to encourage and support research and all forms of creative, scholarly activities by staff members. Much of the research is supported by funds directly assigned to various administrative units of the University. Unrestricted funds for general support of research are administered through the Division of Research. The Division of Research serves as a coordinating center for all research associated with the University. General policies and procedures pertaining to research and the promotion of a coordinated research program is the responsibility of the University Research Council.

the progress of research efforts and recommend problems in need of further study. Most of the research laboratories used by the Experiment Station are also on the campus, distributed among the various University buildings. In addition, the Station operates twelve relatively permanent farms and associated research facilities distributed widely over the state. Field tests and studies in industries and communities are conducted on a short-term basis at more than 100 other locations each year.

USU Foundation President: C. Anthon Ernstrom Vice President: Ralph M. Johnson Manager: E. Paul Hullinger Office in Main 128

Agricultural Experiment Station Director: D. Wynne Thorne Associate Director: Doyle J. Matthews Assistant Director: C. Elmer Clark Office in Agricultural Science 225A The Agricultural Experiment Station is a major division of the University. It was established in 1888 when the territorial legislature passed a bill creating Utah Agricultural College and Utah Agricultural Experiment Station. It is commissioned by state and federal legislative acts to conduct the research needed to conserve and manage natural resources, to produce and prepare food and fiber, and to develop and improve rural homes and rural living. The investigations needed to fulfill Experiment Station responsibilities involve the full or part-time services of about 130 professional staff members associated with 19 departments of the University. The staff includes about 60 employees of the U.S. Department of Agriculture who are assigned to collaborate in agricultural research activities. A large number of undergraduate and graduate students are employtld on a part-time basis to assist with the studies. The Experiment Station investigations are organized into about 150 research projects. Investigations range from applied field tests to fundamental research under controlled laboratory conditions. Station research is periodically reviewed by advisory committees representing every segment of the agricultural industry. These committees evaluate

The purpose of this nonprofit corporation organized in 1966 as an affiliate of USU is to assist in the development of the University as an educational and research center. The foundation is authorized to administer special contracts for research, education, and technical and scientific services, and to develop and manage patents for the University. Directors of the Foundation are: Beverly D. Kumpfer, Dean F. Peterson, W. B. Robins, Provost R. Gaurth Hansen, Bartell C. Jensen, J. Clair Batty, and ex-officio Glen L. Taggart. The secretary-treasurer is George J. Allen. Members of the foundation review program activities and elect four of the directors. Members are drawn to represent the several college divisions and the Institutional Council of the University.

Office of

Program Development Director: E. Paul Hullinger Office in Main 128 The Office of Program Development was established to help develop federal and private' support of USU's research and training programs. The office functions as a central grant clearing house and supplies faculty members with information on sources of grant funds, as well as assisting in the preparation of proposals. Current instructions, application forms, and other data are maintained for faculty use.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Research Programs

Utah Center for Water Resources Research Director: Jay M. Bagley Council Members: E. J. Middlebrooks, Chainnan; Thadis W. Box; John M. Neuhold; Ralph M. Johnson; Doyle J. Matthews; D. Wynne Thorne; JeDon A. Emenhiser; Jay M. Bagley. Administrative Coordinator: Anne Humble Office in Utah Water Research Laboratory Purposes of the Utah Center for Water Resources Research are: 1) to coordinate University-wide research in the field of water resources as described by "The Water Resources Research Act of 1964," 2) to administer the provisions of the Water Resources Research Act as they relate to USU and the state of Utah, 3) to encourage and foster the development of interdepartmental research and educational programs to the water resources field. The Water Research Laboratory and the Center for Water Resources Research have a common director and council. All University staff members and collaborators engaged in water resources education or research are associates of the center. The center encourages development of instructional programs that will further the training of water resource scientists and engineers. The center implements programs related to water resources research in education both on and off the campus. It maintains liaison relationships with appropriate state, national and international organizations and agencies having similar objectives, including the Universities Council on Water Resources. It is cognizant of the total program of water resources research of the University and its relationship to the activities of state and federal agencies and communities and conducts seminars on various aspects of water resources research needs.

Engineering Experiment Station Dean, College of Engineering: E. Joe Middlebrooks

209

The Director of the Engineering Experiment Station, the Engineering Department heads, and the individual faculty members share the responsibility to develop engineering research programs to advance knowledge and to serve the needs of the state and the nation. Interdisciplinary programs are encouraged. Central support for the research staff includes proposal guidance and production, financial guidance and accounting, and a Univac 9200/1108 computer. The station aids in acquisition of facilities and coordination of their shared use for research and instruction. Financial support and professional training for graduate and undergraduate students is provided in the research programs. Faculty members with similar and complementary talents have organized into working groups which appropriately identify their areas of research. The mutual stimulation and organizational visibility thus achieved aids in mounting effective attacks on engineering problems encountered by the state and nation. The following working groups are currently active: Antenna and Radio Propagation Laboratory: R. D. Harris, A. W. Shaw, A. M. Despain, G. H. Smerage, C. Clark Bio-agricultural Mechanics Laboratory: J. C. Batty, P. T. Blotter, O. K. Shupe Buried Structures Laboratory: R. K. Watkins, I. S. Dunn, F. Kiefer, A. P. Moser, A. B. Smith Control and Simulation Laboratory: B. O. Watkins Digital Systems Laboratory: A. M. Despain, W. I. Fletcher, M. R. Johnson, R. Thurgood Electroacoustic Laboratory: L. S. Cole, C. Clark Energetics Laboratory: R. M. Holdredge, E. W. Vendell, J. C. Batty, W. F. Phillips, R. H. Haycock Fluid Mechanics and Gas Dynamics Laboratory: C. G. Clyde, G. Z. Watters, R. W. Jeppson, G. H. Flammer

Director, Engineering Experiment Station: Clayton Clark

Magneto-plasma Dynamics Laboratory: E. W. Vendell, R. D. Harris, A. M. Despain, B. L. Embry, W. I. Fletcher

Associate Director: R. K. Watkins

Solid State Circuits: W. L. Jones, A. W. Shaw, R. L. Thurgood

Office in Engineering C216 The Engineering Experiment Station, as a part of the College of Engineering, has the broad purpose of furthering engineering sciences, engineering arts, and engineering education. The station was established in 1918 by the Board of Trustees and is financed by mineral lease funds and federal, state, and industrial grants.

Structural Engineering and Mechanics Laboratory: W. O. Carter, A. P. Moser, E. Rich, V. T. Christiansen, P. T. Blotter Technical Education Research Institute: A. G. Loveless, J. F. VanDerslice, N. C. Slack Transportation Safety Laboratory: R. K. Watkins, J. E. Fletcher, D. G. Chadwick, W. F. Phillips


210

Research Programs

Electro-Dynamics Laboratories Director, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories: Doran J. Baker Assistant Director: Ron Huppi Research Engineers: Bartschi, Frodsham, Goode, Haycock, Jensen, Jones, Kemp, Shipley, Smith, Steed, Ware, Syatt; Research Scientists: Briscoe, Pendleton Office in Engineering L241 The goals of the Electro-Dynamics Laboratories are: 1) the discovery of new knowledge and the evolution of understanding; 2) student education, training, and creative development relevant to the needs of the state and society; and 3) the application and extension of knowledge, with an emphasis on geophysical, atmospheric, and space electromagnetic radiation phenomena. The staff consists primarily of faculty and students in Engineering and Science. The research projects and programs are tied closely into and financially aid the graduate program of the University. Most of the operating funds are obtained from federal grants and contracts. Electro-Optical Engineering. Advanced techniques for the detection, measurement, and analysis of ultraviolet, visible, and infrared radiant energy are being studied and developed. Modern concepts in

Fourier optics, infrared engineering, information theory, statistical detector theory, cryogenics, and solid-state electronics are brought to bear in developing advanced instrumentation for atmospheric and space measurements. Atmospheric Studies. Experimental and computer-aided theoretical studies are conducted in concert with the Center for Research in Aeronomy. Rocketborne instruments are used for in situ measurements of auroras and upper atmospheric airglow. Field measurements of the atmospheric environment are also made from fixed, mobile, and aircraft observatories. Information and Data Systems Research. Innovative systems are investigated and developed for the acquisition, storage, retrieval, communication, and processing of information derived from physical systems. Digital and analog techniques are applied both to experimental data and to on-line systems. Extensive use is made of computers and special purpose digital systems. Stewart Radiance Laboratory. This laboratory is primarily involved in the field study of atmospheric phenomena on a global scale. Engineers at the laboratory are making detailed measurements in the infrared using cryogenic interferometer-spectrometers and radiometers.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Research Programs

Center for Research in Aeronomy Chairman of the Council: R. M. Johnson Council Members: E. N. Hatch, E. J. Middlebrooks Director: C. Clark Associate Director: K. D. Baker Scientific Adviser: L. R. Megill Office in Engineering C-216 The Center for Research in Aeronomy serves as a focus for research in Aeronomy (upper atmospheric sciences) carried out by staff members in the Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Soil Science and Biometeorology, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, and the Engineering Experiment Station. The goals of the center are: 1) to provide an administrative and physical structure within which scientists and engineers from many departments and colleges may share their common interests and capabilities in Aeronomy; 2) to attract qualified faculty and students to USU; 3) to train graduate students; 4) to contribute to knowledge through research and the publication of scientific papers; 5) to promote cooperative efforts with the aerospace industrial community.

211

the laboratory are primarily directed toward increasing man's understanding of the nature of the upper atmosphere with particular emphasis directed toward the phenomena of aurora, polar cap absorption, and sudden ionospheric disturbances. The research is simultaneously concentrated upon development of techniques and instrumentation for these in situ measurements, and the theoretical analysis and interpretation of results. These activities are interdisciplinary and interdependent, and the laboratory is well staffed and equipped to support both. By involving graduate and undergraduate students in the research, under the guidance of a staff of highly qualified scientific, engineering, and support personnel, the students' education is furthered in both practical and theoretical aspects. The expanding research projects provide excellent opportunities for student research directed toward advanced degree theses or dissertations.

Utah Water Research Laboratory Dean, College of Engineering: E. Joe Middlebrooks

Under the auspices of the center students may do research work for theses and dissertations under the direction of one of the faculty members affiliated with the center. Degrees are awarded by the associated departments.

Director, Utah Water Research Laboratory: Jay M.Bagley

University research organizations functioning under the auspices of the center are the Space Science Laboratory, the Theoretical Aeronomy Group, the Physical Chemistry Group, the Meteorology Group, and the Aeronomy Observatory.

Council Members: E. J. Middlebrooks, Chairman, Thadis W. Box, Ralph M. Johnson, Doyle J. Matthews, JeDon A. Emenhiser, D. Wynne Thorne, John M. Neuhold

The center functions in concert with the ElectroDynamics Laboratories, Digital Systems and Computer Laboratory, Environmental Engineering Division, Utah Water Research Laboratory, and other campus research units ill shared atmospheric research programs.

Institute for

Space Science Laboratory Director, Center for Research in Aeronomy: Clayton Clark Director, Space Science Laboratory: Kay D. Baker Office in Engineering L302 Through its theoretical and applied research programs the Space Science Laboratory, a division of the Center for Research in Aeronomy, provides an opportunity for select students of the University to further their education. The research programs at

Associate Director: Calvin G. Clyde Assistant Director: Daniel H. Hoggan

The Utah Water Research Laboratory is one of the finest of its kind in the country. It provides 80,000 square feet of space planned for efficient and highly flexible use. Facilities. The laboratory is well equipped for a wide range of experimental work. It contains a variety of flumes, channels, and tanks for research in hydraulics and fluid mechanics. It has specialized laboratories for water quality analyses and for instrumentation. Digital, analog, and hybrid computers and peripheral equipment provide utility and freedom in experimental applications. Program and Staff. The laboratory serves as the research arm to many agencies that encounter water problems. It conducts research on a wide variety of water problems affecting agricultural, municipal, industrial and recreational users of water. Both basic and applied research are stressed. A highly trained and diversified staff has been assembled which includes hydrology, hydraulics, resource planning and management, sanitary engi-


212

Research Programs

neering, chemical engineering, chemistry, microbiology, meteorology, electronics, statistics, applied mathematics, economics, and other fields. This multi-disciplinary staff has been effective in fostering a broadly based research program which includes weather modification to increase mountain snowpack, water quality management and pollution control, hydrologic and climatologic telemetry, riverbasin modeling and simulation, hydraulic structures and measuring devices, geohydraulics of mountain streams, methodology for evaluating resource development alternatives, and many others. Academic and Research Liaison. The Water Research Laboratory and the Center for Water Resources Research have a common director and council. Research at UWRL is closely coupled to academic programs through substantial support of graduate research and joint staff appointments. More than two-thirds of the professional staff have teaching assignments in an academic department. Joint appointments of UWRL staff have been made with 10 different academic departments in six colleges of the University. In addition, UWRL personnel interact commonly in projects sponsored by other research divisions on campus such as Agricultural Experiment Station and the Ecology Center, and in the international teaching and research programs. UWRL assistance to students has been significant in both a training and financial sense. The "tutorial" relationship that the student has with the research professor as he assists in on-going research is extremely helpful. The experience and training in research methods and the introduction to fresh new ideas about real world problems are valuable components in the formal training programs of water scientists and engineers. Some 44 PhD and 88 MS theses have been supported by the research projects of UWRL. During the 1973 fiscal year, 54 graduate and 38 undergraduate students received more than $128,000 in assistantships and compensation for part-time employment.

responsibility of stimulating, developing, and carrying out this work in the social sciences both within the University and with outside agencies. Specifically the objectives include: 1) To provide for the development of research on the human aspects in natural resources by social scientists of the University. 2) To develop conferences and other public service activities. 3) To provide opportunity for student learning and necessary experience.

Economics Research Center Director: N. Keith Roberts Office in Business 607 This is a research organization that promotes and coordinates research on economic and related problems. The center serves as a clearing house for ideas and methods related to research. It provides leadership in planning and conducting research and gives assistance to staff members in seeking financial support from agencies interested in research. The director of the center is responsible to an executive committee composed of the head of the Department of Economics, the deans of the Colleges of Agriculture and Business, and three members appointed by the head of the Department of EconomICS.

Computer Center Director: Wendell L. Pope Assistant Director:, Karl Fugal

Institute for

Office in Computer Science 120

Social Science Research on Natural Resources

The Computer Center provides educational, research, and administrative computing and data processing services for the University community. Educational activities include computing for students in organized classes, and for graduate students and faculty members engaged in approved, nonfunded research projects.

Dean, College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences: M. Judd Harmon Chairman of Institute: Wade H. Andrews Office in Main 312 The establishment of an Institute for Social Science Research on Natural Resources adds breadth and depth to other extensive programs of the University related to the environment and natural resources. Such an institute is charged with the

Research activities include computing for the Ecology Center, Agricultural Experiment Station, Engineering Experiment Station, Utah Water Research Laboratory, and for res,earch projects directed by members of the faculty and requiring computing services. Administrative activities include the maintenance of the University's accounting system, inven-

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Research Programs tory records, payroll and salary files, and student records. The center is equipped with a Burrough's B6700. The B6700 has 786,432 bytes (characters) of storage, 257 million bytes of disk storage, 4 tape drives, 2 card readers, 2 printers, a card punch and paper tape capability. The B6700 provides batch services, including very rapid turnaround for small jobs, remote job entry, conversational programming, and administrative on-line capability.

Institute for the Study of

Outdoor Recreation and Tourism Chairman: John D. Hunt Office in Biology - Natural Resources 204 The Institute for the Study of Outdoor Recreation and Tourism acts as a coordinating organization which brings together those members of the faculty directly concerned with recreation education, research, or extension work. The institute is charged with the following areas of responsibility: 1) to promote the development of high quality curricula for outdoor recreation and tourism at USU; 2) to develop a broad base for outdoor recreation and tourism research programs at USU and to serve as a vehicle for assisting University faculty in obtaining research funds; 3) to cooperate with USU Extension Services in coordinating, conducting, and developing educational programs concerning outdoor recreation and tourism; 4) to cooperate with other divisions of the University conducting research or extension programs related to outdoor recreation and tourism, so that the total University accomplishments will be maximized.

213

coordination of biology and earth science programs. The objectives of the center are: 1) to coordinate ecological research; 2) to coordinate course instruction and graduate training in ecology; 3) to provide an interdisciplinary focal point for graduate majors in Ecology. The center has about 50 active associates engaged in some form of ecology research or training, ranging from the aquatic to the terrestrial and including supporting areas. Much of the research and graduate training takes place on the USU campus. The entire northern third of the state of Utah provides the proximal outdoor laboratory. This laboratory includes such facilities as the Bear Lake Biology Laboratory, the USU school forest and its supporting facilities, the Green Canyon Ecology Station, the Logan River Biology Laboratories, and the Snowville Ecology Station. A wide variety of ecological types, ranging from the alpine to salt desert, and both aquatic and terrestrial communities, are involved.

Environment and Man Program Director: C. M. McKell Office in Agricultural Science 246 The Environment and Man Program was initiated in 1971 under the sponsorship of a $600,000 grant from the Rockefeller Foundation. The general objectives are to stimulate and facilitate interdisciplinary participation by USU staff and students in solving problems associated with man's relationship to his environment. This program formalizes and implements a University-wide concern about society's proliferating environmental dilemmas. Some of the major areas of emphasis include land use planning, energy resource development, environmental management, environmental values, environmental carrying capacity, and solid waste management.

Ecology Center Director: John M. Neuhold Office in Biology - Natural Resources 217 The Ecology Center was established to promote and coordinate research and graduate study in the area of ecology. The center was created at the request of and includes the Colleges of Agriculture, Natural Resources, and Science, and the Departments of Biology, Forest Resources and Outdoor Recreation, Geology, Plant Science, Range Science, Soil Science and Biometeorology, and Wildlife. These departments are currently engaged in ecology research or training. The creation of the Ecology Center recognizes that ecology is multi-disciplinary, requiring the

Bureau of Research Services, College of Education Dean, College of Education: Oral L. Ballam Chairman: James P. Shaver Office in Education 412B The College of Education maintains a Burea L of Research Services which serves the following functions: 1) coordinates research activities in the College of Education (the bureau cooperates closely with the Division of University Research and the School of Graduate Studies); 2) plans and conducts educational research; 3) provides information and research services to Utah educational agencies; 4)


214

Research Programs

represents the college in statewide and nationwide cooperative educational research projects; 5) provides research assistance to faculty and graduate students in the College of Education.

Bureau of Government and Opinion Research Director: Dan E. Jones Office in Main 334C The Bureau of Government and Opinion Research has been established to help develop and maintain a two-way communication between government and the public, with the philosophy that informed political participation by the people is necessary for a responsive government. The activities of the bureau grow out of the work of the Political Science Department. While the department is primarily concerned with teaching and research, the bureau is designed to deal with practical application of professional findings and public service. The bureau serves the following functions: 1) publishes materials that are helpful to both government officials and interested citizens; 2) sponsors short courses, conferences, and institutes to train prospective government employees in new areas; 3) conducts polls to measure the opinions and attitudes of people on current public issues; 4) performs special governmental and political studies for state and national agencies, counties, municipalities, political parties, and private associations.

Utah Cooperative

Fishery Unit Leader: Richard S. Wydoski Assistant Leader: Clair B. Stalnaker Office in Biology - Natural Resources 279 The Utah Cooperative Fishery Unit was established at USU in December of 1961, the first of 25 such units in the United States. The program objectives are: 1) training of fishery biologists at the graduate level, 2) carrying out fishery research of local, regional, and national concern, 3) performing extension duties to contribute

to the public's knowledge of fishery management, and 4) participating in special assignments of national interest. A coordinating committee composed of representatives from the Department of Wildlife Science, U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, and Utah State Division of Wildlife Resources provides general guidance on the research program. At the present time the Unit research program emphasis is on 1) genetic studies of fish populations. 2) rare and endangered species, 3) early life history of Utah fishes, 4) responses of fish populations to alterations of the aquatic environment, 5) fish behavior and habitat requirements, and other related subjects.

Utah Cooperative

Wildlife Research Unit Leader: Jessop B. Low Assistant Leader: J. Juan Spillett Office in Biology - Natural Resources 167 The Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit was initiated in 1935 through a memorandum of understanding between the University, Utah Division of Wildlife Research, Wildlife Management Institute, and the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. The unit's objectives are to: 1) train students in wildlife management, research demonstration, and administration; 2) conduct research basic to proper utilization of wildlife resources; 3) promote wildlife education through demonstration, lecture, and publication; 4) make results of investigations available to cooperators and the public. Through the Research Unit's program in cooperation with the College of Natural Resources and the Department of Wildlife Science, students are trained for state, regional, and national positions in wildlife management, research, and other phases of natural resources conservation. Students whose studies are financed through the unit program are selected from among high ranking candidates from institutions whose major training is in Fish and Wildlife Management, or Biology, Zoology, Botany, Agriculture, or related fields. Emphasis is given to training in resource management in waterfowl and marshland ecology, big game habitat and populations and habitat requirements, upland game bird ecology and habitat, fur bearing animal ecological and habitat requirements (nongame species biology), and conservation education. In addition to the regular cooperators, funding, equipment, and supervision are obtained from other state conservation agencies, as well as from U.S. government bureaus and departments.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I University Extension I I I I I I I I I State or Area Program Specialists I I I I I I I I

215

Vice President: J. Clark Ballard Assistant Vice President: C. Dennis Funk Associate Director: Lloyd A. Drury Assistant Director, Conferences and Institutes: Wayne B. Ringer Supervisor, Extension Family Life Programs: Margaret B. Merkley Supervisor, 4-H Youth Programs: Gerald Olson Associate Supervisor, 4-H Youth Programs: Amy R Kearsley Assistant Supervisor, 4-H Youth Programs: Arthur R Jones Area Coordinator (Provo): Marden Broadbent Area Coordinator (Uintah Basin): Paul Edmunds Area Coordinator (Ogden): Wallace Sjoblom Area Coordinator (Richfield): Marven Ogden Area Coordinator (Salt Lake): Wayne Rose Area Coordinator (Logan): Glenn T. Baird Area Coordinator (Beaver): Grant M. Esplin Coordinator-Instructor, Southeastern Utah Center, Moab: H. K. Hancock Community Development Leader: Wesley T. Maughan Coordinator, Low Income Programs: Glenn T. Baird Coordinator, Extension Class Division: Rex Tueller Conference and Institute Coordinators: Byron Burnham, Louis Griffin, Dallas Holmes Conference and Institute Program Administrator: Marsha Bracken Continuing Education Center Manager: William Jenson Controller's Representative: W. Arthur Cahoon Secretary to Vice President: Libbie B. Maughan Youth Program Assistant: LaRee A. Petersen Independent Study Program Coordinator: Shirley Andreasen Administrative Assistant, Continuing Education: Gloria Mower

Agricultural Engineering: Spencer Daines Agronomist (Crops): DeVere McAllister Agronomist (Weeds): Louis A. Jensen Animal Science: Clair Acord Animal Science: Norris Stenquist Animal Science: Grant M. Esplin 3 Animal Science: Nyle Matthews Clothing and Textiles: Theta Johnson Community Beautification: A. Fullmer Allred Community Development: David VanderKraats, Courtney Brewer Consumer Education: Helen Thackeray Continuing Education: John Owen Dairy Science: John J. Barnard Dairy Science: William J. Barnes Dairy Science: George Stoddard Entomology: Reed S. Roberts Extension Economist: Lloyd A. Clement Extension Librarian: Robert Woolley Family Life: Glen O. Jenson Food/Nutrition: Flora Bardwell Food Science: C. Anthon Ernstrom Forestry/Outdoor Recreation: Carl Johnson Graphic Artist: L. Jay Smith

Horticulture/Landscape Improvement: Melvin S. Burningham \ Joel C. Barlowl Horticulture: Alvin Hamson Information and Publications: Christian P. Nielsen, Cleon Kotter, Pat Bean Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning: Larry Wegkamp Marketing: Morris H. Taylor, Ray H. Finchl, Paul RGrimshaw Poultry Science: C. I. Draper Radio-TV: Arthur Higbee, Francis Jones Range Management: Karl G. Parker 2 , Frank F. Busby Resource Development and Public Affairs: Leon C. Michaelsen 2 Soils and Agronomy: Paul Daniels l , Ralph Horne l , Vaughn Hunsaker l Soil Science and Water Use: Paul D. Christensen Veterinary Science: Don W. Thomas Water Resources: Richard Griffin Water Quality Specialist: Robert A. Gearheart Wildlife Resources: Gar W. Workman 1Also doing work on county basis. 20nleave.


216

University Extension

County and Area Agents 3,

Beaver: Grant M. Esplin Miriam A. Limb Box Elder: Harold Lindsay, Jessie Eller, Ray Finch3 , Mark Bingham l Cache: Ray Burtenshaw, Bessie Lemon Carbon: Richard Chase, Virginia Blackburn Davis: Dorothy K. Hansen, Bernice Palfreyman L. Darrell Stokes3 , W. Lloyd Smith l, Renae M. Woods l Duchesne: Marie Lois Hale Emery: Elaine B. Hatch, Larry Bond Garfield: Catherine Barney, VerI Matthews l Iron: Lynn Esplin, Marva W. Esplin Juab: Ivan Blaine Jones, Deanna Egbert Kane: VerI Matthews l , Linda Gubler Millard: Beth N. Crosland, Keith Chapman, MarGenne B. Rowley Morgan: W. Lloyd Smith l , Joyce Lundell Rich: Helen Wamsley Salt Lake: Ruth Coates, Margie Ruth Newman, Kay Bendixsen3 , Wayne Rose, Paul R. Daniels l San Juan: Allan Edwards, Steven Cox, Lucill Starr Braun Sanpete: Jack Herring3 , Mary Lois Madsen Sevier: De Von Andrus l , Christine S. Moore Summit: Annette Vernon, Rell Argyle Tooele: Halcyon Robins, Kay Bendixsen3 Uintah: Vaughn Hunsaker3 , Colleen Long Utah: Joel C. Barlow3 , Donna Bird, Robert Hassell, Ralph Horne, Irene G. Thomson Wasatch: Paul R. Daniels3 , JoAnn Mathis Washington: Gwen Biddulph, Don A. Huber Wayne: Carol H. Williams, Verl Bagleyl Wayne-Piute: VerI Bagleyl Weber: Elizabeth Darley, Carol Latham!, Lee S. Rogers, Carol Lou Thornock, Wallace Sjoblom3

Extension Representatives with Colleges Agriculture: C. Dennis Funk Business: Calvin D. Lowe Education: Terrance Hatch Engineering: Merrill Shaw Family Life: Margaret B. Merkley Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences: Glenn R. Wilde Natural Resources: John D. Hunt Science: Donald Sisson IMulti-countyassignment. :lOn leave. 3 Area assignment.

University Extension Office in Agricultural Science 209 University Extension includes the Cooperative Extension Service, the Conference and Institute Division, and Continuing Education, the latter encompassing the Extension Class Division, the Independent Study (correspondence home study) Division, Uintah Basin Center and Southeastern Utah Center (Moab).

Cooperative Extension Service The Cooperative Extension Service is sponsored and financed jointly by federal, state, and county governments. There is a Cooperative Extension Service in the land grant institution of each state. The main functions of the Cooperative Extension Service are: to develop leadership, resourcefulness, and initiative; to supply factual information for discovering and solving problems; and to help people become more efficient, increase their income, improve their home and community environment, and raise their standard of living. University Extension takes the findings of research to the people of the state and brings unsolved problems back to the research workers at the University. Extension programs are planned with the people. The demonstration method of teaching and mass media are used extensively. Group meetings, short courses, and publications are used to supply educational information. Administrative and some supervisory personnel and subject matter program leaders are located on the USU campus. In addition, a field staff consisting of area coordinators, area specialists, area agents, county agents, home economists, and program aides serve the people in all areas of the state. The Extension program includes work with both adults and youth. Programs emphasized are centered around: 1) agriculture, 2) marketing, 3) international extension, 4) safety and disaster, 5) 4-H youth programs, 6) human nutrition, 7) family living, 8) health, 9) community development, 10) natural resources and environment. Central in the function of University Extension is problem solving at the community level. Through research provided by the departments of the University, the community becomes a laboratory in the teaching-learning process. Community problems are extremely varied and complex. Consequently, University Extension educational programs designed to benefit the community require creativity and innovation of the colleges and departments according to their areas of competency. To carry out this function, Extension programs at Utah State University focus on the knowledge competencies from the appropriate disciplines on four broad areas of concern to people of Utah: physical environment, social environment, economic and industrial development, and education instructional services.

Conference and Institute Division The responsibility for conferences, shortcourses, symposiums, seminars, and institutes is vested in the Conference and Institute Division of University

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

University Extension Extension. The role of this office is to promote, coordinate, and administer conference programs in cooperation with faculty members of the various campus organizations and with individuals and groups outside the University. Noncredit courses are also organized by this office in cooperation with the academic departments of the University. There are no limitations on the clientele to be served through the Conference and Institute Division in terms of age or educational backgroud. All that is required is a desire to learn. The scope of the program will be as broad as available knowledge resources will permit. Continuing learners may participate in educational activities for a variety of justifiable reasons, which all relate to recognized needs for self-improvement, an appetite for intellectual stimulation through social interaction, or simply a desire to know. Continuing Education Center. The Continuing Education Center has been acquired by the University as the first phase of a plan to develop capacity for an extensive year-round program of continuing education through the Conference and Institute Division. The ultimate goal is to build a program and complementary facilities to serve groups of people with special short-term educational needs on a continuing basis as part of the public service activity of the University. Quality of Rural Life Program. The Quality of Rural Life Program is jointly funded by the W. K. Kellogg Foundation and Utah State University. The program is an integrated combination of project areas directed toward self-generating rural community programs, all intended to develop deeper personal satisfaction, to increase opportunities for educational and economic welfare, and to enrich rural life-styles through Continuing Education. The purpose of the program is to develop employment opportunities, improve community services, establish broader educational opportunities, and improve the social and physical environment in communities throughout the mountain states. Projects and programs will be developed for rural communities in the following six areas: environmental improvement, economic development, education, governmental services, social and cultural enrichment, and health services. In each of these program areas the aim is to enhance the type of rural society capable of continuous and self-generating renewal. Utah State University encourages the development of cooperative interdisciplinary projects among colleges and universities, state and local governmental agencies, and community groups. Emphasis will be given to activities which develop local and regional leadership and which have a continuing effect on rural areas.

217

Continuing Education A large number of people living in communities or areas remote from the University campus desire to benefit from university training but cannot come to Logan to register for resident courses. For this group, USU provides a liberal program of Continuing Education which includes Extension classes, Independent Study (correspondence), and a number of other educational services. USU is a member of the National University Extension Association. Extension Class Division Courses offered by USU are made available in approximately 30 different communities of the state. Such courses are offered by the respective academic departments. Off-campus credit courses are equivalent in content hours of class instruction and preparation, and otherwise meet the same prerequisites as comparable classes offered on the University campus. Except for the 45 credits which must be earned in residence on the USU campus, Extension classes may meet the requirements for a Bachelor's degree. Extension classes also meet requirements for a Master's degree with approval of the School of Graduate Studies. All instructors in Extension courses are either members of the regular University teaching faculty officially assigned to the teaching project concerned or nonresident members approved by the head of the department and by the University administration. The registration fees charged for Extension classes conform to regulations. Independent Study Division Many individuals desire organized, systematic instruction but live in isolated areas, or for other reasons cannot meet for class instruction on the University campus or its resident centers. For such individuals, USU provides a liberal offering through a wide variety of Independent Study courses in many of the departments of the University. This program furnishes an excellent opportunity to students of high school or college level, and to :lults who desire general education and professional improvement 10 selected fields. For college age or credits

admission to Independent Study courses of level, an enrollee must be at least 19 years of a high school graduate, or must submit 15 of high school work.

High school students demonstrating superior ability may enroll for University credit courses.

As many as one-fourth of the credits necessary for a Bachelor's degree may be earned by completing


218

I

University Extension

Independent Study courses (45 credits). Each college of the University, subject to faculty approval, determines the nature and the amount of Independent Study credit accepted for admission and graduation. In no case is Independent Study credit to comprise more than 25 percent of the total number of credits accepted for graduation. Graduation Deadline. Seniors who plan to apply Independent Study credits toward graduation, in anyone year, must have their courses completed by May 1, so that lessons and examinations may be evaluated and credit filed in the Office of Admissions and Records two weeks prior to the day of graduation. An enrollee is allowed one year from the registration date in which to complete a course. An extension of time may be granted upon payment of a small fee. Fees. A fee of $12 per credit is charged for Independent Study courses of college level. High school course fees are $40 per credit and $30 per half credit. All fees are subject to change. Independent Study Catalog. Anyone interested in Independent Study may request a catalog con-

taining complete information concerning this program by writing to the Independent Study Division. Uintah Basin Center for Continuing Education USU established a Continuing Education Center in the Uintah Basin at the beginning of Fall quarter 1967. A program of seminars, short courses, undergraduate, and graduate courses is offered in several communities located in Uintah, Duchesne, and Daggett Counties. The Uintah Basin Center office is located at Roosevelt, Utah. Southeastern Utah Center (Moab) The state legislature authorized funds for the establishment of the Southeastern Utah Center effective July 1, 1969. Major objectives of the programs include implementing a series of lower division undergraduate credit courses, a limited program of upper division and graduate classes, fine arts programs, seminars, short courses, and lecture series.

I I I I I I I I I I 1 .1 1

1 I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

219

International Programs and Studies Office in Business Building 411 Director, International Programs and Studies: Bruce H. Anderson Administrative Officer: L. D. White Administrative Assistant: Bruce B. Muir Director, Center for the Study of the Causes of War and Conditions for Peace: Bruce H. Anderson Chairman, East-West Institute: Bruce H. Anderson Director, Institute of International and Public Affairs: Wendell B. Anderson Director, International Feedstuffs Institute: Lorin E. Harris Coordinator, Tours and Study Groups: Bruce B. Muir Chief of Party, USU Team in Bolivia on Sheep and Cereals Development: William F. Farnsworth Project Leader, Research on Agricultural Responses to Water Management: Howard B. Peterson Executive Director, Council of United States Universities for Soil and Water Development in Arid and Sub-Humid Areas (CUSUSWASH): Bruce H. Anderson Director, International Sheep and Goat Institute: Warren Foote Project Leader, Improving University Competence in Water Management: Howard B. Peterson Coordinator, Foreign Participants: Bruce B. Muir Project Leader, Ecological Study and Development of Management Plan, Empakaii Crater, Tanzania: Juan Spillett

The Office of International Programs and Studies provides coordination and service to the international programs of the University. It provides the student with a direct contact with international education through the area studies programs, the East-West Institute, the Peace Center, the Institute of International and Public Affairs, the Quarter in Mexico, the Art Tour to Mexico, and other study tours as arranged. Traditionally, the University has been engaged in technical assistance contracts providing a direct contact with many countnes. The establishment of the International Feedstuffs Institute and the International Sheep and Goat Institute enlarges the scope of international activities of the University. The office coordinates the Foreign Participant program of United States Agency for International Development (USAID). Nationals from many lands study at the University and comprise about seven percent of the student body.

/'Center for the Study of

The Causes of War and Conditions for Peace Director: Bruce H. Anderson

The Center offers an areas study certificate in the area of conflict. Special convocations and speakers of note are a part of the program. Special publications are prepared from lectures and special research on conflict. Council members can advise students wishing to focus in areas of conflict and conflict resolution. u

VEast-West

Institute

Chairman: Bruce H. Anderson Council Members: Hung Wo Ching, Chairman of the Board, Aloha Airlines, Hawaii; Dai Ho Chun, Consultant on International Education and Management, Hawaii; R. Edward Glatfelter; H. B. Kulkarni; William F. Lye; Gordon E. Porter; L. Grant Reese; Y. Kirshna Shetty; Philip S. Spoerry; John W. Steinitz; Twain C. Tippetts The Institute offers an areas study certificate in East-West relations. The Institute is under the direction of a faculty council whose members are available to advise and confer with students wishing to specialize in this area. Special convocations and seminiars are included in the program.

./ Institute of

Coordinator: Robert Hoover

International and Public Affairs

Faculty Council Members: Edward Allen, Wendell B. Anderson, James E. Butler, Rondo A. Christensen, Richley H. Crapo, JeDon Emenhiser, William L. Furlong, R. Edward Glatfelter, Jack Keller, Yun Kim, Melvin Marshall, Cyrus M. McKell, James Mulder, J. Grayson Osborne, F. Ross Peterson, Gordon E. Porter, Richard B. Powers, John W. Steinitz, Allen W. Stokes, Rev. Hugh W. Tucker

Director: Wendell B. Anderson The Institute of International and Public Affairs in cooperation with the Graduate School, the Colleges of Business, and Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences, administers the program for the Certificate in International Relations, preparing the student for international responsibilities and service. A brochure


220

International Programs and Studies

describing the requirements for the certificate and application forms may be obtained in Main 318. The Institute represents the University in a cooperative activity with the Associated Students in selecting, training, and sponsoring a USU student delegation to the Model United Nations of the Far West held each spring at a western university. The institute similarly participates in a cooperative activity with the Associated Students in sponsoring a USU Safety Council which is affiliated with the National Safety Council.

/International Feedstuffs Institute Director: Lorin E. Harris Associate Director: Leonard C. Kearl In the interest of establishing a central collection and recording organization on a world-wide basis, Utah State University established this institute. It will inaugurate an international system for naming feeds and standardizing the terminology used in reporting the chemical and biological data about feeds and nutrient requirements of animals. It is designed to maintain an "International Nutritional Bank" where data about feeds and the requirements of animals can be collected and held.

/rours and Study Groups

~

Contract for

Research on Agricultural Responses to Water Management Project Leader: Howard B. Peterson Field Director: Byron C. Palmer Agronomist: Tom Fullerton, Don C. Kidman Water Resources Engineer: Komain Unhanand Water Rights and Legislation Consultant: David Daines Irrigation Engineering Staff: Edward C. Olsen III, Richard C. Griffin, Kern Stutler, J. E. Christiansen, George Hargreaves Soil Chemist: David James Economist: Allen LeBaron USU has a contract with the U.S. Agency for International Development to conduct "Research on Agricultural Responses to Water Management in the Wet-Dry Climatic Zone of South and Central America." The general objective of this research is to increase food production in the arid and sub-humid lands of the less developed countries through the improvement of water management practices (irrigation and drainage). Work is under way in Brazil, EI Salvador, and the United States. Other countries may be included as the program develops.

Coordinator: Bruce B. Muir Utah State University serves the interests of its students and alumni in many ways. Special tours and study groups are offered as educational opportunities on a credit or noncredit basis. University professors with background and experience in the areas to be visited provide expertise and direction to each tour. Tours are planned to Hawaii, Mexico, Europe, Alaska, Russia, and the Caribbean.

vUSAID/USU Mission to Bolivia Chief of Party: William F. Farnsworth Campus Coordinator: E. Boyd Wennergren Agronomy Adviser: Max G. Long Extension Adviser: Leon C. Michaelsen Economics Adviser: Morris Whittaker Fertilizer Adviser: Ben L. Grover Forage Crops Adviser: James Wood Range Adviser: Karl G. Parker Livestock Adviser: James Stevens The basis of this work in Bolivia is to provide technical assistance in sheep and wool production, and in cereals improvement. In recent years much attention has been focused on training local professionals of the Ministry of Agriculture through short courses. Special problems are handled by USU personnel and consultants to backstop the eight staff members on assignment in Bolivia.

(Council of United States Universities for Soil and Water Development in Arid and Sub-Humid Areas (CUSUSWASH) Executive Director: Bruce H. Anderson Administrative Officer: L. D. White Board of Trustees: University of Arizona, Richard K. Frevert, Gerald R. Stairs; University of California/Davis, Lynn D. Whittig; University of California/Riverside, Stahr! Edmunds; Colorado State University, Daryl B. Simons, Maurice L. Albertson; Utah State University, Dean F. Peterson, D. Wynne Thorne. In 1967 several major western universities with a cumulative total of more than 400 years of successful experience in grappling with problems of inadequate rainfall and short water supply banded together under a broad charter agreement to create CUSUSW ASH. The member institutions are University of Arizona, University of California at Davis, University of California at Riverside, Colorado State University, and Utah State University. CUSUSWASH was incorporated in 1972, giving the organization legal privileges as a fully incorporated entity.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I

Ir----~--:__~---.---~~----- International Programs andStU d""'8

221


222

International Programs and Studies

Contract between

VCUSUSWASH/Iran Chief of Party: N. Keith Roberts (USU) Livestock Adviser: Vearl Smith (CSU) Dryland Agricultural Adviser: James H. Thomas (USU) A development contract was awarded in March 1974, from the Ministry of Cooperation and Rural Affairs of the Imperial Government of Iran for a four-year program in technical and consulting services in Farm Corporation and Production Cooperatives.

/International Sheep and Goat Institute Director: Warren Foote Associate Director: Juan Spillett This institute serves to collect and analyze information and work being done throughout the world with sheep and goats. One of its activities is the following contract:

Contract between

v'USU/Iran for Sheep and Goat Research and Development Project Leader: Warren Foote Chief of Party: James Bennett Researcher: Thomas Bunch The major purpose of this program is to develop sheep and goats which will most efficiently provide more and better meat, milk, fiber, and recreation for the benefit of man. There are two specialized centers (one in Utah and one in Iran) which involve USU staff in new areas of research not previously available in the state. The contract agreement continues through 1977.

/Contract between

USAID/USU for Improving University Competence in Water Management Project Leader: Howard B. Peterson Irrigation Engineering Staff: Byron Palmer, Jack Keller, Jose Alfaro

The major objective of the program is to increase and expand the existing competence of the University in the science and technology concerned with "onfarm water management" with emphasis on the moisture environment on the farm as related to the special characteristics and problems of the less developed countries. Activities include language training, improving the library, teaching, research, and overseas consulting.

/Projects in

Cultural Exchange and Language Training Since 1960, USU has conducted a variety of special programs which stress language training and cultural orientation. Spring quarter in Mexico, a program of study in Mexico City, has averaged 25 participants each year. An art tour in Mexico has also been a student opportunity. USU's Intensive English Language Institute for international students, designed to train the participants in English and to orient them to American culture, was initiated in 1969. About 20 international students whose studies are coordinated through governmental agencies are also serviced through International Programs Office.

VContract for

Ecological Study and Development of Management Plan Empakaii Crater, Tanzania Project Leader: Juan Spillett The purpose of this study is to investigate and define the ecological conditions and factors affecting the Empakaii Crater in Tanzania, Africa. This crater area is endangered because of overgrazing and recreation.

I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I University Development Programs I I I I I I University Development Center I I I I I I I I I I I

223

Assistant to the President for Development and Special Projects: Gerald R. Sherratt Office in Main 116

The University Development Programs were established to promote the interests and welfare of Utah State University and to help the University increase and improve its educational and other services.

The Development Fund encourages contributions to the University, plus any items having educational, artistic, or historical value. It then determines how these shall be used to further the University's interests and goals. Included in the Development Fund are solicitation programs, such as the President's Club, Old Main Society, and the University Club.

Assistant to the President for Development: Gerald R. Sherratt

Senior Director: John W. Steinitz

Associate Director for Annual Giving: David Lambert Associate Director for Development Relations and Publications: Roselena R. Sanders

Supervisor of Development Records: Christine Rich Office in Main 342

A key part of USU's development program is the Development Fund, a nonprofit corporation (established August 11, 1958) to encourage grants, bequests, and gifts of money, property, works of art, historical papers and documents, and museum specimens having educational, artistic, or historical value. The Development Fund thus helps the University increase and improve its educational and other services.

Eight members from the general public serve as the board of directors of this nonprofit corporation, together with the President of the University and the President of the Associated Students.

Functions and powers of the Board of Directors are: 1) to determine the specific University projects for which gifts of money or property will be solicited; 2) to obtain from alumni and former students of the University and from other interested persons, corporations or foundations, voluntary contributions to the University, and to establish such bylaws and policies as are necessary to carry out the purpose of the fund; 3) to determine from time to

time the methods of solicitation and publicity and to maintain the active interest of alumni and of the public in the Development Fund; 4) to elect and appoint such officers and committees and incur necessary expenses within its budget allowance as are needed for the proper accomplishment of its purpose; 5) to coordinate all University efforts relating to the Development Fund.

Solicitation programs of the Development Fund include: "Endowment for the 70's"; the Annual Giving campaign; the Quarterback Club; the President's Club; the Old Main Society, which recognizes large single donors to the University's programs; the Estate Planning Program, for those wishing to donate property, securities, and money to the University through better estate planning now or through their wills at death; and the University Club, which raises funds to increase scholarship offerings to outstanding students. The Statesman is the Development Fund newspaper.

Those whose names are enrolled in the Old Main Society as of January 1, 1974 include: Wilford F.l and Isabel P. Baugh, John S. and Orpha S. Boyden, Dee and Belva W. Broadbent, Asa! and Vivian H. Bullen, George B.! and Marie Eccles Caine, Guy N. and Joyce J. Cardon, Harry E.l and Vera F. Carleson, Hung Wo Ching, Orson A. and Rae N. Christensen, Jerald E. and Rebecca Christiansen, Homer H. and Margaret A. Clark, Carlton F. and Edna B. Culmsee, Virginia F. Cutler, Paul M. and Neva K. Dunn, George S. and Delores D. Eccles, Marriner S. Eccles, Eldon and Helen R. Gardner, Marguerite O. Greaves, William H. and Stella Y. Griffiths, Russell! and Victoria O. Hanson, Jay Dee and Alice C. Harris, Nora Eccles Harrison, J. Eastman and Erma B. C. Hatch, L. Boyd! and Anne M. Hatch, Ralph M. and Sophie K. Heintz, Ronald V. and Doria Jensen, LeGrand! and LaRee K. Johnson, Emma Eccles Jones, Melvin L. and Editha S. Kent, William G. Kohner!, Nicholas C. and Mary Katherine Leone, Merrill O. Maughan!, Anna McCulloch!, Edgar B.! and LaPrille B. Mitchell!, Gilbert C. and Donna S. Moesinger, N. Glen! and Deta P. Neeley!, Mark N. and Ida P. Neuberger!, Val W.l and Alta R. Palmer, Jack B. and Bonnie Parson, Jack B. and De Anne W. Parson, Jr., Ned F. and Marilyn Parson, S. J. and Jessie Eccles Quinney, Theodore G.! and Grpht 3, C. Rechow!, Robert Kenneth Schwartz, Irving ",llL Mildred R. Shepard, Gerald R. Sherratt, D. A.l and Bertha K. Skeen, J. Fish and Lillian F. Smith, Ernest and Anna N. Stettler, Allen W. and Alice H. Stokes, Richard L. and Vera C. Stratford, Obert C. 'Deceased


224

University Development Programs

and Grace A. Tanner, Bert L. and Barbara Palmer Thomas, Mrs. Vernon Vance, Rudolph L. and Afton R. VanKampen, Eldred L. and Inez T. Waldron,

Jesse K. Wheeler, Reed J . and Gladys D. Wight, Ethlwyn Wilcox, Gerald S. Wilson, Robert L. and Ada E. Wrigley, Jr.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I University Relations and Alumni Affairs I I University Alumni Association I I I I University Information Services

225

Assistant to the President for University Relations: William Rolfe Kerr Office in Main 118

Good teaching, sound research, practical services performed well, and productive students and alumni are USU's chief means of public relations.

However as a public, tax-assisted institution, the University has the responsibility of keeping the public informed as to its operations. The office of University Relations assumes this responsibility and plans and executes a wide variety of programs and projects designed to maintain contact between the University and the various publics which it serves.

Director of Information Services and University News Editor: J R Allred Office in University Relations 105

I I I I I I I I I I

Assistant News Editor: Cliff Cahoon Features and Radio-TV News Writer: John S. Flannery Writer-Editors: Linda E. Keith, Pat Bean Agricultural Information Specialist: Cleon M. Kotter Special Projects Supervisor: Kenneth D. Mitchell Sports Information Director: W. Craig Hislop Information Services disseminates information daily and weekly through the press, radio, and television. These releases include informational articles and programs of educational worth. They include articles on research in many fields and news of general campus events. Liason between the University and the news media is maintained by this office. University Campus Information and Tours Program. The purpose of the Campus Information and Tours Program is to provide courteous and helpful information to campus visitors. It includes arranging and conducting campus tours for individuals and groups, and is supervised by Information Services. Information Services publishes Outlook and Staff News. Outlook is a monthly newspaper devoted to reporting information about Utah State University to alumni, parents, and other friends of the insti.tution. Staff News is a weekly newsletter distributed to University employees.

President: Jay R. Bingham

Director of Alumni Affairs: William Rolfe Kerr

Associate Director of Alumni Affairs: MarDell C.Parrish Office in Alumni House, 861 East 9th North

Utah State University Alumni Association now numbers more than 100,000 members. This membership includes all who have attended USU for one quarter or more or who have served on the staff of the University. Efforts continue to locate current addresses of alumni, which are being added to the alumni records.

Purpose. It is the purpose of the Alumni Association to promote the interests and welfare of Utah State University. Government. The governing power of the Association is vested in the Alumni Council, composed of 15 elected members and ex-officio members. The president of the Associated Students organization is an ex-officio member of the Council. The President of the Alumni Association is a member of the Utah State University Institutional Council. Function. The Alumni Association is the medium through which former students maintain contact with the University and are served after leaving the campus. Efforts are made to maintain a complete record of every former student throughout life, and his accomplishments and progress are recorded. Former students receive the Outlook newspaper, an official publication of USU, full of news and reports on the University. The association maintains alumni chapters in major areas where former students are located. Through this local organization former students are kept in contact with each other, and they meet and participate in business and social activities. They likewise assist the University with special projects in their areas. The Alumni Association takes the leadership in sponsoring such campus events as Homecoming, Distinguished Service Awards, reunions, and the Senior Reception, as well as aiding in athletic and other school events. Alumni Association - Library Endowment Trust Fund is a special fund which has been established by the association. This fund was es-


226

Alumni Relations

tablished from popular subscriptions. Earnings from the fund are given to the University library to

aid it in the purchase of books which ordinarily could not be bought from the regular library budget.

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I

I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I University Publications Editors I I I I I I

University Publications Editors

Production Editor for Catalogs and Publications: Gwen H. Haws

Extension Services Editor: Christian P. Nielsen

Agricultural Experiment Station and College of Natural Resources Editor: Joan K. Shaw

Utah Water Research Laboratory Editor: Donna H. Falkenborg Sports Information Editor: W. Craig Hislop

Alumni Association Editor: MarDell C. Parrish

USU Press and Scholarly Publications Editor: Mary A. Washington Space Science Laboratory Editor: Glenn D. Allred

227

University Research Division Writer: Lois M. Cox Political Science Editor: Virginia Ream

The Western Historical Quarterly Editor: S. George Ellsworth; Associate Editor: Charles S. Peterson; Copy Editors: Evelyn Lawrence, Lucy Ganster

Graduate News and Comment Editor: John Mark Sorensen Outlook Editor: Clifford R. Cahoon

Staff News Editor: Linda E. Keith The Statesman Editor: Roselena R. Sanders Western Literature Editor: Thomas J . Lyon


228

Mfirmati ve Action Program Coordinator: Judith M. Gappa Main 114 It is the policy of Utah State University to ensure equal opportunities for employment without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex, or age. Beyond this, USU is committed to the implementation of a vigorous Mfirmative Action Program, as required of federal contractors by Executive Order 11246 as amended.

A major objective of the Affirmative Action Program is the achievement of an equitable distribution of ethnic minorities and women at all levels of faculty

and staff employment. To accomplish this, the Mfirmative Action Office works with University departments, which are responsible for making additional efforts to employ, recruit, and promote qualified members of minority groups; and ensures that all University employment policies and practices are nondiscriminatory. Additionally, the Mfirmative Action Office is responsible for the preliminary investigation of equal employment opportunity complaints brought to it, and for the resolution of these complaints wherever possible.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

229

Utah State Board of Regents George C. Hatch, Chairman, Salt Lake City Charles E. Peterson, Vice Chairman, Provo

Peter W. Billings, Salt Lake City Warren H. Bullock, Cedar City D. Orner Buttars"Ogden J. Lynn Dougan, Salt Lake City Ira A. Huggins, Ogden Richard J. Maughan, Bountiful Kendrick H. Harward, Richfield.

Thomas S. Monson, Salt Lake City Jean Overfelt, Salt Lake City Luke G. Pappas, Price Rex G. Plowman, Lewiston Roy W. Simmons, Kaysville H. Bruce Stucki, St. George

G. Homer Durham, Salt Lake City

Executive Officer and Commissioner of Higher Education

USU Institutional Council W. B. Robins, Chairman, Salt Lake City Alva C. Snow, Vice Chairman, Roosevelt Jay R. Bingham, Bountiful Jay Dee Harris, Tremonton L.BrentHoggan,Logan

Beverly D. Kumpfer, Salt Lake City Glenn J. Mecham, Ogden Snell Olsen, Spanish Fork Jane Tibbals, Salt Lake City

L. Mark Neuberger, Secretary to the Council, Logan


230

Administration President: Glen L. Taggart Assistant to the President for University Relations: W. Rolfe Kerr Assistant to the President for Development and Special Projects: Gerald R. Sherratt Vice President for Special Projects: Dee A. Broadbent Director, Athletics: Ladell Andersen Provost: R. Gaurth Hansen Vice Provost: Richard M. Swenson Coordinator, Affirmative Action Program: Judith M. Gappa Assistant Provost for Institutional Analysis and Planning: Lee B. Stenquist Dean, Admissions and Records: L. Mark Neuberger Director, International Programs and Studies: Bruce H. Anderson Director, Summer Quarter, and Director, Spac~ Management: Ellvert H. Himes Director, Honors Program: Raymond T. Sanders University Librarian and Director of Learning Resources Program: Milton C. Abrams Vice President for Student Affairs: Claude J . Burtenshaw Dean of Women: Helen Lundstrom Assistant Dean of Students: Val R. Christensen

Vice President for Business: W. Boyd Christensen Assistant Vice President, Business: Evan N. Stevenson Director of Personnel: Lavon H. Herzog Purchasing Agent: Francis Baugh Controller: Lynn E. Janes Budget Officer: George Allen, Jr. Internal Auditor: William E. Watkins Director of Physical Plant: Val H. Peterson Vice President for Research: D. F. Peterson Director, Agricultural Experiment Station: D. W. Thorne Director, Program Development: E. Paul Hullinger Director, Computer Center: Wendell L. Pope Director, Ecology Center: John M. Neuhold Director, Environment and Man Program: C. M. McKell

Vice President for Extension and Continuing Education: J. Clark Ballard Assistant Vice President, Extension: C. Dennis Funk Associate Director, Continuing Education: Lloyd A. Drury

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I

Faculty

231

Dean, School of Graduate Studies: Eldon J. Gardner Dean, College of Agriculture and Associate Director, Agricultural Experiment Station: Doyle J. Matthews Dean, College of Business: Robert P . Collier Dean, College of Education: Oral L. Ballam Dean, College of Engineering: E. Joe Middlebrooks Dean, College of Family Life: Phyllis R. Snow Dean, College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences: M. Judd Harmon Dean, College of Natural Resources: Thadis W. Box Dean, College of Science: Ralph M. Johnson

I I Faculty I I I I I I I I I I I I

ABRAMS, MILTON C. (1949) University Librarian and Director, Learning Resources Program; Prof. , Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BA 1948, MS 1952 Utah State University, PhD 1963 University of Utah. ACORD, CLAIR R, (1947) Prof. , Animal Science, Area Livestock Specialist and County Agent, Extension. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1956 University of Illinois, PhD 1967 University of Kentucky.

ALLEN, ROSS R. (1966) Prof., Secondary Education. BS 1952, MS 1955, EdD 1962 University of Utah. ALLRED, A. FULLMER (1945) Ornamental Horticultural Specialist, Extension; Assoc. Prof., Plant Science. BS 1938 Brigham Young University, MS 1966 Utah State University.

ACKERMAN, TIMOTHY SCOTT (1973) Asst. Football Coach, Athletics. BA 1972 California State (Long Beach), MS 1972 Azuza Pacific.

ALLRED, E. MALCOM (1961) Prof., Elementary Education. BA 1948 Southern Idaho College of Education, MS 1953 University of Idaho, EdD 1961 Colorado State College.

ADAMS, DARLENE L. (1972) Psychologist, Psychology. BS 1967, MS 1968 Eastern Washington State College.

ALLRED, GLENN D. (1970) Technical Editor, Space Science Laboratory. BA 1968 University of Utah.

ADAMS, RICHARD R. (1971) Asst. Director, Personnel Services. BS 1963, MEd 1965 Utah State University.

ALLRED, J. R. (1958) Director, University News Bureau. BA 1950 University of Utah, MS 1964 Colorado State University.

ADAMS, V. DEAN (1972) Research Chemist, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1966 Idaho State University, PhD 1972 Utah State University.

ALLRED, KEITH R_ (1957) Prof., Plant Science. BS 1951 Brigham Young University, PhD 1955 Cornell University. LWOP 9-6-72 to 7-30-75.

ADKINS, BRYCE E. (1964) Prof., Elementary Education. AB 1949 Peru State College, MA 1954, PhD 1958 State University of Iowa.

ANDERSEN, JAY C. (1964) Prof., Economics. BS 1953, MS 1958 Utah State University, PhD 1962 Iowa State University.

ALBRECHT, STAN L. (1970) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1966 Brigham Young University, MA 1968, PhD 1970 Washington State University.

University.

ALBRECHTSEN, RULON (1969) Prof., Plant Science. BS 1956, MS 1957 Utah State University, PhD 1965 Purdue University. ALDER, DOUGLAS (1963) Assoc. Director, Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program; Assoc. Prof. , History. BA 1957, MA 1959 University of Utah, PhD 1965 University of Oregon. ALDER, JEAN M. (1970) Instr., Home Economics and Consumer Education. BEd 1964 University of Alaska, MS 1967 Uta h State Univeristy. ALEXANDER, RICHARD RAYMOND (1972) Asst. Prof., Geology. BS 1968 University of Cincinnati, PhD 1972 Indiana University. ALFARO, JOSE FELIX (1970) Assoc. Prof. , Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1959 La Malina Peru, MS 1965, PhD 1968 Utah State University.

ANDERSEN, LADELL (1973) Athletic Director, Athletics. BS 1951 Utah State ANDERSEN, MARION (967) Artist-in-Residence, Theatre Arte. LWOP. ANDERSON, BRUCE (1951) Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering; Director, International Programs. BS 1950, MS 1954 Utah State University, DEngr 1963 University of California. ANDERSON, J. LAMAR (1961) Assoc. Prbf., Plant Science. BS 1955 Utah State University, PhD 1961 University of Wisconsin. ANDERSON, JARVIS (1968) Assoc. Prof., English. BS 1958, MS 1959 Utah State University, PhD 1971 University of Minnesota. Sab. 1-1-75 to 6-30-75. ANDERSON, JAY O. (1951) Prof., Animal Science. BS 1943 Utah State University, MS 1948, PhD 1950 University of Maryland. ANDERSON, JON I. (1964) Assoc. Prof., Art. BPA 1958 Art Center School, MFA 1968 Utah State University.

ALGER, TERRY DEAN (1967) Assoc. Prof., Chemistry a nd Biochemistry. BS 1962, PhD 1966 University of Utah. State Director of Academic Affairs to State Board of Regents.

ANDERSON, RICHARD C. (1963) Assoc. Prof. and Asst. Head, Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1954, PhD 1961 Brigham Young University.

ALLEN, EDWARD HENRY (1971) Asst. Prof., Political Science. AB 1964 Swarthmore College, PhD 1970 University of Pennsylvania.

ANDERSON, ROICE H. (1947) Prof., Economics. BS 1935 University of Wyoming, MS 1941, PhD 1943 Cornell University.

ALLEN, GEORGE, Jr_ (1961) Budget Officer. BS 1950 University of Utah, MBA 1963 Utah State University.

ANDERSON, WENDELL B. (1947) Prof., Political Science. BS 1935, MS 1940 Utah State University, JD 1941 George Washington University.

ALLEN, GERALD L. (1961) Manager, KUSU-FM Radio; Asst. Prof., Communication . .BS 1960, MS 1965 Utah State University.

ANDRA, THEODORE (1961) Asst. Prof., English. BS 1961, MA 1963 Utah State University.

ALLEN, J . WHORTON (1964) Asst. Prof., Psychology; Counselor, Counseling and Testing, Student Services. BS 1955 Brigham Young University, EdD 1969 Utah State University.

ANDREW, ALLAN S. (1973) Youth Specialist, Uintah Basin Extension Center, Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1969, MS 1972 Utah State University.

I


232

Faculty

ANDREWS, WADE H. (1965) Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology Chairman, Institute for Social Science Research on Natural Resources. BS 1947, MS 1949 Utah State University, PhD 1956 Michigan State University. ARAVE, CLIVE WENDELL (1965) Asat. Prof., Dairy Science. BS 1956, MS 1957 Utah State University, PhD 1963 University of California. ANDRUS, DEVON FRANKLIN (1971) A88t. Prof. and Area Agent, Extension. BS 1955 Utah State University, MS 1968 Iowa State University, PhD 1971 Michigan State University. ARGYLE, RELL F. (1954) Assoc. Prof. and Summit County Agent, Extension. BS 1940 Utah State University, MEd 1964 Colorado State University. ASCIONE, FRANK R. (1973) Asst. Prof., Psychology. BS Georgetown University, PhD University of North Carolina. ASCOLI, LUCY B. (1972) Instr., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology (Environment and Man Prog.). BA 1964 University of Chicago, MA 1968 New School for Social Research-New York City, MSW 1972 University of California (Berkeley). ASCOLI, PETER MAX (1971) Asst. Prof., History and Geography. BA 1964 University of Chicago, BA 1966 St. Catherine's College, Oxford, PhD 1971 University of California (Berkeley).

BARLOW, JOEL C. (1946) Assoc. Prof., Plant Sci.; Utah County Agent, Extension. BS 1938, MS 1963 Utah State University. BARNARD, JOHN J. (1936) Dairy Specialist, Extension; Assoc. Prof., Dairy Science. BS 1962 Utah State University, MS 1959 University of Wisconsin. BARNES, WILLIAM JOSEPH (1972) Asst. Prof., Dairy Science; Area Dairy Specialist, Extension. BS 1966 Arizona State University, MS 1969 North Carolina State. BARNEY, CATHERINE H. (1970) Garfield County Agent, Extension. BS 1947 University of Utah. BARTHOLOME, LLOYD W_ (1968) Prof. , Business Education a nd Office Administration. BS 1955 Northern State College, MA 1960 Los Angeles State College, EdD 1968 University of California (Los Angeles). BARTSCHI, BRENT Y. (1971) Engineering Technologist, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories and Center for Research in Aeronomy. BS 1970 Weber State College. BATES, IRENE L. (1972) Aggiette Adviser, Student Services. BS 1958 Utah State University. BATrY, JOSEPH CLAIR (1963) Assoc. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, Nutrition a nd Food Sciences. BS 1961, MS 1963 Utah State University, ScD 1969 Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

ASH BAKER, BETrY DEVONNE (1972) Clinical Teacher, Exceptional Child Center, BS 1972 Utah State University.

BAUGH, FRANCIS (1952) Purchasing Agent. BS 1950 Utah State University, Diploma 1958 National Association of Educational Buyers.

ASHCROFT, GAY LEN L. (1961) Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1954, MS 1956 Utah State University, PhD 1962 Oregon State University.

BEAN, PATRICIA LEE (1971) Writer/ Editor, University Relations.

ASPLUND, O. WILLIAM (1968) Asst. Prof., Economics. BA 1964 University of Alberta. ATHAY, R. GRANT (1973) Adjunct Prof., Physics. BS 1947 Utah State University, PhD 1953 University of Utah. ATKINSON, SHERWIN J. (1958) Res. Assoc., Animal Science. BS 1955 Utah State University. BADEN, JOHN A. (1971) Asst. Prof., Political Science and Forest Resources and Outdoor Recreation. BA 1963 Wittenberg University, PhD 1969 Indiana University. BAGLEY, JAY M. (1954) Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering; Director, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1952, MS 1953 Utah State University, PhD 1964 Stanford University, PE. BAGLEY, ROYAL A. (1974) Adjunct Prof., Veterinary Science. BS, MS 1949 Utah State University, DVM 1953 Colorado State University. BAHLER, THOMAS L. (1949) Prof., Biology. BA 1943 College of Wooster, PhD 1949 University of Wisconsin. BAIR, TONI V. (1972) Field Work Supervisor, Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1965 Weber State University, MSW 1967 University of Utah. BAIRD, GLENN T. (1946) Coordinator of Low Income Program and Area Coordinator, Bear River District; Assoc. Prof. , Extension. BS 1935 Utah State University, MS 1964 University of Maryland. BAKER, DORAN J. (1959) Director of Electro-Dynamics Laboratories; Prof." Electrical Engineering. BS 1953, PhD 1956 University of Utah. BAKER, KAY D. (1969) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Electrical Engineering; Director, Space Science Laboratory; Assoc. Director, Aeronomy Observatory. BS 1956, MS 1957, PhD 1966 University of Utah. BALLAM, ORAL L. (1963) Dean, College of Education; Prof., Education. BS 1949, MS 1955 Utah State University, EdD 1961 University of California (Los Angeles). BALLARD, J. CLARK (1959) Vice President for University Extension and Continuing Education; Prof., Plant Science. BS 1947 Utah State University, PhD 1950 Cornell University. BALPH, DAVID F. (1964) Prof., Wildlife Science. BA 1955 Hiram College, MS 1961, PhD 1964 Utah State University. BARDWELL, FLORA H. (1950) Food and Nutrition Specialist, Extension; Assoc_ Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1940 Brigham Young University, MS 1963 Utah State University. BARELA, ROBERT E. (1972) Asst. Prof., English. AS 1952 California State University (Los Angeles), AM 1967, PhD 1971 University of Southern California. BARKHUFF, ROBERT HARVEY (1971) Sergeant Major and Instructor, Military Science.

BEASLEY, CAROL R. (1968) Asst. Prof. , Special Education. BS 1963 University of Utah, MS 1967 Utah State University. BEECHER, BETrY (1972) Lecturer, Music. BM 1972 Utah State University. BELL, RONALD JOSEPH (1972) Engineer/ Technical Writer, Electrical Engineering and Aeronomy Publications. BS 1966 Utah State University, BS 1967 University of Utah. BELNAP, GORDON E . (1967) Head Basketball Coach and Instr., Athletics. BS 1958, MS 1965 Utah State University. BELNAP, PARLEY (1967) Visiting Instr. in Organ, Music. BA 1950, MA 1956 Brigham Young University. BENBOW, JERRY L. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Languages and Philosophy. BA 1959, MA 1964 Ohio University, PhD 1970 University of New Mexico. BENDIXSEN, KAY R. (1952) Prof. and Youth Programs Agent, Extension. BS 1951, MS 1952 Utah State University, PhD 1965 Michigan State University. BENNETT, ANN (1973) Instr., Family and Child Development. BA 1970 Mount Holyoke College, MA 1973 University of California (Berkeley). BENNETT, JAMES A. (1945) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Animal Science. BS 1940, MS 1941 Utah State University, PhD 1957 University of Minnesota. BENTLEY, MARION T. (1972) Human Resources Analyst, Economics. BA 1968 Brigham Young University, PhD 1972 New York University. BERG, FREDERICK S. (1965) Prof. , Communicative Disorders. BS 1952 Washington University, MS 1956, PhD 1960 Southern Illinois University. BERGESON, ROLAND GEORGE (1968) Asst. Prof., Psychology; Counselor, Counseling and Testing, Student Services. BA 1964 Northwestern College, MA 1966, PhD 1968 University of Minnesota. BERTOCH, MICHAEL (1967) Prof. and Head, Dept of Psychology. BS 1957, MEd 1958 Idaho State University, EdD 1967 Boston University. BEUTLER, G. LEON (1954) Assoc. Prof., Instructional Media. BS 1950, MS 1959 Utah State University. BEYER, JOHN C. (1971) Instructor, Theatre Arts. BFA 1963, MA 1964 State University of South Dakota. BEYERS, CORALIE (1964) Asst. Prof., English. BA 1948, MA 1950 University of Utah. BEYERS, JOHN M. (1957) Assoc. Prof., Languages and Philosophy. BA 1949, MA 1953 University of Utah. BIDDULPH, GWEN G. (1965) Asst. Prof., Washington County Agent, Extension. BS 1934 Brigham Young University, MS 1965 Utah State University. BINGHAM, MARK J_ (1974) Instr. and 4-H Agent, Extension. BS 1972, MS 1974 Utah State University. BIRD, DONNA (1972) Instructor and Utah County Agent, Extension. BS 1959 Brigham Young University, MS 1966 California State College.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Faculty BISHOP, A. ALVIN (1946) Prof, and Head, Dept. of Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1934, MS 1938 Utah State University, PhD 1961 Colorado State University. BISHOP, ALVIN BRUCE (1971) Assoc. Prof. of Civil and Environmental Engineering and Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1965, MS 1966 Utah State University, PhD 1970 Stanford University. BLACK, FARRELL J. (1961) Asst. Prof., Communication. BS 1959, MS 1962 Utah State University.

233

BROADBENT, THOMAS (1966) Clinical Instr., Communcative Disorders. BS 1943 Brigham Young University, MD 1946 Duke University. BROWN, DENNIS (1974) Asst. Chemist, Veterinary Science. BS 1954, MS 1963 Mississippi State University, PhD 1973 University of Wyoming. BRYNER, ROBERT F. '(1966) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. BS 1957, MD 1960 University of Utah. BUDGE, NANCY (1972) Clinical Teacher, Exceptional Child Center. BS 1972 Utah State University.

BLACK, THEREL R. (1950) Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1939 Brigham Young University, MA 1941 Louisiana State University, PhD 1951 University of Wisconsin.

BUDGE, VERN JENSEN (1967) Assoc. Prof., Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning. BS 1965 Utah State University.

BLACKBURN, VIRGINIA LEE (1966) Instr. and Davis County Agent, Extension. BA 1966 Brigham Young University.

BUEHLER, VERNON M. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Business Administration. BS 1941 Utah State University, MBA 1948 Harvard University, PhD 1964 George Washington University, CPA 1953 State of Utah.

BLAKE, JOSEPH T. (1956) Prof., Biology. BS 1949 Brigham Young University, MS 1950, PhD 1955, DVM 1956 Iowa State University. BLIESNER, RONALD DALE (1973) Research Engineer, Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1971 Utah State University. BLOTTER, PAUL THOMAS (1970) Assoc. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1964, MS 1966 Utah State University, PhD 1968 Michigan State University, PE. BOND, LARRY KEITH (1972) Asst. Prof., Area Agent, Castle Dale, Extension. BA 1961 Brigham Young University, MS 1962 University of Arizona, PhD 1972 Utah State University. BOOTH, THORNTON Y. (1953) Prof., English; Director, National Endowment for the Humanities Program for Rural Areas. AB 1941 Brigham Young University, PhD 1951 Stanford University. BORG, WALTER R. (1971) Prof., Psychology. AB 1943 San Diego State, MA 1947, PhD 1948 University of California. BOWDEN, JOAN C. (1960) Asst. Prof., Elementary Education and Edith Bowen School. BS 1942, MEd 1964 Utah State University. BOWMAN, JAMES T. (1965) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BS 1961 Duke University, PhD 1965 University of California. BOX, THADIS W. (1970) Dean, College of Natural Resources; Prof., Range Science. BS 1956 Southwest Texas State College, MS 1957, PhD 1959 Texas A & M University. BOYLE, WILLIAM s. (1945) Prof., Biology. BS 1937 Brigham Young University, MS 1939, PhD 1943 University of California. BRADY, LIONEL (1969) Instr., Special Education. BS 1953 Brigham Young University, MA 1966, PhD 1968 Utah State University. BRAGG, VIRGINIA CLARK (1973) Instr., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1961 Brigham Young University, MS 1968 Utah State University.

BULL, F. MICHAEL (1973) Instr., Art. BA 1969 San Jose State University, MA 1971 George Washington University. BUNCH, THOMAS DAVID (1970) Research Assoc., USU Contract in Iran. BS 1968, MS 1969 Brigham Young University, PhD 1972 Utah State University. BURN, STEPHANIE (1973) Instr., Art. BA 1967, MFA 1969 University of Washington. BURNETT, FLOYD J. (1970) Asst. Prof., Applied Statistics and Computer Science; Systems Analyst, Analysis and Planning. BS 1961, MS 1963 Utah State University. BURNETT, NOLAN K. (1958) Asst. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1950, MS 1956 Utah State University. BURNHAM, BYRON ROBERT (1973) Program Coordinator and Instr., Conferences and Institutes, Extension and Public Services. BS 1969, MS 1971 Utah State University. BURNINGHAM, MELVIN s. (1945) Area Horticulturist and Salt Lake County Agent, Extension; Assoc Prof., Plant Science. BS 1937, MS 1966 Utah State University. BURNS, DONALD E. (1972) Adjunct Asst. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1963,. MS 1964, PhD 1968 Iowa State University. BURT, DAVID A. (1970) Chief Engineer, Space Science Laboratory; Lecturer, Electrical Engineering. BS 1962, MS 1967 University of Utah. BURTENSHAW, CLAUDE J. (1962) Vice President for Student Affairs; Prof., Political Science. BS 1947, MS 1948, PhD 1955 University of Utah. BURTENSHAW, G. RAY (1944) Assoc. Prof., Cache County Agent, Extension. BS 1940 Utah State University, UEd 1963 Colorado State University. BURTON, WARREN L. (1965) Assoc. Prof., Music. BS 1962, MA 1965 Utah State University.

BRANDT, LEROY C., Jr. (1962) Asst. Prof. , Theatre Arts; Technical Director, Theatre. AA 1955, BFA 1957, MFA 1958 Boston University.

BUSBY, FRANK E. (1972) Asst. Prof., Range Science; Range Specialist, College of Natural Resources and Extension. BS 1968, MS 1970 Texas Tech University.

BRAUN, LUCILLE S. (1974) San Juan County Home Economist, Extension. BS 1973 Northeastern State College.

BUSHMAN, MARK A. (1969) Acting Manager, Printing Service. BS 1968 Utah State University.

BRENNAND, CHARLOTTE P. (1968) Asst. Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1965 New Mexico State University, MS 1966 University of California (Davis). Sab. 7-1-74 to 6-30-75.

BUTCHER, JOHN E. (1955) Prof., Animal Science. BS 1950, MS 1952 Montana State College, PhD 1956 Utah State University.

BREWER, COURTNEY H. (1960) Asst. Prof., Area Community Development Specialist, Extension. BA 1949 Brigham Young University, MS 1953 University of Utah, PhD 1972 Brigham Young University. BREWER, KENNETH W. (1968) Asst. Prof., English. BA 1965 Western New Mexico University, MA 1967 New Mexico State University, PhD 1973 University of Utah. BRINDLEY, WILLIAM A. (1965) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BS 1960, MS 1963, PhD 1966 Iowa State University. BRINGHURST, ANTONE H. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Mathematics. BS 1963, MS 1965 Utah State University.

BUTCHER, RAY V. (1973) Asst. Football Coach, Athletics. BS 1962, MS 1967 Utah State University. BUTLER, JAMES EARL (1970) Instr., Special Education: Director, Upward Bound. BS 1962 State College of Arkansas, MS 1967 Colorado State College. BYLUND, H. BRUCE (1964) Prof., Sociology', Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1950, MS 1951 Brigham Young University, PhD 1954 Pennsylvania State University. Sab. 9-9-74 to 12-11-74. CAHOON, CLIFFORD R. (1969) News Editor, University Relations. BS 1964 Utah State University. CAHOON, WINSTON ARTHUR (1956) Controller's Representative, Extension. BS 1954, MBA 1966 Utah State University.

BRISCOE, RALPH D. (1961) Research Physicist, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories and Center for Research in Aeronomy. BS 1957, MS 1970 Utah State Uni· versity.

CALDWELL, MARTYN M. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Range Science. BS 1963 Colorado State University, PhD 1967 Duke University.

BROADBENT, DEE A. (1938) Vice President for Special Projects; Prof., Economics. BS 1936 Utah State University, MS 1938 University of Illinois.

CALL, JAY W. (1958) Assoc. Prof., Veterinary Science. BS 1952 Utah State University, DVM 1956 Colorado State University, MS 1966 University of Guelph.

BROADBENT, MARDEN (1938) Prof., Coordinator of Mountain Land Area and Southeastern Utah Area, Extension. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1951 University of Illinois, PhD 1960 University of Wisconsin.

CALL, W. VOSCO (1955) Prof., Theatre Arts. BS 1951 Utah State University, MA 1956 University of Washington.


234

Faculty

CAMP, LEONIDAS B. (1970) Research Asst., Range Science. BS 1966 Utah State University, MS 1968 Utah State University. CAMPBELL, WILLIAM FRANK (1968) Assoc. Prof., Plant Science. BS 1956, MS 1957 University of Illinois, PhD 1964 Michigan State University. CANDLAND, DEAN (1967) Golf Coach, Athletics. CANFIELD, RONALD VIRGIL (1968) Asst. Prof., Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1956, MS 1961 Brigham Young University, PhD 1968 University of California (Davis). LWOP 7-1-74 to 8-31-75. CANNON, LAWRENCE O. (1961) Assoc. Prof. and Head; Dept. of Mathematics. BS 1958 Utah State University, MS 1959 University of Wisconsin, PhD 1965 University of Utah. CANNON, MELVIN C. (1946) Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1933, MS 1938 University of Utah, PhD 1941 Boston University. CANNON, NORMAN S. (1947) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Accounting. BS 1938 University of Utah, MS 1939, PhD 1957 Columbia University, CPA 1950 State of Utah.

CHEN, CHENG-LUNG (1969) Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering and Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1954 National Taiwan University, MS 1960, PhD 1962 Michigan State University. CHENEY, CARL D. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Psychology. BS 1956 Utah State University, MA 1942, PhD 1966 Arizona State University. CHENEY, DAWN R. (1971) Editor, Desert Biome, IBP Ecology. AA 1951 Snow Jr. College, BS 1952 Utah State University. CHERRINGTON, J. OWEN (1973) Assoc. Prof., Accounting. BS 1968 Brigham Young University, MBA 1971, PhD 1972 University of Minnesota. CHIDESTER, J. L. (1967) Research Asst., Biology. CHRISTENSEN, PAUL D. (1954) Soils Specialist, Extension; Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1937 Brigham Young University, MS 1948 Utah State University, PhD 1950 Rutgers University. CHRISTENSEN, RONDO A. (1957) Prof., Economics. BS 1954 Utah State University, MS 1955, PhD 1957 Cornell University.

CANTAROVICI, JAIME (1971) Asst. Prof., Languages and Philosophy. BA 1966, MA 1967 University of Houston, PhD 1972 Tulane University.

CHRISTENSEN, VAL R. (1965) Asst.' Dean of Students; Coordinator of Student Activities. BS 1959, MS 1963 Utah State University, PhD 1970 Michigan State University.

CARIGAN, MARY ELIZABETH (1968) Asst. Prof., Elementary Education. BS 1951 University of Kentucky, MS 1968 Utah State University.

CHRISTENSEN, W. BOYD (1974) Vice President for Business. BS 1948 Utah State University, MBA 1950 Stanford University.

CARIGAN, WILLIAM E. (1965) Asst. Prof., English. BS 1957 Utah State University, MA 1964 George Washington University. LWOP 9-19-74 to 12-11-74.

CHRISTIANSEN, DELRAE (1963) Assoc. Prof., English. BS 1937 Brigham Young University, BA 1949, MA 1949 University of Utah, PhD 1951 University of Manchester, England.

CARLISLE, HOWARD MYRON (1963) Assoc. Prof. and Head, Dept. of Business Administration. BS 1950 Utah State University, MS 1952 University of Wisconsin.

CHRISTIANSEN, VANCE T. (1960) Assoc. Prof.: Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1959, MS 1960 University of Wyoming.

CARLISLE, JOHN W. (1966) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. BS 1952 Utah State University, MD 1956 University of Utah.

CIVILLE, LEWIS (1969) Director of General Registration; Asst. Prof. BS 1960 Utah State University.

CARLSON, ROBERT D. (1971) Wrestling and Tennis Coach, Athletics; Lecturer, Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1970 Utah State University.

CLARK, C. ELMER (1952) Asst. Director, Agricultural Experiment Station; Prof., Animal Science. BS 1950 Utah State University, MS 1960, PhD 1962 University of Maryland.

CARTEE, RAYMOND L. (1972) Farm Manager and Research Asst., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1971, MS 1972, Utah State University.

CLARK, CLAYTON (1937) Director of Engineering Experiment Station; Prof., Electrical Engineering. BS 1933 Utah State University, EE 1947, PhD 1957 Stanford University PE.

CARTER, DON C. (1948) Prof., Family and Child Development. BS 1940 University of Utah, MSW 1947 University of Southern California, EdD 1955 Columbia University.

CLARK, J. RODNEY, (1970) Coordinator, High School Relations. BS 1965 Utah State University.

CARTER, PAUL B. (1956) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BS 1948, MS 1950, PhD 1955 University of Utah.

CLARK, RALPH T. (1963) Assoc. Prof., Art. BS 1950 Utah State University, BPA 1958 Art Center School, MFA 1969 Utah State University.

CARTER, WINFRED O. (1961) Prof., Civil a nd Environmental Engineering. BS 1953 University of Maryland, MS 1959, PhD 1964 Stanford University, PE.

CLARK, ROBERT BECK (1972) Adjunct Asst. Prof., Physics. BA 1963, MS, MPhil, PhD 1968 Yale University.

CASTO, GLENDON W. (1962) Assoc. Prof., Psychology; Director of Clinical Services, Exceptional Child Center. BS 1950, MS 1960 Utah State University, PhD 1966 University of Utah.

CLARK, THOMAS C. (1966) Asst. Prof., Communicative Disorders. BS 1956 Brigham Young University, MS 1959 Gallaudet College.

CHADWICK, DUANE G. (1957) Assoc. Prof., Utah Water Research Laboratory and Electrical Engineering. BSEE 1952 Utah State University, MSEE 1957 University of Washington. CHAMBERS, MELVIN D. (1973) Asst. Research Engineer, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1972, MS 1974 Utah State University. CHAPMAN, KEITH J. (1963) Asst. Prof. a nd Millard County Agent, Extension. BS 1956 Utah State University.

CLAYTON, RUTH V. (1962) Asst. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Education; Curriculum Chairman, Clothing and Textiles. BS 1947, MS 1953 Utah State University. CLEMENT, LLOYD A. (1954) Assoc. Prof., Economics; Agricultural Economist, Extension. BS 1954 Utah State University, MAP 1959 Harvard University. CLEMENTS, LESTER C. (1972) Supervisor of Accounting, Controller's Office. BA 1965 Brigham Young University.

CHAPPELL, CHARLES F. (1970) Adjunct Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BSEE 1949 Washington University, MS 1967, PhD 1970 Colorado' State University.

CLYDE, CALVIN G. (1963) Assoc. Director, Utah Water Research Laboratory Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1951 University of Utah, MS 1952, CE 1953, PhD 1961 University of California (Berkeley), PE, Licensed Land Surveyor.

CHAPPELLE, JOHN CHARLES (1973) Captain and Asst. Prof., Military Science. BS 1965 Virginia Polytechnic Institute.

COATES, RUTH D. (1946) Assoc. Prof. and Salt Lake County Agent, Extension. BS 1943, MS 1964 Utah State University.

CHASE, LUCILLE (1967) Asst. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1965, MS 1967 Utah State University. CHATELAIN, JACK E. (1957) Prof., Physics. BS 1947, MS 1948 Utah State University, PhD 1957 Lehigh University. CHATELAIN, LARAE B. (1969) Asst. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Education. BS 1946, BS 1967, MS 1969 Utah State University. CHECKETTS, KEITH T. (1965) Assoc. Prof., Psychology; Counselor, Counseling and Testing, Student Services. BS 1959 Ut"h State University. PhD 1965 University of Minnesota. CHECKETTS, LLOYD BRENT (1971) Manager of Hub, University Center. BS 1971 Utah State University.

COCHRAN, GEORGE W. (i948) Prof., Biology. BS 1941, MS 1942 Kansas State College, PhD 1947 Cornell University. COLE, C. ROBERT (1970) Asst. Prof., History and Geography. BA 1961 Ottawa University, MA 1967 Kansas State University, PhD 1970 Claremont Graduate School. COLLIER, ROBERT P. (1958) Dean, College of Business; Prof., Business Administration. BA 1942 Reed College, PhD 1955 Stanford University. COLTHARP, GEORGE BERNARD (1964) Assoc. Prof., Ra nge Science. BS 1951 Louisiana State University, MS 1955 Colorado State University, PhD 1958 Michigan State University. CONDlE, FRANK A. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Accounting. BS 1953, MS 1954 Utah State University, CPA 1963 State of Hawaii, DBA 1969 Arizona State University.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Faculty CONOVER, C. GLENN (1970) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BA 1943 University of Utah, MSW 1948, ACSW 1955 University of Den· ver.

CONOVER, WILLIAM M. (1970) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1960 Brigham Young University, MSW 1962 University of Utah, ACSW 1965. CONRY, EDWARD (1973) Asst. Prof., Business Administration. AB 1969 Cali· fomia State University, MBA · JD 1972 University of California. COOK, DWIGHT DEWEY (1974) Asst. Prof., Accounting. BS 1970, MS 1973 Utah State University, CPA 1972 State of Color"do. COOLEY, DONALD (1972) Asst. Prof., Applied Statistics and Computer Sci· ence. BS 1967, MS 1969 Oregon State University.

235

DEBLOOIS, MICHAEL L. (1972) Instructional Development Consultant, Merrill LibrarY and Learning Resources Program; Asst. Prof., Instructional Media. BA 1965, MA 1967 Utah State University; EdD 1970 University of Massa· chusetts. DEGRAFF, SANDRA L. (1974) Supervising Teacher, Family and Child D.. velopment. BS 1967 New York State University College (Geneseo), MA 1972 University of Rochester. DEHART, WILLIAM A. (1951) Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1937 Brigham Young University, MA 1941 University of Minnesota, PhD 1950 University of Wisconsin. DENNEY, ALICE (1960) Research Assoc., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BA 1951, MA 1955 University of Utah. PhD 1963 Utah State University.

CORDON, WILLIAM A. (1956) Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1935, MS 1962 Utah State University, PE.

DENNIS, DANIEL S. (1974) Adjunct Prof., Veterinary Science. BS 1947 Colorado State University, DVM 1951 Colorado A & M.

COX, LOIS (1961) Technical Writer, Research. BS 1954 University of California (Davis).

DENNIS, DWIGHT LEROY (1967) 1966 Brigham Young University.

COX, STEVEN (1972) Instr., Animal Science; San Juan and Grand Counties Agent, Extension. BS 1970, MS 1972 Utah State University.

DESPAIN, ALVIN M. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Electrical Engineering; Supervisor, Digital and Computer Systems Laboratory. BS 1960, MS 1964, PhD 1966 Uni· versity of Utah.

CRAGUN, JOHN R. (1966) Prof., Business Administration. BS 1959, MS 1961 Utah State University, PhD 1966 Purdue University. CRAIG, CLIFFORD BEAN (967) Instr., History and Geography. BS 963 College of Southern Utah, MA 1967 Ohio State University;' Clark University. CRAPO, RICHLEY H . (1970) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthro· pology. BA 1967 California State at Fullerton, MA 1968, PhD 1970 U'n iversity of. Utah. CRAW, CHARLES L. (1968) Electronics Engineer, Soil Science and Biometeor· ology. BS 1957 Utah State University. CRAWFORD, A. BERRY (1969) Assoc. Prof., Languages and Philosophy; Assoc. Director, Environment and Man Program. BA 1959 University of Kansas, MA 1962 University of Michigan, PhD 1968 Southern Illinois University. CROCKETT, ZENNA BETH (1960) Asst. Prof., English. BS 1949, MS 1960 Utah StaW University. CRONIN, EUNICE A. (1968) Asst. Prof., Biology. BS 1952, MS 1954 Florida State University, PhD 1958 Duke University. CROSLAND, BETH ANN NIXON (1963) Instr. and Millard County Agent, Extension. BS 1942 Brigham Young University. CROSSMAN, EDWARD K. (1970) Asst. Prof., Psychology. BS 1960 DePauw University, MS 1963, PhD 1966 Arizona State University. CULLEY, DAISY MAE (1972) Clinical Nurse, Exceptional Child Center. RN 1957 St. Alphonsus Hospital School of Nursing. . DAINES, DAVID R. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Business Administration in Agri· cultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1953 Utah State University, JD 1955 University of Utah. DAINES, NEWELL, Jr. (1972) Lecturer, Biology. BA 1943 Utah State Uni· versity, MD 1948 University of Utah. DAINES, SPENCER H. (1943) Assoc. Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1942 Utah State University, MS 1950 Kansas State University, PE. DALBY, MAX F. (1957) Prof., Music. AB 1942 Brigham Young University, MA 1950 San Diego State College, EdD 1961 Utah State University. DANIELS, PAUL R. (1953) Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology; Extension Area Agronomist. BS 1948 Utah State University, MEd 1964 Colorado State University. DARLEY, BRUCE EARL (1970) Asst. Director, University Center. BS 1961 Utah State University. DARLEY, ELIZABETH (1954) Assoc. Prof. a nd Weber County Agent, Ex· tension. BS 1935 Utah State University, MEd 1964 Colorado State University. DAVIS, DONALD W. (1954) Prof., Biology. BS 1941, PhD 1950 University of California (Berkeley). DAVIS, LAWRENCE S. (1970) Prof. a nd Head, Dept. of Forestry and Outdoor Recreation. BS 1956, MS 1960 University of Michigan, PhD 1964 University of California. DAVIS, LYNN H. (1950) Prof., Economics. BS 1949, MS 1953 Utah State Uni· versity, PhD 1961 Oregon State University.

Coordinator, Student Activities. BS

DEWEY, WADE G. (1956) Prof., Plant Science. BS 1953 Utah State University, PhD 1956 Cornell University. DICKEY, MYRON L. (1968) Asst. Prof., Business Administration . BS 1950 Brigham Young University, MBA 1966 Utah State University, PhD 1971 Uni· versity of Utah. DIRMHIRN, INGE (1968) Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS, MS, PhD 1950 University of Austria at Vienna. Sab. 9·1·74 to 11·30·74 and 2·1·75 to 4·3().75. DIXON, KEITH L. (1959) Prof., Biology. AB 1943 San Diego State College, MA 1948, PhD 1953 University of California. DO, JOSEPH Y. (1972) Visiting Asst. Prof. (Research), Nutrition and Food Science. BS 1955 National Taiwan University, MS 1964, PhD Utah State Uni· versity. DOBSON, DONALD C. (1957) Assoc. Prof., Animal Science. BS 1954 Utah State University, MS 1955 Cornell University, PhD 1961 Utah State University. DOBSON, WILLIAM (1973) Clinical Assoc., Psychology. BS 1947, MS 1948 Utah State University, PhD 1951 Purdue University. DOTTS, MYRON WAYNE (1973) Asst. Prof., Special Education. BS 1965, MA 1966 Northern Arizona University, PhD 1972 University of Oregon. DOUGLASS, VONDA R. (1972) Speech Pathologist, Exceptional Child Center. BS 1972, MS 1974 Utah State University. DOWNS, LOIS (1949) Assoc. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1945, MS 1949 Utah State University. DRAGE, DIXIE (1967) Assistant Librarian for Materials Selection; Instructor, Merrill LibrarY and Learning Resources Program . BA 1964 Utah State University. DRAKE, ELDON M. (1951) Prof., Secondary Education. BS 1943 Utah State University, MS 1949, PhD 1951 Iowa State University. DRAPER, C. I. (1945) Prof., Animal Science; Poultry Specialist, Extension. BS 1939 Utah State University, PhD 1953 Iowa State University. DRAPER, RULON (1954) Research, Assoc., Plant Science. BS 1949 Utah State University. DRURY, LLOYD A. (1962) Prof. and Assoc. Director, Extension Services. BA 1947 Southern Idaho College of Education, MA 1948 Colorado State University, EdD 1952 University of Wyoming. DUNMIRE, IRVIN D. (1963) Assoc. Prof., Electrical Engineering. BS EE 1953, BSEE 1961, MSEE 1963 University of Wyoming, PhD 1972 Arizona State University. DUNN, IRVING S. (1963) Assoc. Dean, College of Engineering; Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1948, MS 1949 Utah State University, PhD 1957 Stanford University, PE. DUPREE, FRANK (1971) Administrative Asst., Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1951 Brigham Young University. DURTSCHI, REED R. (1956) Prof., Economics. BS 1952 Utah State University, PhD 1957 University of Washington. DWINELL, RICHARD E. (1974) Major and Asst. Prof.• Military Science. BS 1960 University of Nebraska.


236

Faculty

DWYER, DON (1971) Prof. and Dept. Head, Range Science. BS 1956, MS 1958 Fort Hays Kansas State College, PhD 1960 Texas A & M University. LWOP 8-1-74 to 6-30-75.

casting Service.

DYSON, THOMAS ALVIN (1971) Master Sergeant and Instructor, Military Science. BA 1952 University of Texas.

FARRER, KENNETH C. (1965) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Secondary Education. BS 1940 University of Utah, MA 1946 University of California, EdD 1953 University of Utah.

EASTMAN, ELWIN GRANT (1969) Lecturer, Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1961 University of Wyoming.

FERNEY, DON G. (1968) Asst. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1965, MS 1966 Utah State University. LWOP 9-1\-74 to 6-7-75.

EDMUNDS, PAUL K. Jr. (1972) Asst. Prof. and Uintah Basin Coordinator, Extension. BA 1963, MEd 1965 Brigham Young University, PhD 1970 Arizona State University.

FIFIELD, GLEN A. (1968) Asst. Prof., Music. BA 1956 Idaho State University, MS 1961 Utah State University.

FARR, AARON V. (1972) Television Studio Supervisor, Radio-Television Broad-

EDWARDS, GLEN L. (1969) Manager of Graphics Service, Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program; Lecturer, Art. BFA 1968 Utah State University.

FIFIELD, MARVIN G. (1969) Prof., Special Education; Director, Exceptional Child Center. BA 1956, MEd 1958 Idaho State University, EdD 1963 Washington State University.

EDWARDS, GRANT ALLAN (1973) Asst. Prof. and San Juan County Agent, Extension. BA 1968 Southern Utah State College, PhD University of Arizona.

FILIP, DANIEL SCOTT (1973) Research Biologist, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BA 1971 Monmouth College, MS 1973 Utah State University.

EDWARDS, W. FARRELL (1959) Prof., Physics; Coordinator of General Education. BS 1955 University of Utah, MS 1957, PhD 1960 California Institute of Technology.

FINCH, RAY H. (1955) Assoc. Prof., and Box Elder County Agent, Extension. BS 1938, MS 1967 Utah State University.

EGBERT, DEANNA RAE (1973) Juab County Agent, Extension. BS 1971 Brigham Young University. EGBERT, LARRE N. (1969) Assoc. Prof., Biology and Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1959 Utah State University, PhD 1965 California Institute of Technology. ELIASON, LYNN RUSSELL (1968) Asst. Prof. , Languages and Philosophy, BS 1961 Utah State University, PhD 1970 University of Colorado. ELICH, JOE (1946) Prof. and Asst. Head, Dept. of Mathematics. BS 1940 Utah State University, MA 1942 University of California. ELLER, JESSIE (1944) Asst. Prof., and Box Elder County Agent, Extension. BS 1940 Utah State University. ELLIS, LEGRANDE (1964) Prof., Biology and Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1954, MS 1956 Utah State University, PhD 1961 Oklahoma State University. ELLSWORTH, S. GEORGE (1951) Prof., History and Geography; Editor, Western Historical Quarterly. BS 1941 Utah State University, MA 1947, PhD 1951 University of California. ELSNER, LARRY E. (1960) Assoc. Prof., Art. BS 1957 Utah State University, MFA 1958 Columbia University. EMBRY, BERTIS L. (1946) Prof., Electrical Engineering. AS 1934 Weber State College, BS 1941, MS 1949 Utah State University, DEngr 1954 Stanford University, PhD 1966 University of Missouri, PE. EM EN HISER, JeDON A. (1960) Prof., Political Science; Assoc. Dean for Research, College of Humanities, 'Arts and Social Science. BA 1955 University of Redlands, PhD 1962 University of Minnes!'ta. EMERY, THOMAS F. (1970) Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry, BS 1953 California Institute of Technology, PhD 1960 University of California (Berkeley). EMMETT, JOHN W. (1970) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. BS 1950 Utah State University, MD 1958 University of Utah. ENGLAND, CLARK (1971) Management Specialist, Food Service. BS 1969 Utah State University. ERNSTROM, C. ANTHON (1965) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1949, MS 1951 Utah State University, PhD 1956 University of

FISHBURN, RONALD MOORE (1973) Major and Asst. Prof. , Recruiting and Publicity Officer, Military Science. BS 1956 Oklahoma State University. FJELDSTED, RUSSELL (1968) Lecturer, Home Economics and Consumer Education. BS 1954 University of Utah, MBA 1970 Utah State University. FLAMMER, GORDON H. (1958) Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1952, MS 1953 Utah State University, PhD 1958 University of Minnesota. FLANNERY, JOHN STEVEN (1970) Feature Writer, University Relations. BA 1955 Alabama Polytechnic Institute. FLETCHER, JOEL (1963) Prof. , Civil and Environmental Engineering and Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1934. MS 1937 Utah State University. FLETCHER, WILLIAM I. (1968) Asst. Prof., Electrical Engineering; Supervisor, DD and Aeronomy Computer Facility. BS 1965 Weber State College, MS 1967 Utah State University. FONNESBECK, PAUL V. (1970) Res. Assoc. , Animal Science. BS 1953 Brigham Young University, MS 1959, PhD 1962 Utah State University. FOOTE, WARREN C. (1958) Prof. , Animal Science. BS 1954 Utah State University, MS 1955, PhD 1958 University of Wisconsin. FOWLER, CHARLES W. (1973) Postdoctoral Fellow, Wildlife Science and Cooperative Fishery Unit. BA 1963 Hastings College, MS 1966, PhD 1973 University of Washington. FOX, THOMAS (1973) Clinical Assoc., Psychology. BS 1966, MD 1970 University of Utah. FRAKER, ROSS McKEE (1971) Asst. Prof., Mathematics. BS 1964, MS 1965, PhD 1970 University of Colorado. FRANCE, EDWARD LEROY (1940) Assoc. Prof., Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1941, MS 1960 Utah State University. FRANDSEN, LAMAR RUFUS (1967) Foreign Student Adviser. BS 1960 Brigham Young University. FRODSHAM, D. GARY (1967) Research Engineer and Project Leader, ElectroDynamics Laboratories. BS 1967 Universit.y of Utah.

Wisconsin.

ESPLIN, GRANT M. (1946) Assoc. Prof. and Southeast Area Coordinator, Extension. BS 1943 Utah State University, MS 1962 University of Arizona. ESPLIN, MARVA WINGET (1967) Instr. and Iron County Agent, Extension. BS 1964 Utah State University. ESPLIN, ROY W. (1972) Research Engineer, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1968, PhD 1971 Utah State University. EVANS, JOHN O. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Plant Science. BS 1957 University of Wyoming, MS 1963 Utah State University, PhD 1967 University of Minnesota. FALKENBORG, DONNA JEAN H. (1965) Editor, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1963 Utah State University. FARLEY, THOMAS M. (1967) Asst. Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1959, MS 1961 North Dakota State University, PhD 1965 University of Wisconsin. FARNSWORTH, WILLIAM F. (1954) Prof., Extension; Chief of Party, Bolivian Contract, International Programs. BA 1952 Brigham Young University, MS 1954 Utah State University, PhD 1963 University of Wisconsin.

FUGAL, KARL A. (1967) Asst. Director, Computer Center. BS 1964 Utah State University. FUHRIMAN, CLAUDIA (1968) Asst. Prof., Family and Child Development. BS 1966, MS 1968 Utah State University. FUHRIMAN, JERRY W. (1971) Asst. Prof., Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning. BLA 1966 Utah State University, MLA 1968 University of Illinois. FULLER, PAULINE (1951) Asst. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1939, MS 1953 Utah State University. FULLERTON, HERBERT H. (1969) Assoc. Prof. , Economics. BS 1961 , MS 1966 Utah State University, PhD 1969 Iowa State University. FULLERTON, THOMAS MANKIN (1971) Asst. Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering and Soil Science and Biometeorology; USU Columbian Program. BS 1959 Oklahoma State University, MS 1964, PhD 1969 University of Arkansas.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Faculty FULLMER, JACKIE W. (1973) Asst. Director of Student Programs, Student Services. BS 1959 University of Utah, MS 1965 Utah State University. FUNK, C. DENNIS (1953) Prof., Assoc. Dean, College of Agr,culture; Asst. Vice President for Extension. BS 1953 Utah State University, MS 1965, PhD 1968 University of Wisconsin. FURLONG, WILLIAM LEON (1968) Assoc. Prof., Political Science. BA 1962, MA 1963 University of Utah, PhD 1967 University of Florida. GANSTER, PAUL B. (1973) Instr., History and Geography. BA 1965 Yale University, MA 1966 University of California (Riverside). GAPPA, JOSEPH A. (1970) Colonel, Prof. and Head, Dept. of Military Science. BS 1950 US Military Academy, MS 1961 Georgia Institute of Technology. GAPPA, JUDITH M. (1973) Coordinator, Affirmative Action; Asst. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Education. BA 1968, MA 1970 George Washing· ton University, EdD 1973 Utah State University. GARDNER, B. DELWORTH (1962) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Economics. BS 1952, MS 1954 University of Wyoming, PhD 1960 University of Chicago. GARDNER, DELOY J. (1972) Director of Excess Property Procurement, Office of Vice President for Business. GARDNER, I. FERN (1969) Asst. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recre· ation. BS 1961, MS 1968 Utah State University. GARDNER, KATHRYN (1967) Asst. Prof., Instructional Media. BA 1951 Brigham Young University, MAT 1963 Indiana University.

237

GRAY, CHARLENE C. (1972) Instr. , Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BA 1969 Fort Hays Kansas State College, MSW 1971 University of Kansas School of Social Welfare. GRENNEY, WILLIAM JAY (1972) Asst. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engi· neering. BS 1960 Michigan Technological University, MS 1970, PhD 1972 Oregon State University, PE. GRIEDER, WILLIAM F. (1972) Senior Research Engineer, Space Science Laboratory. BS, BSME 1962 North Carolina State College, MS 1964 Air Force Institute of Technology. GRIFFIN, DON L. (1965) Research Engineer, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1965 Utah State University. GRIFFIN, LOUIS D. (1966) Asst. Prof. and Program Coordinator, Conference and Institute Division. BS 1965, MS 1971 Utah State University. GRIFFIN, RICHARD E. (1965) Assoc. Prof. and Water Research Specialist, Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1951, MS 1960 Utah State University. GRIMSHAW, PAUL R. (1952) Prof., Economics; Marketing Specialist, Extension; Assoc. Dean for Resident Instruction, College of Agriculture. BS 1948, MS 1949 Utah State University. GRIMSLEY, DONNIE HUGH (1971) Adjunct Asst. Prof., Range Science. BA 1967 Brigham Young University, JD University of Utah. GROUTAGE, HARRISON T. (1955) Prof., Art. BA 1954 Brigham Young Uni· versity, MFA 1955 University of Utah.

GARDNER, PATRICIA (1962) Asst. Prof., English. BS 1961 , MS 1962 Utah State University.

GROVER, BEN LEO (1964) Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology; Fertilizer Adviser, Bolivian Contract, International Programs. BS 1949, MS 1950 Utah State University, PhD 1959 Iowa State University.

GARR, LILA LEATHAM (1971) Housing Asst. for Women. BS 1966 Utah State University. MS 1970 University of Utah.

GUBLER, LINDA P. (1973) Kane County Home Agent, Extension. BS 1969 Brigham Young U ni versity.

GEARHEART, ROBERT A. (1972) Assoc. Prof., Civil and Environmental En· gineering; Pollution Control Specialist, Extension. BA 1964 North Texas State University, MS 1965, PhD 1967 University of Oklahoma.

GUNDERSON, ROBERT W. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Mathematics. BSEE 1958 Montana State University, MA 1962, PhD 1967 University of Alabama.

GEE, VERA (1971) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. BS 1941, MS 1948 University of Utah, 1942 Graduate Certificate in Social Work, 1954 Advanced Certificate in Speech Pathology. GEERTSEN, DENNIS C. (1969) Res. Assoc., Institute for Social Science Research on Natural Resources. BS 1967, MS 1969 Utah Stat. University.

HAILES, CHARLES W. (1949) Assoc. Prof., Industrial and Technical Education; Coordinator, Industrial Safety Program. BS 1948, MS 1953 Utah State University. EdD 1969 Pennsylvania State University. HALE, BLAIR (1957) Director, Career Planning and Placement, Student Services. BS 1941 University of Wyoming, MS 1956 University of Colorado.

GEERTSEN, HAROLD REED (1972) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1965, MS 1968, PhD 1971 University of Utah.

HALE, LARZETTE G. (1972) Prof., Accounting. BS 1940 Langston University, MS 1953, PhD 1953 University of Wisconsin, CPA 1951 State of Georgia, 1960 State of Oklahoma.

GESSAMAN, JAMES A. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BA 1962 Earlham College, MS 1964, PhD 1968 University of Illinois.

HALE, MARIE LOIS (1973) Duchesne County Agent and Home Economist, Extension . BS 1969 Utah State University.

GIFFORD, GERALD F. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Range Science. BS 1962, MS 1964, PhD 1968 Utah State University. GILLETTE, TEDFORD (1969) Asst. Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1960, MS 1962 University of Idaho, PhD 1966 Michigan State University. GIST, CLAYTON S. (1973) Postdoctoral Fellow, Ecology Center. BS 1960 Brigham Young University, MS 1969 Colorado State University, PhD 1972 Uni· versity of Georgia. GITTINS, RODNEY LEE (1973) Programmer, Computer Center. BS 1972 Utah State University. GLATFELTER, MARILYNNE (1971) Counselor, Counseling and Testing, Student Services. BA 1963 Knox College, MS 1966, EdSp 1970 Indiana University. GLATFELTER, RALPH EDWARD (1970) Instr., History and Geography. BA 1963 Whitman College, MA 1968 Indiana University. GLEDHILL, BRENT LAMARR (1971) Instr., Plant Science. BS 1965 Brigham Young University, MS 1971 University of California.

HALES, BARBARA M. (1965) Asst. Prof., Communication. BS 1950, MS 1951 Utah State University. HALL, JAY M. (1951) Assoc. Prof. and Community Resource Development Agent, Extension. BS 1947 Utah State University, ME 1963 Colorado State University. HAMM, KAY JOANNE (1972) Lecturer, Mathematics. BS 1965 Iowa State University. HAMMOND, ROBERT G. (1956) Assoc. Prof., Mathematics. BS 1948, MS 1952 Utah State University. HAMSON, ALVIN R. (1955) Prof., Plant Science. BS 1948 Utah State Uni· versity, PhD 1952 Cornell University. HAN, RUEY-YUAN (1972) Lecturer, Electrical Engineering. BS 1965 Pro· vincial Chang Kung University, MS 1970 Utah State University.

GLOVER, JERRY D. (1972) Major and Asst. Prof., Aerospace Studies. BA 1958 North Texas State College, MBA 1967 Sacramento State College.

HANCOCK, H. K. (1973) Director of Southern Utah Center for Continuing Education , Extension; Asst. Prof., Forestry and Outdoor Recreation. BS 1960 University of Kansas, MS 1969 University of Missouri, PhD 1971 Utah State University.

GOODALL, DAVID W. (1968) Prof. , Systems Ecology, Range Science. BS 1935 Royal College of Science, PhD 1941 University of London, DSE 1953 University of Melbourne.

HANKS, RONALD JOHN (1968) Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1949 Brigham Young University, MS 1952, PhD 1953 University of Wiscon· sin.

GOODE, DONN C. (1960) Asst. Prof., Industrial and Technical Education; Project Leader, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1963, MS 1969 Utah State University.

HANSEN, ARLEN L. (TED) (1957) University Photographer; Asst. Prof., Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1952, MS 1958 Utah State University.

GOODRICH, L. BRUCE (1969) Instr., Uintah Basin Center for Continuing Education, Extension. BS 1965 Utah State University.

HANSEN, BURRELL F. (1948) Prof., Communication. BS 1940 Utah State University, MS 1942 Purdue University, PhD 1953 University of Minnesota.

GOODWIN, SUSAN (1973) Asst. Director of Intensive English Language Insti· tute, Languages and Philosophy. BA 1967 Utah State University.

HANSEN, DOROTHY KIRK (1967) Asst. Prof. and Home Agent, Extension. BS 1962, MS 1970 University of Utah.


238

Faculty

HANSEN, GARY B. (1967) Asst. Prof., Economics. BS 1957, MS 196;3 Utah State University, PhD 1971 Cornell University. HANSEN, NORVEL (1963) Asst. to the Director, Athletics. BS 1950, MS 1955 Utah State University. HANSEN, PATRICIA (1972) Instructor, Communication. BS 1959, MS 1971 Utah State University. HANSEN, ROGER GAURTH (1968) Provost; Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1944, MS 1946, PhD 1948 University of Wisconsin. HANSEN, WILFORD N. (1968) Prof., Physics. BS 1950 Brigham Young University, PhD 1956 Iowa State University. HANSON, WILFORD J. (1962) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BS 1953 Utah State University, MS 1955, PhD 1968 University of Kansas. HARDY, CLYDE T. (1950) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Geology. BA 1943, MS 1948, PhD 1949 Ohio State University. HARGREAVES, GEORGE (1970) Research Engineer, Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1943 University of Wyoming.

HAYCOCK, RALPH H. (1969) Asst. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1962, MS 1968 University of Utah, PhD 1973 Utah State University. HAYES, BERNARD L. (1973) Asst. Prof., Elementary Education. BS Ball State University, MA University of Arizona. HAYWARD, WILLIS N. (1966) University Physician; Director, Student Health ~rvices. BS 1933 Utah State University, MD 1937 Washinliton University School of Medicine. HEAL, E. ROBERT (1971) Asst. Prof., Mathematics. BS 1965, PhD 1971 University of Utah. HECKER, GERALD D. (1973) Psychologist, Exceptional Child Center. BS 1964 University of Southern California, MA 1971 California State University (Los Angeles). HEDIN, DUANE E. (1969) Asst. Prof., Instructional Media. BS 1966 Weber State College, MS 1968, EdS 1969 Indiana University. HEIDT, RAYMOND J. (1969) Instr., Communication. BA 1963, MA 1968 San Jose State College.

HARMON, M. JUDD (1951) Dean, College of Humanities, Arts, and Social Sciences; Prof., Political Science. BS 1948 Utah State University, MS 1950, PhD 1953 University of Wisconsin.

HELLBERG, RAY W. (1972) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Art. BA 1955, MA 1962 Brigham Young University, EdD 1970 Pennsylvania State University.

HARRICK, JAMES RICHARD (1973) Asst. Basketball Coach, Athletics. BS 1960 Morris Harvey College.

HELLING, DORIS M. (1973) Teacher/ Counselor, Special Services. BS 1964 Black Hills State College.

HARRIS, LORIN E. (1945) Prof., Animal Science. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1938, PhD 1940 University of Illinois.

HELM, WILLIAM T. (1959) Assoc. Prof., Wildlife Science. BS 1950, MS 1951, PhD 1958 University of Wisconsin.

HARRIS, RICHARD H. (1973) Lecturer, Communication. BS 1942 Utah State University, MA 1948 Stanford University.

HENDERSON, FLORIS S_ (1959) Assoc. Prof. , Business Education and Office Administ"ation. BS 1944 University of Utah, MS 1952 Utah State University.

HARRIS, RONNEY D. (1964) Assoc. Prof., and Assoc. Head, Dept. of Electrical Engineering. BS 1954, PhD 1964 University of Utah. HART, DOUGLAS (1967) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. BS 1953, MD 1956 University of Utah. HART, GEORGE EMERSON, Jr. (1966) Assoc. Prof. , Forestry and Outdoor Recreation. BA 1951 Yale University, BS and MF 1956, PhD 1966 University ofMichican.

HENDERSON, JAN A. (1972) Asst. Prof., Forestry a nd Outdoor Recreation. BS 1968 Washington State University, MS 1971 , PhD 1974 Oregon Sta te University. HENDRICKS, DELOY G. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1961 University of Idaho, PhD 1967 Michigan State University.

HASKINS, RICHARD (1970) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. MSd 1953 University of Nebraska, DDS 1950 Northwestern University.

HENDERSON, HYRUM S. (1972) Educational Director of Exceptional Child Center, Special Education. BS 1952 Ricks College, MEd 1959, EdD 1966 Brigham Young University.

HASLEM, DEAN W. (1950) Manager, USU Bookstore. BS 1949 Brigham Young University, MS 1957 Utah State University.

HENINGER, LYNN WADE (1972) Senior Human Economics. BS 1964, MBA 1970 Utah State University.

HASLETT, JAMES CLARK (1972) Adjunct Research Assoc., Aeronomy Center. BA William Jewell College, MS Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

HERRING, JACK WILEY (1967) Asst. Prof. and Sa npete County Agent, Extension. BS 1948, MS 1953 Utah State University.

HASSELL, ROBERT L. (1947) Assoc. Prof. a nd Uta h County Agent, Extension. BS 1942 Brigham Young University, MS 1957 Cornell University. HATCH, EASTMAN N. (1969) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Physics. BS 1950 Stanford University, PhD 1958 California Institute of Technology. HATCH, GARY (1970) Manager of Applications Programming, Computer Center. BS 1970 Utah State University. HATCH, KEITH W. (1967) Asst. Prof. , Agricultural Education; Shop Foreman. BS 1959 Utah State University. HATCH, MARGARET ELAINE B. (1962) Asst. Prof. and Utah County Agent, Extension. BS 1957 Brigham Young University, MS 1959 Iowa State University. HATCH, TERRANCE E. (1954) Prof., Educational Administration; Associate Dean for Extension and Field Services. BS 1943, MS 1949 Utah State University, EdD 1954 University of California. HAWKINS, RICHARD H_ (1971) Assoc. Prof., Forestry and Outdoor Recreation. BS 1957, BS 1959 University of Missouri, MS 1961, PhD 1968 Colorado State University. HAWS, B. AUSTIN (1957) Prof., Biology. BS 1948, MS 1949 Utah State University, PhD 1955 Iowa State University.

Resources Analyst,

HERZOG, LAVON H_ (1969) Director of Personnel Services. BS 1950, MS 1962 Utah State University. HEWLETT, DENNISE (1972) Lecturer, Health , Physical Education a nd Recreation. BFA 1972 University of Utah. HICKEN, JAY C. (1968) Asst. Prof., Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1963 Brigham Young University, MS 1967 Stout State University. HIGBEE, ARTHUR L_ (1958) Associate Director, Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program; Manager, Statewide Television and Radio Programs; Assoc. Prof., Extension. BS 1948, MS 1965 Utah State University, PhD 1970 Michigan State University. HIGBEE, MONA T. (1969) Instr., Elementary Education . BS 1964 Utah State University, MA 1968 Michigan State University. HUBNER, CALVIN W. (1972) Assoc. Prof., Political Science. BS 1962, MS 1966 Utah State University, PhD 1971 University of Florida. HILL, GEOFFREY E. (1972) Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology, Utah Water Research Labora tory. BS 1954, MS 1959 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, PhD Pennsylvania State University.

HAWS, FRANK W_ (1964) Research Engineer, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1948, MS 1965 Utah State University, PE.

HILL, KENNETH WILFORD (1963) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Pla nt Science. BS 1940 Utah State University, MS 1947 University of Alberta, PhD 1951 University of Nebraska.

HAWS, GWEN H. (1973) Production Editor, Editorial Service, Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1943, MA 1965 Utah State University.

HILL, LEON M. (1957) Asst. Prof., Industrial Technology. BS 1952, MS 1966 Utah State University.

HAYCOCK, MARGARET (1972) Instr., Nursing. BS 1961 University of Uta h.

HILL, ROBERT W. (1971) Asst. Prof., Civil a nd Environmental Engineering. BE 1967, MCE 1969 Brigham Young University, PhD 1972 Utah State University.

HAYCOCK, RICHARD C. (1969) Asst. to the Dean, College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences; Instr., Political Science. BS 1967, MS 1969 Utah State University.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Faculty HIMES, ELLVERT H. (1954) Director of Summer Quarter; Director of Space Management, Prof., Secondary Education. AA 1929 Kansas City Junior College, BS 1931 University of Utah, MA 1937 University of Kansas, PhD i950 University of Utah.

239

HUPPI, RONALD J. (1967) Asst. Director, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1965, MS 1968 Utah State University. HURST, REX L. (1952) Prof_, Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1948, MS 1950 Utah State University, PhD 1952 Cornell University.

HISLOP, CRAIG (1972) Sports Information Director, University Relations. BS 1962 Utah State University.

HYDE, MARION R. (1968) Asst. Prof., Art. BS 1962, MS 1968 Utah State Uni-

HLAVATY, RAYMOND (1970) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. BS 1954 Utah State University, MD 1961 University of Utah_

INGOLD, KLARA (1961) Asst. Prof., Languages and Philosophy. BS 1961 Utah State University, MA 1965 University of Colorado.

HOFMAN, M. RICHARD (1966) Manager, High Rise Food Services.

INNIS, GEORGE (1973) Assoc. Prof., Wildlife Science. BA 1958, MA 1961, PhD 1962 University of Texas.

HOFMEISTER, ALAN (1969) Assoc. Prof., Special Education. BS 1965 University of Queensland, MS 1967, PhD 1969 University of Oregon. HOGGAN, DANIEL H. (1968) Asst. Director, Utah Water Research Laboratory; Assoc. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1952 Utah State Uhiversity, MS 1953 Stanford University, PhD 1969 Utah State University, PE. HOLDEN, PAUL (1972) Instr_, Wildlife Science. BS 1966 Wisconsin State University, MS 1968 Utah State University.

versity.

ISRAELSEN, C. EARL (1959) Assoc. Prof., Utah Water Research Laboratory_ BS 1959, MS 1967 Utah State University, PhD 1968 University of Arizona. ISRAELSEN, EUGENE K. (1965) Research Engineer, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1962, MS 1967 Utah State University. IV ARIE, THEODORE W., Jr. (1962) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Business Education and Office Administration. BS 1958, MS 1962 Oregon State University, EdD 1967 Arizona State University.

HOLDREDGE, RUSSELL M. (1959) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1956, MS 1959 University of Colorado, PhD 1965 Purdue University, PE.

IVORY, REX C. (1972) Coordinator/ Counselor, Facilitative Program for Hard of Hearing, Communicative Disorders. BS 1963, MS 1971 Utah State University.

HOLMES, DALLAS LLOYD (1972) Asst. Prof., Extension; Asst_ Director, Conferences and Institutes Division. BS 1968, MEd 1969, EdD 1971 Utah State

JACKSON, ARTHUR D. (1958) Prof., Elementary Education. BS 1943 Colorado College, MS 1949 Utah State University.

University.

HOLMGREN, ARTHUR H. (1943) Prof., Biology. BA 1936 University of Utah, MS 1942 Utah State University. HOOVER, ROBERT A. (1971) Asst. Prof., Political Science; Coordinator, Center for the Study of the Causes of War a nd Conditions for Peace. BA 1966, MA 1968 Arizona State University, PhD 1973 University of California (Santa Barbara).

JACOBS, LEO R. (1973) Capt., Asst. Prof., Aerospace Studies. BA 1968 Brigham Young University, MA 1972 Wayne State University. JACOBSON, JAMES ALBERT (1967) Assoc. Prof_, Educational Administration. BS 1965 North Michigan University, MS 1966, DEd 1968 Utah State University.

JAHN, ALEXANDRA H. (1973) Postdoctoral Fellow, Range Science. BS, MS 1948 Stuttgart-Holenheim University, Germany.

HORNE, RALPH H. (1963) Assoc. Prof., Utah County Agent, and Area Agronomist, Extension. BS 1950 Utah State University, MS 1966 Colorado State University.

JAMES, DAVID W. (1969) Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1956, MS 1957 Utah State University, PhD 1962 Oregon State University.

HOTH, LADELL C. (1965) Audio-Visual Librarian; Asst. Prof. Instructional Media. BS 1963 Utah State University, MSLS 1965 Pratt Institute.

JANES, KAREN (1972) Instr., Home Economics and Consumer Education. BS 1965 Brigham Young University, MS 1972 Utah State University.

HOUGHTON, EDWARD L. (1971) Asst. Prof., Business Education and Office Administration. BS 1960 Black Hills State College, MS 1968 Southern Oregon College, EdD 1971 Oregon State University.

JANES, LYNN E. (1970) Controller, Controller's Office. BS 1961 Utah State University, CPA 1963 State of Utah_

HOWELL, BARBARA B. (1962) Asst. Prof., Education. BS 1946, MS 1964 Utah State University. HOWLETT, L. CARL (1970) Research Engineer, Space Science Laboratory; Lecturer, Electrical Engineering. BS 1966, MS 1970 University of Utah. HSIAO, CATHERINE T. (1971) Research Associate, Ecology Center. BS 1961 Taiwan Provincial College, MS 1965 University of Illinois. Sab. 9-1-74 to 8-31 75. HSIAO, TING H. (1967) Assoc. Prof_, Biology. BS 1957 Taiwan Provincial College of Agriculture, MS 1961 University of Minnesota, PhD 1966 University of Illinois_ HUBER, ALBERT LEON (1965) Research Engineer, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1955 University of Idaho, PhD 1971 Utah State University. HUBER, DON (1961) Assoc. Prof. a nd Washington County Agent, Extension. BS 1960, MS 1962 Utah State University. HUGHES, TREVOR C. (1972) Assoc. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1957, PhD 1972 Utah State University I PE.

HULLINGER, E. PAUL (1968) Director of Program Development, Division of University Research. BS 1953 University of Utah. HUMPHERYS, BOYD V. (1960) Chief Engineer, Radio-Television Broad· casting Service. BS 1949 Utah State University.

JARRETT, VON H. (1952) Assoc_ Prof. , Agricultural Education. BS 1948, MS 1955 Utah State University, EdD 1967 University of Missouri_ JENSEN, BARTELL C. (1963) Prof., Economics; Asst. Dean for Research, College of Business; Director of Economics, Research Center. BS 1959 Utah State University, PhD 1965 Purdue University. JENSEN, IDA MARIE C. (1947) Assoc. Librarian for Special Research and Bibliographies; Assoc. Prof., Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1938, MS 1956 Utah State University. JENSEN, JAY O. (1942) Assoc_ Prof., Physics. BS 1940 Utah State University. JENSEN, JAY R. (1963) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Communicative Disorders. BS 1951, MS 1957 University of Utah, PhD 1960 University of Wisconsin. JENSEN, LARRY L. (1970) Senior Research Engineer and Program Leader, Space Science Laboratory and Electro-Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1963, MS 1972 Utah State University. JENSEN, LOUIS A. (1946) Assoc. Prof., Plant Science; Agronomist, Extension. BS 1939, MS 1960 Utah State University. JENSEN, RANDALL WILLIAM (1969) Asst. Prof., Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1959, MS 1961 , PhD 1969 Utah State University. LWOP 9-1-72 to 9-1-74. JENSON, GLEN O. (1969) Asst. Prof., Family and Child Development; Family and Child Development Specialist, Extension. BS 1965 Utah State University, MSW 1967 University of Utah, PhD 1974 Utah State University.

HUNSAKER, KENNETH B. (1961) Prof., English. BS 1957, MS 1959 Utah State University, PhD 1968 Pennsylvania State University.

JENSON, KARL S. (1970) Administrative Asst., Finance, Agricultural Experiment Station. BA 1969 Utah State University, MBA 1970 University of Utah_

HUNSAKER, VAUGHN EDWARD (1970) Asst. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology; Area Agronomist, Extension. BS 1963, MS 1965 Utah State Uni· versity, PhD 1969 University of California.

JEPPENSEN , M. K. (1970) Contracts Officer, Contracts Office. BS 1957, MBA 1969 Utah State University.

HUNT, JOHN D. (1962) Prof., Forestry and Outdoor Recreation; Asst. Dean for Extension, College of Natural Resources; Chairman, Institute for the Study of Outdoor Recreation and Tourism. BS 1959, MSF 1961 University of Idaho, PhD 1971 Colorado State University.

JEPPSON, ROLAND W. (1966) Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1958, MS 1960 Utah State University, PhD 1967 Stanford University. JEPPSON, THERON (1972) Personnel NCO, Aerospace Studies.


240

Faculty

JOHNSON, CARL M. (1963) Assoc. Prof.• Forestry and Outdoor Recreation; Forest/Outdoor Recreation Specialist, Extension. BS 1940, MS 1963 Utah State University.

KELLER, JACK O. (1960) Prof. , Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1953, MS 1955 Colorado State University, PhD 1967 Utah State University, PE.

JOHNSON, CHARLES W. (1972) Asst. Prof., Languages and PJ:1ilosophy. BA 1967 DePaul University, MA 1968, PhD 1971 Michigan State University.

KEMP, JOHN COOLEY (1962) Research Engineer and Project Leader, Elec· tro·Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1967, MS 1969 Uta h State University.

JOHNSON, COLIN B. (1972) Instr., Theatre Arts. BA 1965 San Jose State College, MFA 1967, C. Phil. University of California (Los Angeles).

KENNEDY, JAMES J. (1971) Asst. Prof., Forestry and Outdoor Recreation. BS 1962, MS 1966 Pennsylvania State University, PhD 1970 Virginia Poly· technic Institute.

JOHNSON, CRAIG W. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Landscape Architecture and En· vironmental Planning. BS 1964 Michigan State University, MLA 1966 Uni· versity of Illinois.

KENNINGTON, JAMES (1972) Hobby Shop Director, University Center. BS 1972 Utah State University.

JOHNSON, LORENZO GAIL (1964) Prof., Elementary Education . BS 1954 Utah State University, MEd 1962, EdD 1964 Oregon University.

KERNS, RAYMOND L. (1967) Asst. Prof. , Geology. BS 1959 Waynesburg College, MA 1962 Southern Illinois University, PhD 1966 University of Okla·

JOHNSON, M. RAY (1965) Asst. Prof., Electrical Engineering. BS 1961 , MS 1962 Utah State University, PhD 1972 University of Arizona.

homa.

KERR, GLEN (1972) Supervisor, Accounting Services, Controller's Office.

JOHNSON, RALPH M., Jr. (1968) Dean, College of Science; Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1940 Utah State University, MS 1944, PhD 1948 Uni· versity of Wisconsin.

KERR, HALBERT (l97~) Asst. Prof., Business Education and Office Adminis· tration. BS 1961, BSM 1963, MBA 1965 University of Utah, PhD 1974 University of Washington.

JOHNSON, THETA L. (1943) Assoc. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Education; Clothing Specialist, Extension. BS 1938 Utah State University, MA 1953 Columbia University.

KERR, NOLAN P. (1973) Instr., Business Administration. BS 1969, MBA 1971 Utah State University.

JOHNSON, THOMAS S. (1969) Assoc. Prof., Communicative Disorders. BS 1964, MS 1967 Utah State University, PhD 1969 University of Kansas.

KERR, WILLIAM ROLFE (1970) Asst. to the President for University Re· lations; Director, Alumni Relations; Asst. Prof. , Educational Administration. BS 1960, MS 1966 Utah State University, PhD 1970 University of Utah.

JOLLEY, DARWIN S. (1969) Lecturer, Agricultural Education. BS 1968 Utah State University.

KIDD, CLARK J. (1956) Manager, Printing Services. BS 1957 Utah State University.

JONES, ARTHUR (1970) Instr. , 4·H Youth Program, Extension. BS 1968 Weber State College, MS 1970 Southern minois University.

KIDMAN, DON CARLOS (1969) Research Technician, Agricultural and Irri· gation Engineering. BS 1938 Utah State University.

JONES, DAN E. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Political Science. BA 1956 Idaho State University, MS 1962, PhD 1968 University of Utah.

KIEFER, FRED W., Jr. (1955) Assoc. Prof. , Civil and Environmental Engi· neering. BS 1950 Utah State University, MS 1953 Colorado State University, PhD 1969 University of California (Berkeley), PE.

JONES, ELIZABETH ANN (1'972) Instr., Nursing. BS 1969 University of Utah. JONES, FRANCIS (FRANK) E. (1972) Manager, Radio·Television Broad· casting Service; Instructor, Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program; Radio·Television Speciljlist, Extension. BS 1940 Kansas State Teachers College, MS 1959 Kansas State University. JONES, IVAN BLAINE (1966) Asst. Prof., and Juab County Agent, Extension. BS 1958 Brigham Young University. JONES, NORMAN B. (1962) Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1949 Utah State University, MS 1951 University of California (Berkeley). JONES, RICHARD W. (1974) Adjunct Prof., Veterinary Science. BS 1956 Utah State University, DVM 1959 Iowa State University.

KIM, YUN (1966) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Sociology, Social Work and Anthro· pology. BA 1958 Seoul National University, MA 1963 University of Pennsyl· vania, PhD 1967 Australian National University. KIMBALL, STEPHEN THOMAS (1971) Manager, Distribution Center. KING, LARRY (1969) Assoc. Prof. , Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1958 Washington State University, MS 1961, PhD 1965 Colorado State Univer· sity. KISSINGER, DON F. (1974) Capt. and Asst. Prof., Aerospace Studies. BA 1967 Kansas State University, MA 1973 University of Arkansas. KITCHENS, RALPH L. (1973) Colonel, Prof. and Head, Dept. of Aerospace Studies. BS 1952 University of Arizona, MBA 1960 USAF Institute of Technology.

JONES, WILLIAM L. (1946) Prof., Electrical Engineering. BS 1944 University of Illinois, MS 1949 Utah State University, DEngr 1956 Stanford University, PhD 1967 University of Utah.

KLINE, DONALD F. (1972) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Special Education. AB -1947, MA 1948 University of Nebraska, PhD 1958 University of Wisconsin.

JURINAK, JEROME J. (1967) Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1951 Colorado State University, MS 1954, PhD 1956 Utah State University.

KNIGHT, RICHARD S; (1968) Assoc. Prof., Secondary Education. BS 1961 University of Utah, MA 1967, PhD 1972 University of Michigan.

KADLEC, JOHN A. (1974) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Wildlife Science. BSF 1952, MS 1956, PhD 196b University of Michigan.

KNOWLTON, FREDERICK F. (1972) Assoc. Prof., Wildlife Science. BS 1957 Cornell University, MS 1959 Montana State College, PhD 1964 Purdue Univer· sity.

KARTCHNER, ALLEN DALE (1967) Assoc. Prof., Business Administration. BS 1962 University of Utah, MS 1966, PhD 1968 University of Idaho. KARTCHNER, EUGENE C. (1965) Prof., Business Administration. BS 1951 University of Colorado, MBA 1956 University of Utah, DBA 1965 University of Washington. KEARL, LEONARD C. (1969) Res. Assoc., Animal Science. BS 1938, MS 1969 Utah State University. KEARSLEY, AMY R. (1940) Assoc. Supervisor of 4·H Youth Programs; A~soc. Prof., Extension. BS 1933 Utah State University, MA 1947 Columbia University. KEELER, RICHARD F. (1965) Assoc. Prof. , Biology. BS 1954 Brigham Yo ung University, MS 1955, PhD 1957 Ohio State University. KEITH, JOHN E. (1972) Research Economist, Utah Water Research Labor ,. tory. BS 1968, MS 1971, MA 1972, PhD 1973 Utah State University.

KOENIG, PETER A. (1971) Instr., Art. BA 1964 Alfred University, BFA 1968 Pratt Institute. KOLESAR, PETER THOMAS (1974) Geochemist, Geology. BS 1966, MS 1968 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, PhD 1973 University of California (River· side). KOITER, CLEON M. (1958) Assoc. Prof., Agricultural Information Specialist, Extension. BS 1954, MA 1965 Brigham Young University. KOITER, DAVID HERMAN (1967) Instr., Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning. BFA 1966 Utah State University, MLA 1967 University of Illinois. KRAHNKE, KARL J. (1973) Instr. , Languages and Philosophy; Assoc. Di· rector, Intensive English Language Institute. BA 1963, MA 1968 University of Michigan.

KEITH, LINDA E. (1969) Writer/ Editor, University Relations. BS 1967 Utah State University.

KRUEGER, MARIE NELSON (1969) Asst. Prof. and Head, Dept. of Home Economics and Consumer Education; Curriculum Chairman, Home Economics Education. BS 1949 Utah State University, MS 1959 University of Arizona.

KELLER, GORDON N. (1962) Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BA 1941 University of Utah, MA 1949, PhD 1961 University of Chicago.

KRUGER, PHILIP C. (1973) Head Football Coach, Athletics. BS 1951 South East Missouri State College, MEd 1956 University of Missouri.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Faculty KUEHNL, ROBERT W. (1972) Sergeant Major, Aerospace Studies. KULKARNI, H. B. (1967) Prof., English. BA 1937, MA 1939 Bombay University, India, PhD 1962 University of Utah. LACKSTROM, JOHN EDWIN (1970) Asst. Prof., Languages and Philosophy; Director, Intensive English Language Institute. BA 1965, MA 1967, PhD 1970 University of Washington. LAMBERT, CARROLL CARMEN (1961) Supervisor, Child Development Laboratory; Assoc. Prof., Family and Child Development. BS 1960, MS 1961 , PhD 1969 Utah State University. LAMBERT, DAVID T. (1972) Director, Annual Giving_ BS 1961 Utah State University. LAMBERT, G. KARL (1971) Registrar, Office of Admissions and Records; Instructor, Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1953 University of Utah.

241

LINFORD, GENE H. (1948) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BS 1933 Utah State Uni· versity, MS 1935 University of Utah. LITTIG, MELVIN J. (1974) Captain and Asst. Prof., Military Science. BS 1967 University of Utah. LITTLEDIKE, LILA JACLYN (1969) Asst. Prof., Communicative Disorders. BS 1965, MS 1967 Utah State University. LOGAN, ROBERT FRANCIS (1973) Asst. Prof., Economics. BS 1970 Lo Moyne College, PhD 1973 Texas A&M University. LOMMEN, PAUL W. (1973) Postdoctoral Fellow, Ecology Center. BS 1963 University of Minnesota, PhD 1968 University of Rochester. LONG, COLLEEN THOMAS (1972) Utah County and Area Specialist; Instr., Extension. BS 1964 Utah State University, MS 1970 Iowa State University.

LAMBORN, REUEL E. (1946) Director of Soil Test Laboratory, Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1941, MS 1950 Utah State University.

LONG, GILBERT A. (1970) Assoc. Prof. and Head, Dept. of Agricultural Education; Coordinator, Vocational Programs. BS 1956, MS 1963 Washington State University, PhD 1970 Ohio State University.

LANNER, RONALD M. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Forestry and Outdoor Recreation. BS 1952, i\1F 1958 Syracuse University, PhD 1967 University of Minnesota.

LONG, ILONE DONNA (1971) Instr., Elementary Education. BA 1957, ME 1963 Washington State University.

LAPRAY, BARBARA A. (1973) Instr., Family and Child Development. BS 1963, MS 1973 Brigham Young University. LAROSE, ERIC (1972) Student Counselor, Asst. Director, Special Services, Education. BS 1971 Fort Lewis College. LARSEN, CHARLES BENNETT (1967) Instr., Industrial Technology. BS 196?, Utah State University. LARSEN, PAUL B. (1948) Assoc. Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1938 Utah State University, MS 1940 Michigan State University. LARSEN, RAY J. (1973) Budget and Finance Manager, College of Engineering. BS 1974 Utah State University. LARSON, IDELLA (1967) Instr., English. BA 1966, MA 1967 Utah State University. LARSON, J. LYN (1960) Asst. to the Vice President for Student ,Affairs. BS 1947 Utah State University. LATHAM, CAROL (1972) Weber County Agent, Extension. BS 1955 Brigham Young University, MS 1972 Utah State University_ LEBARON, ALLEN (1963) Prof., Economics. BS 1956 University of Utah, PhD 1962 University of London. LeBARON, GARY (1970) Research Engineer, Space Science Laboratory and Electrical Engineering. BS 1970 Utah State University. LEE, GARTH L. (1954) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Chemistry and Biochemistry. BA 1944, MA 1947 University of Utah, PhD 1949 University of Toronto. LEISHMAN, KIM (1972) Clinical Instr. , Communicative Disorders_ BS 1965, MS 1970 Utah State University. LEMON, BESSIE K. (1938) Assoc. Prof. and Cache County Agent, Extension. BA 1933 University of Utah, MS 1961 Utah State University. LEONE, NICHOLAS CHARLES (1973) Adjunct Prof., Veterinary Science. PhG 1929 University of California, CPH 1941 Harvard University, MD 1950 Duke University_

LONG, MAX G. (1971) Assoc. Prof., Agronomy Adviser, Bolivian Contract, International Programs. BS 1958, MS 1970 University of California. LONG, RALPH E. (1967) Asst. Prof., Industrial Technology; Program Coordinator, Welding. BA 1955 State College of Iowa, MEd 1966 Colorado State University. LOTT, JANE A. (1967) Asst. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Education. BS 1962, MS 1969 Utah State University. Sab. 9-1-74 to 8-31-75. LOVELAND, L. DUANE. (1965) Assoc. Prof., Mathematics. BA 1958, MS 1962, PhD 1965 University 'o f Utah. LOVELESS, AUSTIN G. (1952) Prof., Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1947 Utah State University, MS 1952 Oregon State College, EdD 1962 University of Missouri. LOW, JESSOP B. (1943) Leader, Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit; Prof., Wildlife Science. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1939, PhD 1941 Iowa State University. LOWE, CALVIN D. (1962) Assoc. Prof., Business Administration; Asst. Dean for Extension, College of Business; Director of Management Institute. BS 1950 Utah State University, MA 1952 University of Utah, EdD 1963 Utah State University. LUNDELL, JOYCE (1973) Instr. and Household Economics and Management Specialist, Extension. BS, MS 1973 Utah State University. LUNDSTROM, HELEN (1953) Dean of Women; Assoc. Prof., Business Education and Office Administration. BS 1942 Utah State University, MBA 1957 University of Denver. LYE, WILLIAM F. (1968) Prof. and Head, Dept. of History and Geography. BS 1959 Utah State University, MA 1959 University of California (Berkeley), PhD 1969 University of California (Los Angeles). Sab. 7-11-74 to 10-10-74. LYNCH, HAROLD (1971) Programmer, Computer Center. AA 1961 Los Angeles Trade Tech., BS 1971 Utah State University. LYNN, RAYMOND IRVIN (1968) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BA 1963 University of Oklahoma, PhD 1968 Indiana University.

LEWIS, DOROTHY B. (1953) Assoc. Prof., Family and Child Development. Certificate of Library Science 1931 Western Reserve University, BS 1951 University of New Mexico, MS 1953 Iowa State University_

LYNN, VIVA LEE (1970) Lecturer, Assistant Language Laboratory Director, Languages and Philosophy. BA 1962 University of Oklahoma, MA 1970 Indiana University.

LEWIS, VIRGINIA S. (1962) Asst. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Education. BS 1941 Utah State University, MS 1962 Oregon State University.

LYON, KENNETH (1966) Assoc. Prof., Economics. BS 1960 Brigham Young University, AM 1965, PhD 1970 University of Chicago.

LEWIS, W. CHRIS (1972) Assoc. Prof., Economics_ BS 1962 Brigham Young University, MBA 1964 Northwestern University, PhD 1969 Iowa State University.

LYON, THOMAS J. (1964) Asst. Prof., English; Editor, Western American Literature. BS 1959, MS 1961 Utah State University.

LEYER, HELEN ARLINE (1971) Asst. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Education. BA 1948 University of California, MS 1954 University of California.

MAC MAHON, JAMES (1971) Prof., Biology. BS 1960 Michigan State University, PhD 1963 Notre Dame University.

LIMB, MIRIAM A. (1969) Beaver County Agent, Extension_ BS 1969 College of Southern Utah.

MADSEN, FARRELL DEAN (1971) Asst. Prof., Music. BS 1960 University of Oregon, MA 1965 University of Missouri.

LIND, VANCE GORDON (1963) Assoc. Prof., Physics. BS 1959 Utah State University, MS 1961 , PhD 1964 University of Wisconsin_

MADSEN, GARY E. (1971) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. AS 1961 Weber State College, BS 1963, MS 1968, PhD 1972 University of Utah.

LINDSA Y, HAROLD G. (1956) Assoc. Prof. and Box Elder County Agent, Extension. BS 1946 Utah State University, MS 1964 Colorado State University.

MADSEN, MARY LOIS G. (1971) Sanpete County Agent, Extension. BS 1949, Utah State University.

LINDSTROM, GAELL (1957) Prof., Art. BS 1952 University of Utah, MFA 1963 California College of Arts and Crafts.

MADSEN, MILTON A. (1935) Assoc. Prof., Animal Science. BS 1934, MS 1939 Utah State University, PhD 1958 University of Wisconsin.


242

Faculty

MAHONEY, ARTHUR W. (1969) Assoc: Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1961, PhD 1965 University of Maine.

McNEIL, WILLIAM N. (1968) Research Meteorologist, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1949 Kansas State College.

MAHRT, JEROME L. (1972) Research Assoc., Biology. B$ 1960, MS 1963 Utah State University, PhD 1966 University of Illinois.

MECHAM, ROBERT CARL (1970) Assoc. Prof., Business Administration. BS 1967 Brigham Young University, MS 1968, PhD 1970 Purdue University.

MALECHEK, JOHN (1970) Asst. Prof., Range Science. BS 1964 Texas Tech· nological College, MS 1966 Colorado State University, PhD 1970 Texas A&M University.

MEEK, ALBERT J. (1972) Instr., Art. BFA 1970 Art Center College of Design, MFA 1972 Ohio University.

MALECHECK, KAREN ROGERS (1973) Instr., Home Economics and Con· sumer Education. BS 1968 University of Utah, MS 1974 Utah State University. MALOUF, R.N. (1972) Lecturer, Biology. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1939 University of Utah, MD 1941 University of Maryland. MARSHALL, KIM ARTHUR (1972) Statistician/ Programmer, Ecology Center. BS 1972 Utah State University. MARSHALL, MELVIN JAY (1972) Ass!. Prof., Communication. BA 1964 Queen's College, MA 1965 University of Missouri. MARSTON, GLEN F. (1954) Assoc. Prof., Economics; Director of Economics, Education Center. BS 1951, MS 1953 University of Utah. MARTIN, CLYDE F. (1973) Asst. Prof., Mathematics. BS 1965 Kansas State Teachers College, MA 1967, PhD 1971 University of Wyoming. MARTINEZ, IZAR A. (1973) Asst. to the Dean, College of ~~ducation. BS 1961 , MA 1965 University of New Mexico, EdD 1973 Utah State University.

MEGILL, ABELINA N. (1972) Ass!. Director, Upward Bound. BA 1964 University of Colorado. MEGILL, LAWRENCE R. (1968) Prof., Physics and Electrical Engineering; Scientific Adviser, Center for Research in Aeronomy. BS 1949, MA 1951 Uni· versity of Nebraska, PhD 1959 University of Colorado. MENDENHALL, VON THATCHER (1972) Asst. Prof. , Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1961 , MS 1967 Utah State University, Phil 1970 Oregon State Uni· versity. MENDINI, ARTHUR H. (1955) Director, Campus Recreation; Assoc. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1952, MS 1959 Utah State Uni· versity. MERKLEY, MARGARET B. (1947) Supervisor of Family Life Programs, Ex· tension; Assoc. Dean, College of Family Life. BS 19;)1 Brigham Young University, BS 1951 , MS 1952 Utah State University, PhD 1960 Texas Women's University. MERRILL, JED R. (1969) Manager of Technical Services.

MASON, SHIRLENE (1970) Instr., English. BA 1954, MA 1970 Idaho State University_ MASTELLER, MALCOLM (1971) Ass!. Research Sociologist, Social Science Research Institute. BA 1965 University of Southern California.

MERRILL, JOSEPH SKEEN (1966) Prof. , Accounting. BS 1961 University of Utah, MBA 1966, PhD 1967 University of Wisconsin, CPA 1963 States of Alaska and Utah.

MATESKY, RALPH (1967) Prof., Music. BS 1933 Columbia University , MM 1951 University of Southern California.

MERRILL, REED M. (1972) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. BS 1952 Utah State University, DDS 1956 University of Washington, MD 1963 University of South Carolina.

MATHIS, JOANN L. (1972) Instr. and Utah County Agent, Extension. BS 1968 Utah State University, MS 1972 Colorado State University.

MERRILL, SAMUEL W. (1956) Asst. Prof., Industrial Technology. BS 1942, MS 1966 Utah State University.

MATIHEWS, DARRELL H. (1948) Assoc. Prof., Livestock Specialist, Ex· tension. BS 1948, MS 1958 Utah State University.

MESERVY, NILE D. (1967) Asst. Prof. Sociology , Social Work and Anthropplogy. BS 1951 , MS 1952 Utah State University, MSW 1957 University of Washington, ACSW 1966.

MATIHEWS, DOYLE J. (1951) Dean, College of Agriculture; Prof., Animal Science; Assoc. Director of Agricultural Experiment Station. BS 195U, MS 1951 Utah State University, PhD 1959 Kansas State University.

MEYER, MICHAEL THOMAS (1971) Instr. , English. BA 1970, MA 1971 Sonoma State Collel(e. "

MATIHEWS, NYLE J. (1966) Ass!. Prof., Animal Science; Central Utah Area Livestock Specialist, Extension. BS 1958, MS 1960 Utah State University. MATIHEWS, VERL BAXTER (1968) Ass!. Prof., Garfield and Kane Counties Agent, Extension. BS 1963, MS 1965 Brigham Young University. MAUGHAN, RALPH B. (1951) Head Track Coach, Athletics; Asst. Prof., Health, Physical Educa tion and Recreation. BS 1947, MS 194i! Utah State Uni· versity.

MICHAELSEN, LEON C. (1949) Prof. and Extension Adviser, Bolivian Con· tract, International Programs. BS 19;)7 Utah State University, MS 1939 Mon· tana State University, EdD 19(;7 Cornell University. MICKELSON, CHARLES H. (1951) Supervisor, Ilairy Research Farms; Asst. Prof., Dairy Science. BS 1951. MS 196:l Utah State University. MIDDLEBROOKS, E . JOE (1970) Dean, College of Engineering; Prof. and Head, Division of Environmental Engineering. BCE 1956, MSE 1960 University of Florida, PhD 1966 Mississippi State University, PE.

MAUGHAN, WESLEY T. (1965) Prof. Sociology, Social Work and Anthro· pology; Community Services Director; Staff Development Leader, Extension. BS 1951 Utah State University, MS 1962, PhD 1964 University of Wisconsin.

MILLER, AKELEY (1960) Assoc. Prof., Physics. BA 1950, MA 1952 University of South Dakota. Phil 1960 University of Missouri.

MAW, GLEN HAROLD (1969) Counselor, Counseling and Testing, Student Services. BS 1964 University of Utah, MEd 1966, PhD 1974 University of Illinois (Urbana·Champaign).

MILLER, GENE W. (1974) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Biology. BS 1950, MS 1954 Utah State University, PhD 1957 North Carolina State College.

McADAMS, ROBERT E. (1965) Assoc. Prof., Physics. BS 1957 Colorado State University, PhD 1964 Iowa State University. McALLISTER, DEVERE R. (1950) Prof., Plant Science; Agronomist, Exten· sion. BS 1939, MS 1948 Utah State University, PhD 1950 Iowa State University. McARTHUR, J'WAYNE (1969) Lecturer, Animal Science. BS 1961 , MS 1963 Utah State University. McCLELLAN, LINCOLN H. (1956) Assoc. Prof., Health, Physical Educa· tion and Recretaion. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1942, EdD 196;) Uni· versity of Oregon.

MILLER, RAYMOND W. (1956) Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1952, MS 1953 University of Arizona, PhD 1956 Washington State Univer· sity. MILLIGAN, CLEVE H. (1943) Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1932 Utah State University, MS 1933 University of California, PE. MINER, MERTHYR L. (1943) Prof., Veterinary Science. BS 1937 Utah State University, DVM 1941 Iowa State University. MITCHELL, KENNETH D. (1969) Special Projects Supervisor, University Relations. BS 1965 Brigham Young University.

McCOOL, STEPHEN F. (1972) Asst. Prof., Forestry and Outdoor Recreation. BS 1965 University of Idaho, MS 1965, PhD 1970 University of Minnesota. Minnesota.

MITCHELL, REBECCA S. (1972) Instr. , Home Economics and Consumer Education. BS 1966 Brigham Young University , MS 1969 Utah State Uni· versity.

McCULLOUGH, EDWARD A., J ... (1972) Ass!. Prof., Chemistry and Bio· chemistry. BS 1966 Stanford University, PhD 1971 University of Texas.

MONSON, JAY ALBERT (1967) Assoc. Prof., Elementary Education. BS 1963 University of Utah , MS 1966 Arizona State University, EdD 19(;8 Utah State University.

McKEE, MAC (1973) Research Assoc., Office of Vice President for Re search. BS 1972 Utah State University. McKELL, CYRUS M. (1969) Prof., Range Science; Director of Environment and Man Program . BS 1949, MS 1950 University of Utah, PhD 1956 Oregon State University.

MOORE, CHRISTINE (1972) Instr. and Sevier County Home Economist, Extension. BS 1970, MS 1972 Utah State University.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I

Faculty MOORE, RAYMOND R. (1946) Prof., Forestry and Outdoor Recreation. BS 1936 Pennsylvania State University, MF 1946 Yale University, PhD 1964 Uni· versity of Washington. MOORE, WILLIAM M. (1960) Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BA 1952 Colorado College, PhD 1959 Iowa State University.

I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I

NEUHOLD, JOHN M. (1958) Prof., Wildlife Science; Director, USU Ecology Center. BS 1952, MS 1954, PhD 1959 Utah State University. NEWMAN, MARGIE R. (1970) Salt Lake County Adviser gram, Extension. BS 1945 University of Nebraska.

Nutrition Pro-

MOREHEAD, JOHN (1973) Tutor/ Counselor, Special Services. BS 1973 St. Augustine's College.

NICHOLLS, MICHAEL L. (1970) Asst. Prof., History and Geography. BA 1966 Cedarville College, MA 1967 University of Dayton, PhD 1972 College of William and Mary.

MORGAN, FLOYD T . (1934) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Theatre Arts. BS 1934 Utah State University, MA 1939 State University of Iowa.

NIELSEN, CHRISTIAN P. (1964) Extension Publications Editor, Extension. BS 1948 Uta h State University.

MORSE, DAVID E. (1972) Engineering Technologist, Electro·Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1970 Weber State College.

NIELSEN, DARWIN B. (1965) Prof., Economics. BS 1960, MS 1961 Utah State University, PhD 1964 Oregon State University.

MORSE, JOSEPH G. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1961 South Dakota State University, MS 1963, PhD 1966 University of Michi·

NIELSEN, ELWIN C. (1969) Assoc. Prof., Psychology. BS 1958, MA 1961 , PhD 1963 University of Utah.

gan.

I

243

MORSE, KAREN W. (1968) Asst. Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1962 Denison University. MS 1964, PhD 1967 University of Michigan. MORSE, WENDELL R. (1969) Instr., Landscape Architecture and Environ· mental Planning. BS 1967 Utah State University. MORTENSEN, J. LYNN (1950) Prof.• Englis h. BS 1949, MS 1950 Utah State University. MOSER, ALMA P. (1961 ) Assoc. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engi· neering. BS 1961. MS 1963 Utah State University, PhD 1967 University of Colorado. MOULTON, THOMAS D. (1956) Manager, Ticket Office. BS 1950 Utah State University, MUIR, BRUCE B. (1970) Administrative Asst. and Tour Coordinator, Inter· n ational Programs. BA 1966. MA 1969 Brigham Young University. MULDER, JIM (1972) Instr., Political Science. BA 1969. MBA 1970 University of Washington. MUMM, JERRY L. (1973) Lecturer, Industrial Technology. BS 1972 Utah State Un iversity. MURDOUCK, ROLAND G. (1968) Research Assoc., Plant Science. BS 1958 Utah State University. MURRAY, JOYCE (1971) Instr. , WSC/ USU Cooperative Nursing Program. BS 1959 University of Utah. MURRAY, LOUIS P. (1972) Asst. Director of Placement, Student Affairs. BS 1949 U.S. Military Academy, MA 1960 University of Utah. MUSICK, DAVID W. (1973) Instr., Sociology, Social Work a nd Anthropology. BA 1969 California State College (San Bernadino). MA 1970 University of California (Riverside). MUSSLER, HANS K. (1970) Asst. Prof., Languages a nd Philosophy; Director, Language Laboratory. BA 1959 Brigham Young University, MA 1960 Yale University. MUSTONEN, KARLO K. (1963) Reference Libraria n; Asst. Prof. Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1958 Utah State University, MALS 1965 University of Minnesota. NALDER, LANNY J . (1969) Assoc. Prof.• Health. Physical Education a nd Recreation; Director. Human Perform a nce Laboratory. BS 1963. MS 1965 Brigham Young University. PhD 1969 University of Utah. NASH, LORENE M. (1972) Reference Librarian; Instr., Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1952 Utah State University. MSLS 1953 University of Southern California. NELSON, DALE O. (1947) Prof. a nd Head , Dept. of Hea lth , Physical Educa· tion and Recreation. BS 1942. MS 1948 Utah State University. PhD 1956 Uni· versity of Southern California. NELSON, HENRIETTA (1946) Chief Accountant, Conroller's Office. BSC 1939 State University of Iowa. NELSON, MARLAN (1963) Assoc. Dean. College of Huma nities, Arts a nd Social Sciences, Coordinator of Fine Arts; Prof. a nd Acting Head, Dept. of Com· munication. BA 1956 Oklahoma State University. MA 1957 Stanford University. EdD 1972 Oklahoma State University.

NIELSEN, REED' N. (1972) Instr., Industrial Technology. BS 1967. MS 1973 Utah State University. NIELSEN, VENETA L. (1946) Prof., English. BS 1940, MS 1950 Utah State University. NIELSON, REX F. (1949) Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1947, MS 1949 Utah State University. NORTON, BRIEN E. (1972) Asst. Prof., Range Science; Asst. Director, IBP. B. Rur. Sc. 1964, PhD 1970 University of New England, Australia. NUNES, ELIZABETH ANN (1972} Instr., WSC/ USU Cooperative Nursing Program. BS 1968 University of Utah. NYMAN, EDITH (1955) Assoc. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Edu· cation; Curriculum Chairman, Household Economics and Management. BS 1943. MS 1958 Utah State University. OAKS, EMILY CAYWOOD J. (1968) Asst. Prof., Biology. BA 1961 Rice Uni· versity, MS 1964, PhD 1967 Yale University. OAKS, ROBERT Q., Jr. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Geology. BA 1960 Rice University, PhD 1965 Yale University. O'BRYAN, GERALD KANE (1974) Lecturer, Wildlife Science. MS 1968 Uni· versity of Monta na. PhD 1974 University of Missouri. OGDEN, MARVEN J. (1956) Assoc. Prof. and Area Coordinator, Extension. BS 1940, MS 1963 Utah State University. OLSEN, DONALD R. (1955) Prof., Geology. BS 1948 Utah State University, MS 1951, PhD 1960 University of Utah. OLSEN, EDWIN C. III (1968) Assoc. Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engi· neering. BS 1959, PhD 1965 Uta h State University. OLSEN, RICHARD K. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BA 1960 Brigham Young University, MS 1963, PhD 1964 University of Illinois. OLSON, ARLAND E. (1954) Research Assoc .• Veterinary Science. BS 1951. MS 1953 Utah State University. OLSON, GERALD RAY (1956) Assoc. Prof. and Supervisor, 4·H Youth Programs, Extension. BS 1956 Utah State University, MEd 1963 Colorado State University, PhD 1970 North Carolina State University. OSBORNE, J. GRAYSON (1969) Assoc. Prof.• Director, Psychology Human Behavior Laboratory, Psychology. BA 1961, MA 1964, PhD 1968 Arizona State University. OSBORNE, LEE GEORGE (1963) Asst. Coordinator of Housing, Auxiliary Enterprises. BS 1965 Utah State University. OTTESON, O. HARRY (1966) Assoc. Prof., and Asst. Dept. Head, Physics. BS 1960, MS 1962. PhD 1967 Utah State University. OWEN, JOHN L. (1948) Assoc. Prof., Coordinator of Civil Defense Program, Extension. BS 1935 University of Utah, MS 1951 Utah State University, PhD 1966 University of Utah. PAINTER, REED B. (1966) Head of Cataloging a nd Classification; Asst. Prof. , Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1953, MS 1956 Utah State University, MA 1966 University of Denver. PALFREYMAN, BERNICE (1944) Assoc. Prof. a nd Salt Lake County Agent. Extension. BS 1940 Utah State University.

NELSON, MARY (1948) Assoc. Prof.. Mathematics. BA 1933 Utah State Uni· versity. MS 1938 State University of Iowa.

PALMBLAD, IVAN G. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BS 1960 Portland State College, PhD 1966 University of Washington.

'NEUBERGER, L. MARK (1932) Dean, Admissions a nd Records; Prof.. Busi· ness Administra tion; Secretary. USU Institutional Council. BS 1932. MS 1934 Utah State University. EdD 1967 Brigham Young University.

PALMER, BYRON C. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engi· neering. BS 1948 Utah State University, MS 1959 University of Toronto. PE.


244

Faculty

PALMER, LOREN L. (1963) Asst. Prof., Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1951, MS 1960 Kansas State College (Pittsburgh).

PETERSON, TOMMY CHRIS (1974) Instr., Home Economics and Consumer Eudcation. BS 1972, MS 1974 Utah State University.

PAPENFUSS, JOSEPH K. (1970) Asst. Prof., Business Administration. BS 1961 Brigham Young University, MBA 1966 University of Utah.

PETERSON, VERN LEROY (1969) Assoc. Prof., Physics. BS 1956 University of Colorado, MA 1960, PhD 1963 Indiana University.

PARENT, CLAUDE R. (1972) Asst. Prof., Business Administration. BA 1968 Fresno State College, MBA 1969 Michigan State, PhD 1972 University of Oregon.

PETRIE, RONALD G. (1971) Assoc. Prof. and Head, Dept. of Elementary Education. BSEd 1956 Oregon College of Education, MEd 1961, EdD 1970 Oregon State University.

PARKER, KARL G. (1963) Prof., Range Science; Range Adviser, Bolivan Contract, International Programs. BS 1938 Colorado State University, MS 1956 Montana State University. PARKER, ROBERT D. R. (1973) Asst. Prof., Biology. BA 1964, MSPH 1967 University of Hawaii, MS, PhD 1967 University of Minnesota. PARLIN, BRADLEY W. (1973) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BA 1965 Indiana University, MA 1967, PhD 1972 University of Illinois. PARRISH, MARDELL (1970) Assoc. Director, Alumni Affairs. BS 1970 Utah State University. PASSINEAU, JOSEPH F. (1973) Lecturer, Forestry and Outdoor Recreation; Coordinator of the Environmental Studies Program, College of Natural Resources. BS 1969 College of St. Thomas. PATRICK, JOHN M. (1957) Prof., English. BA 1942, MA 1947 Southwestern University (Texas), PhD 1956 Georgetown University. PATTEN, MARY (1973) Materials Development Specialist, Special Education. BS 1970 Gorham State University, MS 1973 University of Maine. PEARCE, JANICE (1957) Assoc. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recreation . BS 1952 University of Utah, MS 1957 Washington State University, PhD 1974 University of Utah. PEDERSEN, IV AN (1955) Asst. Prof., Elementary Education. BS 1950, MS 1956 Utah State University. PEERY, J. CRAIG (1973) Asst. Prof., Family and Child Development. BA 1970, MS 1973, PhD 1973 Columbia University. PELLA, CHRIS R. (1973) Asst. Football Coach, Athletics. BS 1965 Utah State University. PENDLETON, WILLIAM R. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Physics. AB 1959 William Jewell College, PhD 1964 University of Arkansas. P'ERKES, SIDNEY G. (1967) Asst. Prof. and Costume-Set Designer, Theatre Arts. BA 1963-Utah State University, MA 1972 University of Illinois. PERRY, DOUGLAS C. (1970) Financial Systems Analyst, Controller's Office. BA 1964 Brigham Young University. PETERSEN, CLEONE H. (1972) Teacher Placement Supervisor, Student Services. BS 1967 Utah State University.

PHILLIPS, WARREN F. (1972) Asst. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1966, MS 1967, PhD 1970 University of Michigan. PIERCE, RONALD LEE (1967) Asst. Prof., Accounting. BA 1963, MAce 1965 Brigham Young University, CPA 1965 State of Utah. LWOP 9-1-72 to 7-1-75. PITKIN, WILLIS LLOYD, Jr. (1973) Assoc. Prof., English; Director, Writing Laboratory. AB 1958, AM 1966, PhD 1973 University of Southern California. PLUMB, CLIFFORD C. (1974) Coordinator of Closed Circuit TV; Asst. Prof. , Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1964 Weber State College, MS 1965, EdD 1969 Indiana University. POLLARD, LEONARD (1939) Prof., Plant Science. BS 1932, MS 1934 Utah State University, PhD 1939 University of California. POPE, WENDELL L. (1959) Director, Computer Center; Assoc. Prof. , Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1956 Utah State University, MS 1958 Stanford University.

PORTER, GORDON E. (1947) Assoc. Prof., Languages and Philosophy. BS 1943 Utah State University, MA 1965 University of Arizona. POST, FREDERICK J . (1965) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BS 1952 University of California, MS 1953, PhD 1958 Michigan State University. POST, JANE R. (1973) Instr. , Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1953 Michigan State University. POUND, EARL F. (1970) Senior Research Engineer, Space Science Laboratory; Lecturer, Electrical Engineering. BSEE 1952, MSEE 1955 University of Utah. POWERS, RICHARD (1969) Assoc. Prof., Psychology. BA 1959, MA 1962 California State College at Los Angeles, PhD 1967 Arizona State University. PUBLICOVER, PHYLLIS (1963) Asst. Prof., Special Education. BA 1941 Wellesley College, MS 1954 Utah State University. PUGMIRE, DOROTHY JEAN (1956) Assoc. Prof., · Elementary Education. BS 1948 Utah State University, AM 1951 University of Michigan , EdD 1973 University of Maryland. RAO, RAMANA K. (1973) Research Meteorologist, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BS 1958 Andhra University, MS 1963 University of Washington , PhD 1972 University of Utah.

PETERSON, CHARLES S. (1971) Assoc. Prof., History and Geography; Assoc. Editor, Western Historical Quarterly; Director, Man and His Bread Museum. BA 1953, MA 1958 Brigham Young University, PhD 1967 University of Utah.

RAMSEY, WILLIAM H. (1966) Prof., Music; Director, Choral Activities. BM 1958 University of Kentucky, SMM 1960 Union Theological Seminary, EdU 1963 Columbia University. Sab. 9-9-74 to 6-7-75.

PETERSON, DEAN F., Jr. (1957) Vice President for Research; Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1934 Utah State University, MCE 1935, DCE 1939 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, PE, Licensed Land Surveyor.

RANDLE, PAUL A. (1970) Assoc. Prof., Business Administration. BS 1965, MBA 1967 University of Utah, PhD 1970 University of Illinois.

PETERSON, FRANK ROSS (1971) Assoc. Prof., History and Geography. BS 1965 Utah State University, PhD 1968 Washington State University. PET ERSON, H. VAL (1967) Director, Physical Plant. BS 1962 University of Utah.

I

PORCELLA, DONALD B. (1970) Assoc. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering, Utah Water Research Laboratory. AB 1959, MA 1961 , PhD 1967 University of California (Berkeley).

PETERSEN, HAROLD CRAIG (1973) Asst. Prof., Economics. BS 1968 Utah State University, MS 1969 Stanford University.

PETERSON, EDWIN L. (1937) Coordinator of Military Activities and Boys State; Prof., History and Geography. BS 1937, MS 1941, PhD 1957 Utah State University.

I I I I I I

RAPPLEYE, MARJORIE (1967) Lecturer, Elementary Education. BS 1962 Idaho State University. RASMUSSEN, HOWARD DALE (1957) Assoc. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1949, MS 1956 Utah State University. RAWLINS, RAY L. (1972) Systems Programmer, Computer Center. BS 1971 Utah State University. REED, CHARLES S. (1973) Civil Engineer, Physical Plant. BSME 1944 University of Utah.

PETERSON, HOWARD B. (1940) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. AB 1935, MA 1937 Brigham Young University, PhD 1940 University of Nebraska.

REESE, L. GRANT (1969) Prof. and Head, Dept. of La nguages and Philosophy. BS 1955, MS 1956 Utah State University, PhD 1962 University of Washington.

PETERSON, KENNETH M. (1972) Asst. Controller, Controller's Office. BS 1963 University of Utah.

RENARD, KENNETH G. (1972) Assoc. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1957, MS 1959 University of Wisconsin.

PETERSON, MAX P . (1967) Assoc. Director and Asst. Prof., Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1960, MS 1966 Utah State University.

REYNOLDS, JAMES HAROLD (1973) Asst. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1970, MS 1971, PhD 1973 Utah State University.

P ET E R SON , RONALD SKEEN (1959) Director, Counseling and Testing Center, Student Services; Director, Academic Information Center; Assoc. Prof., Psychology. BS 1952, MS 1961 Utah State University, EdD 1967 University of Oregon.

RHOADES, GEORGE R. (1972) Asst. Prof., Communication. BA 1961, MS 1971, EdD 1974 Oklahoma State University. RIBACK, CHARLES R. (1973) Research Engineer, Stewart Radiance Laboratory. BS 1965 Northeastern University.

I I I

I I I I I I I


I I I I I I

Faculty RICE, MOYLE Q. (1937) Prof., English. BS 1936 Utah State University. MA 1937 University of Nebraska. RICE, RUTH J. (1969) The Anne Carroll Moore Librarian; Instructor, Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1965, MEd 1973 Utah State University.

RICH, DEAN (1967) Manager of Campus Service Station, Auxiliary Enterprises.

RICH, ELLIOT (1956) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1943 Utah State University, MS 1951 University of Utah, PhD 1968 University of Colorado, PE, Licensed Land Surveyor. RICH, WAYNE R. (1955) Assoc. Prof., Mathematics. BS 1948, MS 1949 Utah State University. RICHARDS, STUART (1961) Research Asst., Economics. BS 1937 Utah State University. RICHARDSON, E. ARLO (1973) Utah State Climatologist, Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1936, MS 1938 Brigham Young University, 1944 Certificate of Competence in Climatology University of Chicago. RICHARDSON, GARY HAIGHT (1967) Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1953 Utah State University, PhD 1960 University of Wisconsin. RICKERT, DEVOE C. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Special Education. BA 1949 Southern Idaho College of Education, MS 1952 University of Idaho, EdD 1966 University of Oregon.

I I I I

I I I I I ·1 I I

RIDDLE, DOUGLAS F. (1964) Assoc. Prof., Mathematics. AB 1950 University of Illinois, MS 1951 University of Michigan. LWOP. RIGGS, BRANNICK LESTER (1974) Asst. Prof., Animal Science. BS 1965, MS 1970 University of Arizona, PhD 1972 Purdue University. RILEY, JAMES W. II (1971) Athletic Trainer, Athletics. BS 1971 Centenary College. RILEY, JOHN PAUL (1967) Prof. of Civil and Environmental, Engineering, Utah Water Research Laboratory. BA 1950 University of British Columbia, CE 1953, PhD 1967 Utah State University, PE.

245

SALISBURY, PAUL G. (1971) Asst. Prof., Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning; Director, Campus Planning; University Architect. BArch 1960 University of Utah. SALUNKHE, D. K. (1954) Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1949 Pona University, India, MS 1950, PhD 1953 Michigan State University. SANDERS, RAYMOND T. (1959) Prof., Biology; Director, Honors Program. BS 1949, MS 1950 University of Utah, PhD 1956 Stanford University. SANDERS, ROSALENA R. (1969) Assoc. Director, Development Relations Publications. BS 1969, MA 1971 Utah State University. SANTANA, LONA (1970) Programmer, Computer Center. BS 1971 Utah State University. SAUNDERS, ALAN K. (1973) Asst. Football 'Coach, Athletics. BS San Jose State College, MS University of Southern California. SAUNDERS, WALTER L. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Secondary Education. BA 1959 San Francisco State College, MS 1963, PhD 1968 Oregon State University. SA VOlE, NORMAN RICHARD (1971) Asst. Prof., Languages and Philosophy. BA 1964 St. Anselm's College, MA 1965 Middlebury College, DEF 1965 Universite de Paris, PhD Indiana University, SCHERTING, JOHN A. (1969) Asst. Prof., E nglish. BA 1960 Central Washington State College, PhD 1970 Washington State University. SCHVANEVELDT, JAY D. (1966) Assoc. Prof. and Acting Head, Dept. of Family and Child Development. BS 1961 Utah State University, MS 1962, PhD 1964 Florida State University. SCHOONMAKER, JACK (1970) Manager of Vending and Concessions, Vending Operations. SEDJO, ROGER A. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Economics. BA 1961, MA 1963 University of Illinois, PhD 1969 University of Washington. SEELEY, SCHUYLER (1971) Asst. Prof., Plant Science. BS 1964 Brigham Young University, MS 1969 Utah State University, PhD 1971 Cornell University. SHAFFER, J. DEAN (1972) Senior Research Designer, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories.

RINGER, WAYNE B. (1958) Assistant Director, University Extension. Conferences and Institutes Division; Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering; Director, Quality of Rural Life Program. BS 1951, MS 1963 Utah State University, PhD 1968 University of Chicago.

SHARMA, RAGHUBIR PRASAB (1969) Asst. Prof. and Toxicologist, Veterinary Science. BVS & AH 1959 University of Rajasthan, PhD 1968 University of Minnesota.

ROBERTS, NORMAN KEITH (1957) Prof., Economics; Director, Economic Research Center; Chief of Party in Iran, CUSUSWASH. BS 1948, MS 1949 Iowa State College, PhD 1958 University of Kentucky.

SHAVER, JAMES P. (1962) Chairman, Bureau of Educational Research; Prof., Education. BA 1955 University of Washington, AMT 1957, EdD 1961 Harvard University.

ROBERTS, REED S. (1960) Assoc. Prof., Biology; Entomology Specialist, Extension. BS 1942, MS 1948 Utah State University.

SHAW, ALAN W. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Electrical Engineering. BS 1955 Utah State University, MS 1956, PhD 1960 Stanford University.

ROBESON, FRANKLIN EDWARD (1972) Asst. Prof., Business Administration. BBA 1968 University of Cincinnati, MBA 1970, DBA 1972 Indiana University.

SHAW, G. MERRILL (1939) Assoc. Prof. and Head, Industrial Technology Division; Extension Coordinator, College of Engineering. BS 1940, MS 1951 Utah State University, EdD 1973 Brigham Young University, PE.

ROBINS, HALCYON (1971) Tooele County Agent, Extension. BS 1947 Utah State University.

SHAW, JOAN K. (1973) Editor, Agricultural Experiment Station a nd College of Natural Resources. BA 1968, MA 1970 Utah State University.

ROBSON, KENT ELMER (1969) Asst. Prof., Philosophy. BA 1962 University of Utah, PhD 1974 Stanford University

SHAW, RICHARD J. (1950) Prof., Biology. BS 1947, MS 1950 Utah State University, PhD 1961 Claremont Graduate School.

ROGERS, LEHI S. (1950) Assoc. Prof. and Weber County Agent, Extension. BS 1950, MS 1967 Utah State University.

SHELL, GERALD L. (1972) Adjunct Assoc. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1958 Michigan State University, MS 1962 University of California (Berkeley).

ROMESBURG, HAROLD C. (1972) Asst. Prof., Forestry and Outdoor Recreation; Director of Data Processing, Ecology Center. BS 1960 Lafayette College, MS 1962 University of Arizona, PhD 1972 University of Pittsburg. ROSE, D. WAYNE (1952) Assoc. Prof. a nd Salt Lake County Agent, Extension. BS 1952 Utah State University, MS 1959 University of Minnesota.

SHERRATT, GERALD R. (1963) Asst. to the President for Development and Special Projects; Instr., Elementary Education; Chairman, Festival of the American West; Director and Secretary, USU Development Fund. BS 1952, MS 1954 Utah State University.

ROSS, W. RONALD (1967) Assoc. Prof., Communication. BS 1951, MFA 1961 PhD 1971 University of Utah. Sab. 9-19-74 to 12-11-74.

SHETTY, KRISHNA (1967) Assoc. Prof., Business Administration. BA 1959 University of Bombay, MBA 1965, PhD 1967 University of California (Los Angeles).

ROWLEY, MAR GENNE BARTON (1963) Instr. and Millard County Agent, Extension. AA 1951 Dixie Jr. College, BS 1953 University of Utah.

SHIPLEY, RANDY B. (1972) Engineering Technologist, Stewart Radiance Laboratory. BS 1970 Weber State College.

ROYER, LAWRENCE EDWIN (1968) Asst. Prof., Forestry a nd Outdoor Recreation. BS 1964, MS 1968 Utah State University.

SHUPE, JAMES LEGRANDE (1966) Prof. and Acting Head, Dept. of Veterinary Science. BS 1948 Uta h State University, DVM 1952 Cornell Uni-

RUSSON, ROBERT· STANLEY (1970) Instr., Instructional Media; Assistant Director, Curator, Jensen Historical Farm, Man and His Bread Museum. BS 1963 University of Utah, MS 1973 Utah State University. SALISBURY, FRANK B. (1965) Prof., Plant Science. BS 1951, MA 1952 University of Utah, PhD 1955 California Institute of Technology. LWOP 8-16-73 to 8-31-74.

versity.

SHUPE, OWEN K. (1961) Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. AA 1947 Weber State College, Met Engr 1952 Colorado School of Mines, PhD 1959 University of Utah. SIMKINS, ALLEN FRANCIS (1970) Asst. Prof., Accounting. BS 1969 Utah State University, MS 1970 Brigham Young University. LWOP 7-1-72 to 7-1-75.


246

Faculty

SIMMONDS, ANDREW J. (1966) Special Collections and Archives Librarian; Asst. Prof., Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1965, MA 1966 Utah State University. Sab 7-1·74 to 12-31·74. SIMMONS, JOHN R. (1961) Assoc. Prof., Biology and Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1955, MS 1957 Utah State University, PhD 1960 California Insti· tute of Technology. SIMMONS, STEPHEN ANDRUS (1969) Asst. Prof., Music. BM 1966, MM 1969 Utah State University. SINCLAIR, JAMES W. (1967) Asst. Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1960 Loras College, PhD 1965 University of California (Los Angeles). SISSON, DONALD V. (1959) Asst. Dean, College of Science; Assoc. Prof., Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BA 1956 Gustavus Adolphus College, MS 1958, PhD 1962 Iowa State University. SJOBLOM, WALLACE D. (1952) Assoc. Prof. and Weber County Area Coordi· nator and Agent, Extension. BS 1952 Utah State University, MEd 1963 Colorado State University. SKABELUND, DEAN O. (1961) Assoc. Prof., English. BS 1957, MS 1959 Utah State University. SKIDMORE, C. JAY (1950) Prof., Family and Child Development. BS 1943, MS 1944 University of Utah, EdD 1949 Columbia University. SKIDMORE, WILLIAM W. (1949) Director and Coordinator, Student Housing. BS 1937 Utah State University. SKUDSTAD, DONALD (1971) Asst. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1954, MS 1955 University of Wisconsin, PE. SKUJINS, JOHN J. (1969) Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. AB 1957, PhD 1963 University of California (Berkeley). SLACK, NEILL C. (1963) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Industrial and Technical Education. BA 1949 Nebraska Wesleyan University, MA 1950 University of Nebraska, EdD 1963 University of Missouri. SMART, ROSS A. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Veterinary Science. BS 1950 Uni· versity ofidaho, DVM 1957 Colorado State University. SMELLIE, DON CARL (1966) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Instructional Media. BS 1960 Brigham Young University, MS 1961, PhD 1967 Indiana University.

SMITH, WILLIAM LLOYD (1954) Assoc. Prof. and Morgan County Agent, Extension. BS 1954 Ricks College, MS 1955 Utah State University. SNOW, PHYLLIS (1961) Prof. and Dean, College of Family Life. BS 1934 University of Utah, MS 1953, PhD 1956 Cornell University. SOMERS, MARJORIE P. (1971) Coordinator and Asst. Prof., WSC/ USU Cooperative Nursing Program. BA 1935 Colorado College, MN 1939 Yale University. SOMERS, W. KARL (1946) Assoc. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1948, MS 1960 Utah State University. SORENSEN, JOHN MARK (1960) Assoc. Director of Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program; Asst. Prof., Merrill Library and Lear';ing Resources Program. BS 1956, MS 1961 Utah State University. SORENSEN, ROBERTA (1963) Asst. Prof., English. BS 1960, MA 1963 Utah State University. Sab. 9·15·74 to 12·15·74.

SPEAR, CARL D. (1966) Prof. and Assoc. Head, Dept. of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1955, PhD 1960 University of Utah. SPENCE, JACK T. (1958) Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1951, PhD 1957 University of Utah. SPENDLOVE, REX S. (1966) Prof., Biology. BS 1950, MS 1952 Brigham Young University, PhD 1955 Ohio State University. SPILLET, J. JUAN (1967) Asst. Leader, Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit; Assoc. Prof., Wildlife Science. BS 1961 Brigham Young University, MS 1965 Utah State University, ScD 1968 J.ohns Hopkins University. SPILLMAN, BONNIE (1973) Asst. Prof., Communication. BA 1969, MA 1971 Western Washington State College, PhD 1973 University of Utah. SPOERRY, PHILLIP S. (1961) Assoc. Prof., Political Science. BA 1949, MA 1952 University of Washington, PhD 1967 Harvard University . STANLEY, HUGH P. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BA 1951 University of California, MA 1958, PhD 1961 Oregon State University.

SMITH, ALBERT B. (1952) Asst. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engi· neering. BS 1951 Utah State University, MEngr 1962 Texas A&M University.

STEINITZ, JOHN W. (1970) Senior Director, Development Center. BS 1953 Utah State University, MDiv 1959 Pacific School of Religion.

SMITH, ALFRED N., Jr. (1969) Assoc. Prof., Languages and Philosophy. BA 1959 University of Denver, PhD 1968 Ohio State University.

STEINKE, THEODORE R. (1973) Instr., History and Geography. BS 1963, MS 1966 University of Wisconsin.

SMITH, ALICE C. (1950) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1934 Columbia University, MS 1951 Utah State University.

STENQUIST, LEE B. (1954) Asst. Provost for Institutional Analysis and Planning; Asst. Prof., Business Administration. BS 1947 Brigham Young Uni· versity, MBA 1963 University of Utah.

SMITH, GERALD L. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Landscape Architecture and Environ· mental Planning. BS 1962 Iowa State University, MLA 1969 University of Illinois. SMITH, GRANT GILL (1961) Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BA 1943 University of Utah, PhD 1949 University of Minnesota. SMITH, LARRY GENE (1965) Assoc. Prof., Music. BS 1959, MM 1966 Utah State University. SMITH, LARRY R. (1962) Research Engineer, Electro·Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1967 Utah State University. SMITH, LOWELL JAY (1959) Graphic Artist, Radio·Television Broadcasting Service; Instr., Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1949, MA 1966 Utah State University.

I

SOUTHARD, ALVIN R. (1967) Assoc. Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1957, MS 1958 Utah State University, PhD 1963 Cornell University.

STEED, ALLAN JOSEPH (1964) Senior Research Engineer and Program Leader, Electro-Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1963, MS 1964 Utah State University.

SMITH, DOUGLAS FRANK (1971) Asst. Football Coach, Athletics. BS 1952, MA 1958 University of the Pacific.

I

SORENSON, EVAN J. (1955) Director of Admissions and Records; Asst. Prof., Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1947, MS 1954 Utah State University.

SMERAGE, GLEN H. (1967) Asst. Prof., Electrical Engineering. BS 1959 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, MS 1963 San Jose State College, PhD 1967 Stanford University.

SMITH, ARTHUR Y. (1966) Instr., Communication. BS 1965, MS 1968 Uni· versity of Utah.

I I

STENQUIST, NORRIS (1958) Assoc. Prof., Animal Science; Area Livestock Specialist, Extension. BS 1957, MS 1960 Utah State University, PhD 1968 Colorado State University. STEVENS, JAMES W. (1972) Livestock Adviser, Bolivian Contract, Inter· national Programs. BS 1969, MS 1972 Utah State University. STEVENSON, EVAN N. (1955) Asst. Vice President for Business. BS 1951 Brigham Young University, MBA 1967, PhD 1972 Utah State University.

'I I I I I

I I I

STEWART, JOHN J. (1947) Assoc. Librarian for Development; Prof., Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1949 Utah State University, MS 1957 University of Oregon. STEYERT, WILLIAM A. (1972) Adjunct Prof., Physics. BS 1954 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, MS 1956, PhD 1960 California Institute of Technology. STOCK, REED C. (1959) Prof. and Head, Dept. of English. BS 1954 Utah State University, MA 1958, PhD 1968 Rutgers University. STOCKER, H. ROBERT (1971) Asst. Prof., Business Education and Office Administr;'tion. BS 1967, MS 1968 Utah State University.

SMITH, R. L. (1955) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1951, MS 1952 Utah State University, PhD 1955 University of California (Los Angeles).

STODDARD, GEORGE E. (1952) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Dairy Science. BS 1943 University of Idaho, MS 1948, PhD 1950 University of Wisconsin.

SMITH, ROGER ELTON (1973) Adjunct Asst. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1963 Texas Tech University, MS 1964 Stanford University, PhD 1971 Colorado State University.

STODDART, L. CHARLES (1972) Research Biologist, Ecology Center, Predator Ecology and Behavior Project. BS 1960, MS 1962, PhD 1972 Utah State University.

SMITH, RONALD W. (1965) Asst. Prof., English. BA 1963 Hunter College (University of New York), MA 1965 University of Wyoming.

STOKER, LYNN J. (1972) Director of Service Enterprises, Business Office. BS 1964 Utah State University.

I I I I


I

I I I

Faculty STOKES, ALLEN W. (1952) Prof., of Wildlife Science; Director, Animal Behavior Laboratory. BS 1936 Haverford College, MA 1942 Harvard University, PhD 1952 University of Wisconsin.

THOM, DERRICK JAMES (1968) Asst. Prof., History and Geography. BA 1963, MA 1965 University of Utah, PhD 1970 Michigan State. Sab. 9-1-74 to 8-31· 75.

STOKES, L. DARRELL (1941) Assoc. Prof., and Davis County Agent, Ex· tension. BS 1938 Utah State University.

THOMAS, CARMELITA (1972) Student Adviser, Special Services. BS 1958 Brigham Young University.

STONE, DAVID R. (1946) Prof., Psychology. BA 1943, MA 1943 University of Utah, PhD 1946 University of Chicago.

THOMAS, DON W. (1954) Prof., Veterinary Science; Veterinary Science Specialist, Extension. BS 1949 Utah State University, DVM 1953 Iowa State Uni· versity.

STOVER, KATHY A. (1973) Instr., Mathematics. BS 1971, MMT 1973 Utah State University. STREET, JOSEPH C. (1956) Prof., Animal Science. BS 1950, MS 1952 Montana State University, PhD 1954 Oklahoma State University. STRINGHAM, GLEN E. (1965) Assoc. Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1955 Utah State University, PhD 1966 Colorado State University. STRONG, CAROL J. (1973) Instr., Communicative Disorders. BS 1971 Utah State University, MA 1972 University of Illinois.

I I I I Ii I

I I

II I ·1 I

THOMAS, H. PRESTON (1965) Assoc. Prof. and Head, Dept. of Political Science. BS 1954 Utah State University, JD 1957 Harvard University. THOMAS, JAMES ALAN (1952) Asst. Prof., Veterinary Science. DVM 1946 Colorado State University. THOMAS, JAMES H . (1969) Asst. Prof., Plant Science, CUSUSW ASH Contract in Iran. BS 1961, MS 1963 Utah State University, PhD 1966 University of Alberta.

STRONG, RICHARD W. (1971) Asst. Director of Construction, Physical Plant. BS 1954, BS 1961 University of Utah.

THOMSON, IRENE GIDDINGS (1963) Asst. Prof. and Utah County Home Economist, Extension. BS 1940, MS 1963 Brigham Young University. Sab. 9-172 to 8-31·73.

STRONG, WILLIAM J. (1968) Asst. Prof., Secondary Education. BS 1962 Portland State College, MST 1965 University of Oregon, PhD 1973 University of Illinois.

THORKILDSEN, JOAN F . (1970) Instr., Special Education. BS 1966, MEd 1968 Utah State University.

STUTLER, ROBERT KERN (1970) Research Engineer, Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1957 Colorado State University.

THORKILDSEN, RON (1972) Business Administrator, Exceptional Child Center; Instr., Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1967, MBA 1972 Utah State University.

SUMMERS, LOWELL P. (1946) Assoc. Prof., Industrial Technology; Coordinator, Aeronautics Program. BS 1940, MS 1956 Utah State University. SUPRUNOWICZ, KONRAD (1961) Prof., Mathematics. BS 1952, MA 1953, PhD 1960 University of Nebraska. SUPRUNOWICZ, VALENTINE (1961) Asst. Prof., Languages and Philosophy. Cando Phil. 1951 Christian Aralbrecht University in Kiel, MA 1955 University of Nebraska. SWENSON, DAN H. (1948) Asst. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1940, MS 1949 Utah State University.

THORNE, ALISON C. (1964) Lecturer, Home Economics and Consumer Education. BS 1934 Brigham Young University, MS 1935, PhD 1938 Iowa State University. THORNLEY, WILLIAM ROBERT (1963) Research Assoc., Veterinary Science. BS 1952, MS 1958 Utah State University. THORNOCK, CAROL LOU (1971) Weber County Area Youth Agent, Extension. BS 1964 University of Idaho, MS 1972 Brigham Young University. THORPE, J. DERLE (1965) Asst. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1959, MS 1965 Utah State University.

SWENSON, RICHARD M. (1971) Vice Provost, Administration; Prof., Soil Science and Biometeorology. BS 1947 Brigham Young University, MS 1947 University of Massachusetts, PhD 1951 Iowa State University.

THURGOOD, RONALD L. (1969) Asst. Prof., Electrical Engineering. BS 1965, MS 1966 University of Utah, PhD 1969 Utah State University.

SWENSON, ROBERT L. (1972) Asst. Prof. , Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1965, MA 1967 Brigham Young University, PhD 1972 University of Utah.

TIPPETTS, TWAIN C. (1956) Curator, Library Gallery; Director, Lectures, Concerts, and Tours; Prof., Art. BS 1939, MA 1941 Brigham Young University, EdD 1960 University of California (Los Angeles).

TAGGART, GLEN L. (1968) President; Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BS 1940 Utah State University, PhD 1946 University of Wis· consin.

TOLMAN, RONALD (1972) Lecturer, Elementary Education. BS 1971 Utah State University.

TANNER, HELEN J. (1960) Asst. Prof., Elementary Education. BS 1949 University of Utah, MS 1963 Utah State University.

I~

247

TAYLOR, BURTON (1964) Prof., Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning. BS 1948 Utah State University, MLA 1951 Harvard University Graduate School of Design, SPL Study Massach!lsetts Institute of Technology, 1949-50 Cambridge School of Design.

TONEY, MICHAEL B. (1973) Asst. Prof., Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology. BA 1969 Marshall University, MA 1971, PhD 1973 Brown University. TORCHIO, DELORES D. (1973) Adjunct Research Assoc., Biology. BS 1962 Utah State University. TOTH, RICHARD E. (1972) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning. AS 1958 Trenton Junior College, BS 1961 Michigan State University, MLA 1963 Harvard University.

TAYLOR, DAVID SPENCER (1974) Evaluation Specialist and Human Resource Analyst, Economics. BS 1969 University of Utah, MBA 1973 Utah State University.

TRIBO, RONALD J. (1972) Capt;';n, Asst. Prof., Aerospace Studies. BA 1962 University of California (Los Angeles), MBA 1969 Inter·American University.

TAYLOR, FRANCES G. (1969) Asst. to the Dea n, College of Family Life; Asst. Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1941, MS 1970 Utah State University.

TUELLER, REX L. (1970) Asst. Prof. and Coordinator, Extension Class Division; Asst. Coordinator, Urban Civil Defense, Extension. BS 1961, MEd 1968, EdD 1971 Utah State University.

TAYLOR, GEORGE R. (1972) Asst. Director, Maintenance, Physical Plant. TAYLOR, MORRIS H. (1945) Prof., Economics; Livestock Marketing Specialist, Extension. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1940, PhD 1958 University of Wisconsin. TAYLOR, RICHARD D. (1964) Assoc. Prof., Communicative Disorders. BS 1955, MS 1957 University of Utah, PhD 1961 Wayne State University.

TUELLER, RODNEY E. (1973) Asst. Basketball Coach: Athletics. BS 1959 Utah State University. TUGAW, JOSEPH E. (1974) Adjunct Prof., Veterinary Science. BS 1948, DVM 1954 Washington State University. TURNER, R. EYRE (1959) Asst. Prof., Elementary Education. BS 1954, MS 1965 Utah State University, PhD 1974 Brigham Young University.

TEZAK, WILLIAM V. (1955) Asst. Dean, College of Business; Assoc. Prof., Accounting. AB 1947 Western State College of Colorado, MBA 1948 University of Denver.

TURNQUIST, RICHARD L. (1971) Postdoctoral Fellow, Chemistry and Biochemistry. BA 1966 Concordia College, PhD 1971 Utah State University.

rHACKERAY, HELEN (1970) Assoc. Prof., Home Economics and Consumer Education; Consumer Information Specialist, Extension. BS 1934 University of Utah, MA 1942 Washington State University, MA 1945 Teachers College at Columbia University.

UNDERWOOD, ERNEST EUGENE (1961) Assoc. Prof., Mathematics. BA 1957 University of Montana, MA 1961 University of Illinois.

THAIN, WILBUR S. (1973) Medical Director, Exceptional Child Center. BS 1948 University of California (Los Angeles), MD 1952 University of Southern California.

UNHANAND, KOMAIN (1969) Assoc. Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1947 Chulalongkorn University, MS 1954, PhD 1963 Colorado State University.

r----


248

I

Faculty

URNESS, PHILIP J. (1973) Assoc. Prof., Range Science. BS 1958, MS 1960 Washington State University, PhD 1966 Oregon State University. VALENTINE, JOSEPH E. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Mathematics. BS 1958 Southwest Missouri State College, MS 1960 University of Illinois, PhD 1967 University of Missouri. VANDERKRAATS, DAVID C. (1972) Area Specialist, Manpower Development, BIA, Extension. BA 1964 Kansas State Teachers College, MA 1967 Arizona State University. VAN DERSLICE, JOHN F. (1968) Assoc. Prof., Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1954, MS 1955 San Francisco State College, EdD 1967 Utah State University. V AN EPPS, GORDON A. (1952) Assoc. Prof., Plant Science. BS 1942, MS 1948Utah State University. VAN ORDEN, HARRIS O. (1946) Prof., Chemistry and Biochemistry. BS 1938 Utah State University, MS 1942 Washington State University, PhD 1951 Massachusetta Institute of Technology. VAN SUCHTELEN, ADRIAN (1965) Ass!. Prof., Art. Diploma El Camino Jr. College, BFA, MFA 1966 Otis Art Institute of Los Angeles. Sab. 1-1-75 to 6-30-75. V ARI, DIANE G. (1972) Instr., History and Geography. BA 1964 BaldwinWallace College, MA 1967 Indiana University. VENDELL, EDWARD W., Jr. (1960) Assoc. Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1955, MS 1960 University of Utah, PhD 1967 Oklahoma State University. VERNON, ANNETTE H. (1970) Summit County Agent, Extension . BS 1970 Weber State College. VIEHWEG, STEVEN HERMAN (1967) Assoc. Prof., Communicative Disorders. BS 1963, MS 1965 Utah State University, PhD 1967 Northwestern University.

WATKINS, BRUCE O. (1953) Prof., Electrical Engineering. BSEE 1934 University of Arizona, MSEE 1947 University of Missouri, PhD 1954 University of Minnesota, PE. Sab. 7-1-74 to 6-30-75. WATKINS, REYNOLDS K. (1947) Assoc. Director of Engineering Experiment Station; Prof., Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1944 University of Utah, MS 1947 Massachusetta Institute of Technology, PhD 1957 Iowa State University, PE, Licensed Land Surveyor. WATKINS, RICHARD BOWRING (1970) Director of Program Development, Student Services. BM 1959, MM 1965 University of Utah. WATKINS, WILLIAM ELMER (1970) Internal Auditor. BS 1941 Utah State University. WATSON, JAMES D. (1967) Assoc. Prof. , Mathematics. BA 1954 Bemidji State College, MA 1960 University of Minnesota, PhD 1967 Iowa State University.

WATTERS, GARY Z. (1963) Associate Dean, College of Engineering; Assoc. Prof., Civil and Environmental Engineering. BS 1957 Chico State College, MS 1958, PhD 1963 Stanford University, PE. WEBSTER, JAMES D. (1973) Asst. Prof., Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning. BA, BLA 1969 University of Oregon, MLA, MFA 1973 Harvard University. WEGKAMP, PAUL L. (1973) Ass!. Prof., Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning; Community Development Specialist, Extension. AS 1951 Snow College, BA 1955 Westminster College, MLA 1971 University of Massachusetts. WELKIE, GEORGE W. (1957) Assoc. Prof., Biology. BS 1952, MS 1954 Pennsylvania State University, PhD 1957 University of Wisconsin. WENNERGREN, E. BOYD (1959) Prof., Economics; Campus Coordinator, USAID/ USU Bolivian Contract, International Programs. BS 1951, MS 1955 Utah State University, PhD 1959 Pennsylvania State University. WEST, NEIL E. (1964) Assoc. Prof., Range Science. BS 1960, PhD 1964 Oregon

WAGNER, FREDERIC H. (1961) Prof. , Wildlife Science; Assoc. Dean, College of Natural Resources. BS 1949 Southern Methodist University, MS 1953, PhD 1961 University of Wisconsin. WAHLSTROM, NORMAN O. (1970) Graduation and Veterans' Affairs Officer, Admissions and Records. BS 1970 Utah State University. WALK, FREDERICK DAVID, Jr. (1970) Ass!. to the Director, Ecology Center. BS 1948 University of Utah. WALKER, DAVID R. (1960) Prof., Plant Science. BS 1951, MS 1952 Utah State University, PhD 1955 Cornell University. WALLACE, HAROLD R. (1970) Prof., Business Education and Office Administration. BS 1958, MA 1960, PhD 1964 University of Minnesota. WALLIS, CARL R. (1957) Assoc. Prof., Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1949, MS 1957 Utah State University, EdD 1968 Arizona State University. WAMSLEY, HELEN J. (1946) Asst. Prof. and Rich County Agent, Extension. BS 1937 Utah State University. W-ARD, KARL E. (1970) Director of Games Area, Student Services. WARDLE, ALVIN (1959) Prof., Music. BA 1951 Brigham Young University, MEd 1955 Utah State University, PhD 1969 Florida State University. WARDLE, JAMES W. (1969) Reference Librarian; Instr., Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1966 Utah State University, MA 1967 University of Denver. WARE, GENE A. (1972) Senior Research Engineer and Supervisor, Center for Research in Aeronomy Observatory. BES 1965, MS 1966 Brigham Young University. WARNICK, ROBERT E. (1960) Research Asst., Animal Science. BS 1955 Brigham Young University, MS 1963, PhD 1970 Utah State University. WASHINGTON, EUGENE H. (1969) Asst. Prof., English. AB 1960, PhD 1969 University of Missouri. WASHINGTON, MARY A. (1969) Asst. Prof., English; Editor, USU Press and Scholarly Publications. BA 1956 University of Texas. MA 1967, PhD 1969 University of Missouri. WASSERMANN, IRVING (1955) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Music; Pianist Artist-in-Residence. BS 1936, ML 1937 University of Cracov, Poland. WATERMAN, CLAUDIA JEAN (1973) Carbon County Home Economist, Extension. BS 1971 Colorado State University.

State University.

WESTLUND, CLAY D. (1970) Adjunct Assoc. Prof., Electrical Engineering. BS 1949, MS 1950, PhD 1961 University of Utah. WHITAKER, MORRIS D. (1970) Economics Adviser, Bolivian Contract. International Programs. BS 1965, MS 1966 Utah State University, PhD 1970 Purdue University, WHITE, DAVID (1965) Assoc. Prof., Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BA 1951, MS 1957 Brigham Young University, PhD 1964 Oklahoma State University. WHITE, LARRIE D. (1971) Administrative Officer and Coordinator, International Programs. BS 1959, BS 1970, MBA 1971 Utah State University. WIEBE, HERMAN H. (1954) Prof., Biology. BA 1947 Goshen College, MS 1949 University of Iowa, PhD 1953 Duke University. WIGGINS, EVELYN L. (1956) Asst. Prof., Elementary Educaion. BS 1947, MS 1959 Utah State University. WILDE, BARBARA (197 1) Thesis Coordinator, Merrill Library and Learning Resources Program. BS 1968 Southern Utah State College, MEd 1970 Utah State University.

I I I I I I I I I I I I

WILDE, GLENN R. (1966) Asst. to Dean for Extension, College of Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences. BS 1965 Weber State College, MA 1966 Utah State University. WILKIN, DONOVAN C. (1972) Postdoctoral Fellow, Wildlife Science. BA 1969 California State College. WILKINSON, JULIAN (1966) Instr., Applied Statistics and Computer Science; Manager of Systems Analysis, Computer Center. BS 1961, MS 1966 Utah State University. WILLARDSON, LYMAN S. (1974) Prof., Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1950, MS 1955 Utah State University, PhD Ohio State University. WILLEY, LYNN R. (1946) Assoc. Prof., Industrial Technology; Coordinator, Automotive Program. Trade Certificate 1939, BS 1950, MS 1953 Uta h State University. WILLIAMS, DONNA H. (1969) Wayne County Agent, Extension. BS 1957 Brigham Young University. WILLIAMS, JOHN R. (1961) Asst. to Vice President for Student Affairs; Ass!. Prof., Elementary Education. BS 1947, MS 1948 Brigham Young University. WILLIAMS, TERRELL GENE (1968) Asst. Prof., Business Administration. BS 1963, MS 1965 University of Wyoming.

I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Faculty WILLIS, PATRICIA B. (1973) 1969 Utah State University.

~source

Teacher, Exceptional Child Center. BS

WILLIS, REED W. (1970) Postdoctoral Fellow, Economics. BS 1962, MS 1964 Utah State University, PhD 1970 Colorado State University. WINDHAM, MICHAEL PARKS (1971) Asst. Prof., Mathematics. BA 1966, PhD 1970 Rice University. WININGER, ROBERT A. (1970) Assoc. Prof., Elementary Education; Principal, Edith Bowen School. BA 1951, MA 1961 San Diego State College, EdD 1970 University of California. WISEMAN, ALEXANDER C. (1969) Asst. Prof., Economics. BA 1960, MA 1964 Washington State University, PhD 1968 University of Washington. WOFFINDEN, DUARD S. (1961) Research Engineer, Utah Water Research Laboratory and Electro-Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1948, MS 1965 Utah State University,

WOLFE, MICHAEL (1970) Asst. Prof., Wildlife Science. BS 1963 Cornell Uni· versity, PhD 1967 Forstliche Fakultat Der University, Gottingen. WOOD, JAMES (1973) Forage Crops Adviser, Bolivian Contract, International Programs. BS 1947 Utah State University. WOOD, JOHN K. (1956) Prof., Physics. BS 1941 Utah State University, MS 1942, PhD 1946 Pennsylvania State University. WOOD, ROBERT (1968) Instr., Extension. BS 1962, MA 1968 Utah State Uni· versity.

WOOD, RULON KENT (1962) Assoc. Prof., Instructional Media. BS 1959 University of Utah, MA 1961 University of Denver. WOODS, RENAE MEYERS (1972) Weber County Home Agent, Extension. BS 1972 Weber State College. WOOLDRIDGE, GENE LYSLE (1970) Assoc. Prof. , Soil Science and Bio· meteorology. BS 1944 Upper Iowa College, MS 1961 Mankato State College. PhD 1970 Colorado State University. WOOLF, ROBERT (1966) Clinical Instr., Communicative Disorders. BA 1943, MA 1946 University of Utah. WOOLLEY, ROBERT DAVID (1969) Reference and Extension Librarian; Instr. , Instrucational Media. BS 1968, MEd 1970, Utah State University. WORKMAN, GAR W. (1966) Assoc. Prof., Wildlife Science; Fish and Wildlife Resource Specialist, Extension. BS 1957, MS 1959, PhD 1963 Utah State Uni·

249

BARKER, PHILIP A. (970) Plant Physiologist, Forestry Sciences Laboratory. BS 1950 Pennsylvania State University, MS 1956, PhD 1966 Ohio State Univer· sity. BARTOS, DALE L. (1972) Forest Service. BS 1966, MS 1968, PhD 1971 Colorado State University. BLEAK, ALVIN T. (1961) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1941 University of Utah. BOHART, GEORGE E. (1947) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1938, MS 1939, PhD 1947 University of California. BOHL, WAYNE H . (1962) U.S. Game and Wildlife Service. BS 1951, MS 1955 Oregon State University. BONDURANT, JAMES A. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1949 Kansas State University, MS 1951 University of Nebraska. BROWN, RAYMOND W. (1965) Forest Service. BS 1563, MS 1965 University of Montana, PhD 1974 Utah State University. BURNS, RICHARD J. (1974) Wildlife Research Biologist. BS 1962, NIS 1968 Utah State University. CARTER, DAVID L. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1955, MS 1956 Utah State University, PhD 1960 Oregon State University. CARVER, ROYAL THAIR (1966) Animal Health Division, USDA. BS 1951 Utah State University, DVM 1959 Washington State University, MS 1969 Utah State University. CARY, JOHN W. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1956, MS 1958 Colorado State University, PhD 1961 Utah State University. CLARK, ROBERT (1970) Physics Dept. PhD 1968 Yale University. CRONIN, EUGENE H. (1952) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1950 Utah State University, MS 1951 University of Wyoming, PhD 1962 Utah State University.

CROSS, VERLIN K. (1973) Biological Technician, Predator Ecology and Be· havior Project. BS 1973 Utah State University. DeBYLE, NORBERT V. (1964) Forest Service. BS 1953, MS 1957 University of Wisconsin, PhD 1962 University of Michigan. DEWEY, DOUGLAS R. (1956) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1951, MS 1954 Utah State University, PhD 1956 University of Minnesota.

versity.

DONEY, D. L. (1970) Plant Science Dept. BS 1960, MS 1961 Utah State University, PhD 1965 Cornell University.

WORKMAN, JOHN PAUL (1970) Asst. Prof., Range Science. BS 1965 Uni· versity of Wyoming, MS 1967, PhD 1970 Utah State University.

FARMER, EUGENE E. (1965) Forest Service. BS 1959, MS 1961 University of Idaho.

WRIGHT, E. WAYNE (1957) Prof., Psychology; Head of Counseling Psycho· logy and School Psychology Programs. BA 1952, MA 1953 Brigham Young University, EdD 1957 University of California.

GOEDE, RONALD W. (1966) Utah Dept. of Natural Resources, Division of Wildlife Resources. BS 1967 University of Nebraska, MS 1961 Utah State Uni· versity.

WRIGHT, J. LAMAR (1964) Assoc. Prof., Industrial Technology. BS 1956, MS 1964 Utah State University.

GIST, CLAYTON (1972) Postdoctoral Research Fellow. BS 1960 Brigham Young University, MS 1969 Colorado State University, PhD 1972 University of Georgia.

WYATT, CLAIR L. (1959) Asst. Prof., Electrical Engineering; Program Leader, Electro·Dynamics Laboratories. BS 1955, MS 1962, PhD 1968 Utah State Uni·

.

versity.

GRIFFIN, GERALD D. (1963) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1953, MS 1956 University of Utah, PhD 1962 University of Wisconsin.

WYSE, BONITA W. (1970) Asst. Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1967 Notre Dame, MS 1970 Michigan State University.

HARNISS, ROY O. (1967) Forest Service. BS 1965, MS 1968 Utah State University.

WU, MING-TSUNG (1973) Asst. Prof., Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1964, MS 1967 National Taiwan University, PhD 1971 Utah State University.

HEATH, RUSSELL LA VERNE (1965) Asst. Prof. of Physics. BS 1949 Colorado A&M, MS 1951 Vanderbilt University.

YAMAGUCHI, HIDEO (1973) Lecturer, Music. BL 1961 Doshisha University, Japan.

HELMER, RICHARD GUY (1965) Asst. Prof. of Physics. BS 1956, MS 1957, PhD 1961 University of Michigan.

YOUNG, DOUGLAS T. (1971) Asst. Director, Special Services. BA 1970 Kearney State College.

HOFFMANN, JAMES A. Agricultural Research Service. BS 1954 Utah State University, PhD 1961 Washington State University.

YOUSSEF, NABIL N. (1964) Asst. Prof., Biology. BS 1958 AIN-Sham Uni· versity, MS 1964, PhD 1966 Utah State University.

HUMPHREYS, ALLAN S. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1954, MS 1960 Utah State University.

Federal Collaborators ANDERSON, MELVIN J. (1961) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1950 Utah State University, MS 1957, PhD 1959 Cornell University. AUSTIN, DENNIS (1972) Research Wildlife Biologist, Division of Wildlife Resources. BS 1970, MS 1972 Utah State University. BALLS, LEW DELL (1965) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1960 Utah State University.

JAMES, LYNN F. (1957) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1950, MS 1957, PhD 1966 Utah State University. JENSEN, CHARLES H. (1967) Utah Department of Fish and Game. BS 1962 Utah State University. JENSEN, MARVIN E. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1951, MS 1952 North Dakota State University, PhD 1965 Colorado State University. JOHNSON, A. EARL (1957) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1950, MS 1952 Utah State University.


250

Faculty

JOHNSTON, ROBERT S. (1964) Forest Service. BS 1960 Rutgers University. KEELER, RICHARD F. (1965) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1954 Brigham Young University, MS 1955, PhD 1957 Ohio State University.

WELCH, BRUCE L. (1969) Forest Service. BS 1966, MS 1969, PhD 1974 University of Idaho. WILKIN, DONOVAN (1972) Postdoctoral Research Fellow. BA 1969 California State College (Fullerton), PhD 1971 University of California (Irvine).

KNOWLTON, FREDERICK (1972) Leader of Predator Ecology and Behavior Project. BS 1957 Cornell University, MS 1959 Montana State University, PhD 1964 Purdue University.

WILLIAMS, M. COBURN (1956) Agricultural Research Service. BS, MS 1951 Kansas State College, PhD 1956 University of illinois.

LAMB, ROBERT S. (1964) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1956 Utah State University, MS 1959, PhD 1962 Michigan State University.

WORSTELL, ROBERT V. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1950 Oregon State University, MS 1961 University of California.

LAYCOCK, WILLIAM (1964) Plant Ecologist. BS 1952, MS 1953 University of Wyoming, PhD 1958 Rutgers University.

WRIGHT, JAMES L. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1959, MS 1961 Utah State University, PhD 1965 Cornell University.

LEGGETT, GLEN E. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1950, MS 1951 Utah State University, PhD 1957 Washington State University.

WYDOSKI, RICHARD S. (1973) Leader, Utah Cooperative Fishery Unit, Assoc. Prof., Wildlife Science. BS 1960 Pittsburg State College, MS 1962, PhD 1965 Pennsylvania State University.

LOW, JESSOP B. (1943) Prof., Wildlife Science; Leader, Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1939, PhD 1941 Iowa State University. 1I!:AYLAND, HENRY .F. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1960, MS 1961 University of Wyoming, PhD 1965 University of Arizona. McDONOUGH, WALTER T. (1965) Forest Service. BS 1948 City College of New York, MS 1955 Rutgers University, PhD 1958 University of Maryland.

WYSE, R. E. (1970) Research Plant Physiologist. BS 1965 Ohio State, MS 1967, PhD 1969 Michigan State University.

Emeritus Faculty

MUEGGLER:wALTER T. (1949) Forest Service. BS 1949, MS 1953, PhD 1961 Duke University.

AGREN, ROSA ELLEN (1918) Home Demonstration Agent Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1914 Utah State University, MA 1932 Teachers College at Columbia.

MUMFORD, DAVID L. (1966) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1956, MS 1958 Brigham Young University, PhD 1962 University of Minnesota.

BACON, MARY R. (1948) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1929 University of Utah, MS 1964 Brigham Young University.

NELSON, DAVID L. (1967) Forest Service. BS 1961, MS 1963 Utah State University, PhD 1971 University of California (Berkeley).

BAKER, H. CECIL (1950) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus of Health, Physical Educa· tion and Recreation. BS 1925 Utah State University.

NYE, WILLIAM P. (1947) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1940, MS 1947 Utah State University.

BEECHER, ASA L. (1945) Emeritus Records Officer, Admissions and Records. Attended Henager's Business College.

OLSON, JOHN D. (1972) Veterinary Medical Officer, Veterinary Science. BS 1959 Utah State University, MS 1967 Iowa State University, DVM 1961 Kansas State University.

BELL, WILLIAM H. (1924) Prof. Emeritus of Business Administration . BS 1923, MS 1931 Utah State University.

PACKER, PAUL E. (1962) Forest Service. BS 1939, MS 1950 University of California.

BENNETT, WILLIAM H. (1937) Prof. Emeritus of Plant Science; Emeritus Director of University Extension. BS 1936, MS 1948 Utah State University, PhD 1957 University of Wisconsin.

PARKER, FRANK D. (1972) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1959, MS 1961, PhD 1966 University of California.

BENSON, SERGE N. (1964) Emeritus Asst. Prof. of Business Administration. BS Utah State University, JD 1934 Washington University.

PEDERSEN, MARION w. (1946) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1941, MS 1942 University of Nebraska, PhD 1952 University of Minnesota. PIGGOTT, RAY H. (1974) District Supervisor, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. BS 1950 Utah State University. REICH, CHARLES (1971) Asst. Prof. of Physics. RICHARDSON, BLAND Z. (1964) Forest Service. BS 1964 University of Montana. ROUGHTON, ROBERT D. (1973) Wildlife Biologist, Predator Ecology and Behavior Project. BS 1961, MS 1966 Colorado State University. SCHIER, GEORGE (1968) Research Forester, Forestry Sciences Laboratory. BS 1958 University of New Hampshire, MS 1962 Yale University, PhD 1968 Michigan State University. SMITH, JAY H.. (1967) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1951 Brigham Young University, MS 1953 Utah State University, PhD 1955 Cornell University. SPILLETT, J. JUAN (1967) Acting Unit Leader, Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit; Assoc. Prof., Wildlife Science. BS 1961, MS 1965 Utah State University, ScD 1968 Johns Hopkins University. STALNAKER, CLAIR B. (1966) Asst. Leader, Utah Cooperative Fishery Unit; Asst. Prof., Wildlife Science. BS 1960 West Virginia University, PhD 1966 North Carolina State University. STEPHENSEN, WELLS M. (1974) Biological Technician, Predator Ecology and Behavior Project. BS 1968 Utah State University. STEWART, CLYDE E. (1955) Economic Research Service. BS 1935 Utah State University, MS 1948, PhD 1951 Iowa State University. STODDART, L. CHARLES (1972) Research Biologist, Ecology Center, Predator Ecology and Behavior Project. BS 1960, MS 1962, PhD 1972 Utah State University.

BIGGS, ERNEST O. (1944) Asst. Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1926 Utah State University. BLASER, LEROY A. (1952) Prof. Emeritus of Education. BS 1936, MS 1944 Utah State University, EdD 1955 University of California. BOSWELL, STEPHEN R. (1918) Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1916 Utah State University. BRITE, J . DUNCAN (1933) Prof. Emeritus of History. BA 1922 University of Wyoming, MA 1924, PhD 1937 University of Chicago. BUDGE, PEARL S. (1947) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus of Secondary Education. BS 1924, MS 1956 Utah State University. BURGOYNE, DAVID A. (1921) Prof. Emeritus, Agricultural Experiment Station. BS 1919 Utah State University, MS 1937 University of Illinois. CALL, ANSON B. (1928) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus of Plant Science. BS 1927, MS 1928 Brigham Young University. ·CANNON, ORSON S. (1948) Prof. Emeritus of Botany. BS 1935, MS 1937 Utah State University, PhD 1943 Cornell University. ·CARLISLE, JOHN C. (1937) Prof. Emeritus of Education. BS 1926 University of Utah, MA 1935, EdD 1938 University of California. CARLSON, JOHN w. (1925) Prof. Emeritus of Agronomy. BS 1922, MS 1927 Utah State University, PhD 1939 University of Wisconsin. CARTER, PEARL J . (1943) Asst. Prof. Emeritus of Library Science. BS 1934, MS 1948 Utah State University. CHASE, ALICE (1969) Emeritus Instructor at Edith Bowen Lab School. BA 1936 University of Wyoming, Med 1962 Utah State University.

THEURER, J. CLAIR (1962) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1953, MS 1957 Utah Sta·te University, PhD 1962 University of Minnesota.

·CHASE, DARYL (1945) President Emeritus; Prof. Emeritus of History; Asst. Director for Procurement, Man and His Bread Museum, Ronald V. Jensen Living Historical Farm. BA 1927 University of Utah, MA 1931, PhD 1936 University of Chicago.

TORCHIO, PHILIP F. (1963) Agricultural Research Service. BS 1956 San Jose State College, MS 1966 Oregon State University.

CHRISTIANSEN, A. L. (1918) Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1914, MS 1941 Utah State University. ·Has current assignment with University.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Faculty 'CHRISTIANSEN, JERALDE. (1964) Prof. Emeritus of Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1927 Utah State University. MS 1928. CE 1935 University of California (Berkeley). PE. 'COLE, LARRY S. (1939) Emeritus Prof. of Electrical Engineering. BS 1940 University of Utah. MS 1945 Utah State University. DEng 1950 Stanford Uni· versity. PE. 'CULMSEE, CARLTON F. (1945) Prof. Emeritus of American Civilization. BS 1932. MA 1937 Brigham Young University. PhD 1940 State University of Iowa. 'DANIEL, T. W. (1944) Prof. Emeritus of Forest Science. BS 1934. MS 1936. PhD 1942 University of California (Berkeley). 'DEGNER, CARL T. (1965) Emeritus Prof. of German and Latin. MA LLD 1930 Goettingen University. Germany. 'DITTMER, A. L. (1956) Prof. Emeritus of Music. AB 1936 University of Utah. MA 1938 Teachers College. Columbia University. PhD 1950 Eastman School of Music. University of Rochester. DORST, HOWARD E. (1936) Prof. Emeritus of Zoology. AB 1929. MA 1930

251

'KELKER, GEORGE HILLS (1937) Prof. Emeritus. Wildlife Science. BA 1!12ii Hiram College. BSF 1931. MSF 1932. SCD 1946 University of Michigan. 'KNOWLTON, GEORGE F. (1925) Prof. Emeritus of Zoology. BS 1923. MS 1925 Utah State University. PhD 1932 Ohio State University. LARSEN, JESSIE (1941) Prof. Emeritus of Art. BS 1933 Utah State University. MFA 1948 University of Washington. LEWIS, EVELYN HODGES (1938) Prof. Emeritus of Sociology and Social Work. BS 1929 Utah State University. MA 1939. ACSW 1955. Advanced Cur· riculum 1958 University of Chicago. LUND, NETTIE B. (1934) Prof. Emeritus. Extension Services. BS 1924 Utah State University. MARTIN, MAUD (1940) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus. Extension Services. BS 1931 University of Utah. McBRIDE, CLAUDE DuVAL (1947) Prof. Emeritus of Business Administra· . tion. BS 1933. MS 1940 Utah State University.

University of Kansas.

MERKLEY, CHARLES M. (1947) Assoc. Prof. of Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1936 Utah State University. MS 1957 North Texas State College.

DYER, DOROTHY T. (1958) Dean Emeritus. College of Family Life. 2BA 1918 Ohio State University. MA 1938 University of Minnesota.

MILLER, ELNA (1928) Prof. Emeritus. Extension Services. BS 1921 Utah State University. MS 1926 Columbia University.

ERICKSON, SYLVAN (1928) Consultant Emeritus. BS 1928 Utah State Uni·

MORRIS, ARTHUR JOHN (1931) Prof. Emeritus of Dairy Science. BS 1923. MS 1930 Utah State University.

versity.

'FIFE, AUSTIN E. (1960) Prof. Emeritus of Languages and Philosophy. Stanford University. AM 1937 Harvard University. PhD 1939 Stanford Uni· versity.

'FLOYD, J. WHITNEY (1935) Prof. Emeritus of Forest Science. BS 1936 Utah State University. MSF 1942 University of California. FOGELBERG, THELMA (1920) Prof. Emeritus of Languages. BS 1929 Utah State University. MS 1933 University of Southern California. PhD 1939 L·Uni· versite de Paris (La Sorbo nne). 'FRANDSEN, ARDEN N. (i936) Prof. Emeritus of Psychology. BS 1921. MS 1929 University of Utah. PhD 1932 University of Minnesota. FREDRICKSON, CARMEN DAINES (1945) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus of Sociology. BS 1922. MS 1935 Utah State University. 'GARDNER, ELDON J. (1949) Dean. School of Graduate Studies; Prof. Emeritus of Biology. BS 1934. MS 1935 Utah State University. PhD 1939 Uni· versity of California.

MORRIS, LA VAL (1939) Prof. Emeritus of Landscape Architecture and En· vironmental Planning. BS 1923 Utah State University. MS 1925 Michigan State College. MLA 1942 Harvard. 'MORTIMER, WILLIAM E . (1943) Prof. Emeritus of Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1928 Brigham Young University. MS 1942 Oregon State College. EdD 1956 University of Missouri. 'MURRAY, EVAN B. (1934) Prof. Emeritus of Economics. BS 1927. MS 1930 Utah State University. MYERS, CHESTER JAMES (1926) Prof. Emeritus of Speech. BS 1921 Uni· versity of Utah. MA 1925 University of Iowa. PhD 1940 University of Southern California. NICHOLS, DeLORE (1920) Prof. Emeritus. Extension Services. BS 1917 Utah State University. NIELSEN, HAROLD M. (1941) Asst. Prof. Emeritus of Chemistry. BS 1933. MS 1936 Utah State University.

GEDDES, JOSEPH A. (1926) Prof. Emeritus of Sociology. AB 1907 Brigham Young University. AM 1913. PhD 1924 Columbia University.

NOBLE, LEE GRANDE (1945) Prof. Emeritus of Education. BS 1923 Brigham Young University. MS 1941. EdD 1945 University of Southern California.

'GUNNELL, MERRILL H. (1947) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus of Zoology. BS 1930. MS 1949 Utah State University.

POLLARD, LEONARD H. (1939) Prof. Emeritus of Plant Science. BS 1932. MS 1934 Utah State University. PhD 1939 University of California.

GUY MAN , E. LEE (1932) Prof. Emeritus. Extension Services. BS 1929 Utah State University. MS 1930 Iowa State University.

PREATOR, FREDERICK (1937) Prof. Emeritus of Manufacturing Engineer· ing. BS 1935 Utah State University.

HAYWARD, IRA N. (1927) Prof. Emeritus of English. BS 1924 Utah State University. PhM 1937 University of Wisconsin.

RICHARDS, BERT L. (1913) Prof. Emeritus of Botany. HS 1909 Brigham Young University. BS 1913. MS 1916 Utah State University. PhD 1920 University ofWiscoDsin.

HENDERSON, GEORGE R. (1944) Prof. Emeritus. Extension Services. BS 1929. MS 1930 Utah State University. HUBER, THELMA (1931) Prof. Emeritus. Extension Services. BS 1925 Uni· versity of Utah. MS 1931 Utah State University.

'RICHARDSON, STANLEY SOLON (1950) Prof. Emeritus of Agricultural Education. BS 1925 Utah State University. MS 1938 University of Idaho. RICKS, JOEL E. (1922) Prof. Emeritus of History. AB 1912 University of Utah. AM 1920. PhD 1930 University of Chicago.

'HUNSAKER, HYRUM B. (1932) Prof. Emeritus of Health. Physical Educa· tion and Recreation. BS 1930 Utah State University. MS 1932 University of Oregon.

'ROBINSON, REX E. (1946) Prof. Emeritus of Communication. BS 1931 Oregon State University. MS 1933 State University of Iowa. PhD 1947 Uni·

HUNSAKER, LLOYD R. (1936) Prof. Emeritus of Dairy Science; Emeritus Assoc. Director of University Extension. BS 1935 Utah State University. MS 1948. PhD 1957 University of Minnesota.

'ROSKELLY, R. WELLING (1947) Prof. Emeritus of Sociology and Social Work. BS 1932. MS 1933 Utah State University. PhD 1938 University of Wis·

'HUNSAKER, NEVILLE C. (1941) Prof. Emeritus of Mathematics. BA 1930 University of Utah. MA 1932 University of California. PhD 1948 Rice Uni· versity.

HURST, CLYDE (1940) Instr. Emeritus in Industrial and Technical Educa·

versity of Wisconsin.

consin.

ROWLAND, PRISCILLA (1945) Prof. Emeritus of Food and Nutrition. BS 1923 Utah State University, MS 1938 Oregon State College.

tion.

SHARP, DAVID, Jr. (1913) Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1913 Utah State University.

JENSEN, GEORGE C. (1929) Prof. Emeritus of Languages. BA 1903 Brigham Young University. MA 1913 Harvard University.

'SHARP, HEBER C. (1946) Prof. Emeritus of Psychology. BS 1944, MS 1945, PhD 1955 University of Utah.

'JONES, LEWIS W. (1937) Prof. Emeritus of Bacteriology. BS 1936. MS 1937 Utah State University. PhD 1953 Stanford University.

*Has current assignment with University.


252

Faculty

·SHAW, EDITH (1942) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus of Education. BS 1936 Utah State University, MA 1954 Northwestern University.

·TAYLOR, THOMAS A. (1951) Asst. Prof. Emeritus of Elementary Education. BS 1938, MS 1954 Utah State University.

·SIGLER, WILLIAM F. (1947) Prof. Emeritus of Wildlife Science. BS 1940, MS 1941, PhD 1947 Iowa State University.

THAIN, MARY ALDYTH (1946) Prof. Emeritus of Languages. BS 1919 Utah State University, MA 1930 University of Southern California.

SMITH, ALBERT E. (1918) Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1918 Utah State University.

·THORNE, D. WYNNE (1939) Prof. Emeritus of Soil Science and Biometeor· ology; Director, Agricultural Experiment Station. BS 1933 Utah State University, MS 1934, PhD 1936 Iowa State University.

·SMITH, ANNA MARIE (1948) Asst. Prof. Emeritus of Library Science. BA 1928 Park College, BSLS 1947 University of Denver. ·SMITH, ARTHUR D. (1937) Prof. Emeritus of Range Science. BS 1936 Utah State University, MS 1937 University of California, PhD 1957 University of Michigan.

·THORPE, EVERETT C. (1936) Prof. Emeritus of Art. BS 1940 Utah State University, MFA 1950 University of Utah. TINGEY, DELMAR C. (1924) Prof. Emeritus of Plant Science. BS 1922, MS 1924 Utah State University.

SMITH, HUBERT W. (1947) Prof. Emeritus of English. AB 1928 Park College, MS 1933 Northwestern University, PhD 1949 University of Pennsylvania.

TINGEY, WILLIS A. (1946) Asst. Prof. Emeritus of Civil and Irrigation Engi· neering. BS 1928 Utah State University.

·SMITH, WINSLOW WHITNEY (1946) Prof. Emeritus of Bacteriology ' and Public Health. BA 1933, MA 1936 University of Utah, PhD 1939 University of Wisconsin.

TUELLER, LAMONT E. (1931) Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1931 Utah State University.

STANFORD, J. SEDLEY (1930) Prof. Emeritus of .Zoology and Entomology. BS 1917 Utah State University, PhD 1928 Cornell University. STARK, ARVIL L. (1934) Prof. Emeritus of Plant Science. BS 1929 Utah State University, MS 1932, PhD 1934 Iowa State College. STEFFAN, HYRUM B. (1937) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus of Animal Science. BS 1937 Utah State University, MS 1950 University of Illinois.

·WADSWORTH, HAROLD M. (1946) Director Emeritus of Plant Operations and Maintenance. BS 1927 Utah State University. WELTI, WALTER (1925) Prof. Emeritus of Music. BA 1924, MA 1934 Cornell University, MusD 1953 Ithaca College. ·WILCOX, ETHELWYN B. (1943) Prof. Emeritus of Nutrition and Food Sciences. BS 1931, MS 1937, PhD 1942 Iowa State University.

STEVENS, VELYN BAYLES (1945) Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1926 Brigham Young University.

·WILLIAMS, J. STEWART (1935) Prof. Emeritus of Geology. BA 1923 Brigham Young University, MS 1927 Columbia University, PhD 1932 George Washington University.

·STOKER, GOLDEN L. (1945) Prof. Emeritus of Plant Science. BS 1932, MS 1933 Utah State University.

·WILSON, LeMOYNE (1927) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus of Soils and Meteor· ology. BS 1927, MS 1932 Uta h State University.

SWINDLE, KARMA P. (1946) Assoc. Prof. Emeritus, Extension Services. BS 1929 Brigham Young University.

*Has current assignment with University.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

253

Index Abbreviations, inside front cover Academic departments, 41 ACT (American College Testing Progra m), 8 Accounting, Department of, 42 Accreditation, 3, 29 Activity card, 14 Adding courses, 14 Administration Business, Department of, 67 Business Education and Office, 71 Officers of University, 230 Admission a nd Records, Office of, 9 Freshman, 8 Graduate, 10 Intern a tiona l student, 10 to candidacy form, 21 to teacher education, 171 tra nsfer stud en t, 10 undergraduate, on a norunatricu lated basis. 10 Adult ed ucation services, 215 Advanced Placement (AP), 9, 12, 18,22,98 Advertising design, 57 Adviser assignment of, 14 faculty , 18 to women 's program s, 197

Advising, 197 Aeronautics option , 125, 126 Aeronomy, Center for Research in , 34, 207, 211 Aerospace Studies, Department of, ROTC, 43, Agri-business College of Agriculture, 26 Department of Economics, 86 Affirmative Action Program, 228 Agricultural and Irrigation Engineering, Departme nt of, 48 business, 26, 86 economics, 86, 87, 88 Education, Department of, 45 Experiment Sta ti on , 207, 208 Machinery Techn ology Certificate, 45, 47 Responses to Water Manageme nt, Contract for Research on, 219, 220 science, 26 AgriCUlture, College of, 26 College of, 26 curric ula in , 26 General,26 Intern ationa l,27 Agronomy, ' 60 Air Force, ROTC, 43, 44 Alumni Affairs, 225 Association, 225 Council,225 Library Endowment Trust F und, 225 American College Testing Battery (ACT), 8 in mathematics, 140 American Studies, 96, 97 American institutions requirement, 18: 19 Americanization requirement, 21 Angel Flight, Ai r Force, 44, 45 Animal Science, Department of, 49 Anthropology, 173, 177 Appeals Committee, 15 Application fee, 8 Applied biology, 62 Applied Statistics-Computer Science, Departmen t of, 52 Army, ROTC, 146 Aq uatic option, Wildlife Science, 187 Arabic co urses, 136 Area Studies, 24 Art Department of, 57education, 57 minor requirements, 56 Arts Industrial,121 Liberal,36 Theatre, 183 Assignment of adviser , 14

Athletic a wards and grants-in-aid, 205 Council,205 facilities, 205 Athletics Intercollegiate, 205 Audiology, 84 Auditing classes, 15 Automotive-diesel option, 125, 128 Awards and honors, 201 Baccalaureate degree, individualizing the, 11 Bachelor degrees, req uir ements for, 21 of Arts, 21, 56 of Fine Arts, 21, 56 of Landscape Architecture, 21 of Music, 21 of Science, 21 Bachelor's degree, second, 22 Bacteriology courses, 63 Basketball, 205 Biochemistry, Depa rtment of Chemistry and, 74 Biology Department of, 62 ecology, 63 Biometeorology, Department of Soil Science a nd, 178 Biophysics, 158 Black studies, 24 Bolivia, USAID / USU Mission to, 219, 220 Botany coui-ses, 64 Bureau of Government and Opinion Research, 207, 214 Research Services, College of Education, 207, 211 Business Adminis tration, Department of, 67 College of, 28 curricula in Agriculture, 26 Animal Science, 49 Dairy Science, 85 Economics, 86 Nutrition a nd Food Sciences, 153 Pla nt Science, 161 Education a nd Office Administration, Department of, 73 General, option, 68 graduation requirements in College of, 28 minor in, 28 Calendar, 4 Campus Information and Tours, 225 map, 260 security officer, 197 Cap a nd gown rental, 12 Career P lanning a nd Placement, 197 Center for Economic Education, 87 Research in Aeronomy, 207, 211 the Study of the Causes of War and Conditions for Peace, 219 Ceramics, 58 Certificate in Internationa l Rel a tions, 219 Certificates of completion, 21 Cha llenge credit, 12 Changes in registration, 14 Chemistry and Biochemistry, Department of, 74 Child development, 100, 101 Children 's library (Moore Library), 193 Civil a nd Environmental Engineering, Department of, 77 CLEP (College Level Examination P rogram), 12, 18, 22, 98 Class a uditing, 15 schedules, 13, 16 standing, 14 Climatology, 178 Clothing and textiles, 119 Collaborators, 249 College Entrance Examination Board. 9 of Agriculture, 26


254 of Business, 28 of Education, 29 of Engineering, 31 of Family Life, 35 of Huma nities, Arts and Social Sciences, 36 of Natural Resources, 38 of Science, 40 Colleges and depa rtments, 25 Collection Development, LibrarY,193 Concurrent enrollment in graduate school, 11 in high school, 11 Conference and Institute Division Contents, Guide to Catalog Continuing education, 12, 217 graduate advisement, fee, 13 Commencement a ttenda n ce, 22 Commissions, Military, 43, 146 Communication Departmen t of, 81 skills, 18, 19,32, 33, 98,135 Theatre Arts composite major, 184 Communicative Disorders, Department of, 83 Computer Center, 207, 212 Science, Department of Applied Statistics, 52 Cooperative education, 12 Extension Service, 216 Nursing Program , 152 Correspondence to USU, 259 Council of United States Universities for Soil and Water Development in Arid a nd Sub-humid Areas, 219, 220 Coun seling, 101, 197 Course numbering system, 16 Courses adding, 14 developmental, 11 dropping, 15 Credit Advanced Placem ent, 12 by examination, 9, 11 challenge, 12 CLEP, 12 for Military Science, 10 for USAF! courses, 10 foreign la n guage, 12 Credits, 14 Crop m anagement, 160 physiology, 160 Cultural exchange, 12, 24, 222 CUSUSW ASH / Iran, contract between, 222

Dairy Science, Depa rtment of, 35 Dance, 108 Degree, individualizing the baccalaureate, 11 Degrees Bachelor of Arts, 2, 21 Bachelor of Fine Arts, 21, 56 Bachelor of Landscape Architecture, 21, 132 Bachelor of Music, 21,149 Bachelor of Science, 2, 21 Doctor of Education, 2, 29 Doctor of Philosophy, 2 Master of Accounting, 21, 42 Master of Arts, 2, 21 Master of Business Administration, 21, 67 Master of Education, 21, 29 Master of Engineering, 31 Master of Engineering Science, 33 Master of Fine Arts, 21, 56 Master of Forestry, 21,103 Master of Industrial Education , 21, 121 Master of Landscape Architecture, 21, 132 Master of Mathematics, 21 , 140 Master of Science, 2, 21 Dental, pre-, 20, 62 Departments oflnstruction, 41 Development Center,223 Programs, 223 Developmental courses, 11 level, l1

Diesel technology, 125 Dietetics, medical, 154 Distributive education, 72 Division Conference and Institute,;16 Independent Study, 217 Industria l a nd Technical Teacher, 121 Industrial Technology, 124 of General Registration, 9, 197 of University Research , 208 Drafting courses, 123 Drawing (Art), 58 Drop a nd a dd form , 14 Dropping courses, 15 Dual certification, 30,172 Early childhood education , 100, 101 East-West Institute, 219 Ecological Study a nd Development of Ma n agement Plan, Em pa ka ii Cr ater, Tanza ni a, Contract for, 219, 222 Ecology Biology, 62 Center , 207, 213 Forest, 103 Geology,107 Physical,178 Plant Science, 160 Range, 168 Wildlife, 187 Economics Department of, 86 Research Center , 207, 212 Research Ins titute, 87 EDCE (English Depa rtm ent Communication Examination), 18,98 Edith Bowen Teacher Education Laboratory School, 29 Editorial Service, 193 Education Adult, 215, 217 Agricultura l, Department of, 45 Bureau of Research Services in, 207, 213 Business, 71 College of, 29 Elementary , Departm ent of, 92 Home Economics a nd Consumer, Departm ent of, 119 Industri a l a nd Technica l, Department of, 121 Off-campus, 215, 217 Secondary, Department of, 171 Special , Department of, 180 Technical, 121, 124 Vocational (see Agricultu ral and Indus tri al), 45, 121, 124 Educational P olicies and Practices, 7 Electrical Engi neering, Depa rtment of, 90 Electricity-electronics courses, 123 Electro-Dyn amics La boratories, 34, 207, 210 -Electromagnetics,90 Elementa ry Educa tion, Department of, 92 Emeritus faculty, 250 Employment, 3, 228 Engineering academics in, 32 Agricultural a nd Irrigation, Depa rtment of, 48 Civil and Environmenta l, Department of, 77 College of, 31 Council,33 drainage, 48 Electrical, Depa rtment of, 90 Experiment Station, 34, 207, 209 general ,32 graduation in, 32 hydraulic, 48 hydrology and water resources, 48 Manufacturing and Mechanical, Departm ent of, 143 materials, 143 professional societies, 33 structura l, 77 water, 48, 207 Engineers Council for Professional Development, 32 English as a second language, 136 Depa rtment of, 96 examinations (EDCE), 18, 98 Enrichment and integrative component, 12 Entomology courses, 65 Entrance requirements, 9 Entry points for a dmission, 11 , 12 Environment and Man Program, 207, 213

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I

1 I I I

I¡ I I I I I I

255 Environmental Engineering, interdepartmental curriculum in. 34 health option, 63 studies, 24, 39, 104, 169, 187 Equal Opportunity Em ployer, 3 Exceptional Child Center, University Affiliated, 29 Expense sheet for students, 14 Expenses, 13, 14 Experiment Station Agricultural, 207, 208 Engineering, 207, 209 Extension agents, 216 Class Division, 217 credits, 22 program leaders, 215 Services, 215, 216 University, 215, 216 Faculty adviser, 18 Emeritus, 250 Federal Collaborato rs, 249 University, 231 Family and Child Development, Department of, 100 Family Life College of, 35 courses, 35 general major in , 35 Fashion merch a ndising a nd design , 119 Fees, 13 Finance major, 67, 68 Financial aids, 199 Fine Arts tour, 59 Fishery biology, 187 Unit, Utah Cooperative, 187, 207, 214 Flight trai ning, 40 Food Sciences an d Business Administration, 153, 154, 155 consumer option, 154 Football, 205 Foreign aid programs, 219 language, challenge credit examinations. 12 languages, 135 participants, 219 student admission, 10 student advisement, 197 Forest management option, 104 range management, 168 recreation option, 104 watershed management option, 104 Forestry and Outdoor Recreation, Depa rtm ent of, 10:3 summer camp, 38 Foundation, USU, 207, 208 Four-H Club work, 215 French courses, 136 Freshman a dmiss ion, 8 orientation, 8 testing, 8 Game management, 187 General Educa tion approved courses, 19

Development Test (GED), 9 for-engineers, 33 prefixes, 19 requirements, 12, 18,22 Engineering courses, 32 major in Family Life, 35 or production curricula in agriculture Agricu ltural Education, 45 Animal Science, 49 College of Agriculture, 26 Dairy Science, 85 Plant Science, 161 Soil Science a nd Biometeorology, 178 Registration, 9, 24, 197 Geography, Department of History, 118 Geology, Department of, 107 ecology, 107 German courses, 136

Gold,205 Government and Opinion Research, 207, 214 Grade point average, 9, 10,22, 133 Grades, 22 Graduate admission, 10 News and Comment, 227 Studies, School of, 191 Graduation application, 22 deadlines, 22 requirements, summary of, 21 Graphics Service, 193 Grants-in-aid, 199 Greek courses, 137 Guidance services, 197 HASS courses, 37 Health Certter, Student, 197 Education option, 63 Physical Education and Recreation, Department of, 108 Hearing Center, Speech and , 83 Herbarium, 63 High school relations, 197 History a nd Geography, Department of, lI5 Home Economics and Consumer Education, Department of, 119 Education, 119 Home study, 217 Honors a wards and, 201 courses, 23 Program, 12, 23 Horticulture, 160 Household Economics and Management, lI9 Housing and equipment, 119 student, 199 Humanities Arts and Social Sciences, College of, 36 courses, 18, 37 for engineers, 33 Hydra ulic engineering, 48 Hydrology and water resources engineering, 48, 207 1II ustration, 57 Incomplete work~ 15 Independent Study catalog, 218 credits, 22 Division, 217 fees, 218 Individualizing the baccalaureate degree, 2, II Industrial and Technical Education, Department of, 121 and Technical Teacher Education Division, 121 Arts Teacher Education option, 122 Safety and Health , 63 Teacher Ed ucation, 122 Technology Division, 124 Information Services, 225 Institute for Social Science Research on Natura l Resources, 212 for the Study of Outdoor Recreation and Tourism, 213 of In ternational and Public Affairs, 219 Institutional Council, 3, 229 Instructional Development, 129, 130, 193 Media Endorsement (Certification), 130 Media, Department of, 129 TV, 193 Intellectually handicapped, 180 Intensive English Language Institute for International Students, 136 Intercollegiate Athletics, 205 In terdepartmenta l programs in Curriculum Development and Supervision, 29, 71, 171, 180 Ecology,62,103,107,160,168,178, 187,207,213 Environmental Engineering, 34 Internationa l Agriculture, 27 Toxicology, 26 InterdiSCiplinary COurses for General Education, 19,20 courses, HASS, 37 degree options, 12 Interior design, 58


I'

256 International Agriculture, interdepartmental major in, 2:l and Public Affairs, Institute for, 219 Feedstuffs Institute, 219, 220 Programs and Studies, 24, 219 Sheep and Goat Institute, 219, 222 student admission, 10 Internships, 12 Iran/USU CUSUSW ASH contract, 222 Sheep and Goat Research, 222 Irrigation Engineering, Department of Agricultural and, 48 Science, 48 Italian courses, 137 Japa nese courses, 137 Journalism, 81, 82 Junior college credit, 22 KUSU-FM, campus radio station, 193 KUSU-TV, campus television station, 193 Laboratory School, Edith Bowen, 29 Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning, Department of, 132 Language credit applicable towards Communication Skills requirement, 135 credit by special examination, 135 laboratory, 135 proficiencey tests and placement, 135 requirements for Bachelor of Arts degree, 21 training, 222 Languages and Philosophy, Department of, 135 and world literature, 37 Late entry with different admission requirements, 12 Late registration, 13, 14 Latin American Studies, 24 Latin courses, 137 Law, pre-, 20 Learning Resources Program, 193 Liberal Arte, curricula in, 36 Liberal Studies, 37 Library, 193 Life sciences, 18 Linguistics courses, 137 Loan funds, natural resources, 39

Loans, 203 Low scholarship and probation, 15 Major subject, 20. 22 Management a nd Family Economics, 119 production, 67, 68

Manufacturing Engineering, 144, 145 Mandarin Chinese courses, 137 Map, campus, 260 Marketing major, 67, 68 Marriage and family relations, 100, 101 Master of Arts degree, 2, 21 Business Administration degree, 21, 67 Education degree, 21, 29 Engineering, 31 Engineering Science degree, 33 Fine Arts, 21, 56 Forestry, 21, 103 Industrial Educa tion degree, 21, 121 Landscape Architecture degree, 21, 133 Mathematics degree, 21, 140 Science degree, 2, 21 Master's degree residency requirements, 22

Materials design and production, 129, 130 Mathematics Department of, 140 placement of new students in, 140 Maximum registration, 15 Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, Department of, 143 Media administration, 129, 130 production, 193 Medical dietetics, 154 technology, 62, 63, 65 pre-, 20, 62

Metals courses, 123 Metalsmithing, specialization in, 59 Mexico, quarter in, 136 Microbiology option, 63 Military Science, Department of(ROTC),146 Minimum registration for a full-time student, 15 Minor ; ubject, 19 Moore Library (Children's), 193 Music

Department of, 149

National Park Service Cooperative Unit, 207 Na tural Resources College of, 38 courses, 39 graduation requirements, 39 News releases, 225 Nonmatriculated status, 10 Nonresident fees, 13 No-test week, 4, 5,15 Numbering system, course,16 Nursing Program, USU / WSC Cooperative, 152 Nutrition a nd Food Sciences Agriculture, College of, 26 Department of, 153 Family Life, College of, 35

Occupational safety, 126 Office Administration, Department of Business Education a nd, 71 Officers of Administration, 230 On-the-job training, 12 Opinion Research, Bureau of Government and, 207, 214 Options available for individualizing the baccalaureate degree, I I Ornamental horticulture, 160, 161 Other University components, 189 Outdoor progra m coordinator, 197 Recreation, Department of Forestry and, 104 Recreation and Tourism , 207, 213 Outlook, 225, 227 Over-load registration, 11

Painting, 58 Personnel and Industrial Rela tions, 67, 68 Philosophy, Department of Languages a nd, 138 Photography Service, 193 Photography, specialization in, 58 Physical Education, Department of Health, a nd Recreation, 108, 113 Physical sciences, 18 Physics, Department of, 157 Physiology courses, 66 Placement, Career Planning a nd, 197 Plant breeding, 160 nutrition, 160 Science, Department of, 160 science ecology, 160 Policies, educational, 7 Policy University smoking, 17 Political Science, Department of, 163 Portuguese courses, 137 I

Post-session, summer quarter, 195

Predental, 20, 62 legal,20 medical, 20, 62 osteopathy, 20 session. summer quarter, 195 veterinary, 20, 195 Printing Service,193 Printmaking, specialization in, 58 Private instruction in

music,13 speech,13 Probation for low scholarship, 15 Production groups and theatres, 183 Production management, 67, 68 Professional component, 12 Proficiency tests and placement in la nguage, 135 Program Center, University, 197 Program Development, Office of, 208 Proposal option, General Education, 18 Psychology, Department of, 165

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

257 Public Health, 62, 66 Quarter, academic, 4

Quarter in Mexico, 136

Southeastern Utah Center (Moab), 218 Spanish courses, 138 Space Science Laboratory, 34, 207, 211 Special Education, Department of, 180 examination, credit by. 9

Radio courses, see Communication and Electrical Engineering

Television Broadcasting Service, 81, 82, 193,215 Range economics option, 168 management, 168 Science, Department of, 168 watershed management option, 168 Readmission, 10 Recurds, Office of Admissions and, 8 Recreation

and Tourism, 213 Department of Health, Physical Education a nd, 108, 111, 114 Outdoor, 103 Refund of registra tion fees, procedure to obtain, 13, 14 Regents, Utah State Board of, 229 Registration and credi ts, 14 change of, 14 fees,13 I General , Division of, 197

late,13,14 maximum,I 5 minimum, IS normal,15 procedure, 14 Requirements American Institutions, 19,21 Communication Skills, 19 General Education, 19 graduati'on,21 upper d+sion, 20, 22 two-year certificate, 21 Bachelo. degrees, 21 total credits, 22 residenc~, 22 Research Bureau of, Services, 207, 213 Council , 207 Division of University Research, 207, 208 engineering, 34, 207 Programs, 207 Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC), 43, 146 Residency requirements, 22 ROTC, 43,146 for engineers, 33 Russian co urses, 137

Scholarship, low, 15 Scholarships, a wa rds, honors, grants-in-aid, 199 School of Graduate Studies, 191 Services, 197 Science. College of, 40 c urricula in

Agriculture, 26 Anima l Science, 49 DairYIScience, 86 Nutrition and Food Sciences, 153 Plant Science, 160 Soil Science and Biometeorology, 178 Veterinary Science, 185 majors, 40 Sculpture, specialization in, 59 Second Bachelor's degree, 22 Secondary Education, Department of, 171 Secretarial Training Program, 72 Security officer, campus, 197 SILEX courses, 12 program,24 Smoking policy, U ni versi ty, 17 Social Science Research on Natural Resources, Institute for, 207,212 Sciencesh 8 Work, 173, 176, 177 Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology, Department of, 173 Soil Science and Biometeorology, Department of, 178 Soils and Irrigation curriculum, 178

Programs, 23, 197 Speech, 81, 82 pathology, 84 Theatre Arte, 81, 82 Sporte information, 205 Staff News, 225, 227 String instruments, 149 State Hoard of Regents, 3, 229 Statistics, Applied, 52 Stewart Radiance Laboratory, 210 Stop-out, 11 Student Center, 197 government, 197 Health Center, 197 housing, 198 initiated proposal options, 12, 18 loans, 203 program center,197 services and programs, 197 teaching, 30 Studies American, 96 Graduate, School of, 191 Liberal,36 Summer

camp. forestry, 39 quarter, 195

Table of contents, 6 Tanzania, Contract for Ecological Study in, 219, 222 Teacher certification, 30 education, 29 admission to, 29, 17l majors and minors, 171

Placement Service, 30, 197 Technical drafting, two-year technical progra m in, 122 Teacher Education option, 122 Technology aeronautics, 125 a utomotive and diesel, 125 industrial, 121 welding, 125 Television Broadcasting Service, 81,82 Terrestrial option, Wildlife Science, 187 Testing freshman, 8 service, 197 Textile design, 59 Theatre Arts, Department of, 183 Three-year BS program, 12, 33 Thesis Coordinator, 193 The Statesman, 223, 227 Tickets, sports, 205 TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language), 10, 18, 98 Total credits required for graduation, 22 Tour, Fine Arts, 59 Tourism, Outdoor Recreation and, 207, 213 Tours and Study Groups, 24, 219, 220 Toxicology, interdepartmental curriculum in, 26 Track,205 Trade and Industrial Teacher Education option, 122 Transcript, cost of, 13 Transcripts from other colleges, 10 Transfer of credits, 10 students, 10 Transfers from other colleges, 10 Tuition, 13 Two-year certificates, requirements for, 21

Uintah Basin Center for Continuing Education, 218 Undergraduate students on a nonmatriculated basis, admission of, JO University administration, 230 Alumni Association, 225 Campus Information and Tours Program, 225


258 Center, 197 Chairmen ofthe Institutional Council, 229 Collaborators, 241 Colleges of the, 25 Componente, 189 Departments of Instruction, List of, 41 Development Programs, 223 Extension, 215 Faculty, 231 Foundation, 207, 208 Information Services, 225 Institutional Council, 229 Library and Learning Resources Program, 193 Program Center, 197 Publications, 14 Relations and Alumni Affairs, 225 Research, 207, 208 Research Council, 207 Smoking Policy, 17 Upper division requirements, 20

USAFI courses, 10, 43 USAID/ USU/ Bolivia contract, 219, 220 USU Foundation, 207, 208 USU Institutional Council, 229 USU I lran contract for Sheep and Goat Research and Development, 222 • Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, 207, 208 Center for Utah Resources Research, 207, 209 Cooperative Fishery Unit, 207, 214 Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit, 207, 214 State Board of Regents, 229 Water Research Laboratory, 31, 207, 211 Veterinary

Pre, 20, 195 Science, Department of, 185 Veterans' Affairs, 8 Visitor's (auditor's) permit, 15 Vocal music emphasis, 149

Vocational Education (see Agricultural Education, Plant Science, and Indusiriai and Technical Education) Horticulture, 161, 162 Meat Service, 156, 157

Water engineering, 31, 48 Management, Contract for Research for Agricultural Responses to, 219, 220 Management, Contract between USAID/ USU for Improving University Competence in, 219, 222 Research La boratory, Utah, 207, 211 Resources Research, 207, 209 Watershed Science Unit, 106,170 Weed Science, 160 Welding option, 125, 129 Western Civilization, Main Currents in, 36 Interstate Commission for Higher Education, 185 Historical Quarterly, 227 Literature, 227 Wildlife Research Unit, Utah Cooperative, 207, 214 Science, Department of, 187 Wind and percussion instruments, 149

Winter quarter in Mexico, 136 Withdrawl from class, 15 from the University, 15 Women, Dean.of, 197 Women's programs, adviser to, 197

Woodworking, 123 World Literature, Languages a nd, 37 Wrestling, 205 Year-round registration , 11 Zoology courses, 66

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

259

Please bring this catalog with you when you come to register A Class Schedule Bulletin is available for 35 cents When writing Utah State University concerning any of the following matters, please address letters as follows: University Policy: President's Office, UMC 14 Alumni: Director of Alumni Affairs, UMC 14 Admissions, Transcripts of Credits: Dean of Admissions and Records, UMC 16 Student Affairs: Vice President for Student Affairs, UMC18 Housing: Housing Office, UMC 86 Costs and Financial- Aids: Financial Aids Officer, UMC18 Requests for Campus Tours: Information Services, UMC05 Requests for Programs, Speakers, Music, or Literature on USU: School Services, UMC 18 Requests for Films, Movies: Audio-Visual Service Librarian, UMC 31 Extension Classes or Independent Study (Correspondence or Home Study): Associate Director of Extension Services, UMC 49 Extension Publications: Extension ¡ Publications Editor, UMC 30 Utah State University Logan, Utah 84322

USU CATALOG 1974-76 Cover and section pages: Glen L_ Edwards, Graphics Service Photos: Arlen L "Ted" Hansen, Photography Service Mark A Slick, Graphics Service Production Editor: Gwen H. Haws, Editorial Service


Guide to Campus Map I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. II. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

25. 26. 27.

28. 29.

Main Building, G-11 Amphitheatsr, H-13 Mechanic Arts, H-13 Technical Services, G-14 Psychology Laboratory, G-14 Education, G-13 Family Life, F -14 Merrill Library and Learning Resources Center, E-13 Eccles Business Building, E-13 Lund Hall, Athletic Dorm, E-14 Moen Hall, Girls' Dorm, E-14 Greaves Hall, Girls' Dorm, D-14 Reeder Hall, Girls' Dorm, D-14 Merrill Hall, Girls' Dorm, D-14 Engineering, D-13 Chase Fine Arts Center, C-14 LDS U ni versi ty Stake Center, B-13 Continuing Education Center , B-14 Water Rese&.rchLab, A-15 Stores - Receiving, B-13 Crops Research Center, C-14 Technology, D-12 USDA Research Lab, D-12 Agriculture Research Lab, D-12 Food Science and Technology, D-12 Computer Science, D-12 Physical Plant Shops, D-11 Industrial Science, D-11 Physical Plant Shops, D-II

30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44 . 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 51A. 51B. 52. 53. 54. 55.

Physical Pla nt Center, D-IO Agricultural Education, D-IO Veterinary Science & Bacteriology, E-IO Biology - Natural Resources, E-IO Peterson Agricultural Science Building, E-12 Photography, E-12 Greenhouses, E-12 Plant Industry, E-12 Animal Science, F路1l Widtsoe Chemistry Building, F-IO University Center, F-9 Nelson Fieldhouse, F-8 Military Science, E-9 Art Barn, E-9 Physical Education, E-9 Tennis Courts, C-9 Edith Bowen Elementary Lab School, D-lO Exceptional Child Center, D-9 Hjgh Rise Service Center, ColO High Rise Dorms, ColO Richards Hall, Men's Dorm, C-ll Bullen Hall, Men's Dorm, C-ll Housing Office, C-12 Vending Services, C-12 Radio-TV Building, B-ll Forestry Research Lab, B-10 LDS University Stake Center, A-9 McKay Housing Center, A-8

University Trailer Court, A-7 University Apartments (Triads), B~ Veterinary Science Buildings, A-5 Football Practice Field, B-4 Maughan Track Stadium, B-4 Physical Plant Storage, C-4 Metabolism Building, C-5 Romney Stadium, C-4 Motor Pool, Garage, C-2 VanNoy Apartments, D-2 Research Farms, D-1 Child Development Center, C-5 68. C"dit Union, C-5 69. The Spectrum, D-5 70. Harris Athletic Center, D-5 71. Catholic Newman Center, F~ 72. Fraternity, Sorority Houses, F~ 73. Visitor Information Center, E-9 74. Sorority Houses, 'F 路7 75. . Sorority House, G-7 76. LDS Institute Annex, F-8 77. LDS Institute, G-8 78. University Relations, G-lO 79. President's Residence, G-10 80. Maeser Chemistry Lab, F-IO 81. Heating P lant, G-8 82. Home Management House, 1-10 83. Culmsee Home, C-5 84. Observatory, B-4 85. Alumi House, C-5 86. Nutrition and Food Sciences, B-11

56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67.

t\:)

0:. C

Alphabetical Listing of Buildings and Offices Admissions and Records, G-l1 (1) Agriculture Research Lab, D-12 (24) Agricultural Science, E-12 (34) Alumni House, C-5 (85) Alumni Office, G-ll (1) Amphitheater, H-13 (2) Anima l Science, F-ll (38) Art Barn, E-9 (43) Art Gallery (Library), E-13 (8) Assembly Center (The Spectrum), D-6 (69) Athletic Department, F-8 (41) Biology - Natural Resources, E-IO (33) Bookstore, UC, F-9 (40) Business, E-13 (9) Cafeteria, UC, F-9 (40) Cashier's Office, G-ll (1) Chemistry, F-IO (39) (60) Child Development Center, C-5 (67) College of Agriculture, E-12 (34) Business, E-13 (9) Education, G-13 (6) Engineering, D-13 (15) Family Life, F-14 (7) Humanities, Arts & Social Sciences, G-11 (1) Natural Resources, E-10 (33) Science, E-IO (33) Computer Science, D-12 (26)

Conference and Institute Division, F-9 (40) Continuing Education Center, B-14 (18) Credit Union, C-5 (68) Crops Research Center, C-14 (21) Culmsee Home, C-5 (83) Distribution Center, E-9 (42) Exceptional Child Center, D-9 (47) Extension Services, E-12 (34) Fieldhouse, F-8 (41) Fine Arts Center, C-14 (16) Food Science and Tech., D-12 (25) Foreign Student Adviser, F-9 (40) Forestry Research Lab, B-IO (53) Greenhouses, E-12 (36) Harris Athletic Center, D-5 (70) Health, Physical Education and Recrea tion , E-9 (44) Heating Plant, G-8 (81) Home Management House, 1-10 (82) Housing Office (University), C- 12 (51A) Housing Office (Married Students), A-7 (56) Housing Bullen Hall , C- Il (51) Fraternities, F路6 (72) Greaves Hall, D-14 (12) High Rise Dorms, C-IO(49) Service Center, C-u'l"(48) Lund Hall, E-14 (10) McKay Center, A-8 (55)

---

Merrill Hall, D-14 (14) Moen Hall, E-14 (11) Reeder Ha ll, D-14 (13) Richards Hall, C-ll (50) Sororities, D-5, F-6, F-7, G-7 (70, 72,74,75) University Apartments (Triads), B-6 (57) University Trailer Court, A-7 (56) VanNoy Apartments, D-2 (65) Industrial Science, D-ll (27) Information Services, G-IO (78) Laboratory School, D-IO (16) LDS Institute, F-8 (77) LDS University Stake Centers, B-13, A-9 (17,54) Library and Learning Resources Center, E-13 (8) Main (Old Main), G-ll (1) Mechanic Arts, H-13 (3) Metabolism Building: C-5 (62) Military Science, E路9 (42) Motor Pool, C-2 (64) Newman Center, F-6 (71) Nutrition and Food Sciences, B-I I (86) Observatory, B-4 (84) Pa rking and Nightwatch, D-IO (30) Peace Cen ter, E-13 (8) Photography, E-12 (35) Physical Education, E-9 (44) Physical Plant, D-IO, D-II, (27, 29, 30, 31) Plant Industry, E-12 (37)

President's Office, G-ll (1) President's Residence, G-IO (79) Psychology Laboratory, G-14 (5) Research Farms, D-1 (66) Radio - TV Building, B-ll (52) Spectrum, D~ (69) Stadium, C-4 (63) Stores-Receiving, B-13 (20) Studentbody Offices, F-9 (40) Student Services, G-ll (1) Summer Quarter, G-ll (1) Technical Services, G-14 (4) Technology, D-12 (22) Tennis Courts, C-9 (45) Ticket Office, F-9 (40) Track Stadium, B-4 (60) USDA Research Lab, D-12 (23) University Center, F-9 (40) University Relations, G-.ll (1) Vending Services, C-12 (51) Veterinary Science Research , A-5 (58) Veterinary Science and Bacteriology, E-IO (32) Visitor Information Center, E-9 (73) Water Research Lab, A-15 (19)

/


r-

I

r-- r

CAMPUS

Mll&\[l{]

~1f&\1f~ LOGAN

I

MAP [jJJ nn~~ UTAH

r·

nrw

1-

r-

I

r



Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.